a C@ € SCM fe (WA 4 ce © Neg ©. C4 fF 4" ‘ENC Sas | Le a Care CR Cae eae c ten: Cee Sot aoe, CSI EE Cal GEIST Os CGM ESS aa & OE ELEC FE EE OE OEE CG © ( COw = a( ~ € UGG Ng ne a cl « Ge PA «6, C@ ae ig UU GF ,, . = ( Cc SS by XK COO eee CE FOO EE UE | ak Ce © CHC « . CCC QLCEO ( CCX @iic Cate CFat Ka (Ge f , = SIC GEGEN pon c ns ~% foal’ =~” « AE GGG Ge cae Kew < " «f a! Cee a SCG \ 2CCC Ee A A (AS HO oA Ceo Of SL HE ig, Cee OE CE ae Caml eM OT es (OU COR S GENS GAC Ez rare a CCCs GSO RR CAC OO at OEE Qe Cee C's ee ON As RR Flee CC es arte 9s CO CN BOL IE SO LACIE, OO L OO E a oe 5 COCO OO CE GC FOO OE CCOLG € (GAME & “oe Cr Gees = te a a OE or ce &_ SS ee OSM COOH CF (COB GL EO Le, wie COMMU (NCR Ce EM PEACE CCE Ogi, << - ENE COE OE OE SS COG G6 € qr a Se. aft, bel ae ae caer . CCK ‘a \ CO CC le le € Gas qc! Cx G CO LOE EER ICO OO MEE OR OC CUES OH FUE OS LECCE CEE eh MOLEC GK CULE oe +S | GOS SEES 6 GONE AE CO GUE CCG a ewan Ciara ean aia et WO EO EE BD COO Ei LOR OOS pee CNS = Se te ee Ree Oh Oe eae ee GG Gg Ge. Sm OO eee K Gey Ce ON Gig Oi i = ere a Cater Geass WE ODEO OME OOO EN EC LEE OE Me Ce AG Se CE CEO MOLEC TE ~ oe CG, SAL ECS. SESS ase Ae OLIGO CELE aac CcGra dee, © CL MELO CCE EF QO OOS, EL ES ar SO 8 ra OEE et Oe EO OWES cen een (< iGo «., egies © OO LEO EE OCF COLEEEL © iiKig CICh Coe iad Gai “Ce ee ef ah'< SC @ ig , iid ie “e@ 4! EC € « COE © ae wie > Si. « COE CO © ae FM OE O_O ea OEE CCE AAG Ca Car a Gar eae Oe ER EOE COU BOF © OE OE FEE CEE COLE @ LL O eK C ECO AG eC CE KEG Ce A AC GRE G's COOLER OEE FC OE OO EOL < i eee FOE OO BO EO REO OEE OE pena a6 GE CS R oe A CTS we ( T Se & ae (ee ; COE c [GQOG Pe que > (@ ee Ot © CC OG © a6 € Cec ~ aK Gi T We Ci = NS NSN On or GE & Fe = — ae See i N tel . MK « CG Ay i Se a oe rs Cl Glad CMM LC CE CHL A Oe Ce EE a Ck CC OEE LOC EC OC COLT @ EC COOL LO ~~ ‘ = > | « _ es iC © mG & . CH aaa © CCK Q.€ , Gar COC SS Ce CK a A EE ae GRU GG aCe, CG —< OGEe a ar] COE ¢ rat 4 ( r< 4 ee a ee SSS ee \ CE CK (SG Ch; CCK f < ( a SS a COME C“e MMC Oh @« @@u. ; Ss OEE AE EEO ERNE ca.eqmmercc a OOOO EE OE ICE OE MONE Eee. mance < rr ere” ne ar aera Cea Gr Care SCRE Ca SS OCC CO 68 EOE @ OEE OE CIEE OOS VE cr a - © UE CAI CT GEE EGRET GEG CASE < . ~@ Cer ee EO ee COSC ae CC COC CO COC CO EOC LE. oe SOS ae Hor ale. Laer wt ere CoE VCE SGC C4 C “CC c € SE IL EES NSE OK. GG eS oc C&R! cr OG oO COLO OO OOO EMIT CHE SEC. Y (C4 CMC (a ‘aa “i Ce Car (rae ¢ . y ec Ge : g Se € ih 4 COREG ~ COG = — q CORRS a as (ef SS 4 CG « a G C¢ © RO OF RIOR PERG Gren Wee Caer Re COE E SS ELEC EELET CO ELL EE AE Coe o SS Petey SOM CE COO CE hE OER OSE Coe SSS COCO EOE COQ EF (COE © EC ‘CoO SS eT © ree qu & (tt fi wid oF aT é ay araac ae yar, - iG (¢ GC! as = = \ S [G CEN ww { GEC NN INN XA . a C € s i a ce cc COE c es “ ou C z & G Ce ce “( EC | & er. CAG i C CEM CHE LE C CCC COC COCA CO OG SO EG CCG Ce & gO OE Cate s ce COG AE a Uc C a oe Nia ane 33 rs es 5 o ee Nite AVN aM x: i ae Pvt All vasa ites Ui atid fina sa Rice sre ih RIS al saver ve. TaN Pen Lae Fa f. d 2 TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOLUME XX. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENTS PARK ;: AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER ROW. 1912-1915. 234821 CONTENTS. I. The Development of the Starfish Solaster endeca Forbes. By James F. Genin, M.A., M.D)., DSc., F.ZS., Lecturer in Embryology, Glasgow University, and in Zoology, Glasgow Provincial Training College. (Plates I-V.). . . . page 1 II. On the Sphingide of Peru. By the Rev. A. Mitus Moss, IA., F.ZS., FES. WCQ CACC CART: JORDAN, 2s (ylates) Nile XGVe)) eae |e eeeynen (3, III. Second Contribution to our Knowledge of the Varieties of the Wall-Lizard (Lacerta muralis). by G. A. Bounencer, 7.2.S., F.Z.S, (Plates XVI.-XXIII. erayGl A Lexie a AUUREISHM Leas) Roel ig ate Sete es Wat al Ma eva Wn Peal) IV. On the Crustacea Isopoda of the * Porcupine’ Expedition. By the Rev. T. R. RB. SIEBBING, MEAS ile. S.) Fo0S.. F-Z.S. . (Plates, XXX1V. OVI.) 3 231 V. An Annotated List of the Batrachians and Reptiles collected by the British Ornithologists Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By G. A. Bouuencrr, #.R.S., P.Z.S. (Plates XXVII-XXX.). 247 VI. Report on the Freshwater Fishes collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By C. Varn — ICM, JE Ale WEIS {OeMeNee DOO) RMR Sis Go Baugh og Wee OTS VII. Report on the Mollusca collected by the British Ornithologists Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By Guy C. Rowson, B.A. (lelaies >XOXGXGIIEy So XOXONG Hand exten ures! O— lls)! neste) een VIL. Report on the kiver-Crabs (Potamonide) collected by the British Ornithologists’ ion Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By Ws Mt, Canin, DSe5 LG,» (Messtenennes 14} Cs 8). 5 5 5 aa 5 OU iv CONTENTS. 1X. Report on the Mammals collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By OuvrietD ‘THomas, gS CSO a ee RRM A Gb al oo a a OOO BIS) X. Report on the Arachnida and Myriopoda collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By STANIEY HORST, #78.) (Dext-feuress4 05) isle nines) cea) XI. Report on the Bhynchota collected by the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guincas By NVi lus Distant. \(Elate: XOOxeI() ie ay a enter er an 32.) XI. The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese East Africa).— Part I. By Epvwarp Heron-Auiey, F.L.S., FZ. #.G.S., FR US. and ARTHUR HARLAND, F.A.MS. (Plates XXXV.=XXXVIT). . . . . . 363 XII. Report on the Diptera collected by the British Ornithologists Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By ¥. W. Evwarps, B.A, FES. With a Section on the Asilide by K. E. Austen, F.Z.S. (Plate ».0,9 4200 i EEE SSG in 5 vg) 8 gi ohuawug 4 BON XIV. Report on the Spiders collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By H. R. Hoe, W.A., HAS. A(Vext-figures 20-312)! bo Moc ie rine ome ean: Ae ene nee 0) XV. Report on the Odonata collected by the British Ornithologists Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By Wersert Campion. (Mext-fiounest3S—40s)ie ie) sk 48 1 ee ae ane ne mache XVI. Report on the Vermes (Oligocheta) collected by the British Ornithologists Union Kapedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. by Dri Coennrrr pr) Marts, | (lext-iourey1e) sian wees oS XVIL. Report on the Coleoptera collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedi- tion and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By Gi.Bert J. Arrow, Guy A. K. Marsnatt, #.Z.S., C. J. Gaman, and K. G. Buatr. (Bllate “XO KE) oe a SALI A eae a a 8 HO) XVIII. The Moraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese East Africa).— Part Il. By Epwarp Heron-Auuen, #.2.S., £.Z7.S., #.G.S., FRAILS., and ARTHUR Haruand, 7.A.S. (Plates XL.—LIIT., and Text-figures 42—-44.). 543 MiphabeticalsMist on the Contributors) 2) einen een) MnO 9 Mir EY Se Sivhate esse Ae yee ag Veneta 2 ech a TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vor. XX.—Parr 1. (Puares I.-V.) “nsonian Inst. > \\ ‘UR Ne % APR 19 1912 / : V4, A “0ngl Miysoth LONDON: —e PRINTED FOR THE SOCIRTY, SOLD AT’ THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK; AND BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER ROW, February 1912. Price £1 4s. 0d. Taylor and Francis, Printers. | [Red Lion Oourt, Fleet Street, TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. oles. ud. Bis Suds VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates) Spee Mul te SHI eee comarca dll (0-3 recat II. (1835-1841, cats TIPPlates) ia ee ad MO penis 2c 0s 6. Om VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates). . , 3 8 8... 411 O* VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . ,, 6 20... 8 2 6% cau V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates) Baiete arises DAC Soni ae sO Osa VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . , 115 0...15 0 0 VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing Pinteae Se 10 ee 0 a eae 19! 0 VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates). . ,, WED Sew Geese sd eB le (9) VOLUME IX, (1875-1877, contaming 99 Plates). . ,, 12 16. ..16 2 0 VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . 5 10 0 38 ...187 *O GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1883-1879) . ,, One Oe e010 VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates) . ,, Oe Ons a, cal Sel Giee0 VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates). . , 5 8 0... 7 40 VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . ‘ OE OMG MIR es BLA VOLUME XIV. (1896-1898, containing 47 Plates) . . ,, bes. i Onda veers epee Ok 0) VOLUME XV. (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates). . , 515 6... 714 0 * No copies of these volumes remain in stock. Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. TRANSACTIONS OF aE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY Or, LOND ON: I. The Development of the Starfish Solaster endeca Forbes. By James F. GumMILL, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Embryology, Glasgow University, and in Zoology, Glasgow Provincial Training College. (Received and read November 29, 1910.) [Puares I.-V. | ConTENTs. f Page iy SLRU CEU REVAN DB OSEDEON| Maer eas Tala aco pete ika Mele else eens Cech ated Pala orensns deter ay suai ceens oper 3 JOS (Qhyreubols: COSBD ONY chores onat cuts ono, cart cua ton atean veneeedeakcy bic i macieter ols GLaivtoee choice ected eon ieee ena 4 Arrangement and structure of the egg-tubes, 4; muscular tissue and sinus-spaces in their walls, 4; relation of the latter to genital sinuses and hemal tissue, 5; growth of the ova, 6; accumulation of yolk-granules, 6; yolk-nuclei, 7; follicle-cells, 7 ; ege-ducts, 8. MPS MAT GRATION SPAWININGs PH ERELLIZATIONG GCa lle ysis oe te tetciis ieee ie keel 9 Time of maturation, 9; season, &c. of spawning, 9; the ova in water, 10; membrane of fertilisation, 11; cross-fertilisation, 11; early and later segmentation, 11; formation of blastula by egression and of gastrula by invagination, 12; appearance of cilia, 12; moyements of blastula and gastrula, 13; hypenchyme, 13; chronology, 13. IV. Exrernat Cwaracrers, Movements, &c. purINs THE FRen-swinine Perrop .............. 14 Elongation of gastrula, 14; formation of arms and of sucker, 14; preoral lobe and body of larva, 14; formation of hydropore, 14; closure of blastopore, 15; movements of the larve, 15; ciliation at anterior and posterior ends and over general surface, 15; commencement of flexion and torsion of the preoral lobe, 16; first appearance extern- ally of hydroccele lobes and of aboral arm rudiments, 17; chronology, 17. VOL. XX.—PART 1. No. 1.—February, 1912. B bo DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF VY. Generat Hisrory anp Exrernal CHARACTERS DURING AND AFTHR MrraMoRPHOSIS............ Mode and site of attachment by the larval sucker, 17; fate of preoral lobe, and formation of oral and aboral surfaces, 19; the hydroccele pouches and order of their development, 20; numbering of pouches, 21; the aboral arm rudiments and their adjustment to the pouches, 22; attachment by first-formed sucker-feet, 22; appearance of the eyes, the mouth, the anus, and the spines, 23; constant position of anus in specimens with normal and abnormal numbers of rays, and in S. papposa, 23; movements &e. of the Starfish before and after formation of mouth, 24; surface-crawling, 24; chronology, 25. Vie ny nHOPMENTIORNC AvITTes HAND) ORGANS eran een en eerie eer er en iii erie ey ere Formation of (1) anterior and (2) posterior ccelom, and of (3) middle chamber or enteron, 25. GORA ntenion ColomiandmutssDenuativesm ere eee enact ei ici cee elt Formation of right and left lateral diverticula, 26 ; hydroporic canal, 26; preoral celom, 26; epiderm of preoral lobe partly incorporated with oral surface of Starfish, 27; separation of the right lateral diverticulum from axial ceelom, 27 ; the hydroceele groove, 28 ; formation of first five radial pouches, 28 ; forma- tion of succeeding radial pouches, 28; relation of stalk of preoral ccelom to hydrocele ring, 29 ; relation of pouch I to posterior celom, 29; the dorsal sac, 29; axial part of anterior coelom, 29; internal oral circular sinus, 30; axial organ, 30; stone-canal, 31 ; relation of madreporic pores to stone-canal and axial sinus, 31; pouch IX/I of external oral circular sinus, 31. (OQ) Posiariop Centon GH WHS IDA OUOAS cocccncx ecco oo noec os cons ago0cc DOHDEbODOOKE Dorsal and ventral horns, 32; extension of the horns, and the part played by them in separating preoral ceelom from axial and epigastric cceloms, 32; septum in madreporie interradius enclosing axial complex, 32; interbrachial septa, 33 ; extension of hypogastric ccelom on oral and aboral surfaces of enteron, 33; cir- cular epigastric mesentery, 33; aboral ligaments of stomach and paired cxca, 34; formation and extension of pharyngeal ccelom, 34; the circular hypogastric mesentery, 35; hypogastric ligaments of stomach, 35; formation and subsequent growth of pouches of external oral circular sinus, 35; genital rachis, &c., 36. (@) Wa PROD. Sso00060 0060 00s basco ODO oua ODD EK GE ODUaDOUIOODD ODO DONadHORGS Radial lobes of stomach, 88; mouth, 39; anus, 39; paired radial ceca, 40; rectal ceca, 40. WADE, IDsyaaLOpNtoocae Oip Gari) SVAN S a/c poco accddanovdtanuannopogoo oan DT UG abaGQE OOOH RGR Sequence in appearance of ambulacral and adambulacral plates, 41; plates of central and marginal parts of disc, 41; terminals double, 42; transition to adult reticulum, 42 ; development and grouping of spines, 43; the denticles, 43. VATTMS SEIISTOROG Mie pace Ne ee ES re eure cen Cae sae aR ME ye Re OV er us nenstias tia ats (lone < Mesenchyme and Yolk, 43; intracellular digestion of yolk, 44; reserve store retained in the mesenchyme, &c., 44; a more highly-yolked Starfish egg, 44; the hypenchyme, 45 ; yolk-granules in the enteron wall, 45. A Statolith-like Body in the posterior ccelom, 46; statocysts in Synapta, 46. Nervous System of larva, 46; relation to that of adult, 47; larval nervous system in other Echinoderms, 47. 26 32 36 41 43 THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 3 Page Origin of Muscle-fibrille in larva, 47; muscle causing flexion &c. of preoral lobe, 47. Ciliation, 48. TX. Monn or OBrarnIne AND REARING THE LARVH.... 2.2... 6 ee eee ee te eens 48 Spawning in the tanks at the Millport Marine Station, 48; arrangement to retain the ova and to keep the larve healthy in aquaria with sea-water circulation, and in smaller aquaria under aeration, 48 ; larvee obtained in tow-netting, &e., 49. DNS UMITAR Ven OCCHEp PETE anne ays ecient ancrarerste cymiavcraieiet snes Geis he nieanrdladslia clcdsin fellas sista ons) crore, ebouenores 50 External characters, 50; development of cavities, 51 ; development of skeleton, 52; general comparison with Cribrella, 52; relations with development of other Starfish, 53. IREREREN CHSt a .cupnneiein a nme cu tives Wee ARES ESET Aba ae chin RUS tacit Paoce dian Sid clad ates sul BRN tno o od 53 FEXPANATTONY OF ME TATHS a tart Wl Vartasea aie soot cep an Mal Wal SreRdn hc Sach Seid ey GEM CEI gone capers ey aaah ese 55 I. Structure anp Position. IN the classification of Perrier (21) the Solasteride form a Family of the Spinulose, one of the five Orders into which this author divides Starfishes. Asterina and Cribreila, the development of which has been carefully investigated (12, 15, 18), come within the same Order, but are in different Families, viz., the Echinasteride and the Asterinidee respectively. The system of Sladen (23) makes the Solasteride one of the ten Families belonging to the Cryptozonia, the second of his two great Orders of Starfish. Cribrella falls within the same Order as a member of the Kchinasteride, but the Asterinide are included in the other Order, namely the Phanerozonia. As regards Solaster endeca, the following characters should be noted at this stage, other points of minor importance being referred to later as occasion arises :— The normal number of rays is nine, but occasionally there are one or two more or less. ‘The madreporite is single, no matter what may be the number of rays. The aboral skeleton forms a fine reticulum made up of small plates, many of which carry bunches of spines. Gills are present everywhere in the interspaces of this reticulum in groups of two or three. There are no pedicellarie. ‘The tube-feet in each ray form a double row. The mouth-armature is, on the whole, of the adambulacral type, but the first ambulacrals are relatively prominent. The globular part of the stomach shows folded radial lobes; above it the usual radial ceca are given off from the pyloric sac, each pair arising by a long common duct. There are two small bunches of rectal ceca. The anus, though very close to the middle of the aboral surface, is slightly excentric in the direction of the interradius which on developmental grounds must be entitled V-VI (pp. 20, 23). Strong perforated interbrachial septa are present in all the interradii. 4 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF II. Ovaries AND Ova. The gonads are in pairs, interradially placed, and confined to the disc. Each consists of a bunch of short tubes, whitish in the male and orange-coloured in the female. These are attached to the inner aspect of the body-wall close to the mid-interradial line, a short distance upwards from the margin on the aboral side. Here the body- wall is pierced by the egg-ducts. In full-grown specimens the number of egg-tubes in each gonad may amount to several hundreds. ‘These are somewhat indistinctly divided into a few (5-7) main groups, which in turn are capable of subdivision into small ultimate clusters of three to seven tubes. The tubes in each of these clusters join together at their attached ends to open into the same terminal branch of the egg-duct. While the majority are cylindrical or sausage-like in shape, simple branching may occur, characterized usually by a single dichotomous division near the free end, and occasionally also by the presence of one or two short lateral branches on the stem. The wall of the egg-tubes consists of outer and inner layers separated by irregular spaces. ‘The outer layer, which is considerably the stronger, is made up of connective and muscular tissue, the fibres of the latter being arranged chiefly in a circular direction. It is covered superficially by cubical ciliated cells, and during life the ciliary movement is such that currents of ccelomic fluid pass along the surface of the tubes from their attached to their free extremities. The inner layer is thinner and consists almost entirely of connective tissue, but I find that in addition it contains a number of muscular fibres which are longitudinal in direction and occur chiefly towards the attached ends of the tubes. The spaces between the outer and inner layers of the gonad-wall are best developed near the attached ends of the tubes. Here they open into an irregular cavity which almost surrounds the commencement of the egg-ducts, and which in its turn is continuous with one of the genital branches of the aboral circular perihemal sinus. An open communication is thus established between the aboral sinus and the spaces in the gonad-walls. Along this line of communication occur strands of the tissue interpreted by Ludwig and others as blood vascular or hemal. ‘These strands arise from the hemal tissue within the aboral circular sinus and end by spreading out within the spaces between the inner and outer layers of the gonad-walls as fine branches attached to the inner of these two layers. No open communication exists between the interior of the egg-tubes and the genital sinuses or between either and the cavities of the hemal strands. In the adult Solaster endeca I cannot find definite cellular remains of the genital rachis either in the circular or in the genital sinuses ; but in a young Solaster papposa of an inch and a half in diameter the rachis was still represented, in both these cavities, by a thin solid cord of characteristic cells. THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA, 3) The occurrence of muscle-fibres in the inner layer of the gonad-wall seems not to be usual, or at least not to be generally recognized. Ludwig (13, p. 599) and Delage (5, pp. 62-63) speak as if the layer in question consisted entirely of fibrous connective tissue. In the case of Asterias vulgaris, Field (7, p. 106) states that the muscular fibres of the egg-tube walls run in various directions, the outer and inner fibres being at right angles to one another. He makes no mention of spaces between the layers, nor are such spaces indicated in his illustration. In Starfish anatomy it seems to be the rule that in hollow structures with muscular walls the longitudinal fibres lie internal to the circular ones, as, for example, in the walls of the tube-feet and of the disc itself, as well as in the peristome and the cesophagus and stomach. WVote.—In this connection attention may be called to the statement in Bronn’s ‘ Klassen’ (13, p. 580), that in the cesophagus the circular layer is internal to the longitudinal one. ‘This appears to be an error, as it is also said that these layers are the continuations of corresponding layers in the peristome, and the relative position of the circular and longitudinal muscles is correctly given on the page before. The statement made above, to the effect that in Solaster endeca the spaces between the inner and outer layers of the egg-tube wall are continuous with the genital sinus, was based on a careful examination of serial sections through four gonads in an adult Solaster of large size, and I have not the slightest doubt as to its correctness for this particular species. In Ludwig’s view the spaces in question are lacunar in character (13, pp. 599 & 615), being terminal expansions of the hzmal vessels within the genital sinuses. Hamann, quoted in Ludwig (13, p. 599), described the spaces as having an endothelium- like lining and as communicating both with the genital sinuses and with the cavities of the heemal tissue. According to Cuénot (3, p. 88) the spaces in question belong to the perihemal sinus system, while the cavities of the hemal vessels lead directly into the interior of the ege-tubes. Macbride (15, p. 377, fig. 122) showed that in Asterina the spaces between the inner and outer layers of the gonad-walls arise as expansions at the ends of the genital branches of the aboral perihzemal sinus, but apparently in later develop- ment these spaces become completely shut off, owing to the formation of the septum through which the growing egg-ducts burrow their way to the outside. However, the same author (16, p. 449) describes the genital branches of the aboral sinus as swelling out at their blind ends so as to enclose the gonad cell-masses. In my series of sections referred to above a distinct cellular lining was present in the larger spaces occurring around the roots and proximal parts of the egg- tubes, but further along the tubes it became less definite and finally ceased to be recognizable. 6 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF This is not the only instance in which a perihemal sinus-cavity divides into branches which lose themselves within the mesoderm. I find in the adult Solaster that there is a branch extending aborally into each interbrachial septum from the corresponding segment of the external oral circular sinus. This branch soon divides into slit-like spaces, which cease to be recognizable when traced further upwards in the septum (8 @). In development the branch in question is not difficult to follow (p. 36), and indeed I was first led to look for it in the adult from having noted it in a specimen of the age of four months. Contents of the Egg-Tubes——The egg-tubes contain: (1) ova in various stages of growth ; (2) follicle-cells, both covering the ova and lining such parts of the gonad- wall as are free from ova; (3) irregular cells, free in the lumen of the tube, mostly rounded and loaded with fat-granules, but sometimes smaller and resembling leuco- cytes in form. Ova.—These rest directly against the inner wall of the egg-tubes without the intervention of follicle-cells. Quite young ova may occur anywhere along the length of the egg-tubes, but as a rule the youngest are most abundant towards the free ends of the tubes. The nucleus or germinal vesicle contains a single large nucleolus, and exhibits in general the characters which are usually found in the nuclei of highly yolked ova. That is to say, it is large from an early stage, and it increases with the growth of the egg; its membrane is definite and resistant; there is a delicate achromatic reticulum; the chromatin is diffuse and difficult to stain; and the fluid nucleoplasm is abundant and coagulates in shreds. The cell-contents stain readily with hematoxylin, are finely punctate in character, and have a rich orange colour which dissolves out readily in alcohol and other reagents. ‘These facts indicate the early presence of deutoplasmic granules; but this first deutoplasm is free from ordinary fatty yolk, being quite unaffected by treatment with osmic acid. Indeed, the growth of the ovum may be divided into two periods: the first up till the earliest appearance of the yolk-granules which are fatty in character, and the second till full size is reached and the egg is ready to undergo the changes of maturation. At the end of the first stage the egg has reached a diameter of -15 mm., a third of this measurement being occupied by the nucleus. Fatty yolk-granules now begin to gather closely round the nucleus, forming a zone which is at first thin and loose, but afterwards becomes thicker and more crowded, the additions taking place on the outside of the zone (PI. III. fig. 35). Throughout this zone only a small amount of protoplasm remains, forming a reticulum between the granules. Outside of the zone in question there is a layer of protoplasm gradually increasing in size during the active growth of the egg, but gradually also being THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 7 invaded by the yolk, until in the end there remains under the egg-membrane only the thinnest possible yolk-free layer. It should be noted that while the gross aggregation of yolk takes place from the nucleus outwards, as above described, stray granules may be observed in all stages at lesser depths, or even close under the egg-membrane. Similar granules along with many coarser ones occur within the follicle-cells, and it seems not improbable that during growth the former are transferred through the vitelline membrane to the ovum, where they congregate round the germinal vesicle, the stray granules above mentioned being on their passage inwards from the periphery. A remarkable instance of trans- ference of the granules is given on p. 49. The yolk-granules on their first appearance are small, rounded, and uniform in size. As growth proceeds they become slightly larger everywhere, the increase in the full- sized egg being least at the very surface close under the vitelline membrane. In the middle and later stages of growth, bodies resembling the so-called yolk- nuclei are very evident. Their substance is finely punctate. They stain well in hemalum, but with a characteristic reddish tinge. ‘They are by no means regular in number, size, and position, though the largest are always found quite close to the germinal vesicle. They have no definite boundary, but merge at their periphery into the protoplasmic reticulum in which the yolk-granules lie. They disappear when the egg has reached full size and maturity. It seems probable that they are formed by the activity of the nucleus (germinal vesicle), and that migrating outwards from it they become broken up through contributing to the general protoplasmic meshwork of the cell. Chubb (2, p. 384) describes the yolk-nucleus in Antedon as formed by the throwing-out of small globules from the nucleolus. A vitelline membrane is recognizable from a very early stage. In larger ova it remains thin, but is moderately tough, though not comparable in this respect with the membranes of many other ova of similarsize. It seemed to be perforated by numerous fine pores, and may accordingly be termed a “zona radiata.” Apart from distortion and facetting due to pressure, the shape of the ova within the ege-tubes is already that of a spheroid with marked flattening at two opposite poles, one of which is on the side of the ovum next the gonad-wall. ‘This, the future upper pole of the egg is bright orange in colour. The lower or yolk pole looks towards the lumen of the egg-tube and is distinctly paler than the first. The transition between the two colours is gradual, and occurs at the equator or widest part of the egg. ‘The diameter in the equatorial plane averages 1 mm., while the vertical diameter is approximately -8 mm. Follicle-Cells—The follicle-cells give a covering to the eggs, except where the latter are attached to the gonad-wall, and also line such parts of the wall as have no ova resting against them. Here, in places, they are folded inwards in the form of § DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF villus-like tufts, on the surface of which they assume an elongated form, many of them being crowded with granules or globules of fatty nature, while others have a large proportion of clear mucoid contents. The larger villi rest on a fold of the inner layer of the egg tube-wall, and this fold may contain an extension from the spaces previously described as existing between the inner and outer layers of the gonad-wall. The follicle-cells surrounding young and half-grown ova are cubical or polygonal in shape, and provide a covering several layers thick. As growth nears completion, these become reduced to a single layer made up of cubical or flattened cells. Still later they seem to undergo complete degeneration, the eggs when shed being destitute of a cellular covering. Practically all the follicle-cells contain fatty granules, mostly small and resembling those within the eggs, but often larger and comparable with ordinary fat-globules. As was indicated above, it is possible that the smaller granules are transferred directly through the vitelline membrane into the ovum during growth. There is no definite lumen within the egg-tube, the spaces between the eggs being occupied by follicle-cells, and by a small amount of fluid containing some irregular cells which are probably of leucocytic origin. In some cases masses may be noted which look like the débris of degenerating ova. These masses are without definite outline and consist of densely crowded fine yolk-granules, with small nuclei here and there among them. Round the nuclei a certain grouping of the yolk-granules is observable, as if each nucleus was establishing a cell-territory. The nuclei are probably of leucocytic nature. Eqg-Ducts.—The walls of the egg-ducts contain inner and outer layers corresponding in structure with those of the gonad-tubes, but the gonad sinus-spaces are not continued into the depth of the body-wall. The ducts are lined with ciliated cylindrical epithelium rising into folds and having many cells with clear mucoid contents. ‘The transition between the germinal cells of the egg-tubes and the epithelium of the ducts is quite sudden, and even in immature specimens there is no septum intervening between the contents of the tubes and the lumen of the ducts. It is difficult to determine macroscopically the exact number of external genital openings. During active spawning, however, as many as four eggs emerged at the same time, but discretely, from a single interradius. Serial sections of an interradius in the adult showed that each of the gonads had two slit-like terminal ducts formed by the union of several tributary ducts, some of which joined the terminal one within the thickness of the body-wall. In Solaster papposa, according to Miiller and Troschel (quoted from Ludwig, 13, p. 592) and Cuénot (4, p. 623), each gonad has a number of ducts which pierce the body-wall independently, but close together, the small area on which they open being thus sieve-like in character. THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 9 My own observations on S. pwpposa, made from serial sections of an interradius in a half-grown specimen, showed only two external apertures (one for each gonad). Each of these led to a crypt-like cavity, into the bottom of which several egg-ducts opened. Eversion of this cavity may occur during later growth or at the periods of ripeness, thus producing the condition described by the authors above named. For a further discussion of these points, see under reference 8 a. III. Maturation, SPAWNING, FERTILIZATION, &c. Maturation.—Preparation for the maturation-changes begins after the egg has reached full size, and while it is still attached to the gonad-wall. The germinal vesicle elongates radially and migrates towards the attached side of the egg until one of its poles lies close under the surface. The nucleolus becomes vacuolated, ceases to react actively to stains, and finally disappears. Meantime the membrane of the germinal vesicle has broken down. ‘The contents remaining in position help to form a tract or plug, which is free from fatty yolk-granules and extends right to the centre of the egg. This tract comes to the surface in the middle of what will afterwards be recognizable as the upper pole of the egg. Here it expands into a small circular disc. After the eggs are shed this disc appears under reflected light as an area slightly darker than the rest of the surface, no doubt owing to its greater transparency and freedom from yolk. In the ova examined, the formation of the first polar body was in active progress at the time of shedding. An egg fixed immediately after extrusion showed the first of the spindles lying obliquely within the disc above mentioned and close under the surface. In eggs fixed three hours after extrusion both polar bodies were found extruded and adherent to the surface, while the small female pro-nucleus, now difficult to detect, lay some distance below. No doubt the pro-nucleus next migrates towards the centre of the egg. Spawning.—A pparently the brooding-habit is absent. Spawning occurs in the end of March or the beginning of April, and extends at intervals over a week or more. For example, a specimen taken in the trawl off the Marine Station at Millport on March 22nd, 1910, gave out ova on the 25th, on the 30th of the same month, and again on April 2nd. No further spawning took place, although the specimen was kept under observation for the next four weeks. The number of eggs on the first occasion is not known approximately, but on the second it amounted to over three thousand, and on the third to between two and three hundred. On the second occasion (March 30th) the period of most active spawning lasted about two hours. During this time the Starfish was attached to one side of the tank near the surface, the body and arms being strongly arched so that only the tips of the latter were adherent. ‘The ova could be seen emerging as many as four at a time from the genital VOL. XX.—Par? I. No. 2.—February, 1912. Cc 10 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF apertures in each of several interradii. The same Starfish, when spawning on April 2nd, took up a somewhat different position, viz., on one side of the tank right at the surface, with the uppermost arms unattached, bent over, and separated so as to expose the interradial angles. The ova were emitted chiefly from these interradii, but also from one or two others, sometimes singly, sometimes two or three together, at short intervals, for two and a half hours. Some years ago I observed a specimen of Solaster papposa in the act of spawning. The process was almost exactly identical with that which has been last described. At the time of shedding, the eggs may be compressed in any direction, but they very quickly assume their proper form, that of an ‘“‘oblate spheroid” (p. 7). Being rather lighter than sea-water, they rise gently to the surface and remain there when un- disturbed. As was indicated previously, they float with the equator of the spheroid horizontal. ‘The upper pole is of a rich orange-colour, and has in its centre the small area free from fatty yolk. The lower pole is paler in colour and of distinctly greater specific gravity, so that the egg rights itself almost at once, should its balance be disturbed. The vitelline membrane is closely applied to the surface of the egg all round. In the eggs shed on the first two occasions it was quite thin, transparent, and smooth on the surface, but in those which were shed last there was an additional outer covering, somewhat frayed on the surface, and with minute granular débris adherent. The difference is probably caused by the addition to the true egg-membrane of a mucous coat formed within the ovary itself. Two other specimens of S. endeca were kept in the same tank as the one which spawned, and fortunately one of these proved to be a ripe male. On March 30th, while ova were being shed by the female, the male was observed resting in an ordinary position on the side of the tank about two feet distant, and sending out thin streams of sperm from five or six interradii. On this occasion practically all the ova were fertilized, although in the end only a few of them developed quite normally beyond the gastrula stage. On the next occasion of spawning (April 2nd) the emission of sperm by the male was not obvious. All the eggs were, however, fertilized, and a very large proportion of them underwent normal development. The eggs of Solaster are much too large and opaque to allow the process of fertili- zation to be watched under the microscope. It can readily be seen, however, that they attract the sperm strongly as soon as they are shed, and therefore a considerable time before the maturation-changes are completed. No doubt the disc at the upper pole and the stalk leading from it down to the centre of the egg serve as a track of entrance and guidance to the spermatozoon, which would find difficulty in boring a way through the densely crowded mass of fatty yolk-granules present every- where else. THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 11 Segmentation and Gastrulation (Pl. I. figs. 1-6; Pl. III. figs. 24, 25).—In from three to three and a half hours after they were shed the eggs began to separate off their vitelline membranes as ‘‘membranes of fertilisation” *. The process was complete in from four to five hours. ‘The width of the clear space left between membrane and egg varied considerably, but was on an average equal to about a seventh of the diameter of the egg itself. This membrane persists throughout segmentation and until the blastula is beginning to rotate within it—that is, till about the fifth day after fertilisation. Segmentation all through is total and equal, the first and second cleavage-planes (Pl. I. figs. 1-2) being vertical and at right angles to one another, while the third is horizontal. The succeeding divisions follow with regularity and give rise to a solid “morula” (figs. 3-4) made up of very numerous cells which are practically equal in size. As many as three hundred such cells may be counted ina median section. The flattening at the poles becomes less marked, but the mass floats as before, and the under half is still paler in colour than the upper. It should be stated that while equality of segmentation is certainly the normal condition, a slight degree of * Note on Cross-Fertilisation.—To the membrane of fertilisation is usually ascribed the function of keeping out other sperms after the entrance of the one which is to fertilise the egg. The sperms crowd actively round the ova immediately the latter are shed, and yet, as we have seen above, it was not till three hours after- wards that the membrane even began to separate. This might seem to give ample time, were no other factors at work, for the occurrence of polyspermy or even for the entrance of sperms of mixed origin. As is well known, cross-fertilisation may occur between widely different echinoderms. In this connection a series of experiments I made some time ago affords the following results with reference to Solaster :—The ova of Solaster endeca are strongly attractive to the spermatozoa of Solaster papposa and are fertilised by them. Segmentation, though often very unequal, was sometimes quite regular and led to a very considerable degree of further development. Blastula, gastrula, and early larval stages were easy to obtain. Later, the larve tended to die off after showing various abnormalities of growth, such as malformation or loss of the larval arms and vesiculation of parts of the larval body. Serial sections of the larvee showed very marked irregularity in the internal cavities, the typical arrangement being interfered with in many ways, though there was evidently an attempt at the formation of all the characteristic coeloms. The presence of several ciliated canals leading to the surface from one or other of the internal cavities was a common deviation. Some of the hybrid larve lived for over two months, but none of them entered on the stage of sucker fixation which leads to metamorphosis. The ova of Solaster papposa are also strongly attractive to the spermatozoa of S. endeca and are fertilised by them. The resulting segmentation showed greater irregularity than in the converse experiment, but unfortunately I had not the opportunity in this case of carrying the observations to later stages. In my experiments, the sperm of Solaster endeca was also tried with the ova of Hchinus esculentus L., Asterias rubens L., Uraster glacialis O. F. M., Cribrella oculata Penn., Brissopsis lyrifera Forb., Echino- cardium cordatum Penn., and Synapta digitata Mont. The results as regards fertilisation were negative in every instance, and the eggs of the sea-urchin alone exhibited the power of attracting the sperm. On the other hand, the ova of Solaster papposa attracted the sperm of Asterias rubens, and underwent irregular segmentation under their influence. The same ova neither attracted nor were fertilised by the sperm of the other species mentioned above. c2 12 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF subequality may also be present in healthy ova. One also comes across cases in which the early segmentation is very markedly unequal. Such ova may seem to develop normally during the gastrula and the early larval stages, but none of them which I isolated entered on the later larval stages or underwent metamorphosis. Blastula and Gastrula.—The process of blastula and gastrula formation presents those remarkable features which were first carefully described by Masterman (18, pp. 378-381) as occurring in the ova of Cribrelia. A rudimentary primary blastoceele in the form of narrow slit-like spaces develops within the cell-mass. Numerous small furrows running into one another next appear all over the external surface, producing a finely lobulated appearance almost as if the ege were reverting to its middle segmentation-stages. Soon the furrows become fewer but better marked. This takes place through the levelling up of some and the confluence and deepening of others. The surface pattern now becomes simpler, simulating an earlier stage in segmentation. ‘The resemblance is often very striking, even as far downwards as the 16-, the 8-, and the 4-celled condition. Usually, how- ever, instead of the knobby segmentation pattern, there is an appearance as of lobes running together, which may best be described as resembling the convoluted surface of a cerebral hemisphere. In the end, all the furrows disappear, and the surface becomes perfectly smooth, at least as seen from above. Sections of eggs at the time when the furrows first appear show the two following peculiarities: (1) the superficial cells are elongating and arranging themselves in a single layer at the surfaces between the furrows; (2) at the same time the deeper cells of the blastula are undergoing a similar rearrangement with reference to the sides and bottoms of the furrows. It is obvious that the result will be to produce, out of the originally almost solid cell-mass, a single greatly folded layer of columnar cells (PI. I. fig. 5) enclosing an irregular and slit-like central space which may be called the definite blastoceele. A few cells, not falling into line with the others, remain within this cavity and form the earliest mesenchyme. The disappearance of the first furrows and the consequent simplification of the surface pattern is accompanied by further narrowing and elongation of the individual cells. In this way the blastula-wall, although it is losing in superficial extent, is still able to accommodate all the cells which first entered into its formation. ‘here is now also a slight increase in the size of the blastula as compared with the unsegmented egg, the difference amounting to something like one-eighth of the diameter of the latter. It is worthy of note that during all these changes the paler colour of the lower pole is preserved. Cilia make their appearance on the surface about the same time as the first blastula-furrows, causing currents within the membrane of fertilisation which still persists. This membrane now disappears and the blastula begins to perform irregular rotary movements in the water, its paler side always remaining underneath. Gastrulation.—Gastrulation takes place by invagination and commences before the last surface-furrows have straightened out. Indeed, it may be described as beginning by THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 13 the widening and deepening of a large central furrow in the under pole. Accordingly at first the blastoporic opening is often slit-like in shape. The final smoothing of the surface-wrinkles advances with the progress of gastrulation, the opening out of surface provided by the former process compensating in part for that portion of the blasto- derm which is invaginated. The blastopore now becomes a large circular opening in the middle of the distinctly flattened under surface, while the upper aspect of the gastrula is rounded or dome-like in shape. The invagination does not involve the whole of the pale area at the lower pole. In the fully formed gastrula the line of colour-transition is found outside the lip of the blastopore, at about a third of the distance between this and the centre of the dome. The movement of the gastrula now becomes one of smooth rotation round a vertical axis, accompanied by slight intermittent horizontal progression, giving a somewhat epicyclic character to the whole. In the specimens under observation, as a rule, the direction of movement was dextral * as observed from above, but reversal took place from time to time, and in the course of a few days there seemed to be longer duration of the sinistral f than of the dextral periods. Probably the changes occur rhythmically in nature, though I had evidence that they were hastened by stimulation. In healthy specimens the archenteron (PI. I. fig. 6) isa large cavity lined by columnar ciliated hypoblast and separated from the epiblast by a very narrow space containing stellate mesenchymal cells. The cavity is empty, except for stray yolk-granules and occasional cells (see p. 45). In Cribrella, according to Masterman (18, p. 382), the archenteron becomes com- pletely filled up at this stage by a network of ‘“‘hypenchyme ” cells which are thrown off from the primitive hypoblast. This does not occur in Sodaster, at least not in healthy specimens, but at a slightly later stage a certain number of cells are budded off into the anterior and posterior cceeloms of the young larva. In the latter cavity they frequently give rise to a homogeneous spherical body, the appearance of which strongly suggests that it may function as a statolith during the middle and later free-swimming stages (p. 46). Chronology.—Vhe following details regarding the progress of the above changes in examples of a set of ova under observation will be of interest :— At time of shedding...... The first maturation-spindle lying close under the upper pole of the egg. 3 hours after shedding... Both polar bodies extruded. 5 x = ... The membrane of fertilisation completely separated. 9 35 35 .... The yolk-free disc at the upper pole becomes oval and then dumb- bell in shape (10 hours) ; it next divides into two, while the first cleavage-furrow begins to form (11 hours). * Same as that of the hands of a clock. tT Opposite to that of the hands of a clock. 14 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF 13 hours after shedding... The first cleavage completed. 15 ne ss ... The second cleavages completed. 18 a ee .... The third cleavages completed. 20 ss Re ... Egg divided into about 16 cells. 28 0 5 eels. hw Oaeees 24 days after shedding... Segmentation completed ; a solid “morula” stage made up of quite small cells. As cules - ... Blastula showing numerous furrows externally. OME 55 ... Only a few furrows now visible ; gastrulation beginning. Ges yh Gastrulation complete. (For later chronology, see pp. 17, 25.) IV. Exrernat Cyaracters, MoveMents, &c. DURING THE FREE-SWIMMING PERIOD. (Pl. I. figs. 12-14; Pl. II. figs. 15-20.) In describing the succeeding stages in the development of Solaster I think it right to make use of the terms /arva and larval (as Masterman does for Cribrella), although a larval mouth is never formed and the store of food contained in the egg has to last until the end of metamorphosis. Comparison with other forms, particularly with Asterina and Cribrella, enables one already to fix the anterior and posterior ends of the larva. The former is indicated by the summit of the gastrula-dome and the latter by the blastoporic opening. The dome-shaped gastrula gradually elongates to form a cone, the base of which is perforated by the blastopore (Pl. II. fig. 15). The apex of the cone (anterior end of the larva) next makes a slight bend towards what is to be the ventral aspect (fig. 16). A yentral concavity or dimple is thus formed near the junction of the anterior and middle thirds of the cone. All the larval planes and surfaces can now be readily identified (see p. 37). The three larval arms next begin to grow out around the dimple above named. All three are directed ventrally. There is an anterior median unpaired one in front. The other two form a pair, one on each side a short distance behind the dimple. A little later the cells forming the floor of the dimple become elongated to form a disc-shaped sucker. The part of the cone which carries the arms and the sucker is recognizable afterwards as the preoral lobe of the larva. Meantime certain changes have become manifest in the posterior part of the cone, which may now be called the body of the larva. This part becomes flattened from side to side and correspondingly extended in the sagittal plane (figs. 16-18). The blastopore lessens in size and the base of the cone becomes slightly oblique (p. 37). Dorsally on the right side, a little behind the junction of the preoral lobe and the body of the larva, a pit makes its appearance, at the bottom of which the hydroporic opening is formed. As will be seen later (p. 26), this takes place through the sinking in of a short ectodermal funnel to meet a hollow outgrowth from the anterior ccelom. THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 15 Shortly afterwards the blastopore closes, and the larval body becomes marked off from the preoral lobe by a groove which passes transversely across the back of what may be called the neck of the larva. This groove is produced in part by dorsal flexion of the head on the body, and partly through further expansion of the body in the sagittal plane. The hydroporic opening on the right side is the first, and for a time the only, departure from the external bilateral symmetry of the larva. The arms are hollow outgrowths and contain prolongations from the anterior ccelom. They are at first short, blunt, and ciliated uniformly with the rest of the body. Later they lengthen and acquire small glandular ridges at the tips, over which the cilia become reduced. They are then able, acting either singly or together, to cause the larva to adhere lightly to smooth surfaces. They have also become muscular, so that they can perform movements of (1) simple shortening or retraction and lengthening or protrusion, (2) spreading apart so as to expose the sucker, (3) closing together so as to hide the sucker (PI. II. figs. 18,19). The cilia are now reduced over the glandular ridges, though still present in the intervening furrows. The sucker develops as a round, slightly elevated disc of much elongated cells in the bottom of the concavity between the larval arms. ‘The cells are ciliated at first, but afterwards lose their cilia. While the larve are elongating and becoming cone-like in shape, they remain upright in the water, performing circular movements exactly like those of the gastrule, though the direction of movement was now sinistral* as seen from above in the majority examined. After they have reached full length, one begins to find them from time to time in an oblique position in the water, the anterior end, however, being still always higher than the posterior. In this position they are rotating round their own antero- posterior axis as before, and in addition they are progressing slowly along a straight line in the direction towards which the anterior end points. Reversal of this latter movement can occur, especially under stimulation, but it is rare and lasts only for a short time. During the first two or three days of the free-swimming stage the larve are rather lighter than the sea-water and tend to remain without effort near the surface. Later their specific gravity gradually comes to equal and finally to exceed slightly that of the water. When this stage has been reached the movement of progression with the anterior end first will keep them from sinking helplessly to the bottom, while reversal will ensure that they need not remain continually at the surface. The characteristic position of the larva in the water indicates that the original difference in weight between the anterior and posterior ends of the larva has been retained in some degree throughout the whole free-swimming stage. The whole surface of the larva is richly ciliated, excepting the sucker and the * See note on p. 13. 16 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF glandular ridges at the tips of the arms. During life, the action of the cilia can readily be observed under the microscope by keeping the larve on the stage ina suitable cell and using strong oblique illumination. While ciliation is fairly uniform all over, it was noted during the first week that the cilia which covered the anterior pole seemed larger than the average. They did not, however, form a definite tuft standing out from the rest. ‘The strongest and most persistent currents produced by the cilia pass from anterior to posterior end of the larva all along its sides, and it is this ciliary action which causes the forward progression of the larva. More than once while I was watching this action under the microscope, the direction of movement quickly became reversed ; streams of particles began to flow over the anterior end, and had the larva been free to swim about, it would undoubtedly have moved with the posterior end in advance. Reversals of this kind occurred with relatively greater frequency in the specimens I was working with on the stage of the microscope than in those which remained undisturbed in the aquaria. At the posterior end of the early larva, external to the blastopore, there is a narrow annular area of cilia which lash in an outward direction. The current thus produced, taken along with the stronger currents passing backwards over the general surface of the body, results in a forward eddy of small particles towards the blastoporic opening. After tne blastopore has closed, the annulus in question becomes uniform with the rest of the surface of the body. It was stated above that the formation of the hydroporic opening on the right side is the first interference with the external bilateral symmetry of the larva. The next departure from this symmetry is a more obvious one, and results in a change in the relative position of the preoral lobe and the body of the larva (Pl. II. figs. 19, 20). Two movements are involved, namely, (1) lateral flexion of the preoral lobe towards the left side of the body, (2) torsion of the neck of this lobe in the dextral * direction as the larva is looked at from the anterior end. Both movements occur together and in a gradual manner, and both are completed only two or three days after fixation by the sucker has taken place. Meantime their result is to bring the back of the preoral lobe obliquely against the left side of the body, a very sharp angle being formed on this side in the region of the neck (fig. 20). ‘The whole movement is of greater rapidity and acuteness than can be accounted for simply in terms of differential giowth, and as a matter of fact it seems to be caused by the action of the special band of muscular fibrille (Pl. IL. fig. 19; Pl. III. fig. 34) which is referred to further on (p. 47). Now commences a process of much interest, whereby the walls of the preoral lobe are in part incorporated with the left body-wall of the larva (PI. II. figs. 22,23). But this takes place during metamorphosis and will be described later, along with the completion of the flexion and torsion of the preoral lobe (pp. 19, 27). * See note on p. 18. THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 17 The characters of the larva at the end of the free-swimming stage may be summarized as follows:—The preoral lobe is bent sharply to the left, and twisted dextrally * through an angle of approximately 75 degrees; the arms are long, glandular at the tips, muscular, and capable of anchoring the larve temporarily by adhesion to smooth surfaces ; the body has become disc-like in shape through expansion in the larval sagittal plane; four notches are beginning to appear on the dorsal and posterior edges of the disc marking the position of future interradii. A much larger notch bounded by prominent lips is becoming evident on the right side at the root of the preoral lobe (p. 22). ‘The first five radial pouches of the hydroceele in some cases appear externally before fixation, while in most they are not evident till the fixed stage has begun. It will be more convenient to include the account of their appearance under the heading of metamorphosis (p. 20). The above changes took place as follows :— 6 days after fertilisation ... Gastrulation complete. 7 Bs An ... Gastrula elongated to form a cone. 8 ep A ... Ventral dimple present. 9 ss He ... Indication of larval arms, and of ectodermal pit for the hydropore. 10-11 a i ... Arms longer and coming together so as to conceal the sucker; the larval body fiattening in the sagittal plane; the blasto- pore closed. 13-18 $5 as ... Body becomes disc-shaped; the characteristic flexion and torsion of the arms in progress ; larve able to adhere by the tips of the arms. 19 a i The majority of the larvee now attached by the sucker. (For earlier ee see p. 18, and for later, p. 25.) VY. GENERAL History AND EXTERNAL CHARACTERS DURING AND AFTER METAMORPHOSIS. (Pl. I. figs. 12-14; Pl. II. figs. 22, 23.) Under this heading two periods have to be distinguished—the one of attachment by means of the sucker whose development we have already seen in the larva (p. 14), and the other during which, the sucker having atrophied, the earliest tube-feet are the attaching-organs. It is during the first of these periods that the greatest changes take place. The second is chiefly concerned with the acquirement by the various organs of their more perfect form and of their functional activities. Attachment by the Larval Sucker.—In order to attach themselves, the larvee cause their arms to diverge widely, so that the sucker becomes prominent and is thus enabled to adhere readily to a suitable surface. The attachment is by true sucking action and not simply through the formation of an adhesive cement. At this stage the sucker is oval in shape with the longer diameter transverse, and, like the tips of the * See note on p. 13. VOL. XX.—PART I. No. 3.—February, 1912. D 18 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF larval arms, it is of a more vivid orange-colour than the rest of the preoral lobe. ‘The three arms surround the sucker in tripod fashion, but the right one is now rather larger than the left, which at this stage is somewhat compressed in the angle between preoral lobe and body. The actual site of fixation must depend more or less on chance. At any rate, in the aquaria I employed, attached specimens were found fairly uniformly over the bottom and sides alike, a slight preference being shown for a position on the sides just under the water-level. In those which settled on a vertical surface there was no strict uniformity as regards which part of the body was uppermost, but in the majority of instances an upper position was occupied by the neck or region of junction between the preoral lobe and the body. Once the larve are attached they keep the same position till movement is possible by means of the tube-feet. If they are detached without injury during the first day or two after fixation, they will in many instances (five out of seven in the experiment) succeed in re-attaching themselves. They are enabled to do this by the muscular action of the arms, as well as by the action of the cilia on the surface of the body, which helps to tumble them over until the sucker finds a suitable locality for attach- ment. Older specimens when detached sink quickly to the bottom, and can fasten themselves anew only if they happen to fall with the sucker undermost; otherwise they are unable to right themselves, and, though capable of survival for a considerable period, they do not undergo a normal metamorphosis. ‘The first few days of fixation by the sucker are marked by the following important external changes :— 1. Flexion and torsion of the preoral lobe are completed. 2. Much of the wall of the preoral lobe is gradually incorporated into the middle part of the left side of the larva, and assists in forming the oral surface of the Starfish. Subject to this reservation, and from the point of view of external form, the left side of the larva becomes the oral surface of the Starfish. . Similarly the aboral surface of the Starfish may be described as representing the right side of the larva; but this statement is also subject to the reservation (Sis) that in reality the epiderm of the aboral surface is in great part derived from that which covered the posterior end of the bilateral larva. 4, The series of radial pouches of the hydroccele comes into prominence on the oral (left larval) surface. The first-formed pouches acquire lateral branches for the tube-feet. ‘The 8th radial pouch is added. 5. The aboral rudiments of the arms begin to grow out round the margin. The whole aboral surface becomes covered with small papille containing the developing spines. The later period of fixation by the larval sucker is marked by further outgrowth and commencement of functional activity on the part of the tube-feet, complete THE STAREISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 19 disappearance of the whole preoral lobe except the sucker, and, finally, by atrophy of the sucker itself. The points mentioned above will now be gone over in more detail, the first three being taken together. 1, 2, 3. Flexion &c. of Preoral Lobe, and Formation of the Oral and Aboral Surfaces.—The commencement of the flexion and torsion of the preoral lobe was noted before the end of the free-swimming stage (p. 16). The preoral lobe became sharply bent at the neck towards the left side of the body, and at the same time twisted in the dextral direction as seen from the anterior end. Roughly speaking, the combined movement may be compared with that which would result in the human subject from extreme overaction of the left sterno-mastoid muscle, the head representing the preoral lobe of the larva. The back of the preoral lobe is brought to begin with obliquely against the left body-wall of the larva. This is the condition at the end of the free-swimming stage. Later the movements are carried out to their fullest degree, the leftward flexion being nearly through the full half-circle of 180 degrees, while the torsion is through a right angle. At the same time, the back of the preoral lobe is taken into or incorporated with the left body-wall of the larva. Asa result, the anterior or frontal larval arm comes to look outwards from near the middle of the left side of the larva, or, rather, of the oral surface of the Starfish, as this side may now be called. The sucker and the paired larval arms also look outwards from the oral surface, but are nearer that part of the margin which in the larva was at the junction between the preoral lobe and the larval body. The changes above described are illustrated in figs. 21-23 of Pl. II. As they proceed, the preoral lobe settles down more and more on the oral surface, from which it finally ceases to project. The smoothing out of its walls involves a considerable addition to the central area on the oral surface. This is needed in connection with the very marked widening of the hydroccele ring that is also taking place, and it provides a sufficient space, in the middle of which the mouth-opening can afterwards break through. It will be remembered that the lower pole of the gastrula (posterior end of the larva) was paler in colour than the upper pole (anterior end of larva). The changes described above result in the massing of the richly pigmented epiderm (anterior end epiderm) into the area on the oral side of the Starfish which overlies the circle of the hydroceele. When the radial canals of the hydroceele grow out they are accompanied on the surface by corresponding extensions of pigmented epiderm, which are broad enough also to overlie the sucker-feet when these are formed in their turn. ‘The purely actinal surface of the young Starfish is thus derived chiefly from the body-wall of the anterior end of the larva. Conversely, we find that the aboral surface is now covered with the pale epiderm which in the perfectly bilateral condition was confined to the posterior part of the larva. It is only in the region of the notch opposite the larval D2 20 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF neck that traces of the deeper pigment still exist, and even these are lost when at a later stage the notch becomes filled up. We see accordingly that on the right side a forward sliding movement of the wall of the posterior part of the bilateral larva has taken place, and that this movement is the counterpart of the migration backwards and to the left undergone by the preoral lobe. These facts, while they are important in the ontogeny of Solaster (see under Nervous System, p. 46), may also be of great importance from their bearing on general questions of asteroid phylogeny. 4. The Hydrocele Pouches.—The radial pouches of the hydroceele appear externally as an incomplete circle of lobular swellings on the oral (left larval) surface around the central area where the preoral lobe is becoming incorporated with the body-wall. The gap left in the circle is opposite to the larval neck. Four of the pouches appear practically simultaneously and are succeeded almost at once by a fifth. These form a series the members of which, for reasons that will appear later, are to be numbered in the dextral or watch-hand direction, as seen from the oral side, commencing with pouch No. I immediately to the dextral (7. ¢., the larval dorsal) side of the preoral lobe. In the fully-formed Solaster the normal number of rays is nine, and accordingly four new pouches remain to be formed in addition to the five that have already appeared. These are added one by one, extending the series onwards from pouch No. V, still in the dextral direction as one looks from the oral side. There is a short pause till VI appears. VII follows after an interval of similar length. VIII is delayed relatively longer, and 1X longer still. Indeed, 1X is not added until the preoral lobe has almost completely disappeared, the sucker has begun to atrophy, and the larva is attaching itself by means of the first-formed tube-feet. Pouch IX at the end of the series is now adjacent to pouch I at the beginning, and nothing stands in the way of the completion between these pouches of the ring-canal of the hydroccele. Soon after they have made their appearance externally, the radial pouches of the hydroceele become three-lobed in shape. This is due to the outgrowth at their sides of the first tube-feet, and at their extremities of the terminal tentacle. Later, a second pair of tube-feet is formed on each radial pouch between the first pair and the terminal tentacle. The sequence in the formation of the tube-feet on the radial pouches corresponds with that in which the pouches themselves were developed. For example, pouches I to V are provided with two pairs of feet at a period when VIII is still in the tri-lobed condition and IX has not yet made its appearance. So long as the preoral lobe is large, pouch I of the hydroccele, being somewhat compressed in the angle between that lobe and the disc, is not free to appear externally with as great prominence as the next three pouches in the series ; but after the preoral lobe disappears, the pouch in question, being no longer hidden or compressed, shows in all respects quite as THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 21 advanced a degree of development as the succeeding members of the series, thus offering the sharpest contrast with pouches VIII and IX, which are still lagging far behind. Although the details fall to be given later (p. 27), it may be stated here that the ring-canal of the water vascular system is completed in such a way that the cavity of the preoral lobe occasionally remains in continuity, though for a very short time, with the axial sinus ccelom by means of a stalk, which, as in Asterina (Macbride, 15), is encompassed by the hydroceele ring. Soon, however, the cavity of the preoral lobe disappears, and the sucker atrophies, migrating at the same time outwards beyond the circle of the ring-canal. The last remnant of it is to be looked for as a stalked papilla attached a short distance from the margin on the oral surface (PI. I. fig. 13). In four cases out of five this papilla lies in interradius [X/I, while in the others it either lies just outside of pouch IX or in the interradius between that and pouch VIII. The variation is of no importance, and probably occurs in connection with the adjustment that has to take place between the hydroccele rays and the aboral arm-rudiments (p. 22). The stone-canal opens into the ring-canal of the hydroccele between the origins of radial pouches I and II (p. 31). Considering the manner in which the radial pouches of the hydroccele are developed, and in particular the perfectly definite sequence in which the last four of them appear, one can have no hesitation in numbering the series by the method adopted above—that is, by commencing it with pouch J on the dextral * side of the preoral lobe as one looks at the oral surface, and continuing in the same direction from that point. Leaving out of count such methods of numbering the rays of Asteroids as are based on other than developmental grounds, we have to distinguish two systems. In one of these the numbering proceeds as described above (é. g., Macbride for Asterina), while in the other the order is precisely the converse—that is to say, it begins with ray I on the sinistral side of the preoral lobe as one looks at the oral surface, and continues the series counterclockwise from this point (Ludwig, 12, and Goto, 1o@, for Asterina ; Goto for Asterias pallida, 9, 10; Masterman for Cribredia, 18). The order of develop- ment in Solaster establishes a presumption that the former of the two systems of numbering is the right one for Starfish in general. The short pause between the formation of the first five radial pouches and that of the sixth is an indication that the Solaster family was derived from a five-rayed ancestor. Further evidence on this point will appear in connection with the develop- ment of the anus. I am indebted to Prof. J. W. Gregory for the note that an apparently authentic member of the family, Solaster moretonis Forbes, occurs as far back as the Oolite (Forbes in Mem. Geol. Surv. U. K. 1856, dec. v. pp. 1-3). * See footnote on p. 13. 22 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF Formation of Aboral Arm-Rudiments.—The aboral surface is now somewhat disc- like in shape, with four or five shallow indentations at the margin, and one deep notch—the nuchal notch—bounded by two prominent lips or lobes, which are at first a considerable distance apart but afterwards draw closely together. The shallow indentations separate corresponding aboral arm-rudiments as these grow out, but the notch (Pl. II. figs. 21-23) is produced in consequence of the sharp leftward flexion of the preoral lobe, and the subsequent rapid reduction of the walls and internal cavity of this lobe (see also on p. 27). In a cleared specimen at this stage, viewed from the aboral side (PI. I. fig. 7), the series of hydroccele-pouches is seen to commence with pouch I lying underneath the sinistral (¢arval dorsal) lip or lobe of the notch. But this lip will afterwards be associated with pouch II of the hydroceele in the formation of ray II of the Starfish. Meantime accordingly it may be designated aboral arm- rudiment No. 2. Since, to begin with, it overlies pouch I, it must undergo a sliding movement in the sinistral direction as viewed from the aboral side. This movement is approximately through an angle of 50 degrees. The other lip or lobe bounding the notch is the ventral one, with reference to larval orientation. It must be called arm-rudiment No. 1, since in the end it comes into relation with pouch I of the hydroccele to form the corresponding ray of the Starfish. Before doing this it performs an anguiar movement in the same direction as arm- rudiment 2 but of greater extent, since in order to reach its final position it has to travel over the area formerly occupied on the right side by the neck of the preoral lobe. The full range of angular movement undergone by aboral arm-rudiment | may be put down as something like 60-65 degrees. The shallow indentations, referred to above, separate other less prominent arm- rudiments, which appear to the number of three or four just after fixation has begun. ‘These arm-rudiments are to be enumerated in accordance with the numbering of the hydroccele-pouches with which they afterwards come into relation. Those which now appear are 3 to 5. They have to undergo a certain amount of angular movement in the same direction as arm-rudiments 1 and 2, but the amount is less than that of 2, and it diminishes as one goes down the series. The remaining arm-rudiments—. e., 6 to J—appear in the same sequence as the hydroccele-pouches with which they are to become associated, and each is a little later than its corresponding pouch. Attachment by the first-formed Sucker-Feet.—Kven after the sucker has atrophied there still remain a number of external changes to be noted before metamorphosis is at an end. Some of these changes consist in the completion of processes already begun, and others in the acquirement of new characters or structures. The former category includes :—Formation of pouch IX of the hydroceele and of aboral arm-rudiments 8 and 9; partial filling up of the notch between arm-rudiments 1 and 2 to form interradius I/I]—the madreporic interradius ; complete disappearance by absorption of the larval sucker and arms; increase in the size and number of the spines. THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 23 These points hardly require further description. Emphasis may, however, again be laid on the fact that while the larval sucker and arms are actively absorbed, much of the preoral lobe epiderm is not destroyed, but is incorporated with the oral surface of the Starfish. The most important new structures that appear externally during this period are the eye-spots, the mouth, and the anus. The Eyes.—In the first seven rays the eyes appear as bright reddish spots at the base of the terminal tentacles several days before the formation of the mouth. In rays VIII and IX they appear respectively along with and a little later than this opening. After death their pigment is extremely soluble and readily washes out, so that they may easily be overlooked in their earliest stages unless they have been observed in the living condition. Formation of the Mouth.—Yhe ring-canal of the hydroccele now encloses a relatively large central area on the oral surface. ‘The mouth appears in the middle of this area, usually in the form of a triradiate fissure (Pl. I. fig. 13), the angles of which point approximately in the direction of interradii I1/III, V/VI, VIII/IX. Later, the opening becomes circular with slightly crenated edges. ‘That part of the body-wall which lies between it and the ring-canal forms the soft membrane of the peristome. Still later, the first pair of adambulacral ossicles in each interradius comes to project inwards towards the centre of the mouth, carrying spines of larger than average size. The mouth-armature is accordingly of the adambulacral type, although the first pairs of ambulacrals do not recede so markedly as in the better-marked examples of this type. Formation of the Anus—The formation of the anus takes place several days after that of the mouth. The opening is small, and is to be found near the centre of the aboral surface, in the interradius which is designated V/VI according to our system of numbering. It will be remembered that in the ordinary five-rayed Starfish the anus, when present, falls within interradius V/I according to the same system. We can say, then, that the anal interradius of Solaster corresponds with that of an ordinary Starfish, on the assumption, which we have already seen to be well grounded, that rays VI to [X are later additions or interpolations. In this connection it is worthy of note that in Solaster papposa, which has a greater number of rays than our Solaster, the anus is still, to be found in the same interradius, namely V/VI. Equally striking is the fact, which I have been able to establish for both species, that in any individual, no matter whether the number of rays is greater or less than the normal, the anus still occurs in that interradius, which, according to our method of numbering, is the normal one (8a). The principle that parts forming a serial succession are specially liable to variation in number may perhaps serve to throw light on the very great variability of both species, and particularly of S. papposa (x9); in the number of their arms, For mesenteric relations of rectum and anus, see p. 39. In the weeks that succeed the formation of the mouth and anus, the most marked 24 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF new feature in the external appearance of the young Starfish is that the spines become relatively very numerous and very prominent. ‘The length of a single spine may amount to about one-eighth of the diameter of the whole Starfish including the arms. The spines now tend to become grouped in twos or threes, the members of each group being united by an arching fold of integument which reaches about halfway up their sides. It should also be noted that meantime a distinct notch has made its appearance at the tip of each arm outgrowth, and that in these regions the spines become disposed in two sets. It will be seen afterwards (p. 42) that in Solaster the skeletal plates occupying the position of terminals are double from the first, the members of each pair being an appreciable distance apart (Pl. I. fig. 8). Movements.—Vhe young Starfish may begin to move about with the help of its first- formed sucker-feet during the sixth week, and therefore prior to the formation of the mouth. In one of the small aquaria I had with me in Glasgow I marked the position of eight of them at this period by pencilling circles on the outside of the glass. ‘Two days afterwards all but three had shifted their position, some of them by as much as two and a half inches. The young Starfish are now able to right themselves after being turned upside down exactly in the manner of the adult. hey cling tightly to suitable surfaces, and if sucked up into a pipette or tube must be released at once, as it will be difficult to get them out alive and uninjured should they succeed in taking hold inside. After the mouth is formed the young Starfish wander about freely over the sides and bottom of the tanks; but perhaps the most interesting point to be noticed in their habits is the facility with which they can “swim ” surface of the water. Movementis fairly rapid, especially where there happens to be a fine powdering of dust on the surface by which the surface-tension is increased. ‘The in any direction just under the rate, as measured in half a dozen specimens of the age of six months and 2°75 mm. in diameter, varied from 25 mm. in ten minutes downwards. ‘The young Starfish floats by keeping the tips of a number of its tube-feet protruded slightly above the surface. Some of these are continually being withdrawn, advanced, and again protruded. With- drawal is effected by means of a sharp muscular twitch, which pulls the tip at once below the surface-level. On the other hand, in protrusion, the surface-film seemed to shed off naturally from the tips of the gently extended feet. The tube-feet cause progression not by taking a sucker-like hold of the surface-film as in ordinary movement over solid surfaces, but rather by elbowing the body along, advantage being taken of the resistance due to surface-tension. At any given time the tips of a considerable number of feet are protruded, and these have no difficulty in keeping the Starfish afloat; but as its specific gravity is now much greater than that of water, owing to the formation of the skeletal plates, the animal will sink very rapidly to the bottom if once it be depressed ever so little below the surface. To begin with, it must have launched itself by crawling up the side of the tank, then THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 25 bending the uppermost arms and the body outwards on the surface of the water, as grown-up Starfish do when seeking a new attachment. It is difficult, however, to see how a young Sodaster in its natural surroundings could ever have the opportunity of practising the trick of surface-floating which I have described above. The same faculty has been observed in other very young Echinoderms. Chronology.—Vhe following details regarding time supplement those given on pp- 13, 17 :-— 4-5 weeks ...... Larval sucker no longer functional ; attachment by the tirst-formed tube- feet. Cai ees, Formation of mouth; formation of radial pouch IX of the hydroccele. Wey. Al MR Formation of anus; appearance of aboral arm-rudiments 8 and 9; diameter of disc and arms about 1:8 mm. NR ssn elas koctocs Three pairs of sucker-feet on each ray; arm-rudiments 8 and 9 still a little smaller than the rest ; diameter about 2°2 mm. 5 months ...... Five pairs of sucker-feet ; arms all alike ; diameter about 2:6 mm. ME S| lcatngy Sh A sixth pair of sucker-feet beginning to appear; diameter 3 mm. VI. DEVELOPMENT or Cavities AND Oraans. (Pls. III.-V. figs. 24-56.) The mode of formation of the gastrula has already been described. At the end of gastrulation the archenteron is a dome-shaped cavity with a uniform lining of columnar ciliated cells. For the next few days this cavity follows in general the shape of the growing larva (see p. 14), becoming elongated as the larva lengthens, sending out hollow processes into the arms as they develop, and flattening from side to side in its posterior half like what we have called the body of the larva. At the same time the cavity becomes gradually marked out into three regions, although there is no external indication that such a change is taking place. ‘The regions are respectively anterior, middle, and posterior, the anterior being much the largest, while the posterior opens on the external surface by the blastopore (Pl. IV. fig. 36). The middle region is the smallest and is much compressed from side to side. It is at first ill-defined, appearing rather as an isthmus between the other two than as a distinct region. Its mode of separation is described in detail under the heading “‘ Enteron” on p. 37. The division is completed by the tenth day. The first and third of the chambers constitute respec- tively the anterior and posterior celoms of the Solaster larva, while the middle one becomes the enteron or gut. - In the further description under this heading I shall give as far as possible a con- secutive history of each of these cavities and its derivatives, both in the larval condition and throughout metamorphosis. It is hoped that such difficulties as may arise through having to speak of the later development of one set of structures much in advance of others may be minimised by the cross-references throughout the text, as well as by the illustrations, and the general summary on pp. 50-52. VOL. XX.—PaRT I, No. 4.—Mebruary, 1912. E 26 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF (1) Anterior Celom and its Derivatives. As the anterior coelom expands, its lining epithelium for the most part decreases in height in order to flatten out over the larger surface. In front the cavity of the cceelom extends into the three larval arms, and posteriorly it grows backward on either side of the middle chamber in the form of left and right lateral diverticula, which ‘become evident a considerable time before the ceelom itself is separated from the enteron. The anterior ceelom, as a whole, now rests saddlewise on the middle chamber, and in the course of time the parts forming the flaps of the saddle, i.e. the two diverticula, extend backwards so far that they completely overlap the enteron on either side. An opening to the exterior—the hydropore—is acquired by the anterior ccelom, on the right side of the larva in the position already described (p. 14), at about the tenth day of development. A short funnel-like invagination of the ectoderm meets and fuses with a similar but longer pouch from the anterior ccelom, rupture of the fused walls afterwards taking place. The anterior ccelom contributes much more than the ectoderm to the length of the hydroporic canal. ‘The hydropore is situated from the first on the right side of the body, but the internal opening of its canal is, to begin with, a little to the left of the mid-dorsal line. So far as I can make out, the dorsal sac, or madreporic vesicle (right hydroccele of Macbride), is budded off from the anterior ccelom dorsally a little to the right of the middle line almost in the angle formed in that region between the right lateral diverticulum and the celom itself. It separates from the anterior ccelom shortly after the latter has become finally closed off from the gut. Its development is difficult to follow, since it remains for only a very brief period in open communication with its parent cavity. By this time the junction of the preoral lobe with the body of the larva is indicated by the transverse dorsal furrow referred to on p. 1d. The following parts may now be distinguished as derivatives of the anterior ceelom ef the larva: (1) the fore part of the celom forming the cavity of the preoral lobe (preoral ccelom) ; (2) the central part (axial coelom) receiving the internal opening of the hydroporic canal and communicating behind with the two following ; (3) the right lateral diverticulum, and (4) the left lateral diverticulum ; (5) the dorsal sac, or madre- poric vesicle. The further development of each of these will now be described. Preoral Celom.—The general history of the preoral ceelom resembles that of the corresponding celom in Asterina (15) and Cribrelia (18). It reaches its greatest development in the later free-swimming stages, though it has begun to diminish a day or two before fixation actually takes place. During the torsion and flexion of the preoral lobe the cavity is constricted at the neck (pp. 16, 19) and becomes gradually separated from the central part of the anterior ccelomn, which, being included within the body of the Starfish at metamorphosis, remains as the axial sinus. The preoral THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. NT cavity, now isolated, grows rapidly smaller and finally disappears. In this process its lumen becomes filled up with wandering cells. As Macbride rightly stated in connection with the development of Asterina (15), it is a point of great importance to determine whether, when the hydrocele ring com- pletes itself, the stalk of the preoral ccelom is encircled by this ring or remains outside. According to Macbride, the former condition occurs quite definitely in the case of Asterina. In most of my Solaster specimens, owing probably to the relatively later period at which the hydrocele ring completes itself, the line of the stalk-cavity was obliterated at the time of closure of the hydrocele ring. It happens, however, that variations in the degree of development of different parts occur in different examples, and in one or two instances I was able to ascertain with certainty the existence, for a short time at least, of a communication on the oral side of the completed hydroceele ring, between the cavity of the preoral lobe and that of the axial sinus. As the relative lateness of closure of the hydroccele ring in Solaster is readily explicable on the ground that other four arms are, so to speak, intercalated after the five primary ones, we may conclude that the stalk of the preoral lobe has the same morphological relation to the hydroceele ring in Solaster as in Asterina. Meantime the sucker and the tips of the larval arms are actively absorbed, but normally a large part of the preoral-iobe epiderm is incorporated with that of the oral surface (p. 19). This brings the cells of the larval apical field into the position where the ring-nerve is developing, and makes it possible that the nervous system of the larva should take some part in the formation of that of the adult (see further, pp. 46-47). Sometimes the preoral lobe fails to apply itself so closely to the left body-wall as to allow the incorporation of the epiderm with the left body-wall to be fully carried on as described above. Such cases, if partial, may in the end develop all right, the redun- dant tissue being ultimately absorbed. For a time the area (oral field) enclosed by the hydrocele is smaller than normal, but this gradually rights itself, though there is some delay in the formation of the mouth-opening. Right Lateral Diverticulum of the Anterior Celom.—The right lateral diverticulum becomes separated from its parent cavity on the third or fourth day after fixation, giving rise to the so-called epigastric ceelom of the Starfish. ‘Two chief factors are at work in causing the separation. One is the gradual extension of the dorsal and ventral horns of the posterior ccelom in the larval sagittal plane (pp. 32-33), until in the end they meet back to back at the madreporic interradius, enclosing between their layers the various structures of the axial complex to be afterwards described (pp. 29-31). The other factor is the sharp flexion and torsion of the preoral lobe and the subsequent atrophy of the stalk-cavity. The notch produced externally on the disc (pp. 17, 22) by these processes cuts deep into the neck between right lateral diverticulum and anterior coelom, reducing this to a V-shaped cleft (Pl. IV. fig. 49; Pl. V. fig. 55). The cleft is E 2 28 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF next obliterated altogether during the process whereby aboral arm-rudiment 1 travels right across the region where the neck existed in order to reach its final position over the first radial pouch of the hydrocceele. The internal cavity of arm-rudiment | is thus derived from the tip of the (larval) ventral horn of the posterior ccelom (p. 32). Left Lateral Diverticulum of Anterior Celom.—The bottom and sides of the left lateral diverticulum give rise to the hydroccele and to part of the internal oral circular sinus, while the central portion of the diverticulum becoming obliterated assists in providing the area on which the mouth afterwards opens. The development of the hydroceele will now be described, but that of the internal oral circular sinus is better taken under the heading of the axial ccelom (p. 29). While at an early stage in growth the cells lining the greater part of the anterior ccelom and its derivatives become flattened, those which form the bottom of the left lateral diverticulum remain cylindrical and crowded together. This part of the diver- ticulum may be called the hydroccele groove. It is in the form of a crescent with dorsal and ventral horns, the convexity being directed backwards. The concave side looks forward into the main cavity of the left lateral diverticulum. The dorsal horn of the crescent ends with a definite tip raised a little from the ccelomic lining and bending slightly to the right of the plane in which the rest of the crescent lies. The wall of the hydroceele crescent and that of the posterior ccelom (p. 32) along with the intervening mesenchyme form a somewhat thick mesentery attaching the gut to the left body-wall. The radial pouches appear as hollow outgrowths on the convex side of the hydroceele groove, and push their way into the tissue of this mesentery. Increasing in size they project into the posterior ccelom covered by a lining from it, and keeping as close as they can to the left body-wall. Five radial pouches appear on the hydroceele crescent at practically the same time. One end of this series is at the tip of the dorsal horn of the crescent, and here, as was stated previously, our numbering of the series begins. ‘The other end falls short of the tip of the ventral horn, and it is to this region that the later-formed pouches are added. To begin with, the third and fourth rather outgrow the others. Next come the second and fifth, while the first lags a little behind, probably because it has less freedom to expand by reason of its position with reference to the preoral lobe and the body (p. 29). After the formation of the first five pouches there is a short pause before the sixth makes its appearance. It does so just beyond the fifth on the ventral horn of the crescent, and is succeeded after a similar delay by pouch VII. By this time the free- swimming stage is at an end, so that pouches VIII and IX remain to be added during the course of metamorphosis. Meantime the hydroceele groove in the region of pouches III and IV has become nipped off from the rest of the left lateral diverticulum, forming a short canal open at both ends and gradually extending dorsally and ventrally along the crescent. At the time of fixation, conversion of the groove into a canal is not quite complete for the whole of the dorsal horn, and for the ventral horn is accomplished only as far as the THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 29 a origin of pouch VI. The further extension of the canal follows the development of the later-formed pouches, and it is only after the preoral ccelom has almost entirely dis- appeared that the tips of the dorsal and the ventral horns of the hydrocele crescent meet in interradius 1X/I, thus completing the ring-canal of the water vascular system. The remains of the stalk of connection of the preoral ccelom with the axial sinus are traceable as passing oralwards within the completed ring (p. 27). In preparation for their meeting, both ends of the crescent, but particularly the dorsal one, curve slightly to the aboral (right larval) side. This bending to the right is evident in the dorsal horn during the middle free-swimming stage, but in the ventral horn only at the commencement of metamorphosis. It should be stated that for a time pouch I of the hydrocele does not have the chance of projecting into the posterior celom. ‘To begin with, this pouch pushes out into the somewhat thickened mesenchyme of the anterior ccelomic wall, to which is added afterwards the tissue produced in this region through the reduction of the preoral celom. Finally, the ventral horn of the posterior coelom extends round to the madre- poric interradius, displacing the tissue in question. By this time radial canai I is embedded in the oral wall of ray I, but the ampulle belonging to the tube-feet of this ray can project freely into the ccelomic cavity now provided. Dorsal Sac or Madreporic Vesicle.—The origin of the dorsal sac or madreporic vesicle has already been noted (p. 26). Almost immediately after its separation the cells lining it become much flattened. In the larva it lies on the ventral side of the hydroporic caval, and in the young Starfish just after metamorphosis it will be found close under the surface, slightly nearer the centre of the disc than the hydropore and somewhat to the dextral * side of that opening as one looks from the aboral side. This also is the position it occupies in the adult with reference to the axial ccelom and the madreporic plate. In early metamorphosis its outer wall, 7. e. that adjacent to the axial ceelom, becomes invaginated by a fold containing a group of cells continuous with those forming the axial organ within the axial celom. Later, the tissue thus folded in the dorsal sac acquires a highly vesicular appearance. At the very end of metamorphosis a new element is added to the interior of the fold. This is an ingrowth from the posterior ccelom of the kind of cells which Macbride has described in Asterina as giving rise to the genital rachis (see under posterior coelom, p. 36). It will be seen that the place of origin of the madreporic vesicle would suit a homology with the hydroccele. In no instance, however, that 1 came across did it actually develop a hydroceele-like structure as in the examples of Asterina put on record by Macbride. Once I found it provided with an external opening on the dorsal side close to the hydropore, but this was in a specimen which showed various other abnormalities. No enantiomorphic specimens were recognised. Axial or Central Part of Anterior Celom.—lt remains now to give an account of the axial or central part of the ccelom, 7. ¢. that part which remains after the separation of * See note on p. 13. 30 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF the hydroceele, the dorsal sac, the epigastric coelom, and the preoral ceelom. The structures whose development we have thus to describe are: the internal oral circular sinus, the periheemal pouch of interradius IX/I, the axial organ, and the stone-canal. We have also to indicate what are the final relations of the axial ccelom and the stone- canal to the pores of the madrepotic plate. Internal Oral Circular Sinus.—This sinus is derived partly from the axial coelom and partly from the left lateral diverticulum. It will be remembered that the hydroccele ring is nipped off from the bottom of this diverticulum, the rest of the diverticulum being still unappropriated and opening widely into the axial coelom. From the latter cavity, indeed, it is now no longer to be sharply distinguished, since at the commence- ment of the fixed stage, while the preoral lobe is settling back on the left (larval) side, the axial part of the anterior coelom also undergoes a certain amount of migration backwards and to the left. Ata later stage in metamorphosis the wall of the enteron lays itself against that of the oral surface in preparation for the formation of the mouth. In this process the remainder of the left lateral diverticulum undergoes obliteration of the central part of its cavity, as well as of that segment of its periphery which is in the neighbourhood of radial pouches III or IV and V of the hydrocele. The rest goes to aid the axial ceelom in forming the internal oral circular sinus, which at this stage is naturally incomplete in the region of the pouches just named. The com- pletion takes place later by extension of the sinus-cavity from either side, and this extension seems to be aided by the fact that two or three small lacune have been left along its track during the process of obliteration referred to above. The internal oral circular sinus now forms an annular cavity surrounding the mouth inside the ring-canal of the hydroccele. A ribbon of hemal tissue comes to grow round it in the manner described below under “‘ Axial Organ.” The Axial Organ.—The axial organ forms a fold of the wall of the axial ccelom running parallel with the stone-canal on the dextral * side of the latter, as one looks from the aboral aspect. As stated above, the cells invaginated into the dorsal sac are continuous with those of the axial organ. The first appearance of the organ is due to proliferation in situ of a strip of cells belonging to the lining of the axial colom. A ridge is thus formed consisting of cells rich in protoplasm, rounded or polygonal in shape, and with very little intercellular substance. The organ is relatively large in the middle or later stages of metamorphosis, and even then can be traced oralwards into a ribbon of similar tissue extending for some distance along the wall of the internal oral circular sinus in the sinistral * direction as viewed from the oral side. This ribbon afterwards becomes the circular hemal vessel, which in the adult lies in the septum between the internal and the external oral circular sinuses. The genital rachis grows through the upper part of the axial organ (p. 36), extending downwards at the same time for a short distance, but not nearly reaching to the internal oral ring. * See note on p. 15. THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. ol The Stone-Canal.—The stone-canal takes origin as a groove beginning on the hydro- ccele, opposite the origin of radial pouch II and passing to the right on the posterior wall of the axial celom. ‘The outer end of this groove next seems, so far as I could make out, to leave the surface, and burrowing a way underneath the epithelium in the same direction emerges again in the axial ccelom close to the inner opening of the hydroporic canal. The final conversion of the original groove into a canal takes place about the same time as the conversion into a canal of the dorsal end of the hydroccele groove itself, 7.¢., a day or two after fixation. By this time also the opening of the stone-canal into the hydroceele has become shifted to its permanent position in the interspace between radial pouches I and II of the hydroceele. There is still divergence of opinion as to whether in adult Starfish the stone-canal and the axial sinus communicate with one another or are completely separated. How- ever, the weight of opinion and evidence is strongly gathering in favour of the latter view (Macbride, 15, p. 351; 16, p. 441; Durham, 6, p. 330; Goto, g, p. 273; Perrier, 20, p. 1146; Hamann, 14). I have given elsewhere in detail the results of an exami- nation of a series of sections through the madreporic interradius of a large adult S. endeca (8a). The pore-canals number about four hundred and may roughly be divided into a set occupying the middle area of the madreporite and a set around the margin, the two sets being approximately equal in total number. The canals of the middle set join in small groups to form collecting-spaces opening into a central chamber within the madreporite, which I have called the ampullary part of the axial sinus and which is continued directly into the stone-canal. The marginal set also join a system of collecting-spaces which, on the one hand, lead into the aboral end of the axial sinus and, on the other, are connected by a number of apertures with the central chamber mentioned above. ‘Taking into account both development and adult structure, none of the pore-canals should, strictly speaking, be described as opening into the stone- canal, and the term ampullary part of axial sinus should be substituted for ampulla of stone-canal. Perihemal Pouch [X/I.—The last derivative of the anterior ccelom that falls to be referred to here is the pouch forming that segment of the external oral circular sinus which belongs to interradius 1X/I. ‘The origin of the segment in question is difficult to follow, but I believe I have traced it to an outgrowth from the axial coelom immediately in front of the first radial pouch of the hydrocele occurring towards the end of the free-swimming stage. Much later, in one instance, a small outgrowth from near the tip of the (larval) ventral horn of the posterior cceelom came to open into the cavity of this perihemal segment, and thus presumably to contribute a little to its extension. I could not find that this occurred in other cases, but if it does it might go some way towards reconciling Solaster on the one hand, and Asterina and Cribrella on the other, in regard to the mode of origin of their oral perihemal pouches. See page 30. (Sy) bs DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF (2) Posterior Celom and its Derivatives. The posterior ccelom is at first hardly to be distinguished from the middle chamber or enteron. The detailed account of its mode of separation is given on p. 37. It soon begins to extend in the sagittal plane, giving rise to dorsal and ventral horns. The ventral horn grows with slightly greater rapidity than the dorsal one, and partly for this reason the opening of this cceelom into the enteron undergoes some degree of ventral displacement. The two horns continue to grow forward, insinuating themselves between the body- wall and the gut, and keeping still in the sagittal plane, except that the ventral one, which is also the longer, swerves a little to the right side of the middle line. The dorsal horn extends forward as far as the dorso-anterior angle of the larval body, where it is brought to a stop meantime by abutting against the central part of the anterior coelom, into which the hydroporic canal opens. ‘The ventral horn on its part grows forward as far as it can, and then bends dorsalwards in front of the enteron in the direction of the hydropore. During the early stages of metamorphosis, the growth of the ventral horn, aided by the flexion and torsion of the preoral lobe, plays a chief part in separating the right larval (or epigastric) and the axial regions of the anterior ceelom from one another, and also in obliterating the stalk of the preoral celom. In doing this the tip of the ventral horn may be described as bifurcating temporarily into right and left processes. The right process is the smaller, and abuts against the neck of the right lateral diverticulum, which it helps to occlude (p. 27). It then disappears as a distinct process by merging with the main cavity of the ventral horn. The other process of the tip of the ventral horn swerves to the left or oral side, expanding as it does so. This brings it against the stalk between the preoral and axial ccelom, which it helps to occlude. After occlusion is effected it extends across the position of the larval neck towards the madreporic interradius, excavating the tissue in front of it and reaching its final position over the first radial pouch of the hydroceele. It now ceases to be recognizable as a distinct process by merging with the general cavity of the ventral horn. The manner in which these changes occur and the part played by the ventral horn will be better understood if one refers to what was said on page 22 about the adjustment of the disc-arm rudiments to the radial pouches of the hydrocele. The tip of the ventral horn of the posterior ccelom is contained within the (larval) ventral lip of the nuchal notch on the disc. This lip or lobe has to travel across the region of the neck in order to reach its final position over pouch I of the hydroccele. The walls of the dorsal and ventral horns now approach back to back in the madre- poric interradius to form a thickened mesentery or septum stretching from the enteron outwards to the body-wall. Within this septum are contained the structures forming the axial complex, the development of which has already been described (pp. 29-31). THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 33 A great decrease in size on the part of the axial ceelom, with consequent narrowing of the septum, takes place in the later stages of metamorphosis. Next occurs breaking down of the part of the septum which stretches between the enteron and the axial ceelom, so that this ccelom is now attached only to the body-wall. As the whole body expands in growth, the body-wall leaves a deep inward pro- longation or septum (interbrachial septum) in each interradius. The inner portions of the septa become thickened and develop calcareous plates, while the outer portions seem to disappear, leaving the inner ones as isolated pillars or arches stretching across the body-cavity from the oral to the aboral surface. The skeletal plate at the oral end of each piliar forms the so-called odontophore. ‘The axial ccelom, with its contained structures, is attached to the inner edge of the interbrachial septum belonging to the madreporic interradius. The perforation of the outer portions of the septa referred to above had not taken place in my oldest sectioned specimens, which were six months old. The posterior ceelom gives origin to the following derivatives :—(1) the general hypogastric ccelom ; (2) the pharyngeal ccelom ; (3) all the segments of the external oral circular sinus except that of interradius IX/1; (4) the aboral circular sinus and the genital rachis. Hypogastric Celom.—By far the greater part of the cavity which in the adult surrounds the enteron and its diverticula is derived from the posterior ccelom of the larva. As the two horns of the latter grow round the enteron in the sagittal plane towards the madreporic interradius, they, as well as their parent cavity, begin to invade the right and left sides of the larva so far as other structures allow. However, the early condition here (Pl. III. figs. 28-33) does not warrant our speaking of right and left horns of the posterior coelom as Masterman does in the case of Cribrelia. On the right side the extension of the posterior ccelom is checked by the right lateral diverticulum of the anterior ceelom (the future epigastric ccelom), and on the left side by the left lateral diverticulum, the bottom of which, as we saw before, gives rise to the hydroceele. The walls of the posterior ccelom, meeting back to back with the walls of these diverticula, form right and left mesenteries for the enteron, both of which, to begin with, extend dorso-ventrally and are crescent-shaped, with the convexity directed backwards. On the right side the crescent becomes a circle when, during metamor- phosis, the epigastric cceelom is cut off from its parent cavity, and the horns of the posterior ccelom meet at the madreporic interradius. At first the epigastric ccelom is of sufficient size to cover the whole of the right face of the enteron. In the later stages of metamorphosis the enteron expands in the (Starfish) horizontal plane so much that the epigastric ceelom no longer covers the whole of its aboral surface, but is confined to a central area around which there is a gradually increasing margin which is covered by an aboral extension of the posterior celom. As the paired radiai VoL. Xx.—PaART I. No. 5.—February, 1912. IF a4 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF diverticula of the enteron grow out, pockets from the epigastric ceelom extend outwards along their aboral aspect, and these pockets bifurcate as the diverticula themselves become divided into two. The adjacent walls of the epigastric and hypogastric cavities now form a circular sheet with paired radial extensions, which, as it stretches between the enteron and the aboral body-wall, may be called the epigastric mesentery. Later, the circular part of this mesentery disappears as a continuous structure, being broken up into very numerous strands of fibrous tissue which serve as dorsal suspensory ligaments to the walls of the stomach, and leave passages, chiefly interradial in position, through which the epigastric cceelom communicates with the rest of the perivisceral cavity. The so-called interradial ceca grow out among these fibrous strands, but do not extend beyond them. On the other hand, the paired radial extensions of the mesentery above named do not become broken up into fibres, but remain as the boundary-walls of the epigastric coelomic pockets, which in the adult lie above the paired radial diverticula of the stomach (p. 40). On the left side in the young larva, as was stated above, the wall of the posterior celom meets that of the hydroccele groove to form a mesentery, which, to begin with, is crescent-shaped and extends dorso-ventrally, with the convexity directed backwards. This mesentery is somewhat thickened, and it receives the radial pouches of the hydroceele as they first grow out. ‘These pouches, in further growth, keep as close as they can to the left body-wall, and, accordingly, an angular space is left between the hydroceele and the enteron, which is occupied by a leftward extension of the posterior celom. ‘This is the first indication of the tendency, afterwards very fully carried out, for the oral (left larval) aspect of the enteron to be covered by a lining derived from the posterior ccelom of the larva. The hydrocele (p. 28) becomes nipped off from the bottom of the left lateral diverticulum. The left mesentery then separates the posterior cclom from the remainder of this diverticulum and from the anterior celom. ‘The mesentery in question has a broad attachment to the wall of the enteron, and later this area of attachment becomes greatly increased through secondary obliteration of part of the left lateral diverticulum (p. 30). From a comparatively early stage (three or four days before fixation of the larva) the tissue in question begins to be excavated by pockets from the posterior celom, which, passing for a short distance towards the middle of the left side of the larva, then elongate in the larval sagittal plane concentrically with the curve of the posterior ccelom and its horns, but naturally forming parts of a much smaller circle. So far as I can make out, the constant pockets are two in number and originate one from the dorsal and one from the ventral horn of the posterior celom. That from the dorsal horn comes off quite close to the tip of the horn in the neighbourhood of the second radial pouch, while that from the ventral horn arises near the tip at a time when the latter is just beginning to extend dorsalwards in front of the enteron THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 39 (see p. 32). I must, however, leave these points in some doubt meantime, as certain discrepancies appear in my different series. The pockets or diverticula in question give rise to the so-called pharyngeal coelom which, in the adult, surrounds the lower portion of the gastric wall. During early metamorphosis the stalks of origin of these diverticula seem to become obliterated, but they themselves, extending in the manner previously described, have already met and united on the side away from the madreporic interradius. Later they complete the circle of the pharyngeal ccelom by becoming continuous also over the region of the madreporic interradius. The sheet of tissue which now separates the pharyngeal and hypogastric coeloms may be called the circular hypogastric mesentery. ‘This mesentery becomes perforated in each interradius, leaving a flat band or ligament connecting the stomach-wall with the floor of each of the rays. Still later, these connecting bands or ligaments also become perforated, each in its mid- radial line. The hypogastric and the pharyngeal cceloms now communicate with one another both by radial and by interradial apertures. The remaining parts of the circular hypogastric mesentery then break up into more or less isolated ribbons, forming the numerous ligamentous strands which in the adult pass downwards and outwards from the stomach-walls to an attachment over the junction of the ambulacral and the adambulacral sets of ossicles. The External Oral Circular Sinus.—The external oral circular sinus or circular oral canal of the perihemal system, together with its extensions along the rays, is formed, as Macbride first described for Asterina, from a series of small diverticula, all but one of which arise from the posterior ceelom, and which interdigitate with the radial pouches of the hydroceele. Of these, the first three in Solaster, 7. e. those between pouches Tand U, IL and III, and III and IV, become evident two or three days before fixation ; the fourth soon follows, while the rest are delayed in correspondence with the later formation of the pouches between which they lie. ‘Thus, at a stage in metamorphosis when the larval sucker is no longer functional, the perihemal diverticula between pouches VII and VIII and between VIII and IX are still in course of being budded off from the ventral horn (Pl. IV. fig. 45). The origin of perihemal pouch [X/I from the anterior coelom has been referred to on p. 31, and also the possible contribution to this pouch on the part of the posterior ceelom. In the case of pouch I/II, which in Solaster undoubtedly is to be described as arising from the posterior ccelom, I have noted an instance (towards the very end of the free-swimming stage) of a fine canal connecting the pouch in question with the | dorsal angle of the axial coelom, but believe that this condition is exceptional. In Asterina (Macbride, 15) and Cribrelia (Masterman, 18), by the same method of numbering, pouch I/II arises from the anterior cclom, while all the others (including pouch V/I, which corresponds, in position at least, with IX/I of Solaster) arise from the posterior ceelom. ‘he differences are thus sharp, but are, perhaps, F 2 36 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF rendered less unaccountable when one considers the secondary communications which in all three species make their appearance normally or otherwise between the anterior ccelom and the tips of the dorsal or ventral horns of the posterior ccelom. The subsequent history of these diverticula is similar to that which Macbride has described in the case of Asterina (15). They become constricted off from the posterior ceelom as small cavities lying one in each interradius between the oral (left larval) body-wall and the hydroceele ring. They next become U-shaped, the basal part of each U being turned towards the centre of the oral surface, while the limbs stretch out along the rays. Each ray thus has a pair of radial perihemal canals which are derived from adjacent diverticula. In each pair the radial perihemal canals lie close together on the deep side of the radial nerve-tract. Deeper still, and separated by a layer of intervening tissue, is the radial canal of the hydroceele. The basal parts of the perihemal diverticula lengthen out, and, abutting on one another, form, as was shown by Macbride, the series of segments of a circle which constitutes the external oral circular sinus. ‘They are at first ciosed off from one another, and remain thus for the first three months or so. In the adult their radial extensions communicate with each other between successive pairs of sucker-feet, and also proximally to the first pair. Some time after the fourth month, a short vertical branch from each of the peri- heemal pouches appears, passing aborally in the tissue of what will afterwards be the interbrachial septum, and apparently ending in the tissue-spaces there. In the adult S. endeca I have described the occurrence of such a perihemal branch in each of the interradii. It is unaccompanied by heemal tissue (8 a). Genital Rachis and Aboral Perithemal Ring.—A small pocket, the bottom of which is lined by primitive germ-cells, forms during the middle stages of metamorphosis from the tip of the dorsal horn of the posterior ccelom and pushes its way between the madreporic vesicle and the axial sinus in the Starfish horizontal plane. The germ-cells grow also downwards a short distance in the core of the axial organ, but the cavity of the pocket does not accompany this extension. ‘The pocket seems to become the aboral perihemal sinus, as described by Macbride in Asterina; but I was unable to trace it, even in my oldest specimens, across the madreporic interradius, and, indeed, in these specimens it was only just beginning to extend, together with the contained genital rachis, on to the body-wall beyond the axial complex towards the sinistral side as viewed from the aboral aspect, 7. e. towards ray II. In the adult S. endeca there occurs an interruption of the aboral perihzmal sinus in the madreporic interradius (8 a). (3) Lhe Enteron. It is the middle chamber of the young Solaster larva which gives rise to the enteron. The mode of separation of this chamber presents certain peculiarities, THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. | ra a detailed description of which will be of interest in view of the remarkable manner in which the larval ccelomic cavities are disposed. Separation of Enteron from Anterior and Posterior Colom (PI. III. figs. 25-33).—As the gastrula elongates, the cells lining the archenteric cavity become diminished in size, partly owing to the fact that they are now spread over a larger area, but chiefly because a considerable amount of mesenchyme has already been formed at their expense. Even in the early cone stage the diminution in size of these cells may be seen to be unequal in amount in different places, a zone of larger cells being left rather less than halfway up the archenteric wall. For purposes of description we may divide the zone into two bands, an anterior marked A A in figs. 25-27 and a posterior marked B B ; and it may be stated here that the anterior band contains the tissue which gives origin to the right and left lateral diverticula of the anterior ccelom, while the posterior will form the walls of the middle chamber or enteron. Even at this early stage flattening from side to side of the posterior part of the elongating gastrular cone is beginning to take place. Usually, also, the base of the cone is slightly bevelled, in such a way that a rather acuter angle is formed on its postero-ventral than on its postero-dorsal side. With the help of these indications it is often possible to recognise the different aspects of the larva from a very early stage. By turning over the cleared larve under the microscope one can make out (1) that the whole thickened zone (including both A and B bands) is more definite at the sides than dorsally; (2) that the want of definiteness seems best marked a little to the right of the mid-dorsal line; (3) that there is also some slight deficiency of the zone towards the mid-ventral line. At a somewhat later stage, when the length of the cone is double its breadth and the ventral dimple is appearing, the following further points may be made out :— (1) the posterior part of the larva is more distinctly flattened from side to side; (2) the band marked BB of the archenteric wall is projecting inwards at the sides but not dorsally or ventrally, thus forming two ridges within the archenteron which may be called respectively the right and left enteric folds; (3) dorsally the gap between these folds lies a little to the right of the middle line; (4) ventrally the corresponding junction lies a little to the left of the middle line; (5) in optical section the right fold seems to be rather larger than the left, though the apparent size varies somewhat according to the side from which they are seen, and examination of serial sections is required to bring out the differences with exactness. The latter method shows that towards their dorsal junction the right fold is distinctly the larger, though the less prominent. Ventrally the opposite condition is found, though here the differences are less. Near the middle the right fold has still a slight predominance over the left. The archenteron now shows anterior and posterior chambers with an isthmus between. ‘The isthmus is short from before backwards, narrow from side to side, but elongated dorso-ventrally. The right and left enteric folds forming its opposite sides 38 Dk. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF present convex surfaces to each other. These surfaces now flatten, at the same time increasing in area. Next they become slightly concave, so that, in each, anterior and posterior lips can be distinguished. The two posterior lips now unite across the isthmus, the fusion advancing from the dorsal towards the ventral side. The two anterior lips also unite, but in this case the fusion begins ventrally. Dorsally the greater size of the right enteric fold causes its anterior lip slightly to overarch the corresponding lip of the left fold. ‘The opening between the middle and the anterior chamber is thus gradually reduced to a slit situated dorsally and looking to the left. On the other hand, the slit to which the opening between the middle chamber and the posterior coelom gradually becomes reduced is situated ventrally, but the early predominance in this region of the left enteric fold is not sufficiently well maintained to cause this opening to be deflected towards the right, and accordingly it remains practically in the middle line. The processes above described convert the enteric isthmus into a short flattened canal leading ventrally and posteriorly, with a slight inclination to the right, from the anterior to the posterior ccelom (PI. V. fig. 49). The canal now separates itself off completely from the cavities in front and behind, the anterior aperture remaining open slightly longer than the other. On the whole, the right gastric fold contributes more than the left one to the total area of the enteron. One expression of the difference is seen in the slight ponching to the right of the wall of the enteron, which is indicated in Pl. HI. figs. 31 & 32. This pouching is much better marked at a corresponding stage in the development of S. papposa, and for purposes of comparison a drawing from such a stage is given in Pl. III. fig. 33. After the separation of the enteron is complete, it is no longer possible to locate its former junctions with the anterior and posterior cceloms, so as to be able to trace their position during and after metamorphosis. The growth of the posterior coelom with its two horns induces the enteron to assume the form of a crescent lying within that of the ceelom in question. Dorsal and ventral horns may accordingly be distinguished, and the tips of these, like the corresponding parts of the posterior ccelom in the course of metamorphosis, come to project into the disc arm-rudiments which we have numbered | and 2 (p. 22). The shape of the enteron as seen from the side is now that of a disc with a deep notch opposite the region of the preoral lobe, 7. ¢. between arm-rudiments 1 and 2. In course of time this notch becomes filled out, owing to continued expansion of the enteron and to reduction in size of the structures (axial complex) occupying the notch, in much the same way as the similar notch in the epigastric coelom (p. 27) gradually disappears. By this time the enteron shows six or seven short outgrowths into the arm-rudiments. The two largest of these are constituted by the tips of the horns of the enteron, which have been already referred to as entering arm-rudiments 1 and 2. The others are in connection with succeeding arm-rudiments. The last two (8 and 9) are latest in formation, like the rays to which they belong. All these outgrowths are lobes of THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 39 what will afterwards be recognisable as the stomach of the Starfish, and must not be confused with the paired radial ceca, which are of still later development (see below). The Mouth.—The formation of the mouth has already been referred to (p. 23) as taking place in the centre of the oral surface shortly after the sixth week of develop- ment. In this region the wall of the enteron fuses with the body-wall and both become thinner. ‘The mouth-opening then breaks through, and at first the pharynx is triradiate in cross-section. The angles point approximately to interradii I1/IU, V/VI, and VIII/IX. There is no stomodeum. The Anus.—The anus is formed during the seventh or eighth week, in interradius V/VI. An outgrowth from the enteron fuses with the body-wall, the actual opening arising afterwards by rupture as in the case of the mouth. The anus is now connected by a short canal—the rectum—with the pyloric sac, the junction of the two being not exactly in the middle of the roof of the sac, but slightly excentric in the direction of interradius V/VI (Pl. I. fig. 11). The mesenteric relations during these changes require separate description. The rectum grows up between the layers of the epigastric mesentery (p. 33) in interradius V/VI, and has accordingly a sinistral and a dextral wing of mesentery when viewed aborally, the former wing stretching towards radius VI and the latter towards radius V. In the progress of the rectum towards the middle of the aboral surface the sinistral wing of mesentery seems to lead the way, by means of a small thickened part close to the rectum and anus. ‘This part is soon recognisable as a short stout band, containing muscular fibres, which connects the junction between the rectum and the pyloric sac with the central knot of the aboral radial musculature. The muscular fibres of this band are early and definite in their appearance, and the band itself, still more shortened, remains in the adult, where it must play an important part in slinging the rectum and pyloric sac to the aboral body-wall. It may also, in con- junction with the fibrous fold to be next described, serve as a sphincter between the rectum and the pyloric sac, besides aiding in the evacuation of feces from the rectum. (In the development of Asterina, Macbride (15, p. 368) calls attention to a remarkable group of epithelio-muscular cells in the lining of the epigastric ccelom on the inner aspect of the body-wall, for which he is at a loss to find a function, unless it be that of giving origin to the muscular fibres which dilate the anus. I would venture the suggestion that this group of cells has to do with the formation of suspensory muscular tissue corresponding with the band described above, and perhaps also with the forma- tion of the central knot of the aboral radial musculature.) The dextral wing of the original mesentery of the rectum, 7. ¢. that towards radius V, does not shorten so much, but remains in part, and in the adult forms a fold chiefly if not entirely ibrous in character, which stretches from the outer aspect of the junction between the rectum and the pyloric sac to the aboral radial muscle of ray V, joining this about half an inch out from the centre of the disc (8 a). 40 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF Paired Radial Cwca.—The paired radial diverticula appear as folds on the roof of the stomach which converge towards a central point, but, owing to the positions of the anus and the axial complex, they are not disposed in a perfectly symmetrical manner. The outer extremities of the folds, which, to begin with, fall some distance short of the ends of the stomach-lobes mentioned above, become elevated from the surface and grow out as blind pouches into the rays. Closure of the lips of each fold in its outer part now occurs. The stalks of the pouches are lengthened thereby, and their openings are all brought together into a small chamber—the pyloric sac—in the roof the stomach. This chamber is U-shaped, the concavity of the U being occupied by the anus (Pl. I. fig. 11). The position of the madreporic interradius is marked by an indentation near the middle of the convex side of the U. This indentation causes the roots of the radial diverticula to fall into two groups, one consisting of four pouches belonging to rays II to V inclusive, and the other of five pouches belonging to the rest of the rays, viz. VI to [X and I. Fig. 11 illustrates the relation of the roots of the various pouches to one another in a Solaster aged six months. These relations remain practically the same in the adult, if one allows for differences in the proportionate size of parts. During the fourth month the radial diverticula begin to broaden at their outer ends. This is followed by bifurcation at these ends, with accompanying division of their suspensory mesenteries and of the pockets of epigastric coelom contained therein (p. 34). Interradial or Rectal Cwca.—The so-called rectal ceca are late in development. They may, however, be recognised during the fifth month. In the six months’ specimen from which fig. 11 was taken they are represented by two outgrowths. Of these the larger shows division into three lobes, and originates, as nearly as one might judge, opposite interradius VI/VII. The other arises opposite interradius II/1I, and, though it has a somewhat crenated margin, is not yet divided into distinct lobes. In the adult Solaster the ceca in question also come off by two roots occupying positions similar to those just indicated. That which corresponds with the outgrowth last described usually gives off five slightly lobulated ceca, 1 cm. in length, which lie respectively in interradii [X/I, I/II, 11/111, I1I/IV, 1V/V, while the other gives origin to similar ceca for interradii V/VI, VI/VII, and VII/VIII. The remaining inter- radius, namely VIII/IX, is oftenest left unprovided with a cecum. Apparently the larger of the roots in the young Solaster is afterwards outstripped in growth by the smaller, since it is the latter which provides five out of the total of eight ceca. It may be of some theoretical interest to point out that the distribution of this set of five ceca is such that they might be considered as representing a set belonging to the five-rayed ancestor of Solaster, leaving the rest as interpolations, like the four later- formed rays. However, it would be manifestly unsafe to lay stress on the relations of parts so variable in Starfish morphology as are the rectal ceca. Of much greater THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 4] interest and importance is the constant position of the anus alike in S. endeca and S. papposa (p. 23). VII. DevELoPMENT or THE SKELETON. (PI. I. figs. 8, 9,12; Pl. IL. figs. 19 & 20.) Representatives of three sets of skeletal elements, namely the ambulacral plates, the plates of the dermal reticulum, and the spines, make their appearance indepen dently two or three days before the end of the free-swimming stage. Ambulacral Plates.—The ambulacral plates develop in the mesoderm of the left side of the larval body, where they form a crescent similar in curvature to the hydroceele, and, like the hydroccele, having the gap between its horns opposite to the neck of the larva. As in other Starfish, the innermost or proximal elements in each ray are first laid down, the sequence in Solaster corresponding with that in which the radial pouches themselves are formed. Five pairs thus appear almost simultaneously in connection with pouches I to V of the hydroccele, there being, however, delay in the formation of the first plate of the first pair in the series, i. é., that adjacent to the larval neck. A sixth pair appears at the time of fixation, but the ninth is only added after the mouth has formed. ‘The first ambulacrals are, of course, to the oral side of the first tube-feet. A second pair of ambulacrals appears in each ray shortly after the ray has acquired its second pair of sucker-feet, and so on with succeeding pairs, the formation of the ossicles being later than that of the correspondingly numbered feet. Thus in a specimen four months old there were three pairs of ambulacrals, and at seven months the number had increased to five. The bodies of the first and second ossicles in each row have united together by the fourth month. The first pair of adambulacrals appears in each interradius at much the same time as the second ambulacrals in the adjacent rays. Succeeding adambulacrals appear in similar sequence. ‘The first pairs are much larger than the others, and they form the teeth. Small groups of spines early become associated with each of the adambulacrals. Those associated with the first pair are longer and stronger than the others, and two or more of these in each interradius project horizontally inwards towards the centre of the mouth. These form what may be called the denticles, and their development is slightly different from that of ordinary spines (p. 43). Dermal Reticular Skeleton.—The plates of the dermal reticular skeleton develop in the deeper mesodermic layer of the aboral body-wall. ‘Towards the end of the free- swimming stage on the right side of the larva one finds a middle area with many such plates in process of formation. ‘This area overlies the right lateral diverticulum of the anterior ccelom (future epigastric ccelom). It is separated by a narrow plateless interval from a marginal area overlying the posterior ccelom (future hypogastric ccelom), in which five or six pairs of small plates may be made out. Comparison with later stages shows that these pairs are destined to be carried outwards at the tips of VOL. XX.—ParT I. No. 6.—February, 1912. G 42 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF the various aboral arm-rudiments. So far accordingly they correspond with the single terminal ossicle in the typical Starfish ray. The first pairs to appear belong to rays II to V. That of ray I, which lies in the (larval) ventral lip of the nuchal notch, follows almost immediately. ‘The remainder arise in the same series as the arm- rudiments to which they belong. In a five-rayed Starfish such as Asterina the terminals on the one hand, and the central and primary interradials on the other, develop over cavities corresponding respectively to the posterior and the right lateral (epigastric) ceeloms of Solaster. In Solaster the central and the primary interradials are represented by the plates of the middle area above mentioned, but I was unable to discover any such orderly arrangement of these plates as would make it possible to recognise among them the homologues of the typical series. They numbered 25 or 30 in all at the time when there were five pairs of terminals. Similar plates now begin to appear all over the marginal area, and a plateless interval can no longer be made out. Just prior to the formation of the mouth the total number of plates in the whole aboral body-wall may be put down as over a hundred. ‘They are uniformly distributed and of practically uniform size, but still sufficiently small to leave much uncalcified space between them. Meantime the aboral surface of the disc has been enlarging with greater rapidity than the orai one, so that the former now curls round at the margin, particularly in the interradii and along the sides of the rays. This brings the marginally situated plates into contiguity with the adambulacrals, when these develop in their turn. All the plates now increase in size at a rate out of proportion to the general growth of the disc, so that the adjacent edges tend to meet or overlap, the interspaces left being few and small. It is in one of these interspaces that the anus opens. The plates are now disc-like as seen from above, and their margins, instead of showing numerous sharp projecting points as during the earlier period of active growth, are for the most part smooth and adapted for movement against or over one another. Still later (fifth month) larger interspaces begin again to appear on the disc and arms, but before these have reached any considerable size a secondary plate develops in each which, by gradually increasing in size, particularly in one direction, comes to bridge across the space and finally to subdivide it, thus giving rise to the first meshes of the skeletal reticulum. No doubt succeeding meshes are added ina similar fashion, as the area of the aboral body-wall continues to increase. In the adult the form of the plates has changed. Many of them (doubtless including all the original, as well as the earlier secondary plates) have developed four or five angular processes for articulation with their neighbours, and form principal nodes in the skeletal network. The rest, much more numerous and no doubt including the more recently formed elements, remain somewhat rod-like in shape, since they have only THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 43 to lie along the strands or at less nodal points of the meshwork. In cleared tissues the former stand out as being slightly larger, more angular, and more densely calcified than the rest, as well as associated with larger rosettes of spines. They occur all over the surface, as well as roughly in radial and interradial rows. Sometimes also they form a ring about halfway between the centre and the margin of the disc. Possibly this ring has some relation to the former boundary between the right lateral and the posterior cceloms. To the dermal skeletal system of plates belong also the plates with which the interbrachial septa are strengthened. The lowest of these lies between the first two adambulacrals forming the so-called odontophore. The Spines.—The spines appear as small nodules in the superficial mesodermic layer of the aboral body-wall. At first they are uniformly distributed, and twice or thrice as numerous as the dermal plates of the deeper layer (PI. I. fig. 8). By the time of fixation their position is marked by small papille standing out everywhere from the aboral surface. Later, the papill increase in length (PI. I. figs. 12, 14), and the jagged tips of the spines stick out from their summits. New papille also appear in the body-wall wherever space allows. In the fourth and succeeding months the spines form a very prominent feature in the external appearance of the young Starfish (p. 24, Pl. I. fig. 14). Meantime, the inner ends of the spines tend to cluster together in twos and threes, and each cluster becomes associated with one of the deeper plates, the latter developing a rounded knob for its support. During later growth new clusters appear and new spines are added to existing clusters. In the adult the clusters over the main nodal plates contain from 7 to 9 spines, while over the rest the number is less or the clusters are absent altogether. The mode of development of the plates and of the spines closely resembles that described in other Starfish, ¢.g., by Ludwig in Asterina (12), and need not be repeated here. It may be noted, however, that those which project horizontally oralwards from the first adambulacrals are flattened slightly in the horizontal plane, and in their first appearance resemble an ordinary dermal plate rather than the little closed star or cartwheel which forms the base of the typical spine. VIII. Hisronoey. A number of points may perhaps be most conveniently grouped together under the heading of Histology. These are: the mesenchyme and the disposal of the yolk; the statelith (?); the central nervous system; the larval muscular system; ciliation of internal cavities. Mesenchyme and Yolk.—It will be remembered that during segmentation the whole of the ovum is divided up into cells, and that the cell-contents at the upper and lower G2 44 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF poles retain the peculiarity of colouring which marked these poles in the egg itself. As development proceeds, the yolk-granules undergo gradual intracellular digestion. The process continues for a remarkably long time, which it will be convenient to divide into two periods: (@) up till the beginning of metamorphosis and (6) during the middle and later stages of metamorphosis. (a) At the end of the free-swimming stage many granules may be demonstrated with the help of osmic acid in all the tissue-cells except the epidermal ones forming the sucker and the adhesive tips of the larval arms. On the whole, they are most numerous in parts which have as yet undergone little growth, or in which much growth has still to take place—e. g., lining of enteron, of hydrocele, of portions of posterior ccelom, and epiderm over posterior part of body. But it is within the mesenchymal cells, particularly those of the disappearing preoral lobe, that the yolk- granules are now to be found in greatest abundance, and here their size and staining capacity is still practically undiminished. During the course of metamorphosis, the granules disappear from the cells of the tissues generally, but in the case of the mesenchyme this does not take place till the very end of metamorphosis after the mouth-opening has formed. The enteron also shows certain striking peculiarities in this respect which are referred to below. The mesenchyme thus serves an important function in the development of the highly-yolked Solaster egg, by retaining for the later stages a reserve store of nutrition. The diffuse distribution of this tissue will render its store of nutriment accessible to the cells of the various actively-growing structures. As regards the origin of the mesenchyme, it will be remembered that at the end of gastrulation only a very small amount of this tissue is present between the epiblast and the primitive hypoblast. The amount increases very rapidly during the early differentiation of the three chambers into which the archenteron becomes divided. The increase takes place through budding from the basal aspect of the cells lining these chambers. It occurs earliest and most abundantly from the lining of the anterior ccelom, and _ partly accounts for the flattening of the walls of this cavity. Less abundant and later is the production of mesenchyme from the lining of the posterior celom. Little is contributed by the enteron, as might be expected considering the small original size of the chamber and the very great expansion which it afterwards undergoes. The contents of the young mesenchyme-cells consist in chief part of large-sized yolk- granules. In this connection it is interesting to compare with Solaster the very heavily-yolked Starfish eggs from the Franklin Islands described by KE. H. Henderson (11). These specimens were in metamorphosis, and the type of development corresponded exactly to that shown in Asterina as described by Macbride, the chief difference being that the embryos under discussion were much larger, and had all the interstices of the body gorged with yolk to such a degree that it formed nine-tenths of the whole bulk. The yolk was made up chiefly of large globular or irregularly- THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA,. 45 shaped masses not contained within cells, but penetrating everywhere between the layers and compressing all the cavities and organs. Probably the hypenchyme-cells which Masterman (18) describes as being budded off from the hypoblast into the archenteron of Cribrelia, and completely filling up that cavity for a time, are loaded with yolk-granules. They may indeed be a means of withdrawing a certain amount of yolk from tissues which would be hampered in their activities by its presence in undue amount, the yolk thus segre- gated being in a position where it can readily be digested and absorbed later on. In Solaster there is a slight but apparently constant production of hypenchyme-cells during the period when the archenteron is dividing into its three chambers. A few such cells may usually be found both in the anterior and the posterior cceloms. There is, however, another method by which in Solaster a certain small amount of surplus yolk may find its way into the interior of the archenteron. It seems to be the rule in the re-arrangement of cells accompanying blastula formation that some yolk-granules should escape to the free surface. At first I thought the condition was abnormal, but the high proportion of cases in which it occurred convinced me that, at any rate, it is not inconsistent with perfectly normal later development. At first the granules are retained within the membrane of fertilisation which still surrounds the egg, and one may watch them eddying hither and thither under the action of the cilia. As gastrulation proceeds they are swept into the widely open blastopore, at the mouth of which they remain for a considerable time as a kind of plug which is usually devoid of cellular structure, but sometimes contains a few nuclei evidently belonging to cells that, like the granules, have been extruded from the surface. (b) The Yolk-Granules in Middle and Later Metamorphosis.—During this period perhaps the most remarkable change in the proportionate size of permanent parts is that undergone by the walls of the enteron. It will be remembered how narrow in early development was the isthmus between the anterior and the posterior coeloms which gave origin to the gut.. In the middle and later free-swimming stages the gut still remains small, and is lined by columnar epithelium of no great height. Afterwards, it expands enormously, forming not only the sac-like stomach but also the nine pairs of radial ceeca, and much the greater part of this large cavity is lined by high columnar epithelium. On staining deeply with osmic acid, the surprising fact emerges that the whole of this epithelium now contains yolk-granules in profusion. Roughly speaking, just prior to the formation of the mouth, one-half of the total yolk still present may be put down as being contained within the cells of the enteron. A gradual transference of granules from the mesenchyme to the hypoblast cells must have been taking place, as it is quite impossible that the amount of yolk present in the small enteron of the swimming larva could suffice for spreading out over the larger enteron at meta- morphosis. I cannot say where the yolk-granules finally persist longest, not having applied the necessary methods to old enough stages of Solaster. But in Astertas 46 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF mullert Sars I find it to be within the radial ceca that the yolk-granules occur in greatest abundance during and after metamorphosis. In Asterina, from sections which Prof. Macbride kindly showed me, I should judge that a good proportion of the yolk was aggregated within the cells of the enteron as far back as the gastrula stage. Indeed, Asterina and Solaster stand in sharp contrast to one another as regards the relative prominence of the enteron in early stages. In Solaster the development of this part may be said to be post-dated not only with reference to its broad features of form and size, but also in the more intimate detail of the accumulation of yolk- granules within its cells. A Statolith-like Body.—An interesting modification of the hypenchyme within the posterior ccelom now falls to be mentioned. ‘This is a spherical, almost homo- geneous body, about 075 mm. in diameter, which occurs free in the cavity of the posterior ccelom, in a large proportion of cases, during the middle and later free- swimming stages (Pl. I. fig. 10; Pl. III. fig. 32). As far as I could make out, it takes origin from a small mass of hypenchyme which gradually loses its cellular character, the cell-contents becoming massed together to form the body which has just been described. I venture to suggest that this body may function asa statolith. In the hinder wall of the posterior ccelom there is found at this stage an area often pocketed outwards, where the cells are more elongated than over the rest of the ccelom-wall (Pl. I. fig. 10). This may possibly be a sensitive area or pit in connection with the body above described. The changes in the direction of movement which the larva can exhibit, while itself retaining a definite position in the water, and the long duration of the free-swimming stage, are circumstances that seem to emphasise the advantage to the larva of possessing some kind of balancing mechanism. It is true that, in general, statoliths and statocysts are of ectodermal origin. But in the case of an echinoderm larva it must be remembered that the greater part, if not the whole, of the muscular tissue is developed from ccelomic epithelium, while in the adult it seems to be certain that this epithelium can give rise to nerve-structures such as those which form the entoneural system. Synapta provides us with at least one example of an echinoderm larva possessing statocysts and statoliths. Here it would seem that they are of ectodermal origin (Semon, 22), although their development is not fully known. In the Synapta itself the presence of ‘“otocysts” has long been recognized (Thomson, 1862, 24, p. 136). More recently they have been found also in various other genera and families of Holothurians, and their function as statocysts has been ascertained (Becker, 1). Nervous System.—In the larva perhaps the most definite indication of a nerve- structure is to be found in a network of fine horizontal fibrils lying between the inner ends of the elongated sucker-cells, but superficial to the basement-membrane. These fibrils disappear altogether during the atrophy of the sucker. THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 47 It will be remembered that in the young larva the cilia are longer and lash more vigorously on a small area at the anterior pole than over the general surface of the body (p. 15). This condition is transient. More important is the fact that the epidermal cells of the area in question are distinctly longer than those which cover the rest of the preoral lobe (Pl. I. fig. 10; Pl. III. figs. 35, 34), and that they remain so throughout the whole of larval life. It is the basal parts of the cells which are elongated, and between them a few fine horizontal strands like nerve-fibrils may be detected, though not in such numbers as under the sucker. The area in question may be called the apical field or plate. During metamorphosis the walls of the anterior end of the larva are incorporated in great part with the oral surface of the young Starfish, the actual epiblast-cells retaining their individuality throughout. What we have called the apical field of the larva is carried to a position near the centre of the oral face in the region of the earlier-formed hydroceele-pouches. Here the tissue of the field is at any rate brought very near to the site of formation of a considerable segment of the oral nerve-ring, which by extension at the two ends completes the ring. Certain it is that, like practically all the other structures, the nervous system is differentiated latest in the last-formed rays. A nervous system more or less well developed has been described for larvee belonging to all the five main divisions of Echinoderms. Thus in Astertas vulgaris Packard, Field (7, p. 113) noted the presence, at the apex of the frontal field, of an area carrying elongated ciliated cylindrical cells with what seemed to be nerve-fibres at their bases, and this area he compared with an apical plate. Macbride (15, p. 853) found underneath the “larval organ” of Asterina a layer of fibrillee which he considered to be nervous in character. The larvee of Antedon and Synapta possess well-marked nerve-structures which, in the case of the latter, help to form the nervous system of the adult. Nerve-tissues have also been described in the echinid pluteus (Mortensen, 1g; Macbride, 16 a) and in the larval Amphiura (Russo, quoted from Bronn’s ‘ Klassen,’ ITI. 3, iii. p. 868). They are said to be recognisable in the latter as far back as the gastrula stage, and to give rise to the nervous system of the adult. Solaster, however, furnishes an example in which a larval nervous system of the apical type comes very near to being carried over during metamorphosis into the central nervous system of the adult. Muscwlar Tissue of Larva.—The larval muscular tissue is developed from the lining of the various coelomic cavities, particularly from that of the anterior celom. The latter gives rise to the fibres which are in connection with the larval arms and with the sucker, and to the oblique band which was referred to on p. 16 as in all probability exercising a gubernacular action in effecting the flexion and torsion of the preoral lobe. The band in question is illustrated in Pl. III. fig. 54. This band of fibrille takes origin from the lining of the left side of the anterior 4§ DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF ccelom, as well as from the lining of the hydroceele, particularly in the neighbourhood of pouches III and IV. Its general course is indicated by the line on PI. II. fig. 20. Anteriorly it can be traced to a little in front of the groove which marks off the preoral lobe from the body of the larva. At a slightly later stage one finds that the fibrilla are short and somewhat matted, as might now be expected. One finds also that they become connected anteriorly with fibrille which, passing to the right side of the body-wall and joining others coming from the region of the sucker, probably have something to do with the production of the deep nuchal notch which is found in early metamorphosis on the aboral side of the disc, and which afterwards in great part becomes filled up to form the madreporic interradius (pp. 22, 27). Ciliation.—In the adult the whole of the inner lining of the body-cavity, as well as of the digestive sac and its appendages, carries cilia on its free surface. It was noted on p. 13 that the primitive hypoblast of the gastrula is ciliated like the epiblast. In the latter this condition is carried through and beyond metamorphosis. In the former, however, it is difficult to trace continuity of ciliation, particularly in the case of the middle chamber or enteron, but I believe that it occurs. IX. Mops or OBTAIninG AND REARING THE LARVA. The best way to secure material for the study of Solaster development is to keep healthy adults through the spawning-season and to have the water circulation so arranged that any ova that may be shed will not be swept away in the outflow. As the eggs are lighter than water, this can readily be effected by drawing the outflow from the bottom of the tank. In the end of March last (1910) three small tanks at the Millport Marine Station were set apart for my use and fitted up in the manner required. The outflow was effected by means of syphon-tubes, the inner ends of which dipped down to the bottom, while, to prevent the possibility of excessive emptying, the outer ends in each case dipped into a vessel the water-level in which could not fall more than a few inches below that of the top of the tank. To begin with, all the available Solaster endeca were kept in the first of these tanks. On March 30th one of the Starfish shed a large number of eggs, which were duly fertilised in the manner previously described (pp. 9-10). All the Starfish were then transferred to the second of the tanks, and on April 2nd the same female again extruded a number of eggs which were fertilised in their turn. The Starfish were then put into the third tank, but no further shedding of ova took place. It is impossible, so far as I know, from the external characters, to tell with certainty whether a specimen is male or female. Hence it is advisable to keep a number together, in order to make sure that both sexes are represented. As happens in other Kchinoderms, a male is stimulated to emit sperm by the presence in the same tank, even at some distance away, of a spawning female. Failing this effect, artificial THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 49 ertilisation can be induced without difficulty if specimens are available from which portions of testis can be removed and shredded into the vessel containing the ova. It is not satisfactory, however, to cut out portions of the female gonad for obtaining ova. A great deal of waste material is introduced into the hatching-vessel, and, worse than that, the eggs hardly ever come out clean, but are still surrounded by follicle-cells and other débris. In calm weather, in certain localities near the Millport Station, one may come across floating larve of Solaster towards the middle and end of April. I have gathered them on three occasions in the channel between the Station and the Fairlie shore. I failed, however, entirely to induce these larvee to undergo metamorphosis. This circumstance, along with the fact that many of them when taken showed minor abnormalities of growth, would lead to the inference that it is chiefly unhealthy larve which come to the surface of the sea. They are soft and readily break up against the cloth of a tow-net. In gathering them from the surface the best way is to lift them one by one with some water in a dipper. The two sets of fertilised eggs obtained in the manner previously described were kept, all through, in their original tanks, specimens being taken from time to time for examination and preservation. In a week or so, as I had to return to Glasgow, about twenty were put into each of two small glass aquaria which I took up with me to the Embryology Laboratory at the University. Throughout the succeeding months an easy circulation of sea-water was maintained in the hatching-tanks at the Station, the incoming current being filtered by tying over the nozzle a bag of fine-meshed cloth, which was cleaned out from time to time. It soon became necessary to guard against escape of the young larvee, when they began to leave the surface and swim throughout the tank. One had accordingly to furnish the inner end of the syphon with a filtering surface, offering no bar to the outflow, but rendering the current so weak that the larvee would not be injured by being sucked against the cloth. ‘This was done by attaching a very large filter-funnel to the end of the syphon, the mouth of the funnel having tied over it a piece of tow-netting material of moderate mesh. Many larve came to rest against this surface, but a little disturbance of the water near them from time to time sufficed to clear them off without injury. I cannot speak too highly of the care and attention paid to the brood all through by Mr. John Peden, the Laboratory Attendant at the Station. The tanks employed were of the enamelled fireclay kind, which have proved so useful since they were fitted up in the Millport Station about ten years ago. ‘Their contents remained sweet all through, and their smooth surfaces gave suitable attach- ment to the larvee when they reached the fixation stage, besides being excellent ground for the young Starfish to travel over after metamorphosis was finished. Now, at the beginning of November 1910, four * specimens are still alive and * The last of these survived till February 1911. VOL. XX.—PaRT I. No. 7.—February, 1912. H 50 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF apparently healthy. Since the end of metamorphosis, however, their growth has been very slow. Probably the tanks do not afford them the proper kind of food, all that is available being the fine growths of alge present on the sides and some granular débris which has settled to the bottom. I hope later to have the opportunity of making experiments with a view to finding out what their natural food may be, and of rearing them through further stages in early growth. So far I have been quite unable, in examining material dredged up from likely Solaster ground at Millport, to come across examples either in metamorphosis or in the stages that immediately succeed it. Of the two glass vessels containing young larve which I took with me to Glasgow, one had a capacity of half a gallon and the other rather less. Both were shaded and kept under gentle continuous aeration by means of an aerating apparatus (8) devised by me in connection with an earlier attempt at the rearing of Solaster. From time to time a little fresh water was added to make up for the loss caused by evaporation. Development proceeded in a perfectly normal manner, but with some- what greater rapidity than at the Station, owing no doubt to the difference in temperature of the laboratory in Glasgow and the sea-water at Millport. The living specimens in these aquaria, being always at hand, proved of the greatest use for purposes of general observation. I am much indebted to the Superintendent, Mr. Richard Elmhirst, and the Staff of the Millport Station for the ready and careful manner in which they assisted me all through in the work of obtaining and rearing the larve. My best thanks are also due to Mr. Alex. Gray, formerly Curator of the Station, with whose good help a first and practically successful attempt at the work was made several years ago. Acknowledgment is also due to Mr. Jas. A. Boyle, Art Master at Hillhead High School, Glasgow, for much expert assistance in the finishing of the Plates. X. SUMMARY OF CHIEF FEaTURES IN DEVELOPMENT OF SOLASTER. (For paging, see under Contents, p. 1.) (A) Eaternally. Egg floating, flattened at upper and lower poles, the latter paler in colour; seg- mentation total, equal; blastula formed by egression of the central cells along numerous lines, and gastrula by invagination at lower pole. Closure of blastopore; no formation of larval mouth; a long free-swimming stage ; “larva” with three glandular arms and a disc-shaped sucker ; for a time, perfect external symmetry except for hydropore on right side. Flexion and torsion of preoral lobe towards left side; stage of attachment by the larval sucker; reduction in size of preoral lobe, and incorporation of much of its epiderm with the oral surface of the Starfish ; metamorphosis occurring in such @ way THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 51 that, while in point of external form the left side of the larva becomes the oral surface of the Starfish and the right side the aboral, in reality the epiderm of the oral surface is chiefly derived from that of the anterior part of the larva, and, conversely, the epiderm of the aboral surface originates chiefly from that of the posterior part of the larva. Five hydroccele-lobes appearing to begin with, the rest being added later in such a way that the whole series may properly be described as beginning in the hydroporic region and progressing thence in the watch-hand direction as seen from the oral surface. Aboral arm-rudiments also incomplete in number for a time. Disappearance of the preoral lobe; atrophy of the sucker as the tube-feet become functional. Development of mouth and anus; outgrowth of the arms and appearance of the rosettes of spines. (B) Internally. 1. In Larva.—Archenteron divides into anterior and posterior cceloms and a middle chamber, the enteron or gut. Anterior coelom provides cavity of preoral lobe and a central part which gives rise to right and left lateral diverticula, as also to dorsal sac, hydroporic canal, and perihemal pouch IX-I. Bottom of left lateral diverticulum becomes hydroccele groove and gives rise to radial pouches ; five of the latter appear almost simultaneously, and are to be numbered in the manner indicated for the corresponding external swellings ; groove of stone-canal opens into hydroceele groove between origins of pouches Land II; pouches VI and VII are added; hydroceele groove and stone-canal groove begin to be roofed over. Posterior ccelom sends out dorsal and ventral horns in sagittal plane, and gives rise to a series of six perihemal pouches and to diverticula for the pharyngeal celom. It also tends to extend over the left side of the enteron, and in a less degree over the right. 2. In Metamorphosis.—Preoral ccelom disappears ; central part of anterior ceelom becomes axial sinus; right lateral diverticulum gives rise to epigastric coelom ; hydroceele groove is separated off from left lateral diverticulum and extends to form ring-canal, the last two radial pouches being now added. Rest of left lateral diverti- culum, along with part of axial ccelom, forms the internal oral circular sinus. Posterior ccelom with its two horns and two pharyngeal diverticula enlarges to form hypogastric and peripharyngeal ceeloms. ‘The last two perihemal pouches are given off, and along with the others form the external oral circular sinus. ‘Tip of dorsal horn gives rise to pocket with special cells, the rudiments respectively of the aboral circular sinus and the genital rachis. Enteron expands greatly and shows blunt swellings in each ray. Mouth and anus form, as well as the paired radial and the rectal ceca. The anus is in interradius V/VI. H 2 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF or bo The ambulacral and adambulacral plates appear in a typical manner; but the aboral skeleton shows numerous small uniformly distributed plates in the disc and two terminals in each arm-rudiment. Small nodules for the spines appear everywhere over the aboral surface. The ambulacral and adambulacral plates increase in size and number; while the plates of the aboral skeleton increase in size, and at a much later stage in number also. For a time the latter fit closely with one another; afterwards interspaces, the future meshes of the skeletal reticulum, appear between them and are bridged over by new plates. The spines increase in size and form small groups, which become associated with the first-formed plates. (C) General. The development of Solaster agrees in very many points with that of Cribrella (as described by Masterman), including the remarkable mode of blastula and gastrula formation and the even more remarkable origin of the hypogastric celom. Like that of Cribrella, the swimming larva of Solaster with its three glandular arms and sucker on the preoral lobe can readily be referred to the brachiolarian type. This is all the plainer since in Solaster, as I could satisfy myself by observation of living specimens, the tips of the arms lose their cilia and become capable of exercising slight and temporary adhesive functions. Their primary object, I should judge, in Solaster is to enable the muscular sucker to be brought into play at the proper time for initiating the stage of definite fixation. If one were looking at Cribrella and Solaster alone among Kchinoderms, nothing could have greater apparent reason in point of form’ than Masterman’s comparison of the hydrocele with the epigastric ceelom, and it would be alike attractive and legitimate to accept the homologies he has sought to institute between the various larval cavities in Cribrella and Balanoglossus. In the case of Solaster it might further be argued that the posterior annulus referred to on p. 16 gave additional evidence of enteropneust affinity ; while the manner in which much of the preoral lobe, including the (rudimentary) apical nervous system, became incorporated at metamorphosis with the oral surface of the Starfish indicated greater ontogenetic continuity than the more abrupt changes occurring in the metamorphosis of Asterina and apparently of the bipinnaria. But attractive as this hypothesis is, it seems to me that it would impose difficulties of interpretation on the development of other Starfish and of Echinoderms in general, greater than those from which it could relieve Cribrella or Solaster. ‘he position has been stated by Macbride (15, 16, 16a, 166), and I must put myself down as a supporter of his view that in Cribrella (and Solaster) we are dealing with a form of development modified from that which should be looked upon as typical and primitive in the Order. Of course, the question, being one of evidence, may yet be reopened, e@. g., by the discovery of a feeding bipinnaria in which the hypogastric ccelom originates wholly THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 53 or partly behind the stomach. Meantime we must suppose that in the development of the yolky Solaster egg the larval alimentary canal has been reduced to the stomach, and even the development of this part has been greatly post-dated, while at the same time a sliding-back of the walls of the cavity (or cavities) giving rise to the hypogastric celom has taken place. The peculiar foldings of the whole blastula-wall, including that part which becomes invaginated in gastrulation, may provide opportunity during their formation and disappearance for a considerable amount of rearrangement of the hypo- blastic tissue ; but, so far, I have not been able in the ontogeny of Solaster to trace adequately the steps by which the backward migration of the ccelom in question may be supposed to have taken place. Probably a hint remains in the deficiency dorsally of the thickened zone A B, referred to on p. 37, while, later, the oblique direction of the dorsal part of the enteric slit, the greater size of the right enteric fold, and the pouch- ing to the right of the enteron wall are indications that the backward migration has been concerned—chiefly, at any rate—with a structure belonging to the left side. But if this view is accepted, one could not refuse to admit as possible the further inference that some degree of backward migration had taken place ventrally also, and that it probably affected a right-sided structure. The posterior ccelom of Solaster and Cribrella must correspond with whatever gives rise in other Starfish to the hypogastric ceelom. This, according to the best evidence available (that of Macbride for Asterina, 15), is the left posterior ccelom alone, though, as is well known both in Asterina (10 a) and Asterias pallida, Goto (9, 10) states that a part is contributed from the right side. The evidence on this point to be extracted from my account of S. endeca only serves to keep open the question, on which, however, further light may be expected from an exact comparison of the corresponding stages in S. papposa and possibly also from a fresh examination of more abundant S. endeca material prepared with a view to the elucidation of this special point. Such other comparative notes as it seemed necessary to include in this paper have been introduced in connection with the structures to which they refer; ¢.g., hydroccele (p. 21), nervous system (p. 46), anus (p. 23), external oral perihzemal sinus, etc. (p. 35). New points brought out in regard to the adult anatomy of Solaster are discussed in 2 separate paper (8 @). REFERENCES. 1. Becker, 8S.—Die Horblaschen von Leptosynapta bergensis. Biolog. Centralblatt, xxix. p. 413. 2. Cuuss, C. C.—The Growth of the Oocyte in Antedon. Proc. Roy. Soc. lxxvii. p. 384. 3. Cutnor, L.—Formation des Organes Génitaux et Dépendances de la Gland Ovoide chez les Astérides. Compt. Rend. vol]. 104, 1887, p. 88. 4. ——. Etudes Morphologiques sur les Echinodermes. Arch. de Biol. vol. xi. 1891, p. 628. 54 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF 5. Detace et Herovarp.—Traité de Zoologie Concrete. Tome III. Les Echinodermes. 1903. 6. Duruam, H. E.—Note on the Madreporite of Cribrella oculata. Proc. Roy. Soc. 1888, vol. xlii. pp. 330-332. 7. Fruip, G. W.—The Larva of Asterias vulgaris. Q.J. M.S. 1892, pp. 105-128. 8. Gemmiiu, J. F.—An Automatic Aerating Apparatus suitable for Aquaria &. Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 1910, pp. 9-18. Notes on the Adult Anatomy of Solaster endeca Forbes: (1) Madreporite, ete. ; (2) Anus; (3) Egg Ducts; (4) and (5) Aboral and Oral Perihzmal Sinuses. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. vol. xviii. pp. 174, 191. 9g. Goro, S.—Vorlaufige Mittheilung iiber die Entwickelung des Seesternes, Asterias pallida. Zool. Anz. 19, xix. pp. 271-274. 8a. 10. The Metamorphosis of Asterias pallida, with Special Reference to the Fate of the Body-Cavities. Journ. Coll. Sc. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, Japan, vol. x. pt. iii. pp. 239 e¢ seq. TO a, Some Points in the Metamorphosis of Asterina gibdosa, Ibid. vol. xii. pt. iii. pp. 227 et seq. 11. Henprerson, E. H.—Some Observations on the Development of an Asterid with large Yolky Eggs from the Franklin Islands. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xvi. pp. 8387-892, pls. xii. & xiii. 12. Lupwie, H.— Entwickelungsgeschichte der Asterina gibbosa. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xxxvili. 1882, pp. 1-89. (& O. Hamann).—Bronn’s Klassen u. Ordnungen des Thierreichs, Bd. 2, Abth. 3, Buch ii. 1889. 14. Hamann, O.—As above, p. 653. 15. Macsripz, KE. W.—The Development of Asterina gibbosa. Q.J.M.S. xxxviii. pp. 339-411. 16. ——. Cambridge Natural History. Vol. i. (1906) Echinoderms. 16a. The Development of E’chinus esculentus. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. exev. 1903. 16 0. The Development of Ophiothria fragilis. Q.J.M.S. vol. li. pt. 4, 1907. 17- McInrosu, D. C.—Meristic Variation in the Common Sun-Star (Solaster papposa). Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. vol. xvi. pp. 75-78. 18. Masrerman, A. 'T.—The Early Development of Cribrella oculata Forbes, with Remarks on Echinoderm Development. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xl. pp. 873-417, pls. i.—v. 19. Morrensen, To.—Die Echinodermenlarven der Plankton Expedition. Ergebnisse Plankton- Exped. Bd. i. J. 1898. 20. Perrier, E.—Recherches sur l’Organisation des Etoiles de Mer. Compt. Rend. vol. cii. 1886, pp. 1146-8. Res. Scient. Expéd. ‘ Travailleur’ et ‘ Talisman.’ Echinodermes, 1894, pp. 10-15. 22. Semon, R.—Die Hntwickelung von Synapta digitata. Jen. Zeitschr. Bd. xxi. pp. 175 et seq. 23. Suapen, W. P.—‘ Challenger’ Reports. Zoology, vol. xxx. pp. xl-xln and p. 452. 24. THomson, Wyvitte.—On the Development of Synapta digitata O.¥.M. Q.J.M.S.un.s. i. 1862, pp. 131-146. 13. 21. Ti, Jat, WOT, Gre, 1, 2, and 3, &e. AGM: ada. nr. THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 55 EXPLANATION OF PLATES I.-V. Lettering in all the Plates. The hydroccele pouches as numbered in the manner explained on p. 21. I. 7,13; II. 22, 28; V. 50-52, 56. In I. 11, however, the above numerals indicate the paired radial ceca. The aboral arm-rudiments associated with the hydroceele pouches of same numbers. I. 7; II. 22, 23. thickened zone of hypoblast in archenteron. III. 25-27 (p. 37). anterior larval arm. I. 8,10; IL. 17-23; IIL. 34; IV. 41, 42. anterior coeelom. III. 25-34. ambulacral plates belonging to the various rays. I. 8; II. 19, 20. anus. I. 11. archenteron. I. 6. axial celom. I. 10; III. 32-34; IV. 36-44, 46; V. 49-52. thickened zone of hypoblast in archenteron. III. 25-27 (p. 37). blastopore. I.6; II. 15, 16; III. 25-30; IV. 36; V. 49. dorsal side of larva. III. 26. dorsal horn of posterior celom. IV. 39, 40, 44; V. 50-55. dorsal sac, or madreporie vesicle. IV. 39, 46; V. 52-56. adambulacral spines forming denticles. I. 14; IV. 48. epigastric coelom (right lateral diverticulum of anterior ceelom). IV. 44-48. statolith. I.10; ILI. 28; IV. 41. enteron or gut. IV. 36, 38, 40-47 ; V. 49, 50, 53, 56. genital pocket from posterior celom. V. 56. hydroporic canal. IV. 39; V. 51, 52, 56. hydrocele. I.10; III. 28-34; IV. 36-48 ; V. 50-52, 56. internal oral circular sinus. IV. 46-48; V. 56. rectal ceca. J. 11; IV. 48. left side of larva. III. 27. left larval arm. I. 10; IL. 17-20, 22, 23; V. 50. left enteric fold. III. 28-33. madreporic opening. I. 11; II. 17,18; V. 53-55. mouth. I. 13-14; V. 56. special muscular bands. III. 34 (p. 47). nuchal groove or furrow on margin and aboral surface of Starfish disc. IT. 21-23; IV. 44. area of heightened epiderm on preoral lobe (larval nervous system). I. 10 ; IIL. 34; IV. 41-42. diverticula for external oral perihemal sinus. I. 10; IV. 41, 43, 45-48 ; V. 51, 56. posterior colom. I. 10; III. 25-84; IV. 36-46; V. 49-55. hypogastric celom. IV. 46-48 ; V. 52-56. diverticula for pharyngeal celom. IV. 44, 47, 48; V. 56. preoral ccelom. preoral lobe. peristome. DEVELOPMENT OF THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. I. 10; IV. 36-88, 41, 42, 44, 45; V. 49-55. right side of larva. III. 27. rectum. IV. 48. right larval arm. radial czeca of stomach. I. 8; IT. 16-22; IV. 41, 42, 45 ; V. 56. IV. 48. I. 8; Il. 17-18, 22, 23; IV. 37, 41, 45 ; V. 53. right enteric fold. III. 28-33. right lateral diverticulum of anterior celom. IIT. 28-33 ; IV. 36-38, 40, 42, 44-47 ; V. 53-55. plates of the aboral reticular skeleton. I. 8, 9. sucker. [. 8,10, 18; II. 17, 18, 22, 23; IV. 42, 44. spines. I. 8, 9. stomach. JI. 11. IV. 46. stone-canal. I. 11; IV. 48; V. 56. terminal plates (double) belonging to the various rays. I. 8. ventral side of larva. III. 26. ventral horn of posterior ccelom. I. 10; IV. 39, 40, 44; V. 50-55. yolk-granules swept into archenteron. III. 29 (p. 45). shah Th vou, Xx —part 1. No. 8.— February, 1912. 58 DEVELOPMENT OF THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. PLATE I. Figs. 1-14. (For lettering see pp. 55-56.) Figs. 1-4. Stages in segmentation. (1-3, x 20; 4, x 25.) Im fig. 4 slit-like spaces are beginning to appear in the cell-mass. Fig. 5. Section of advanced stage in formation of blastula by egression of central cells along many lines (p. 12). The flattening on the underside is due to commencing gastrulation. ( X 30.) Fig. 6. Vertical section of the fully-formed gastrula (p. 12). (x 30.) Fig. 7. Diagram from right (aboral) side of larva at end of free-swimming stage, to illustrate the early relations of the hydroceele pouches to the aboral arm- rudiments (see p. 22). The pouches are lettered with roman numerals, and the aboral arm-rudiments, with which these finally become associated to form the rays of the Starfish, are indicated by corresponding arabic numerals. (xX 20.) Fig. 8. Larva towards end of free-swimming stage cleared and looked at from right side, showing the developing skeletal elements. The spines (sp.) are represented by numerous small nodules all over the field (p. 45). Of the aboral plates, six pairs of terminals (¢.) have appeared, as well as a number of the plates (7.pl.) which develop over the epigastric area (p. 41). Seen more faintly as at a deeper level and partly out of focus are five pairs of ambulacrals (am.) (p. 41). (x 45.) . A few spines and plates of the aboral skeleton as seen in a specimen twelve weeks old (p. 42). (x 200.) Fig. 10. Microphotograph of sagittal section of advanced larva, showing particularly the statolith-like body on the posterior celom (p. 46). The high epithelium over the crown of the preoral lobe will also be seen (p. 46, nervous system). (x 30.) Fig. 11. Diagram from aboral side, illustrating the relations of the radial and rectal ceca, the stomach, and the anus in a specimen four and a half months old. Description on p. 40. (x 35.) Fig. 12. Small portion of disc from aboral side in a specimen of about same age as in fig. 13, but more highly magnified. ‘The papular appearance due to the developing spines is indicated, the latter being outlined as in a cleared specimen. (xX 45.) Fig. 13. Young Solaster at time of formation of mouth. ‘The triradiate shape of the mouth will be noted (p. 23). The ninth radial pouch of the hydroceele has just appeared. The arm-rudiments for arms VII-IX have not yet separated from one another. ‘The sucker is now small and outside of the hydroccele-ring (p. 21). (x 46.) Fig. 14. Young Solaster about six months old, from oral side, showing charac- teristic appearance of spines, ambulacral grooves, denticles, ete. (Xx 45.) ry =r ic} (te) Trambloo. Ho Vl XX. IY 1 \\\o ae Fy Ry DEVELOPMENT OF SOLASTER ENDECA. Grout sc. et imp. ny feet if ai ea 0 "I an N Fi ft ri . Teeniras mn) AG ins Me a 60 Fig. 15 Fig. 16 Rigi Fig. 18 Fig. 19 DEVELOPMENT OF THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. PLATE Il. Figs. 15-23. (For lettering see pp. 55—56.) . Gastrula beginning to elongate, the blastopore being still widely open (p. 14). (x 40.) . Anterior end of cone bending to larval ventral side (p. 14). (x 40.) . Young larva from right side showing the three larval arms, the position of the sucker, and the hydroporic opening (p. 14). (x 46.) . Older larva from right side at a stage just prior to commencement of flexion and torsion of the preoral lobe (p. 16). (x 40.) . Still older larva from left side. The preoral lobe is beginning to undergo its change of position (p. 16). Several pairs of ambulacral ossicles have now appeared, and these are shown as if in a cleared specimen (p. 41). The larval arms are represented as being drawn close together (p. 15). The line on the body indicates the direction of the muscular fibrille referred to on pp. 16, 47. ‘The hydroporie pit seems larger than it should be, owing to slight shrinkage in the (preserved) specimens from which figs. 18 and 19 were drawn. Fig. 20. Larva from left side, towards end of free-swimming stage. The preoral lobe is much more sharply flexed on the body, which is now almost disc-like in shape. Six pairs of ambulacral ossicles are present. (X 40.) Fig. 21. Sketch of a larva which had recently attached itself by means of the sucker to asmall duck-weed. A section of this specimen, showing plant, sucker, etc., is given in Pl. LV. fig. 44. The preoral lobe, which is seen in shadow, has not yet undergone its full flexion and torsion. The edge of the disc is slightly everted at one part and shows between it and the preoral lobe two or three blunt swellings due to the hydroceele pouches. The long groove on the disc running towards the sucker is the nuchal notch or groove (a2 2) ox 40)) . Specimen detached after about three days’ fixation and seen from oral side. The preoral lobe is now completely bent against the oral (left larval) surface, the remains of the anterior arm being towards the middle of this surface (p. 19). The sucker and the other two arms are nearer the margin. ix of the radial pouches of the hydrocele appear externally and a rudiment of the seventh. (x 40.) . Specimens detached after about six days’ fixation and viewed from oral side. Five of the radial pouches of the hydroceele now show swellings for the sucker-feet. Compare with fig. 22. The preoral lobe has now almost entirely disappeared. (x 40.) This series is continued in figs. 13 and 14 on Pl. I. Trani. He Vl, XX. FM J.F.G. DEVELOPMENT OF SOLASTER ENDECA. Grout sc. et imp. PAE: tan Ie ety ee Sebi PE Ud Che ty 62 DEVELOPMENT OF THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. PLATE III. Figs. 24-35. Fig. 24. Sketch from cleared specimen at stage in middle gastrulation with one of the large surface-furrows still present and leading into the blastopore, which is widely open. ‘The invaginated hypoblast is seen in darker shading as a slightly folded layer within the epiblastic layer. (x 35.) Fig. 25. Optical section of stage immediately succeeding gastrulation. The blastopore is narrow; the archenteron has expanded and shows in its lining the thickened zone A B, from which, as was explained on p. 37, the right and left lateral diverticula of the anterior ccelom, as well as the walls of the enteron, will be derived. (x 30.) Figs. 26-27. Two optical sections of a stage slightly later than the last, fig. 26 being a view from the left, and fig. 27 a view from the dorsal aspect and slightly from the right. Both show elongation of the gastrula-cone as well as commencing formation of the ventral dimple. Fig. 26 shows also the slight obliquity of the base of the cone referred to on p. 37. It will be observed that the posterior part of the cone is now somewhat narrower in the frontal than in the sagittal plane. ‘The constriction marking the enteric folds is not apparent in the lateral view (fig. 26), since it is actually present as yet only at the sides. (xX 30.) Figs. 28-30. Three sections from a frontal series of a young larva about 24 hours older than that shown in the last two figures, but with the blastopore still open and the enteron still in the form of an isthmus between the anterior and the posterior coloms. The sections illustrate particularly the different sizes of the right and left enteric folds dorsally, mesially, and ventrally, throughout the series. It will be observed that dorsally (fig. 28) the right fold (7.g.), though less prominent, is larger than the left one; ventrally (fig. 30) the condition is reversed, though with smaller differences, while mesially (fig. 29) the right fold is still slightly larger. (x 50.) Fiy. 31. Frontal section of older larva. The apertures between the middle and posterior chambers are just closing at the points which the section cuts. Tt will be seen that the right gastric fold is contributing rather more than ~ the left one to the total area of the enteron, and also that there is a slight pouching to the right of the enteron-wall. (x 49.) Fig. 32. Similar section to the last, but of a slightly older larva. The middle chamber is now quite closed off from those in front and behind. In front, however, the seam of the closure is still recognisable looking leftward. The same slight pouching to the right on the part of the enteron is seen here as in the fig. 31. (x 46.) DEVELOPMENT OF THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 63 PLATE III. (cont.). Fig. 33. Frontal section of a S. papposa larva at stage similar to that shown in fig. 31. The section passes to the dorsal side of the mid-frontal plane. It will be observed :—(1) That the enteron still opens widely in front into the anterior ccelom, the opening looking leftward ; (2) there is a very definite pouching to the right of the posterior part of the enteron; (3) the right gastric fold contributes a good deal more than the left one to the area of the enteron. Although it does not appear in this section, the blastopore is still widely open, and the enteron still communicates with the posterior celom. (xX 40.) Fig. 34. From sagittal series of larva at stage when the flexion and torsion of the pre- oral lobe (p. 16) is in early progress, the section being to the left of the middle line of the body, but practically mesial at the anterior end of the frontal lobe. A good part of the length of the muscular band concerned in the movements mentioned above come into the section. Pouch IV of the hydroceele, the sucker, and the anterior larval arm are also seen. (x 45.) . Section of egg-tube of an adult &. endeca, after long fixation in an osmic acid mixture (Lindsay Johnston fluid). Ova in different stages of growth are illustrated with special reference to the accumulation of the yolk- granules, which have undergone an intensely black coloration (p. 6). Similar granules along with larger ones are seen in the layer of follicle-cells round each ovum, as also in the spaces between the ova within the lumen of the egg-tube. (xX 90.) ne: Translool, Kol, XX. SU. i! © ep q 2, ee BS, ue ENB J.F.G. DEVELOPMENT OF SOLASTER ENDECA. Grout sc. et imp. ae iva or LAE ES? 66 DEVELOPMENT OF THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. PLATE IV. Figs. 36-48. (illustrative sections of specimens in larval stages and in metamorphosis, drawn with camera lucida to magnification of 25 times. The various cavities are coloured as follows:—The posterior ccelom and its derivatives are red and the enteron brown. The preoral and axial caloms are coloured yellow, as also are the hydroporic canal and the internal oral circular sinus. The right lateral diverticulum of the anterior ccelom (epigastric ccelom) is shown in green, and the hydroceele and dorsal sac in blue. The dull ground-colour is space filled by mesoderm.) Fig. 36. Frontal section through larva about 8 days old. ‘The blastopore is still open and the middle chamber or enteron still communicates with the anterior and posterior celoms. ‘The right and left lateral diverticula of the anterior cceelom are beginning to grow backwards over the enteron. Fig. 37. Section similar to the last, but not perfectly frontal, through a slightly older specimen. ‘The enteron now appears as a distinct region, not simply as a neck between the anterior and posterior cceloms. Fig. 58. Frontal section through slightly older specimen. The anterior and posterior ceeloms are completely separated from the enteron and the blastopore is closed. Fig. 39. Transverse section of larva about middle of free-swimming stage. The section passes through the hydropore, the ventral side of the larva being uppermost. Both horns of the posterior ccelom appear in the section, as well as the dorsal sac and the first radial pouch of the hydroccele. Fig. 40. ‘Transverse section through middle of body of larva at stage slightly later than that shown in fig. 38. The dorsal and ventral horns of the posterior coelom, as well as the right and left lateral diverticula of the anterior ccelom, and the enteron appear in the section. The right lateral diverticulum in this example is very large. Fig. 41. Sagittal but not quite median section through a larva in the later free- swimming stage. The preoral and axial sinus regions of the anterior celom are beginning to be marked out. Some of the perihemal pockets (o.ph.c.) are separated from the posterior coelom. ‘The ventral horn of this coelom is cut along a great part of its length. There is a statolith within the posterior ccelom (p. 46). Fig. 42. Sagittal section through larva in still later free-swimming stage. Flexion of the preoral lobe has begun, and accordingly while this lobe is cut in its sagittal plane, the body of the larva is cut rather in the future oral- aboral plane, the aboral (right larval) side being underneath. This explains the position in the section of the right lateral diverticulum (epigastric celom) as well as the fact that the posterior ccelom is cut on Fig. 43 Fig. 44 Fig. 45 Fig. 46 DEVELOPMENT OF THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 67 PLATE IV. (cont.). opposite sides of the enteron. The sucker is fully exposed. In this section and the last the heightened epiderm (7.7.) over part of the preoral lobe (larval nervous system, p. 46) is indicated. . Oblique section through left side of body of larva just prior to attachment, showing a considerable number of the hydroceele and perihemal pouches as well as the tip of the ventral horn of the posterior celom. The hydro- ceele groove is closed off from the left lateral diverticulum of the anterior ceelom to form a canal in the region of pouches III to V. . Vertical section through disc, sucker, leaf, etc. in the specimen illustrated in Pl. II. fig. 21. The section passes transversely across the nuchal groove (n.) about halfway between the margin and the middle of the disc. The epigastric ceelom (ep.c.) is not yet completely separated from the axial celom, nor the latter from the preoral celom. ‘The dorsal and ventral horns of the posterior ceelom appear in the section as well as the two corresponding horns into which the enteron is drawn at this stage (p. 38). . Ventral section across disc of specimen in early metamorphosis. The section does not pass through the centre of the disc, but falls well towards the margin on which rays VII to IX will be formed. The prominence on the oral side, due to the preoral lobe, is not yet entirely lost. The perihemal pockets for interradii VII/VIiI and VIII/1X are in process of being budded off from the posterior ccelom. . Vertical section across disc about halfway between centre and margin in a specimen in middle stage of metamorphosis. The section passes across the madreporic interradius, and is to be compared with fig. 44 as regards general orientation. The epigastric ccelom is now completely separated from the axial celom. The latter is dividing into two horns (¢.ph.c.) which are continued into the internal oral circular sinus. On the right side of the sketch the ring-canal of the hydroccele is cut at its junction with the stone-canal, and on the left side between pouches VIII and IX. Fig. 47. ‘Typical vertical section across disc in metamorphosis some time prior to the formation of the mouth. The enteron has expanded very markedly, and shows a flattened area on the oral side, in the middle of which the mouth will afterwards be formed. ‘To the right the radial vessel of arm III appears, while to the left there is the shorter radial vessel of arm VII. Fig. 48. Vertical section across half of disc of a specimen four and a half months old. Mouth and anus have been present for a considerable time. The anal opening does not appear in the section, but some of the commencing Kk 2 68 DEVELOPMENT OF THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. PLATE 1V. (cont.). rectal ceca are cut through. The surface prominences are due chiefly to spines, those which form the denticles being particularly large. The epigastric and hypogastric mesenteries separate the epigastric and pharyn- geal coeloms respectively from the hypogastric celom. A Tiedemann’s body is closely attached to the ring-canal of the hydrocele. The other parts of the hydroceele in section are the ampulle of the tube-feet. TransQoold Ho Wl XX. PG LV pie DEVELOPMENT OF SOLASTER ENDECA. Grout sc. et imp. PLATE V. 70 DEVELOPMENT OF THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. PLATE VY. Figs. 49-56. (Diagrams illustrating the moulding of the various cavities at different stages as seen from the larval left or oral (figs. 49-53) and from the larval right or aboral (figs. 54-56) sides. Magnification about 18 times. Colouring as on PI. IV.) Fig. 49. Diagram from left side of internal cavities in a larva about eight days old. The three primary divisions of the archenteron are becoming separated, the anterior being the largest. The posterior coelom is beginning to send out dorsal and ventral horns. Fig. 50. Diagram from left side of internal cavities in larva about eleven days old. The dorsal and ventral horns of the posterior celom have extended con- siderably, and the hydroccele groove or bottom of the left lateral diverti- culum of the anterior celom now shows the outgrowth of the first five radial pouches and partly conceals the enteron. ‘The larval arms have also appeared. Fig. 51. Diagram from left side of internal cavities in a larva about fifteen days old. The horns of the posterior celom have grown round still further. Peri- hemal diverticula (0.ph.c.) are coming off from the posterior coelom, while that from the anterior ceelom has already become separated. The ring- canal of the hydroceele is beginning to be nipped off from the left lateral diverticulum. The preoral ccelom is still large. Fig. 52, Diagram from oral (left larval) side of internal cavities in a specimen during early fixation. The dorsal and ventral horns of the posterior ceelom have grown round so far as to compress between them the structures of the axial complex. The perihzmal] diverticula of the posterior ceelom are beginning to be nipped off. The stalk of the preoral ccoelom is almost obliterated. The hydroceele is represented as already forming a complete ring, and as separated all round from the anterior celom, but this is slightly in advance of the ordinary course of development. Fusion is taking place between the enteron and the oral body-wall in preparation for the formation of the mouth. Pouch I of the hydroceele is represented as being cut away close to its origin. Fig. 53. Diagram from oral side of internal cavities in a young Starfish towards end of metamorphosis. The mouth-opening (mth.) has formed. The pharyngeal celom (p.ph.c.) is not yet a complete circle, but it opens into the hypogastric ccelom (pq.c.) in most of the interradii. The perihemal pouches (0.ph.c.) are taking on their characteristic form. ‘The tip of the (larval) dorsal horn of the posterior coelom is pushing in the wall of the dorsal sac, where it lies against the axial sinus, thus helping to form the genital pocket (y.7.). The internal oral circular sinus (¢.ph.c.) is still a wide DEVELOPMENT OF THE STARFISH SOLASTER ENDECA. 71 PLATE V. (cont.). space on the side turned towards the axial sinus, into which it freely opens. For diagrammatic purposes one or two of the structures are shown as slightly more advanced in development (e. 7., radial ceca of stomach, 7.d.) and others less advanced (e.g., pharyngeal ceelom) than they should be at this stage. (Xx 60.) Fig. 54. Diagram of internal cavities in a stage similar to that of fig. 50, but viewed from right side of larva. From this side the hydropore (m.), the dorsal sac (d.s.), and the right lateral diverticulum of the anterior ccelom (r.l.c.) are seen, Fig. 55. Diagram from aboral (right larval) side of specimen a little younger than that from which fig. 52 was taken. ‘The epigastric ccelom (right lateral diverti- culum of anterior ccelom) (7./.c., ep.c.) is being separated from the axial celom. For diagrammatic purposes the preoral lobe is represented as standing out much straighter than it should be at this stage. It should now be bent so far to the left as to be almost entirely concealed by the disc. Fig. 56. Diagram from aboral side of specimen well advanced in metamorphosis. ‘The epigastric coelom is completely separated from the axial celom. As in fig. 55, the remains of the preoral lobe are straightened out for diagrammatic purposes. Rh, q (ay ANN soft Hf rash ° : Z ‘ei ens fe nN NIOY eK AN Ties on oan ipa ‘Ay ina s Tit Tramiel. keV, XX. HV J.F.G. DEVELOPMENT OF SOLASTER ENDECA. Grout sc. et ir Ia Rig tain nay, PRINS Rf TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Public. : ao Syed be See tes VOLUME XVI. (1901-1903, containing 38 Plates) . PriceS5 8 O 7 4 0 Part 1. (1901, contaming 6 Plates) . . .. . Ay MO) Mey 2210) lerdeO » 2 (1901, containing 5 Plates) . =... - Se Oi es ok 015 O se oe (1 90L, contaming 9 Plates)" 3. ut... pec Oelo. £9 eae) » 4 (1902, containing 5 Plates) ..... 4 0 9 0 012 0 7. (1909; contamings, 4 Plates): “42.001: ts 7, 0: 13-26 018 0 6, 4902; contaimme 3 Plates) 1.9 5 OD 9 Ter 0: » 7. (1902, containmg 3 Plates) : : 5 CORI d 0 15 » 8. (1908, containing 3 Plates and Title and her 013 6 018 90 VOLUME XVII. (1903-1906, containing 41 Plates Ande sOUNExtheUNes)n. sw sotyec ot oe bricenor 18.6 718 0 Part 1. (1903, contaming 5 Plates) . . .. . Ruch aero 110 0 » 2 (1903, contaming 3 Plates)... . . 53200513 6s 5 018 0 » 98. (1904, containing 13 Plates) . . . . . pele 65.8 110 0 » 4. (1905, containing 8 Plates)... + . ie te aeons NSNG)s 20) » 9d. (1905, containing 50 Text- figures) . . je On Os, TESORO) » §6. (1906, containing 12 Plates and Title and Index). 1 2 6 110.0 VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates and 87 Text-figures).. 4. =. 5- Price 4 1 O°. bres. 0 Partl. (1907, containmg 9 Plates)... . eed. Obes T2020: » 2 (1908, containing 19 Plates and 63 Text- Gas Vee de hOe Onc. 382 20850, », 98. (1908, containing 3 Plates and 21 Text-figs. Sec Or Lon cOran HG) 6) » 4 (1911, containing 6 Plates) . . nee OP La Os 016 0 » 9. (1911, containing 6 Plates and 3° Text- fae. Miglerandelndex). a0 cocs oe Sa oe a OF ORO 012 0 VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates and. 16 Vext-fisures) .i 32 2.0. >. Price 10. 4.0 13 12° 0 Parr (1909, containing 3 Pls. & 12 Text-figs.). 5, 117 6 . 210 0 i ee IO ccontamine: “4 Plates) 2 fay a OO a O00 s c (1909, containing 2 Plates) . . . as Oke Oe. O 012 0 » 4, (1910, containing 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) . Soe Loe Oe is OO » 5. (1910, containing 5 Pls.,TitleandIndex) ,, 117 6 . 210s Om, VOLUME XX. Parr 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates)... . . PrieO 18 0... 41 4 0 CONTENTS. I. The Development of the Starfish Solaster endeca Forbes. By Jamus F. GEwMiut, MA., MD., DSc., F.ZS., Lecturer in Embryology, Glasgow University, and in Zoology, Glasgow Provincial Training College. (Plates 1.-V.) . . page 1 THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—* Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so — the year and page give the complete reference. An “Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. The “ Transactions ” contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record? for a sum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid efore the 1st December in each year, Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs, Longmans’ the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. : P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, ap aes 2 February, 1912. Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vor. XX.—Parr 2. (Pirates VIL—-XYV.) Stina] Ni icous LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK; AND BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER ROW. April 1912, Price: £3 Os: Od. Taylor and Francis, Printers.] -- [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. eee Ses Lied. VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containmg 59 Plates). . Price 313 6 . . . 418 O* VOLUME | II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates). . ,, 400... 5 6 6 VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates). . ,, 38 : Siero eal OF VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . 4, 6 2 0... 8 2 6* VOLUME _ V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . ,, Bid Sets ENOL On 0 VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . ,, ll 5 0 .. .15 0 0 VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, contamimg 73 Plates). . , 10 4 O . : . 13812 0 VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates). . ,, Oye Bde aarre siren Ort) VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . , 12 16. . .16 2 0 VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . ,, 10 0 38 . ..18 7 O GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (18383-1879) . ,, OO ges, OFLO VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). ,, DA Os Sel GO VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) . ‘3 5 8 0 7 4 0 VOLUME XIIT. (1891-1895, contaming 62 Plates). . ,, GN keHia lee ator ool IN (6) VOLUME XV (1806-1808; contains 7 Plates), 2, Oe OG VOLUME XV. (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates). . ,, DAO eGo urate ail AK) * No copies of these volumes remain in stock. Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. aI (as) Lt II. On the Sphingidee of Peru. By the Rev. A. Mites Moss, W.A4., 7.Z.8., FES. With a Preface by Karu Jorpan, Ph.D. (Received April 13th, 1911; Read May 23rd, 1911.) [Puates VI-XYV.] Contents. Page PPE GTA CO erage eile ih erm hey hrcrac es A Ye ete cla ahs ces mesial sea ere 73 Nel troduction neey| sys Sele staat ince e re eiare me oelece s 79 JDUL, IDES OR NMONS OE NG SGIES.0ceocvseacdccvccoxcegooconce 83 VEE eGarlilard exeevatt cers ee. icine > eS yy RUN rc oucony an Bed 4g a f 111 VietixplanationkofibhesPlatesiemeebe pi nies tic 115 I.— PREFACE. By Kart Jorpay, Ph.D. THE great difficulties which a traveller encounters when trying to rear insects, together with the little encouragement which the professional collector receives from the average amateur on whose financial support he depends, and the insufficient knowledge of the majority of resident collectors in the tropics, are the chief reasons for the scantiness of our knowledge of the early stages of tropical Lepidoptera. While large consignments of butterflies and moths come regularly to Kurope from many countries where Kuropeans have settled, one rarely meets with a resident collector who is willing to devote also time to the preservation of the early stages. The Sphingidee, of which about 850 different species are known, are for the greater part confined to the tropics, and for that reason we are sufficiently acquainted with the life-history and habits of only a comparatively small number. When writing a ‘Revision’ of the family with the Hon. L. W. Rothschild, I was much hampered by these lacune in knowledge, and it gave me, therefore, much pleasure when the Rey. A. Miles Moss stated in a letter from Callao that he was interested in the early stages of Lepidoptera, especially Sphingidw, and would do his best to rear and figure as many species as possible of those which he might encounter in Peru. However, as experience has taught me not to be too sanguine, I expected but moderate results, and was agreeably surprised when Mr. Moss, on his return from Peru, showed the fruits of his labours. Mr. Moss had two important points in his favour, which are rarely met with in the same person: love of the subject and great skill with the brush. ‘The result of this happy combination was bound to surpass our expectations, and I may state, without VOL. XX.—PAR” li. No. 1.—April, 1912. L 74 REY. A. MILES MOSS ON THE exaggeration, that the contribution towards our knowledge of the Sphingide contained in the following pages is one of the most important ever published on the Hawk-Moths of any tropical country. The drawings have the great advantage of being taken from life and representing the specimens in natural attitudes. The notes on the habits of the insects which Mr. Moss has added to the descriptions are likewise of great interest, and, I hope, will encourage others to follow Mr. Moss in studying the live insects and in recording their observations, of which we are much in need. However, if I venture to give expression to that hope, I must add a note of advice. One of the most salient points which is brought out by pen and brush in the record of Mr. Moss’s observations is the difference which obtains between the earlier and the later stages of a larva, differences which are due to the later stages either having lost primitive characters found in the younger larva, or having acquired new adaptations not present in the earlier instars. The characteristic horn of the Sphingid larva, for instance, is in many instances very long in the first stages and becomes reduced or even entirely atrophied as the larva approaches the pupal stage, while the peculiar eye-markings are generally best developed in the later instars. As the adap- tations may recur in species which belong to a different branch of the family, they are, as a rule, of little assistance in the study of the relationship of the species. On the other hand, the larva as it leaves the egg usually presents characters in the head, bristles, horn, and the structure of the skin which afford valuable evidence as to the affinities of the insect. ‘These first stages, therefore, are of particular interest, and should be so figured that all the detail can be gathered from the drawings. As regards the pup, the artist, as a rule, pays too little attention to the points which distinguish closely allied species or genera. ‘The sheaths in which the mouth- parts, antenne, and legs are encased in the chrysalis furnish frequently good distin- guishing characters, while the structure of the abdomen, and especially the cremaster, are often remarkably different in the pupe, which are much alike in facies. The proboscis-sheath of Protoparce and allied genera, of which Mr. Moss figures several species, is a case in point. ‘The pupe of all the species of this relationship have a projecting proboscis-sheath (a nose) which is, so far as I know, never exactly alike in any two species, the length, curvature, or structure varying more or less from species to species. The Sphingide are a striking illustration of the richness of the fauna of Peru. We know from that country already nearly 120 species—an enormous number, if we consider that there are only 25 species in the whole of Europe. SPHINGIDA OF PERU. =I Or II.—INTRODUCTION. In the early part of 1907 I paid my first visit to South America, and on May Ist found myself in the port of Callao, seven miles from the Peruvian capital, with which it is connected by road, rail, and a fast electric tram service. Here I lived for three years, having agreed to serve as chaplain to the Anglo-American community in Lima. Though the so-called rainless coast did not seem to offer much prospect to an entomologist, I was pleasantly surprised to find Lima by no means the poor centre of operations that I had anticipated. Limited as it is in the nature and extent of its vegetation, I am inclined to believe that few, if any, other positions on the Peruvian seaboard possess a more varied and interesting fauna than the ievel tract which is more or less artificially irrigated by the river Rimac. This and the river Chillon, ten miles to the north, together with their network of ditches and acequias, are practically responsible for the entire vegetation of a very considerable stretch of land between the Andes and the sea. ‘The hills immediately behind are grey and barren for the most part, but the city and its suburbs of Miraflores, Barranco, and Chorrillos rise in the midst of fruit hwertas. Vineyards, oliveyards, fields of emerald-green alfalfa, yuca, camote, potato, maize, sugar-cane, and cotton cover the plain to the base of the hills and to the limit of vision on every hand. ‘The fields are variously defined by adove walls or by water acequias banked with tall reeds, ferns, tangled creepers, and wild nasturtium, broken at intervals by a row of slender willows and several wild solanaceous shrubs. Avenues of dark evergreen ficus-trees mark the confines of habitation, and the buildings are relieved by palm-trees, plazas, and flower-gardens. Beyond the fertilized region, however, which is strictly limited, all is arid and death-like, for there succeed great wastes of desert sand and choking dust, unrelieved often for miles by a single blade of green to break the monotony of grey and ochre. Such, at any rate, may be regarded as a brief general description of that part of the Peruvian seaboard in which I lived, and where I enjoyed the fullest opportunity for entomological research. But Lima was a good centre also, in that it offered unique facilities for an extended survey of two other collecting-grounds which present the most marked contrasts of form and feature, and are as diverse from one another as each is from the coast region. I refer, in the first place, to that marvel of engineering skill, the Oroya Railroad, which works its way up the Rimac Valley to the river’s source at an altitude of no less than 15,660 feet, and commands not only scenery of the utmost grandeur and variety, but gives access to an ever-changing strata of plant and insect life as the different elevations of the Andes are reached. Though a number of small moths and some ten or a dozen butterflies are associated with the reduced vegetation of the great upland pampa of Junin and the grass-clothed hills of limestone around at a general elevation of from Tg 76 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE 13,000 to 15,000 feet, the more prolific portion is naturally that characterised by an abundance of aromatic shrubs, wild flowers, and cacti. Here between 5,000 and 12,000 feet on the western slopes, and from 12,000 down to 5,600 feet on the eastern side, many other characteristically mountain species are met with. This, then, while being a purely arbitrary distinction, and grouping together many dissimilar forms of life, may broadly be regarded as a single entomological or botanical area. It will be noted that this district is separated, the east from the west, by some 40 miles of barren highlands, which include the two main Cordilleras and the highest peaks of the Andes—a separate region, and one full worthy of an entomological treatise, but not the true habitat of any Sphingide; and my ground for regarding it as one is the reappearance, amongst other forms that are new, of at least many species of plants and insects that are identical or closely allied to forms which occur at a corresponding elevation on the opposite sides of the main Cordilleras. My third field of entomological research, undoubtedly one of the very finest in the world, was the Interior proper, which is reached in a two days’ ride from Oroya by horse or mule, and is entered upon at Huacapistana at 5,600 feet. For a league or more previously the transition from district to district grows in evidence as the path descends to lower levels, and bushes and trees, which are new to the eye, increase in number and variety at every turn of the road. The increased thickness of the foliage of many of these flowering shrubs and the large-sized leaves of the trees are very noticeable features. Beyond THuacapistana Hotel, however, the climate becomes distinctly milder and warmer, all the conditions of life are entirely different, and the scenery rapidly assumes the full magnificence of a luxuriant tropical vegetation. With regard to the Interior and its wealth of Lepidoptera, nothing short of twelve months of steady, uninterrupted work at some fixed headquarters would suffice to deal at all adequately with even such regions as those of Chanchamayo and Perené, and an occasional holiday was all that was possible in connection with my official duties at Lima. These, then, in brief outline, were the three districts in which my entomological observations were made, and to which the present work is restricted. From the moment of landing on the continent at Colon, and even before, it became apparent to me that the Sphingide occupied a position in South America scarcely inferior to its great and gorgeous butterflies; and while making a general collection I determined at the outset to specialise to some extent with the Sphingide and Saturniidee. Larvee-searching has ever a great attractiveness about it, and not less is this the case in a new land amongst new vegetation, where little is known and any- thing may be expected to turn up. The search was maintained with diligence and regularity throughout my entire sojourn abroad, and resulted in the working out of not a few life-histories and the careful figuring in water-colours of many larve and pupe, together with some of their characteristic food-plants. Fvery green nook was SPHINGIDA OF PERU. 0G explored and every kind of plant and tree scrutinized, the most unlikely sometimes proving to be the pabulum of some strange and wonderful creature whose form I had never before witnessed even in print. The nine plates here published have been selected from a much larger number that were made, and in the re-grouping of the figures I have had the invaluable and kind assistance of Dr. Jordan, of Tring. Both to bim and to the Hon. Walter Rothschild I would take this opportunity of tendering my sincere thanks for the presentation copies of their recent ‘ Revision of the Sphingide of the World,’ undoubtedly the most comprehensive and most truly scientific treatise on the subject that has yet appeared, and one upon which all future investigations must be based; and also must I thank these two gentlemen for the time and interest they displayed on my return from Peru in helping me to identify my specimens by the aid of the Tring Collection, the most extensive and the most complete one in existence. Dr. Jordan has been good enough to add notes as to the general distribution of the species with which I am here dealing, and for the convenience of reference, and to avoid confusion in any sub- sequent contributions on the earlier stages of Sphingide which may appear, the order, numbering and nomenclature of the ‘ Revision’ have been adopted. It was thought well by the Publication Committee of the Zoological Society of London, to whom I am indebted for the honour of recognition and of this publication, to limit the work to one branch of the subject. I accordingly chose the Sphingide, and the figures included represent only those species whose identity has been established beyond question—in almost every case by the rearing of perfect imagines from ova or young larve. During my occasional travels in the Interior I was, of course, frequently doomed to disappointment by being obliged to leave before all my larve were full- fed, or because my carefully packed but delicate pupe were bad travellers and succumbed to the jog-trot of a long mule ride, leaving my mind as empty as my curiosity was great concerning their after-development had they lived. Too often, moreover, was it my experience for pupe to emerge on the journey, which, despite all possible precautions, were generally quite ruined. ‘To unpack pup was often to reveal an unlovely thing, devoid of scales and beyond the pale of recognition, fluttering its crippled pinions amidst a cloud of fluff. As to their larve, I have their pictures, but in the privacy of my portfolios must they at present remain, and wait for the day when their identity, too, shall be established. I have reason to believe that they include, amongst others, Hwryglottis aper or dognini, Oryba kadeni, Pholus satellitia or cissi, and Xylophanes chiron. The mere retrospective glance at some of these unnamed monsters and beauties (for there were both) carries the mind back to their exact haunts and the strange leaves which by turns they were simulating and assimilating, and one longs to go back and hunt them up again. I may some day be enabled to do so, but if the perusal of these illustrated descriptions of a few species shall prompt others to go out and continue the 78 REY. A. MILES MOSS ON THE line of research, I shall feel rewarded for my efforts, and shall be glad to do all in my power to co-operate. And be it noted, on the authority of Messrs. Rothschild and Jordan in their ‘ Revision of the Sphingide,’ that the earlier stages of the great majority of even common tropical species are as yet entirely unknown. While the moths of most species figure in the few great representative collections of the world, it was my good fortune to come across the second or third specimens known of several species which inhabit the Interior, e.g., Protoparce leucospila and Xylophanes ockendeni, and also at Lima to discover a new species of Protoparce allied to seata, but entirely distinct from it. Peru is a country characterised by sharp contrasts and a combination of opposites, while its varying climatic conditions in different parts, and its diverse fauna and flora, must ever present peculiar interests to the student of nature. Where, for example, in the whole range of travel, by taking a single hour's railway run of 26 miles, can you with certainty on any day in the dull, damp winter, which prevails in Lima from May till November, exchange your lot for a summer sun and cloudless blue sky? Continue your journey for another 73 miles, and in six hours you ate shivering in the barren highlands of perpetual snow at an elevation of 15,660 feet, and this at 12° south of the Equator. Owing to the necessary turns and twists of the line, the train journey from Callao to Oroya is over 138 miles, but Oroya is in reality no more than 95 miles from the sea, while the Galera tunnel through Mount Meiggs and the main cordillera is only 73. Similarly, the distance between Oroya and the headquarters of the Peruvian Corporation’s Coffee Estates, known as the Perené Camp, is only 57 miles, but the winding of the road brings it to little short of 80. In making this journey, the exit from a tunnel on the road below Palca marks the changed panorama, which is one of the most striking that can be conceived. The ravine leading to Chanchamayo here for the first time bursts into full view, and once again in the brief space of an hour the cold, draughty, arid uplands are left behind, and their eternal sadness exchanged for one of nature’s most joyous aspects, with trees of many sorts and sizes clothing the qguebrada (or ravine) and cresting every hill-top. It is difficult in description to give an adequate idea of this great and remarkable change. We have reached a new country, the real Peru of the naturalist’s dream, and, though I do not want to reflect upon their want of enterprise, I may venture the assertion that few of Lima’s citizens have ever set eyes upon it. In this connection one recalls the somewhat vain adage: “ Afuera de Lima no hay Peru,’—a harmless conceit perhaps, but one distinctly open to question; and though it would be unreasonable to expect all people to share the same tastes, it does seem a pity when nature’s finest features do not engage that universal appreciation which they merit, SPHINGID OF PERU. 79 Here the scenery becomes truly grand and impressive, and the Chanchamayo road, a mere ledge of 10 or 12 feet, cut along the side of an immense precipice and alter- nating from the concave to the convex round rocky projections, threads its way for many miles on a steady down-grade. ‘The chill of the heights is now exchanged for tropical warmth and a balmy scented atmosphere. ‘The butterflies’ wings are at once more brilliantly coloured, a large species of the Caligo genus puts in an appearance just short of Huacapistana Hotel (recognised as the gate of the Interior proper), and if by the time you reach Pan de Azucar (Sugar-loaf Mountain) you have not had your balance disturbed by the dazzling spectacle of Morpho didius, as large as your hat and as blue as heaven, you will indeed be out of luck. Though strongly tempted here to expatiate upon the wonders and beauties of this supremely lovely country, I must desist, and for further descriptions refer any reader who is interested to two small works, illustrated by numerous photo-engravings, which I brought out in Lima *. Peru is so far away from our northern island home, that, apart from its commercial aspects and its business connections, it is little visited by those best qualified to deal with its great natural features. In vain did I look for illustrated guides, or for hand- books on its botany and entomology, which even in brief and popular outline would have served to introduce one to some of its local treasures. And thus it is that I was emboldened to take to journalism and write on my own account. The want of books of reference, though keenly felt, and the absence of local savants to afford enlightenment, acted, however, as incentives urging one to use one’s own eyes and wits, and to develop one’s powers of observation. As for the illustrations, I can only claim that every care was taken to render them life-like in attitude and true to form, size, and colour, without exaggeration. I am aware that in such a matter I have the advantage of my critics, and that I am tacitly assuming a trust which may not in all cases be readily granted, but until colour-photography reaches that stage of perfection when it can be taken in hand with fair success by any enterprising amateur, I can see no other way than that adopted of exhibiting in Europe a kind of creature which passes a very transitory existence in far-off Peru, and which, in a very considerable number of instances, not only rivals its imaginal form in delicacy of design and colour, but is in the fullest degree as curious and rare and beautiful as the prized orchid which constitutes so marked a feature of its floral environment. A glance at the shaded portion of the map (Pl. VI.) will show my full area of research. To secure perfect accuracy in such a matter would be almost impossible and would serve no particular purpose in the end. The map is, nevertheless, true to the main features given in two sections of Raimondi’s Ordnance Survey, and for the shading, which * <4 Souvenir of the Oroya Railroad,’ 2s. 6d. net, and ‘A Lrip into the Interior of Peru,’ 5s. net. Published by C. F. Southwell, Lima, and to be obtained of Jumes Cornish g Sons, Lord Street, Liverpool. 80 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE readily affords to the eye a sense of proportion between distances and elevations, a general accuracy is claimed. In all three districts I made an extensive collection of Butterflies and Moths, and accumulated notes and figures relating to many different families. ‘The larve of the Sphingide and Saturniide, however, were my speciality, and they were certainly among the most prominent and handsome features in the whole range of the study, and both orders in the Interior were exceptionally well represented in variety of species. Though such large and powerful creatures in many instances, I found them particularly delicate, and a distressingly large number proved to be the victims of parasitic attack. I naturally had far greater leisure in regard to the coast species, and could always afford my entertaining family a reposeful existence and fresh food under normal conditions. Out of the nineteen Sphingids which I discovered on the west coast, eighteen were more or less frequently taken in Lima itself at light or otherwise, and only one, Huryglottis davidianus, was entirely localised on the western slopes of the Andes at from 7000 to 8000 feet. In the immediate vicinity of Lima, moreover, the larve of twelve of this number were constantly taken, while one or two eluded my most diligent search. It was not until quite the close of my time when it became apparent to me that neither Pholus labruscw nor Pseudosphinx tetrio were true coast species, but that in every instance they had flown over the Andes from the region of their food-plants in the Interior. Several other species, too, which were intercepted in their flight by the strong electric arc lamps of Lima, and even of Cerro de Pasco and other mining centres in the higher Andes, were undoubtedly more or less subject to the same migratory tendencies from the Interior. The record, however, is a somewhat remarkable one in comparison with the Sphingide of the British Islands, and especially in view of the restricted character of the Peruvian coast vegetation. In regard to times of appearance, much needs elucidation by prolonged and careful investigation of the habits of each species. Speaking generally, there is nothing corresponding to the regularity observable in British Lepidoptera. The seasonal changes are roughly but two, a dry and a wet season, and though the heavy tropical rains of the Interior and stormy downpours of the Andes are unknown on the coast, the climatic conditions of the latter are in point of time exactly the converse of the two former. In the Interior it is hot and wet from November till the end of April. During the same period the Andes are subjected to heavy rains and thunder-storms, while the coast region enjoys bright and moderately hot summer weather. About the middle of May the so-called winter season begins at Lima, and till November a low-lying canopy of grey cloud enshrouds the region with but few intermittent bright days, while a cold drizzling mist sweeps in from the sea as an accompaniment of the Humboldt current from the south, the thermometer varying but little from 60°F, Simultaneously the rains of the hill-country cease, a scorching sun quickly brings the wild flowers to perfection and as quickly reduces them once more SPHINGIDZ OF PERU. 81 to the dead level of brown and withered stalks. The Interior at this time is bright and only less hot than in the wet season, and in normal years is refreshed by periodic and welcome showers. In my expeditions thither my endeavour was to test the country as far as possible at different times of the year, and of the six which I made, that of August 1909, at the end of an almost unprecedented period of drought for nearly four months, proved by far the least remunerative. My list of dates shows that the months of November, December, and January in the wet season are practically the only ones of which I had no experience, and from what I have heard I gather that this is perhaps the best season of the year from an entomologist’s point of view. If one happens to be settled in some headquarters beforehand, this is all well and good; but with the heavy rains, derrumbes or land-slides on road and railway, paths knee-deep in mud and slippery clay, and possibly a bridge or two washed away altogether, the four days’ journey from Lima to the Perené camp is often a sheer impossibility. From my last two expedi- tions in 1910 it became evident that March and April were par excellence the months for larvee, and though I got much in May, there were very evident signs that I was too late for many species. Quite the majority found were so nearly full-fed that it was as much as I could do to keep up with the work of figuring them before they changed. ‘he captures of the day had generally to be pencilled in by lamp-light and coloured next morning. For Lima and the west coast the seasonal changes are best shown by an examination of the following table, which is constructed on the fairly complete records of my three years’ observations and the average taken. In the matter of abundance of specimens the Sphingidie may be regarded as largely representative of other families of Lepidoptera. It will be seen that the figures show a strange lack of sequence in increase and diminution, making it hard to generalise, and still more difficult to state with reference to any individual species how many broods it may have in the course of the year. Its appearance as a moth or a caterpillar in so many months seems often to suggest a continuous succession of broods. This is partly due no doubt to incomplete observa- tion, but at least it becomes clear that from July to December is the poorest time for larvee, and from July to February for imagines; and also that March is undoubtedly the best month in the year for Sphingide in both the larval and imaginal condition. It is a noteworthy fact that there is not one single month in the twelve when at least a few species cannot be obtained in the one stage or the other. yOL, XX,—PArT 11, No, 2.—Apri/, 1912, M ‘TIMES REV. AND CONDITIONS OF APPEARANCE OF 17 showing the Average for three year ine 1, 1907, to June 30, 1910, inclusive. A. MILES MOSS ON THE West Coast SPHINGIDA, Degree of abundance ae un! PSS OL | gree of abund Month. Climatic and Seismic conditions in Lima.) 7 vay, of Species. Imagines. Tee Very hot. | Heavy rain in hills, hence more; _ { 3 common. | 3 common. JANUARY. water in agricultural lowlands. | ? | 2 scarce, { 5 scarce. | Temblores (earth-tremors) 4 in| ; 3 years. Hot. Occasional showers. 8 common DSH Heavy rains in hills. : a 10 tte scarce. Temblores ay. 1 a year. Hot. 10.4 iaeavser o> (ial wbechl| esesecccinanee Marca. | Heavy rain in hills. ISDS AI 13} 5 ne a ie ; Teh ee 17 Sphingidse taken | ue ob e eilane : ; | 2 scarce as larvee or imagines. | L 2 | | 2 OES BE ee Moderately warm. | | River diminishes. r | are 8 APpRIn. | Temblores av. 2°33. im 4 ch Buren 11 3 Sea | April 12, 1909, an exceptionally ena strong temblor. = x | jeeeles eeab cee roe USERS TE Fresh and bright at commence- m vacorTnont | 4, {9 common May ment only. 8 one a . 1 searce. | 3 scarce Temblores 2 in 4 years. | a sd ae : Muggy. S | as (2) oes ihe UNE erator 9 an vk con. 7 common. | 13 iminishing. Y | 4 scarce. Gloomy and much fine rain, es- (as 3 JULY pecially at night. 5 scarce. 10 { 2 commen: | Temblores 4 in 3 years. eee Gloomy, wet, and cold. 2 | 2 common. wi (Be common. U : t j ANTES Temblores 4 in 3 years. ; | L scarce. il c 4 searce. Gas Gloomy, wet, and cold. > | 1 common. 4 | 7 De common. * | Temblores 1 in 3 years. ~ | 1 scarce. el 5 scarce. = = —— - - | —— Still dull. 1 2) A OcroBeEr. Weather improves about Oct. 15. 2 f 1 Sauee = 12 f 8 Midian Temblores 2 in 3 years. (1 enue | | We iscance: le | = es = ae pected ate =| —— Le Bright and warm. 1 | Rp NovEMBER. Heavy rain in hills. 3 { 5) Mra tyn 9 (3 eee Temblores 2 in 3 years. ae auee: | 3 scarce. 2. ay ses a Jas wt Mi inv aie les 5 yi | ISA vi ese Udi tS Very hot. aioe 4 4 common, and Dasara Heavy rain in hills. 7 J 4 common. 10 inereasin Palen : | 3 scarce g- | Temblores 1 in 3 years, rieeitae 6 scarce. SPHINGID O# PERU. 83 From the first I made a regular habit of jotting down diary notes in regard to times of appearance, food-plants, etc., and the information thus acquired is incorporated in the “ Detail Index” (pp. 111-114). I can only express the hope that these notes and observations, confessedly incomplete, but faithfully recorded, will be found useful in providing scope for the imagination and in stimulating further research upon a workable basis. I have largely refrained from suggesting inferences and deductions apart from such as are well grounded, and any omission of dates, food-plants, and localities, or the entire overlooking of a species here and there, implies no negation of their occurrence, but merely that they were unnoted by me during my limited sojourn in Peru. III.—DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES. N.B.—The number of the species, and the page on which it is most fully described in the imaginal state, refer to the ‘ Revision of the Lepidopterous Family Sphingide,’ by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, Ph.D., F.Z.S., and Karl Jordan, M.A.L., Ph.D., issued in 1903. ACHERONTIINA. 4. HERSE cineunaTa. (Plates VIII. f-4; XV. e¢.) R. & J. p. 10. General Distribution —America, except extreme south and far north; a tropical and subtropical insect, rarer in temperate regions, occurring as a straggler as far north as Canada; Galapagos and Sandwich Islands. Though the larva was only occasionally met with on various species of Convolvulacee, both on the seaboard and also in the Interior, the moth was often extremely common at electric arc lamps in Lima and at various mining centres in the higher Andes, the fact indicating that it is a species with a prolonged and enduring flight and of a migratory tendency. The full-grown larva snaps audibly when disturbed. Like its congener convoluuli in Europe its habits are secretive, but I never knew it to leave its food-plant until immediately prior to pupation. Its frass is very large and ill-defined as regards the customary hexagonal formation. Puparium a subterranean cavity. Ova.—Singly on under side of leaves of Convolvulacee. Larva.—First and second instars (no figure). Plain green, long and thin, with seven oblique stripes clearly indicated in lighter colour. Caudal horn moderate in length, straight, and slightly erect. Third instar. ‘Two distinct patterns. Fig. f, resembling Sphina ocellata, pale bluish green. Oblique stripes white, M 2 84 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE darker green above. Spiracles and legs ochreous. Horn perfectly straight, blue, freckled and sharply tipped with yellow. Fig. g, green and brown, the colour and markings anticipating those of the final stage as shown in fig. 7. ‘The caudal horn, though brown in this particular variety, is at this stage always straight and never curved as in its later development. Fourth and fifth instars. Three designs noted. Fig. 7, green with seven oblique yellow-white stripes, the seventh being the longest and most pronounced and terminating behind the horn. Spiracles ochre and very clearly defined in a patch of dark sepia, which in varying breadth and intensity borders the stripes above and connects dorsally in two broad and waved longitudinal bands, lighter behind the head and culminating in the caudal horn, which is now always dark, rather smooth, stout, strongly curved, and sharp-pointed. Ventral area, legs, and all claspers of the same coloration. Head in all cases at this stage light brown, heavily marked on the face by four dark lines as in fig. h. Skin velvety and smooth, Fig. h, dark sepia, ochreous dorsally on the leg-segments and behind the horn. Skin- folds above claspers and the region of the last five oblique stripes irregularly marked by dull green. Spiracles very prominent in cadmium-yellow. Anal flap and skin- folds above irregular in shape, lighter in tone, and edged lightly against a dark line. Fig. #, warm olive-brown, with the seven light oblique stripes clearly indicated and darker above. Horn dark with a central touch of ochre posteriorly. Spiracles bright cadmium in a dark sepia patch as in fig. h. Dorsal area marked by a couple of pale longitudinal bands, commencing darkly on segments 2, 3, and 4*. There is an interrupted medio-dorsal stripe of rich vinous brown, and the seventh oblique stripe, which is almost white, is strongly surmounted by the same colour. Pura (Pl. XV. fig. ¢)—Yellow-brown and glazed. Proboscis-sheath, as in convolvuli, with double turn. Its development upon the final moult of the larva is particularly interesting : é. g., proboscis at first bilobed and stumpy, all parts capable of independent movement; thorax, legs, anteun, etc., shrink and swell alternately before settling, the natural coagulating varnish welding each organ in its place when fully distended. 34 a. CocyTiUs ANTAUS MEDOR. (Plates VII. a-d; XV. a.) R. & J. p. 59. General rstribution—F lorida to South Brazil. Commoner on the coast and lower Andes than in the Interior, probably on account of its preference for a certain species of Anona, from which is obtained the well-known ““ chirimoya” or custard-apple, an abundant fruit in all the hwertas of the coast region. The larva strips the entire extremity of the outermost branches, and is often observed * N.B.—Larve are described throughout as possessing 13 segments—1 being the head; 2, 3, and 4 the Laat) leg-segments; 7, 8, 9, 10, and 18 possessing claspers; and 12 the caudal horn, tail, or hump. SPHINGIDAH OF PERU. 85 high up in the tree. Frass of normal hexagonal form until final instar, when it is peculiar and deceptive, invariably breaking up into twenty-one small fragments at the moment of extrusion *. The enormous pupa is sometimes discovered in a large earth- cavity near the tree-roots. Moth sometimes at rest on tree-trunks, often attracted to the electric arc lamps in the middle of Lima. Ova.—Singly on upper or under side of leaves of Anona cherimolia. Large, spherical, opalescent green, with blood-red streak prior to emergence. Larva.—First instar (fig.a). Plain green, darker dorsally, no stripes. Caudal horn about two-thirds of entire length, glossy, black, and rough, with a white ring about the centre and culminating in two points with bristles, The young larva is then very lively, and can at will, and generally when walking, erect its tail vertically. Its early history reveals striking features which it shares in common with the infant Pholus fasciatus, features entirely lost after the first moult. At this period the head is large, round, and slightly bifid on the crown. Second and third instars (fig. b). A curious object, wonderfully well protected as it clings elevated and motionless to the midrib on the under side of a large leaf. The anterior portion tapers off to the head in an almost exaggerated fashion, and using the fourth and anal claspers only, which are strongly developed, for their function of clinging, it rests with the first nine segments elevated from, though almost parallel with, the leaf, and resembles a geometer. From being round and bifid the head is now almost triangular, the apex pointing forward when the larva is at rest, in con- tinuation of the line of the back ?. ‘Ihe caudal horn is now normal in size, rough, stiff and straight, and is held in the same line with the body. The colour, including head and horn, is plain white-green, seven rib-like oblique stripes marking the sides in darker ereen and an eighth in pure white leading up to the base of the horn. A medio- dorsal stripe of dull green commences on the back of the head and fades away as the horn is approached. Almost the entire surface is thinly coated with fine, short, white hair, an exceptional feature with Sphingid larve. Fourth and final instars (fig. ¢). The skin becomes much wrinkled vertically, and a short stubbly reddish hair becomes a very noticeable feature. ‘The head, though still triangular and slightly notched on the crown, is much rounder at the sides. ‘The horn is now exceptionally thick and rough, blunt at the tip, and only slightly curved ; in colour it is white-pink and highly glazed like porcelain. ‘The general ground- colour varies between a heavy white-green or yellow-green. From head to tail runs a distinct mauve or violet medio-dorsal stripe, broad in the middle, tapering to the = Fig. d represents one-third of a single pellet. + By an error on the part of the gentleman who kindly corrected the proof of Pl. VII. in my absence, a rounded head and legs have been added to fig. ); the unusual tapering shape of the anterior segments, showing ouly the back of an extremely pointed head, being mistaken for an unfinished drawing. The true veutral line may still be traced. 86 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE extremities, and prominently edged with white on either side. Six indistinct oblique stripes of paler green than the ground-colour, but darker above, adorn the sides. That which formerly marked segment 4 no longer appears, but the seventh, which starts below the spiracle on segment 10 and leads up to the base of the horn, is now an elongated broad band of cream-white and exceptionally prominent. The spiracles are orange and brown, the pair on segment 2 being lighter in colour. Legs pink and white. Claspers adorned with a mauve patch and brown fringe. Anal flap and claspers bright apple-green and covered with tiny brown tubercles. Pupra.—Bright warm mahogany-brown and glossy. The back darker, with many small projections both on thorax and abdominal segments, making it extremely rough to the touch. Free proboscis-sheath large, much curved, and heavily ridged with transverse bars. Anal spike or cremaster very stout and pointed. 37 d. PROTOPARCE SEXTA PAPHUS. (Plates VII. h-k; XV. d.) R. & J. p. 69. General Distribution.—Costa Rica to Argentina. Common on the seaboard and lower Andes both in the larval and imaginal con- ditions. Not obtained from the Interior. Moth often taken at light. Though allied to the next species, the adult larva differs from it in certain very essential particulars, notably the absence of yellow stripes on its head and the character of the caudal horn, not to mention the black dots above the seven oblique stripes. prior to pupation ? In regard to its “snapping” propensity, its “ sweating’ (cf. P. rustica), the comparatively small size of its frass, and its great susceptibility to the attack of dipterous parasites, it is like P. mossé. Puparium, a large subterranean cavity. Ova.—Singly on leaves of potato, tomato, nicotiana, etc. Larva.—First and second instars (unfigured). Probably very similar to P. mossi. Third instar (fig. h). Ground-colour plain blue-green, with seven oblique white stripes leading in direction of caudal horn, which is now fairly long, only slightly curved, darker in colour, and inclining to yellow. Oblique stripes darker above, with traces of pure blue on the edges. Legs, spiracles, and border of anal flap raw sienna. Head plain, but warmer green. Fourth instar (fig. 7). Ground-colour blue-emerald or full clear green. Skin velvety and smooth. Head large and round, plain blue-green without markings. Legs cream-white with black rings. Ventral area and claspers dull green. Anal flap clearly edged with yellow. Spiracles maroon with dark centres. Caudal horn com- pletely changed in form and colour—now very short, thin, smooth, sharply curved and pointed, and in colour pink, inclining to maroon at the tip. Oblique stripes cream-white in the region of the spiracles, edged above with viridian and blue, and an SPHINGID® OF PERU. 87 interrupted line of six or seven black dots on each segment marking the transverse wrinkles and giving the larva a somewhat soiled appearance. Fifth instar (fig. k). No essential difference. Colour warmer green, especially on head and leg-segments. Horn disproportionately small and distinctly curved. Oblique stripes less white. Spiracles ringed with ochre. Black dots generally more pro- nounced and extended in fine broken transverse lines across the back. Pura (Pi. XV. fig. d).—Mahogany-brown, inclining to yellow when contrasted with P. mossi. Surface glazed. Free proboscis-sheath long, well-curved, ridged, but of rather slender construction. Cremaster stout, with two minute points. PRoToPaRce Mossi * Jord. (Plates VII. e-7; XV. c.) K. Jordan, Abstract P. Z. 8. 1911, p. 34 (May 30). General Distribution—Peru. As yet known only in the neighbourhood of Lima, from the coast to 7000 feet, Western Andes (A. MW. AL). ¢ 2. In facies near P. seata Joh. (1763), especially the Chihan P. seata cestri Blanch. (1854), but readily distinguished by the palpi being purer black along the eyes, by the much thinner antenne, the purer white under side of the abdomen, the much more pointed wings, whose white fringe-spots are as large as, or larger than, the black spots which separate them ; further by the absence of a blackish-brown cloud from the disc of the fore wing and of a blackish shadowy submarginal band from the hind wing, by the very diffuse bands on the under side of the hind wing and by the genitalia. On the upper side the head, thorax, centre of abdomen, and fore wing purer smoke- grey than in P. seata. Second segment of palpus less broad than in that species. Tegula without black line, but often with an olivaceous-yellow one instead. The yellow abdominal spots smaller than in P. sexta, their black edges correspondingly wider ; the white apical dorsal spots of the abdominal segments quite diffuse, forming a transverse bar on the central segments and being vestigial on the others. The lines of the fore wing less oblique than in P. sexta, the costal half of the discal ones more proximal in position, and all the lines accompanied bya more or less distinct olivaceous-yellow tinge ; interspace between third and fourth discal line paler grey ; submarginal line represented by small black angles which are proximally edged with grey; no sericeous patches and no blackish cloud on disc ; oblique apical line vestigial ; the greyish-white fringe-spots about as large as the black ones; the white stigma is large. The bands of the hind wing purer black than in P. seata, the three central ones united at the second median vein, the black basal patch somewhat larger than in P. seata, the postdiscal black band more sharply defined and its outline more even, the marginal area between this band and the fringe without a trace of a further band ; * {The complete account of this new species appears here, but the name aud a diagnosis were published in the ‘ Abstract,’ No, 97, 1911,—Eprror. | 88 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE black fringe-spots more sharply defined, and the apex of the wing (as is also the case in the fore wing) much more pointed than in P. sevta. Underside smoky grey with a yellowish-olive tinge; no blackish suffusion on disc ; hind wing greyish white from cell to abdominal margin; the lines diffuse on both wings, two on each, non-dentate, more or less distinctly shaded with olivaceous yellow. Genitalia: ¢. The anal tergite elongate-sole-shaped in dorsal aspect, the under side mesial, strongly elevate, cariniform, the tergite being triangular in transverse section ; apex curved downwards, pointed, not sinuate. Anal sternite longer than in P. seata, with the apex rounded and the sides but slightly dilated. Harpe of claspers more of the shape of the harpe of P. pellenia H.-S. (1854), hannibal Cr. (1779), dalica Kirby (1877), etc. The broad lobe of the harpe reaches to near the large subdorsal fold of the clasper; its distal edge is strongly rounded and densely dentate, while the proximal edge is incurved and bears a few larger teeth. Tooth of penis-sheath terminal, pointed, and directed laterad as in the allied species.— 2. Vaginal plate elevate, but its surface deeply impressed and divided by a longitudinal and some irregular transverse ridges into several grooves; the posterior edge of the sclerite rounded truncate, the anterior edge much narrower and truncate-sinuate. ‘Type in Tring Museum. (IX. Jorpan.) An entirely new but fairly common species near Lima, and taken in the Rimac Valley as high as 7000 feet, but never in the Interior. A tendency to be local was observed, acres of its food-plant sometimes yielding no larve after diligent search. Moth often attracted to light. The larva, like P. sexta and P. rustica, can snap audibly in the final instar, and also laves its entire body with a sticky substance prior to pupation. It is extremely subject to the attack of a dipterous parasite, more than half the number of larve found invariably succumbing. The maggots to the number of fifty or sixty from one larva would emerge in the puparium and form a honeycomb-like set of cocoons in the soil. Though sometimes pierced by the fly on the dorsal duct, some four or five “stings” were usually situated in the immediate vicinity of each spiracle. Puparium a large subterranean cavity. Ova.—Singly on under side of leaves of Cestrum hediundinum *. Larva.— First instar (no figure). Plain green, long, with round head and long black flexible horn slightly upturned at the apex. * Extract from Molina’s ‘ History of Chile,’ published 1809, well describing the Peruvian bush known as Cestrum hediundinum :— “The expressed juice of the palqui (Cestrum nocturnum) is considered as the best known remedy for inflammatory fevers; it is bitter and of an unpleasant taste, but very cool and refreshing. ‘The leaves of this shrub were formerly considered by the husbandmen as poisonous to cattle, but modern experiments have proved the unfoundedness of this opinion. In its appearance and smell the palqui resembles the elder, but the leaves are single, alternate and oblong; the flowers are corymbic, yellow, and like those of the Jessamin, and the berries oval and of a purple colour,” SPHINGIDA OF PERU. 89 Second instar (fig. e). ‘The horn becomes green, only the base remaining black, and is more proportionate to the length of the body. A’ medio-dorsal stripe of darker green appears, and the seven customary oblique stripes directed towards the tail are discernible in lighter colour. Third instar (unfigured). Though often obtained at this stage, no special differences were noted. Had |, while in Lima, gauged the particular interest attaching to my discovery, I should naturally have completed the illustrations and added fuller notes. Fourth instar (fig. f). Ground-colour warm yellow-green, darker on ventral area and claspers. Head green, faced with two yellow lines. Anal flap similarly outlined with yellow. Leg-segments warmer in tone and adorned with many small light yellow tubercles. Legs flesh-coloured. Spiracles maroon ringed with ochre, but inconspicuous. Caudal horn long and stout, remaining so to the end of the larval period—an essential point of difference between this and the preceding species. It is slightly curved, bent down at the tip, and covered with fine red-brown tubercles. The oblique stripes are now yellow, inclining to white as they reach the dorsal area, and the seventh leading to the horn is, as usual, the most white and prominent. These are adorned above with traces of orange and violet, but never with black dots. Fifth instar (fig. g). No essential difference. Ground-colour either more ochreous or more blue than in previous instar. Generally well protected by its resemblance to the leaf. The small yellow tubercles on the leg-segments have almost, if not entirely, disappeared. Oblique stripes whiter, the seventh still the most pronounced, and each pair is continued dorsally, closing in upon the medio-dorsal duct to form a series of V-shaped marks, and giving the back in some specimens a very light appearance. The paired light facial streaks are retained to the end, but are generally less yellow, and the horn is still adorned with rough brown points. Pura (Pl. XV. fig. c).—Bright red-brown and glazed, with two minute points to the broad anal spike. Free proboscis-sheath long, well curved, slightly ridged, but of slender construction, and altogether very similar to the preceding species. 42 c. PROTOPARCE DIFFISSA TROPICALIS. (Plate VIII. d.) R. & J. p. 77. General Distribution.—Tropical South America from Minas Geraés to Colombia : not in the Central and Pacific parts of the Andes, except Ecuador and Colombia. A species confined to the Interior, not studied, and only figured in the final instar of the larva. In this stage it most resembles P. sexta paphus, but is plainer. Horn small, smooth, pink, and curved. Claspers and anal flap bordered with yellow. Spiracles very dark. Legs cream and black. Seven oblique white stripes edged with black dots above. The larva is much subject to the attack of hymenopterous parasites, and was VOL, XX.—PART If, No, 3,—Apri/, 1912, N 90 REY. A. MILES MOSS ON THE frequently taken on a species of wild Micotiana with the small putty-coloured cocoons of the parasite standing out erect all over its body. The pupa is practically identical with the two foregoing species, and was not figured. 47. Protoparce scurata. (Plate VIII. e.) R.& J. p. 80. General Distribution.—Venezuela; Colombia; Ecuador; Peru. A species confined to the Interior, and only figured in the final instar of the larva. The moth was bred from a few larve found on Datura cornigera, locally known as ““floripondia.” ‘The seven cream-white oblique stripes mark the division between the ventral area which is blue-green, and the dorsal which is apple-green. The leg- segments are of the same hue, and are sprinkled over with small yellow tubercles. A few white dots are similarly scattered about the abdominal segments. Head blue- green. Legs ochre and black. Claspers fringed with ochre. Anal flap yellow- bordered. Horn warm green, covered with minute red points. Spiracles black in light rings. The pupa was unfigured, but in all outward respects was very similar to the foregoing species. 53a. PROTOPARCE RUSTICA RUSTICA. (Plates VIII. a-c; XV. 0.) R. & J. p. 84. General Distribution.— Tropical and temperate America and the larger West Indian Islands ; common. One of the commonest species of the seaboard in the larval condition, but never obtained from the Interior. Moth less commonly seen though often attracted to light. The larva is frequently found feeding on a border shrub known as Bignonia jasminifolia in the main gardens and plazas of Lima. Adult larva snaps loudly when first disturbed. Prior to pupation and before leaving the plant the larva becomes a dirty pink colour and laves its entire body with a sticky and frothy substance emitted by the mouth. Frass of clear hexagonal formation, large and black, but strikingly bigger and of a yellow-green colour when the larva has been feeding on the local ash, Fraxinus viridis. Puparium a large subterranean cavity. Ova.—Singly on under side of leaves of Bignonia, Duranta, Verbena, Ash, etc. Large, opalescent green, and slightly oval. Larva.— First and second instars (unfigured). Clear yellow-green with seven yellow oblique stripes. Very long and thin, with long straight horn only slightly elevated. Third instar (fig. a). Sometimes yellow-green, more commonly grey-green inclining to white. Oblique stripes, now white, finely edged with pink above, and the horn. which is still long, rather rough and slightly bent down at the tip, is also nearly white, SPHINGIDA OF PERU. 91 Head and leg-segments adorned with a couple of yellow-white lines or linear arrange- ment of whitish tubercles. Tiny white spots mark the vertical ridges or folds of each segment, giving the caterpillar a rough appearance. Spiracles mere black dots. Legs pink and white. Fourth and fifth instars (figs. 6 & c). Dull green, inclining to blue on the back, darker on the ventral area and claspers. Head and leg-segments relatively warmer in tone, the latter still adorned with the yellow-white tubercles, which, however, are less prominent in proportion to its increased size. ‘The seven oblique stripes, on the other hand, are more pronounced, and consist of broad white bands bordered above with pink or lavender, the two colours softening off dorsally in grey-green and light blue and forming a series of V-shaped marks. Dorsal area often very white, the alimentary duct being visible as a dull grey-green line. ‘The whole surface is more or less sprinkled with inconspicuous white dots. Head plain green, lighter on the cheeks. Horn rough, rather curved, and in colour greenish white or pale pink, darkest at the tip. Legs cream-white with dark maroon rings. Spiracles small and dark, ringed with ochre. Anal flap dull, but light edged. A remarkable purple-maroon variety of the full-grown larva was once obtained, in which all the colours were relatively deepened. It was given me bya friend as “ a new species,’ but the moth on emergence proved its identity. ‘Though still very dark when I saw it, the larva had lost its brilliant coloration and was too near pupation to be figured. Pupa (Pl. XV. fig. 6).—Dark red-brown, smooth, and glazed. Free proboscis sheath boldly curved and well ringed transversely. Cremaster broad and pointed. 71. Kuryetortis pavipranus. (Plates VII. -2; XV. f.) R. & J. p. 99. General Distribution.—Loja, Ecuador; Matucana, Peru (A. MW. JL). Apparently a very local and restricted species, never seen either on the seaboard or in the Interior, and only obtained sparingly in the larval condition at an elevation of from 6000 to 8000 feet on the western slopes of the Andes. Larve brought down to Lima died for want of proper pabulum, and possibly also through the changed atmospheric conditions. Frass of normal size and hexagonal form. Puparium a subterranean cavity. Ova.—Singly on under side of leaves of two wild mountain-shrubs, locally known as negritillo and huarunguia, the latter being a species of Bignonia, with heavy bunches of yellow flowers, and producing long dry seed-pods in maturity. Larva.—l"rst and second instars unknown. Third tnstar (fig. 1). Ground-colour apple-green, lemon-yellow dorsally. Head very dark, faced with two distinct yellow lines. The usual seven oblique stripes are N 2 92 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE white, especially the seventh, faintly edged above with violet and strong green fading into yellow. Caudal horn very long, rough, and curved down at the tip. Anal flap and claspers heavily spotted with dark sienna-coloured tubercles, a very distinguishing feature retained throughout the later stages of development. Fourth instar (fig. m). Blue-green as in final stage, or yellow-green as figured. Oblique stripes in the latter instance entirely yellow and surmounted by a broad patch of red, reminding one of a common variety of the British Smerinthus populi. Horn still very prominent, curved, rough, ochreous, and red on the upper surface. Spiracles black. Anal flap and claspers lemon-yellow with red-brown tubercles. Legs of same colour. Fifth instar (fig. 1). Ground-colour blue-green, much wrinkled vertically. Leg- segments, anal flap, and claspers decidedly warmer in tone. This form was invariably found amongst the pungent, evil-scented leaves of the “negritillo,” the dark foliage affording an excellent protection. ‘The yellow-green form may be repeated in this instar, as being better adapted to the other food-plant, but I never found it thus. With the bluish ground-colour, at any rate, the seven oblique stripes are once more white, bordered above with the merest suggestion of a pink line in places and heavily relieved by parallel bands of dull green. Above these the colour inclines to apple- green, and the leg-segments bear small yellow tubercles dorsally. Head emerald- green, with the two distinct yellow face-lines maintained. Legs brown-pink. Spiracles black, ringed with ochre. Caudal horn emerald-green and rough, but slender in comparison with previous instar, gracefully curved and pointed. Anal flap and claspers bright apple-green and heavily adorned with prominent tubercles of lighter tone. Pura (Pl. XV. fig. f).—Dark red-brown, compact and glazed. Free proboscis- sheath in form of a loop, thick and ridged transversely, but short in comparison with Protoparce, and not prominently curved. Cremaster moderate, with two small points. SESIINA. 283. PSeUDOSPHINX TETRIO, (Plates VIII. 0; XV. 7.) R. & J. p. 353. General Distribution.—Tropical and subtropical America: Florida, West Indies, southward to Paraguay and Southern Brazil. Very common. In reality a species of great abundance in the Interior, though of spasmodic appearance on the seaboard, the moths of both sexes turning up in some number, often in perfect condition, and after irregular intervals of complete absence, at the electric are lamps of both Lima and the mining centres of the higher Andes. It only became apparent towards the close of my stay that this species, like Pholus labrusce, is not a native of the coast, but a migrant from the hot vegetated region east of the SPHINGIDZ OF PERU. 93 Andes, where alone its food-plant, a wild rubber of the hills, grows. The larve, unlike most Sphingide, scorn the principle of protective resemblance, adopt bright warning colours, and feed gregariously in considerable number, often completely stripping a bush or the upper portion of a tree. Retarded specimens were not infrequently found hanging dead from the leaves when the remainder of the batch had disappeared. ‘These were generally in the fourth instar, and had apparently, either from parasitic stings or bites, failed in the penultimate moult. The frass for so large a creature is only of moderate size and of the regular hexagonal formation. Prior to pupation the larve roam far and wide, and are most striking and formidable objects when encountered crossing a path. ‘The puparium is made in the soil near the surface, and a few silken threads are spun over the roof. The moth sometimes emerges within three weeks. Ova.—Plain, oval, pearly green, and moderately large. Probably deposited singly on the leaves of “ cawcho de monte,’ but in considerable number on the same plant, rather than in the clustered form adopted by most gregarious species. ‘The opened abdomen of migrant specimens often disclosed both mature and immature ova, but the female moth, though fed on honey, could never be induced to lay in captivity. Larva.—Karly stages un-noted in Peru *. First instar. Grey, ringed vertically with yellow. Head ochreous, ‘Tail like a long, thin, flexible black hair, held erect or curved over the body. Very lively. Second instar. A miniature of adult. Head and plates redder. ‘Tail now scarcely more than half the length of body. Pair of spike-like tubercles on anal flap a prominent feature. Third and fourth instars. “Emtire coloration subdued in contrast with final stage. Tubercles on anal flap still tall and sharp. ‘Thin black tail still capable of free movement, and often bent in a semicircle over the body. In penultimate moult this is about an inch and a quarter in length. Final instar. Enormously long and slightly tapering towards the extremities, though both head and anal portion are strongly developed. ‘The segments of the body, save for their special adornment, are all dead black. Segments 5 and 4 are marked with the letters LL, the angles pointing towards the mouth. Segments 5 to 11 inclusive possess broad, irregularly shaped belts in the anterior half of each segment, the latter four being finely cut by a thin medio-dorsal line, and those on 5, 6, and 7 more or less invaded by the suggestion of a medio-dorsal stripe. Below * The early stages of this species were subsequently studied in Brazil, larve of all sizes being frequently met with during July and August 1911, feeding on the Frangipanni. This tree in the gardens of Para and Maniios, locally known as jasmin, is often completely stripped of its long pointed leaves by this caterpillar, while the milky sap which exudes in abundance smears the trunk and branches. When basking on the denuded branches in the hot sun these larvee are excessively lively, constantly twitching in a nervous or irritated manner. In Lima this same tree, variously known as suche or caracucho, is not uncommon, but never could I trace the larvee of P. tetrio to this source locally. 94 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE the dorsal plate on segment 12 occurs a smaller mark, resembling the bent leg of some animal, the angle pointing towards the anal aperture. All these strange- shaped marks are of a bright lemon-yellow, dotted irregularly with a few fine grey touches. ‘The head is large and round, and in colour deep carmine. ‘The dorsal plate on segment 2, a similar plate on segment 12, forming the basal area of the tail, the anal flap and claspers are all of an intense orange-vermilion, more or less heavily spotted with minute black tubercles. A small additional plate of lighter hue is situated above the anal flap, and is also sprinkled with black dots. Legs and claspers of a more subdued red and ringed with black. ‘The tail representing the caudal horn, which is now only about half an inch in length, is altogether peculiar in formation, being hardly more than a stout bristle bent abruptly backwards. Spiracles black and consequently inconspicuous upon the prevailing black ground-colour. Pups (Pl. XV. fig. 7).—Rich mahogany-brown, very glossy and extremely active. As already anticipated from the comparatively short proboscis of this large moth, there is no free proboscis-sheath. ‘The pupa is long and very gracefully curved, the last abdominal segment terminating in a stout, sharp spike. The wing-cases are adorned with black lines indicating the nervures, the dorsal area touched with black, and the abdominal segments transversely crossed by interrupted black lines. 285. IsoaNaruus swatnsont. (Plate VIII. /-n.) R. & J. p. 355. General INstribution.—Surinam, southward to South Brazil; Peru. Doubtless a common species in the Interior, but apparently not of a migratory tendency, and limited in its range to the region of its food-plant, a wild Ficus, locally known as “caucho de monte.” Asa larva in all its stages it is one of the most remarkable I have ever set eyes upon, and, though I several times found it, I only once bred the moth from a pupa found spun up on a rock *. During my limited experience of the species there was but little essential change in its several instars. When young, the head, plate on segment 2, anal flap, and all the claspers were of strong ochre, and the white ground-colour inclined to faimt emerald-green, In the later instars these colours vanished and a general creamy white prevailed. In all stages the larva is zebra-like, the interstices being strongly banded with velvety black. The anal flap carries a couple of black tubercle points, and the caudal horn is represented throughout its entire larval period by the most extraordinary long black tail, gracefully curved, flexible, and delicate, which is waved to and fro with a vivacity * T have since been successful in rearing a closely allied species of Isognathus in Para, figuring both the larva and its ornate yellow and black pupa. This, as is probably the case with the pupie of the entire genus, bears a strong resemblance to Hriinyis in colour, form, and activity. A further peculiarity, characteristic of both genera, is to be noted in the cocoon of stout silk intermingled with scraps, three specimens being found spun up thus on a stump of wood several feet above the ground. SPHINGIDZ OF PERU. 95 which finds a parallel in the habits of our British Cerwra vinula. It readily falls to the ground when disturbed. The larva was often found dead on the plant, hanging limp, as the result of the sting of dipterous or hymenopterous parasites. 292. ERINNYIS ALOPE. (Plate IX. g, h.) R. & J. p. 362. General Distributton.—Tropical and subtropical America: West Indies, Bahamas, Florida, southward to Southern Brazil and Northern Argentina. A common species in the Interior, where the moth is frequently attracted to the oil- lamps of coffee haciendas. ‘I'wice only, however, did I secure the larve in the fourth and final instars, feeding on the leaves of the paw-paw fruit tree, or papaya. I am accordingly able to add but little by way of description of the life-history and habits to the two illustrations given. Like its congener /. ello, the caudal horn is retained in the fourth instar, long, straight, and sharply pointed, and in the final stage this is replaced by a moderately stout, rounded, nipple-like projection. ‘The contrast of colour effected by the last moult from a very pale washed-out green to a rich dark sepia-brown is a most marked feature in some specimens *. ‘There are many points of general resemblance to E. ello in the larval stage, and the pupa is almost identical, each portion being prettily delineated by orange on a black ground, and the entire surface smooth and highly glazed. A cranny amongst rocks or stones, or a slight depression on the surface of the soil, roofed over with silk, forms the puparium. 294. ERINNYIS ELLO. (Plates IX. af; XV. ¢, w.) R. & J. p. 365. General Distribution.—Tropical and subtropical America. A wanderer as far north as Canada. Perhaps the commonest Sphingid of tropical America. An extremely common species throughout the seaboard, Andes, and Interior, and found in all stages. Specimens taken at Cerro de Pasco and at other extreme elevations show that it is capable of long and enduring flights. ‘The moth is found every month in the year, and often swarms round the arc lamps of Lima, where, in common with other Sphingids that have been attracted by this strange and irresistible charm, they will remain at rest in the same place for days together. The habits of the larve are less obtrusive, but general searching shows that they may be taken almost every month, and that they frequent many different species of Euphorbiacee. ‘The frass, which is black and of clearly defined hexagonal formation, is distinctly small for the size of the caterpillar, and the length scarcely exceeds the breadth. * Subsequently noted again in Pars, 96 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE The puparium consists of a moderately stout web on the surface of the soil, and is generally formed among leaves and rubbish. The pupa, like all Sesiine with which I am acquainted, is exceedingly lively. Ova (fig. @).—Singly on the under or upper sides of the leaves of many different species of Kuphorbiacee. Larva.—First instar (fig. a). Light ochre with medio-dorsal stripe of brown culminating in a short black tail. Head dark ochre. Second instar (fig. f). Plain green with a couple of lighter stripes enclosing the dorsal area. Head dull green. ‘Tail black, tipped with ochre. Third instar (fig. a). Lighter or darker green, with dorsal area more clearly defined by light- and dark-edged lines. Caudal horn long, straight, sharp-pointed, green in colour, and pink at the base. The segmental divisions are marked by light skin-folds. A swelling of black and pink coloration is now observable on the back of segment 4. Fourth instar (fig. a). Light green, with an almost straight and rather slender caudal horn. The two dorsal stripes are now light yellow, edged with narrow lines of darker green above. Head plain and round. Spiracles small and light. Legs, claspers, and horn ochreous green. ‘The dorsal swelling on segment 4 is now more pronounced. Final instar (figs. b, ¢, d, e). Variable, green or grey-brown. The horn at this stage is replaced by a very short, rounded, nipple-like point, and the head is somewhat flattened and delicately pencilled with black, the cheeks being lighter. The medio- dorsal line of the leg-segments is continued down the centre of the face, and in the brown variety is sometimes represented by a series of dark Prussian-blue spots along the back of the abdominal segments. Fig. 6. Dull black-green, dorsal stripes and spiracles pronounced in light and dark colour ; head white-green and shining ; leg-segments yellow-green, highly adorned with pink and white, and the skin-folds of segment 4 tending to conceal a broad transverse disc of velvety black, surmounted by ochre and bisected with white Legs light pink, ringed with black. Ventral area and claspers very dull green. Fig. e. At full growth well protected by resemblance to stem of tree-spurge. Plain biue emerald-green. Stripes enclosing dorsal area from mouth to tail yellow- green with fine black line above. Process on segment 4 less pronounced, the black disc being faintly approached and followed by pink. Legs ringed with pink instead of black, and the nipple-like point ochreous. ‘The entire surface faintly freckled with grey touches in linear arrangement. Fig. d. Blue-grey inclining to pink, and much freckled with tiny dark blue lines. Anal portion purple-grey. The head and leg-segments correspond in marking to fig. d, but ochre and warm brown in different proportions are substituted for the white and green, and the crimson is only suggested by a warmer tone. All the colours are SPHINGIDA OF PERU. 97 stronger within the dorsal area and lighter at the sides. Legs flesh-coloured and ringed with black. Claspers light grey, heavily ringed with Prussian-blue. Fig. c. The pair of stripes which usually enclose the dorsal area are absent, and only suggested by the change of ground-colour, which in this case is particu- larly interesting, as the transition from the grey-brown of the back to the light median area of the sides further suggests a series of light oblique stripes pointing headwards. Ventral area and claspers pale grey, the latter ringed with dark grey. The universal freckling is more pronounced than in fig. d, but the medio-dorsal spots as well as the stripes are absent, and there is less suggestion of any of the brighter colours. Pura (Pl. XV. figs. ¢, w).—Black, highly glazed, very graceful in form and attractive in coloration. Abdominal segments with broad and narrow orange-mahogany transverse bands and dots. Wings, legs, and antenne-cases similarly picked out in colour, more rarely plain black without ornamentation. The colour is fully retained by the shell after emergence. Cremaster a moderately stout spike. 302. Pacuytia ricus. (Plates X. a-g; XV. g.) R. & J. p. 873. General Distribution.— Florida, Texas, West Indies, southward to Buenos Aires. A common species. Reported to have been very common at Lima in 1901, and even since, the avenues of Ficus trees on the outskirts and in the suburban retreats of Miraflores and Barranco being rendered unsightly by the ravages of the larve. Now unaccountably rare in the above districts, the most diligent and extended search at all times of the year often producing not a trace. In 1909 fairly common at Chosica (Rimac Valley— 2800 feet), recorded as common at Chimbote (coast—lat. 9°), and certainly of frequent occurrence in the Interior. I once found the moth by day, a male clinging to a Micus-trunk, but never took it at light. Frass very large, black, and of distinct tripartite and hexagonal form—a ready clue to the whereabouts of the larva, the pellets being sometimes obscured by the abundance of fallen /cus-seeds, but sufficiently obvious in their resemblance to ripe blackberries on the dry and dusty roads. In seeking for a suitable puparium, which consists of a considerable cocoon of silk under dead leaves or amongst grass and stones near the tree-roots, but at no depth in the soil, the larva, now a most conspicuous object, is often obliged to wander long distances. It then too often encounters an unmerited death at the feet of thoughtless persons, who insanely regard it as a duty of life, if not of religion, that they should tread upon all creeping things. The pupa, though exceedingly, lively, nervously twitching its segments up and down as well as from side to side shen disturbed, is delicate and often dies before emergence. Ova.—Singly on under side of leaves of Micus japonensis. you. xx.—Part 11. No, 4— April, 1912. Xs) 98 REY. A. MILES MOSS ON THE Larva.—Harly stages not observed. ‘The middle and final instars show no essential differences, the ground-colour varying slightly in different specimens between light blue-green and yellow-green. One very distinct mottled variety is described below. The dorsal area, which is either the lightest or brightest portion, is enclosed by a couple of broad but tapering yellow bands from mouth to tail. The caudal horn is merely a short and hooked stump, light green in colour, and the medio-dorsal stripe is represented by one or two spots of darker colour on each segment. Unlike the oblique lateral stripes of Acherontiine, eight more or less ill-defined and rather narrow yellow lines mark the sides, directed headwards. Immediately beneath these are situated the spiracles, which are dark-ringed, but not very conspicuous. The legs are creamy-pink and black-ringed, and all the claspers possess a distinct fringe of hair. Head large and formidable, and together with plate and anal extremities of a light blue colour inclining to violet. A most remarkable change of colour takes place prior to pupation, as follows :— (a) head (including pair of facial stripes which disappear entirely), plate on segment 2, horn, anal flap, and hard plate on anal claspers all go black; (4) lower lateral and ventral areas, including claspers, become leaden-blue; (c) dorsal area up to and including lemon-yellow bands changes to an intense and brilliant cadmium-yellow, more or less heavily marked on the wrinkles of each segment by transverse lines in deep maroon, interrupted by, but continued beyond, the two dorsal bands and extended in fainter tone and varying length to the lateral skin-folds. ‘These extremes of colour fade away as pupation advances, and are much less pronounced when the larval skin is moulted for the last time. A very strange variety was twice discovered which assumed the orange coloration prior to pupation, but was darker and less blue at the sides. Figs. c and g must be referred to, as the markings are too numerous, small, and irregular to describe in detail, and all the colours are of a very delicate compound character. An admixture of the greys, greens, and light reds often blended in tree- trunk lichens may be regarded as a fair general description. Head and hard portions much freckled with black, claspers heavily ringed with velvety black, dorsal bands light emerald in place of yellow and less pronounced. ‘Ihe leg-segments, segment 9, and a part of 8 and 10, are strangely clouded with a neutral tint, producing the effect of a bruise and looking as though the caterpillar were commencing to mortify in irregular patches. Whereas the green form is well protected among the thick ever- green foliage of the Fieus, this grey variety is much less so; and though in a land where rain-storms are unknown (7. ¢. the coast) the thick branches tend to accumulate all sorts of filth, the trunks are generally light in colour, smooth like the beech and are practically free from lichen-growth. Pura (Pl. XV. fig. g).— Bright warm mahogany-brown and very glossy. Gracefully curved on ventral area. In general form robust and rounded, the cremaster being represented by only a very short blunt point. SPHINGIDZ OF PERU. 99 303. PAcHYLIA sycus syces. (Plates X. h-h; XV. h.) R. & J. p. 374. General Distribution.—Continental America, from Mexico to Southern Brazil and Bolivia. A common species in the Interior, where its appearance as a caterpillar on the same tree tends to confuse it with its congener P. ficus. ‘The range of distribution, however, in the last named extends to the coast, whereas P. s. syces is only found east of the Andes. At many times of year and on one particular tree of Ficus japonensis at the Perené camp the larve of both species may be taken. ‘Their presence is clearly indicated by the numerous pellets of blackberry-like frass which litter the ground ; and though it is easy thus to trace the nightly wanderings of an individual, it is by no means always easy to locate his exact whereabouts if situated high up in the tree and amongst thick foliage. It is when wandering on the bare ground in search of a suitable puparium—in position and formation identical with the preceding species— that the larva is most often detected. As with P. ficus, there is a great display of muscular force and agility in all stages, but the pupa, which sometimes yields the imago in three weeks, is delicate and often dies. The moth when disturbed in bright sunshine takes instantly to flight. It is sometimes drawn to house-lamps, but the attraction seems less than in the case of most Sphingide. Ova.—Singly, and in similar positions to P. ficus. Larva.—Early stages not observed. Final instar. _Contrasted with P. ficus, and allowing for a margin of variation between individuals of either species, three essential points of difference may be noted, viz.: (a) the caudal horn, though very short, is longer, flatter, sharper, and less erect ; (6) the fleshy lobes supporting the three pairs of legs are yellow instead of green ; and, most marked of all, (c) just within a few hours of leaving the tree for pupation an extraordinary change takes place, diametrically opposite to that noted in P. ficus, but equally strange and unexpected. ‘The head instead of turning black retains the two facial stripes in strong orange coloration. ‘The continuation of these stripes, which are nearly white, enclosing the dorsal area can now be faintly discerned only where the ground-colour remains green. ‘The first two-thirds of each segment, together with the plate behind the head, the central part of the horn, the anal claspers and flap, become dead black, giving the larva an entirely different appearance. ‘This is heightened by the fact that while still hanging motionless among the leaves it becomes much contracted in length and swollen in the middle. The black coloration produces broad belts transversely across the back, obscuring portions of the two dorsal bands, the upper ends of the eight oblique lateral stripes, and extending to the region below the spiracles on either side, though not completely enclosing them. The ventral area and claspers are still green, but somewhat discoloured with a brownish 02 100 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE infusion. Finally, the full-grown larva of syces is in most instances rather larger than that of ficus, and its pupa a trifle longer, though otherwise very similar. A pronouncedly distinct though very plain variety was once taken, fig. 7, in which the dorsal area enclosed by two cream-coloured bands from the mouth to the tail was pale madder, the sides being olive-brown and possessing only the very faintest indi- cation of the oblique stripes. Prior to pupation the usual black bands were assumed and the ventral area became rather more green. Pura (Pl. XV. fig. h).—No essential differences noted from that of P. ficus. PHILAMPELIN. 404. PHOLUS ANCHEMOLUS. (Plate XII. g—m.) R. & J. p. 478. General Distribution.—Neotropical region from Mexico to Argentina and Fastern Brazil. A moderately common species in the Interior, but never seen in the other districts. ‘The ova and larvee were several times found on two species of Ampelopsis, growing over bushes at the roadside, and the moth was not infrequently drawn to light at the haciendas. With my limited opportunities I was only once successful in getting the larva to pupate, upon which it died and went putrid before I had time to produce a figure. The frass (fig. m), especially when lying on a wet road, seems enormous, and suggests the presence of a rabbit rather than a caterpillar. Ova (fig. g).—Blue-green, very large, and somewhat flattened. Laid singly or in pairs on under side of leaves, and sometimes on tendrils of Ampelopsis. Larva.—First instar (fig. h). Cream-white with ochreous head, faint medio-dorsal black line, and long thin black tail held erect over the back. Second instar (fig. j). Light pink to intense crimson, with violet medio-dorsal stripe, still longer black tail, and a small dorsal black spot in front of its base. Head orange-coloured and larger than the second segment. Third instar not observed. Hourth instar (fig. k). Plain blue-green, with head, ventral area, and claspers slightly deeper in tone. The tail is now altogether disproportionate, being reduced to the dimension of a thin black hair standing erect, while the black dorsal spot has disappeared. The medio-dorsal stripe is replaced by the palpitations of the alimentary duct, and three irregular and oblique bands, directed headwards, mark the sides of segments 9, 10,and 11. These are light greenish yellow, outlined in brown, and enclose the spiracles, ringed with the same colour. At this stage a corresponding small yellow patch is situated in front of the spiracles on segment 6, but 7 and 8 have SPHINGIDZ OF PERU. 101 no adornment. ‘The head, which is retractile, is seen in the extended position in fig. £, just prior to the penultimate moult, and is small and rounded. Final instar (fig. 1). Full green. Oblique bands on 9, 10, and 11 larger, pointed at both ends and much pronounced; in colour lemon, inclining to emerald, and out- lined with warm sienna. Segments 5 and 7 are now adorned with small, and 6 and 8 with larger, circular patches of the same colours, situated above and in front of the spiracles. Spiracles raw sienna. Small brown dots arranged in four transverse rows mark the back of each segment. Head and segments 2 and 3 completely with- drawn when at rest, and there is now no tail at all. Pura.—Somewhat similar to that of Pholus fasciatus. 418. PHoLUS viTIs viTIsS. (Plates XII. af; XV. m.) R. & J. p. 491. Gencral Distribution.—Neotropical Region, except Jamaica and Leeward Islands, northward to New England. A yery commen species in the larval condition among the vineyards of the seaboard. Only occasionally noticed in the Interior, where there is but little grape-vine grown. The moth, occasionally found by day at rest on stems and walls, was seldom attracted to light. The disturbed larva disgorges a bubbling green fluid, possibly as a means of defence; but, despite this, it sometimes, though more rarely, proves to be stung by a dipterous parasite like its congener, P. fasciatus. Frass hexagonal and light brown, but sufficiently variable on occasion in length, thickness, and colour as seemingly to denote the presence of an entirely different species. The pellets are very apparent on the light grey dust of the vine-courses, and the pupa, which may be some yards away, is often unearthed from its neat subterranean cavity when weeding the ground. Ova.—Singly on leaves of grape-vines. Larva.—irst instar (fig. a). Somewhat similar to P. fasciatus. Ochreous to pale white-green, with thin black tail held in a curved posture over the back, and almost equal to the entire length. Second instar (fig. aa). Pale green, the dorsal area being enclosed by a couple of white longitudinal bands. A small black spot is situated on the back of segment 12 in front of the tail, which is also black, curved over the back, terminated by a blunt crimson lobe, and only proportionately shorter to the increased size of the caterpillar, being now equal to rather more than half its entire length. Third instar (fig. 6). The bright clear green of the fresh vine-leaf. In this stage the form and design of the adult larva are assumed, except that segments 10 and 11 alone are adorned with unequal oblique white stripes directed headwards. ‘The pair on 11, both now and in the remaining instars, are always the most prominent and most 102 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE heavily outlined with black, especially on the upper side. Numerous small irregular black dots mark the first half of the larva, especially on the dorsal area of the now considerably swollen leg-segments. The latter half is similarly sprinkled with white dots. The alimentary duct is clearly visible as a translucent, dark green, medio-dorsal line, extending from segment 5 to 12, and the former tail is now represented merely by a flabby, limp appendage of bright viridian green, which with increasing growth appears to become absorbed into nothing more than a rounded hump. ‘The anal flap is light bordered, and the ventral area and claspers become a deeper green. Fourth instar (fig. c). No essential differences from final stage. Final instar (figs. d, e, f). Variable in tone, colour, and intensity of markings. The former varies from the light ochreous green of the ripe muscatel, when all the markings are ill-defined, or the grass-green of a fresh vine-leaf (the commonest form), to an unnatural blackish green (once in captivity). It also varies from pink-brown to deep maroon, or more rarely olive. Dorsal area often very light, ventral dull and heavy. ‘The texture of the skin is extremely soft and velvety. Head with segments 2 and 3 retracted when at rest in a sphinx-like attitude, and when viewed sideways completely hidden within segment 4, which is consequently much swollen. Five oblique white stripes, rarely a sixth on segment 6, now adorn the sides of segments 11 to 7 inclusive; these are more or less outlined in black or brown, enclose faint ochreous spiracles, and in regard to length, breadth, and general prominence are in diminishing ratio towards the head. The head, legs, and claspers partake of the general ground-colour of the individual specimen, the dorsal duct and scattered black and white dots remain as in the previous instar, and a reduced rounded hump on segment 12 marks the position of the usual tail or caudal horn. Pura (Pl. XV. fig. m).—Warm red-brown and moderately glazed. Elegant in form, and possessed of a very long, sharp, strongly curved cremaster. 419. Puouus rasciatus. (Plates XI. a1; XV. 1.) R. & J. p. 494. General Distribution.—Neotropical Region, extending southward to Patagonia, and northward into the Nearctic Region, occasionally wandering to New England. A fairly common species in the larval condition on the seaboard, but never obtained from the Interior. ‘The moth, like P. v. vitis, appears to be little attracted to light, and was only once taken at rest on a street lamp in Lima. The larva often strips a whole plant of Jussiewa angustifolia, associated with marshy ground, ditches, and acequias, and eats the more tender parts of the stems as well as the leaves. It 1s rather subject to the attacks of a dipterous parasite, probably identical with that which affects the genus Protoparce. Frass very big, long, and black, the regular hexagonal formation being somewhat SPHINGID® OF PERU. 103 obscured by its soft and humid character. The pupa, which is formed ina large subterranean cavity, is extremely delicate and often dies unaccountably, drying up or becoming soft and putrid. Ova.—Singly on under side of leaves of Jussieua angustifolia. Larva.— rst instar (no figure). Greenish white with long flexible tail of same colour springing from a base of cadmium-yellow. In twenty-four hours this tail, exceeding the entire length of the young caterpillar, becomes black and glossy, and is seen to terminate strangely in a heavy bilobed fashion, the lens revealing a further addition of two short black bristles. This tail is waved freely by the larva, bent to and fro over its body and often also sideways. The body also supports a few scattered short bristles, which are longest and most pronounced on the anal flap. At this stage the ochre-coloured head is altogether disproportionate, being by far the largest segment. Second instar (figs. a,b). ead normal in size. 'Tail much reduced and less active ; it is slightly curved forwards, held erect, and shares the crimson colour of the medio- dorsal stripe, which at this stage appears constant. ‘Two ground-colours now prevail, viz.: (a) the light yellow-green of the young leaf, with many dull red touches aiding its resemblance to the plant; and (4) the exact crimson of the stalk of its food-plant, with eight oblique light stripes directed headwards, and outlined above with black. Third instar (fig. c). Generally the most intense crimson, with eight oblique stripes in paler colour, edged above with black (very slight touches on segment 5), and continued faintly on the dorsal area of each anterior segment. The tail is now replaced by a pyramidal hump, the leg-segments are heavily sprinkled with minute black dots, and the head with segments 2 and 3 are retractile, segment 4 being somewhat swollen to receive them when at rest. The swelling in this species, however, is much less noticeable than in P. v. vitis, and seldom, if ever, is the head completely withdrawn. Fourth instar (figs. d-h). Pyramidal hump reduced. Five forms noted. Fig. d: ochreous green, oblique stripes pure ochre, with faint red adornment, head and plate deep ochre, and leg-segments finely sprinkled with black dots. ‘This form resembles a fading leaf and is rare. Fig. ¢: bold emerald-green, in which the medio-dorsal stripe is faint blue-green, and only the point of the hump crimson. In this instance the eight oblique stripes assume the form of short broad bands of colour clearly depicted on the sides of each segment; they are creamy, supported beneath by crimson, and outlined darkly above. Small black dots again mark the leg-segments and the first half of segment 5. Fig. f: a two-coloured form in which the dorsal area is pale emerald, deepening to the oblique stripes, which are here white, underlined by crimson. Head and legs deep ochre. ‘Ihe entire remainder a dull pink. Fig. g: strong apple- green with narrow oblique stripes, which are whitish, sublined by crimson, and continued on the dorsal area of each anterior segment by a faint line of yellow. The 104 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE medio-dorsal line and ventral area a deeper green, and in this instance no black dots were noticed on the leg-segments. Fig. h strangely different, being a rich combination of gold and black, the interstices of the segments producing pale madder rings, the oblique stripes only suggested in dirty white, but strongly continued on the dorsal area of each segment. Medio-dorsal line broad and black, set in chrome-yellow. Sides transversely crossed with numerous black lines on a yellow ground. Head red-brown, with black facial lines. Ventral area dull yellow-green. Final instar (figs. j-l). Three forms noted. Fig. J, plain apple-green, with only six of the eight oblique stripes well delineated in dull white, and continued anteriorly in faint yellow. Those on segments 5 and 12 are only suggested in faint yellow, and the alimentary duct is supported on either side by a stripe of the same colour. The spiracles are warm brown in light rings, and touch the lower side of the oblique stripes. The anal flap is edged with dull yellow, and the head, legs, claspers, and ventral area are of a deeper green. Fig. 7. The bright saffron-yellow of the flower, with delicate yellow-green on ventral area, and with numerous rust-coloured markings round black-ringed spiracles and on the anal portion. ‘Che medio-dorsal line and skin-folds are similarly marked, and some half-dozen rust-red and interrupted lines mark the back of each segment, culminating in deeper tone, and uniting as they reach the upper side of the six oblique stripes which are visible in whitish yellow on segments 6 to 11 inclusive. Head warm brown with black facial lines. Fig. & Ground-colour warm red, darkest on the alimentary duct, which is supported on either side by an infusion of yellow, and below the oblique stripes surrounding the spiracles, which are black-ringed in a light setting. The eight oblique stripes are again visible in strong yellow, and are prominently continued in subdued white on each anterior segment, that on segment 12 being much the least pronounced. The head is similar to the last described. Delicate transverse lines in deep red mark the back of each segment, the anal portion and skin-folds, and are too numerous to specify in detail. The legs and claspers are deep red, and the ventral area is of a dirty yellow- green. It is altogether a most handsome caterpillar, and is by far the most frequent form found in the adult stage. Pura (Pl. XV. fig. /).—Dark red-brown, darker and distinctly duller on surface than P. v. vitis, being almost black except at the interstices of the segments. It is similar in form, but rather larger, and the cremaster is a strong well-developed hook, which, however, is not quite so long as that possessed by its congener of the vine. 422. PuHouus LaBrusc#. (Plates XIII. a-e; XV. kX.) R.& J. p. 496. General Distribution.—Neotropical Region from Patagonia northward to Canada, SPHINGIDA OF PERU. 105 but only a visitor in the temperate and cold northern and southern districts. Apparently everywhere in Central and South America. So far as the seaboard is concerned, this species is very spasmodic in appearance, the moth in all cases but one in my experience being attracted to electric light, and none were taken in 1908. Both sexes undoubtedly fly over the Andes from the Interior, where alone the food-plant of the larva, a species of Ampelopsis, grows. It is little short of marvellous how this delicate green moth can fly so far, and yet, in the majority of cases, arrive in perfect condition. | saw a specimen intercepted in its westward flight by tne lights of Cerro de Pasco at 14,000 feet, while another was taken in perfect form on the shore-rocks of Ancon, twenty miles north of Lima, and far remoyed from the limits of vegetation. The larvee found near La Merced were mostly stung by Diptera and once by a bymenopterous parasite. Frass (fig. ¢) very long, greenish black, hexagonal, but often twisted and misshapen. Puparium a sub- terranean cavity. The pupa, like P. fasciatus, is delicate and often dies. Ova.—On Ampelopsis, never observed on grape-vine, whether wild or cultivated. The free use of the word “ vine” in foreign lands, as applied to all sorts of creepers, is highly misleading. Larva.—Ffirst instar. Unobserved. Second instar. Unfigured, but, so far as 1 remember, similar in colour and markings to the third stage, and with an erect tail twice as long in proportion to its size. Third instar (figs. a, 6). Rich vinous-brown, much freckled with minute longi- tudinal touches of deeper colour. Dorsal area darker and clearly defined in zigzag pattern. ‘The customary oblique stripes are replaced by six broad lozenge-shaped marks of bright emerald-green on the sides of segments 6 to 11 inclusive. These stand out most brilliantly in their dark brown setting, and resemble small inverted pears, the stalk portion being directed towards the anal aperture. he head is dark, small, and round, and with the three leg-segments retractile, segment 5 being enormously swollen to receive them when at rest (¢f. fig. a). ‘This is adorned with an irregular dark ocellus in a light setting, situated on either side in continuation of the six green lozenges, and giving it the most formidable snake-like appearance. ‘This effect is enhanced by a highly specialised form of tail, which consists of a delicate pink filament, similar to those known in Cerura vinula, but not sheathed and retractile as with the Cerwra genus. More remarkable, however, and even unique, is the extraordinary power of rapid agitated movement which this larva can display in its tail when disturbed. Normally the tail stands erect, but curling and being easily bruised it loses much of its electric agility. Immediately in front of this on segment 12, as the termination of a thin black medio-dorsal line, is a small hard wart or hump. Fourth instar (fig. c). The strange tail-like appendage is retained, though looking less fresh in its pink colour, and in declining vigour tending to curl and become obsolete. ‘The six green lozenges are also less brilliantly green, though still clearly VOL. XX.—PakT 1. No. 9.— April, 1912. P 106 REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE defined. The warm vinous character of the previous instar is now replaced by dark sepia and many lighter touches above the green marks, on the anus and leg-segments, and the head is lighter. Final instar (fig. d). Remarkably snake-like, either end appearing as the head of a snake. Sides ochreous, back rich sepia-brown in a strongly dentated broad band, culminating on segment 12, with an oval patch of light maroon, which contains an oval black ring, a black spot, and a metallic plate or disc. ‘This latter replaces the now absent pink filament, and is similarly capable of rapid palpitation, catching the light and flashing like a serpent’s eye when molested. ‘The dark ocelli in strong ochre are retained on segment 5 and the pear-shaped marks in outline on segments 6 to 11, but the green colour has entirely vanished, Pupa (Pl. XV. fig. 4)—Warm mahogany-brown, with stout rough cremaster and prominent proboscis-sheath, porrected but not independent as in Protoparce. CH@ROCAMPIN4. 655. XYLOPHANES TITANA. (Plate XIII. f.) R. & J. p. 701. General Distribution.—Neotropical Region ; Mexico to Peru and Eastern Brazil. Moderately common in the Interior, where the moth would occasionally be drawn to light, or the larva traced, by its immense black frass of obscured hexagonal formation lying on the path, to some creeper in the roadside bank or supported by bushes and trees overhead. ‘This plant, both by its appearance and also by the analogy of the habits of X. tersa, is probably allied to Spermacoce (cf. fig. f). Not being found on the coast, my opportunities for observing its life-history were limited to the final instar of the larva and the pupa, which latter almost exactly repeated the colour, markings, and form of X. tersa, next described. One out of two pupe in May 1910 produced the perfect moth in little more than a fortnight of pupation. The larva, though of a different subfamily from Pholus labrusce, is again remarkably snake-like. ‘The head and leg-segments retractile, segment 5 much puffed out and adorned with a couple of grey light-ringed ocelli on longitudinal light lines; these terminate in the brown caudal horn, which is down-turned and extremely curved. The dorsal area enclosed, especially in front, is orange-yellow marbled with rusty red. Remainder purple-brown, with indication of seven oblique stripes directed tailwards. 657. XYLOPHANES TERSA. (Plates XIV. n-¢; XV. 2, 0.) R. & J. p. 708. General Distribution—Canada to Argentina, including the West Indies; a common species. Replaced in the Bahamas by X. swana Druce (1889). SPHINGIDA OF PERU. 107 A moderately common species on the seaboard, but very often met with in the Interior, the moths being readily drawn to light. From time to time the moth would be taken in the immediate vicinity of arc lamps in Lima; and its attitude when at rest is somewhat remarkable, the fore wings, though so narrow, completely covering the other pair, and being held out of plane and at a wide angle from the body. As is usual in all such cases, it tends to deceive the eye, resembling a piece of rag or scrap of discoloured paper. The larva, like that of C. porcel/us in appearance and habit, requires diligent search amongst the Spermacoce growing in the ditches at the roadside and along the courses of the water acequias which intersect the fields. Frass black and disproportionately large, its hexagonal form being somewhat obscured in full growth. Puparium amongst leaves and roots on the surface, held together by a few stout threads of glutinous silk. Pupa . very active. Ovas.—Singly on under side of leaves of Spermacoce. Larva.—Karly stages (first and second instars unfigured) invariably the light green of the under surface of the leaf, with long thin black tail. Third instar (figs. n, 0). Generally green, rarely warm olive with madder beneath. Six oblique white (or light) stripes mark the sides, the last on segments 11 and 12 leading up to the base of the caudal horn being, as usual, the most prominent. Horn very slightly upturned, moderate in length, sharp, black with pink base. The dorsal area from head to horn is enclosed by a couple of longitudinal bands which run from yellow to white. These bands are interrupted in seven places by slightly oval ocelli on the anterior portion of segments 5 to 11 inclusive, and are at this stage red and yellow in black rings, especially when the ground-colour is green. The pair on segment 5, which is swollen to receive the retractile front segments, is always the largest and most prominent with black centres. Final instar (figs. p, g). Dark sepia, or rarely dark olive-green, with short straight black spike for horn, like our C. elpenor, but strikingly dissimilar from its closer ally X. titana (ante). Body also similar to e/penor, smooth and dark-freckled. Head very small, leg-segments much tapered, segment 5 much swollen. Longitudinal and oblique bands now ochreous and clouded. Ocelli black, with ochre beneath and a touch of violet above. Legs light; ventral area, claspers, and anal portion dark. Pura (Pl. XV. figs. 2, 0).—Bone-coloured with broad medio-dorsal black stripe, tapering to nothing at extremities. Spiracular spots large, black, and defined. Wing-cases adorned with delicate black dots and lines. Antenne, legs, eyes, and proboscis-sheath similarly variegated. Cremaster a prominent curved spike. be) Lo 108 REY. A. MILES MOSS ON THRE 678. CeLerio aNNEI. (Plates XIV. a-e; XV. 7, s.) R.& J. p. 726. General Distribution.—Pacitic coast, Peru to Valparaiso. A restricted and little-known species, though exceedingly common on the coast and on the first range of hills behind Lima, sometimes wandering to the higher Andes, but never obtained from the Interior. The moths at certain times of the year, especially March, literally swarm round the electric arc lamps and are often observed squashed on the pavement. ‘Though it was some time before I was able to trace the food-plant of the larva, I afterwards found it in plenty on Boerhaavia hirsuta, a sticky weed with small pink flowers, growing on dusty commons; and also on an allied species growing among the rocks on the hills of San Agustin and San Jeronimo. It falls readily from the plant, and often basks on the warm dust when full-grown. Frass of regular hexagonal formation, moderate size, and yellowish green in colour. The moth, even in nature, varies considerably in size in both sexes. The pupa generally “stands over” for many months, though sometimes the moth emerges within a few weeks. Puparium a moderate subterranean cavity without any silk. Ova.—Singly on under side of leaves of Boerhaavia or Polygonum. Bright green, oval, and rather small. Larva.—First instar (unfigured). Very similar to C. . lineata; green, with a couple of longitudinal lines and moderately long, thin, black horn. Second instar (fig. a). Dorsal area dull green enclosed by yellowish lines with the suggestion of a series of lunules, which are nine in number, and are much more clearly defined in the third and succeeding instars. Horn a short erect spike, black at the tip, ochreous at the base. Head, legs, and anal portion raw sienna. Final instar (figs. b-e). Very variable in colour and intensity of markings as in the previous instar, but without any essential differences noted. Fig. 6. Dorsal area olive with raw sienna central stripe, and another below the lunules on either side. Sides cream, inclining to madder in the region of the spiracles. Ventral area olive-green. Figs. c,d. Dorsal area bronze-green, with stripes of same colour but deeper, and sides milky green. Claspers cream and red. Lateral area greyish. Fig. ¢. Dorsal area black, everywhere sprinkled with minute light dots, and the medio-dorsal stripe deep Indian-red. Lateral and ventral area ochre and sienna. The nine pairs of lunules are in all cases fundamentally cream-coloured, set in black. In some specimens (fig. 6) they remain so; in others (figs. c, d) they are almost wholly clouded with leaden grey; while in others (fig. ¢) they are broadly touched with Indian-red. The caudal horn, which is stout, curved, rough, and glossy, is universally deep red; while the head, plate, and hinder portions of anal flap and SPHINGIDA OF PERU. 109 claspers are of a sombre maroon, varying in intensity in different specimens. ‘The ninth pair of lunules is elongated towards the base of the horn, and an extra pair of cream-coloured marks is situated above the flap. Spiracles in all cases cream-coloured in black rings. The entire surface is smooth and rather glossy, and in general appearance the larva forcibly recalls the European C. galt and C. euphordie, though it is seldom so brilliantly coloured as the latter. Pura (PI. XV. figs. 7, s).—Ochreous, inclining to dull green on the wing- and leg- cases beneath ; darker on the back, with obscure medio-dorsal dark spots representing the former stripe. Interstices of segments dark red-brown, and spiracles of same colour. The whole area is more or less covered with minute dark pencillings. Cremaster a moderately short single spike. 683 a. CELERIO LINHATA LINEATA, (Plates XIV. f-m; XV. p, ¢.) RK. & J. p. 731. General Distribution.—Canada to Argentina, but not found in Brazil, though it occurs east of La Plata in the Argentine. A common species, though only obtained on the seaboard and as far as Chosica up the Rimac Valley, 2800 feet, and in less abundance than C. annez. The moth is attracted to light, and is sometimes caught at dusk hovering over honeysuckle, Cestrwin, “ bellisima,’ and other flowers. The larva is very plentiful on Boerhaavia hirsuta growing in waste and dusty places, and, as with the former species, readily falls from the plant, and is fond of basking on the ground when full-grown. The moth also emerges rapidly from the pupa, or more often “stands over” for many months. Puparium a moderate subterranean cavity, and, like the former species, without a web. Ova.—Singly on under side of leaves of Boerhaavia or Polygonwin. Larva.—First instar very similar to C. annet. Second instar (fig. f ). Dorsal area very dark green, enclosed by a couple of bright yellow lines. Horn a short black spike. Head, plate, and anal portion ochreous. Third instar (fig. g). More mottled with black, and still of dark but variable coloration. Medio-dorsal and subspiracular stripes light, in addition to those which enclose dorsal area. Head, plate, and anal portion raw sienna. Horn slightly curved and black, light at base. Fourth instar (figs. h, j,k). Vixtremely variable. Fig. h. Dorsal area to spiracles black, relieved by three stripes of warm sienna ; the central one entire, the two side-stripes interrupted with black, but without any apparent lunules. Ventral area very light. Head, plate, legs, claspers, and anal portion sienna. Fig. 7. Dorsal area pink-brown, enclosed by two light yellow stripes, and studded on each segment with flattened lunules. These are black above the stripe, touched 110 REY. A. MILES MOSS ON THE with black beneath, and red on the stripe. The lateral and ventral areas are apple- green. Patches of pink-brown mark the region of the spiracles, the claspers, and the anal portion. Fig. &. Dorsal area very dark green, enclosed by lemon-yellow stripes, the central stripe being blue-green. The black-ringed lunules are indicated as in the latter, but the red is very faint. Remainder pale green, with dark pencillings around the spiracles. The caudal horn at this stage is a fairly stout spike, slightly curved, held erect, black, and glossy, the base alone being ochreous or sienna-coloured. Final instar (figs. 1, 1). Still very variable, the linear character maintained, and nine pairs of lunules generally to be traced on the yellow stripes, but they are smaller, narrower, and much less defined and conspicuous than in C. annei. Head, plate, and anal extremities generally ochreous and faintly spotted with lighter colour. Horn slightly curved, rough, and glossy; sometimes plain sienna, at others ochreous green, tipped with black and sienna. Legs and claspers ochreous green. ‘The medio-dorsal stripe is either pronounced in light green as in fig. m, or absent as in fig. /. The ground-colour varies between blue-green with a highly elaborated black dorsal and lateral design, and a plain grass-green from head to tail. In this latter the nine sets of lunules are the most conspicuous, being cadmium-yellow and narrowly outlined with a curve of black above and below the stripe. ‘The designs of figs. / and 7 are sometimes, but more rarely, reproduced in the final instar. Pura (Pl. XV. figs. p, g).—Warm raw sienna with darker medio-dorsal stripe, faintly indicated. Interstices of segments, spiracles, head, thorax, and wing-cases, etc. browner and deeper in tone. Proboscis-sheath narrow and much porrected. Cremaster a moderate single spike. ‘The entire pupa is slighter in construction than C. annet and more pointed at the extremities. SPHINGIDA OF PERU. til IV.—DETAIL INDEX. | Months of appearance. | Number.) p, | | ; Wi eS an soct | Locality and comparative R.&J_| Page. | Plate. | Genus, Species. == AGH aHCS. Food-plants. | | Ova Larvee Pup. Imagines. | Subfamily AcuERonriinx. 4, | 88 VIII. f-4 ; Herse cingulata. | i. i, ii, iii, | vi, vii, xii. | Every month.| Throughout coast, Andes,/ Many species of wild or XGVi-ve: iv, v, and Interior. General cultivated convolvulus. Vi, Xi. and common, Will eat ‘‘camote” or sweet potato in confine- / ment. 34a. 84 VII. a-d; Cocytius anteus medor. | iii, vi, | iii, iv,v,| ¥v, vi, vii, | ii, iii, iv, v,| Coast-region and Andes | Anona cherimolia. XV. a. vil. vi, vii. | viii. vi, vii, viii, W. Common, co-ter- ix. minous with food-plant. Huacapistana, Andes E., 6000 ft. Once. OM | ieee es Cocytius gis © M -eoo000. || dovada. |}, 990000 May 25/07. | Lima. One at light. 37 d. 86 VIL. h-k; Protoparce sexta paphus. | ss. i, ii, iii, | vill, xii. iii, iv, v, vi, | Coast-region and Andes | Nicotiana paniculata, po- XV. d. iv, Vv, vii, vili, ix, W. to 3000 ft. Com- tato and nightshade, vii, xi, xii. mon. wild and cultivated to- xii. mato. Once on Vican- dra physaloides; once on Cestrum hediundinum; once on Zessarialegitima. Spec. 87 VIL. 2-9 ; Protoparce mMOssi. | vii. ili, iv, | iii, vii, viii. | ii, ili, v, vi, | Coast-region and Andes | Cestrwm hediundinum. noy. XV. ¢: viii, xii. vil, viii, x, W. to 7000 ft. With a| Once on Acnistus aggrega- xi, Xi. localtendency. Notun-} us; twice on wild to- common. mato. 42¢, 89 VIII. d. Protoparce diffissa tropi- | ...... V, Vi, ix. | Vi, X. vi, xii. Interior: | Chanchamayo | Many species of Nicotiana. calis. and Perené. Common. WUE |} cencas f= neac00 Protoparce enna, =|) “esbooa' {| easeos |} na0000- - I) en 0080 Interior: Chanchamayo | “ Floripondia” or ‘ Trom- and Perené. One at beta” and other Sola- light. nacese, 47. 90 VIII. e. Protoparce scutata, vi. Wh Wb 2% xii. Interior: Chanchamayo | Datura cornigera (Flori- xX and Perené. Common. pondia). 53 a. 90 VIII. a-c; | Protoparee rustica rustica, | iv, ix, x. | iii, iv, v, | iii, iv, ix, xi, | Every month.| Coast-region and lower | Bignonia jasminifolia ; XV. d. yi, vii,| xii. Andes W. Common. Jasminum officinale ; viii, x, Duranta Plumieri; xi, xil. Tessaria legitima( Pajaro bobo) ; Lippia citriodora (Cedron) = Verbena ; Fraxinus viridis ; and “ Membrillaco.”” PASM (ea s||) saa Protoparce Gang, || eecooa |} 00085 ||, 0000S} on Interior: Chanchamayo, near San Ramon. One at light. OMEMIM \esese (pie weer Protoparce URMGOS Hy ——Noocde t ceodoo: Hh gone | codon Interior: Chanchamayo. near La Merced. One male at light, the second " Imown specimen; the first, also a male, being | in Dublin Museum. REV. A. MILES MOSS ON THE DETAIL INDEX (continued). n | Months of appearance. umber. : | | eva i Ried Page. | Plate Genus Species. —a = SSS stall pecality ond sco nara | Food-plants, | | Ova, | Larvex. Pupe. Imagines. | HET he Sgt nein | zu Te | Subfamily Acupronrim a (continued). G2 Pea neh captain Protoparce lichenta. If codons [ae ceaeel hs Wiese Resim oA MRCS Interior: Chanchamayo, | near San Ramon. One | | | at light. Sane Pree Mae een Gamo nea | TOS |) basso: IP) ssasen Luryglottis LOGIN ES I I) Tul ee aeeseetn nee s Pe ona eee June 17/08. | Interior: Chanchamayo | | and Perené, at light. One | | at rest on roadside bank. } | | ae acs ni 1 : ee Ne a i | ay ij i rile | 91 VIL. Ln; ELuryglottis davidianus. | ...... li, iil, iv.) iii-ix. IPS} 9.4 S46 | Andes W., 7000-8000 ft. ; | “ Huarunguia,” a species of | KV. f. | Surco and Matucana. Bignonia ; “ Negritillo,” | | | | Local and rare. | a shrub with a pungent | | odour and rough dark | | | | | | | | green leaves. i | | | a apa (eee se Reo Wty SU | i (heady RMI oa Ay Sh kate | | | | iC Ua CRN eae | Buryglottis lapermnonintaver=1| lnneanlhieerees el woatenc ers pee Interior : Chanchamayo tris. | | | , and Perené. | . | Locality and comparative | R. & J. | Page: Plate. Genus. | Species. | == ao | a eta Food-plants. | Ova Larve. | Pupe. | Imagines. Subfamily Cu@rocamvin®. G24 sill stees lb) lo. ween Xylophanes puto) | Sordll Weatreement dl Feats oneal len panteeet saranan HAO MIL en os Interior : general. A few | Lrythrorylum sp.? at light, one caught at ‘ flowers by day. Widely distributed. Gee, ||) coc0ce || Boone Xylophanes TUL RRR Ta | eetteaseah, | Nceaaboren: {IIs = saccade Sli ton tits gee Interior: San Ramon. One at light, the fifth specimen known, three being in the Tring Col- lection, another in the collection of Mr. Charles Oberthiir; from Chan- chamayo. GAS me ise | isnt Xylophanes COR MNIDTTUAS. A osettg sel]! codods: “Nir 6 aeodons 8 Il) sleseaone Interior : Chanchamayo. Frequently at light. AIDS "| “Seodse:||I" | aedeen Xylophanes GnebUs aU Ae |hee pee al | ereerecet ell attire eee allt tance Interior : Ohanchamayo. Common at light, and once at rest on a bank. GAG ace aN aS, ese. Xylophanes Gocilish: \sh MANS PRb Ae lcm Ra Nip eesti all” Mauss Interior: Chanchamayo. Two at light. GDS 5 II ccoge) II). eegnbes Xylophanes TORGARUE | oecdon ||) 00000. |) ° banso0 Interior: Ohanchamayo. Three specimens at light. i A rare species. Recently) ...... | ...-- Xylophanes CHHEDUAN ~~ —\\ eooceo || soonse |! ooceca |. nee Interior: Chanchamayo. dis- Two at light. A rare covered. species. 655. 106 XIII. 7. Xylophanes WLLL ee | eee V, Vi. V, Vi. Vi, Vii. Interior: Perené. Two|A roadside creeper, pro- larvee; one bred, bably allied to Sper- macoce. 657. 106 XIV. 2-9; | Xylophanes tersa. iv, v, vi.| i, iv, v, | iv, v, vi. iii, v, vi, vii, | Coast-region. Moderately | Spermacoce sp. ? XV. 2, o. vi. Ibe) 538 - Sale common. xii. Interior. General and plentiful. BBG: |) e008: |” pods Xylophanes UM egcae0° || co0086!) I, ooonds) =; | Soman Interior : Chanchamayo. A few at light. Fairly eommon, 678. 108 XIV. a-e; Celerio annet. vii, viii, | iii, iv, |Every month.| Every month.| Coast-region. Extremely | Boerhaavia hirsuta and an QE OF qi Viil, ix. common, Occasionally} allied mountain species ; flies to upper Andes. Polygonum persecaroides. Neyer seen in Interior. Will eat vine and Hu- phorbia pilulifera, but does not thrive on them. | 6838a@. | 109 XIV. fem; | Celerio lineata lineata, | iii, xi. | iii, iv, | iii, iv, xii-i. | i, ii, iii, iv, | Coast-region. Sometimes | Boerhaavia hirsuta, Poly- XV. p, g. xii. V, Vi, X, xii. common. gonum persecaroides ; Andes to 3000 ft. once on Euphorbia piluit- Never seen in Interior. fera. Will eat a little vine in captivity, but does not care for it, and is never found wild on it in Peru. PLATE VI. QZ 116 SPHINGIDA OF PERU, PLATE VI. Sketch-map of part of Peru, showing in its shaded portions the very limited field to which my entomological observations were confined, and the several distinct regions referred to in the foregoing notes upon its Sphingide. SSS SS SSS SSS ee ee ‘i gL “s aeaprneyhiayT mmm BKDALTOO soyrom Kpuos fi i Rear 7 “ 900g @dnp.oqnss . « ¥ = 924 0095 407129 umn ww = I a : P24 000ZT PF 0005 *7 PUP MY Jo D4IT TEP 07 saddg m3 yo uorD72 624 GGA) 224 0002 2409p spreoyybry uacog LE 3 serpy taeis FO sTeoS . 98901 | ofeomeny? S ar ozeer Nea YR Pus We Ss z xa STI GED ETE jp TA AE XT 7% PE 9 eee oP vale vl. 118 SPHINGIDA OF PERU. PLATE VII. a. Cocytius anteus medor: first imstar. = lp) a i a second and third instars. C. By ae a fourth and final instars. Food-plant : Anona cherimolia. d, Frass: see page 85 and footnote. e. Protoparce mossi: second instar. Wo a a OUEU ee q: a fifth eA Food-plant: Cestrun hediwndinunt. h. Protoparce seata paphus: third instar. i. a3 ul re fourth _,, hk. 53 ay es Hitt ey Food-plants : Nicotiana paniculata, Tomato, Potato. l. Euryglottis davidianus : third instar. mM. A a fourth ,, Nn. iA - fifth ze Food-plants: “ Huarunguia,” “ Negritillo.” * By an error on the part of the gentleman who kindly corrected the proof of Pl. VII. in my absence, a rounded head and legs have been added to fig. 6; the unusual tapering shape of the anterior segments, showing only the back of an extremely pointed head, being mistaken for an unfinished drawing. The true ventral line may still be traced. A Miles Moss, del. M.P Parker, lith. E Wilson, Generce! PERUVIAN SPHINGIDA. Pr ge ts | ena i , ! a hin ee i on wi, F i i aay, iy _ eat : MP a 4 he ty Ihe i R 7 i Ty . Nitra i aN bart i 7 sc UE ey if a) r i ' i ig re r "; y : i " ii i i 6 ¥ y i Bi : c t 1 : hae H i i Gp 1 ' iy = $ 5 < i i) v re if! ey ae t i i “y i i 4 heey i { wet i ‘ ‘ f ) 120 SPHINGIDA OF PERU. PLATE VIII. a. Protoparce rustica rustica: third instar. 6. 3 38 a fourth C. “ wy nk fifth Food-plant: “ Membrillaco.” 9 29 d. Protoparce diffissa tropicalis: final instar. Food-plant : Nicotiana sp. % e. Protoparce scutata: final instar. Food-plant : Datura cornigera. fg. Herse cingulata: third instar; two distinct forms. lb Doli a , fourth and fifth instars; three forms. Food-plant: Convolvulus. l. Isognathus swainsoni: third instar. mM. ie ie fourth N. A BH fifth 3 Food-plant: ‘‘ Caucho de monte” (Ficus sp. 2). 0. Pseudosphina tetrio: final instar. Yood-plant: ‘‘ Caucho de monte” (Ficus sp. %). ee peaetge. E.Wilson, Cambridge. _P Parker, PERUVIAN SPHINGIDA. ed i Tah iy’ ete ite 4 i a i fig | To OL “J i ‘ ; ai ad Ate ; soy ane ; f A ean aft Pe ‘ yy MY 7 ht a a) mt 1 ) Oy J : i i aris een 4 iB Wi n mone ' OMe A y 5 rh : és ; Lor - . hes , { Tay one . ie r Wi ‘ “ 4 A f fi i f i F i : toe ci) Hen 1 \ i } ‘ ee » is ; 1 ease i re ‘ : { y . ’ BS ! us t . 5 7 / . an at io * ( iy ie rt P, i : i f i i Rae x B ! is 1 “4 or i 0 os cy i : ‘ i i petsabs . 4 ‘ ols i Pr ha a ae ; 5 ie . ' ‘ ‘ Ei bes , ° \ este, ‘ i “a f ¥ i! ‘ y Xs r i a Yeeros i ae i : ! i \} J J ac MEe ‘ : ‘ é ; f i i ‘ p y 1 4 a , f i k ‘ U 1, f op) f ; i { MK ‘ ’ F ’ int { f EN 4 fl 1 i i ’ 7 a \) ’ 1 i rf Le J + * ‘ ' (s ic ‘ o rece : ; Lat ‘ res i ‘ P i ) 1 ty , i vc * i sa ' 1 wil i ies IT a 7 f r Pi oT we) F ‘ i May. pe bo bo SPHINGIDA OF PERU. PLATE IX, a. Erinnyis ello: first, third, and fourth instars. b. oe a final instar after moulting. Gr Ae » final instar, another form. On Luphorbia heterophylla. d. Erinnyis ello: final instar. On Poinsettia pulcherrima. é. Erinnyis ello: final instar at full growth. fe Be » ovum and second instar. On Cnidoscolus fragrans. g. Erinnyis alope: fourth instar prior to moult. x4 is final instar after moulting. Food-plant : Papaya. Trans Lo be VE IY IX. A Miles Moss, del. E.Wilson, Cambridge. MP Parker, lith. PERUVIAN SPHINGIDA. rn Pea i! oi PIA DBO) SPHINGIDA OF PERU. PLATE X. a,b. Pachylia ficus: final instar. G A Be occasional form. d-q. i »» prior to pupation. Food-plant: Feus japonensis. h. Pachylia syces syces: final instar. i. He Ke » occasional form. k. A Maciel .». prior to pupation, Food-plant: Ficus gaponensis. Trams Lob to. Vb AKICK. A Miles Moss, del. Si E Wilson, Cambridge. ee eakop aa PERUVIAN SPHINGIDA. DRG @ roi ang Lite Ae yy are Th pe i ts Mecha Babine tnt oO SPHINGIDA OF PERU. PLATE XI. a, b. Pholus fasciatus: second instar. C. ce a third ia d-h. B a fourth) 9.0 > tivestorms: fH. = is final », : three forms. Food-plant: Jussieua angustifolia or “ clavo.” A Miles Moss, del. E Wilson, Cambridge MP Parker, lith. PERUVIAN SPHINGIDA 2% ~e i ; inh pn lid ate va i ‘ y 7 SPHINGIDA OF PERU. PLATE XII. a. Pholus vitis vitis: first instar. ad. a a 5 second ,, b. 3 spill mes aaieets OOD a6 gala C. te ss Pee Lounrthiees d-f. Ms a Ree finaly): Food-plant : Common Vine. g- Pholus anchemolus: ovum. h. aS first instar. No % a second ,, k. " oa fourth instar prior to moult. be a i final instar at full growth. m. Frass of full-grown larva. Food-plant : Ampelopsis (two species). Trans. Lob he VON IG XI. A Milés Moss, del. E Wilson, Cambridge. ME Per kerr ith. PERUVIAN SPHINGIDA. A i ie - : : I a) fe Wins vn r nis ic} , at 7 7 F i y ith y A z a x yi a * q ts aia yah i a ' \ a ; SS » Aiall ‘ Sia ; Mh tees : ; ey ; : vou Wa TD ae eset tah me i DERVENE | Xt 130 SPHINGIDA OF PERU. PLATE XIII. a, 6. Pholus lebrusce: third instar. Ci eannes 8 fourth ,, Ce te a final é. Frass of full-grown larva. Food-plant: Ampelopsts sp. ? f. Xylophanes titana: final instar. On a roadside creeper allied to Spermacoce. E Wilson, Cambridge. A Miles Moss, del. MP Parker, lith. PERUVIAN SPHINGIDA. oes SQM Miliye WNeae Oy heey 132 SPHINGID OF PERU. PLATE XIV. a. Celerto annei: second instar. b-e. a ue final is Food-plant: Boerhaavia hirsuta. f. Celerio lineata lineata: second instar. q- is a a third _ SIRT yp a Wy fourthy ys. iF Oe uti toys rs a final Re Food-plant: Boerhaavia hirsuta. n, 0. Xylophanes tersa: third instar. Ps q- % ve final ye Food-plant: Spermacoce sp.? Trans Lob Ko Vel AK IEG XIN. E Wilson, Cambridge A Miles Moss, del MP Parker, lith PERUVIAN SPHINGIDA, Tenth SPHINGIDA OF PERU. PLATE XV. PuP& oF: (Glazed.) a. Cocytius antwus medor. b. Protoparce rustica rustica. 5, C. A MOSst. a d. me sexta paphus. ne e: Herse cingulata. “A j. Euryglottis davidianus. i; g. Pachylia ficus. (Highly glazed.) h. ml syces syces. a j. Pseudosphina tetrio. Bs k. Pholus labrusee. (Glazed.) i. ,, fasciatus. (Unglazed.) m. ,, vitis vitis. (Glazed.) n, 0. Xylophanes tersa. (Unglazed. ) Pp, y. Celerio lineata lineata, %9 RES tt ies anne. 3 t, u. Erinnyis ello. (Highly glazed.) [Norz.—Owing to the difficulties of reproducing in print the glazing of the surface of pup, which in nature is largely a matter of degree, some species being neither highly polished nor wholly dull in surface, it was considered well to dispense with varnishing.—A. M. M. | Tran 20 he. Vt NK IEG KV. A Miles Moss, del. E Wilson, Cambridge MP Parker, lith. PERUVIAN SPHINGIDA. Sat ah 3 gh aati TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON VOLUME Parr 1. BOs 3 4 Eads 6 wh 8 VOLUME Parr 1]. a ok W rw VOLUME Parr. Soon . (1908, contaming 38 Plates and 21 ee » O15 oe OS VOLUME Parr 1. 2. 2 oO. » 5. VOLUME Parr 1. 2 2) (continued). XVI. (1901-1908, containing 38 Plates) (1901, containing 6 Plates) (1901, contaming 5 Plates) . (1902, containing . (1901, containing 9 Plates) 5 Plates) — (1902, containing 4 Plates) XVI, (1908-1906, containmg 41 Plates and 50 Text-figures) . 5 Plates) . (1903, containing 3 Plates) . (1904, contamimg 13 Plates) . (1905, containing 8 Plates) . (1905, contaiming 50 Text-figures) . . (1906, contaming 12 Plates and Title and Indes) UNE (1903, contaiming XVIII. . (1902, containing 3 Plates) . (1902, containing 3 Plates) . (1908, containing 3 Plates andTitle and Index),, O 13 (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates and 87 Text-figures) . (1907, containing 9 Plates) ; (1908, containing 19 Plates and 63 Text-figs.) ,, 1 10 . (1911, containing 6 Plates) . Title and Index) XIX. (1909-1910, and 16 Text-figures) . fie (1909, containing 3 Pls. & 12 Text-figs.). containing 24 Plates . Price 10 4 (1909, containing 4 Plates) (1909, containing 2 Plates) XX. 4, (1910, containing 10 Pls. & 4 Text- hips a (1910, containmg 5 Pls., Title and Index) (1912, containing 5 Plates) (1912, containing 10 Plates) . To Fellows. pss Price5 8 a Ons Olle Ores ee eo ovals; AO S15 sO. 1a Price 5 18 yer Se aD) IG) » 12 » 1 2 we OG; Priced 1] 0 15 3 5 O12 . (1911, containing 6 Plates and 3 Wext-figs., See te eT, see O oe) 0 9 BAS see ay Price 0 18 Ape Rohe d. Ow. © OC GS © ww oF © AODADAD OS i=) ooooso Spite) 1ak iolloret=) ie) To the Public. ish ee 4 A 15 CSS I) ie ES) SE pay wo + : El; Weleey eRe ek He eye) — i OO Fp ea Ss ow SOS oro Oowe eoooco°o o _ cs) o — cw) Be) IPA Se) CONTENTS. II. On the Sphingide of Peru. By the Rev. A. Mires Moss, M.4., P.ZS., ELS. With a Preface by Kanu Jorpan, Ph.D. (Plates VI-XV.) . . . page 73 THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society, of London are of two kinds— Pree eS 2 published in an octavo form, and “‘ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number — of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or — otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures” of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for cach year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that the year and page give the complete reference. Bes An “Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, — to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payeule in advance. . The “‘ Transactions” contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are e better eee for publication im the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less — than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record’ for asum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the 1st July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’ the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. i ; P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, aaa Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vou. X X.—Parr 3. (Puates X VI.—X XIII.) LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER ROW. February 1913. Price £1 10s. 0d. Taylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Pleet Street. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL. SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. £s. d. Bb Sie as VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates). . Price 313 6 . . . 418 OF VOLUME II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates). . ,, 400... 5 6 6% VOLUME III. (1842-1849, contaming 63 Plates). . , 3 8 3 See ete alee Os VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . ,, 6 2 O ... 8 2 6% VOLUME _ V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . ., DOA a Sow esc Om O ee O VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, contaming 92 Plates). . ,, 11 : 5 0 Sg lle 0) VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 8 Plates) verte LO Oke oe 0 VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates). . ,, DES ou nove lecd LO VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). go 812 6 2s a Goon VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . ,, 10 0 8 ...18 7 GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) . ,, Ove C26 ee ee OO VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . ,, 912 0... .1216 0 VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) . VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . 3 ees chen ec ge eh ne VOLUME XIV. (1896-1898, containing 47 Plates). . ,, 5 50 ..,..7 0 0 VOLUME XV. (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates). . ,, 515 6... 714 0 * No copies of these volumes remain in stock. Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. Ill. Second Contribution to our Knowledge of the Varieties of the Wall-Lizard (Lacerta muralis), By G. A. BoULENGER, F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Received May 6, 1912; Read May 21, 1912.) [Puares XVLL-XXTII. and Text-figures 1-4.] In pursuance of the plan followed in the paper published in these Transactions in 1905 *, I will now deal with the Lizards of South-Eastern Europe and the adjacent parts of Asia, thus bringing to a completion the account of the various forms of Lacerta muralis so far as the material at my disposal will permit. But as I have continued to amass material from the parts of Europe dealt with in the first contri- bution, I will first add supplements embodying the results of an examination of such material as seems likely to advance our knowledge. The hope which I expressed that Dr. Werner, Dr. Lehrs, and Prof, L. von Méhely would bring out the results of their investigation of the Eastern forms of this difficult eroup of Lizards has only been partly fulfilled by the last author, and I do not think it desirable to wait any longer. Dr. Werner has for the present abandoned his intention, and most generously handed over to me, for description, his valuable collection, on which I have largely drawn, and he has further allowed me to keep duplicates for the British Museum. I wish to express publicly to him my hearty thanks. Much further help in various directions has been received from Dr. de Bedriaga and Count Peracca. A visit to Florence last winter, in company with Count Peracca, has enabled me to survey rapidly the beautiful collection, from all parts of Italy, brought together by the late Prof. Giglioli, to whose successor, Prof. Giglio-Tos, I beg to convey my thanks for facilities granted on that occasion. My thanks are also due to Prof. Ehlers, of Géttingen, for the loan of the types of L. hierogiyphica, and to Dr. Gaillard, of Lyons, for the loan of Lizards from Asia Minor and the Caucasus. The discussions which have arisen between Prof. Méhely and myself concerning the characteristics and relationships of these Lizards have appeared in the following publications :— L. v. Ménery.—Zur Lésung der ‘ Muralis-Frage’. Ann. Mus. Hung, v. 1907, p. 84. G. A. Bouteneer.—Remarks on Prof, L. von Méhely’s Paper “ Zur Lisung der ‘ Muralis- Frage’.’ Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xx. 1907, p. 39. L. v. Mijnety.—Archeo- und Neolacerten. Ann. Mus. Hung. v. 1907, p. 469. * Tr. Zool. Soc. xvii. p. 351.—For brevity’s sake, this paper will be quoted as Tr. 1909. VOL. XX.—PaRT 111. No. 1.—February, 1913. U 136 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE L. v. Miuery.—Materialien zu einer Systematik und Phylogenie der Muralis-dhnlichen Lacerten. Op. cit. vil. 1909, p. 409. G. A. BouLencrr.—Remarks on Prof. L. v. Méhely’s recent Contribution to the Knowledge of the Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) v. 1910, p. 247. L. v. Mtunry.—Weitere Beitrége zur Kenntniss der Archeo- und Neolacerten. Ann. Mus. Hung. vii. 1910, p. 217. See also remarks by E. G. Denavrt, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xxxvi. 1911, p. 8. Prof. Méhely does not need my praise, but I should like to say that, however much I differ from him in the taxonomic appreciation of characters, in the conception of species and their probable derivation, as well as in matters of nomenclature, I have the greatest admiration for the originality and energy displayed in his painstaking investigations and for the accuracy of his illustrations. I can only regret that I am unable to accept the conclusions reached by him in his praiseworthy attempt to settle a difficult problem. It is my object, by a mere statement of facts, accompanied as far as possible by photographic representations of the specimens, to re-act against the tendency to exaggerate the importance of trivial or inconstant characters such as are adduced te justify the splitting up of Lacerta muralis into a score or more of so-called species. Although I have examined a great number of skulls, which have been prepared and studied by Mr. E. Degen, I do not propose dealing with them here, as I feel convinced they do not afford any help out of the difficulties. As I said on a previous occasion (1907), skulls of Lizards cannot be extracted as is done in the case of mammals; pre- paring the skull means the partial destruction of the specimen, and in a discussion of this kind, dealing mainly with individual variations, annectant examples cannot always be sacrificed. We are not much the wiser when the skulis have been prepared, as the characters pointed out by Prof. Méhely are, for the most part, correlative of the degree of elongation or depression of the head, which can be appreciated without injuring the specimens. Alluding te the author’s two extreme skulls (L. fiwmana and LL. bedriage) figured in his paper of 1907 and reproduced here (text-fig. 1 A & C), added that I could easily lay out a series that would to such an extent bridge over the differences as to show of how little practical value they are for the definition of species. This demonstration has been furnished by Prof. Méhely himself, who, in his paper of 1909, gives occipital views of two skulls of L. bedriage which contradict his previous statement that a pyramidocephalous skull (text-fig. 1A) is distin- guished by a ‘Processus ascendens des Supraoccipitale hoch und kréftig” from a platycephalous in which it is “ schwach und niedrig.” Text-fig. 1 B, published in 1909, entirely destroys the impression conveyed by the two extreme types (text-fig. 1 A & C) represented in 1907 with the object of showing one of the principal differences between a pyramidocephalous skull and a platycephalous. In this contribution, as in the preceding one, J have, as a rule, abstained from theories VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. Way and confined myself to statements of facts. Such statements, presented in an unbiassed spirit, are, I believe, what are most needed at the present moment. Although to a great extent destructive from a taxonomic standpoint, I do not think the labour bestowed on such an investigation has been wasted, as the checking on a large Text-fig. 1. A. Lacerta fiumana; Band C. L. bedriage: after Méhely. Material of several characters, to which undue importance has recently been ascribed, results in a much more precise knowledge of the individual variations and local varieties than we would otherwise acquire of such a widely distributed and polymorphic species as Lacerta muralis. I therefore believe that the controversy which has been going on, and which will probably continue for some time, between Prof. Méhely and myself, is not only to the advantage of systematic herpetology, but constitutes a useful contri- bution towards the solution of the problem of species. This paper was read before the Zoological Society on May 21, 1912, but as several months have elapsed between that date and that of setting up in type a few additions to the MS. have been made in the meantime (Sept. 10, 1912). A list of the specimens preserved in the British Museum collection is appended (pp. 206-214). I.—CENTRAL EUROPE (Supplement). Forma TYPICA. The species Lacerta muralis was first described by Laurenti from the neighbourhood of Vienna. In my preceding contribution, I mentioned two specimens as topotypes from that part of Austria, and pointed out that one is highly aberrant in several respects,—larger scales, absence of the anterior supraocular, and abnormal division of the parietal shields by a transverse cleft (see Tr. 1905, pl. xxv. fig. 4). Having since inquired from Dr. Werner as to whether he had other examples from the same locality (V6slau, near Baden, Lower Austria), I was greatly surprised to hear that an examination of his material had satisfied him that this division of the parietal shields, instead of being anomalous or accidental, is the rule in Lower Austria. v2 138 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE Among his specimens from Modling, Baden, Voslau, Reichenau, and Miesenbach, not one is without at least an indication of it, whilst he could not find such a thing in any of his Wall-Lizards from various other parts of Europe. Dr. Werner has been so kind as to send me living specimens from Baden and Véslau, particulars of which are given in the following tabulation, along with the specimens preserved in his private collection (W.) which he has allowed me to examine. ie 2. 3. 4, 5 6. Mi Baga ¢ <6 o¢ o « @ GO B® (2S Oy 4 15 23 W. ae 5 89 6B Be 9 24 Le 23 e ie Ben 50) 240 10) 21 ea bA16 Ines Me rina eon). “AG. 26's) 8) ano 1G 8B Weslen oo soo 6 6 GO BO BO 2s 9 23 19-18 24 W. oH LS IVI eh Ss Ye Rg O22 16 24, ine Hie Meee Sen iene ASC OO Mivads O23 AS11622 Es De set we WES Ly WT ee OMS RA Coenen EY yn 4) 16 25 Wo Wigelbings gb a a Ge a 8 8 238 19-16 24 Ti, oleh@teme (Sag aol gk i AA BBN Ml 16 22 W. Pernitz . Sua lee Hate ane B))) AQ) ie beans Oka nmee 18 24 iW, Niesenla@a oo 50 6p BO Be 8 26 18 24 1. Length (in millimetres) from snout to vent. 2. Number of scales across middle of body. 3. Transverse series of ventral plates. 4. Number of plates in collar. 5. Number of scales and granules between symphysis of chin-shields and median collar-plate. 6. Number of femoral pores (on right and left sides, if differimg). 7. Number of lamellar scales under the fourth toe.— The same notation is followed throughout in this paper. The division of the parietal is complete on both sides in 3 specimens, complete on one side and incomplete on the other in 6, incomplete in the rest. The anterior supraocular is absent in the specimen from Reichenau. One of the specimens from Voslau has two postnasals, and in another from the same locality (Pl. XVI. fig. 4) the parietal does not touch the upper postocular *. One of the specimens from Baden has only three anterior upper labials. In all of them the second supraocular is in contact with the supraciliaries. * In my previous contribution I have earefully recorded such exceptions to the rule on account of Prof. Méhely’s statement (Ann. Mus. Hung. ii. 1904, p. 368, footnote), ‘Ich habe z. B. viele hunderte von sehr verschiedenen Fundorten herstammende Hxemplare der Lacerta muralis, L. vivipara und L, taurica untersucht und niemals ein Exemplar angetroffen, bei dem das erste Postoculare [upper postocular] nicht an das Parietale angestossen hatte.” Now, it is very remarkable that when I examine scores instead of hundreds of specimens of the typical form, I come upon such exceptional specimens. I have previously mentioned six from France (Tr. 1905, p. 354), I now add one from Austria, and further on I record another from France and 23 from Spain, which makes 31 exceptions eut of about 260 specimens, or 12 per cent, VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD, 139 The female from Véslau is remarkable in having a paired series of dark vertebral spots. Males with the throat and belly red, or cream-colour with rust-red spots ; black ventral spots, if present, confined to the two outer rows of shields, the outermost of which bears large pale blue spots. Females white beneath, with golden sheen ; Small pale blue spots on outer row of ventral shields. It will be noticed that the number of scales across the body is generally less than in specimens from France and Belgium. In my previous contribution, particulars of 8 specimens from Dinant, Belgium, showed the number to vary between 54 and 62. I have since obtained, with the kind assistance of a young friend, A. van Delft, numerous specimens from a quarry at Denée, not far from Dinant, and the tabulation of 12 specimens confirms this range of variation. 1. 2. 3. 4, 5. 6. UW Denée, Welkgimm 5 595 1 o o G@ Gl SS BH Il 19 26 CORT econ 22 20-1924 my Oe BS) eh IM BB Bae) Bs} i PAID Fb sprit, Orlin tin ob Dee S GUC ONMMAITE C24. WrTOZO EMG 5 Re eee eet WPS Onn She BOne AblOr Model S21 OR kbo5 f A ee a AG bie 60a Li fehy Daan Cues 9Gn asl *1Gu sor ‘t PEA le ly IB he OUW GOTH ON WOT elOe Obie aus =U gmyOn i Pe ir ee WS 5 lO Alec y a1Oy |e ozeeno0E 22 In eo 7, i PTR case OU DOI. QiiralOb Postage Set a25 “ Pe en tat ty t7. 25 20-19 28 9 PE ee a 52 58 26 9 224 19-18 23 6 op do 08) oo gy BO. 6 BB eS 9 26 9-20 2 In three of these specimens the series of granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries is complete. In five the suture between the first and second supraciliaries is vertical, at least on one side. One specimen has five anterior upper labials on one side. In both sexes the lower parts were white or pale pink in life; blue spots on the sides large or small in males, small or absent in females. Baron G. Fejérvary, Jun.*, has published some remarks on specimens from the Rhone Valley in Canton Vaud, Switzerland, figuring the rostral scutellation of a specimen which agrees closely with one found near Randa, noticed on p. 353 (right-hand figure) of my first contribution, and he also records specimens with as many as 62 scales across the body. I have also further remarks to offer on the variations of this lizard in France. Prof. L. Vaillant , in announcing the very interesting find of two specimens of bluish- black Wall-Lizards on one of the Glenan Isles, on the Atlantic coast of Brittany, * Beitr. Herpet. Rhonetals, 1909, p. 40. f+ Bull. Mus, Paris, 1906, p. 438. 140 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE records them under the name of var. Uilfordi. I have not seen these specimens, but I have no doubt that if they were examined as to their scaling they would be found to agree entirely with the typical form, which grows to a large size on the Glenan Isles, whilst the true var. lilfordi, from the Balearic Islands, can be recognised at once by its much smaller scales. I have exhibited before one of the meetings of this Society * a totally black individual of the typical form from near Florence, apparently similar to others from Bordeaux and the Italian Lakes district, reported upon by Lataste + and by Kammerer {, thus showing that these black so-called varieties are not, as generally believed, only produced by isolation on small rocks. Basing likewise his identification on colour and markings, M. M. Mourgue § has recorded the vars. nigriventris Bp., and latastii Bedr., from the Riou Isle, off Marseilles. But the specimens he has been so kind as to send me, proved, as I expected, to belong to the typical form. I append particulars of these two specimens :— Io 2. 3. 4, 5. 6. 7. ean Mhestincsee dq Ged 56 26 10 24 19 26 60 52 25 8 23 18-19 25 2» Now, the var. nigriventris, from Rome (see Tr. 1905, p. 384), has 55 to 71 scales across the body, and 27 to 31 lamellar scales under the fourth toe, and the var. latastit (var. serpa, from Ponza, p. 397), 66 to 71 of the former, and 30 to 33 of the latter. I have before me a large male specimen from St. Lunaire, near St. Malo (Pl. XVI. fig. 1), which still more resembles in its coloration the var. nigriventris of Italy. Its upper parts are black, with numerous round lemon-yellow spots, and the pinkish-white belly is spotted with black. It is further remarkable in having the anterior nasal in contact with the anterior loreal, above the posterior nasal. Along with its particulars I give those of a female specimen from the same locality, which has a large transverse shield in front of the anal, and a round black spot on almost every ventral shield (Pl. XVI. fig. 2). 1 Py; oF 4, 53 6. a. Ss Wee og 6 a OB OO NO ee BRR. Gis} a @ 87 BB BO Ah) Dw} | oy Here, again, the low number of subdigital lamellz (23) shows that this lizard cannot be referred to the var. nigriventris, however much it may resemble it in coloration and in size. The latter agrees exactly with that of the Glenan Isles specimens (J. ¢. p. 357), which were hitherto regarded as among the largest of the typical form. As size is * P. Z.S. 1905, ii. p. 324. + Herp. Gironde, p. 76, 1876. + Zentralbl. f. Physiol. xx. 1906, p. 261. § Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, xxxix. 1909, p. 250; and xl. 1910, p. 87, figs. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD, 141 sometimes appealed to in justification of specific distinction among the Wall-Lizards, it is worthy of note that the typical form, which ranks as a small race, on an average may reach a length of 72 mm. without the tail in both sexes, whilst in the largest Wall-Lizards examined by me this length does not exceed 90 mm. in males (var. serpa), and 82 in females (var. bedriage), such specimens being regarded as exceptionally large. The female is remarkable for the very short and broad, nearly smooth caudal scales. A male specimen caught at Achard, near Bordeaux, by Mr. Edward Britten, and presented by him to the British Museum, is remarkable for having the anterior nasal in contact with the loreal, and the anterior temporal reaching the upper surface of the head and broadly in contact with the fourth supraocular (Pl. XVI. fig. 3). il 2. 3. 4, 5. 6. Wo INchardapers icons ta vey |) 00 52 25 Il 20 19 24 It has 5 upper labials on the right side, 4 on the left. I have represented the caudal scales of three specimens of the typical form to show to what extent their shape and degree of keeling may vary according to individuals, and in order to warn against such a character being used for the definition of species. In other forms I have observed similar individual differences, though perhaps not to the same extent. These scales are taken from the left half of the posterior part of the anterior fourth of the intact, unreproduced tail. DRE A as z co THT Tl MOLEIWOIU Caudal scales of Z. muralis. A, B. Denée, Prov. Namur, Belgium; C. Baden, near Vienna. Sensory pits near the posterior border of the caudal scales are often very distinct in the typical L. muralis. I have already expressed my agreement with Eimer’s theory as to the modifications of the pattern of markings in these lizards, viz., that the longitudinally streaked forms 142 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE (striate) are the most primitive, from which first the reticulated (reticulatw) and then the cross-barred (¢/gris) were derived; and that the gradual changes have proceeded, first in males and then in females, from behind forwards, the tail therefore being in the most advanced condition, unless following another independent tendency, viz., the suppression of markings (concolores). The Wall-Lizards of the series commencing with the typical form and terminating in the var. nigriventris, with the var. bruegge- mannt as intermediate form, show this very well, and I have therefore on Pl. XVI. given side-views of the tails in three specimens (figs. 8-10), showing the passage between two extremes :— Fig. 8. Striated female (Bosnia), showing the retention on the tail of the dark lateral stripe, with a tendency to break up into spots ; on the reproduced part, this lateral stripe has, as usual on the regenerated tails of L. muralis, resumed its continuous condition. Fig. 9, Reticulated male (Bosnia) with the markings in the form of vertical bars. Fig. 10. Male of var. nigriventris (Rome), in which the last condition reaches its highest degree in L. muralis, the bars sometimes even forming complete annuli. Similar series can be traced in the vars. campestris and serpa. II.—SPAIN (Supplement). Forma TYPICA. Wall-Lizards, in every respect similar to those of France, occur near Madrid, in the Loroya Valley, whence the British Museum has received 25 specimens from M. de la Escalera. The var. bocagit occurs also in the same valley (see p. 144). Particulars are given of a few of these specimens. = bo a ou er) Sf 3. 7. 3 69 56 24 10 24 18 24 M 63 60 25 9 25 20-19 26 Rs 60 55 23 9 22 16-17 26 ee 56 56 25 9 24 17-18 27 f°) 65 60 283 9 26 18-17 25 3 62 538 28 10 23 17 25 4 60 43 27 9 24 18-17 23 a 58 56 27 9 23 15 23 Of the 25 specimens, 9 may be regarded as conforming in every respect to the normal pattern of scaling. Others deserve to be noted for the following pecu- liarities :— One has no indication of a masseteric disk, two have it very small on one side, VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 148 absent on the other. In 8 specimens the parietal does not touch the upper post- ocular, in 4 it does so on one side only. In one the suture between the first and second supraciliaries is vertical. In two the anterior nasal is in contact with the anterior loreal. Two have 3 labials anterior to the subocular on both sides; a third has 3 on one side and 4 on the other. The series of granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries is often complete. The occipital is frequently a little broader than the interparietal. The scales on the body are usually feebly but mere or less distinctly keeled. Belly more or less spotted with black in the males. Sixteen specimens have the dark vertebral stripe or series of spots. The British Museum has also received, from Dom Saturio Gonzales, a large series (26 3, 20 2, 65 young) from Silos, Burgos, and a few specimens from Castrillo de la Reina, also in Burgos, which I refer to the typical form. ite P 3 4 &, 6 7 ¢. Silos. GO) 82 27 OR 27 17 26 Bea a 6 23 1©@ Ne 25 Soe ies 5 2 6 26 Wels 28 Bp Te BS 4. 23 Il 24 19 22 es yh 0) 8 24 Wi 22 ata BS 4h BH Il 28 16 25 Re , 63 8 6 23 ING Ps seth ages Sl Be oe 9 22 15-14 24 6 KO 4) OL iil 2B 15 23 3 5) Be BH 9 23) ~NG=17 (24: Qo os Sl 6 SO. 2 és By 9 ; BO 4 2 dl BB Wage B86 cae. 48 50 29 Y 23 Gals 20) BB 47 46 828 ) By GaN i oars 46 48 29 | Ba 15 22 9b 45 48 30 22 doi 28} FE RU ae eee R IS oS) Suiia; oat) Ole DON EB 9523 17 22 Rahs enpinct ee Mays NUE eN Tel may ie Anos KOO GaO), ©) 15 21 DAS het Poa anna es (en CAO ETA Que oOL hy Ot mod 15 22 Pease mers, eee asad tw sy Qeaact OAON, ASI ws 330 9 20 16-15 21 6. Castrillodela Rema ... 64 51 27 9 27 20-19 ? 9p 3 so 6 Gl SO . BB ll 23 Welle 2 99 55 0 0 o BF 46 23 WW Bh Mele © Bil »” 55 53 0) 7 O22 G15 26 % 68) 5S 6 Sl IW BH MWe BA »” a Bn BO Bes uh Bh 16 22 The scales on the body are usually perfectly smooth, rarely with a very feeble keel ; VOL. XX.—PART 111. No, 2.—February, 1913. Xx 144 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE their number is comparatively low (46-54), and so is the number of femoral pores (13-18, only once 19-20). In view of the undue importance that has been attached by L. von Méhely and others to certain characters of lepidosis, it will not be without interest to record their variation in this series of over 100 specimens. The suture between the internasals is often very short, and in 5 specimens the rostral forms a suture with the frontonasal. The occipital varies much in size; in some it is very small, in others it is much broader and even longer than the inter- parietal. ‘The suture between the first and second supraciliaries is vertical, at least on one side, in 28 specimens. ‘The series of granules between the supraciliaries and the supraoculars is complete in 30 specimens*. In 9 specimens the parietal is not in contact with the upper postocular, and in 2 it is so on one side only. The masseteric disk is usually large, sometimes small, totally absent in 7 specimens; in 4 specimens it is separated from the last upper labial by a single granular scale. 4 specimens have five anterior upper labials on both sides, 9 have five on one side only. Grey, olive-grey, or pale brown above, with black, brown, reddish-brown, or brick- red markings; two more or less distinct light streaks on each side, usually very sharply marked in females and young, with a dark band or dark spots between them ; a vertebral series of small dark spots, sometimes confluent into a streak, more often absent than present. Lower parts red, pink, or white in females, salmon-pink or brick-red in males, in which latter a series of azure-blue spots is present on the outer row of ventral shields ; black spots, if present, small. ‘Tail of young often bluish. Var. BOCAGIL. Ile 2. 3. 4, 5. 6. 7 Go lore Walleye 5 6 go 6 GS GD BD) Dre Nall} Be * 0 GSMCON 28) 10) 25) MSS N7ae 23 ” ” Gl BR Ae O28) 16 25 ” 2 GQ) Gy As 10> 2 18 27 » 5p B/ Ol B®, 2 19 26 » 5S S16 6 5 oo 88 G (eS Ah 27) lO, 26 OF an ool bio 6 o Gl BS Sl eM PS Wee By OMG? munail: 9 26 17-16) 25 The first specimen on the list has 8 rows of ventral plates instead of 6, the normal number. Scales granular, smooth, or with faint keel; caudals more or less strongly keeled. Masseteric disk totally absent in two specimens, absent on one side in a third ; in one specimen it is separated from the last upper labial on the right side by a single granule. With one exception, occipital broader than interparietal. * This und the preceding character, given by Méhely in the diagnosis of the Archzolacertee (1910, p. 224), thus occur in more than 25 per cent. of the specimens from this part of Spain. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 145 Except for the absence of a vertebral stripe or series of spots, the larger specimens (3), one of which is figured on Pl. XVI. fig. 11, are not without a general resemblance to the var. pityusensis, and such specimens have no doubt given rise to Bedriaga’s remarks * on Seoane’s var. bocagii: “Hine Ubergangsform, welche die pityusensis und die fusca verkettet, ist mir neuerdings aus der spanischen Provinz Galizien zugestellt worden.” On the other hand, the smallest male is on the way to the black, light-spotted attire of the Serra de Gerez specimen, figured by me in Tr. 1905, pl. xxiv. fig. 8. The females (Pl. XVI. fig. 12) are beautifully striped, an exaggeration of the pattern represented on pl. xxiv. fig. 7, of Tr. 1905. Belly unspotted in males as well as in females. I am indebted to Dr. Gadow for several specimens collected by himself near Burbia, Asturias, between Galicia and Leon, one of which calls for notice as bridging over, to a certain extent, the chasm separating this variety from the var. monticola, of which specimens were obtained in the same neighbourhood. I append its particulars :— w Or (op) q iota airy sade ar eh peach eee aS 53 27 11 ey 17 23 The internasals form an extremely short suture behind the rostral; the parietal just touches the upper postocular, and is slightly emarginate on its line of contact with the anterior supratemporal 7; the masseteric disk is well developed, and is separated from the latter shield by one granule, and from the last upper labial by one granule on the left side and by two on the right; the first and second supraciliaries are in contact with the anterior supraocular }, and the suture between them is vertical, not oblique. The shape of the head does not differ from that of the var. monticola, but some of the specimens of the var. bocagit from Spain and Portugal have also the head much flattened. In the lizards from the Spanish Peninsula, it is impossible to draw a demarcation line between the pyramidocephalous and the platycephalous type, which culminates in the var. hispanica. I can predict that a larger series of specimens from that part of Spain would so completely link the vars. bocagii and monticola as to render the naming of certain individuals arbitrary. Var. MONTICOLA. My friend Dr. Gadow has presented to the British Museum two specimens of this variety, which Prof. Méhely has raised to specific rank, as he was bound to do if * Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. 1886, p. 255. 7 As shown by fig. 13, on Pl. XVL, taken from a male specimen from Coimbra, in Dr. de Bedriaga’s collection, the anterior temporal may be extensively in contact with the fourth supraocular in the var. bocagii as well as in the var. monticola. ¢ I find exactly the same condition ina 2 ZL. horvathi received from Prof. Méhely, the granules behind the second supraciliary being reduced to five. x2 146 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE L. horvathi is to stand as a species. In fact, one of these two specimens, obtained by Dr. Gadow at Burbia, Spain, and of which particulars follow, bears a most striking resemblance to L. horvathi. Both specimens are again females; the male of this variety is still unknown. ilo 2. 3. &ip 5. 6. Uo Oy CO Gey ites Maen ste et Hime Reta MUTINY ZOD 52 29 8 26 15-14: 23 ” 64 50 28 9 23 18-17 26 The larger specimen, which is blotched with black on the back, the larger spots forming a pair of vertebral series, differs from the types in the lower number of femoral pores (14—15 instead of 17-20), in having the series of granules between the supra- oculars and the supraciliaries incomplete, and in the absence of a masseteric disk, the temple being covered with small irregular shields. The parietal forms a short suture Text-fig. 3. BPeeeecescoroococcac:-:- SPTece®eecsegoeccoe=-., ‘Paesce@Qreoeo@oeeoer= oacc-- e@oaccaevoree= Ho a yO am iy 0 A o fy yO fa Ay 8 HO om oe 4 a) . e®eceae ET eco —ecaee S®@ecccoae-coca > is) B c 5 A. F. typica. B,C. Var. bocagit. D. Var. monticola. with the upper postocular. The smaller specimen, in which the back is olive-brown, with a few black dots, bordered on each side by a sharply-defined blackish-brown band, has the anterior loreal divided into two superposed shields, an azygous shield separates the prefrontals, the anterior supratemporal forms a suture with the fourth supra- ocular, and the posterior dorsal scales are feebly but very distinctly keeled. ‘The temporal scutellation of this specimen (Pl. XVI. fig. 14) is interesting, as it repro- duces the condition described by Prof. Méhely in L. horvathi (1909, p. 602): ‘“ Es ist von hervorragender Wichtigkeit, dass das Massetericun teef wnten liegt und wahrend es vom Supratemporale meist durch zwei Schildchen getrennt wird, stosst es mit dem nachsten Supralabiale oft zusammen, oder es wird von demselben héchstens durch ein Schildchen getrennt; ein ahnliches Verhalten ist mir von keiner anderen Lacerta bekannt ”*. The scutellation of the lower surface of the tibia corresponds to Mébely’s figure on pl. xxiv. fig. 3. * See further on, p. 148 (var. brueggemanni). VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 147 I have no hesitation in stating that there is not a single structural character, or combination of characters, by which L. monticola can be distinguished from L. horvathi. But, whereas the former is a mountain form probably derived from the var. bocagii, with paired series of spots on the vertebral line, the latter should be regarded as a mountain form derived from the typical L. muralis, with a single series of spots, often confluent into a streak, on the vertebral line*. he difference between LI. monticola and L. horvathi is much less than that which separates L. sardoa from LL. bedriage. Il1.—ITALY (Supplement). Forma TYPICA. I am indebted to Prof. O. Neumann for examples of this lizard, obtained by him in beech woods at Bosco d’Umbra, Monte Gargano, N. Apulia, so far the southernmost well-ascertained locality in Italy for the typical form f. 1, 2 3. 4, 5. 6. if ref 57 53 24 10 25 16-15 26 57 55 24 10 23 18-17 26 ? Typical in scaling, but one of the specimens has five anterior upper labials on one side. Dorsal scales feebly keeled. Pale brown above, with small blackish spots, black with light spots on the sides; bright red beneath, spotted with black. * T do not mean that the paired vertebral spots of var. moniticola (see my pl. xxiv. fig. 2, Tr. 1905) represent the vertebral series of spots or streak of the f. typica (1. c. figs. 3 & 4), or the paired vertebral spots of some individuals of that form and of vars. campestris and serpa (occipital band of Méhely). On the contrary, these have totally disappeared in the var. bocagii, in some specimens of which (J. c. fig. 6) the series of spots bordering the dorso-lateral light streak (Supraciliarstreifen of Méhely) have become approximated in such a manner as to lead to the condition shown by the var. montcola, and correspond to the Parietalband of Méhely. The series of Spanish and Portuguese specimens at my disposal show this most conclusively, thus affording further proof of the derivation of the var. monticola from the var. bocagti, itself derived from the f. typica. See diagram on p. 146 (fig. 3). + I have, however, since writing the above, seen specimens in the Florence Museum, labelled “‘ Calabria ultra,” and which are certainly referable to the typical form. I have noted the following particulars of two of those specimens :— ih 2. 3. 4, 5. 6. 7. Sie cmneeiei ct: £00 54 25 9 24 17-16 25 Oem soe OO 55 27 10 23 18 25 As early as 1879 (Arch. f. Nat. p. 302) Bedriaga recorded this form from Arena, Calabria, on the authority of Dr. Cavanna. 148 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE In other places on Monte Gargano, Prof. Neumann collected specimens of the Var. SERPA, on the whole, very similar to those from Rome and Naples, but some with compara- tively large scales, as may be seen from the following tabulation :— il, 2. 3. 4, 5. 6. 7 3 81 55 25 9 26 21-20 28 » 77 65 26 1a 26 21-20 28 ” 77 64: 25 13 26 22-21 28 ” 75 69 26 10 30 24 30 » 72 58 25 11 27 20 28 g 70 55 30 10 25 19-21 28 >» 68 66 27 9 26 24-22 29 » 65 56 29 9 26 23-22 29 In the specimens of the var. serpa, previously examined by me, 58 was the lowest number of scales across the body, 62 to 70 being the usual number; whilst in this little series I count 55 to 69. A specimen with as few as 50 scales is recorded further on, from Sicily. Var. BRUEGGEMANNI. The head of the male specimen represented on Pl. XVII. fig. 2, is remarkable for the large size of the temporal scales and for having the rostral shield entering the nostril, two characters which are often found combined in the vars. campestris and jiumana. This specimen formed part of a number of lizards purchased by the Zoological Society as from ‘Tuscany. I may add that its frontal shield is much shorter than its distance from the end of the snout, a condition quite frequent in this variety. In a male from Bagni di Ripoli, near Florence, presented by Dr. Banchi, I find the temporal scutellation described by Méhely as typical of LZ. horvathi, the masseteric disk being low down and separated from the last labial by one series of scales and from the parietal by three (Pl. XVII. fig. 5), a state of things which I have occa- sionally met with in the typical form and other varieties. As believed by its original describer, this form connects the typical Wail-Lizard with the var. serpa. In the markings of the upper parts some specimens closely approach the spotted-streaked form of the latter; such is the male specimen from Florence, preserved in Dr. de Bedriaga’s Collection, figured on Pl. XVII. fig. 3. Figs. 1 and 4 on the same Plate show how greatly the markings vary individually in examples from the same part of Italy. Var. INSULANICA. Lacerta muralis neapolitana, part., Bedriaga, Arch. f. Naturg. 1879, p. 277. Lacerta muralis neapolitana, subvars. e (part.) et f, Bedriaga, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1879, pp. 204 & 205. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 149 Lacerta muralis reticulata Eimer, Arch. f. Naturg. 1881, pp. 325 & 357, pl. xiii. fig. 12. Lacerta muralis neopolitana, var. insulanica Bedriaga, Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, lvi. 1882, p. 101. Lacerta muralis neapolitana, subvars. g et h (part.), Bedriaga, Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. 1886, pp- 288 & 229. “Le Lézard des murailles provenant de l’ile de Pianose laisse voir sur un beau fond vert des bandes noires transversales et ondulées. Les parties inférieures du corps sont bleudtres. Les séries longitudinales de plaques ventrales qui confinent aux flancs sont d’un beau bleu marin tacheté de noir. Les formes de ce Lézard offrent des caractéres nouveaux. Sa téte est déprimée, le cou est fortement renfle et beaucoup plus large que la téte; son trone est trés-épais. Par ses formes, cette sous-variété parait étre trés-voisine du Lézard oxycéphale de Fitzinger [read L. bedriage Camerano].” Bedriaga, 1879, p. 205 (italics mine). I had quite independently arrived at the same conclusion on examining a specimen from Pianosa, near Elba, received after my first contribution (Tr. 1905) had been set up in type, and to which I thus alluded in a footnote (p. 384) :—“I have received from Prof. Camerano a male specimen from Pianosa, which may well be regarded as inter- mediate between the vars. brueggemanni and bedriage.”’ Before having seen the specimens referred to the var. nigriventris (or ventromaculata Bedr.) from the Scuola islet, near Pianosa, alluded to by Bedriaga *, I felt much inclined to think that they would prove to be only a darker form of the var. insulanica of Pianosa, a supposition which has been fully confirmed by the examination I have been able to make of one of Dr. de Bedriaga’s specimens, forming part of his private collection, and of several in the Florence Museum. ‘This variety is directly connected, through the var. dbrueggemanni, with the typical Z. muralis, not with the varieties grouped together as subspecies neapolitana. It may be regarded as a form evolved on parallel lines with the true var. nigriventris, from the province of Rome, of which I had the pleasure of seeing fine, specimens running on the old outer walis of Rome in December last. I had a few captured for me, and two were exhibited last winter in the Reptile House of the Zoological Society. Some had the spots yellow, others had them of a bright green, and a few had the sides of a beautiful lapis-blue between the meshes of a black network. Before describing the var. tnsulanica, I will give particulars of sex, size, and scaling in the 14 specimens examined, two being the types, in Dr. de Bedriaga’s Collection (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1); the third is the male from Pianosa, received from Prof. Camerano and mentioned in 1905, the next eight from the same locality, presented to the British Museum by Count Peracca (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2); the first specimen from the Scuola islet is in Dr. de Bedriaga’s Collection (Pl. XVIII. fig. 3), and the last two are in the Flcrence Museum. * ZL. c.—By an oversight, I previously referred to this lizard as being from a rock near Pianvsa in the Adriatic. 150 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE ile 2 3 4, Sy 6 7 JHB MOKER AN 6 6 G6 oo BS ON BE BO By Bay) BBM ae} ie TVS TOU cute une Psa Om um Ou grea: eae Ovi 2A 19 27 » @ Gd 7 2B 10) by 23 28 » op OO Ca SW a Pe 2} » C8 OCB 23 l -2er Nee. Bs » » Of Gd 23 10! oO 22 30 p €O CO Bs. lh 4s 22 28 , 9 48) GL) 24 9 28 21-23 28 ) Oo . Ge Gs 23 8 27 26-25 31 ” ip CO GI ay 9 24 24-21 28 d oy OD), | CO ee ID a RO) Scuola COM NOS Meee ann eine 19 28 ” PGS) wan Oe 26.0 Le 5 26) po 22 a GomnGA eG ll 25 19 29 The rostral does not touch the nostril. The series of granules between the supra- oculars and the supraciliaries is sometimes complete (it is so in the larger of the two types), but the first supraciliary usually forms a suture with the supraocular. Parietal in contact with the upper postocular. Masseteric disk sometimes large, sometimes small, or very small. One specimen (?) has 5 anterior labials on both sides, the others have 4. Dorsal scales granular, feebly but distinctly keeled, 60 to 74 across the body, 40 to 67 on the middle of the back corresponding to the length of the head, 4 or 5 on the sides corresponding to a ventral plate. Tibial scales a little smaller than dorsals, very distinctly keeled. 19 to 26 femoral pores. 26 to 33 lamelle under the fourth toe. ‘The hind limb reaches the collar, or between the collar and the ear, in males, the axil in females. In coloration often very similar to var. bedriage. Upper parts and sides of body and limbs green or yellowish with a black network which may have a tendency to form cross-bands as in L. tiliguerta (tigris of Kimer). Sometimes the black predominates to such an extent as to constitute the ground-colour on which the green appears as small round or vermicular spots, as in the var. nigriventris, or the lizard from Filfola Rock. Head pale brown above, with small or large black spots or vermiculations ; lips often black, each shield with a light spot. White or pink beneath, throat with grey or blackish markings, the whole or the sides of the belly spotted with black; blue spots on the outer ventrals. Tail with regular cross-bars of black and white ocellar spots, most marked on the sides. There is no marked sexual coloration-dimorphism, and the young, which I have seen in the Florence Museum, is reticulated, not streaked. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 151 Measurements (in millimetres) :— No 2. 3. 4, 5, 6. From end of snout tovent . . . . 80 72 68 62 70 80 a 5 forelimb . . 84 28 26 22 27 35 lbenadn OF IngaGls 6 6 6 o 6 6 BB 19 18 14. 19 23 Wvseliin or aexel 5.6 6 6 6 oF 3 5 Ie 12 13 9 12 16 IDgpwn OF nem 6 «6 6 o 4 ea o IO 10 9 7 10 10 Ores impasse Atte eee oil 25 23 20 24 33 LaGiraal Wiens). ig ou lou Meals wh weeehen ae ae le/ 41 39 34 37 AZ OO LURE BINcHE FaukE sais curve fish querer oct UC gS 7% 22 20 17 20 26 1. g, type, Pianosa (Bedriaga Collection). 2-3. ¢,Pianosa. 4. 2, Pianosa. 5. 3, Scuola, near Pianosa (Bedriaga Collection). In column 6 I have added, for comparison with no. 1, the measurements of a large male of var. bedriage from Bastelica, one of the types, in the Bedriaga Collection. This var. ¢nswlanica may be regarded as completely connecting the var. brueggemanni with the var. diliquerta, differing from the latter in having the belly more or less spotted, at least on the sides. As I have previously pointed out (Tr. 1905, p. 384, footnote), the smaller var. brweggemanni occurs on Elba, and specimens from S. Piero, near Elba, are in the Werner Collection. Regarding, with Bedriaga, the Pianosa lizard as also nearly related to the Corsican var. bedriage, we may turn to Méhely’s latest paper (1909, p. 486) to see what are the characters which, according to him, justify the specific separation of the latter from LZ, muralis, of which he regards L. brueggemanni as a variety. Leaving out the cranial characters, which are likewise inconstant (see above, p. 136), but with which I do not propose to deal at present, the following are the points on which this author lays greater stress to show that L. bedriage, or reticulata as he calls it, cannot be regarded as a race of L. muralis, but is unquestionably entitled to rank as a species pertaining to a quite different group. 1. The robust, stout habitus.—This is true only of males, and a comparison of the male figured by me (Tr. 1905, pl. xxix. fig. 7) with one of L. insulanica in the present paper (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1) shows how slight such a difference really is (see also the comparative measurements given above). Besides, Méhely includes in the same species L. sardoa, which, according to his own definition, is more slender than L. bedriage. One does not see, therefore, how the robust, stout form can be appealed to in justification of the specific distinction. Bedriaga (see above, p. 149) alluded specially to the stout form of the Pianosa lizard. 2. The short frontal—tIt may be quite as short in LZ. imsulanica, and it is not at all short in L. sardoa (see Tr. 1905, pl. xxviii. figs. 8 & 9). Big, heavy males of var. brueggemanni and jilfolensis often have a short frontal, much shorter than its distance from the end of the snout. There is nothing in this character. VOL. XX.—PART I. No. 3.—ebruary, 1913. ve 162 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE 3. The complete series of granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries.— Again a worthless specific character, occurring more or less frequently in the typical J. muralis and most of its varieties. Besides, Méhely omits to state that, as he him- self admits higher up (1909, p. 478), this is only ‘‘ usually” the case in L. bedriage. 1 cannot understand how such characters, which are known to break down in almost every variety, can be adduced in favour of specific distinction. 4. The vertical direction of the suture between the jirst and second supraciliaries.— Oblique, even strongly so, on one side or on both sides in several specimens (Brit. Mus. and Bedriaga Coll.) of L. bedriage, vertical on one side in a male of L. insulanica. The character is subject to frequent exceptions in the typical LZ. muwralis, in which the said suture is usually oblique (see above, p. 139). 5. The short freno-ocular (=second loreal).—May be shorter, in proportion to its distance from the nostril, in LZ. énsulanica than in L. bedriage. In two specimens (3 2) of the latter, I find it as long as its distance from the rostral. Compare also fig. 8@ on my pl. xxviii. (Tr. 1905) with side views of heads of other varieties on the same plate. 6. The homogeneous temporal scutellation, by which expression is meant that a masseteric disk is absent.—Higher up (1909, p. 479) Méhely admits that it is sometimes present, although very small. A large male from Bastelica, in the Bedriaga Collection, the head of which is here figured (text-fig. 4 A) alongside with that of a male of the var. nsulanica, from Pianosa, in the same collection (text-fig. 4 B), shows how far these statements are to be depended upon when submitted to the test of evena but moderately large series of specimens. Text-fig. 4. A. Var. bedriage; B. Var. insulanica. From photographs. 7. The very distinct supratemporal.—tThis is not constant (see Tr. 1905, p. 412), and besides the shield is twice as large in a male ZL. insulanica as in a female (one of the types) of L. bedriage. 1 request a comparison of figs. 7 & 9 of plxxvitioelrsmlo Vom. 8. The nearly smooth wpper caudal scales and the smooth tibial and dorsal scales.— The caudal scales are often very distinctly keeled in L. bedriage and L. sardoa, * See also Méhely’s own figure of the head of ZL. bedriage in Ann, Mus. Hung. iii. 1905, p- 301, which does not agree with his later definition of the Archeolacertx, op. cit. vii. 1909, p. 424. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 153 and smooth dorsal scales and nearly smooth caudals are found in so many typical LI. muralis and closely related varieties, that very little importance attaches to such a character. Specimens with smooth and keeled dorsal scales are placed in the same species by Méhely when dealing with L. saxicola (1909, p. 491). 9. The high number of gular scales.—26 to 39 in L. bedriage, 24 to 32 in L. insu- lanica, 22 to 30 in L. brueggemanni. 10. The more feeble gular fold—bBetter marked in a large male L. bedriage from Tinozzo, and in another from Bastelica than in some of the lizards from Pianosa. 11. The same number of transverse series of ventral plates in the two sexes.—See what I have to say of the Maltese lizards, p. 160. 12. The greater number of rows of scales on the lower surface of the thigh—I count 5 to 8 rows between the large shields and the femoral pores in L. bedriage, 5 or 6 in LL. insulanica. 13. The greater number of femoral pores—I19 to 31 in L. bedriage, 19 to 26 in L. insulanica, As regards the scaling, a greater difference exists between a typical LZ. muralis from Lower Austria (A) and Z. insulanica than between L. insulanica (B) and L. bedriage (C), as shown by the numbers of scales across the body (a), of femoral pores (6), and of subdigital lamella under the fourth toe (¢) :—— Ne th C83, . b, IAG, G, PDE, By 5 COB. yp NOB, yy BOSE Os ny GOVE | fy) IOI gy ORB. 14. The reticulated livery of the young and the absence of secondary sexual characters in the markings.—These are features which are likewise characteristic of L. insulanica. As the latter point is one on which Méhely lays great stress in his classification of the Wall-Lizards, I think no better example could be adduced to show the fallacy of his conclusions than that offered by this Pianosa lizard, which, in its habitat between Elba and Corsica, appears to constitute a geographical link between the Elba lizards of the var. brueggemanni and the var. bedriage, isolated on the mountains of Corsica. I do not suppose any one who has devoted some study to these lizards could think of regarding the Filfola Rock lizard as more than a variety derived from the smaller form living on Malta; and yet the latter shows as strong a sexual coloration-dimorphism as the typical Z. muralis, whilst the former is, in this respect, in the same condition as LL. bedriage. IV.__SARDINIA (Supplement). Var. QUADRILINEATA. Signor Meloni has sent me 34 specimens from Latzobé, Urzulei-Ogliastra Mountains, altitude 1080 m., which vary much in markings. Many of the males have large black Y 2 154 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE spots on the ventrals, and a few of the females have some scattered black dots on the same region. The series of granules between the supraoculars and the supra- ciliaries is complete in 18 specimens. 4 specimens have five anterior labials on each side, 6 have five on one side and four on the other, and one has three on each side. In two specimens the rostral forms a suture with the frontonasal. In all but two the masseteric disk is large, and in one only is the parietal excluded from contact with the upper postocular. Femoral pores 20 to 29. Out of four specimens from Cagliari, received from Count Peracca, one has five anterior upper labials. Femoral pores 21 to 25. In nearly all these specimens the rostral shield touches or enters the nostril. In this respect the var. guadrilineata tends towards the var. pityusensis, in which the rostral constantly enters the nostril. There are many points of agreement between these two varieties, and it now appears to me not improbable that the Iviza lizard, which differs considerably from the Wall-Lizards of the Spanish Peninsula, may be directly derived from those inhabiting Corsica and Sardinia. This would be in accordance with what we know of the herpetological fauna of the Balearic Islands, which lacks any truly Spanish elements, and shows decided Eastern affinities in the presence of Testudo greca and Bufo viridis, to say nothing of the reported occurrence on Minorca of Lacerta muralis, vay. tiliquerta, which, in view of the present knowledge of its distribution, may, after all, not be due to human agency, as I was first inclined to believe. Var. SARDOA. Simce the appearance of my first contribution, Count Peracca has published * supplementary notes on his £. sardoa, based on the examination of 26 further specimens. ‘The lizard was then believed to be confined to a single valley on the Gennargentu, but on a recent rapid inspection of the collection in the Florence Museum, Count Peracca and I found three large specimens, labelled as from Monte Limbara. In these specimens, the nasals are narrowly in contact with each other behind the rostral, whilst in the 26 specimens described by Peracca the frontonasal is in contact with the rostral, usually forming an extensive suture. The postnasal is constantly single, and, with three exceptions, the parietal is in contact with the upper postocular. There are more frequently 4 than 5 upper labials in front of the subocular. According to the author’s tabulation, the number of scales across the body varies from 62 to 76, the transverse series of ventrals from 23 to 26, the collar-shields from 11 to 15, the gular scales, in a longitudinal series, from 29 to 38, the femoral pores from 21 to 30, frequently with a second series of rudimentary pores, as noticed in the * Boll. Mus. Zool. Torin, xx. no. 519, 1905, with a plate: VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 155 type specimen, and the lamelle under the fourth toe from 26 to 29. Two specimens have 8 longitudinal rows of ventrals. Peracca also points to the shape of the frontal shield as a distinctive feature of I. sardoa, the antero-lateral borders being convex instead of straight or concave. But I cannot agree with him as to the importance of this character, since I find the same condition in two specimens of the var. bedriage, and I have observed many similar cases in the typical Z. muraiis and in the vars. quadrilineata, serpa, and others. I have seen specimens in which the antero-lateral border of the frontal is concave on one side and convex on the other, this being particularly marked in a specimen of the var. serpa from Spalato, Dalmatia, preserved in Dr. Werner's Collection. V.—SICILY (Supplement). In my previous paper I referred all the specimens that had come under my notice to the var. serpa. With a more extensive material before me, I find that both the vars. serpa (or sicula) and tiliguerta occur in Sicily. Prof. Méhely * was therefore perfectly right in referring Sicilian specimens to the latter form, and I was wrong in throwing doubts on the correctness of his identification. I apologise to him for having done so. The specimens from Palermo and Catania, figured in Tr. 1905, pl. xxvii. fig. 7 and xxviii. fig. 4, as well as others from the same localities, belong to the var. serpa, whilst those from Messina (pl. xxvii. fig. 6), Syracuse, Modica, and some from Catania, should be referred to the var. ¢iliqguerta. I must, nevertheless, point out that I am not always able to distinguish examples of the vars. é¢/iguerta and serpa, so completely do they merge into each other, and the Hastern var. hieroglyphica (p. 201) further adds to the difficulty. Var. SERPA. I append particulars of specimens collected by Prof. O. Neumann on Monte Cuccio, near Palermo, and from Palermo in Dr. Werner’s Collection. 1t will be seen that they have, on an average, a lower number of scales across the body (50 to 67), fewer femoral pores (18 to 23), and fewer subdigital scales (28 to 33) than in the series referred to var. tiliguerta (scales 62-79, pores 21-28, subdigital scales 50-35). Further, the head is shorter and more convex, the parietal shield is always in contact with the upper postocular, the dorsal scales are more distinctly keeled, and the coloration is different. Some specimens are bright green above, with black spots forming longitudinal series, others are brown with or without spots, and with two whitish lines along each side. ‘The belly is white, orange, or brick-red in males, white or * Ann. Mus. Hung. vy. 1907, p. 483. 156 MR. G A. BOULENGER ON THE pink in females *, the outer ventral shields blue or bluish in both sexes; in one male the other Hontrals are white, each with a brick-red spot. The rostral sometimes enters the nostril, and in one male it forms a shore suture with the frontonasal. The series of granules between the supracculars and the supra- ciliaries may be complete or much reduced, and the masseteric disk may be very large, very small, or absent. i, 2. 3. 4, D. 6. os Wome CUGGO 5 6 56 5 g VG 7, 9226) 12) 228 e223 R28) » co Oe BR a7 9 2% 22 29 » See G6nmn60) 25), 10) 9) 26) ) 23-21 aol o» 5 OG 50) 28 9) 22) 20219) a9 2» SN OA OD, Fil Ome 22 29 , © 68 64 28 11 26 20-21 33 3 poe), (OZR WB = <2) 9 23 19-20 27 ” Oo mo ONS 9 24 20 29 » a BY GS BO IG) ee BOL SX) a» mB AS Bia ae 20 29 Palermo 3 70 66 26 12 30 20-22 30 ” mp a BS 8 26 21-20 29 » OOO) 625) 10) 23a 21 = 2 OREO 29 a OB Gl 2 O22 ISO ao 2 9 63 62 28 925 22 29 ” nO 2 OOS 9 26 20 29 Measurements (in millimetres) of specimens from Monte Cuccio :— 3. OF From end of snout tovent. . .... 72 68 Be an oy oe WM). 6 6 og 5. ao) 23 Hengthyoljhead aimee, Wee erga! aire) ak 15 Wiadthiofsheadtiisqiesemmne a. tetera. sce al 9 Depthvotshead 1s i muse ee icin oj ta 3 9 Hore Him bien rater tee iarneen as alate Masashi hic 22 Hind dlimbignie heer ere scat kar) 49 38 I NooY Beye (e avegew les Si ea, sy Mela scl mete) aha ee eR 20 LY DESI RH esa eae cipa Ohta coe aa lt aE L545) 125 * According to Camerano (Mon. Saur. Ital. p. 64) the lower parts may be of a “rosso deciso ” in females. ‘The colour of the lower parts is of very little importance for the definition of varieties (see Tr. 1905, p. 383, and pl, xxii.), and is not always a guide for the distinction of the sexes, as the so-called var. rubriventris of the typical form may be found in both sexes (Bedriaga, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1879, p. 215). Kammerer is mistaken when he says of the female (Arch. Entwickm. xxix. 1910, p. 459), “ Ventralseite des normalen, LL. muralis niemals rot, die normale Farbe der unteren Teile beim typischen L. muralis Miinnchen.” VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 157 Var. TILIGUERTA. The following are particulars of specimens from Palermo in Dr. Werner’s Collection, and from Monte Cuccio and Tarmina, collected by Prof. O. Neumann :— I 2h 3. 4, 5 6. Ul. Palermowiund wae ele. oh ae biG Aun lee 2 On Oj 9 24 31 ue sf WO: 26m lee 29 28-2 6Reao i i iO BA OS SUL. UR By 53 2 65 68 27 1 26 822-23 32 i is ies Rok Diam ta MRE Gl. Ga: 28 Il BS Sear si) Wlemig CUGCRO ~~ 5 56 6 ib ek Tes WAS) Br AL A as x0) 35 2 70 TO) ail 11 29 23-22 31 Manimi nary ewe ee isthe deelesuie Ge Oy 7) 2 Il Bll 27 33 rs . ie Cy 7) 23 10 23 25-223 So) ie 5 GS O27 1 a BBE ee 33 3 g 59 68 30 8 26 23-24 33 i, aS iG G3 GO AIM 923 Bleep 3 In 10 out of 33 Sicilian specimens examined, the anterior temporal is in contact with the fourth supraocular. The coloration varies greatly. Some specimens have black spots disposed longi- tudinally, with a more or less regular vertebral stripe, as in the Sardinian specimen figured by me in Tr. 1905, pl. xxix. fig. 5; others are reticulate all over, or the black markings form more or less distinct cross-bars (var. ¢igris of Eimer), as figured on the same plate, fig. 6. In the pattern of markings the var. téd¢guerta may approach very closely certain individuals of the var. bedriagw, as shown by the specimens here figured (Pl. XVIII. figs. 7 & 8). The markings on the tail may be very indistinct. And, finally, some specimens are uniformly greyish-olive or brownish, and evidently represent the L. olivacea and L. puccina of Rafinesque. Dr. de Bedriaga has sent me, alive, three specimens from Pantellaria Island, between Sicily and Tunisia, which are unquestionably referable to the var. téliquerta :— i. 2. 3. 4, 5. 6. Uo ol a. Ue 71 26 10 32 25-26 35 99 70 75 25 9 29 24 35 g 63 67 27 9 27 25-24 32 In both the males the supratemporal is in contact with the fourth supraocular. In view of our extended knowledge of the range of the var. ¢idiguerta, the occurrence of this form in Tunisia no longer appears improbable (cf. Tr. 1905, p. 419). The question whether or not it is indigenous on Minorca (J. ¢. p. 370) remains unsolved. 158 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE VI.—MALTA anp LINOSA (Supplement). With insufficient material before me, I referred, in my previous contribution, the lizards from Malta and Linosa to Z. serpa, and maintained the var. ji/folensis for the larger form from the Filfola Rock, near Malta. I now find that the characters for separating the latter entirely break down, but the Maltese and Linosa varieties are sufficiently distinguished by their coloration and their average smaller scaling to be. separated from the var. serpa. I therefore retain the name ji/folensis, but apply it to the lizards from the main island and from Linosa, as well as to those for which it was originally intended. Much as I regret using so unsuitable a designation, in view of the extended range of the variety, I am compelled to do so in preference to the alternative of proposing anew name. I can quite conceive these lizards being united with the var. quadrilineata from Corsica and Sardinia, from which some specimens are, to my eye, undistinguishable. The only characters which can be adduced in favour of their separation is that in the var. guadrilineata there are usually fewer than 70 scales across the body (56 to 75 being the ascertained range of variation), and the rostral usually touches or enters the nostril, and in the var. fi/folensis there are usually more scales and the rostral very rarely touches the nostril *. Further, I am not prepared to say that I could, in all cases, tell a Maltese lizard from certain specimens of the var. serpa from Italy, or of the var. insulanica from Pianosa, near Elba. I may repeat it again, most of these forms are undefinable by the characters to which we have to resort, however greatly they seem to differ when only their extremes are compared ; and that is why, until they can be properly diagnosed, I refrain from allowing them the rank of species. In its very fine lepidosis this variety shows special affinity to the Balearic var. lilfordi. The Maltese lizard is now represented by a series of 19 specimens, received from Mr. Despott (first four specimens in the table of particulars), Mrs. F. H. Pollen (fifth specimen, figured, Pl. XVII. fig. 6), and Capt. H. Lynes. il, 2. 3. 4, 5 6 i Go ola vg Gy 66 27 10 28 22-238 0 Suebihe taa wos hors 73 27 12 29 24-25 + 31 2 oe) 6 9 |) Ol 67 28 10 28 20 31 BAY Gea ud mee neo 71 28 g) 33 23 34 3 60 64. 26 10 30 20-22 30 5 62 72 27 10 36 24-22 32 a 60 24: 11 34. 25-23 35 2 59 80 27 10 31 24-26 34. 5D 57 70 20 11 32 21-19 32 a 56 66 28 9 30 23 35 g 6) OS 79 29 10 28 19-20 30 * In 8 specimens out of 70 examined. tT This specimen has two rows of pseudopores, as have been observed in Z, sardoa. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 159 50 to 60 scales correspond to the length of the head. The masseteric disk is always present and usually well developed ; in two specimens the parietal does not touch the upper postocular. Some females closely resemble the striped form of var. guadrilineata, and some males are also very suggestive of the so-called LZ. genet. The belly is unspotted in all the specimens. There are also 9 specimens from a rocky island near the mouth of St. Paul’s Bay, presented by Capt. Lynes (Pl. XVII. fig. 7), 6 of which are here tabulated :— I 2, 3. a. 5. 6. 7. Mia ers tas fo 85 27 9 33 24-23 36 55 78 27 10 33 24-23 36 55 70 26 10 33 21-22 35 Webs ary euOo, 71 27 9 34. 23-24. 33 OME amen far Jot 0) 84. 30 ll 35 24-25 36 : 48 70 29 10 34 20-21 35 In three specimens the parietal shield does not touch the upper postocular. ‘Two of the males have black spots on the belly, forming two longitudinal bands; the blue colour occupying the outer ventral shields forms an uninterrupted band from axil to groin. Two of the specimens, a male and a female, agree in this anomaly, that the fronto- nasal is divided into two, with an azygous shield between them and the prefrontals. Of the Filfola Rock form, specimens collected by Mr. Despott were received at the Zoological Gardens in 1910, and are still living. ‘The belly is black and blue on the sides, copper-colour, orange, or black in the middle in males, dull yellow or black in females ; dorsal spots of a pale green. I append particulars of 15 specimens, in spirit, obtained by the same collector, and preserved in the British Museum. 1. 2 3. 4 5. 6 7 So 80 77 27 10 37 25-26 2 9p ° 79 76 28 11 36 23 34 ” 78 Wh, 28 11 36 24-25 35 » 78 79 20 11 34. 23-24 2 » 76 70 28 IL 34. 25-24 32 » 75 80 29 10 32 23-25 35 ” 74: 77 27 12 36 24-26 31 ” 73 75 28 12 37 22-24. 34. ” 72 79 28 10 38 23-24 35 by 65 74. 28 Wik 34 22 3] z 64 73 30 9 34. 24. 3] » 62 74, 29 11 38 24. 36 » 62 70 28 12 32 24. 34. apy cae Meee! | O 73 28 1 30 25 3] er aS ay ee | LO 70 30 §) 34 22-28 ? In the last specimen the masseteric disk is absent. In 5 specimens the parietal shield does not touch the upper postocular. ‘The frontal shield is usually considerably VOL. XX.—ParT 111. No. 4.—February, 1913. Z 160 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE shorter than its distance from the end of the snout. Some specimens, male and female, are of a dull olive-brown on the back, with black spots and a broad black vertebral stripe (Pl. XVII. fig. 8). It is noteworthy that in the Filfola lizard, as well as in those from Malta and Linosa, there is not that considerable difference in the number of transverse series of ventral plates between the sexes as is generally the case in the typical form and other varieties of LZ. muralis. Thus my tables show the numbers to be 24 to 28 (usually 25) in males, 27 to 32 (usually 29) in females of the typical form, whilst in the Maltese- Linosa lizard they are 24 to 29 (usually 26 to 22) in males, 28 to 31 (usually 28 or 29) — in females. In this respect the var. filfolensis resembles the var. bedriage, with 24 to 28 series (usually 25) in males, and 25 to 28 (usually 26) in females. This lizard inhabiting Linosa appears to be identical with that of Malta, as I have already pointed out (Tr. 1905, p. 401). I am indebted to Dr. de Bedriaga for eight specimens, four of which (23,2?) were received alive. In one of the male specimens the top of the head and a broad median dorsal stripe are of a slightly reddish brown, the sides are black with round greenish yellow spots ; outer row of ventral shields black and blue; belly pale pink with a longitudinal series of large black spots on the second row of shields (Pj. XVIII. fig. 5); chin and throat yellowish white, with large black spots or marblings. In another male a black network extends over the whole back, whilst in further individuals of the same sex (Pl. XVIII. fig. 4) the upper parts are black with small light spots, exactly as in the lizard from Filfola. The larger female, received alive, is dark brown above, with a black network enclosing small yellowish spots, and with traces of three black longitudinal stripes, the median very narrow; belly pinkish, the sides spotted with black ; small blue spots on the outer row of ventral shields. ‘The smaller female also dark brown above, with a narrow black vertebral streak and a black lateral band edged with whitish above and below (Pl. XVIII. fig. 6); lower parts as in the preceding. The following tabulation refers to the 8 specimens presented by Dr. de Bedriaga and to the one (last on the list) received from the late Prof. Giglioli, and noticed and figured in my previous contribution (Tr. 1905, p. 401, pl. xxvii. fig. 8). ee OR aCe) en a 6. tf, dae 7 On Al Oe SCP 925226 lass econ Mm OCMIO cS) 126227. mod oy) a Conan Amero aman eLO IN 29) 921292.) aes A AG mG rT OM) MnO ONE 3G) 825-24) an i oe Ce CO mmo oIMT NG 28%. (21208) a5 Owe 6 Gl 9B 83> 1 BO. PAE a i) Se ASA Sno mm NmLaN, 730 22 31 eG AO EEG wn 28 8 Spon | si LOA ONES OMROS eS ©, BB 23 34. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 161 In 38 specimens (out of 9) the parietal does not touch the upper postocular. The series of granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries is usually complete. Masseteric disk large. Dorsal scales granular, smooth or faintly keeled, 4 or 5 series on the sides corresponding to a veniral plate, 46 to 58 corresponding to the length of the head. Scales on tibia smaller than dorsals, feebly keeled. Caudal scales truncate and diagonal, on the sides with the keel much nearer the dorsal border. VII.—EAST COAST anp ISLANDS oF tut ADRIATIC, GREECE. Forma TYPICA. I have received a good many of these lizards from various localities East of the Adriatic, and, before offering remarks on them, I will give a tabulation of the size and numbers of scales and pores in a number of specimens which, unless marked W. (Werner Collection), are preserved in the British Museum. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. W StasReterCarniolay es) sou 00) oa 26 923 17 24 - 35 » 8) 80 2 9 22 15-16 28 W. Bassovica, nr. Trieste .,, C4 BO. | 2B) 9 29 20-19 29 OSM 5 6 6 0 6 5 mg) 666 UMHl6UlU} UO. CBB}, ae BA eR Dede bet 1 oo peor) Oe weds 8) 25) 21-19) 26 BS fn. MOTO aE a nT aes 55 46 28 9° 22 Wo=l6 24 (enya, osm 5 ois 6 Be Be 2 22 Nelly BB W. Livno, 55 LA un eet SALON GA OM ie 7 OA 2 w=1G Be W Bs 5 So 8 45 2 22 Gay 283 Wo Ilemesoume 5 6 6 6 1G Gm SO” 2 I Bs WAG 23 W. Korito, Herzegovina. . , 64 50 26 9 24 18-19 24 WwW 35 fe oo 8 C8 426 SO 8 24 15-16 28 Wee Centr Bulgaria 2) Ge GO a2 24 De 26 e9=20) 26 Tetwen, Bulgaria . . , 61 54 24 ©) 2 | I=) 45 p j » we 8 Bs) 8 28 21-22 2 Panagiuriste, Bulgaria. ,, 55 52 28 8 26 20 23 Rutschuk, 3 op 6 8S 2s 9 24 18-19 24 W. 55 As 0 2 BA BB BE 2D WOSiNey BB L. Stymphalos, Morea. G . 65 54 26 IJ1 24 20-19 28 The specimen from Bassovica, one of the types of Werner's var. maculiventris (Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xli. 1891, p. 742)*; much spotted with black above and beneath, with a black, wavy lateral band, approaches the var. brueggemanni in the longer hind limb reaching the collar, with the foot 14 the length of the head and with more numerous lamelle (29) under the fourth toe. ‘The series of granules between the supraciliaries and the supraoculars is complete, and there is in addition a second, incomplete, series. Parietal 13 times as long as broad; interparietal nearly 4 times as long as the occipital ; an azygous shield between the prefrontals. Collar * Also recorded from Goritz and Fiume. Zz 2 162 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE feebly denticulate. Dorsal scales oval-hexagonal, feebly but distinctly keeled, larger than tibials ; caudals obtusely keeled, 40 in the fourth whorl. Measurements (in millimetres) :— From end/ofsnout to vent... | . . . 64 a5 35 jp woke II} $4 gy an lens thiomheadin Mums ueenevue rennet.) nly Wiadthwotehead inte: an wieamatenminannesi eh) teste. 0 i Depthyo rh ead Gace meni arta macnn amu. 7:5 Korewimibyaea aie ce mares en ee Ya | 28 and ¥himiby ane een neonate hoa file, 8S HOOLR rrn ciara eesti con Ya 4h) dll Male (reproduced) haus minm mar neniee ra pole) all O This seems to be the form, supposed to be from Dalmatia, described by Bedriaga, Arch. f. Naturg. 1878, p. 274 (L. muralis fusca aus Dalmatien). The specimens from Bosnia, Herzegovina, and Bulgaria have shorter hind limbs, reaching the axil in the males, the wrist or the elbow of the adpressed fore limb in the females, and the foot is not or but slightly longer than the head, sometimes even slightly shorter. This difference can be appreciated by a comparison of the measure- ments of the Bassovica specimen with those of specimens from Bosnia :— Measurements (in millimetres) :— 3 OF From end ofsnout to vent . .. . . £66 55 0 Ap oy foreslimibyeee ees) 20 19 iene chyorgh ead Gam aman mercume nary ari: 12 Wiadthvotiheade ies nrcnermeainr ns 20 oll 8 Depthiothecad ey her wena basa i. sc 8 6 Horeslimb aes ee i eis eek LOND 18 bind ime. ane mares ates a b= 130 26 HOOtM ey a eM ee, AG 15 Tail ey eM meres niS ie UBS 74 * The suture between the internasals is usually extremely short, and the series of granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries is incomplete +. The dorsal scales are roundish, or roundish hexagcnal, sometimes very distinctly keeled, some- times nearly smooth, always larger than the tibials; in a female from Livno, the caudal scales are very feebly keeled, and the whorls are alternately longer and shorter in a very marked manner; the caudal scales are always truncate or indistinctly pointed, * Reproduced. 7 Except in one specimen from St. Peter, Carniola, and in one from Korito, Herzegovina; in other speci- mens from the latter locality (in Dr. Werner’s Collection), these granules may be reduced to 3 to 5, thus showing the absolute worthlessness of this character for distinguishing species in the LZ. muralis group. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 163 and the collar-edge is entire, characters which distinguish, though not sharply, the typical form from the following variety. Some males (Bosnia, Bulgaria) are greyish brown above, with black spots or vermi- culations on the back, blackish brown on the sides, with light, black-edged round - spots, the larger of which form a regular dorso-lateral series, a pattern of coloration which can be exactly matched by some Caucasian specimens, in which, contrary to Méhely’s statement, the head is not in any way flatter than in some of the Bosnian lizards. ‘These males have the lower parts more or less spotted with black, occasionally to such an extent as to appear black with numerous small white spots (Pl. XVI. fig. 6). Some males, and all females examined, have a black vertebral streak or series of spots (Pl. XVI. fig. 7). The lower parts are unspotted in females, and appear to have been white; they were salmon-pink in a recently preserved male from Panagiuriste, Bulgaria. According to Werner (1891), the Istrian specimens examined by him have the under parts white in both sexes, whilst males from Herzegovina have these parts red (1899). References to the L. muralis typica from Kast of the Adriatic are made by Werner, Rept. Amph. Oesterr.-Ung. p. 40 (1897), Wiss. Mitth. Bosn. Herzog. vi. 1899, p. 819, and x. 1907, p. 660, and by A. Klaptocz, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. xxix. 1910, p. 417 (Albania). According to Tomasini, Wiss. Mitth. Bosn. Herz. ii. 1894, p. 570, this is the only form of Z. muralis found in Bosnia. Bedriaga * reports the typical form from various parts of Greece, and alludes to specimens with fire-red belly from the neighbourhood of Athens. ‘The only specimen I have seen is from Lake Stymphalos, Northern Morea, presented by Mr. Norman Douglass, particulars of which are given in the above table. I may add that this specimen is rather above the average size, as may be seen from the following measurements, that the head-shields are absolutely typical, the dorsal scales oval- hexagonal, distinctly keeled, and larger than those on the flanks, the caudal scales truncate and moderately keeled, forming alternately longer and shorter whorls. ‘The hind limb reaches the shoulder. Reddish grey above, with an interrupted vertebral series of dark spots and a lateral series of large dark reddish-brown spots, forming a chain and confluent with a band on the head and neck ; lower parts with small black spots (Pl. XVI. fig. 5). Measurements (in millimetres) :—— Ion GAG) OE HNOMIH UO WAM. 6c oo 9 o o | 6) iy bf wore Ihura) 6 Gg Gs ee ene thwotwhea camper wie Sumatra stg uate 7, AWalditlavotwbeadbennee alee n os | at wth es" lh esti Nes mec LO Wepthwotsheadim wey cercy ten eee sy eae es 8 Moreplimlopeyn ay co tarumrer mnetl i Raa ves Oe Elida eran ns tet epee, SN TMS venO TNMs COLI erate cee ura anna! o Noate deed Pear matey) * Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, lvi. Pt. ii. 1882, p. 97, and Abh. Senck. Ges. xiy. 1886, p. 216. 164 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE In specimens from Albania, according to Klaptocz, 7. c., the hind limb does not extend beyond the axil in males, the scales across the body vary between 45 and 957, and the femoral pores between 13 and 20. Thanks to the courtesy of Prof. zur Strassen and Dr. Lehrs, I have examined the specimens from Prevesa in Epirus, in the extreme north of Greece, preserved in the Senckenberg Museum at Frankfort (Main), first referred by Boettger * to the typical form, with a remark as to their resemblance in form and coloration to J. taurica, and later referred to the var. ¢iliguertat+. ‘These specimens have since been identified with L. tonica by Lehrs, and I regard them as belonging to L. taurica, of which I. ionica is, at most, a variety {. I append particulars of the two largest of these specimens :—- il 2 3. 4, 5 6 7 fof 65 55 28 10 26 21 27 g 65 55 32 10 20 18-19 23 Var. BREVICEPS. This variety, which I described in my previous contribution as doubtfully from Italy, occurs in Herzegovina, as has been pointed out to me by Dr. Werner, and I now think it very likely that the specimens in the Naples University Museum came from East of the Adriatic. On looking through the large collection of Lizards in the Florence Museum, I failed to find any that could be referred to this variety. I append particulars of three specimens from Babaplanina, Herzegovina, for which I am indebted to Dr. Werner; the first two form part of his private coliection, the third is now in the British Museum. a Ile 2 3. 4, 5 5 7. Gila cary tie erin BOA 45 28 8 22 15 22 hanes ie eat OD 48 29 g) 22 16 23 47 45 28 8 19 13-14 21 Dorsal scales large and flat, much larger than the scales on the flanks, round or roundish-hexagonal, very distinctly keeled. Caudal scales pointed behind, moderately keeled, very oblique, the whorls often very distinctly longer and shorter alternately (25 or 26 in the fourth whorl behind the postanal granules). Collar feebly serrated. Hind limb reaching wrist or elbow of adpressed hind limb ; foot not or but slightly longer than head. Black spots on belly absent, or ( ¢ ) confined to the sides. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1889, p. 270. Katal. Rept.-Samml. Senck. Ges. i. p. 85 (1893). P. Z. 8. 1907, p. 557. fis Sh VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 166 Measurements (in millimetres) :— From end of snout to vent .... . 64 62 5 af nS Lore pli) eM nee ae 21 IbemeGn GF neal 4 2 ee 68 ee lds 14 Wiidithrotghendiien a sian sushi Une & 8:5 85 IDepia GE neal, ¢ 6 © 6 6 © a! eg 7 7 Horeplimbeent aie wel nike aa eter o a) LO) 18 nova @lamalb weer ce ata een cnn Alia OS 27 HOOT RMR CINE yy Sree bony Siutote #82084 Te fib 14 In its short and convex head, in its feebly serrated collar, in its pointed caudal scales, as well as its larger temporal scales, the var. breviceps not only approaches L. vivipara, but also fills up to some extent the gap separating the typical Z. muralis from the var. fiwmana. Var. HORVATHI. Lacerta mosorensis, part., Méhely, Allantani Késlem. ii. 1903, p. 212. Lacerta horvathi, Méhely, Ann. Mus. Hung. ii. 1904, p. 362, figs.; Allantani Késlem. ii. 1904, p. 1938, pl. v.; Ann. Mus. Hung. iii. 1905, p. 298, and vu. 1909, p. 600, pl. xxiv. figs. 1-4 & xxv. figs. 5-8. Of this form, from the Mountains of Croatia, four examples are preserved in the British Museum :— 1. g, one of the types. Jasenak, Kapela Range. Prof. L. von Méhely. Pa, OQ, ey 2» » ARO Kapela Range. Dr. F. Werner. Hahit rather stout and depressed. Head much flattened, with short, obtuse snout. The hind limb, stretched forwards, reaches the axil or the shoulder in the male, the wrist or the elbow of the adpressed fore limb in the female ; foot as long as or a little longer than the head. The rostral does not touch the nostril, and forms a suture with the frontonasal ; frontal short, usually as long as its distance from the rostral, sometimes as long as its distance from the end of the snout; a series of granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries, sometimes complete, rarely reduced to 5, the first and second supraciliaries being in contact with the supraocular * ; parietal more or less distinctly emarginate on the outer border, where it forms a suture with a large anterior supra- temporal, and usually in contact with the upper postocular ; occipital usually shorter and narrower than the interparietal, sometimes extremely small. A single postnasal ; anterior nasal often in contact with the anterior loreal + ; four anterior upper labials * Jn his original description (1904, p. 366) Méhely regarded the complete series of granules as “ ein hervorragender Character” for the distinction of Z. horvathi from L. muralis. See also my remarks under Forma typica, pp. 139, 143. 7 As frequently happens in French specimens of Z. muralis (see Tr. 1905, p. 354, and also above, p. 140). 166 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE (rarely five or three); temporal scales rather large, with a distinct masseteric disk, which is sometimes in contact with the last or penultimate upper labial. Dorsal scales large, flattened, roundish-hexagonal or oval, smooth or faintly keeled, rather smaller on the sides, where 3 or 4 correspond to a ventral shield; 39 to 49 (usually 42 to 46) scales across the middle of the body; 22 to 31 scales, in the middle of the back, correspond to the length of the head. 23 to 27 gular scales in a longi- tudinal series; collar straight-edged, with 8 to 11 shields. Ventral shields in 6 longitudinal and 23 to 27 transverse series (23-25 in ¢, 25-27 in 2); anal large, with a single semicircle of small shields. Scales on upper surface of tibia more or less distinctly keeled, considerably smaller than dorsals. 16 to 23 femoral pores (usually 16 to 18) on each side. 26 to 28 lamella under the fourth toe. Caudal scales truncate behind, more or less strongly keeled, often feebly keeled at the base of the tail, in alternately longer and shorter whorls. Coloration of upper parts much as in L. muralis typica, sometimes with greenish gloss *. A vertebral series of dark dots is often present, sometimes forming a vertebral streak ; lower parts pale yellow, sometimes washed with greenish, with or without small black or rust-coloured spots on the sides of the belly, which are always devoid of blue spots. For fuller particulars of the coloration I refer to Prof. Méhely’s detailed description, from which I have drawn as regards the variations in the lepidosis. ‘The following is a tabulation of the numerical characters in the specimens examined by me :— IL, Ze os 4. 5. 6. 7 Jasenak Gs ntype ne iene RCOlmma on 2on Oi) 26 17 28 x Oe ei Meee Cee NE ETO At alste i lune 502.7 9 24 18-17 26 i ke rele ech ys me eM OmeG eh AOGr eG)" VOR TA 1 OB Kapelase, yn geal) emt Runs ener4Oun 26) 100 25 ah eyeniamoy, Measurements (in millimetres) { :— 3 2. Hromysnoutytonventieaaeamce iene en OO 64 5 Je ORS IMI ogo ee a 24 alerts Uivmperugilesau na etry Sey gi toy, a: RSA ee na 15 14 Waclnoelneel! 5 6 6 3 3 6 6 5 to LO 9 Depthvotyhead (sewn se) 7 65 Hore slimbty i.e en meme meyer cs 21 bind limibecan ceases ono eeu: fa COA 34 oye BOR A ees AR Ic hori) Veal a Be ae a Th Y/ TNA) ec ee A eS AOR VHA Nt Big 2 ? 115 * Which may also be observed in some typical Z. murals. Of. Kammerer, Arch. Entwickmech. xxix. 1910, p. 462. + As in some Caucasian specimens (var. chalybdea) on which Méhely has founded his var. armenica. These blue spots are also absent in many females of other varieties, and, though rarely, in some males also. + If compared with the measurements of Bosnian specimens (above, p. 162), it will be seen that there is no justification for Méhely’s statement (1909, p. 600) ‘‘ Gliedmassen etwas kirzer ” than in ZL. muralis. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 167 This lizard is known only from 8.W. Croatia (Kapela and Velebit ranges), where it inhabits wooded districts between 600 and 1100 metres altitude, often in company with the typical form of Z. muralis and L. vivipara. It bears some resemblance to L. mosorensis Kolomb.; in his original description (1904) Méhely regarded it as directly derived from that species (pp. 374 & 375), and in a somewhat later contribution (1905, p. 315) he is very positive about it: ‘‘So ist Lacerta horvathi nachweisbar der Abkémmling der dalmatinisch-hercegowinischen Lacerta mosorensis.” At that time I pointed out (Tr. 1905, pp. 365-367, figs.) the agreement in many respects of L. horvathi with the Spanish-Portuguese var. monticola and the Asiatic vars. saxicola, chalybdea, and depressa. In Méhely’s latest account (1909, p. 614) nothing more is said of the derivation of L. horvathi from L. mosorensis, but the former is held to be descended from L. saxicola typica: ‘“ Demgemass kann Lacerta Horvathi, trotz ihrem scheinbar primitiveren Schadelbau sehr wohl von Lacerta saxicola typ. abgeleitet werden, mit welcher Art sie auch durch unverk- ennbare Beziehungen des Schuppenkleides und des Schadelbaues auf des Innigste verbunden ist. Lacerta Horvdthi steht in jeder Beziehung auch zu L. saxicola armeniaca, so nahe, dass sie eventuell fiir eine etwas veranderte Form derselben betrachtet werden kénnte, dennoch kénnen diese beiden Formen miteinander naturgemiss nicht verbunden werden und miissen fur parallele Entwickelungsformen gelten, die beide aus Lacerta saxicola typ. hervorgegangen und vielleicht in ahnlich beschaffenen Gegenden, zufolge der Einwirkung ahnlicher klimatischer Verhaltnisse oder einer ahnlichen Lebensweise zustande gekommen sind.’ Except for the derivation from L. saxicola, which Prof. Méhely may perhaps entirely abandon in his next attempt at the ‘‘ Losung der Muralis-Frage,” I entirely agree with the above statement, and in view of the state of things in the Spanish-Portuguese vars. bocaqi and monticola, it is needless to say that I can only regard ZL. horvathi as one of the numerous forms or varieties of LZ. muralis. Two of the specimens received from Prof. Méhely are figured on Pl. XX. figs. 1 & 2. Var. FIUMANA. Lacerta muralis, var. neapolitana, subvar. a, part., Bedriaga, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1879, p. 202, pl. ix. fig. 5. Lacerta muralis neapolitana, subvars. a & e, part., Bedriaga, Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. 1886, pp- 221, 226. Lacerta muralis neapolitana, vars. fiumana, olivacea, et striata, Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xli. 1891, p. 753, and Rept. Amph. Oesterr.-Ung. p. 42 (1897). Lacerta muralis, vars. campestris et olivacea, Tomasini, Wiss. Mitth. Bosn. Herzeg. 1. 1894, p. 570. Lacerta muralis neapolitana, var. littoralis Werner, Rept. Amph. Oesterr.-Ung. p. 161 (1897), and Wiss. Mitth. Bosn. Herzeg. vi. 1899, p. 819. VOL. XX.—PART I. No. 6.—ebruary, 1913. 2A 168 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE Lacerta littoralis Lehrs, Zool. Anz. 1902, p. 280; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Iii. 1902, pp. 382 & 384. Lacerta littoralis, var. livadiaca Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, lii. 1902, p. 383. Lacerta fiumana Werner, Bl. f. Aq.- u. Terr.-K. xvi. 1905, p. 65, and Wiss. Mitth. Bosn. Herzeg. x. 1907, pp. 660 & 666; Kammerer, Arch. f. Entwicklmech. xxix. 1910, p. 474, pl. xv. ; Klaptocz, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. xxix. 1910, p. 417. Lacerta fiumana, var. imitans Werner, Mitth. Naturw. Ver. Univ. Wien, vi. 1908, p. 49. I will first give a description of the widely distributed form, from the Austrian Littoral, Croatia, Dalmatia, Bosnia, Herzegovina, and Montenegro, and various islands on the coast of Istria and Dalmatia, to which the above synonymy pertains, and then refer to some insular forms which are evidently derived from it, and which have been described as vars. lissana, melisellensis, and galvagnit. The typical var. fiwnana which, in size and coloration, may be regarded as connecting the var. campestris with the forma typica, is hardly to be distinguished from the former, especially if compared with specimens from Piedmont, where the var. campestris does not reach so large a size as onthe East Coast of the Adriatic. It is very easy to distinguish it from the var. serpa as occurring on the East Coast of the Adriatic and on several of its islands, but when Italian examples of the var. campestris are taken into consideration, the gaps between the two extremes disappear, and a continuous series connecting the two is seen to exist. ‘This variety is also very closely related to LZ. tawrica Pall., especially through the form described by Lehrs as L. ionica, as I have shown on a previous occasion *. Werner + has even hinted at the possible specific identity of his L. fwmana with L. taurica and L. ionica, as had been suggested by Wiegmann {, who alluded to this lizard under the name of Podarcis merremii Fitz., (non Merr.), a MS. name under which LZ. fiwmana has often appeared in the past. However, the constant presence of pterygoid teeth in L. taurica ) is, in my opinion, sufficient to retain that form as a species, which fills in the gap between the more primitive group of L. agilis and L. viridis and L. muralis. The following description is almost a repetition of that of the var. campestris, and it is to me often a matter of difficulty to distinguish small specimens of that form from striated specimens of the var. fiwmana. The number of scales across the body appears to be the most important diagnostic character, although there is an overlap. Head small, its length 33 to 44 times in length to vent in males, 44 to 4? times in females; either flat above, as usual in the typical form, or as convex as in var. cam- pestris, its depth equal to the distance between the anterior corner or the centre of the eye and the anterior border of the tympanum, its width once and a half to once and three-fourths in its length ; snout obtusely pointed, as long as or a little longer than postocular part of head. * P.Z.8. 1907, p- 557. f+ Bi. f. Aq.-u. Terr.-K. xvi.1905,p. 74. + Arch.f. Naturg. 1837, ii. p. 222. § I have not found these teeth in any specimens of var. fiwmana, any more than in the typical form. They are rarely present in the vars. campestris and serpa. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD, 169 Body not much depressed. The hind limb reaches the axil or the shoulder in males, the wrist or the elbow of the adpressed fore limb in females; foot a little longer than head (up to once and one fourth). Tail rounded, once and three-fifths to twice and one-fifth length of head and body. Rostral shield usually entering the nostril or narrowly separated ‘from it *; nasals forming a suture behind the rostral; a single postnasal + ; frontal as long asor a little shorter than its distance from the end of the snout; a series of granules between the supra- ciliaries and the two principal supraoculars, the anterior of which is usually in contact with the first, or with the first and second supraciliaries ; parietals once and one-fifth to once and a half as long as broad, nearly always in contact with the upper postocular ¢; occipital very variable, usually shorter than and as broad as the interparietal, some- times narrower, sometimes broader); temporal scales sometimes as small as in a typical LZ. muralis, sometimes nearly as large as in a typical L. tawrica, usually as in var. campestris; tympanic shield always distinct, and the masseteric usually so, the latter frequently in contact with the supratemporal, or separated from it by a single series of scales; four || upper labials anterior to the subocular, the lower border of which is much shorter than the upper. Collar-edge feebly but more or less distinctly serrated; 7 to 11 plates in the collar; gular fold very distinct; 20 to 28 scales and granules between the symphysis of the chin-shields and the median collar-plate. Scales on the back oval-hexagonal or distinctly hexagonal, distinctly or sharply keeled, often smaller on the vertebral line; lateral scales as large as or a little larger than the dorso-laterals, usually more or less distinctly keeled {| ; 44 to 57 (usually 48 * Exceptions in a ¢ from Goritz (Schreiber) in Lataste Coll., and in a ¢ from Brestica, Herzegovina (Werner). + Two superposed postnasals on one side in a ¢ from Scoglio Supetar (Werner Coll.). + Exception in a 9 from Solta, in one from Gelsa, and in one from Cettinje (Werner Collection); Klaptoez (2. c.) also records an exception in a specimen from Albania. § In ag from Brestica, Herzegovina (Werner), the occipital is as long and twice as broad as the interparietal, whilst in a accomparying it the former shield is barely half as long and half as broad as the latter. A small shield is sometimes intercalated between the interparietal and the occipital; in a ¢ from Bukovici, the parietals meet in a short suture between these two shields; the three specimens from the Karst (Schreiber) in the Lataste Collection have a short transverse cleft in the parietal on each side of the interparietal, || Three on one side in single specimens from Trieste (Werner), Bosnia (Floericke), Trebinje (Werner), and Zara (Spada Novak). Not one of the many specimens examined by me has five, a number which is sometimes found in specimens from Lagosta, and in as many as 10 per cent. of those from Melisello. 4 Lehrs (J. ¢. p. 231) says “ Riicken- und Flankenschuppen gleich gross, bis zu den Bauchschildern deutlich gekielt.” There is no constancy in this character. In a female from Dalmatia (Spada Novak), of uniform olive coloration, the scales on the lower part of the flanks are considerably larger than the dorsals, and perfectly smooth. In various striated specimens, including the actual types from Fiume, I also find the lateral scales distinctly larger than the dorsals, and the keels often so faint as to be difficult to detect. ZA 2 170 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE to 03) scales across the middle of the body; 38, or 2 and 8 transverse series of scales correspond to one ventral plate, 31 to 45 to the length of the head. Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal and 25 to 31 transverse series. Anal plate moderately large or rather small, with two semicircles of small plates ; an enlarged median plate sometimes preceding the anal. Scales on upper surface of tibia considerably smaller than the dorsals, always distinctly keeled. 22 to 29 (usually 24 to 27) lamellar scales under the fourth toe. 16 to 24 femoral pores on each side (usually 19 to 22). Upper caudal scales strongly keeled and obtusely but distinctly pointed behind ; the scales more or less oblique * with the keel parallel to the axis of the tail ; the whorls more or less distinctly longer and shorter alternately; 28 to 32 scales in the fourth whorl behind the post-anal granules, This lizard shows much variation in the coloration, and some of the colour-varieties appear to be fixed in certain localities. A. Green or olive-brown above, with brown vertebral and lateral bands spotted with black ; six light pale green or white streaks, viz., on each side, one bordering the vertebral band, one from the supraciliary border to the tail, along which it extends for some distance, and one from below the eye to the side of the tail, passing through the ear, above the fore limb, and through the hind limb. Lower parts white, unspotted, or with a series of black dots on the outer row of ventrals. Specimens thus coloured (var. striata Werner) are hardly distinguishable from the var. campestris, but, according to Werner the head is, as a rule, more depressed (“ eher platy- als pyramido- cephal”). ‘The young is olive-brown, with six very sharply defined white lines. Most of the specimens referable to Werner’s var. striata are females (Pl. XIX. fig. 3), but some males agree with it, at least in having the six light lines (Pl. XIX. fig. 4). Specimens from Bosnia and Herzegovina are in the British Museum Collection. The types of var. striata are from Fiume, Spalato, Ragusa, Bol, and Gelsa. Strongly striated specimens from Northern Greece have been named var. livadiaca by Werner. B. Specimens in which the back is green (olive-green to bluish-green) with black spots as in the preceding, but the white lines reduced to the dorsal-lateral, have been named var. jiwmana by Werner (Pl. XIX. figs. 1 & 2). They are mostly males, with bright orange-red belly and blue spots on the outer ventral shields. From Fiume, Cherso, Veglia, Bragga, Lesina. Specimens from the Karst (Schreiber) are in the Lataste Collection. Specimens from Bosnia and Herzegovina, associated with the * As in var. campestris. Count Peracca has pointed out to me that the scales in the anterior third of the tail of var. campestris are less oblique than in the f. typica, and more so than in the var. serpa, but he admits it is very difficult to draw up any absolute definition of these different types of caudal scales. That the character does not hold good in the typical form is well shown by the series at my disposal from Belgium, where surely only one form of Z. muralis exists. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. lial form A, are in the British Museum. Males from Fiume, types from Dr. Werner’s Collecticn, have the belly dotted all over with black. A blue, black-edged ocellus is sometimes present above the shoulder. C. Uniform green, dark green, or reddish-brown specimens without any markings (var. imitans Werner), similar in this respect to the individuals of Italian varieties named var. olivacea, but with the throat and breast, or the whole of the lower parts, orange or red in the males at least, occur in Istria, Dalmatia, and Herzegovina, and on the islands of Lussin, Cherso, Veglia, Bua, Solta, Lesina, Brazza, and Meleda. Some individuals, however, show more or less distinct traces of the light dorso-lateral streak, whilst others with a few black spots on the sides establish the connection with the colour-variations described above. Some male specimens from Istria, which I received alive, were of a bright grass-green on the back, of a golden colour on the head, sides, and limbs, and of a bright orange beneath (Pl. XIX. fig. 5). Measurements (in millimetres) :— Fiume, types. Bosnia. Bukovici. Meleda. fs aN a Ser Qe Ocee Cute 3. From end of snout tovent . . . 63 55 61. 54 SOMO? 66 35 forelimb . 25 20 24 19 21 18 25 32 lbemsiln Or lng 4 5 G0 6 oe 15 12 Ws}y dil 16 Wadia OF neacl 4g 6 (6 orate | RO 8 9 GoumnS 7 10 Deon OF INEAGL 6 5 8 5 66. 6 9 6 8 6 7 6 8 Horeplimlb yes emersey inc rea ec ONe LOG: ey 18 21 ldbondl Iw) g 6 g 6 6 @ oo oH) 4B 33 25 29 925 37 HOO Firm Met ae livc atvae Wat in Url MES iil Lo Weds 16 14 20 Tatler sac iy, a7 oeercad es © ey ’ 28m S85 oe. 87 ? * Reproduced. In the following tabulations, the size and scaling of some of the specimens examined are recorded. W. indicates that the specimens are preserved in Dr. Werner's Collection, L. in M. Lataste’s Collection. iL, 2. 3. 4, 5. 6 7. Ti Goxit zeus Pea ce ede LOO OMe eO ¢ 26 21 D7 L. Karst By enteeey ce Rl 45 8 lO 25 Be WS Tee ete (aor, EIR MPS Magee Ms foun oT so sR IG Trieste é Gl 82 26 WO 24h Peas 2 pp a oso: 6) po) BBR) Il NO ee NG AG Fiume, Istria (type). . $d 63 49 25 OO 265 ORO 2a Wil eee » oo Dee) ZBI OBO NS BB 2-20) 9S Cherso Id., Istria G CO 8 By il Bi Ate BB W. a m6 8 ogg = ~6CO. BB BS NM BS NO -ALs} We lbmesia Ie gg ko my) | OD BB AD eS 172 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE nt 2. 3, Ao: 6. Oh Dalmatia . g BO) 3) BL 9 28 22-23 28 W. Ragusa, Dalmatia Oo Adi 29) @) BO) IGEN Qe SoltaId., ,, 50 54 51 29 Jl 24 21-22 26 Brazzayd:, Dalmatian ecu oleim bl 25a 1d 9 124 22 25 W. Bol, Brazzald., ,, OU SoA O28 9 25) 19-21) 26 W. Meleda Id., s G3) BE) By 8 24 21-22 29 W. Scoglio Supetar, ,, Go oOhy RQ 2 9 24 21-22 26 Wether mene OF a5 Of S30), 8) 1125) i242oo mon Bosnia COLE A Sm 25 9 21 22-23 25 5 aah NBEO g 54 5) 30 10 25 238-22 26 Capljina, Herzegovina. G 55 53 25 10 24 21-20 23 x D © BB 2D) 9 24 21-22 26 Bukovici, _,, 6 5556) 6927 © 10 ) 24))) 23899) Nmo; op 5p 2 162 BO: eo 7 21 22-21 24 Brestica, 5 bi ey) Bae ae aay oy es} 22 27 Trebinje, on Len oa MO Ol MOON 26 9 26 22-21 2 5 % a Bey UE EO AS 9 24 21-19 22 W. Cettinje, Montenegro . ,, 59 58 26 Oy) 22 22 25 W. Niegus, a See ew OAteE AS. | 30. ge 19 24 A. Klaptocz has recorded the abundance of this lizard in North Albania, in the plain in the neighbourhood of Shkodra, whilst the typical Z. muralis alone occurs in the town itself and in the mountains up to 1000 metres altitude. The scales across the body are stated to vary between 40 and 63, the femoral pores between 15 and 25, a range of variation which exceeds that mentioned by me, and fills up the gap between vars. fiumana and melisellensis, so far as these characters are concerned. Var. LISSANA. (Lissa and Lagosta.) Lacerta muralis fusca, var. lissana Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xli. 1891, p. 752, and Rept. Amph. Oesterr.-Ung. p. 51 (1897). Lacerta litoralis, var. lissana Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, lii. 1902, pp. 383 & 384; Scherer, Bl. f. Aq.- u. Terr.-K. xv. 1904, p. 193. Lacerta fiumana, var. lissana Werner, Mitth. Naturw. Ver. Univ. Wien, vi. 1908, pp. 45 & 46. The lizard of Lissa, which, as recognised by Dr. Werner, is hardly separable from that of Lagosta, was first regarded as belonging to the group of the LZ. muralis typica (fusca Bedriaga), but as establishing a connection between it and the L. fiumana, referred at the time to Bedriaga’s neapolitana group. I agree that it is nearer to the var. fiwmana than to any other, yet as it differs by an average higher number of lamellz under the fourth toe, viz., 25 to 31, usually 28, VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 173 instead of 22 to 29, usually 24 to 26, as well as by an average larger size, I think it may perhaps be kept distinct from that widely distributed form. According to Werner, the Lissa Lizard is never green, does not even show a trace of green. Upper parts grey or coffee-colour, the dorsal region unspotted or with dark brown spots or marblings, sometimes separated from the much spotted lateral region by a light streak; a dark vertebral streak, formed of a series of spots, which does not begin behind the occiput, but further back, about the middle of the body. In males the belly is red, without spots, except on the sides, which bear large blue spots on the outer row of ventral shields; in females it is white. This description applies also to the lizards from Lagosta, except that the upper parts may be green, that some among them have the dark vertebral streak originating on the nape, and that others have the markings very indistinct. The blue spots on the sides of the belly may occupy the whole outer series of shields, forming a continuous broad band. Male specimens, stated to be from Lissa, which I received alive through the great kindness of M. G. de Southoff, of Florence, had the nape and the anterior part of the back light green, the upper surface of the head, the sides, the limbs, and the tail brown ; two or three blue ocelli above the shoulder ; large blue spots on the outer row of ventrals, in one specimen forming a continuous band; throat and belly white, or yellow tinged with orange. I have examined the following 14 specimens, all except the fifth and sixth (M. de Southoff) from Dr. Werner’s Collection :— Il 2. 3. 4, 5. 6. 7 IONS, Gy ID oo 6 ee 6 og «6G URS BB 9 28 23-24 28 | gp Sp Gi Bil. 8 24 25-24 28 Wiha, 2 35 BD) 8 2G 8 24 22-24 27 Sol dial tee D2 Os 25 9 29 26-24 31 5.6 58 52 2 OB 25 28 99 BS A BG 8 23 23-24 25 Lagosta, g G3 65 4 iil BQ Bees we 0 9p 64 52 27 8 25 28-24 27 of 5 GA 55. 2G 10 . Be 23 28 Fs op G2 OZ eo OM Zo eee 23m 28 a 33 G2 fs 2G 9 26" 215225) (28 oa $0 GH Be Bo 9 24 22-23 27 50 o 58) 04 26 9 26 25-24 28 ” 2 6S 8 8 9 2 2423 27 A description of the form and scaling would be almost entirely a repetition of that of the var. fiumana. I will only observe that, whereas the collar is feebly serrated in the specimens from Lissa, as in var. fiwmana, it is entire in those from Lagosta. ‘The 174 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE size is larger than usual in var. fiwmana. The temporal scutellation is variable, and the masseteric disk may be absent, but as a rule it is large and in contact with the anterior supratemporal. The occipital is usually small or very small, and is sometimes pointed in front, or even separated from the interparietal, a feature which appears to be the rule in the black form occurring on Melisello. Only one specimen has 5 anterior labials, and on one side only. The scales on the back are distinctly keeled ; they may slightly increase in size and completely lose the keels on the lower part of the flanks; the caudal scales are truncate rather than pointed. Measurements (in millimetres) :— Lissa. Lagosta. d. So Q. From end of snout tovent. . . . . 69 64 53 % 50 1 ore) Ibnamloy 5 Ge eae 23 18 Head) chit Pale. Fete area ne Reun rai cee ie 16 16 12 Widthvotsheadsyen imma ioeu nyse” casa A) J1 8 Depth of head . 8 8 6 Fore limb : oh ahs Che Nee WE aay many a 21 17 ama limites cect uae ne an mag on Ua. OO 34 27 NOOG asi ae omen ens. ee) LO 18 1153 alae ed eeu RN. LO! LLG 95 A male from Lissa (one of the types), and one from Lagosta, are figured on Pl. XIX. figs. 8 & 9. Var. MELISELLENSIS. (Melisello and St. Andrea, near Lissa. ) Lacerta melisellensis Braun, Arb. Zool. Inst. Wiirzb. iv. 1877, p. 49, pl. ui. fig. 4. Lacerta muralis, var. melisellensis Bedriaga, Nature, xx. 1879, p. 481. Lacerta muralis fusca, var. melisellensis Bedriaga, Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. 1886, p. 197. Lacerta muralis neapolitana, var. merremi (melisellensis) Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xli. 1891, p. 754, and Rept. Amph. Oesterr.-Ung. p. 44 (1897). Lacerta serpa, var. melisellensis Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, lit. 1902, p. 386. Lacerta litoralis, var. lissana, forma melisellensis, Scherer, Bl. f. Aq.- u. Terr.-K. xy. 1904, p. 198, fig. Lacerta serpa, var. galvagnit Werner, Mitth. Naturw. Ver. Univ. Wien, vi. 1908, p. 49. There are few better examples of the difficulty of discriminating between the races of Lacerta muralis, which are so emphatically proclaimed by some authors to be entitled to specific rank, than that afforded by the black lizard of the Melisello Rock near Lissa, first described by Prof. Max Braun as L. melisellensis. The view entertained by Bedriaga that the Melisello lizard is a black insular race of the typical Z. muralis (his J. muralis fusca) would, in the light of our present information, be highly surprising, since it has been shown that the latter does not exist on Lissa nor on any of the islands off the coast of Dalmatia. Later, however, Werner and Lehrs pronounced it to be merely a melanic form of the var. neapolitana or serpa, which, at Capri, produces the L. cwrulea or faraglionensis. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 175 My reasons for dissenting from both these views are derived from the study of the scaling, to which previous authors had not paid sufficient attention when making their comparisons. In describing this lizard, Braun had correctly mentioned and figured the larger scales, as compared with the var. serpa, and it will be seen by a glance at the tabulation that follows, to what extent it is so, the number of scales across the body being 50 to 64 (usually less than 60) in the Melisello lizard, and 62 to 75 in the var. serpa from the East Coast and islands of the Adriatic. The number of dorsal scales would be in favour of a derivation from the typical L. murals, but against this we have the greater number of subdigital lamelle under the fourth toe (25 to 30, usually 28). In these numbers, however, we have so complete an agreement with the form described as var. lissana (Se. 51-54, lam, 27-31, usually 28), that, when I became acquainted with it, I at once felt convinced as to the identity of the two forms, which had already been pointed out by Scherer in 1904. All doubts as to the derivation of the var. meli- sellensis from the var. fiumana are removed by an examination of the lizards named var. lissana, which furnish the missing link. In the following table particulars are given of the 19 specimens from Melisello xamined by me. ‘The first two specimens, for which I am indebted to the kindness of Dr. Steindachner, form part of the series out of which Prof. Braun’s original types were obtained. The last eight belong to Dr. Werner’s Collection. These first two specimens appear also in the first two columns of the table of measurements. ile 2) 3 4, 5 6 a & 50 52 25 10 27 23-22 29 9 58 54 29 8 27 25-23 25 3 73 62 28 10 27 22-24 28 i 68 59 25 9 29 23 28 ie 65 64 24 11 29 22-23 30 ; 65 63 26 11 32 23 28 _ 65 60 25 10 31 27 28 oe 63 60 25 10 29 22-23 30 . 63 57 26 8 25 23-24 28 ui 61 58 26 9 28 23 28 9 56 56 27 8 26 21-22 28 é 74 58 24 10 29 22 27 53 70 55 25 9 30 23-24 30 ; 65 52 25 8 28 24-23 2 45 60 56 26 9 30 24 28 RS 58 52 25 10 26 23-24 29 g 60 50 28 8 30 24-23 28 4 59 53 29 8 27 24-23 27 55 50 30 9 29 22-21 ? VOL. XX.—PAk? 11. No. 6.—February, 1913. 2B 176 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE Measurements (in millimetres) :— From end of snout tovent . . . . . 50 58 73 60 x Ws a storeS Ibkemy “Gg be 19 22 31 23 tents chvorgieadte urinaire aaa sn ase] A 13 17 14 Wid thvotsheadyiimeti mae mea | ediieey oi Wf 8 wil 9 Depthyotdheadi yur marmn amen ines BG 9 7 Horegimbhke Wipe een wom men acme cian IG 19 23 20 Elid blame Ave any ieee eee acpi) Up: 26 29 36 30 DOOR 0s SAW Pie) MORES. 1 Mai EAR Vota ahr Thad ety sill) 16 20 17 Maal ead fe Cpe eo et eae Uaioe oy We, Sar 8O) 7a* 90%) 78i* * Reproduced. The size is often larger than in the var. lissana, but the proportions are the same. The hind limb reaches the shoulder or the collar in males, the elbow of the adpressed fore limb or the axil in females. The dorsal scales are usually less distinctly keeled, and those on the flanks are always smooth; 35 to 48 scales on the middle of the back correspond to the length of the head. Collar sometimes entire, sometimes feebly serrated. First and second supraciliaries in contact with the first supraocular. Masseteric disk large and often in contact with the supratemporal. 5 anterior upper labials in 10 per cent. of the specimens examined (on one side in six specimens, on both sides in one). This insular form has a tendency to lose the occipital shield, in fact, it is entirely absent in the first and fifth specimens of the above list; it is small and separated from the interparietal in 13 out of the 20 specimens examined, in which case the parietals form a short median suture, small and just touching the inter- parietal in 3, forming a narrow suture with the interparietal in 2. Dark brown to nearly black above, with the markings of the var. lissana more or less distinct, at least in certain lights. Females have a black vertebral streak, some- times light-edged, and a light dorso-lateral streak extends from the supraciliary edge to the tail; males have more the style of markings represented in the specimen from Lagosta (see Pl. XIX. fig. 10). The lower parts are black, or of a blackish steel- blue, with pale blue spots on the sides; in the males these blue spots are large and often form a continuous band along the outer row of ventral shields, in the females they are small or very indistinct. The broken tail is sometimes regenerated black or blackish, but more often brown above and whitish beneath. According to Scherer, the young do not differ from the lizards of Lissa in colour. Specimens from the Scoglio Kamik, west of St. Andrea, near Lissa, have been named var. galvagnit (Werner, Mitth. Naturw. Ver. Univ. Wien, vi. 1908, p. 49). They differ from the Melisello lizards in the absence of blue on the sides of the belly, being uniform black or blackish. By their heavy form and thick tail, they remind one of the var. lil/fordi melanos, but the scaling is the same as in var. melisellensis, VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 177 as the following tabulation of the two type specimens in Dr. Werner’s Collection shows :— i, OF 4, 5h 6. 7 é 72 5A 26 10 27 25-26 28 70 53 27 10 28 24 29 ” In both specimens the occipital is small and separated from the interparietal. In the larger specimen, figured on Pl. XIX. fig. 11, the masseteric disk is small on one side and absent on the other. Measurements (in millimetres) :— Meo EG! Or GIOIA HO VEN 6 6 o oo 5 5 | . a ie HOrRe® Winn) 5-5 5 b 6 eo) TUE NG IES ATMA cies aT ree PICA aay aac atta NS To IWiidthyofieddh rr eerry ne erie Ue Lhe 7 eae JD YeyaXele Ope aeRO oe Nsw ta, gig) cicsnew wise weeene +a) vraueen 0) Horep luton perm ei areata sail te ss acti uci wh ena em RO teal inten bye eee se eae Mee cht keh CM net ts BZ TBCOYOYe: sr Meat cI AMC vessl ean ts Ue eee ney Mab ee Me ran ai | tell (agorodmesd))5 6 4 6 6 6 oe ato « NOS Vars. CAMPESTRIS De Betta and serra Raf. What I have said of these two forms @ propos of Italy (‘Ir. 1905, p. 388) applies equally to the Hast Coast of the Adriatic, where the former passes into the latter from north to south, thus presenting the same difficulty for their sharp distinction, which accounts for the fact that they have been confounded under one name by Bedriaga (L. muralis neapolitana) and by Werner (L. muralis, var. merremii or L. serpa). All the large green Wall-Lizards from the mainland of Istria and most of the islands between Istria and Croatia, are unhesitatingly referable to the var. campestris of De Betta, their habitat being uninterruptedly connected with that of the original specimens (from Venetia); in North Dalmatia (Zara) the two varieties occur together, whilst from South Dalmatia (Spalato) and the southern islands of the Adriatic (Cazza, Pelagosa Grande, Pelagosa Piccola), all the specimens I have been able to examine agree with the definition I have given of the var. serpa. ‘The combination of characters (any one of which may exceptionally fail) on which I have based my deter- minations of these easternmost representatives of the two varieties, campestris and serpa, are, for the former as distinguished from the latter, the denticulated collar, the broader and more pointed caudal scales, and, as a rule, a shorter head, larger scales (53 to 62 across the body and 22 to 28 along the throat as against 60 to 78 and 25 to 38), and fewer lamellar scales under the fourth toe (25 to 29 as against 27 to 32), and also the relation of the rostral shield to the nostril, as I have mentioned in 133 2 178 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE Italian specimens; whilst in only one case (d from Pelagosa Grande) have I observed the rostral entering the nostril in the specimens referred to the var. serpa. Size and markings are no safe guides to the determination any more than in those parts of Italy (the Roman province) where the two forms seem to intermingle. I will only observe that the subvars. a, b, f, of Werner* are referable to the var. campestris, d & e to the var. serpa, whilst ¢ embraces both. Var. CAMPESTRIS. Lacerta muralis neapolitana, var. merremii, part.t, Werner, Rept. Amph. Oesterr.-Ung. p. 43 (1897). Lacerta serpa, Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, lii. 1902, p. 382. In the following tabulation of specimens examined, those in Dr. Werner’s private Collection are marked W. il 2. 3. 4, 5 6 7 Win GradosGultor Trieste) 7ou on 261) 26) 1d, 262 212027 IVView DRTESte NaN rcae e Hlaine iene ques GOD neo Hal 25 18 27 55 mo WO Be BS Oy 2B al} a | G3. GP. BG MO. Be MNO By W. ss Or Ba BN eee eae GEIS) ee W. Sys Pci Chr ee Be rey TeN eens (el Oy aaa) O26 ase 26 Wo Cayo Ghilsnme, 6 ojo 4d 6 G3 Beh er Uh, 3S es Wie Rolla, letiaes 6 8 al oo ge SO OB, ee es 18 27 as Fe eM ee AO On ee ria LG) mc OAnG 562 OSG Mie 74 OWieaianes . Une is g Gi bh 2) ee lis}. 23 W. Sansego Id., Istria . 3 Go) GO By, ah ee BOEIG) BO) i mi) G8 BO BG) A 2S BONO). 2S W. a i OMe Oa eie LN 28) 0 W23>2An 29 a oe 5 GB Ge 2 TO) 2s 22 29 W. ss iB «5 GO). BY BO TD ish = Bh aS} W. x 35 ay Be BS) a AO) GS) | BO, BG W. A i 2 GB GIL 2) NO Ws) 19 28 be Ss » 8 BS 2) 9 2 20-19 27 i a 5 88 BO. BO. ao ees 20 29 W. ae SALA e ee GO OMpE OS ni oO) 9 22 17-18 28 Wie imssin iG epee oa Go Ge BD BS Wy aR BXOS TUS) 2X8) a on Me ages 67 50 30 9 27 18-19 29 * Rept. Oesterr. pp. 43, 44. + Non ZL. merremit Risso(=L. muralis typ.). L. merremit Fitzinger is a nomen nudum which has been used by Erber (Verh, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvii. 1867, p. 855), Bedriaga, Werner, and others for this variety as well as for the vars. fiwmana and serpa. L. merremii Schinz (Kur. Faun. ii. p. 25, 1846) is no doubt based on a young ZL. viridis, var. major. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 179 ty, 2. 3. 4 5 6. te Wer, Dalia 6 4 1 6 @ Om OO LONe OR CAm OO Mime 7, i a Be Tes | BY) U/ 27 =—19-21 = 26 ul i hi) FBO BI BAU MIO PR OBDn. ae : i Pe 7M Sen l7 lO 27202 2INNNne ce i 9) 78 BOOS OD 93 7 OR . 28 Wale k ‘p SA QO MoS 0 18) OG W. BS 5 re () DY BY) 9 25 POI ew) - i a) GO. BB 2B. 1) BB Ig 6 2B rs i 5G 56) 300811268 1819) 27 - a ON ES PBN MO POMC a ae walls Measurements (in millimetres) :— Trieste. Zara. pay Gist any Go OF 3. OF Hromiendof snoutito vent 39: 1. 71 65 78 75 3s i ae foreWlimiby we eo O 22 31 26 mene thyvoteheadieuneuirse rw its acti wna .O 15 20 15 Wield OF lnenél 6 .%5 6.0 eo 6 o 6 1B 9 12 10 Wepehvotsheadyar-wayue a wikiiey arcmin mt 8 10 8 HBOreMlina OMe ter eee weit dee OLGA Ca nies Ona inl seOat 21 27 23 Tolima MirMNy eho Be gee G) veivey, ou thauih) 4} 33 4A 37 HELO O.Lyaeun eNeca abc ns RSE cc Celie OO 17 24 20 antl atee hs BRUIT CR pore tek, Are wie Wie treet) 3 127 = 120 I have little to add to the description given of this variety from Italian specimens *. I will only observe that the scales on the flanks may be a little larger than the dorso- laterals, that minute scales may be present behind the anal plate f, as described by Méhely in LZ. anatolica and L. danfordi, and record the following exceptions to the normal lepidosis :—Two postnasals on one side ina ¢ from Zara; series of granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries complete in three specimens (Grado, Zara), sometimes reduced to 3 or 4 (Sansego, Zara) ; masseteric disk sometimes very small or indistinct (Sansego); anterior temporal in contact with fourth supra- ocular in three specimens from Sansego { (Pl. XX. fig. 5). As regards coloration, some specimens conform strictly to the description of De Betta, others approach very closely the specimen of var. serpa from Pompeii figured by me §, * Tr, 1905, p. 390. t One ¢ from Pola, one 2 from Zara. + [have given a figure of one of these three specimens in Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) v. 1910, p. 250. This Méhely regards as an abnormal specimen, ‘“ dessen Supratemporalschild keine Bedeutung beigemessen werden kann. Ich bin iiberzeugt, das sich Herr Boulenger lange bemiihen miisste, um noch ein Stiick mit ihnlicher Pholidose zu finden” (Ann. Mus, Hung. viii, 1910, p. 227). § Tr, 1905, pl. xxviil. fig. 3. 180 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE whilst two from Sansego are uniform greyish olive (lL. serpa, var. olivacea of Werner). The specimens figured on Pl. XX. are from Pola (fig. 3) and Sansego (figs. 4, 5). Var. SERPA. Lacerta muralis neapolitana, part., Bedriaga, Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. 1886, p. 220. Lacerta muralis neapolitana, var. pelagose Bedriaga, t. c. p. 227. Lacerta muralis neapolitana, var. merremii, part., Werner, Rept. Amph. Oesterr.-Ung. p. 43 (1897). Lacerta serpa, var. pelagose Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, lil. 1902, p. 384. Lacerta serpa, var. adriatica Werner, t. c. p. 386. 1 2. 3 4, 5. 6 site Arbe Id., Istria nie 3S 7 CB SB. Ih BY 21 29 W. ee 33 Bea tee 2 C Gl Be WO Bs 21 27 W. Zara . @ (80) C2. 2G. tu 2S" BOS BS Bs » 0B GO) 9 386 23, 32 3 OS OSM 2 Ole OMe 3 23 29 W. Soil Hae Se VoneeMe ee reenact irre g CS GGN (28 10m 270-29) W. ERE Sea eee er Bee dO Ode (28 9 25 20-22 28 We |) Sypalto gi a oid et oo PY RD GB ay Ba) DI) | OB} W. Y BS IMR 9 6S) GO) 29 10 825 Bes) ae Cazzald.,near Lissa . . ¢ 66 75 25 11 384 24-23 30 i ¥ Tepe ONES 37626). 3il mous wae 5 Rs SPIE aw! Ao It Bway, BOB BS W. PelagosaGrande . .. . 56 (moon et) ) LLO) 29 e A ome. 0) A Me a7ONNNG2) 251. LL 29hn 22=2> ummm 90 5 6969 26 9° 934 24-25 30 Ww. iy ED) NEO SR On BB Hi OI288 1 GO W. i WGC aGG) 1244 ii. 629 23 29 W. i a OOMGOL 2.6 DFO) LIB ao W. i a omimGO G7. 29) “ll. 300 2Oehommes Wo olasosa reel os 2 «6 @ PO CS Br MW 2c Bie, BW WwW. e; 9 BO) By RO 9 Beas) 22 31 The specimens from Pelagosa Grande represent Bedriaga’s var. pelagose ; those from Pelagosa Piccola are the types of Werner's var. adriatica. The Dalmatian specimens (Pl. XX. fig. 6) are very similar to those from Southern Italy, but those from Pelagosa Grande and Pelagosa Piccola (Pl. XX. figs. 7, 8, & 9) are sufficiently different to have been regarded as distinct varicties. The var. pelagos@ is described by Werner as of a remarkably light greenish-yellow or greenish-white ground-colour with deep black markings; the belly is usually white, but Bedriaga describes it as sometimes blue or bluish, and Werner found it red in one specimen, which colour also obtains in Sicilian specimens of the var. serpa (sicula rubriventris of Bonaparte). Young specimens are elegantly streaked, and so are some VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 181 female specimens. Males usually have a black vertebral stripe, straight or wavy, or a vertebral series of large black spots, separated from the spots on the sides by a narrower streak of the ground colour; these spots may form longitudinal series, coarse marblings, or cross-bars. Measurements (in millimetres) :— 3 Oy From end of snout to vent 70 54 i es Ps fore limb Pah 18 Ibenetn OF NGG) 55 6 0 0 s a eo «ID 13 Width of head 11 8 Depth of head . Sareea D lene Meats 9 6 Roredimibiir, ie ee wn REY Shi SO 18 TEE wa Role BT vel CRUE! VoMmaa nT eA ate Boigu suc 29 HOO CRE we i oe rae ees er ere tie uO W/ Mal Wee uenateuc Ns. SMe ts cere keke wrote (ete) 7. A female 48 mm. long from snout to vent is gravid. As regards the scaling, I note the following departures from what is normal in the var. serpa. ‘The series of granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries is usually complete; in 5 specimens out of 18 the parietal is not in contact with the upper postocular; one specimen has 5 anterior upper labials, and two lack the masseteric disk. The var. adriatica is described by Werner as distinguished by a greyish-green or bluish-grey ground colour with the markings much less sharply defined, of a dark greyish brown. ‘These markings consist of a dark vertebral stripe with round light spots, and a dark network on the sides enclosing round light spots; small dark spots on the head; belly greyish (in spirit). Here follow the measurements (in millimetres) of the two type specimens :— Ee on From end of snout to vent . See etee lt SN O) 59 i ss fe oe Tal) “5 6 9 o ee 22 Ihen'ethvofsheadiy aatgy ees eee ee Lg) 13 \Wicliin or lnga@l, 6 0. 0 0 oe oo oe oo LO 8 Depthvotineadh eta erence Peiieeatkwee apis 8 6 oretinlys ae, See e rt 7 ee URere tt eayn ced eba cel Meee 19 an dplimbere hao ot ee OS 29 Foot BAC GI MER MER ata UN el ean uated sted] US) 15 One of these specimens is figured on Pl. XX. fig. 9. 4 or 5 rows of scales correspond to one ventral plate; the dorsal scales are round granules without distinct keel; the first supraocular is normal in the male, but is broken up into two or three granules in the female; the male has four anterior 182 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE upper labials on each side, the female has five; the masseteric disk is large in the male, small in the female; the collar-shields are small, as in var. bedriage. The lizard of Cazza Island, near Lissa (3 specimens, received from Prof. Kolombatovit), comes very near to this variety as regards size and markings, which, however, may be described as black, and the belly is likewise grey in spirit, which perhaps indicates that it was red in life. It further agrees with the specimens from Pelagosa Piccola, in the small size of the collar-plates, the presence of five upper labials on both sides in one specimen and on one side in the other, and in the fine granular scaling (71-76 scales as against 60-70 in specimens from the Dalmatian mainland and Pelagosa Grande). If the var. adriatica be regarded as worthy of recognition, the specimens from Cazza should be referred to it. VITI.—GREEK ARCHIPELAGO. Var. ERHARDI. Lacerta muralis, part., Erhard, Faun. Cyclad. p. 80 (1858). Lacerta pardalis (aon Licht.) Erhard, op. cit. p. 81. ? Lacerta muralis, var. archipelagica Bedriaga, Die Faraglione-Hidechse, p. 18 (1876). Lacerta muralis fusca, part., Bedriaga, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. lvi. 1882, p. 97. Lacerta muralis fusca, var, milensis et erhardii Bedriaga, 1. ec. pp. 98, 99, and Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. 1886, pp. 194 & 195. Lacerta murals neapolitana, part., Bedriaga, 1. c. p. 99. Laceria murals fusca, vars. naxvensis et nigrogularis Werner, Wiss. Mitth. Bosn. Herzeg. vi. 1899, p. 835. The Wall-Lizards of the Greek Archipelago, which I here group together under the name of var. erhardi, whether brown or green, resemble 1. campestris in the shape of the head, the greatest depth of which equals the distance between the anterior border or the centre of the eye and the tympanum ; the snout is short and obtusely pointed. The hind limb reaches the axil or the shoulder in males, the elbow of the adpressed fore limb in the females. Foot a little longer than head. The rostral shield is always excluded from the nostril; the series of supraciliary granules is sometimes complete, but as a rule the first, or the first and second supra- ciliaries are in contact with the second supraocular; the parietals are only a little longer than broad, and in contact with the upper postocular ; the temporal scales are usually small and granular, with distinct tympanic and masseteric shields; one, two, or three large supratemporals ; occipital usually shorter and broader than the inter- parietal * ; four is the usual number of upper labials anterior to the subocular f. * In a male specimen from Syra (L. Miiller) the interparietal and occipital are separated from each other, the parietals forming a suture between them, as frequently happens in var, melisellensis. 7 5 on both sides in a ¢ from Mykonos, 3 on one side in a ¢ from Petali. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 185 Collar not serrated, with 9 to 11 plates, which may be very small; gular fold very distinct ; 28 to 35 scales and granules between the symphysis of the chin-shields and the median collar-plates. Dorsal scales small, granular, round or oval, smooth, rarely faintly keeled, equal in size, 54 to 63 across the middle of the body; 3 and 4 series corresponding to one ventral plate, 38 to 56 to the length of the head. Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal and 26 to 34 transverse series. Preanal plate moderate, with one or two semicircles of small plates. Scales on upper surface of tibia feebly keeled, considerably smaller than dorsals. 18 to 26 femoral pores on each side (usually 21-24). 26 to 33 lamellar scales under the fourth toe. Upper caudal scales truncate and very obtusely, very feebly, diagonally keeled ; 28 to 38 scales in the fourth whorl behind the postanal granules. Specimens identical in form and scaling differ very considerably in the coloration. The form which has been referred to L. muralis fusca * is brown or grey above, with small black spots, which may form two or three longitudinal series on the back and reticulations on the side, the back being separated from the side by a streak of the light ground colour; some specimens with very small dark dots, or nearly uniform ; no very distinct markings on the tail; lower parts whitish, unspotted. The largest specimen measures 67 mm. from snout to vent. In the var. milensis Bedriaga ¢ the upper parts are pale brown, the sides yellow or greenish yellow, with black marblings often forming cross-bars ; blue ocelli above the shoulder. Belly bluish, with or without large black spots; throat often black with round light spots (Pl. XXI. fig. 3). Werner’s var. nigrogularis, also from Milos, differs in having a black vertebral stripe or series of spots. From snout to vent o7 mm. Bright green specimens (Pl. XXI. figs. 1 & 2), with the markings as in the specimens described first, and with or without a black vertebral stripe, have been referred by Bedriaga to L. muralis neapolitana {. Belly white or orange. The largest specimen measures 71 mm. from snout to vent. Bedriaga observes that specimens from Tenos, Syra, and Phanar are green on the anterior part of the back, or only on the neck, and grey-brown or greyish green on the rest of the back. In all these colour-variations, large blue or blue-green spots are present on the outer row of ventrals. * Also var. naaensis Werner. The specimens before me are from Petali (Bedriaga), Tenos (Bedriaga), and Naxos (Werner). These specimens often bear a strong superficial resemblance to lizards of the var. guadrilineata from Corsica. 7 Type specimens of vars, milensis and mgrogularis from Milos and Erimomilo are preserved in the British Museum. + Specimens from Syra, Mykonos, and Santorini haye been received from Herr L. Miiller. VOL. XxX.—Part 11, No. 7.—ebruary, 1913. 2 184 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE The var. erhardi Bedriaga, from Seriphos, is described as similar to the first variety, but with three or four yellowish-green streaks on the body, these streaks lemon-yellow on the neck ; the throat lemon-yellow. And, finally, Erhard describes two further varieties :—(1) Black above and beneath, with rows of green spots on the back (var. archipelagica, Bedriaga). (2) Reddish brown on the back and tail, green on the head and neck, yellow beneath ; five large cobalt- blue spots on each side of the body. The localities for these varieties are not stated. The following are particulars of the specimens in the British Museum :— ills 22, 3. 4, 5. 6. Mo Retalipebulbceau(Bedriaga) sim aa mmOS MMO ales bald in o4 23 29 Tenos, Cyclades _,, Boron Cy i709 28> On Nab 2120 RO) Mykonos, Cyclades (L. Miller). ,, 71 638 29 11 385 24, 28 *; s Pe wOO Ma MOORy Oi ool 22 27 Syra, Cyclades A a uo ae hOD my ROO 27 9 30 28-22 29 Naxos, Cyclades (Werner) . . u CQ Be Be BB 21 27 (Type of v. naxensis.) » Gydaces (Wem), os 2 G GB By Bo) all ou el 26 i rs 3 » we Be se Il 2) BBR | Bs a ie s GS CO) 8 ae il oil Bea a) is 3 Ae aN PSM AMEE iO oe OO! cod Qo ee 23 29 Santorini, Cyclades (Li. Miller). G 63 56 27 11 382 22 29 ie . NGO 155°. 30° TN 33 Non iB : ‘ OMNGL ms ile 10) 430 Dh Op IMnlos)(Cycladest(Bedxiaga)iy ey iGwnod) 256) 28. 1 734 26 26 (Type of v. milensis.) » Cy@acles (Becher) 95 5 gy | wh 26 oy Bs} 24 28 Hrimomilo; Cyclades(Werner) . @ 55 55 31 Ie 33 24 27 _ i gh ye Rn eT On AIRC. oy Measurements (in millimetres) :— ile 2 3. 4. 5. From end of snout to vent . .. 71 60 63 57 55 ep Nie uy Mforeilinbs mmm o8\) 923 D4 990m Mo lbgmstin OF nel 5 6 og oo os oe) MD) 14 16 16 13 Whelan orga, oo op ek oo) LB 9 11 10 8 Depthyotihead Mier meen nn inne () 7 9 8 64 Hore im bigeden. ee mur Menai reN To 20 22 9 17 ind dim ba tee iene cium OO, 30 34 32 27 doo eaten era iets) sean) (neal eT Lee a We 18 18 1165 Maa 9 5 ae eit Co ON OST palais 69* 1. g, 2. 9. Mykonos (L. Miller). 3. ¢. Petali (Bedriaga). 4. $. Milos (Bedriaga). 5. @. Erimomilo (Werner). * Tail reproduced. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 185 Specimens from Crete, of which I have examined two only (hgr. ¢ & ¢), presented to the British Museum by Miss Dorothy Bate, agree with the Cyclades form in the shape of the head and in the smooth dorsal scales, but differ in the rostral entering the nostril. The numbers of scales and pores are here given for comparison :— i 2s 3 4 5. 6 7 Gattis tee 100 56 27 10 31 20-19 27 g 58 57 28 11 30 20-21 20 Grey above, with a dark brown, light-edged lateral band ; a black-and-white ocellus above the shoulder ; lower parts bluish (in spirit). More specimens are required to decide whether the Crete lizard deserves a varietal name. At present it cannot be identified with any variety with which I am acquainted. Bedriaga (op. cit. p. 216) refers it to LZ. muralis fusca: “ Auf Kreta kommt eine rubriventris mit sch6n ausgepraégten Linien auf den Rumpfseiten und tippig gezeich- netem Riicken in Gemeinschaft mit der typischen fusca vor.” IX.—SOUTHERN RUSSIA, CONSTANTINOPLE, ASTA MINOR, AND NORTHERN PERSIA. Some years ago, when dealing with the history of the so-called Lacerta depressa of Camerano *, I made some general remarks about the Wall-Lizards of this area, and distinguished the following forms as varieties :— Var. chalybdea Hichwald (depressa Werner). Var. saxicola Hversmann. . Var. depressa Camerano (modesta Bedriaga, defilippii Boettger). Var. portschinskii Kessler (depressa part., Camerano). Var. defilippii Camerano (persica Bedriaga, depressa, part., Camerano). Var. rudis Bedriaga (depressa, part., Camerano). All these were then known to me from autopsy. ‘There remained one form, first described by Berthold as L. hieroglyphica, and since referred by Werner to Lacerta serpa, on Which I could offer no opinion. The view I took of the division into varieties is, on the whole, confirmed by the descriptions, based on a larger material, since published by Prof. Méhely. I must take objection, however, to the manner in which reference has been made} to my publica- tion entitled “ On the Lacerta depressa of Camerano,” the object of which was to show that a number of distinct forms, varieties I called them, had been included under that name by Camerano and others, and I distinctly pointed out that the name depressa should, in my opinion, be restricted to two of the specimens out of the six on which * P. Z. 8. 1904, ii. p. 332. 7 Ann. Mus. Hung. vii. 1909, p. 409. 186 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE the species was established. I am therefore surprised to find my LZ. muralis, var. portschinskit, and my L. m. var. rudis, referred to by Méhely in his synonymies as L. muralis, var. depressa, as well as to miss all allusion to my identification of L. defilippii, which should have been quoted as ZL. muralis, var. defilippit. Remarks will be made further on concerning the names given by Méhely to the varieties here dealt with. J. derjugini Nikolsky and L. chlorogaster Boulenger (which name has priority over L. boettgeri Méhely) appear to me to be entitled to rank as species distinct from J. muralis. The forms dealt with here may be briefly defined as follows :— A. Var. chalybdea Kichw. Hind limb short, reaching the elbow or the axil in the male, not beyond the elbow in the female; foot not or but slightly longer than head. Granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries usually forming an incomplete series, some- times reduced to 3. Dorsal scales smooth, larger than tibials, 40 to 53 across middle of body. Femoral pores usually fewer than 20. 24 to 28 scales under the fourth toe. From snout to vent up to 75 mm. ‘Transcaucasia, Asia Minor, Mesopotamia. B. Var. saxicola Eversm. Hind limb longer, foot longer than head. Granules between supra- oculars and supraciliaries forming a complete series. Dorsal scales smooth, not larger than tibials, 50 to 65 across middle of body. Femoral pores 16 to 22. 25 to 31 scales under the fourth toe. From snout to vent up to 80 mm. Crimea, Cis- and Transcaucasia, Asia Minor. C. Var. portschinskii Kessl. Like the preceding, but smaller and more slender, with more pointed snout. Dorsal scales smooth, as large as or larger than tibials, 51 to 56 across middle of body. 26t0 31 gular scales. Femoral pores 16 to 21. Not known to exceed 57 mm. from snout to vent. Transcaucasia. D. Var. defilippit Camer. Proportions more as in the preceding. Dorsal scales smooth, as large as or larger than tibials, 46 to 53 across middle of body. Caudal scales usually feebly keeled. 22 to 25 gular scales. Femoral pores 14 to 20. Size as in the preceding. Transcaucasia and Northern Persia. E. Var. rudis Bedr. Dorsal scales more or less distinctly keeled, 45 to 58 across middle of body ; tibial scales much larger, strongly keeled; caudal scales almost spinose on the sides. 25. to 34 gular scales. Femoral pores 15 to 23. From snout to vent up to 87 mm. ‘Trans- caucasia. These varieties completely merge into one another, and the definitions are necessarily some- what vague and unsatisfactory. They might all be thrown together under the name of LL. chalybdea, which has priority over that of saxicola adopted by Méhely. Although L. chalybdea, in this extended sense, might be regarded as sufficiently distinguished from the forms of L. muralis inhabiting South Eastern Europe to justify its recognition as a species, we must not lose sight of the state of things in South Western-Europe, where the var. bocagii completely connects the typical L. muralis with a mountain form, var. monticola, which in all its characters closely approaches L. chalybdea. A fifth variety may be said to connect the var. breviceps with L. derjugini :— F. Var. caucasica Méhely. Head not strongly depressed. Collar-edge more or less distinctly serrated. Dorsal scales smooth or faintly keeled, larger than tibials, about 40 to 50 across VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 187 middle of body, caudals often rather pointed behind. 17 to 25 gular scales. Femoral pores 12 to17. From snout to vent up to 60mm. Caucasus. And, finally, G. Var. hieroglyphica Berthold, with 68 to 71 scales across the body, 21 to 26 femoral pores, 30 to 35 scales under the fourth toe, and reaching a length of 65 mm. from snout to vent, is very closely related to the var. serpa, to which it has been referred by Werner, thus standing quite apart from the preceding forms. So far as I have been able to ascertain, L. muralis does not extend into Syria, the specimens so named by Giinther, Lortet, and others, belonging to L. levis Gray. Var. CHALYBDEA. Lacerta chalybdea Eichwald, Zool. Spec. iii. p. 188 (1831), and Reise Kasp. Meer. i. pt. 2, p. 745 (1837). Zootoca chalybdea Kichwald, Faun. Casp.-Cauc. p. 73, pl. xi. figs. 1-3 (1842). Lacerta muralis fusca, var. saxicola, part., Bedriaga, Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. 1886, p. 195. Lacerta muralis, part., Derjugin, Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. St. Pétersb. vi. 1901, p. 97; Nikolsky, Herp. Ross. p. 130 (1905). Lacerta depressa (non Camer.) Werner, Sitzb. Ak. Wien, cxi. 1. 1902, p. 1086, pl. 111. figs. 9 & 10. Lacerta muralis, var. chalybdea Bouleng. P. Z. 8. 1904, i. p. 337. Lacerta saxicola, subsp. bithynica and armeniaca Méhely, Ann. Mus. Hung. vi. 1909, p. 5387, pl. xxi. fig. 7, and p. 549, pl. xxi. fig. 8. This name, which has priority over that of saaicola, a fact overlooked by Méhely, was applied to a specimen described and figured in 1841 ( H fusco violacea, wneo- nitens, maculis nigris exiguis adspersa, lateribus obscurius fusco-fasciatus, nigro- maculatis, scuta abdominis exteriora chalybdeata”); the figure shows a stout form with short limbs (foot not longer than head) and a series of round light spots on the upper border of the dark lateral band. The number of femoral pores is “ circiter 16.” In all respects the description and figure agree with specimens from Ielenovka, Lake Gokscha, 2000 m. altitude, received by the British Museum from the St. Petersburg Museum in 1886, and which are unquestionably identical with Werner’s L. depressa, from the Bithynian Olympus, near Brussa, 1800 m., as I pointed out in 1884, and as the figures 1 & 2 on Pl. XXII. ought to show, as well as with specimens from Kavkaz, L. Gokscha, which I owe to the kindness of Dr. V. Vavra. Méhely has demurred to this identification and proposed the name bithynica for Werner's lizard, of which he has examined three specimens from Brussa, in the Werner Collection, and one from Amasia, in the Hungarian Museum. Méhely identifies Eichwald’s ZL. chalybdea with Kessler’s L. portschinskit, which is a more slender lizard, with longer foot, with more numerous femoral pores, etc. Nikolsky * has recently pointed out the error of Méhely, and also the fact that he has * Ann, Mus. Zool. Ac. St. Pétersb. xv. 1910, p. 493. I am grateful to my friend Dr. de Bedriaga for a translation of Nikolsky’s paper, published in Russian. 188 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE overlooked the original description of Eichwald, which is based on a specimen from the Caucasus (“ habitat in Iberia, Somchetia’’), not from Tiflis as assumed by Méhely. The allusion to a “collare dentatum” in the original description is not against an identification with the L. Gokscha specimens, as one of these has the collar feebly but distinctly dentate. The following description is taken from sixteen specimens, particulars of which are first given :— 1 2. 3. 4 5, 6, le Telenovka, hy Gokschae G9) 958) 94528 Sy a ANS XG) 5 5 G0 WO. aly BIO S25) Goma a 39 es 3 G7 F455" 29 9 24" MoS NOR eee 5 i x 66) 447 730° 10 22 15 26 35 5 Stet EnR sy 64 40 30 9 2) 1G=1o 26 3 3 CONGO 440 30%" 10 22 NGAI mimoy, Kavkaz, oe : Bs Deas 29 10 23 eel /owanes oH ele ee AGW 28 22) Oia eG WankekGurdistam see ter tien. 2 Or. te Bas} PAD) ali ze iS Fe 4 648 29)" AI 28) 9=20 126 3 x RR VO | 6d) 7425 28 9 24 16-15 27 Mesopotamiawen mai GOS eA Onm 29) al Ol 27 nalO 20) e283 i Sa aU ae ae 66 44 29 9 23 16 28 2 OD FS GB Os Oy sh USSD). QS % Pe eae a 6945 29 9 22 16 28 Bithynian Olympus . . . ,, 70). BO! 0) 10) 8 16-15 24 The third specimen on this list is preserved in the Lataste Collection, and was received from Dr. de Bedriaga. Two of the Mesopotamian specimens and two from Lake Van (Mission Chantre, 1881) are preserved in the Lyons Museum. Form rather stout, head and body much flattened; limbs short, the hind lmb reaching the axil or the elbow of the adpressed fore limb in the male, the wrist or the elbow in the female; foot not or but slightly longer than the head. Head flat above, nearly once and a half as long as broad, its depth equalling the distance between the centre or the posterior border of the eye and the anterior border of the tympanum ; snout obtusely pointed. Rostral not entering the nostril; suture between the nasals very short, or * rostral forming a suture with the frontonasal; a single postnasal; frontal as long as its distance from the end of snout; series of granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries usually incomplete (3 to 8) +; interparietal long and narrow, much narrower than the short occipital; parietal usually more or less distinctly emarginate * In 4 out of the 16 specimens examined. + Complete in a male from Mesopotamia, and in a female from Lake Van. In a female from Mesopotamia, the suture between the first and second supraciliaries is distinctly oblique. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 189 on the side for the accommodation of a large supratemporal *, which is sometimes in contact with the fourth supraocular and sometimes not; temporal scales granular ; masseteric disk usually very large, sometimes moderate or small, sometimes divided into two; tympanic shield large ; four upper labials anterior to the subocularf. 21 to 29 scales and granules in a straight line between the symphysis of the chin-shields and the median collar-plate ; gular fold usually feebly marked or indistinct ; collar-edge entire or feebly serrated ; 8 to 11 collar-plates. Scales on body granular, flat, smooth, equal in size, 40 to 53 across the middle of the body, 25 to 31 corresponding to the length of the head, 3 or 2 and 3 to one ventral plate. Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal series and 28 to 30 transverse series {; the plates of the two median series narrower than the others or equal to the outer. Preanal plate large, bordered by one semicircle of smaller plates, often preceded by a transversely enlarged plate. Scales on upper surface of tibia smaller than dorsals, smooth or feebly keeled. 15 to 20 femoral pores on each side. 24 to 28 lamellar scales under the fourth toe. Caudal scales forming alternately longer and shorter whorls, the two median dorsal series more or less distinctly enlarged; scales truncate and diagonal, strongly keeled, especially on the sides, the outline of which is distinctly serrated, though not to the same extent as in the var. rwdis; 18 to 26 scales in the fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal granules. Both sexes are alike in coloration. Back greyish brown. or olive-brown, usually separated from the darker brown sides by a series of round white spots, which may be black-edged and ocellar ; head and back with small, irregular, often vermicular black markings ; sides often with large, light, black-edged ocellar spots. Uniform yellow or yellowish white beneath, the outer row of ventrals blue, or with a series of blue spots, in both sexes. An account of the coloration of fresh specimens is given by Werner. According to Werner, the male may reach a length of 204 mm., whilst the female does not exceed 175. The following measurements (in millimetres) are from specimens in the British Museum :— Telenovka. Bithynian —-~——— Olympus. Mesopotamia. e. 2. 3. 2. Ge From end of snout to vent . . . . 58 70 70 68 75 =F a S Wore Iba) 5 og || BB 22 22 23 25 ILeMea OF Neal ‘og sole a 6) 8 14, 15 14 15 Wiaaliin @F lueal 5 5 og 6 ek 9 9 10 9 10 Wepthtotebeadhiyemn ye Wiis at) oe 6 6 6 6 6 oreplintbaeercwe Gt as ee a Cl 21 20 21 22 Enid bili aie ee say seman esos) eo a7 Yea () 30 29 31 30 TOTOYON igh ei. as, STR athe ieee enema ea) 16 15 16 16 * Hardly at all in one of the Ielenoyka specimens, which is here figured. 7 5 in one specimen from Ienelovka. £ 26 to 32, fide Werner. 190 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE As stated above, examples of this variety are referred by Méhely to two subspecies of L. saxicola, which are thus differentiated in the key on p. 492. Limbs long, hind limb of g reaching shoulder or collar, of female wrist or middle of fore arm; 41-45 scales across middle of body, not larger towards the belly, 3 corresponding to one ventral plate; gular scales 20-28 ; 4 rows of small shields under the thigh ; femoral pores 14-18. Subsp. armeniaca. Limbs short, hind limb of ¢ reaching only the elbow or the axil ; 47-51 seales across middle of body, distinctly larger towards the belly, 2 or 3 corresponding to one ventral plate; gular scales 25-29; 5 or 6 rows of small shields under the thigh; femoral pores 16-19 . . . . . Subsp. dithynica. The only male specimen from JTelenovka (armeniaca Méhely) at my disposal could not be determined by means of this synopsis, as it falls in the second division as regards the length of the hind limb, and in the first as regards the number of dorsal and gular scales. ‘There is nothing distinctive in the character of the scales near the belly, and although it is true the female from the Bithynian Olympus (dithynica Méhely) differs from the specimens from Ielenovka in having 4 instead of 3 series of small shields between the large femoral shields and the pores * as well as a slightly greater number of dorsal and gular scales, these characters are too slight to justify the establishment of a variety, and besides they are found to break down if put to the test of larger series than Méhely had the privilege of examining. The same author mentions and figures a single specimen in which the first supraocular is in contact with the frontal. Such an exception I have never met with either in this variety or in any of the forms which I united under Lacerta muralis, with the single exception of a specimen from Elizabethpol (var. saxicola) in which it occurs on one side only f. The var. valentint Boettger, Ber. Senck. Ges. 1892, p. 145 (Z. saxicola, subsp. valentini Méhely, /. c. p. 543, pl. xxi. fig. 6), does not appear to be separable from var. chalybdea. 42 to 48 scales across the body, 19 to 21 femoral pores. Back green, with black spots and vermiculations. From snout to vent 75 mm. Karabagh and Armenia. Var. SAXICOLA. Lacerta saxicola Kversmann, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Nat. Mose. i. 1834, p. 349, pl. xxx. fig. 1; Nikolsky, Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. St. Pétersb. xv. 1910, p. 490; Lehrs, Festschr. R. Hertwig, ii. pl. xiv. fig. 8 (1910). Lacerta grammica (non Licht.) Rathke, Mém. Sav. Etr. Ac. St. Pétersb. ii. 1837, p. 303. Lacerta taurica, part., de Filippi, Arch. p. la Zool. Anat. Fis. 11. 1863, p. 386. * These series of scales vary from 3 to 5 in the Mesopotamian specimens. + Yet Méhely (Ann. Mus. Hung. viii. 1910, p. 223) gives “ Frontale .... dfters an das erste Supraoculare anstossend” as one of the features characteristic of his Archeolacerte. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 191 Podarcis depressa, part., Camerano, Atti Acc. Tor. xiii. 1878, p. 539. Lacerta muralis fusca, var. saxicola, part., Bedriaga, Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. 1886, p. 195. Lacerta depressa, var. modesta Bedriaga, t. c. p. 272; Bouleng. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 34 (1887) ; Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1889, p. 204; Steind. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xx. 1907, p. 308. Lacerta muralis Képpen, Beitr. Russ. R. (2) vi. p. 63 (1883). Lacerta muralis, var. depressa, part., Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1892, p. 141; Méhely, in Zicky, Dritte Asiat. Forschungsr. 11. Zool. p. 54 (1901) ; Derjugin, Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. St. Pétersb. vi. 1901, p. 97; Nikolsky, Herp. Ross. p. 136 (1905). Lacerta muralis, var. defilippit (non Camer.) Boettg. t. c. p. 144. Lacerta muralis, part., Nikolsky, op. cit. p. 130. Lacerta muralis, var. depressa Bouleng. P. Z. S. 1904, ii. p. 333, pl. xxii. fig. a. Lacerta saxicola, f. typica Méheiy, Ann. Mus. Hung. vii. 1909, p. 495, pl. xviii. figs. 4, 5, 6, 8. Lacerta saxicola, var. defilippti, part., Méhely, t. c. p. 519, pl. xviii. figs. 1-3. A female from the Belaja R. (affluent of Kuban R.) in Ciscaucasia (Pl. XXII. fig. 4), agrees well with the diagnosis given by Eversmann (ZL. supra latitudine capitis prasina, nigromaculata, lateribus brunnea, nigro-maculata, subtus margaritacea versus latera cerulescens, rostro acuto, capite depresso; cauda longissima, scutellis argute carinatis annulata), and also with the figure which accompanies his description. I have, therefore, no doubt as to the correctness of the identification. A specimen from the South Coast of the Crimea, received alive from Mr. A. Brauner, and which agrees in all essential points with the above, was grass-green above, blackish brown on the sides; head, limbs, and tail golden brown; turquoise-blue spots above the axil and on the outer ventral shields; pinkish white beneath. A similar specimen from the Crimea is figured on Pl. XXII. fig. 3. I append particulars of these specimens, and of others which I regard as pertaining to the same variety :— ils 2. 3. 4, 5. 6. 7. Crimes 6 gp 5 8 56 oe op he oe SG 6S 6G A UIQ 20 29 » (Coes Coll). 6 oo 0 » 46 Ch BB IM BB 20 27 » south Coast ee OOM Come ony a lOkeara2 20 27 lidaj@ 18, Qlatasia Coll) . 1 6 6 » SL G Bf 10 8 BES 5 PED cua Ae lay Wevitislen WASi OOM OOL Mae Oe ecules 297 19 28 Silage, 1, erplovein 5 6 o o o @ GY GB B7 9 25 20-19 30 $ 5 Son a orettes pee Olu, oe 2) 8 25 18 30 53 3 ae kee tO OF OO me, tS) 5) 18 31 Tativ, 3 SiN ME Ou hOS) GO) 2G 8) 29) 19-20) sil %) Bs 5 pois o &. 4 BS Bw Q 2B 18 30 Migri-Gerusi, Zangezur Distr. . . ,, 48 54 80 D2 SOR 29 Hlizalbeth poli mer meee ale meet OOM ONE 29 9 24 16 29 4 ee ch, Mehl erpAlGO tind 2 tue 2 umATOR KO, OTe 1G ML aG a ee een ed eek SUA) ROS Wm TOR NOS T7188 mor, Rasano, Talysch (Bedriaga Coll.) . gS 64 55 28 DO: Be 18 28 3 ‘5 ates OL 8, 2 NO ee 18 28 VOL. XX.—PART Il. No. 8.—february, 1913. 2D 192 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE 1. 2 3 4, 5 6. Hh Helenendorf (Bedriaga Coll.) 6) G2 Be 23 8 27 20-22 31 Katar, Armenia (Lyons Mus.) . . 2? 46 58 29 9 24 21-18 28 Trebizond? (type of £. depressa) G 68 60 26 11 381 2221 27 (Turin Mus.). Trebizond ? $5 » 82 Cl BH 8 32 18 26 Hrdshias Dagh, Asia Minor... 5, 56 52 24 12 25 I9-17 25 Chitkrein Wangs sy Yk be) 6 my. GP) BP BB UL BO 19 27 In form similar to the typical LZ. muradis, or rather to the var. brweggemanni, but head more depressed as a rule, its depth not exceeding the distance between the centre of the eye and the anterior border of the tympanum; snout as a rule more pointed than in var. chalybdea and less than in var. portschinshit. Hind limb reaching the shoulder or the collar in males, the axil, or the elbow of the adpressed fore limb in females; foot longer than the head. Head-shields as in var. chalybdea, but rostral not rarely in contact with the fronto- nasal, granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries nearly always forming a complete series, and masseteric disk smaller as a rule * ; the supratemporal is usually in contact with the fourth supraocular, but the degree of emargination of the antero- lateral border of the parietal is very variable, some specimens + not differing in this respect from a typical LZ. muralis; frequently five upper labials anterior to the subocular. 23 to 32 scales and granules between the chin-shields and the collar, which is not serrated and is composed of 8 to 12 plates. Scales on body granular, round or roundish-hexagonal, smooth or faintly keeled on the posterior part of the back, 50 to 654 across the middle of the body, 34 to 51 corresponding to the length of the head, 3 or 4 to one ventral plate. Preeanal plate bordered by one or two semicircles of smaller plates, sometimes preceded by a transversely enlarged plate. Scales on upper surface of tibia as large as or a little larger than dorsals,-more or less strongly keeled. 16 to 22 || femoral pores on each side. 25 to 31 lamellar scales under the fourth toe. Caudal scales forming alternately longer and shorter whorls, the two median dorsal series more or less distinctly enlarged; these scales truncate and more or less diagonal, strongly keeled, the outline on the side more or less distinctly serrated, but far less than in var. rudis; 22 to 28 scales in the fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal granules. Some specimens are green above, others are grey or brown, the variation in this * Absent in specimens from Rasano and Katar, + From Shuska and Erdshias Dagh. + Exceptionally 37 according to Méhely. § 49 to 67 according to Mchely. || 16 to 25 (usually 18-22) according to Méhely. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 195 respect being comparable to what obtains in LZ. muralis and its var. brueggemanni in some parts of Italy. ‘The head and back are spotted, dotted, or vermiculated with black, the larger spots, if arranged with any symmetry, forming two vertebral series, as in the vars. bocagit and monticola; the sides are often black, with blue or white round spots ; larger round white spots usually form a series on each side of the back ; some specimens reticulated with black, much as in var. tediguerta. Lower parts white, bluish, or yellowish ; blue and black spots on the outer row of ventral plates, at least in the males. Measurements (in millimetres) :— From end of snout to vent . . . . £468 66 63 56 60 61 i ae 3 forelimb. . . 28 27 25 23 23 22 lflem@l 9 (5 0 9 pb 0 9 8 8 0 a ae 17 16 15 14 13 Walia Gf lngacl 5) oo og oo op al 11 10 10 9 8 Wepthyotshea deer wars ns miele 6 9 7 i 6 6 Ito Iiigal) g 6 6 0 6 ot oo oe | 26 25 22 22 20 lehirael TNVNI) 5 Gy Bea ot Soa oe ae GD 40 36 31 31 30 TRO: i rileseibe iy ahs Outi a ae ei eels 20) 21 20 18 17 17 1. g. Trebizond (type of L. depressa, var. modesta). 2. 3. Crimea. 3. 3. Tativ, KE. Karabagh. 4, ¢.Erdshias Dagh, Asia Minor. 5. ?. Belaje R., Ciscaucasia. 6. 2. Shuska, E. Karabagh (var. defilippit Boettg. nec Camer.). The largest specimens, ¢ and 2, examined by Méhely, measure 79 and 80 mm. from snout to vent, tail 150. The female specimen represented on Pl. XXII. fig. 5, from Shuska, E. Karabagh, was referred by Boettger to the var. defilippii. A male from Erdshias Dagh, Asia Minor, is shown on fig. 6. The vars. braunert Méhely (Ann. Mus. Hung. vii. 1909, p. 509) and raddet Boette. (Ber. Senck. Ges. 1892, p. 142), with which I am only acquainted through the descrip- tions, appear to connect this form with the var. dejilippii. Var. PORTSCHINSKII. Lacerta taurica, part., de Filippi, Arch. Zool. Anat. Fis. 11. 1863, p. 386. Podarcis depressa, part., Camerano, Atti Acc. Tor. xiii. 1878, p. 539. Lacerta portschinskit Kessler, Tr. Soc. Nat. St. Pétersb. viii. 1878, p. 160, pl. i.; Bedriaga, Arch, f. Naturg. 1879, p. 308. Lacerta muralis, var. depressa, part., Bedriaga, t. c. p. 312. Lacerta muralis, var. portschinskii Bouleng. P. Z. S. 1904, ii. p. 337, pl. xxii. fig. 6. Lacerta murals, part., Nikolsky, Herp. Ross. p. 136 (1905). Lacerta saxicola, var. chalybdea (non Hichw.) Méhely, Ann. Mus. Hung. vil. 1909, p. 513. Lacerta saxicola, var. portschinskit Nikolsky, Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. St. Pétersb. xv. 1910, p. 493. 2D 2 194 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE A small, slender form, with very pointed snout. Hind limb reaching the shoulder or the collar in the male, between the wrist and the elbow in the female. Frontonasal as long as broad or alittle longer; granules between the supraoculars and supraciliaries forming a complete series; masseteric disk moderate or small, or absent; 4 upper labials anterior to the subocular. Collar even-edged, composed of 7 to 10 small plates; 26 to 31 scales and granules in a straight line between the symphysis of the chin-shields and the median collar-plate. Dorsal scales round and flat, perfectly smooth, 51 to 56 across middle of body, 3 or 4 corresponding to a ventral plate. A transversely enlarged plate in front of the preanal. Scales on upper surface of tibia as large as or smaller than dorsals, feebly keeled. 16 to 21* femoral pores on each side. 28 or 29 lamellar scales under the fourth toe. Caudal scales strongly keeled. Greyish or pale yellowish brown above, with small darker markings; a more or less distinct dorso-lateral series of small light spots ; lower parts white or yellowish, the outer row of ventrals with blue spots. Does not exceed a length of 57 mm. from end of snout to vent. This form, which is known only from the neighbourhood of Tiflis and Elizabethpol, agrees in most respects with the var. saxicola. Some of the characters given above are taken from Méhely’s description, as I have only examined two specimens, the first of which is one of the types of Z. depressa, preserved in the Turin Museum, the second being figured on Pl. XXIII. fig. 1. 1. 2. : 4, 5. 6. le A SHA eta oss 9 bya) Gyn A) NO ah Wallis} | BX Elizabethpol. . . 9 53 56 30 8 27 18-17 29 Measurements (in millimetres) :— 3 ®, Hromiendior/snoutito ventiv is i 1) Od 53 a se a TORCH Dee LS 19 engthvotheadeiy anit wen ciem senile a cg) cell ll jWadthyofilheadyen ema iemaii cat tec ealiiiiencs 7 7 DepthvolineadGn wre Une nlep \edle ca hrs la x 4, 5 Horedimb sit oy eee come! osteo 1G 18 Feta @limab esa ie seein iam euieskasi lie) Ue. As 25 GOO Lr crnesmeh sumer cmticumbs nearer kel vey cal a1 A 15 Parley Mann A ano MMe eco MW a tte. bie. fu" Le Kessler gave the length of the type specimen as 46 mm. from snout to vent, tail 101. He regarded the very long tail as distinctive of L. portschinskii compared with L. nuralis. = 20-22 according to Kessler. VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 195 Var. DEFILIPPII. Lacerta muralis de Filippi, Viagg. in Persia, p. 354 (1865) ; Blanf. Zool. E. Pers. p. 861 (1876). Podarcis defilippit Camerano, Atti Acc. Tor. xiii. 1877, p. 90, pl. iii. figs. 1-3. Podarcis depressa, part., Camerano, t. ce. 1878, p. 539. Lacerta muralis fusca, var. persica Bedriaga, Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. 1886, p. 199. Lacerta muralis, var. defilippit Boettg. in Radde, Faun. Flor. Sudw. Casp.-Geb. p. 44 (1886) ; Bouleng. P. Z.S. 1904, 11. p. 387. Lacerta saxicola, var. defilippit Méhely, Ann. Mus. Hung. vii. 1909, p. 519 (part.), and Zool. Anz. 1910, p. 592. A small form barely separable from the two preceding. Head often somewhat less depressed, more as in L. muralis typica. Hind limb reaching the shoulder or the collar in the males, the wrist or the elbow in the females ; foot considerably longer than the head. As may be seen from the table of measurements, the propor- tions are the same as in the typical L. muralis from Central Europe. The rostral sometimes enters the nostril, but is always separated from the fronto- nasal *; the series of granules between the supraoculars and the supraciliaries is complete; the masseteric disk may be large or small, but is often wholly absent; the anterior supratemporal is often in contact with the fourth supraocular and does not always encroach upon the outer border of the parietal (see Pl. XXIII. fig. 2a); occipital usually shorter and broader, sometimes much broader than the interparietal +; four upper labials anterior to the subocular. 22 to 25 scales and granules between the chin-shields and the collar, which is not serrated and is composed of 9 to 11 very small plates; gular fold very indistinct or absent. Scales on body granular, round or oval, smooth, equal, 45 to 53 across the middle of the body, 32 to 46 corresponding to the length of the head, 3 or 4 to one ventral plate. Preeanal plate bordered by one or two semicircles of small plates. Scales on upper surface of tibia as large as or smaller than dorsals, feebly keeled. 14 to 20 femoral pores on each side. 24 to 29 lamellar scales under the fourth toe. Caudal scales differing from those of the preceding varieties in being less strongly keeled, sometimes very feebly; 24 to 32 scales in the fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal granules. The coloration of fresh specimens is thus described by Blanford :— 6 56 6560 @ Go 4H 2H IO Bs Ae ws Type of var. rudis . Neat nyc Te BO ald Re aS} O) ey Neale) 53 fe (Momim WS) 6 6 6 6g COO UG gs) 18 25 Tchorok, Caucasus . ipa ose en OO redo coe aba cody NS Nano Tcherneia Aragdwa (BedriagaColl) . ,, 55 50 28 10 27 18-19 25 * Sometimes rostral forming a suture with frontonasal. + Very indistinctly in the type figured, P. Z. S. 1904, ii. pl. xxii. fig. ¢. =~ Masseteric shield small in the specimen from Tchoroc and T'cherneia Aragdwa, § 46 to 58 according to Méhely, 198 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE Measurements (in millimetres) :— ils 2. 3. 4, 5 From end of snout to vent. . . . . 83 70 60 68 £55 Ns as is foneylimb yea Ale 7Aeo neces lea OEINEACL GS gg 6 3 oe 6 ol) BO RS TMG AG 8 Wadthyotsheadit ami malon ir uinome ml mictmalGl mn 1b ey Ta 8 IDG OHINERC 5 5 0 0 6 og a fo IO 65 6 7 5 Horetlimb wien cae anne Ese ey SOU soo. | NOON Coli al Eanditimb ieee Me ne ae TAO) iS Si nso n sri, 2 1 EGY ota ees te eS a ce oh Wiest tI. Aaa eis ee) aa 22 a KY Mit 24 0 AAO The largest specimen examined by Méhely, a female from Batum, measures 87 mm. from snout to vent. Although one of the most distinct forms of ZL. mwralis, the var. rudis is, however, connected by intermediate specimens with tbe var. saxicola, as observed by Méhely. The specimens figured on Pl. XXII. are males from Batum (fig. 7), in Dr. de Bedriaga’s Collection, and from Tchorok (fig. 8), Var. CAUCASICA. Lacerta muralis, var. saxicola (non Eversm.) Kessler, Tr. Soc. Nat. St. Pétersb. viii. 1878, p. 152. Lacerta muralis, var. fusca, f. praticola, part., Boettg. Ber. Offenb. Ver. Naturk. 1880, p. 91. Lacerta saxicola, subsp. gracilis Méhely, Ann. Mus. Hung. vii. 1909, p. 555. Lacerta caucasica Méhely, t.c. p. 560, pl. xxi. figs. 1 & 2; Nikolsky, Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. St. Pétersb. xv. 1910, p. 495; Lehrs, Festschr, R. Hertwig, ii. p. 234, pl. xiv. figs. 4-6 (1910). This form, characterised by a distinctly serrated collar, large gular and dorsal scales, and a low number of femoral pores, connects L. muralis with L. derjugini Nikolsky. 1 have no hesitation in bestowing on it the name caucasica proposed by Méhely, as two of the specimens examined by me, now in Dr. de Bedriaga’s Collection, formed part of the series from Mleti, in the Aragwa Valley, Transcaucasia, originally referred by Boettger to L. praticola, and since made the types of a new species, one of the characters of which is for the males to have the femoral pores hardly more developed than the females. This is so in the Mleti specimens here described (Pl. XXIII. tig. 3), whilst two males from the summit of Mt. Fatguss, near Vladikaukas (Pl. XXIII. fig. 4), part of a series in the St. Petersburg Museum, referred by Nikolsky to L. caucasica, have very strongly developed pores, and would probably have been made the types of a distinct species or subspecies had they been known to Méhely. In the specimens examined by me the caudal scales are not markedly pointed, and therefore these specimens could not be determined as L. caucasica by means of VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. 199 Méhely’s key (p. 426), but the caudal lepidosis agrees with text-figs. @ and 6 on p. 963 *. I will first give particulars of the five male and the single female specimens examined by me, the last belonging to the Lyons Museum (Mission Chantre, 1881). lf Pas 3. 4. 5. 6. le IMU Ct eee mires Ay UCN Ngo ai Al ROS 8 139 18-14 29 Abn oes NOt heen testa a eee nem 52 44 25 2a Gn 28 IAEME MIAMI Veen Meili iss dele 55 53 40 25 SAO SA 26 IW, IRAE. a 6 Oo ol ge 55 46 24 8 23 17-18 27 as Var. men 9 GUvsnSve 2 3. ticola, 2. PLATE XVI. St. Lunaire, near St. Malo (p. 140). Natural size. St. Lunaire (p. 140). Anal region. X 2. Achard, near Bordeaux (p. 141). Side view of head. Voslau, near Vienna (p.138). Upper view of head. L. Stympnalos, N. Morea (p. 163). Natural size. Bosnia (p. 162). Lower view. Natural size. Bosnia (p. 162). Natural size. Livno, Bosnia (p. 142). ‘Tail, natural size. Bosnia (p. 142). a Var. nigriventris, ¢. Rome (p. 142). a a Loroya Valley, near Madrid (p. 144). Natural size. Loroya Valley (p. 144). Natural size. Coimbra (p. 145). Side view of head. x 3. 9 OF Xo. xX 3. ©. Burbia, Asturias (p. 146). Side view of head. x 3. 10 3 J.GREEN PHOTO. D. MACBETH Sc. LACERTA MURALIS i ii hn J pe nid : a Sek aig ee We PMN tan atoetion rae - i aan oe ay : Os Hamat Vy ei Pie bib) \ h x i " , = GS 4} ) ‘ ; ti i a a 1 3 ; i ' : : 1 » : f yy : i a a, i ir a ; : i ‘A / in ivi ip : lal: fy ; : ay: edn ; ‘ i y o.'t i Fema iy Dos TU eng be, Hin ue Aba iat Fig. 1. la. be) VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. Var. brueggemanni, 3. Var. filfolensis, 3. 3. 2. PLATE XVII. Tuscany (p. 148). Natural size. » Lower view. mA Side view of head. xX 2. Florence (p. 148). Natural size. Ripoli, near Florence (p. 148). Natural size. ae Lower view. » Side view of head. X 24. Malta (p. 158). Natural size. Rocky Island near Malta (p. 159). Natural size. Filfola Rock, _,, 5) (ds 1a) Natural size. ° / ; Ls ee &ppPh bs fo “) PReD J. GREEN PHOTO. D. MACBETH sc. LACERTA MURALIS i OOP ACE ExOVeIED Te f WN on i i he i 1 we hits) can ey ni ve av 22.0) VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. PLATE XVIII. Fig. 1. Var. ‘nsulanica, 3 (one of the types). Pianosa (p. 150). Natural size. la. > bb) 92 a. 99 bp) ? OU oF co _ ‘ i) =r} 8. Var. bedriage, 3. . filfolensis, 3. ” Gs 5 9 g. 7. Var. tiliguerta, 3. . Side view of head. x 23. Pianosa (p. 150). Natural size, lower view. Scuola di Pianosa (p. 150). Natural size. 33 Side view of head. x 24. Linosa (p. 160). Natural size. Natural size, lower view. » Natural size. Monte Cuccio, Palermo (p. 157). Natural size. Bastelica, Corsica (p. 157). Natural size. 3° q { pa oP Ces 58 ) J GREEN PHOTO. D. MACBETH sc. LACERTA MURALIS Wt iy ase bo Lo ae ge VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. PLATE XIX. 1. Var. fiumana, 3 (one of the types). Fiume (p. 171). Natural size. D. Be a é. ‘Trieste (p. 171). Natural size. a rs A ce) ; Natural size. 4, . ‘ é. Bukovici, Herzegovina (p. 172). Natural size. A ee Me s ne Upper view of head. on aH ie Go lsiime, (Go, Il). 6. 5 46 3d. Capljina, Herzegovina(p.172). Upper view of head. x 24. Can 5, Capljina. Side view of head. x 23. (ease ie ‘ @. Bosnia (p. 172). Side view of head. x 24. 8. Var. lissana, 3 (one of the types). Lissa (p. 173). Natural size. Oe + % $. Glavati, Lagosta (p. 173). Natural size. 10. Var. melisellensis, 3. Melisello, near Lissa (p. 175). Natural size. I) a ie ie % Lower view. UD 45 a Ne Upper view of head. 2. Wik 5 ES é (type of var. galvagnii). Scoglio Kamik, near Lissa (p. 177). Natural size. J. GREEN PHOTO. D. MACBETH sc. LACERTA MURALIS bruary, 1913. Fig. 1. IL 2, VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. PLATE XX. Var. horvathi, 3 (one of the types). Jasenak, Croatia (p. 165). Natural size. 29 3> » » Upper surface of head. x 23. 9. Jasenak. Natural size. Var. campestris, ¢. Pola, Istria (p. 178). Natural size. 99 29 bb) 39 be) » ?. Sansego Id., Istria (p. 178). Natural size. is 3 > » (p. 178). Side view of head. 23. Var. serpa, 3. Zara, Dalmatia (p. 180). Natural size. ¢. Pelagosa Grande (p. 180). Natural size. Om es » (p. 180). Natural size. 3 (one of the types of var. adriatica). Pelagosa Piccola (p. 180). Natural size. s Sram Loot. Se. Vid. Ad Ga, AL J GREEN PHOTO. D. MACBETH sc. LACERTA MURALIS Vey ini a eal an 7 at Paitin pent j 1% 7 40% Wraen F Ls PLATE XXL sya. y VARI eats Cee At 226 VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. PLATE XXI. Fig. 1. Var. erhardi, g. Mykonos, Cyclades (p. 183). Natural size. aes ds. 7 ie i Upper view of head. x 2. WO gs uy a 53 Side view of head. x 2. Phe ae ia 2. bs Natural size. Sr AS 3 g (type of var. milensis). Milos, Cyclades (p. 183). Natural size. DO be a Bt Pe Lower view. Natural size. BBs op A a a e Side view of head. x23. Var. hieroglyphica, 3 (type). Constantinople (p. 202). Upper view ot head. x4. AGN tos ms Lape - Side view of head. x4. 5. ny ae ?. Platia, Asia Minor (p. 202). Natural size. DOs. 5 “s _ , Upper view of head. x 2d. DOs. sy ‘ op » Analregion. x24. J. GREEN PHOTO. D. MACBETH sc. LACERTA MURALIS ROG anon ; Yea BAM YON igeath bo i) [0 2) Fig. eo SD oR bo = VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. PLATE XXII. Var. chalybdea, 9. Bithynian Olympus (p. 188). Natural size. M5 ms @. Ielenoka, L. Gokscha (p. 188). Natural size. saaicola, 3. Crimea (p.191). Natural size. ?. Belaja R. (p. 191). Naturai size. ?. Shuska, Karabagh (p. 191). Natural size. 3g. Erdshias Dagh, Asia Minor (p. 192). Natural size. Var. rudis, 6. Batum (p. 197). Natural size. ns a » Side view of head. x2. » ¢&. Tchorok, Caucasus (p. 197). Natural size. Ie, (fssifaa Vihaiaac Aaa aig Fi D. MACBETH sc. J. GREEN PHOTO. LACERTA MURALIS r uate ara PP ATE XO ‘ee Res. 230 Var. portschinskii, @ . bb) Var. defilippit, 3. 3) ”9 0” VARIETIES OF THE WALL-LIZARD. PLATE XXIII. Elizabethpol (p. 194). Natural size. a Anal region. X23. Mazanderan, Persia (p. 196). Natural size. Upper view of head. X24. Side view of head. < 22. se Lower view of head. X23. Mleti, Caucasus (p. 199). Natural size. Upper view of head. x24. Side view of head. x 24. Lower view of head. x23. Posterior part of body and base of tail. 24. se Amaliresion; <2. Mt. Fatguss, Vladikaukas (p. 199). Natural size. Daghestan, Caucasus (p. 201). Natural size. Lower view of head. x3. 29 Lb} 0 VAAN. FEM Ye vey Ul fd Zia D. MACBETH Sc. J. GREEN PHOTO. LACERTA MURALIS TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Publie. erat Tea As £os- dad, VOLUME XVI. (1901-1908, containing 38 Plates) . Price5 8 0 7 4 0 Part 1. (1901, containing 6 Plates) . . ... OS SU 1 4 0 » 2. (1901, contaming 5 Plates) . . . . . Oe esas 015 O » 8. (1901; containmg 9 Plates) . . . 1). ay oO Asy 8) Bisex. 0 » 4. (1902, containing 5 Plates) . . .. . ce Ove O) 012 0 3» 8 (1902; containing 4 Plates) . =... . 95, 018. 6 018 0 » 6. (1902, containing 3 Plates) . . .. . yp Ollie) ie bea@) » 7 (1902, containing 3 Plates) é . » O11 -38 015 0 » 8. (1908, containing 38 Plates, Title and aes » O18 6 018 O VOLUME XVII. (1903-1906, containing 41 Plates and 50 Text-fisures). . . . . . . Priced5 18 6 718 0 Part ]. (1903, contaming 5 Plates) . . .. =. eo SG 110 0 » 2- (1908, containing 8 Plates) . . .. . » 918 6 018 0 » 8. (1904, contaming 13 Plates) . . . . . Fan eels) 110 0 » 4 (1905, contaming 8 Plates) . ... . Spieslorne.. Te LOE30 » D. (1905, containing 50 Text-figures) . . ee 0) tls = 0) Te). 20) » 6, (1906, containing 12 Plates, Title and Index) le e6 110 0 VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates i ands Se ext ieIIneS) eek hea) eons Price Ae len) be G3 O Partl. (1907, containing 9 Plates)... 5 » O15 O I= 0720: » 2. (1908, containing 19 Plates and 63 Text. figs.) ,, 110 O 2 0 0 5, 9% (1908, containing 3 Plates and 21 Text- ae poe Oslioia dO, iby) + : (1911, containing 6 Plates) . . . ee Orh2nQ 016 0 » 0. (1911, containing 6 Plates and 3 Tae iticlepanc laid ex ae vercrcqsat men: time eet Vo nies Oke Oneemeek ae Oden 20 VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates . and 16 Text-figures). . . . . ...Prcel10 4 O 18 12 0 Part - (1909, contaming 3 Pls. & 12 Text-figs.). ,, 117 6 210 0 ae . (1909, contaming 4 Plates) . . .. . Api eee DN) 3 0 0 Ss A (1909, contaming 2 Plates)... Wane OR ROE 0 Oss 50 5 4. (1910, containmg 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) ; Syn ewan liye (0) (9) » 5. (1910, containmg 5 Pls., Title and Index) pee ned ead brie? 0 210 O VOLUME XX. Part 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates) . . . . . PrireO 18 O Reed est, ie oo (LO L25- contamina tOr Plates) 22s oss ss ay ee Ors Olarte ino) Oe O 5, 9. (1918, containmg 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) . ,, 1 2.6 110 0 CONTENTS. III. Second Contribution to our Knowledge of the Varieties of the Wall-Lizard (Lacerta muralis). By G. A, Boutencur, /.AS., ZS. (Plates XVI- XXII and Wext-fouresI 4) sec ot eo. hey eee ees THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings’ by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings”’ for each year are issued in four parts, m the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that the year and page give the complete reference. An “Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to whichit refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, _ to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable pe in advance. ; The “ Transactions”? contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular mtervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds, Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record? or asum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the 1st July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s | Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, sbruary, LOLS, February, Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vout. XX.—Parr 4. (Puates XXIV.-X XVI.) LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT'S PARK; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,, PATERNOSTER ROW, February 1913. Price 12s. Taylor and Francis, Printers. | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. bs. dd. £ s. d. VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates). . Price 318 G6 . . . 418 O* VOLUME II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates). . ,, 40 0... 5 6 6* VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates). . ,, 3 8 38... 411 O* VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . 4, 6 2 0... 8 2 6 VOLUME _ V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . ., Heda te arene wos Oa) VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 fea Sauces ewe One entrn2 eel Dae Oe 210) VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). . 5, 10 4 0 . . .1812 O VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, contaming 82 Plates). . ,, Ce eden eo necnahnryeticea a TID (0) VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . , 12 16... .16 2 90 VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containmg 95 Plates). . , 10 0 8 . . .18 7 GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1838-1879) . ,, One Se Oe ree aOR) VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . ,, eNO iGi sean dle INS VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) ene ey Dt S240) ie cee ee Ale) VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . a 9 8 3 811 0 VOLUME XIV. (1896-1898, containing 47 Plates). . ,, Bi 8. WO Sr sate Oar VOLUME XV. (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates). . ,, 515 6... 714 0 * No copies of these volumes remain in stock. Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. IV. On the Crustacea Isopoda of the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition. By the Rev. T. R. R. Sressine, A., PRS, PLS. F.Z.S. (Received August 28, 1912; Read October 29, 1912.) [Puares XXIV.-XXVI.] Inprx. : Page Systematic :— Pri epi prsAen yells Ly TeE VR AGen pel ont veer anehershsrokerensliicheroreicrarheleletei Velieleraye) oles etelarni er cye) ete 231 dhvimiliyy Caeuesiomy) Sa oot coc oma een end cloe 6 Giolac oo od os od bio SUMO a nS 232 Gnathia cristatipes, sp. n. Hinglish Channel es. 44-1 232 » schistifrons, sp. n. Wiestxoulrelandwmemeereninicie ie 233 sain SDs : Ofte WHO, SOIR sooooococeo0 00 234 Akidognathia edipus, g. et sp. n. On Rockall Bank.............. 235 Alii eWAUSIETAIAO AAU namayohansrorerepersievelcnsteyavee evans istelancioy cnc sanuetenel chart storshanierstncneieratas 237 ligiiully (aay) LUMO op coda cocoadaoeaddodeoosccoabEsdobNS 237 Thambema amicorum, g. et sp.n. West of Ireland .............. 237 THE first part of this Memoir, relating to the families Apseudide, Tanaide, and Anthuride, was read before the Society in December 1884, and published in the ‘Transactions,’ vol. xii. part iv. in October 1886. That so long an interval has elapsed before the production of this further report is simply explained by the fact that pressure of other engagements continually overshadowed the claims of the interesting specimens now at last described. ‘Three of the species belong to the tribe called by Sars Flabellitera, and one stands in his tribe Asellota. In each tribe it has been thought expedient to institute a new genus, with a new family for one of them, and all four species are regarded as new *. In the original report the text depended largely for its merit and accuracy on the experience of Canon Norman, and, but for his express refusal, his name should have appeared as joint author of the present paper, for which he had prepared the way by manuscript names of the genera and species. Tribe FLABELLIFERA. 1882. Flabellifera G. O. Sars, Forh. Selsk. Christian. no. 18, p. 15. 1886. Flabellifera Norman and Stebbing, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xii. part iv. p. 119. 1897. Flabellifera G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. il. part iii. p. 43. * [The complete account of these new forms appears here, but since the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the ‘ Abstract,’ they are distinguished by being underlined.—Epzror. | VoL. XX.—ParT Iv. No. 1.— February, 1913. 21 232 REY. T. R. R. STEBBING ON THE Fam. GNATHIID&. 1814. Gnathides Leach, Edinb. Encyel. vol. vii. p. 432. 1880. Gnathiide Harger, U.S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1878, part vi. pp. 304, 308. 1900. Gnathiide Stebbing, in Willey’s Zoological Results, part v. p. 625 (with synonymy). 1906. Gnathiide Norman and Scott, Crustacea of Devon and Cornwall, p. 36. 1911. Gnathiide Tattersall, Nordisches Plankton, vol. iii. part vi. p. 192. Gen. Gnatuia Leach. 1818. Gnathia Leach, Edinb. Encycl. vol. vii. p. 402. 1835. Gnathia Westwood, Loudon’s Magazine of Natural History, vol. viii. p. 273 1880. Gnathia Harger, U.S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1878, part vi. p. 410. 1900. Gnathia Stebbing, in Willey’s Zoological Results, part v. p. 625 (with synonymy). 1905. Gnathia Harriet Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. liv. p. 56. GNATHIA CRISTATIPES. (Pl. XXIV. A.) Stebbing, Abstract P.Z.S. 1912, p. 42 (Nov. 5th). The length of the specimen exceeded three times the greatest breadth by the length of the telsonic segment. The head has a circular appearance, being slightly broader than the median length including the coalesced first segment of the pereon; the front is a little emarginate, then sloping on each side to a small outward-turned projection. The second, third, and fourth segments of the pereon are quite distinct, with dorsal impressions which in the fourth give the back a corrugated look. ‘The large fifth and sixth segments are scarcely distinguishable except laterally, and each has two lateral incisions queerly suggestive of extra segmentation which is not to be thought of, while ventrally the markings imply complete coalescence of the two segments. The limbless seventh segment is as usual very small. The pleon is shorter than the breadth of the pereon, somewhat tapering, with the lateral angles acute, pointing backwards. The telsonic segment is at the base broader than the length, the tapering division scarcely longer than the basal, the small truncate apex carrying a pair of setules. No eyes were perceived. The first antenne have the first joint much broader but little longer than the third, which is longer than the second; the slender flagellum has five or six joints. The second antenne have the last joint of the peduncle rather longer than the penultimate, the three preceding joints short, the middle one a little the longest; the slender eight-jointed flagellum is not quite so long as the last two joints of the peduncle combined. The mandibles have the look of being two-jointed, the second joint forming a somewhat triangular blade with the distal extremity pointing inwards with a slight curvature. The maxillipeds have the large second joint produced into a very distinct plate, CRUSTACEA ISOPODA OF THE ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITION. 233 which is bordered by eight short spines, perhaps of coupling character; the four following joints are of the usual type and fringed with feathered sete on the outer margin. The first gnathopods are also of the usual type, with a minute apical joint, the large opercular joint not showing any signs of its composite nature. The second gnathopod is very slender and as usual closely agreeing in structure with the first pereeopod. ‘The second pereeopod has suggested the specific name by the spiny erect prominence on its second joint and the squarely produced strong apical process of the third joint, this also being edged with short stout spines; the fourth joint is also distally widened. The pleopods are without sete, and one ramus of the second pair carries a narrow masculine appendage. The rami of the uropods are subequal one to the other and to the telsonic segment, the inner, as seems to be customary, being rather more curved than the outer, both being fringed with long sete. The length of the specimen was 8 mm. Taken by the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition in the English Channel, from a depth of 539 fathoms (Station 9, 1870, lat. 48° 6° N., long. 9° 18’ W.). GNATHIA SCHISTIFRONS. (Pl. XXIV. B.) Stebbing, Abstract P. Z.S. 1912, p. 42 (Nov. 5th). This small species, attaining its greatest breadth at the fifth pereeon segment, is only twice as long as the breadth at that part. ‘The front of the head, which is very much wider than long, is divided by a small excavation constituting more than a semicircle, the border then sloping on each side to a small outward-pointing process. Behind the processes the sides form two lobes, the eyes just visible on the first pair and the second bulging still more outwards. The second, third, and fourth segments of the perzon are very distinct, successively longer; the fifth and sixth are probably coalesced, but clearly marked off one from the other, the fifth having a longitudinal median dividing- line, where it is little or not at all longer than the fourth segment, while at the sides it swells out, toa large extent encircling the somewhat longer but considerably narrower though still large sixth segment. The backward-produced lobes of the latter enfold the small seventh segment and partially also the first pleon segment, which is rather narrower than the second. From this the pleon segments are successively a little narrower, without projecting angles. The telsonic segment has a basal breadth broader than the length, the tapering division little longer than the basal, with a narrowly truncate apex carrying two setules. ‘The surface is much roughened with spicules, as the limbs are with spines and spiniform projections. The eyes, rather inconspicuous in dorsal view, are of a somewhat rhomboidal shape, composed of about forty lenses. 212 254 REV, T. R. R. STEBBING ON THE The first antenne have the first two joints rather robust, the second rather shorter than the first, the two together little longer than the narrower third, which is rather longer than the five-jointed flagellum. In the second antenne the last two joints of the peduncle are equal, neither as long as the seven-jointed flagellum. The mandibles are similar in type to those of the preceding species, but with broader connexion between the blade and the peduncle. The maxillipeds have the second joint broad in proportion to its length, the produced plate rather large, with only one coupling-spine, the third joint rather large, and the sixth shorter than the fifth, instead of longer as it is in the preceding species and the next. Adjacent to the base of the maxilliped there is a plate, with a small apparently movable joint at the apex, which may possibly represent a second maxilla. The first gnathopod shows only three joints, of which the apical is minute, supported by a joint of very moderate size, resting on an opercular joint of vast expansion, which has the upper part of its convex margin fringed with sete. ‘The second gnathopod is leg-like, agreeing in general proportions with the first perseopod, but, as the figures show, less spiky, and with the fourth joint bulging inward, whereas in the pereopod that joint is dilated distally outward and has spikes on its inner margin. The second pereeopod has numerous spine-teeth on its long third, dilated fourth, and rather small fifth joints. In the third pereeopod the spikes are very conspicuous on the fourth and fifth joints, The pleopods have narrow branches, without fringing sete. No special masculine appendage could be detected on any pair. The uropods have the branches shorter than the telsonic segment, the inner broader but not longer than the outer, both carrying sete. Length of specimen 2°5 mm. The specific name is compounded of the Latin words schistos, divided, and frons, the front, in allusion to the frontal excavation by which it is easily distinguished from the nearly allied Norwegian species, Gnathia abyssorum G. O. Sars. Taken by the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition, 1869, from 208 fathoms, west. of Mid Ireland (Station 13, lat. 53° 42’ N., long. 14° 11! W.). GNATHIA sp. A specimen about 6 mm. long was taken by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition in 1870 from 250 fathoms off Vigo, Spain (Station 12). As it is only in the “ Praniza” stage, it would be unadvisable to give it a specific name. It may be mentioned that the telsonic segment is broadly tapering till quite near the end, when it no longer tapers and has the narrow apex sharply netched, carrying a single setule. The inner branch of the uropod is broad. CRUSTACEA ISOPODA OF THE ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITION. bo (Se) On Gen. AKIDOGNATHIA. Stebbing, Abstract P. Z.S. 1912, p. 42 (Nov. 5th). In near agreement with Gnathia, but oral membrane broadly produced, peduncle of second antenne elongate, mandibles narrow, first maxille developed, pleopods with fringes of sete, telsonic segment from short base narrowly produced to a sharp point. The name is compounded from the Greek axis, axiSos, a dart, and the name of the companion genus. AKIDOGNATHIA G@DIPUS. (PI. XXV.) Stebbing, Abstract P. Z. S. 1912, p. 42 (Noy. 5th). The single specimen, of the male sex, was in excellent preservation except for the loss of the projecting part of the right mandible and the obscure condition at its distant border of the delicate and much-advanced oral membrane. From this border to the apex of the telsonic segment the length of the specimen was nearly four times the greatest breadth, which is found at the fifth peraon segment. ‘The second and third pereeon segments are sharply distinct; the fourth has in the middle a longitudinal line dividing it as it were into two sections and is clearly but not sharply distinguished from the much larger fifth segment, which in turn is scarcely distinguishable from the still longer sixth except at the sides; the seventh segment is as usual very small and limbless, The length of the narrow pleon does not exceed the width of the pereon ; its segments are not sharply angled; from the basal portion carrying the uropods the telsonic segment at about a fifth of its length rather abruptly narrows, tapering to a long drawn-out point, with setules on either side and a longer subapical pair. No eyes were perceptible. The first antenne have a robust first joint, once and a half as long as broad, the second slightly shorter, with a strong distal spine, the third as long as the two preceding joints combined, much curved, with many sete on the convex outer side; the slender flagellum nearly as long as the third joint of the peduncle, six-jointed, the second and third joints the longest. The second antenne have the peduncle of unusual length, first joint very small, second longer than the third, fourth nearly twice the length of these three combined, very setose, fifth like the fourth but about three-quarters of its length; the slender palp shorter than the fifth joint of peduncle, eight-jointed, with the joints difficult to distinguish. Mandibles with projecting part slender, a little curved, not reaching to the end of the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the lower antenna; underneath the base is found a large inward-pointing tooth-like process, while underneath the broad projecting 236 REV. T. BR. R. STEBBING ON THE median membrane (which perhaps constitutes the lower lip) is found a bilobed mem- brane, which we suppose to be the first maxilla ; it should be observed that the shorter and narrower plate is really the inner, although the figure giving the ventral aspect might give a contrary impression. The maxillipeds have the large irregularly oval second joint strongly furred on the outer margin, the inner produced to a small pointed plate carry two coupling-spines ; the third joint is very small, the fourth a large oval, longer than the fifth and sixth joints combined, of which the sixth is the longer, all the last four joints having the outer margin closely fringed with long plumose sete. The first gnathopod, of the usual opercular form, has a minute tooth-like terminal joint, the preceding joint longer than the antepenultimate, these two carrying sete as well as having their margins furred; the large compound joint has finely feathered sete mingled with the fur of its convex margin, which is probably the true outer margin, though in the limb’s opercular function it becomes the inner. Adjacent to the opposite margin of the maxilliped is a firmly bordered narrow plate, suggestive of a possible second maxilla, but in attachment to a membrane which perhaps carried the maxilliped between the gnathopod and the plate in question. The second gnathopod is, as usual, completely leg-like and slender, the joints from the second to the fifth all furnished with sete more or less elongate. The first pereeopod is in close agreement with the second gnathopod. ‘The second pereopod has a rather remarkable appearance, suggesting the specific name, from the Greek Oiéizous, the tragic king, with swollen feet. The third joint is large and greatly dilated distally, the projecting outer apex fringed with short stout spines; the much smaller fourth joint is also distally dilated, and it is the combination of these two seen at various angles when the limb is attached to the animal’s body that produces the odd effects of a decidedly gouty limb. The third perzopod is not eccentric, but the fourth is noticeable for the shape of its fifth joint, which commences with a breadth nearly equal to that of the broad fourth joint, but ends scarcely wider than the narrow fifth, this convex inner margin being handsomely fringed with a dozen spines. The pleopods all carry distal fringes of plumose setx, which in Gnathia has been accounted as characteristic of a male not fully adult. It may be so in this case, but, as will be seen in the figure of the second pleopod, the masculine appendage is there developed, and the points of attachment indicate the accidental loss of numerous sete. The uropods are long and narrow, the rami subequal one to the other and to the telsonic segment, both carrying numerous long sete, which are much more finely feathered than those of the pleopods. The length of the specimen was 5°5 mm. Taken by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition in 1869, on Rockall Bank, from 109 fathoms (Station 24, lat. 58° 26’ N., long. 14° 28’ W.). CRUSTACEA ISOPODA OF THE ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITION. 237 Tribe ASELLOTA. 1882. Asellota G. O. Sars, Forh. Selsk. Christian. no. 18, p. 16. 1897. Asellota G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii. part v. p. 94. 1905. Asellota H. J. Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1904, p. 302. 1905. Aselloidea or Asellota Harriet Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. no. liv. p. 408. 1910. Asellota Stebbing, Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xiv. part i. p. 108. 1910. Asellota Stebbing, S.A. Crust. in Ann. 8. African Mus. vol. vi. part iv. p. 435. Fam, THAMBEMATID A. Stebbing,fAbstract P. Z. S. 1912, p. 42 (Nov. 5th). As the new genus for which this family is named stands alone, its characters, if rightly made out, will for the present be those of the family. Gen. THAMBEMA. Stebbing, Abstract P. Z. 8. 1912, p. 42 (Nov. 5th). Body narrowly elongate, with all seven segments of person distinct and all seg- ments of the pleon consolidated; flagellum of first antenna short, few-jointed; mouth-organs in general agreement with those of the tribe Asellota ; first gnathopods stouter than the three following pairs of limbs, but all similar in pattern, not chelate or subchelate; pleopods not exceeding four pairs; uropods entirely wanting. The genus is founded on specimens exclusively of the male sex and in which the second antenne are seemingly imperfect, and the last three pairs of pereopods have undoubtedly lost all the structure following the second or basal joint. The generic name is derived from the Greek word @auQnua, a marvel, in allusion to the peculiar characters of the pleon. It may be assumed that the missing pleopods are the fifth, a pair which is already reduced to single plates in Janiride and Desmo- somatide. The want of uropods occurs, so far as known, nowhere else in this tribe, their absence from Stenetrium serratum Hansen being in all probability accidental. THAMBEMA AMIcoRUM. (PI. X XVI.) Stebbing, Abstract P. Z. 8. 1912, p. 42 (Nov. 5th). The body is, on the whole, parallel-sided, but with a slight distal narrowing of the perzon segments. The head is produced between the antenne into a broadly rounded lobe, in advance of which appear the terminal joints of the two mandibular palps. The antero-lateral corners are slightly produced, but not occupied by any discernible organs of vision. The pleon is broadly oval. The first antennee lie just over the second, with a first joint broader but not longer than the next, which is broader than and nearly twice as long as the third; to this peduncle succeeds a flagellum of one rather long joint between two short ones, with 238 REY. T. R. R. STEBBING ON THE two sete at the apex. Of the second antenne there remain four stout but short joints, their substantial character suggesting that they may have carried an elongate sequel, the fragile extension of which has caused its loss. The upper lip has a simply rounded margin. The lower lip has its two lobes not very strongly setuliferous. The mandibles have the cutting-edge quadridentate with a tridentate accessory plate and six spines on one mandible and seven spines without the accessory plate on the other; the molar is strong, the three-jointed palp well developed, its terminal joint strongly curved and densely fringed with spines. The first maxille have three spines on the narrow inner plate and eight or ten on the outer; the second maxillee are distally divided into three plates, of which the inner is the largest; on each of the other two one of the spines is distinctly serrate. In the maxillipeds the epipod is distally acute, the second joint has two coupling-spines, the third joint is not very distinct, the fourth and smaller fifth are expanded, the sixth and seventh are quite narrow. The first gnathopods are stouter than the second but shorter in regard to the fifth and sixth joints ; the third joint is nearly as long and broad as the second ; the fourth is broader than long, with a row of spines along the distal border; the fifth narrows distally and has its long inner margin fringed with thirteen unequal spines; the sixth is not half as long nor half as broad, much curved, with linear spines along the inner margin; the seventh joint continues the curve, and with its distinct but apparently immovable nail is longer than the sixth joint. The second gnathopods have the fourth joint longer than broad, the fifth about once and a half as long as the sixth, with fourteen unequal spines on its long inner margin, the sixth nearly straight with five spines at intervals on the inner margin, its length more than twice that of the seventh joint. The first pereeopod is more slender and a little shorter, with thirteen spines on the fifth joint and six on the sixth, which is not twice the length of the seventh joint. The second peropod is a slightly smaller repetition of the first. Of the three following pairs of pereeopods there is unfortunately little to be said, except that they are attached to the distal ends of their respective segments instead of to the front as is the case with the preceding limbs. The first pleopods have the inner margin straight, and are closely conjoined except at the apices; the outer margin is sinuous, the last third of the plate tapering to a point ; just before this narrowing begins there is seen a short, broad, inward-pointing process, perhaps representing the exopod; below this the outer margin carries a microscopic fringe of six spinules, and there are one or two subapical setules. The second pleopods will be best understood by the figure, the semi-oval plate being the peduncle, the strongly curved and apically pointed male appendage being, as explained by Dr. H. J. Hansen, the endopod, and the little adjoining excrescence the exopod. These two pairs are in combination sometimes spoken of as the operculum. The third pleopods here show a large branchial exopod, to which is attached a tapering two- CRUSTACEA ISOPODA OF THE ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITION. 239 jointed endopod, the spine-like second joint being such as would be expected rather in the second pleopods than in the third. The fourth pleopods are very similar to the third, except that the endopod is without the spine-like second joint and carries two setules on its narrow but not acute apex; there are two subapical spines on the branchial exopod. The length of the specimens was about 8 mm. Taken by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition in 1869, in 1360 fathoms, west of Donegal (Station 19, lat. 54° 53’ N., long. 10° 56’ W.). The specific name makes a grateful allusion to a friendship, not only scientific but personal, of forty years’ standing, between the authors of the original memoir on the Isopoda of this Expedition. VOL. XX.—PART Iv. No. 2.—February, 1913 2 ttn Be i, Lei bye Slat isi at PIS LORIN ra ae ii 242 CRUSTACEA ISOPODA OF THE ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITION. PLATE XXIV. A. Gnathia cristatipes. n.s. Line indicating natural size of specimen figured below in dorsal aspect. V. Ventral view of the same specimen, omitting antenne, second, third, and fourth perseopods, and the pleon. a.3., At, a.i,ft. First and second antenne, with higher magnification of the flagellum of the second antenne. m., m., mvp. Both mandibles and one maxilliped with higher magnification of the produced plate. gn. 1, gn. 2. First and second gnathopods. prp. 2. Second pereopod, with dilated end of third joint more highly magnified. plp. 1, plp. 2. First and second pleopods. T., urp. Telsonic segment and uropods. All the separate appendages are magnified to a uniform scale, with the specified higher magnification of certain portions also uniform. B. Gnathia schistifrons. n.s. Line indicating natural size of specimen figured below in dorsal aspect. oc. Kye, in flattened view. a.s., a2. First and second antenne. m., m., map. The mandibles and one of the maxillipeds, with another oral element in attachment. gn. 1, gn. 2. First and second gnathopods. prps. 1, 2,3, 4. First, second, third, and fourth peropods. plp. 5. Fifth pleopod. urp. Uropod. T. Telsonic segment. All the separate appendages are magnified to a uniform scale, but this is higher than that used for the appendages in Plate A, the smaller specimen requiring higher magnification. D PEERS OCS ~ E Wilson, Cambridge. TRR.Stebbing, del MP Parker, lith. A.GNATHIA CRISTATIPES. B.GNATHIA SCHISTIFRONS. ani ano PANS Laas i ie) Bf A fl ees Mk n.8. CAVE US., a0. mM. MuUp. gn. 1, gn. 2. prps. 2, 3, 4. plps. 2, 3. L., urp. CRUSTACEA ISOPODA OF THE ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITION. PLATE XXV. Akidognathia edipus. Line indicating natural size of specimen figured below in dorsal aspect. Ventral view of head combined with first pereeon segment. These figures are less highly magnified than the rest, which are on a uniform scale. The first and second antenne. Mandible, with part of the oral membrane and supposed first maxilla. Maxilliped. First gnathopod, with another oral element, and second gnathopod. Second pereeopod, part of third, and most of the fourth. Second and third pleopods. Dorsal view of telsonic segment with right uropod and peduncle of the left. E Wilson, Cambridge TRRStebbing,del MP Parker, lith. AKIDOGNATHIA OEDIPUS. ry 4 t (i Ih ha nen (pr ea iN i ; he) i fh i mi h i i a Ny, 5 yj an - | es ‘ ' i : 1 “4 ky if eit 246 CRUSTACEA ISOPODA OF THE ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITION. PLATE XXVI. Thambema amicorum. n.s. Line indicating natural size of the specimens figured below in lateral view, one specimen entire, the other in two parts, the hinder portion exposing more of the ventral surface. a.s., av. The first antenna and part of the second. l.s., li. The upper and lower lips. m.,m., mx. 1,mx.2,map. The two mandibles, the first and second maxille, and the maxillipeds. gn. 1, gn. 2, prp. 1. The first and second gnathopods and the first pereeopod. The plecpods, with higher magnification of the apical portion of the first ; otherwise all the figures of separate organs are on a uniform scale. C.D, Dorsal view of the head, with the right first and second antenne in position, and terminal joint of each mandibular palp. This and the following figure froma drawing made several years ago ; the specimen now lost. Pl. Dorsal view of the pleon. plps. 1, 2, 3, 4. Trans Lo te Vb 44 SUNK A= oe ————— Fi 2EeooS> ASS ® a\5,9) Csece cc! Se xe] Ss iS ae Ay Si G x PU. TRRStebbing,del E Wilson, Cambridge MP Farker, lith. THAMBEMA AMICORUM. ; ma a aK TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Publie. eigen £ os. d, VOLUME XVI. (1901-1908, containing 38 Plates) . Price5 8 O 7 4 0 Part 1. (1901, containing 6 Plates) . . . . . 5 OF Lis O 1 4 0 ',, 2. (1901, containing 5 Plates) . . ... 4 O11 3 015 0 » & (1901, containing 9 Plates) Be AM See a By a OG, Nees cate 9 » 4, (1902, containing 5 Plates) . . . . . Sa) ea) 012 0 » »D» (1902, containing 4 Plates) . . . . . yt O18 236 018 O », 6. (1902, containing 3 Plates) . . .. . pcs Ueda) 8) Dete-O » 7%. (1902, containing 3 Plates) ; Sig ee Lelia sper’ 015 0 » 8 (1908, containing 3 Plates, Title and index) gO TS) 6 018 0 VOLUME XVII. (1903-1906, containing 41 Plates and 50 Vext-figures). . . . . . . Price5 18 6 718 0 Part I. (1903, containing 5 Plates) . . . . eke a G C 110 0 » 2- (1903, containing 3 Plates) . . . .. » O18 6 018 0 » & (1904, contaming 13 Plates) . . . . . RW rca 110 0 » 4. (1905, contaming 8 Plates) . . .. . moe oe 8 110 0 iS : (1905, containmg 50 Text-figures) . . pred cay. 15 -O-0 6. (1906, containing 12 Plates, Title and Index) Feed Bae Ae 110 0 VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, contaming 43 Plates and 87 Text-figures). . . . . . . Price4 1 O Eyets) SK" Part l. (1907, containmg 9 Plates). . . » O15 O yO », 2. (1908, containmg 19 Plates and 63 Text. fs Vege ek LOR: O 2 0 0 5, 9. (1908, containing 3 Plates and 21 Text- Gy se) Orslior-O 1.0 0 » 4. (1911, contaiming 6 Plates) . : Oka ®) 016 0 » 5. (1911, contaming 6 Plates Sha 3 Textefigs., 4 Mitleramcelarder) ar cute eet a ogy OP DO 012 0 VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates and 16 Text-figures). . . ~ . Pree 10 4 0 1a 1220 Parr : (1909, containmg 3 Pls. & 12 Text- figs.) Roe ot ke ee 6 210 0 » 2 (1909, contaming 4 Plates) . . .. . ae ee!) 3 0 0 Bs : (1909, contaimmg 2 Plates). . . Say One Oke O 012 0 » 4 (1910, contammeg 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) . So eo ee 5 0 0 » 5. (1910, containmg 5 Pls.,TitleandIndex) ,, 117 6G 210 0 VOLUME XxX. Part 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates). . . . . Price O 18 O 140 ieee LES: containing 10 Plates) . . . : BS ae tant el aes 3 0 0 » 8. (1918, containing 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs. ) ea ao nea Ohuee kA 0 5} Ae OloncontamimeSPlates) 1.4 4 3-.. 5 5,6 0°. 9° OFe, 012 0 CONTENTS. IV. On the Crustacea Isopoda of the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition. By the Rey. T. R. R. Sreppine, WA. PAS., ALS. F.ZS. (Plates XXIV.-XXVL.) . page 231 THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that the year and page give the complete reference. An “Abstract of the Proceedings ” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, — to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at — the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. The “ Transactions” contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form, They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds, Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record’ or asum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid defore the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, sbruary, 1913. February, 1913 Secretary, TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vor. XX.—Parr 5. (Puares XXVIL-XXX.) LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK; ensonian Insti j >, AND BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER ROW. 2 a LESS MAY 6 j March 1914. WV... y onal Mysex>~ Price 12s. Taylor and Francis, Printers.] [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. - To Fellows. To the Public. oss ds ce Le VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates). . Price 313 6 . .. 418 O*% VOLUME II. (1835-1841, containing 71 Plates). . : Hees Mee Pe Nees eration sain (aa Os VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containmg 63 Plates). . 4, 38 8 3... 4411 O* VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 77 Plates). . ,, 6 20... 8 2 6 VOLUME _ V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . ,, Gyan Ae eps Mee key) VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . ,, 11 5 O.. .15 0 0 VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing WOLPlateS) vate. ays LO AO eee ld se) VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates). . ,, Weestofauiaienicie. atiey be alibi. (0) VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . 5, 12 16. ..16 2 O VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . ,, 10 0 8 ...18 7 O GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1883-1879) . ,, Osean sow 40210 VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . ,, Oe Oe eee eves STNG. (0) VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates). . ,, Dee coheed Usecetnarn apne 4) 0 VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, contaming 62 Plates) . e heey 333 811 0 VOLUME XIV. (1896-1898, containing 47 Plates) . VOLUME XY. (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates). . ,, Bays ane a oes Vaults (0 * No copies of these volumes remain in stock, Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. peta V. An Annotated List of the Batrachians and Reptiles collected by the British Ornithologists Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.* [Received October 30, 1918; Read February 3, 1914.] [Puates XX VIT-XXX.+] Inprx. Page GeosraphicalyZoology,: Dutch iNew Guinea eyes seas ses ce. 247 Development: Advanced Embryos of Carettochelys insculpta ............4. 253 4 Systematic :— BaTRACHIANS. LEG ONTO, BOs My SAS Se Gosbo see doddddoso so ooo Beub OUD ooo 2s) INUIT GRUB, (GD Wooocccoessobeasedagoboocgadosdsoouned 249 Syalocmaporopeg UMD. D> Wo goo0cccoovonudeacoocasudauococuDeL 251 LATTA YRO [XIE Fo Ws sonaccoavagosooceosceaecouencdoues 252 REPTILES. RUrotosuumus MNSCCU kee YG OSOMG eriielsitaeieediele cil cialis 257 Guymnodaciylus mimikcanus, 8p. My... 2.2 sues) soe ete ees ee 253 YG ORCL. LODUCAWy FP Do senc0scodangeccocoq09seenscoccaces 256 - MTV UICOMUTIVEAS DespI eh eae) helsy “yayen shel sisi rete eel she Vy socks ay ekerepseciaye 257 SMe ICLOSSURS PD arIU Wesley cue arewevepaleve yn ores ya enserauchets ermatioiens ates 259 i UO UMIOUIZ DOSS (30 DIG eels be Bebe g Bad Gla ee hp ern clo clae GaleN 260 v3 QUOUUESTON Us S Denon et trechat ree neni eee ane ata ra afer sycclensey 261 — pin OLASOUTEOS, EDR B Hy sera bi olan cr ais otal (abtarb Ateigiol aid n aera cia ORS PAM » gjeudz, nom.n. for L. tigrina Lidth de Jeude, nec de Vis .. 261 ALD RCHITTES GREENS, Go Ws So cag geno ocasa ec QonaKKoeHbeboE 00 265 BATRACHIA. HYLID4. 1. Hya RHACOPHORUS van Kampen. Nova Guinea, 1x., Zool. p. 32, pl. ii. fig. 1 (1918). A single half-grown specimen from Canoe Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). 2. HYLA INFRAFRENATA Gthr. (DOLICHOPSIS Cope). Mimika R. (B.O. U. Exped.).—Launch Camp, Setekwa R. and Camp I, Utakwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). * Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. T For explanation of the Plates see pp. 267-274. VOL, XX.—PART Vv. No. 1.—Marech, 1914. ih a LL asoman Institue Es ON ( MAY 6 19] Nog, a oe Mysevie” 248 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON BATRACHIANS AND 3. HYLA MONTANA Peters & Doria. Camp I, Utakwa R., and Canoe Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). 4, Hyta Fauuax Bler. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 482, pl. xxxix. fig. 4. Hylella boulengeri Méhely, Term. Fiizet. Budapest, xx. 1897, p. 414, pl. x. fig. 8, is probably based on a young specimen of this species. Should it be so, the name fallax will nevertheless stand, as there is a previously described Hyla boulengeri (Seytopis boulengert Cope, Bull. U:S. Nat. Mus. no. 32, 1887, p. 12). ‘Two specimens from Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). 5. HYLA THESAURENSIS Peters. Five specimens from Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). 6. HyLa WoLuasToni, sp.n. (Pl. XXVII. fig. 1.) Tongue oval, free and feebly notched behind. Vomerine teeth in two oblique eroups between the choane. Head slightly broader than long; snout rounded, as long as the eye, with sharp canthus and not very oblique, concave lores; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space nearly as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, two-fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderately elongate, with a rudiment of web, the disks as large as the tympanum; toes extensively webbed, the membrane reaching the disks of the third and fifth, two phalanges of fourth free, the disks a little smaller than those of the fingers; no tarsal fold. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching beyond the tip of the snout; tibia as long as distance from occiput to vent. Skin smooth above, granular on the sides and beneath; a strong, straight glandular fold from behind the eye to above the shoulder ; a subconical tubercle on the upper eyelid and others around the vent; a spur-like tubercle on the heel. Green above, with black spots forming an hour-glass marking from between the eyes to the sacrum; a fine whitish streak, edged with black beneath, from the tip of-the snout along the canthus rostralis to the eye and along the fold behind the eye; lower parts yellowish white, with scattered small brown spots. Male with an external gular vocal sac. From snout to vent 46 mm. A single specimen from Camp VI, Utakwa R., 2100 ft. (Wollaston Exped.). 7. Hy eiia cuLoronora Bler. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) viii. 191], p. 55. A single specimen from Camp III, Utakwa R., 2500 ft. (Wollaston Exped.). i) be © REPTILES COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 8. NYCTIMANTIS GRANTI, sp. n. (PI. XXVII. figs. 2-2 0.) Tongue circular, nicked and slightly free behind. Vomerine teeth in two transverse series between the large choane. Head moderate, much broader than long, the skin free from the skull; snout rounded, shorter than the orbit, with obtuse canthus and very oblique, slightly concave loreal region; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very indistinct, about one-third the diameter of the eye. Fingers much depressed, outer one-third webbed, disks two-thirds the diameter of the eye. Toes webbed to the disks of the third and fifth and to the penultimate phalanx of the fourth; a very small inner metatarsal tubercle; subarticular tubercles moderate. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Skin smooth above, granular on the belly and under the thighs ; a strong curved fold above the tympanum. Purplish grey above, vermiculate with black; flanks and sides of thighs lilac; lower parts whitish. From snout to vent 100 mm. A single female from Camp VI a, Utakwa R., 3000 ft. (Wollaston Exped.). Closely allied to WV. papua Blgr., Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897, p. 12, pl. i fig. 5, from Mount Victoria, Owen Stanley Range. Named in honour of the organiser of the Expeditions, Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant. RANIDA. 9. Rana erunniens Daud. Six specimens from Mimika R. (B. O. U. Exped.). These specimens agree well with Duméril and Bibron’s description of the type from Amboyna, and with the single specimen, probably from Java (Lidth de Jeude Coll.), menticned in the British Museum Catalogue of Batrachians. They differ from &. macrodon Kuhl, which van Kampen records from the Lorentz River in Dutch New Guinea, in the shorter fingers and in the absence of the tooth-like processes of the lower jaw, which are more or less developed in adults of that species. 10. Rana Macrosce is Bler. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 345, and Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xviii. 1898, p. 706; Roux, Abh. Senck. Ges. xxxiii. 1910, p. 226. Several specimens from Mimika R. (B.O.U. Exped.).—One young from Camp no. 1, Setekwa R., 500 ft. (Wollaston Exped.). I have pointed out, in 1898, that some specimens (males) may be covered above with large flat warts in addition to small granules. I believe van HKampen’s R. waigeensis, Bijdr. Dierk. xix. p. 70, and Nova Guinea, ix., Zool. p. 459, pl. xi. fig. 2 (1913), to be founded on immature specimens of this species. The smaller 2u2 250 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON BATRACHIANS AND digital expansions and the absence of a glandular lateral fold in the young distinguish ft. macroscelis from R. arfaki Meyer. The habitat of R. macroscelis would embrace Waigiou and the Aru Islands in addition to New Guinea. 11. Rana parva Less. Mimika R. (B.O. U. Exped.).—Launch Camp and Canoe Camp, Setekwa R. to Camps III and VI, Utakwa R., 2100-2500 ft. (Wollaston Exped.). If this species really varies to the extent described by van Kampen, Nova Guinea, Zool. v. p. 164 (1906), and by Roux, Abh. Senck. Ges. xxxili. 1910, p. 224, it is difficult to conceive how R. temporalis Gthr. and a few allied Indo-Malay and Papuan frogs are to be separated from it, and the two following would also have to be lowered to the rank of varieties. 12. Rana GRISEA van Kampen. Nova Guinea, ix., Zool. p. 460, pl. x1. fig. 38 (1913). Three specimens; males, from Utakwa R., Camps III and VIa, 2500-3000 rite (Wollaston Exped.). Agree well enough in essentials with the description, drawn up from a single female specimen from the Went Mountains, circa 4200 ft., and differ from all the males referred by me to R. papua in being provided with external vocal sacs and humeral glands. Vomerine teeth extending a little beyond the posterior border of the choane. Head as long as broad; snout rather obtuse, as long as the eye; interorbital space narrower than the upper eyelid; tympanum two-thirds the diameter of the eye. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching beyond the tip of the snout; tibia as long as or a little shorter than the distance from occiput to vent. Skin of back nearly smooth or finely granulate, with a few scattered warts. Hinder side of thighs dark, not marbled or indistinctly marbled. From snout to vent 70 to 80 mm. 13. Rana D&=MELI Stdr. Rana nove-guinee van Kampen, Nova Guinea, ix., Zool. p. 37, pl. ii. fig. 5 (1909). Three specimens from Mimika R. (B. O. U. Exped.). Distinguished from &. papua by shorter hind limbs (tibia about half length of head and body). The specimens I have examined from Port Moresby and Queensland (Cape York) belong to this form. 14, Cornurer corrucatus A. Dum. Mimika R, (B. O. U. Exped.).—Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). REPTILES COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 251 ENGYSTOMATIDA. 15. SPHENOPHRYNE corNUTA Peters & Doria. Four specimens, Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). I regard Chaperina ceratophthalmus van Kampen, Nova Guinea, ix., Zool. p. 43, pl. ii. fig. 8 (1909), as identical with this species. Dr. Gestro informs me that the type preserved in the Genoa Museum has the third toe longer than the fifth; the description and figure given by Peters and Doria are therefore not quite correct. 16. SPHENOPHRYNE KLOSSI, sp.n. (Pl. XXVII. figs. 3-3 6.) Tongue entire. Head broader than long ; obliquely truncate at the end, as long as the eye, with strong canthus and moderately snout obtusely pointed, projecting and oblique, slightly concave lores; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum moderately distinct, about two-thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers rather short, terminating in very small disks; first finger not extending as far as second; toes free, with small disks, which are, however, larger than those of the fingers; subarticular and metatarsal tubercles not very prominent. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the eye and the tip of the snout. Skin smooth, with a few small warts above and two chevron-shaped fine glandular ridges on the scapular region, pointing towards each other (><); a narrow glandular fold from behind the eye to the side of the body; a fine glandular ridge along the middle of the back. Yellow above, with an interrupted blackish bar between the eyes, another, A-shaped, on the scapular region, and a third on the sacral region; loreal and temporal regions blackish brown, this shade sometimes continued to the side of the body below the elandular lateral fold; limbs with dark brown cross-bars; hinder side of thighs blackish brown; lower parts white, throat and lower surface of hind limbs mottled with brown ; a fine white line from the tip of the snout to the gular region. From snout to vent 42 mm. Two specimens from Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). Named after Mr. C. B. Kloss, who collected most of the Batrachians and Reptiles on the Wollaston Expedition. 17. CoPHIXALUS CRUCIFER van Kampen. Nova Guinea, ix., Zool. p. 462, pl. xi. fig. 6 (1913). A single small specimen from Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). 18. CHAPERINA BASIPALMATA van Kampen. Op. cit. v. p. 168, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1906). A single specimen from Mimika R. (B. O. U. Exped.). MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON BATRACHIANS AND bo Or bo 19. LioPHRYNE KAMPENI, sp.n. (Pl. XXVIL. figs. 4, 4a.) Tongue large, covering the whole floor of the mouth, grooved and nicked behind. Two long oblique series of vomero-palatine teeth behind the choane. Head much broader than long; snout shorter than the orbit, rounded, with obtuse canthus and oblique, concave loreal region; nostril a little nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum about half the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes moderately elongate, the tips dilated into small disks; first finger shorter than second; subarticular and metatarsal tubercles feebly prominent. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the shoulder. Uniform dark brown above, pale brown beneath. From snout to vent 58 mm. A single specimen from the Mimika R. (B. O. U. Exped.). REPTILIA. CHELONIA. CHELYDID2. 1. Emypura suBGLoBosa Krefft. Two specimens from Mimika R. (B.O.U. Exped.).—Three from Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). Intergular shield 13 to 2 times as long as broad, its width 3 to 14 times that of gular. Nuchal 13 to 24 times as long as broad, absent in one specimen. Width of bridge 24 to 3§ times in length of plastron. A sharply defined yellow streak from the end of the snout, through the eye, to above the tympanum. 2. EMYDURA NOV&-GUINEA Meyer. Four specimens from Mimika R. (B.O.U. Exped.).—Three from Launch Camp, Setekwa R., and one from Canoe Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.).—I have also examined one from Fak-Fak, Dutch New Guinea (collected by A. E. Pratt). Intergular shield 13 to 33 times as long as broad, its width 1 to 24 times that of gular. Nuchal 1} to 2 times as long as broad, absent in one specimen. Width of bridge 3 times in length of plastron. A more or less distinct yellowish streak from behind the eye to above the tympanum, uniting with its fellow on the snout in front of the interorbital region, but not extending to the nostril. A black spot on each vertebral and costal shield. The specimen from Canoe Camp, Setekwa R., was found by Mr. Kloss to contain three eggs: longitudinal diameter 55 mm., transverse diameter 30. Dr. Nelly de Rooy’s identification of a male specimen as L. macquarie Gray (Nova REPTILES COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 253 Guinea, v., Zool. p. 382, pls. xvii. & xviii. fig. 1) stands in need of revision in view of the individual variations shown by the above series of specimens indubitably belonging to HL. nove-quinee. CARETTOCHELYDIDA. 3. CARETTOCHELYS INSCULPTA Ramsay. (Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1-1 0.) Two small specimens, with umbilical cord, removed from the egg, from Launch Camp and Canoe Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). Length of shell 50 mm. A distinct rostral egg-wart. Six or seven neural plates appearing as a series of prominent, oval or pear-shaped, perfectly smooth tubercles ; costal plates granulate, in contact in their proximal half; margin of the carapace soft, serrated, strongly uncinate on the sides, with thickenings corresponding with the marginal shields. Kpiplastron and mesoplastron in contact with each other and with the hyoplastron ; hyoplastra and hypoplastra narrow, widely separated from each other, the latter in contact with the xiphiplastra. Neck extremely short, as in a Chelone. Limbs with two strong claws, with the digits quite distinct and united to the tips by a very broad web; fore limb longer than the hind limb, with the distal part (two phalanges of the third, fourth, and fifth fingers) folding at an angle to the rest of the hand, somewhat after the fashion of the wings of a bat. TRIONYCHID4. 4, PELOCHELYS CANTORIS Gray. A young specimen from the Setekwa R. (Wollaston Hxped.). LACERTILIA. GECKONIDA. 5. GYMNODACTYLUS MARMORATUS Kuhl. Mimika R. (B. O. U. Exped.)—Canoe Camp and Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). 6. GYMNODACTYLUS MIMIKANUS, sp.n. (PI. XXVIII. figs. 2-2 0.) Head large; snout longer than the diameter of the orbit, which equals its distance from the nostril, and equals or a little exceeds its distance from the ear-opening ; forehead and postnasal region concave; ear-opening roundish, about one-third the diameter of the eye. Body and limbs rather elongate. Digits strong, slightly depressed at the base, strongly compressed in the raised portion, with well-developed transverse lamelle inferiorly. Head granulate, with small round tubercles on the 254 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON BATRACHIANS AND occipital and temporal regions. Rostral twice as broad as deep, with median cleft above ; supranasal separated from its fellow by three series of granules; nostril pierced between the rostral, the supranasal, the first upper labial, and four or five granular scales; 11 or 12 upper and as many lower labials; symphysial triangular or penta- gonal ; two or three pairs of chin-shields, median largest and forming a suture behind the symphysial ; throat minutely granulate. Body and limbs covered above with very minute flat granules intermixed with numerous feebly keeled or conical tubercles ; a series of enlarged conical tubercles on a fold along each side of the body, from axilla to groin. Ventral region covered with very small, smooth, juxtaposed or subimbricate flat scales. Male with an angular series of 7 to 9 preanal pores, widely separated from a series of 10 to 12 femoral pores on each side; no preanal groove. ‘Tail cylindrical, tapering, covered with very small flat scales, with a ventral series of transversely enlarged scales; conical tubercles form transverse series on the basal part of the tail. Pale brown above, with eight or nine dark brown transverse lines, the first crescentic and extending from eye to eye across the nape, the second also crescentic and extending from ear to ear, the others straight, oblique, or wavy ; intact tail blackish brown, with pale brown or whitish cross-bars above; lower parts white or pale brownish. Be PO Rotaljlength eee Wawa waa Wey ojijpcin loi. eeO ? mm. Heads Meer ieee ner rs nin AN OG 28 Widthvothead mean uenmrmacmnnnn eu. 0: |i lS 19 Bodily muuuenien nce iran elton nee) ch Mt Gd 72 Hoxepll inal eeiccmntimete ama uiecnn i: Teckeds SABE 35 Elan ybioni yey Sai ani ag ream De ROY ues uc 44, eat een HRT ea aaNS yee) texans Wien), LOO Q Five specimens from the Mimika R. (B. O. U. Exped.). Nearly related to G. lorie Blgr. (Ann. Mus. Genova, [2] xviii. 1898, p. 695, pl. vi.) ; distinguished chiefly by the finer granules, the mcre prominent tubercles, especially on the lateral fold, the interrupted series of preeanal and femoral pores, and the longer tail with transversely enlarged scales inferiorly. 7. GEHYRA INTERSTITIALIS Oudemans. One specimen from Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). 8. Gecko virratus Houtt. Mimika R. (B.O. U. Exped.).—Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). * Tail injured. REPTILES COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 259 AGAMID &. 9. GONYOCEPHALUS MODESTUS Meyer. Mimika R. (B. O. U. Exped.).—Camp Vla, Utakwa R., 3000 ft. (Wollaston Exped.). 10. GonyocerHaLus auritus Meyer. (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 3.) One specimen from Mimika R. (B.O. U. Exped.).—One from Canoe Camp, Setekwa R., and two from Camp III, Utakwa R., 2500 ft. (Wollaston Exped.). I have also examined a specimen from Fak-Fak, Dutch New Guinea, from Mr. A. E. Pratt’s Collection. The large blackish spot, within a light circle, which involves the ear, whence the name proposed by Dr. A. B. Meyer, is very well marked in some of the specimens, whilst in others it is broken up into smaller spots. The lobes of the nuchal crest are detached from one another at the base and may be quite as long as the diameter of the large tympanum ; dorsal crest lower than the nuchal, but very distinct. Gular scales smooth, ventrals strongly keeled. Gular appendage very large in adults of both sexes. The largest specimen measures 125 mm. from snout to vent, tail 340. 11. GonyocrrHaLus niaRricuLARIS Meyer, (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 4.) I refer to this species six specimens from the Mimika R. (B. O. U. Exped.), and three from Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.), which agree in all essentials with the very short description given by A. B. Meyer. This species differs from G. godeffroyi Peters, to which it is closely allied, by the perfectly smooth gular scales and the more feeble dorsal crest, which, on the tail, is reduced to a mere serrature. Gular sac small. The coloration varies, but in most adult specimens the top of the back, including the crest, bears seven or eight black cross-bars separated by narrower greenish-white interspaces, and each black bar is divided in the middle by a short and narrow greenish-white bar ; lobes of the nuchal crest all greenish white ; lower surface of neck black or dark greyish olive behind the gular sac. I append measurements of adult male and female specimens :— (oun . Rotalalen'o thorny) acne Uni wenn OOO) 685 mm. CACM Manne yy a eG Golem imi ee. 47 Widthrotiheadwra tan. dase ri eee us) DO 27 TB OGhyae enna Ral Hom Ove tania snay tonnes co OO, 128 Honemimbprya esc wat yet) come kOD, 80 Elam Blames vrs, ect et a aul cent eat 135 ANEW tea cen eee ener onunesio ys seu OOO 510 VOL. XX.—PaRT V. No. 2.—Warch, 1914. 2M 256 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON BATRACHIANS AND 12. GoNYOCEPHALUS DILOPHUS D. & B. Mimika R. (B. O. U. Exped.).—Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). VARANID &. 13. VARANUS SALVADORII Peters & Doria. A head of this rare Monitor from Camp II, Setekwa R., 1800 ft. (Wollaston Exped.). 14. VaARANUS INDICUS Daud. Mimika R. (B. O. U. Exped.).—Launch Camp, Setekwa R. (Wollaston Exped.). 15. VARANUS PRASINUS Schleg. Mimika R. (B. O. U. Exped.). ScCINCIDA. 16. Lyeosoma NoToTaNIA, sp.n. (PI. XXIX, figs. 1, 1 a.) Section Hinulia. Body moderately elongate, limbs rather short; the distance between the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and a half in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short, obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in a single nasal; no supranasal; frontonasal broader than long, forming a suture with the rostral and with the frontal; latter as long as frontoparietals and inter- parietal together, in contact with the two anterior supraoculars ; four supraoculars ; eight supraciliaries; frontoparietals and interparietal distinct, subequal in size ; parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal ; three pairs of nuchals; fifth upper labial below the centre of the eye. EHar-opening oval, smaller than the eye-opening ; no auricular lobules. 24 smooth scales round the body, those of the two vertebral series much enlarged, more than twice as broad as long. 2. 3. Gonyocephalus auritus, p. 255. Head of male. 4, : nigrigularis, p. 205. Head of male. TransLool. Soe VoO AN SU AAV. d.Green del.hth.et ump. 1. CARETTOCHELYS INSCULPTA. 2.GYMNODACTYLUS MIMIKANUS. 3.GONYOCEPHALUS AURITUS. 4.G.NIGRIGULARIS, Sohn} > ie PLATE XXIX. VoL. XX.—Pakt V. No. 4.—WMarch, 1914. 20 BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. PLATH XXIX. Fig. 1. Lygosoma nototenia, p. 256. la. ty 2 Upper view of head. 3. 2. ee mimikanum, p. 257. 2a. a a Side view of head. x 14. 3, As klossi, p. 259. 3a. “ eDorsaluscalesn oq 2c 4, rf tropidolepis, p. 260. 4a. Hs a Dorsal scales. > 2. Trans Lot Soc GA NN GY, AMY, lamers a . 2 Ha? ene bs J.Green del. lith.et ump. 1. LYGOSOMA NOTOTANIA. 2.L.MIMIKANUM. 3.L.KLOSSI. 4. TROPIDOLEPIS. fh Mite Mm Ay), MINA ae bo —~I 4 BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. PLATE XXX. Fig. 1. Lygosoma wollastont, p. 261. Dh ast oligolepis, p. 261. 2 a. as ke Upper view of head. x 3. 3. Apistocalamus grandis, p. 265. 3a. uf a Side view of head. 4, i loennbergit, p. 265. Upper view of head. X 2. 5. Micropechis ikaheka, var. fasciatus, p. 265. TransLiot Soc Vl ANION. J.Green del. ith. et imp 1. LYGOSOMA WOLLASTONI. 2.L.OLIGOLEPIS. 3.APISTOCALAMUS GRANDIS 4.A LOENNBERGIL 5. MICROPECHIS IKAHEKA var. FASCIATUS. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Public. Beier es d, VOLUME XVI. (1901-1908, containing 38 Plates) . Price5 8 6) Part 1. (1901, containmg 6 Plates) . ... . BiGOLA Sex G > 2. (901; contamme) 5 Plates)“. 32 a) 3 3. (1901; contaming.9-Plates)) 62. so 5 0 9 4. (1902, containing 5 Plates) . . . . . pe Oe OF 0) » Dd. (1902, contaiming 4 Plates) ... .. . jn Oller 6 6 0 9 7 0 3 8 0 6 SB ? — Jemma bnong(-b] ¢ 18 . (1902, containing 3 Plates) . ... =. a . (1902, containing 3 Plates) : eee Sy . (1903, containing 38 Plates, Title and inden 5 So or COCO F OF Nh _ 0 SP Wa Sy, Mle) Gye eae tan) fem) onee) VOLUME XVII. (1903-1906, containmg 41 Plates and 50 Text-figures). . . . . . . PriceS 18 6 718 0 Part 1. (1903, contaming 5 Plates) . . . . . aM eG TAO 0 » 2 (1908, containmg 3 Plates)... . . a OS® 6 018 0 » 0. (1904, contaming 18 Plates) . . . . . Seeds Pye ea) 110 0 » 4. (1905, contaimimg 8 Plates)... . . les aa 6 110 0 » 9. (1905, containing 50 Text-figures) . . Foie wkO ead aye 0) Is On 0 one Gen LOG; containing 12 Plates, Title and index) pone esa ag XG) Eo. 0 VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates and 87 Text-figures). . . . . . . Price4 1 0 By te@ Part 1. (1907, containmg 9 Plates)... . eave Ondliaaes() Het )ee (4) » 2. (1908, containing 19 Plates and 63 Text- es Deeees veel Obes) 2220220 5, o- (1908, containing 38 Plates and 21 Text- oe ang Orson) 1 0 0 » 4. (1911, containmg 6 Plates) . . . sc Onb270 016 0 » 5. (1911, contaming 6 Plates and 3 Text-figs., iilevandeln des) city Co oe Nae coe tems cee yeh Oe Oi ( 012 0 VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates and 16 Text-figures) . . : emery cel Oeir4ye 0) 13 12 0 Part 1. (1909, containing 3 Pls. & 12 Text- SRICHSEN iy wscea yin ead LA aa 2-10. 0 302. (19095 contaming, 4) Plates)\s 2.5086 a eb 0 ae OP) » 9. (1909, containing 2 Plates) . . . Mee BOON: Odie 012 0 », 4. (1910, containing 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) Batre cece Loos Ons 5 0 0 » 9. (1910, containing 5 Pls.,TitleandIndex) ,, 1417 6 210° 0 VOLUME XX. Part 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates) . . . . . PriceO 18 O eA O 3 ae, (LOY comtaiinae HOe Plates). sitten tah a cers) eee. -O 3.0 0 » 3. (1918, containmg 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.). ,, 1 2 6 TRTORe LO 53 4 GOlS contamina oriatesjenn es. “hee? 73.0 08, 9-0 012 0 3: Os (1934, comtamine 4: Plates) ae. oe og ODO 012 0 CONTENTS. V. An Annotated List of the Batrachians and Reptiles collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Hapedition in Dutch New Guinea. By G. A. Bovuiencur, RS. ZS. (Plates XXVIL— OO. a ee On eee eee ey IE THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON: THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,’’ in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, adres of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings’”’ for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, x indexed separately.. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that — the year and page give the complete reference. An “ Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the Society on the Tuesday follomiae the — date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the ‘“ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable im advance, ; The “ Transactions” contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the — Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form, ‘They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the _ year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record? for a sum of £1 10s, (which includes delivery), payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s eS 8 Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), 0 through any bookseller, March, 1914. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vor. XX.—Parr 6. (Puate XXXT.) : Fpsonian Insti#, > oS A MAY 6 1914 LONDON: Setional muse PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER ROW. March 1914, Price 5s. Taylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. Eres ids oe Sad VOLUMES I.-IV. (1883-1862). . ....... (Out of print.) VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . Price 5 4 3 .. . 619 O VOLUME _ VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . , 11 5 0 ...15 0 0 VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). . , 10 4 0 ...1812 0 VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates). . ,, 9258" 38 0 VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . ,, 12 16 ...16 2 0 VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . ,, 10 0 8 . .*.18 7 GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) ._,, OOS Oe ea OeLO a0 VOLUME = XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . ,, Dele Oe eae eel elGnO VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates). . , 5 80... 7 4 0 VOLUME XIIT. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates). .,, Wet ror means gt tel JUL @) VOLUME XIV. (1896-1898, eae 47 Plates). . 5, Cerna Unwien ance 7h. (0) \ (0) VOLUME XV. (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates). . ,, Gs Ga ek enO VOLUME XVI. (1901-1908, containing 38 Plates). . ,, D8 Or i eve Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. (>) bo co f or —— VI. Report on the Freshwater Fishes collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By C. Tate Reean, JA., F.Z.S. [Received January 6, 1914; Read March 3, 1914.] [Puare XXXI.*] Inpex. Page Geographical : Symbranchus bengalensis, Distribution of .........-...ee-e0 ee 275 INMAgT Or Was Milinilien, INV a 6oso0g00000000000 0000 d00000N00 276 <5 Uitakwarandesetakwarhiversiaen eit e ci ace: 276 Systematic : Revision of Melanoteniine Atherinids ..................+--- 276 JHMMODOCDTUS, HOM, We dsboocen ance dovscop noo Gemoos eodiaeo 280 Sern LUS USD ei sp stan stttes . a m Zonal Muse? aA! a My ” To 2, 7) dla Lh) -1 far) MR. C. TATE REGAN ON FRESHWATER FISHES 1. Fisnes rrom ture Minmixa River. (B. 0. U. Collection.) Clupea platygaster Giinth. » argyrotenia Bleek. Engraulis scratchleyi Rams. & Ogilb. Copidoglanis nove-quinew M. Web. Lelone krefftii Giinth. » strongylurus Bleek. Therapon habbemai M. Web. Apogon sandei M. Web. Caranx carangus Bloch. Sciena belangerit Cuv. & Val. Toxotes chatareus Ham. Buch. Mugil troscheli Bleek. Mugil cunnesius Cuv. & Val. Atherinichthys nouhuysti M. Web. Rhombosoma nove-quinee Rams. & Ogilb. Eleotris mogurnda Richards. Eleotris fimbriata M. Web. Gobius celebius Cuv. & Val. Periophthalmus schlosseri Pall. Synaptura villosa M. Web. 2. FISHES FROM THE UTAKWA AND SETAKWA Rivers. (Wollaston Collection.) Ambassis reticulatus M. Web. Setakwa R. Anisocentrus rubrostriatus Rams. & Ogilb. Setakwa R. Gobius giuris Ham. Buch. Utakwa R. 3. A Revision or THE MELANOTANIINE ATHERINIDA. In the rivers of Australia and New Guinea are found some Atherinid fishes which have the body more strongly compressed and the anal fin more elongate than the more typical members of the family ; most of them have the peculiarity that the spinous dorsal fin is formed of a stout and pungent spine followed by several (3 to 6) slender and flexible ones, which are prolonged into filaments in the males; the latter also have the posterior rays of the soft dorsal and anal produced. During growth the form of the body changes considerably ; it is usually much deeper in the adult than in the young and also less regular, the profile of the anterior part of the back tending to become concaye, that of the thorax and abdomen convex. In their osteology these fishes do not differ in any way from the other Atherinide, COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 277 = and I do not think them worthy to rank as a subfamily, much less as a family, as some authorities have proposed. After the exclusion of Pseudomugil, a genus with four species from Australia and New Guinea that has usually been associated with them, but is probably much more nearly related to the Celebesian Telmatherina, Melanotenia and its allies form a natural group, as characterized above. Certain zoogeographical generalizations have been supported by evidence derived from the supposed distribution of the genera and species; hence the importance of a systematic revision of the group. As the result of the study of a large series of examples I have arrived at the conclusion that all the forms described from Australia under no less than seven generic and fourteen specific names belong to a single widely distributed and variable species, Melanotenia nigrans Richards, and this also includes four supposed species described in recent years from New Guinea and the Aru Islands. From its wide range in Australia, from the north coast southwards to the Swan River, the Fincke River, the Murrumbidgee River, and Sydney, as well as from the fact that some of the records seem to indicate a marine habitat (e.g. Gulf of Carpentaria, Coast of Swan River), we may infer that the sea has aided in its distribution. It may be noted that structurally this species is the prototype of the whole group, that it is the only species common to Australia and New Guinea, and that the other New Guinea species are all generically distinct from it; consequently this group of fishes furnishes no evidence as to the date or extent of a former land-connection between Australia and New Guinea. There appear to be only nine well-established species, which may be arranged in seven genera; the probable derivation of the latter from a type similar to Melanotenia may be expressed diagrammatically :— Centratherina. Chilatherina. Anisocentrus. Glossolepis. \ \ Rhombosoma. , / Phadinocentrus. Melanotenia. | BS) Ine 13 278 MR. C, TATE REGAN ON FRESHWATER FISHES The principal changes in structure that call for the recognition of so many genera have been in the spinous dorsal fin, the scales, the gill-rakers, and the jaws and teeth. As above mentioned, the spinous dorsal fin is usually formed of a stout and pungent spine followed by three to six slender and flexible ones; the only exceptions are Rhadinocentrus, with all the spines flexible, and Centratherina, with them all pungent *. In Melanotenia the scales are large, regularly arranged, with the edges entire or slightly crenulated; they are similar in structure and arrangement in all the other genera except Glossolepis, which has the scales smaller, irregularly arranged, and with the crenulations very pronounced, having the appearance of a series of tongue-like projections at the edge of each scale. In Melanotenia the gill-rakers are of moderate length, and number 12 to 16 on the lower part of the anterior arch; all the other genera agree, except again Glossolepis, which has longer, finer, and more numerous gill-rakers, about 30 on the lower part of the anterior arch. In Melanotenia the premaxillaries have a horizontal anterior expansion that forms an angle with the oblique lateral rami and fits an emargination of the transverse anterior part of the lower jaw; the teeth in the jaws are conical or villiform, in bands, with the outer series enlarged ; there is a transverse band of similar teeth on the vomer, a few far back on the palatines, and a patch at the base of the tongue. Rhadinocentrus and Glossolepis are similar, except that in the former the palate appears to be toothless, in the latter the teeth are rather stout and obtuse. In Anisocentrus the preemaxillary expansion is reduced, the lower jaw is included, and its outer series of enlarged teeth is implanted horizontally and separated by an interspace from the inner band; there are no other differences from Melanotenia. Chilatherina and Centratherina are similar in mouth-structure, but in the upper jaw the teeth extend on to the outside, projecting from the thick lip, and in the lower there is no interspace between inner band and enlarged outer series; in the former cenus the palatine teeth, in the latter the vomerine teeth as well, are lost. Rhombosoma resembles Melanotenia in having a well-developed anterior expansion of the premaxillaries forming an angle with the lateral rami; but the lower jaw is included, the bands of teeth extend on to the outside of the jaws, and there is no marginal series of enlarged teeth. Synopsis of the Genera. I. Jaws equal anteriorly. A. Scales large, regularly arranged, with edges entire or slightly crenulated. Spinous dorsal with the first spine stout and pungent, the rest slender and ‘Mieco Le nawy ee tel Aunts cael ornare ine pir weer REVI MD Cure ape recy Mesatiarel” fai lyn. a2 a am Maa CTO O UCETLECS * Another example of the reconversion of flexible spines into pungent ones is the recently described Prematomus centronotus (Regan, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (8) xiii. 1914, p. 12). a COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 279 Spinous dorsal with all the rays slender and flexible 2. Rhadinocentrus. B. Scales smaller, irregular, with edges deeply crenulated 3. Glossolepis. II. Lower jaw included; mouth rather small, its cleft straight or but little curved ; lower jaw with an outer series of enlarged teeth. A. An interspace between inner band and outer series of teeth of lower jaw ; no teeth, or but few, on outer side of upper jaw . 4, Anitsocentrus. B. No interspace between inner band and outer series of teeth in ioe er jaw ; many teeth on outer side of upper jaw. Spinous dorsal with first spine pungent, the rest flexible ; vomer toothed . 5. Chilatherina. Spinous dorsal with all the spines pungent ; palate toothless . . . . . 6. Centratherina. III. Lower jaw included; mouth larger, its cleft curved or angular, horizontal anteriorly and oblique posteriorly ; bands of teeth ex- tending on to outside of jaws ; no outer series of enlarged teeth. . 7. Rhombosoma. 1. Me.anotayta Gill, 1862. Proc. Acad. Philad. p. 280; Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxi. 1896, p. 130 ; M. Weber, Nova Guinea, v. 1907, p. 238. Nematocentris Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1866, p. 516. Strabo Kner & Steind. Sitzungsb. Akad. Wien, liv. 1866, p. 372. Zantecla Casteln. Proc. Zool. Soc. Victoria, ii. 1873, p. 88. Aida Casteln. Research. Fish. Austral. p. 10 (1875). Neoatherina Casteln, t. c. p. 31. Aristeus Casteln, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, iii. 1878, p. 141. Rhombatractus Gill, Amer. Nat. 1894, p. 709. Body compressed ; scales large, regularly arranged, with edges entire or slightly crenulated. Mouth terminal, with the jaws equal anteriorly; anterior expansion of premaxillaries fitting an emargination in the lower jaw; teeth in jaws conical or villiform, in bands, with the outer series enlarged; no teeth outside the mouth; a transverse band of teeth across head of vomer, a few teeth posteriorly on palatines, and a patch at base of tongue. Gill-rakers moderate, 12 to 16 on lower part of anterior arch. Spinous dorsal of one pungent and 4 to 6 flexible spines; soft dorsal of a spine and 9 to 12 branched rays; anal of a spine and 16 to 22 branched rays. Caudal emarginate. A single species. MELANOTANIA NIGRANS. Atherina nigrans Richards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xi. 1843, p. 180. Atherinichthys nigrans Giinth. Cat. Fish. ii. p. 406 (1861). Nematocentris splendida Peters, Monatsh. Akad. Berlin, 1866, p. 516. Strabo nigrofasciatus Kner u. Steind. Sitzungsb. Akad. Wien, liv. 1866, pp. 373, 395, pl. ii. fig. 10 Zantecla pusilla Casteln. Proc. Zool. Soc. Victoria, ii. 1873, p. 88. Aida inornata Castelnu. Research Fish. Austral. p. 10 (1875). 280 Mk. C. TATE REGAN ON FRESHWATER FISHES Neoatherina australis Casteln. t. c. p. 82. Aristeus fitzroyensis Casteln. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, iii. 1878, p. 141. Aristeus fluviatilis Casteln. 1. ec. Aristeus rufescens Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, v. 1880, p. 625. Aristeus lineatus Macleay, t. c. p. 626. Aristeus cavifrons Macleay, ib. vii. 1882, p. 70. Aristeus perperosus De Vis, ib. ix. 1884, p. 694. Aristeus lorie Perugia, Ann, Mus. Genova, (2) xiv. 1894, p. 549. Nematocentris tatei Zietz, Rep. Horn. Exped. ii. p. 178, fig. 2 (1896). Nematocentris winneckii Lietz, t. c. p. 179, fig. 3. Melanotenia maculata M. Weber, Nova Guinea, v. 1907, p. 239, pl. xi. fig. 4. Melanotenia ogilbyi M. Weber, Notes Leyden Mus. xxxii. 1910, p. 230, and Nova Guinea, ix. 1918, p. 560, fig. 28. Rhombatractus patoti M. Weber, Abhandl. Senckenb. Gesellsch. xxxiv. 1911, p. 26, pl.i. fig. 3. Depth of body 24 to 35 in the length, length of head 32 to 44. Snout about as long as diameter of eye, which is 3 to 84 in the length of head; interorbital width 23 to 23 in the length of head. One or two series of scales on cheek. 12 to 16 gill- rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 33 to 37 scales in a longitudinal series (from above opercular cleft to base of caudal), 11 to 13 in a transverse series. Dorsal V— VII, I 9-12 (13); origin above or in advance of that of anal. Anal I 16-21 (22). Caudal peduncle as long as or longer than deep. Olivaceous above, silvery below. A blackish lateral band may be present or absent; sometimes it is developed only posteriorly ; when it is absent a bluish lateral stripe may be seen. Sometimes there are silvery-white stripes along and dark red or brown ones between the series of scales. Fins plain or spotted. Southern New Guinea; Aru Islands; Australia south to the Swan River, Fincke River, Murrumbidgee River, and Sydney; probably in the sea as well as in fresh water. Here described from a large series of specimens up to 100 mm. in total length, from New Guinea, Northern, Western, Central, and Eastern Australia, including the type of the species and co-types of M. ogilbyi, N. tatei, N. winneckei, R. patoti, and A. lorie, the last kindly sent to me by Dr. R. Gestro. 2. RHADINOCENTRUS, gen. noy. This genus differs from Melanotenia in having all the spinous dorsal fin-rays slender and flexible, and also apparently in having the palate toothless. A single species. RHADINCCENTRUS ORNATUS, sp. n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 1.) Depth of body 33 in the length, length of head 33. Snout 4 diameter of eye, which is 23 in the length of head and equal to the interorbital width. Mouth oblique and lower Jaw somewhat projecting. 33 to 35 scales in a longitudinal series, 8 or 9 ina COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 281 transverse one. Dorsal 1V, 111. Anal I 18-19; origin in advance of spinous dorsal. Olivaceous ; 2 blackish longitudinal stripes margin the series of scales that runs along the middle of the side; scattered dark spots below it; a dark spot at base of each ray of soft dorsal and anal. Six specimens, 25 to 37 mm. in total length, from a pond on Moreton Island, near Brisbane, Queensland. 3. GLossoLEePIS M. Weber, 1907. Nova Guinea, v. p. 241. This genus differs from Melanotenia in the smaller and irregularly arranged scales with deeply crenulated edges and in the longer and more numerous gill-rakers. Also the teeth are stouter and more obtuse than in Melanotenia. A single species. GLOSSOLEPIS INCISUS. M. Weber, Nova Guinea, v. 1907, p. 241, pl. xi. fig. 7. Dorsal IV-VI, 1 9-11. Anal I 20-23. 55 to 60 scales in a longitudinal series. About 30 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Reddish brown. L. Sentani, Northern New Guinea. I have examined an example sent to me by Prof. Weber. 4, ANISOCENTRUS, gen. nov. Differs from J/elanotenia only in the structure of the mouth and disposition of the teeth. The lower jaw is included within the upper and has a band of small teeth separated by an interspace from an outer series or double series of enlarged teeth, which are implanted horizontally. The mouth is rather small and its cleft is not very oblique, and is straight or but slightly curved; the anterior expansion of the premaxillaries is scarcely developed. A single species. ANISOCENTRUS RUBROSTRIATUS. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 3.) Nematocentris rubrostriatus Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2) i. 1886, p. 14. Melanotenia dumasi M. Weber, Nova Guinea, v. 1907, p. 240, pl. xi. fig. 1, and ix. 1913, p. 558. Depth of body 24 to 3 in the length, length of head 32 to 44. Snout longer than distance from its tip to end of maxillary, about as long as diameter of eye, which is 3 to 88 in length of head; interorbital width 24 to 23 in length of head. Cheek with 1 or 2 series of scales. 14 to 16 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 33 to 36 scales in a longitudinal series, 11 to 14 in a transverse series, 15 to 20 in front of spinous dorsal. Dorsal (IV) V-VII, I 9-11 (12); origin of spinous dorsal equidistant from end of snout and base of caudal, or nearer the one or the other, behind, above, or a little in advance of origin of anal; first spine 4 to 3 length of head. Anal I 18-21. 282 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON FRESHWATER FISHES Pectoral as long as or longer than head without snout. Caudal peduncie as long as or longer than deep. White stripes or series of spots along the rows of scales, and red ones between them ; vertical fins red or with red stripes or series of spots; a series of darker spots at base of soft dorsal and anal. Southern New Guinea; Aru Islands. Here described from five specimens of 100 to 130 mm. from the Setakwa River (Wollaston) and two, 120 and 140 mm., from the Lorentz River, received from Professor Weber as MM. dumasi. 5. CHILATHERINA, gen. Nov. Similar to Anisocentrus in size and structure of the mouth, but distinguished by the dentition ; in the lower jaw there is no interspace between the inner band and the outer series of enlarged teeth, and in the upper there are several series of teeth developed on the outer side of the pramaxillaries and projecting from the thick lip; palatine teeth are absent. Two species from Northern New Guinea. 1. CHILATHERINA FasciaTa. (Pl. XX XI. fig. 4.) Rhombatractus fasciatus M. Weber, Nova Guinea, ix. 1913, p. 565. Depth of body 3 in the length, length of head 44. Snout longer than distance from its tip to end of maxillary, 1+ as long as diameter of eye, which is 34 in the length of head; interorbital width 3 in length of head. Cheek with 2 series of scales. 16 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 42 scales in a longitudinal series, 12 in a transverse series, 20 in front of dorsal. Dorsal V (V1), I 12 (13-16); origin equi- distant from end of snout and base of caudal, behind that of anal; first spine more than 4 length of head. Pectoral ? length of head. Caudal peduncle longer than deep. Silvery; back darker; a dark lateral band and below it several narrow dark cross-bars ; fins dusky. Northern New Guinea. Here described from a co-type, 120 mm. in total length, from the Sermowai River. 2. CHILATHERINA SENTANIENSIS. Rhombatractus sentaniensis M. Weber, Nova Guinea, v, 1907, p. 235, pl. x1. fig. 3. _ Depth of body 24 to 3 in the length, length of head 33. Snout longer than distance from its tip to end of maxillary, 14} to 14 as long as diameter of eye, which is 32 to 3? in length of head; interorbital width 5 in length of head. Cheek with 2 series of scales. 13 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 40 to 42 scales in a longitudinal series, 13 in a transverse series, 22 to 26 in front of dorsal. Dorsal (1V) V, I 9-11 (12); COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 285 origin nearer to base of caudal than to end of snout, well behind that of anal; first spine $ to more than ¢ length of head. Anal I 22-25. Pectoral 2 length of head. Caudal peduncle as long as or longer than deep. Brownish above, silvery with narrow brownish cross-bars below; an indistinct lateral band; fins dusky. Sentani Lake, Northern New Guinea. Here described from two co-types, 85 and 105 mm. in total length. 6. CENTRATHERINA, gen. nov. Related to Chilatherina, which it resembles in the structure of the mouth, the arrangement of the teeth in the jaws, etc. It is distinguished by the toothless palate and by having all the rays of the spinous dorsal pungent. CENTRATHERINA CRASSISPINOSA. (PI. XXXT. fig. 2.) Rhombatractus crassispinosus M. Weber, Nova Guinea, ix. 1913, p. 567. Depth of body 3 in the length, length of head 4}. Snout a little longer than diameter of eye, which is 33 in length of head ; interorbital width 3 in length of head. 40 scales in a longitudinal, 13 in a transverse series; 26 in front of dorsal. Dorsal IV (V), 1 7 (8-11). Anal I 24 (23-26); origin well in advance of that of dorsal. Pectoral # length of head. Caudal peduncle longer than deep. Olivaceous. Northern New Guinea. Here described from a co-type, 80 mm. in total length, from the Tawarin River. 7. RHOMBOSOMA, gen. nov. Resembles Melanotenia in most characters, but the well-developed horizontal anterior expansion of the premaxillaries projects beyond the lower jaw when the mouth is closed, the bands of teeth extend on to the outside of the jaws, and there is no marginal series of enlarged teeth. Two species. 1. RuomBosoma Nova-GuINEH. (Pl. XXXI. figs. 5, 6.) ? Aristeus goldiet Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, viii. 1883, p. 269; Perugia, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xiv. 1894, p. 548. Nematocentris nove-guinee Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, (2) 1. 1886, p. 13. Rhombatractus afinis M. Weber, Nova Guinea, v. 1907, p. 234, pl. xi. fig. 5, and ix. 1913, p. 565. Rhombatractus kochii M. Weber, op. cit. v. p. 237, pl. xi. fig. 6, and ix. p. 562. Rhombatractus webert Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) 1. 1908, p. 155. Rhombatractus catherine Beaufort, Zool. Anz. 1910, p. 250, and Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, 19138, p. 106, pl. ii. fig. 1. Rhombatractus senckenbergianus M. Weber, Abhandl. Senckenb. Gesellsch. xxxiv. 1911, p. 25, pl. i. fig. 2. VOL. XX.—PART VI. No. 2.— March, 1914. 2Q 284 FRESHWATER FISHES COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. Depth of body 23 to 3$in the length, length of head 83 to 4. Snout as long as or shorter than distance from its tip to end of maxillary, 1 to 14 as long as diameter of eye, which is 3 to 4} in the length of head; interorbital width 24 to 3 in the length of head. Cheek with 2 or 3 series of scales. 12 to 15 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 33 to 39 scales in a longitudinal series, 11 to 13 in a transverse series, 15 to 20 in front of spinous dorsal fin. Dorsal (IV) V—VI, 111-16 ; origin of spinous dorsal a little in front of, above, or behind that of anal; first spine 4 to 4 length of head. Anal I 19-24 (25). Pectoral as long as or a little longer than head without snout. Caudal peduncle as long as or a little longer than deep. Silvery; back olivaceous ; scales often with dark edges and pale centres ; sometimes dark longitudinal stripes between the series of scales; often a blackish lateral band from snout through eye to base of caudal fin ; this may be developed only posteriorly ; sometimes a blackish blotch on the side below the band; vertical fins reddish, darker at the base. New Guinea; Aru Islands; Waigiou. Here described from a large series of specimens, up to 140 mm. in total length, comprising six from the Mimika River (B. 0. U. Expedition), the types of R. weberi from the Fly River (Sarton), several from the Aru Islands, including co-types of At. senckenbergianus, and examples sent by Professor Max Weber as R. affinis, R. kochii, and £. catherine. In the Mimika River examples I count D. V—VI, I 11-13, A. I 21-23; in those, from the Aru Is., D. V-VI, I 12-15, A. I 19-23; in those from the Fly R., D. V-V1, 1 12-14, A. I 22; in two from the Lorentz R. (&. kochit), D. V. 1 12-13, A. I 22-28 ; in one from Njao (f. affinis), D. VI, I 16, A. I 22; and in two from Waigiou (2. catherine), D. V, I 11-12, A: 119. The specimens figured are from the Mimika River, and show well the differences characteristic of young and adult fishes. 2. RHOMBOSOMA LORENTZII. Rhombatractus lorentzii M. Weber, Nova Guinea, v. 1907, p. 236, pl. xi. fig. 2, and ix. 1913, p. 564. Depth of body 23 in the length, length of head 33. Snout as long as distance from its tip to end of maxillary, 12 diameter of eye, which is 43 in the length of head; interorbital width 22 in length of head. Cheek with 4 series of scales. 16 gill- rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 38 scales in a longitudinal series, 13 in a trans- verse series, 19 in front of dorsal. Dorsal (IV) V (VI), I 16 (13-17); first spine 4 the length of head. Anal I 27 (23-30); origin well in advance of that of spinous dorsal. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Silvery; back darker. Northern New Guinea. Here described from a single specimen, 130 mm. in total length, from the Sermowai River, received from Prof. Max Weber. DE ADE XOX. bo FRESHWATER FISHES COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA, PLATE XXXI. 1. Khadinocentrus ornatus. 2. Centratherina crassispinosa. 3. Anisocentrus rubrostriatus. 4. Chilatherina fasciata. 6. Rhombosoma nove-guinee. CNN SY XEXT oY On Trans Loot. Soo. Fe J.Green del. lith.et imp. SOCENTRUS RUBROSTRIATUS. 5,6.RHOMBOSOMA NOVZ& 1. RHADINOCENTRUS ORNATUS. 2.CENTRATHERINA CRASSISPINOSA. 3.ANI GUINEZ . 4, CHILATHERINA FASCIATA. Bie i i TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Public. seh BAG She see Ses VOLUME XVII. (1903-1906, containing 41 Plates and 50 Text-figures). . . . . . . Price5 18 6 718 O Parr 1. (1903, contaming 5 Plates)... . . Syl BG 110 0 5 . (1908, containing 3 Plates) . . .. . » O13 6 018 0 » 93. (1904, containing 13 Plates) . . . . . el 26 IO 0) > 4. (1905, containing 8 Plates) . . .. . pec de eeaG 5 lle) (0) » 5. (1905, containing 50 Text-figures) . . Oda sO 105-0 » 6. (1906, containing 12 Plates, Title aedunden Se eee O 110 0 VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates andus/ Hext-fentes)iise ls e-. 0. a a Price: 4 I Oe 5) ets) (0) Part 1. (1907, containing 9 Plates)... ... #«4 O10. Ee 0s0 >» 2- (1908, containing 19 Pls. & 63 Text-figs.). 4, 110 0 . ot ea ORO >, 9- (1908, contaiming 3 Pls. & 21 Text-figs.) . mp) ly 0) 2 120230 >, 4. (1911, containing 6 Plates) . . . : Ola OF 016 0 » 09. (1911, containing 6 Pls. & 3 Text- fe Mitlerandsind ex) treo on ge nee » O 9 O 012 0 VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates : andal6Pext-figures)%s.-.o2s ye ao Price lO. 4° 0 - 13 12 O Part 1. (1909, containing 3 Pls. & 12 Text-figs.). 4, 117 6 . 210 0 oe (1900s contamimes disPlates) Sos eo 25 O carci Bos Ost 0) » 9. (1909, containmg 2 Plates)... wicrsae 02 :95<0 . O12 0 >» 4. (1910, containing 10 Pls. & 4 Text- figs.) Ge wey On oo OH » 5. (1910, containing 5 Pls.,TitleandIndex) ,, 117 6 . 210 0 VOLUME XxX. Part 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates) . . . . . PriceO 18 O Saver ede) » 2 (1912, containing 10 Plates) . . . poets Used tee 0) : 3 0 0 » 9 (19138, containmg 8 Pls. & 4 Text- fee pe een Olas 110 0 oa LOLS container. atllates)s 42-0 vss an tO: 92 0 012 0 9) ae (19145 -contaimine,.4) Plates) *26 0. eo, O° 9 0 Ode 0 370 Os (LOT ccontanines) Plate) ty sk ee 53 OF 3 9 Onan O CONTENTS. VI. Report on the Freshwater Fishes collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By C. Tate Reean, WAS ZS. e(Plate XX) ae eae Deets THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. TE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—* Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and ‘‘ Transactions,” in quarto. ; According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- hae mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or — otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, in che months of March, June, — September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that ~ the year and page give the complete reference. An “ Abstract of the Proceedings ” is published by the Society on the Tiesdag following the date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillmgs per annum, payable in advance. ue The “‘ Transactions ”’ contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted _ for publication in the quarto form. ‘They are issued at irregular intervals. ae Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of - the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications forthe year. ‘They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon BY purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Recon for a sum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid defore the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller, March, 1914 P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, ee Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Voi. XX.—Parr 7. (PLATES XX XM & XXXUL & Texr-rieures 5-11.) LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER ROW. " May 1914. Price 10s. Yaylor and Prancis, Printers. | [Red Lion Court, Pieet Strect. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. BSat te 68. d. VOLUMES I.-IV. (1838-1862)... ....... (Out of print.) VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . Price 5 4 3 . . . 619 0 VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . ,, 11 5 0. ..15 0 O VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). . ,, 10 4 0. . .1812 0 VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, oan 82) Plates). . ',, 9. 8 Slee et ceebe ale) VOLUME IX, (1875-1877, containmg 99 Plates). . ,, 12 16 ...16 2 O VOLUME ° X, (1877-1870, containing 95 Plates). . , 10 0 8. 1a 7 GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to xX, (1833-1879) eS O59 26 OF ero OIG VOLUME = XI._ (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . ,, 9 12 Ot pele eGE 0 VOLUME XII. ea 65 Plates). . ,, B80 Bae een G) VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, contaming 62 Plates). . ,, OSS aa ee Se Orel) VOLUME XIV. (1896-1898, containing 47 Plates). . , 45 5 0...7 00 VOLUME XV, (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates). . ,, Olid means go veel (0) VOLUME XVI. (1901-1908, containing 38 Plates). . ,, 5 8 0 Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. 4 La) ie9) 1 = VII. Report on the Mollusca collected by the British Ornithologists Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By Guy C. Rosson, B.A.* [Received January 1, 1914; Read March 17, 1914. ] (PLates XXXII. & XXXITI.F and Text-figures 5-11.) Inpex. Page Structure or Morphology .... Antinous, gen.n. Anatomy .............. 290-292 (CHoronag, FM, AMATI 645600 60000¢00 292-296 Papuina lituus Lesson. Anatomy ....... 296-297 Papuina wollastoni, sp.n. Anatomy ...... 297-300 TANTO > oocd ogo Se ooes Albumen gland, variation in development of.. 296 THIAOEA Goooccs00da00580 Chronos sublimis, found at great altitude .... 288 Coogmmnricall ACOMERY sococo Ie O55 64 o000e4000d90000000000000 288 SHUSUMNCHIOS 644 509000004000 Antinous anthropophagorum, gen. et sp.n. .. 290 Chronos sublimis, gen. et sp. n. ............ 292 Papuina wollasioni, sp. n. ......... «..-.- 297 Paupuina litwus, distinguished from P. tau- MOTUS EMriot ee arenes clel oes Aone e etal era Revo 296 Variation and Attiology .... Papuina lituus and P. tawmantias, slight differences in conchological characters com- pared with differences in the genitalia .... 297 Papuina wollastoni, conchological resemblance 1D @ DEREROTOPNG coornoooobo0edanasas 298 THE collection of Mollusca obtained by the Expeditions, though it contains some new and very interesting forms, is not large enough to necessitate any attempt to modify existing opinions on the zoo-geographical relationships of New Guinea. One or two observations of a general nature are, however, necessary by way of introduction. . Thanks to the work of Tapparone Canefri, Hedley, and E. A. Smith, we are in possession of a good amount of information upon the molluscan shells of the better known parts of New Guinea. The two workers first named have also, with a few others, published some account of the anatomy of these forms. In 1886-7 M@llendorf and in 1895 Hedley published papers upon the general relationships of the molluscan fauna of the main and adjacent islands. Since that date no comprehensive work upon this fauna or its relationships appears to have been published. Mdéllendorf attempted * Communicated by W. R. Ocrvie-Granz, F.Z.S., and published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum, 7 For explanation of the Plates, see pp. 303-306. VOL. XX.—vakT vil. No. 1.—May, 1914. bo ts] 288 MR. GUY C. ROBSON ON MOLLUSCA to trace the influence of the surrounding molluscan faunas upon the island and its several subregions ; while Hedley laid down the broad principles of its relationships, laying stress on its Oriental rather than its Australasian character, in opposition to Cooke (‘ Cambridge Natural History: Mollusca’), who had emphasized the latter. Exami- nation of the present collection, though the precise position of the two new Zonitoid genera is as yet unsettled, tends to confirm Hedley’s view. The occurrence of a probably new Liplommatina and two new genera of Zonitoids points to Continental Asiatic rather than to Australian affinities. But generalizations upon the molluscan fauna of this, as of all other countries, must await the coming of more ample anatomical knowledge. The experience of many workers could be quoted which goes to show that speculations upon the affinities of various faunas based upon conchological characters are frequently unreliable and inadequate. There is urgent need for more anatomical knowledge, and until this is forthcoming, and until our conchologists turn anatomists, the real position of the molluscan fauna of New Guinea and of its several political divisions—Dutch, British, and German—must, to the scientific mind, remain unresolved. Of the new forms described here the genus for which the name Chronos is proposed is specially interesting, as much for the great altitude at which it was obtained (viz. over 14,000 ft.) as for its anatomy. Mollusca from the higher ranges in New Guinea have already been recorded (cf. Kobelt, Nachrichtsbl. Malakozool. Ges. 1913, Heft ii. p. 87), one of which came from over 12,000 feet. The author is not aware of any instance of Mollusca being obtained at greater altitudes than that here recorded. It is significant that the two new genera obtained from the high mountains offer considerable difficulty with regard to their systematic position, though it should be pointed out at the same time that the Sulcobasis was obtained from about the same altitude as the Antinous. The author wishes to express his thanks and indebtedness to Col. H. H. Godwin- Austen, F.R.S., and Mr. G. K. Gude for assistance rendered him, and also to the Rey. Dr. H. M. Gwatkin for help in interpreting some of the radule of the several forms here figured. The following is a list of the species obtained arranged according to the stations :— vesta citrina (Linn.) *. Launch Camp... . . . . «< Cristigibba tortilabia (Lesson). Papuina lituus (Lesson). Base-Cano Camp Cristigibba sp. ‘ | Panne wollastoni, sp. 1. Melania plumbea Brot. * (The parentheses around the names of authors placed after scientific names in this paper are used in accordance with Article 23 of the International Rules of Nomenclature (Proc. 7th Int. Cong. Boston, 1907, p. 44 (1912).—Eprror. | COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 289 Cano Camp, 150 ft. . . . . - + Diplommatina sp. ( Calycia crystallina (Rve.). Camp III., 2500 ft. 4 ceed : \ Xesta citrina (Linn.). » XI.-XII., 8000-11,500 ft. . . Sudcobasis sp. » XIII., 10,500 ft. . . . . . Antinous anthropophagorum, gen. et sp. n. Snow-line on Mt. Carstenz, 14,200 ft. Chronos sublimis, gen. et sp. n. (? Locality) . { Papuina taumantias T. Canefri. Xesta citrina (Linn.). All specimens, including types, have been presented to the Zoological Department, British Museum. GASTROPODA. STREPTONEURA. TANIOGLOSSA. 1. MELANIA PLUMBEA Brot. Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 19; Kiister’s Conch. Cab. F. p. 310. Two shells, from between Base and Cano Camps. Neither specimen is quite so elongated in the spire as the specimen figured by Brot. One of them lacks the coste on the body-whorl, variability in the occurrence of which appears to be characteristic of the species. 2. DIPLOMMATINA sp. One shell from vegetable débris, Cano Camp. This is a small markedly triangular form, having six whorls closely set with diagonal finely decussated ribs, and exhibiting other characters that differentiate it from the other known species of the genus. The author does not feel justified, however, in making a new species upon the shell of a single specimen. EUTHYNEURA. PULMONATA. ZONITID A, 3. CALYCIA CRYSTALLINA (Reeve). Conch. Icon. 1848, pl. 32 (Bulimus crystallinus). One shell from Camp III. (2500 ft.). According to Pilsbry, this form, originally considered to be a Bulimoid, is now to be placed among the Zonitide on good anatomical grounds. ) R 9) ad ad 290 MR. GUY C. ROBSON ON MOLLUSCA 4, XESTA CITRINA (Linn.). Syst. (ed. xii.) 1245. One shell from Launch Camp, three complete examples from Camp III. (2500 ft.), one from unknown locality. 5. ANTINOUS ANTHROPOPHAGORUM, gen. et sp.n. (PI. XXXII. figs. 3, 4a, 7, 8a, b; Pl. XX XIII. fig. 6 a-c.) One complete specimen, Camp XIII. (10,500 ft.). ANTINOUS, gen. n. Foot-sole undivided, dorsal mucous pore lacking a covering tongue. A single rudimentary shell-lobe (!)is present ; the radula resembles that of Microcystina and there is a simple jaw. The genitalia are near those of Rhysota, but the proximal portion of the vas deferens is swollen out, while the seminal channel of the penis has its margin much plicate at its distal extremity. The shell is bluntly carinate, perforate, with a simple aperture and a non-reflexed columella. ANTINOUS ANTHROPOPHAGORUM, Sp. n. Systematic Position.—It is impossible as yet to decide upon the exact systematic position this genus occupies among the Zonitide. Clearly referable to that family, in spite of the absence of longitudinal subdivision of the foot-sole, it does not readily fall into line with any of the forms of which the anatomy is known. The general form of the genitalia allies it with Rhysota (2), but the characters of the mantle-lobes and radula distinguish it from that genus. On the other hand, the radula has a good deal in common with that of Microcystina* [cf. M. sappho (6)]; but sundry characters, such as those of the mucous gland, male generative organs, and shell, distinguish it from that group. A. Haternal Appearance. The colour of the specimen (preserved in alcohol) is very dark bluish grey on the dorsum and sides of the foot, while the sole is dirty yellow suffused with pale orange (in life the whole sole was possibly orange-coloured). The mantle is dark grey, with a broad dirty yellow border, the extremity of which is edged with a bluish-black rim. The sole is undivided. There is a broad peripodium (PI. XXXII. fig. 8 d) with two closely approximated peripodial grooves. A dorsally placed caudal mucous pore is found (PI. XXXII. fig. 8a), from which a covering tongue is lacking. ‘The dorsum of the foot is characteristic. Its sagittal axis is occupied by an irregular groove, from which are given off bilaterally at regular intervals a number of posteriorly directed * Cf. also Bensonia luzonica (9). COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 291 grooves that cut up the surface into a number of quadrate blocks or masses of epidermal tubercles or rugosities. Right and left dorsal lobes are found, while remote on the left-hand side of the mantle is found a very narrow elongate pallial projection that possibly represents the dorsal shell-lobe. Whether this is rudimentary or in process of development it is difficult to decide. The author is also a little uncertain as to the correct interpretation of the two lobes already described (Pl. XXXII. fig. 4 a). The shell (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 6 a, 6,¢) is of a rich dark chestnut-brown, scarcely varying in hue between apex and umbilicus, though portions of the apex are decorti- cated and discoloured. There are 4? whorls, increasing regularly in size, somewhat polished in texture, crossed transversely by irregular growth-lines, which are often broad and separated by wide intervals, with their ends somewhat indenting the suture of the last whorl. On the apical whorls a faint spiral grooving is seen, and the growth- lines are accompanied by a fine transverse striation. ‘The apex is only moderately prominent. ‘The last whorl is bluntly carinate at its upper end, and the keel so formed is slightly tuberculated by the broader growth-lines. The aperture is rounded, moderate in size, and the lips are simple. The umbilicus is very slightly perforate, while the columella is gently curved in accordance with the form of the aperture, and is scarcely reflexed. On the under surface very faint traces of a spiral grooving are found. Size: 16 mm. br. x10 mm. alt. B. Internal Characters. The jaw (Pl. XXXII. fig. 7) is simple and strongly arcuate, with a prominent median projection. The radula (Pl. XXXII. fig. 3)—Owing to the excessively close crowding of the aculeate marginal teeth, it is impossible to speak with absolute certainty as to the formula. The following, however, is approximately correct :—?20 . 14-15 .1. 14-15 . 220. The median tooth is tricuspid, with a large median cusp and a broad basal plate. The laterals are, properly speaking, bicuspid, though the admedian members of the series are so squarely shouldered on their upper internal angle as to give the imrpession of a third cusp at that point. At about the tenth tooth of this series the main cusp begins to slant inwards and becomes elongate and {dagger-like, and the whole tooth becomes narrower until after the transitional 13-15, when a simple sabre-like tooth is found. It is very difficult to make out the basal portion of these teeth, so closely are they set, though the character indicated in the drawing is probably correct. Genitalia (text-fig. 6).—The penis is broad and moderately long. Internally it bears a main seminal groove with several accessory grooves, all of which are thrown into a number of folds at the distal (epiphallic) end (text-fig. 5). An epiphallus is found, of moderate length and terminating in a broad stout retractor. ‘The long 292 MR GUY C. ROBSON ON MOLLUSCA vas deferens is peculiar as regards its proximal end soon after it quits the epiphallus. Here it swells out into an ovoid structure, which is involved in the same connective- tissue sheath as the reniform kalk-sac. The spermatheca is simple and moderately long. Close to where the vas deferens is given off from the conjoined male and female ducts there is a round glandular body, brownish in colour, the precise nature of which is as yet uncertain. 6. CHRONOS SUBLIMIS, gen. et sp. n. (Pl. XXXII. figs. 4 5-6, 9-12; Pl. XX XIII. fig. 7 a-c.) Twenty-five examples (mostly juvenile) from snow-line on Mt. Carstenz (14,200 ft.). Text-figure 5. Text-figure 6. Text-fig. 5.—Penis of Antinous anthropophagorum. sg., seminal groove; ps., penis-sheath. Text-fig. 6.— Genitalia of Antinous anthropophagorum. pe., penis; pm., penis retractor; ks., kalk-sac; vd., vas deferens; ag., albumen gland; od., oviduct; spth., spermatheca; v., vagina; cl., common genital aperture. CHRONOS, gen. nN. Foot with a dorsal mucous pore provided with a covering tongue and a broad peri- podium surmounted by a single groove ; sole tripartite. Shell-lobes absent. Jaw very simple, but remarkably deep; radula consisting of a number of rows of numercus sickle-shaped teeth, which are very little modified serially. Genitalia with an extensive albumen gland, terminating in numerous digitate pro- cesses, and well-developed epiphallus and club-shaped spermatheca. Shell delicate, somewhat like that of Helicarion, the last whorl] increasing rapidly, with a wrinkled COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 293 periostracum and a large rounded aperture, subperforate and with a non-reflexed columella. Systematic Position—The character of the foot, dorsal lobes, and genitalia enable us to place this genus among the Zonitide, but it is difficult to decide its precise place within that family. The characters here described do not associate it with any of the subdivisions of the Zonitide hitherto established. A more complete comprehension of the limits and subdivisions of this family is, as a matter of fact, required ; and when this is attained, the interesting form here described will no doubt be assigned a satisfactory systematic position. CHRONOS SUBLIMIS, sp. n. A. External Appearance. The mantle (alcohol specimens) is colourless, save for a tract of dark brown or blackish grey over the region occupied by the kidney and dark irregular freckles round the mantle-edge and along the course of the rectum (Pl. XXXII. fig. 9). The apical whorls of the body are very dark bluish black, except on their underside, which is dirty yellow. ‘The foot is dark blue to black dorsally, but on the peripodium and underside it is mouse-coloured. The foot is quadrate in shape, and the sole is subdivided longitudinally by two grooves, which divide it into three series of large square corrugations of the epidermis (Pl. XXXII. fig. 11). Text-figure 7. CAL. eee pre ve LF = Tam Le <= MN p ¥ Sy Aperture of mantle-cavity in Ohronos sublimis. rdl., right dorsal lobe; JdJ., left dorsal lobe ; pn., pheumostome ; ao., anal orifice; f., foot. The so/e is surmounted by a broad peripodium, but only one peripodial groove is found. The dorsum of the foot (Pl. XXXII. fig. 5) is covered with corrugations; those bordering the peripodial groove are square in shape, and are continued on to the median line of the tongue or lappet that covers the caudal mucous pore. The lateral areas of this tongue are separated by grooves from the median portion, and constitute the terminal portion of the peripodium. Right and left dorsal lobes are found, the latter continued practically all round the mantle-edge in an unbroken line (text-fig. 7). 294 MR. GUY C. ROBSON ON MOLLUSCA The shell (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 7 a, 6, c) is small and semi-transparent. ‘The apex is decorticated and bleached to a bluish white, while the rest of the whorls are light brown above, slightly tinted with green, and a very delicate dark green below. The whorls number four; the last increases rapidly in size, while the apical ones are tolerably prominent and convex in profile. ‘The suture of the last whorl is impressed. The aperture is rounded, large, simple, and nacreous within. ‘The umbilicus is shallow, and nearly entirely covered over by a reflexion of the columella. The latter is well rounded. Text-figure 8. Central nervous system in Chronos sublimis. cg., cerebral ganglion ; plg., pallial ganglion ; pdq., pedal ganglion; bg., buccal ganglion; bc., cerebro-buccal commissure; phn., pharyngeal nerves; pn., pallial nerve; padn., pedal nerves. The surface is covered by a rather glossy periostracum, marked transversely by irregular growth-lines and fine striez, the former occasioning a kind of irregular transverse striping. The periostracum of the body-whorl is, in addition, seamed by longitudinal grooves, which impart a wrinkled texture to the surface. On the apical whorls the transverse sculpture is visible as more regularly arranged COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 295 and more closely set striz and ribbing; while on the penultimate whorl the transverse striping is very marked. Dimensions: 12 mm. max. breadth X7°8 max. alt., aperture 7 mm. wide. B. Internal Characters. The jaw (Pl. XXXII. fig. 10) is very deep and simple in shape. It is devoid of a median projection and is delicate in texture. In addition to the concentric lines of growth, fine radial lines are observable. A single row of teeth from the radula (Pl. XXXII. fig. 12) consists of about 110 Text-figure 9. @ had Genitalia of Chronos sublimis. For lettering, see text-fig. 11 (p. 299). teeth on each side (it is impossible to state the exact number), very closely packed and difficult to observe. From the first admedian tooth to the extreme marginals there is very little modification, all the teeth being of a curved sabre-like pattern, somewhat broad at the base, and presenting an ovate section when viewed (as in the figure) from the basal end. Alimentary tract, etc.—If the long sabre-like teeth are held to indicate a carnivorous mode of living, the condition of the intestine lends support to this view, as it is VOL. XX.—PaRT vil. No. 2.—May, 1914. 28 296 MR. GUY C. ROBSON ON MOLLUSCA relatively short, consisting of but two simple coils round the peculiarly trilobed liver (Pl. XXXII. fig. 46). Heart, kidney, etc.—TYhe auricle exhibits a rather peculiar shape, being slightly folded on itself around its junction with the ventricle, which is effected by means of a narrow rather elongate neck. The ventricle is somewhat triangular in section. The kidney was not dissected fully enough to warrant particular description (Pl. XXXII. fig. 6). Nervous system.—The general disposition only was made out (text-fig. 8). It may be remarked, however, that the nerves innervating the viscera proceeded from the same ganglionic mass as those innervating the right side of the mantle, careful dissection failing to reveal any discontinuity in the tissues between the pallial and visceral roots. It would therefore appear that the visceral and right pallial ganglia are completely fused. This condition was observed in two specimens, but must await further proof. Genitalia (text-fig. 9)—On first opening the body-cavity one is struck by the extensive albumen gland, which extends its lobes with their finger-like processes around and among the other organs, which can only be separated out from the solid mass of the gland by cutting the latter away. The author has been struck by the possibility of this extensive development of the gland being merely a temporary physiological phase. Col. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., informs him that he has observed considerable seasonal variation in the albumen gland of Zonitoids. But in any case the gland must be very extensive and diffuse. The penis is straight, and at the point where the fibres of the retractor are given off it is peculiarly folded. There is a stout and long epzphallus, terminating in a small reniform flagellum. The vas deferens is very long, and follows closely the course of the vagina. - The spermatheca is long and club-shaped. When containing the spermatophore it is rudely quadrate at its extremity. he diffuse albumen gland has been already commented upon. The junction of the latter with the oviduct was unfortunately not found, while the ovo-éestis was only obtained in a fragmentary condition. HELICIDA. 7. Papuina Lituus (Lesson). (Pl. XXXII. figs. 1,2; Pl. XX XIII. fig. 8 a-c.) Helix lituus Lesson, Voy. de la ‘ Coquille,’ Zool. p. 309. Two complete examples from Launch Camp. These two examples have been referred to Lesson’s species after examination of many other specimens and reference to all the available literature. The author has come to the conclusion that the conchological boundary between this species and P. taumantias 'T. Canefri is as yet ill-defined, and it is easy to confuse the two. In fact, until the radula and genitalia of this form were examined, the author actually set it down as P. tawmantias. The conchological characters that differentiate this COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 297 species from P. tawmantias would appear to be the persistence of an epidermis and the flattening of the body-whorl in P. ditwus (Pl. XX XIII. fig. 8 a, b,c), while that species lacks the obsolete spiral striz of taumantias. ‘These characters, however, are very slight and hard to reconcile with the strongly marked differences in the genitalia. The account of the radula, jaw, and genitalia here published are, as far as can be made out, the first that have been given. The radula and jaw call for little comment, and appear to be quite normal (GEE POO.GUL, as, 15 2), Text-figure 10. Genitalia of Papuina lituus. For lettering, see text-fig. 11 (p. 299). The genitalia—A marked feature of this species is the great length of the penis retractor, which is attached to the distal extremity of the penis. There is apparently no epiphallus, unless the modified distal extremity of the penis to which the retractor is inserted represents this (text-fig. 10). 8. PAPUINA WOLLASTONI, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIII. figs. 1-5, 9 ac.) One complete example from between Base and Cano Camps. The genus Papuina stands in serious need for a complete revision upon sound anatomical lines. Under the name are classified a great variety of forms, which differ widely enough to warrant division into separate subgenera. ‘To allocate a form, therefore, to a genus in this condition is to give but an inadequate expression of its 282 298 MR. GUY C. ROBSON ON MOLLUSCA systematic position. Increase in our knowledge of the anatomy of the group or of the conchological forms assigned to the group only can render the work possible. The following instance may serve as an example of the importance of anatomical work in dealing with such a group :—The conchological differences between the present species and many of the shells of the genus Dendrotrochus, now recognized as a Zonitid, are insignificant ; and, moreover, the Zonitid forms more closely resemble this species of Papuina than do typical species of Papuina. Further, if it were to be maintained that the conchological characters that differentiate this species (and with it the other thin fragile Papuinas) from, e. g., Dendrotrochus helicinoides, are of family value, then it may be pointed out that such a reasoning would compel us to put such forms as P. boivint and P. wollastoni, not to mention other well-founded species of Papuina which differ markedly on conchological characters, into separate families ! There are a number of other species of Papuina conchologically near this form, but which, in default of anatomical knowledge, we must hesitate before grouping with it. These are :—P. molesta Smith, P. leucotropis Pfr., and P. arrowensis le Guill. A. External Appearance. The animal was very much shrunken by the spirit in which it was preserved. Upon removing the shell the first thing that attracts attention is the pigment-tracts on the dorsal surface of the mantle (Pl. XX XIII. fig. 2). The intestine is seen in the usual position, and the integument covering it, as far as it can be traced, bears at regular intervals a number of dark brown patches, from each of which radiate a number of streaks, which run to the mid-dorsal line to form a faint irregular band in that axis or anastomose with similar lines from the patches anterior and posterior to it. These pigment-tracts are in no way connected with the vascular system, the vessels of which may be seen running in no correspondence with the pigment, which les in loose, rather superficial accumulations. ‘The proximity of the centres of radiation to the intestine suggests that this pigment may be a digestive product. Kitkenthal’s description of the mantle of P. vitrea (7) as ‘‘dunkelbraun marmoriert und getigert” shows that other Papuinas are similarly decorated in a manner that may express specific differences. A diagrammatic representation of the pattern in this form is given (Pl. XXXIII. fie. 2 0). The foot-sole is narrow, undivided, and somewhat expanded posteriorly into a spatulate shape. ‘The colour of the foot is light brown. The shell (Pl. X XXIII. fig. 9 a, b,c) is delicate, acutely carinate, and lenticular in general appearance, the apex being somewhat depressed. ‘The upper half exceeds the Jower by very little in size. Whorls 43. The surface is sculptured by faint irregular lines of growth crossed by very fine and delicate spiral lines, which are usually undu- lating, and is, in addition, broken by bristle-scars arranged in a rudely quincuncial COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 299 pattern. The remnants of a periostracum are visible at the sutures and elsewhere. The colour is dull ochreous above the carina, which is faintly suffused with brown, and exhibits a white edge. Below the carina it is pale and colourless. The columella is broad and reflexed over the umbilicus, which is, however, not entirely covered over by it. The aperture is rounded, and the inferior lip reflexed. Dimensions: alt. 10 mm., width 14°5 mm., width of aperture 7 mm. B. Internal Characters. Within the mantle-cavity the pneumostome (Pl. XX XIII. fig. 3) calls for attention. The actual orifice is situated in the middle of a modified portion of the floor of the Text-figure ]1. Papuina wollastoni, genitalia. pe., penis; pm., penis retractor; ep., epiphallus; /l., flagellum; vd., vas deferens; cl., common genital aperture; v., vagina; spth., spermatheca; od., oviduct; ag., albumen gland ; below ag. is seen the hermaphrodite duct. cavity. This area is circular in shape, and divided into two unequal parts by a groove which widens at one end to form the actual orifice, the two parts thus separated being probably capable of divarication one from another to increase the diameter of the respiratory aperture. One of these two lobes or flaps is continuous with the floor of the chamber, while the other is wholly separated from it by a shallow groove. The jaw (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 5) is thin and rather weak, with no transverse ribbing and with a marked median protuberance. 300 MR. GUY C. ROBSON ON MOLLUSCA The radula (Pl. XX XIII. fig. 4).—Unfortunately the marginal teeth were destroyed in extracting the lingual ribbon, so that the description labours under a regrettable deficiency. The median and lateral teeth would appear to be of the same type as those of P. kubaryi. Upon the internal edge of the cusp of the tenth (or ninth) lateral a small projection appears, which persists to the end of the series available for study. A similar cusp appears in the case of P. kubaryi in about the same position. The salivary gland corresponds pretty closely to the description given by Kiikenthal for P. vitrea, viz.: ‘‘ Kin flache ...ziemlich kompakte belag.” But it is characterized by ending anteriorly ina sharp point, which is continued past the origin of the two slender salivary ducts. The nervous system may be most conveniently studied by referring to the figure (Pl. XX XIII. fig. 1). The genitalia (text-fig. 11, p. 299)—The upper end of the penis-sac is squarely truncate, and is continued as a well-developed epiphallus, to which, at about half its length, the retractor is attached. There is a somewhat pointed and moderately long flagellum. The spermatheca is long, and gradually expands up to its rounded and flattened distal extremity. There is a large vaginal dilatation of doubtful nature situated just before the origin of the spermatheca. Only portions of the hermaphrodite duct and albumen gland were available for figuring. 9. PApUINA TAUMANTIAS (Tapparone Canefri). Helix taumantias T. Canefri (10). One shell (locality unknown). 10. CRISTIGIBBA TORTILABIA (Lesson). Helix toriilabia Lesson, Voy. de la ‘ Coquille,’ Zool. ii. p. 311. One shell from Launch Camp. 11. CristieiBsa sp. One shell from between Base and Cano Camps. This specimen, which appears to be near but not the same as C. torttlabia, is too immature to justify description. 12. SULCOBASIS sp. Two shells from between Camps 11 and 12 (8000-11,500 ft.). ‘These specimens are too badly damaged to describe as representing a new species, although they would appear to be different from the known species of this genus. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 301 LITERATURE CITED. The following are the more important anatomical and distributional works referred Oe (t) Bavay.—[Wichmann’s] Résultats de Vexpédit. néerland. & la Nouvelle Guinée, vol. v. livr. ii. (1908). (2) Burne.—Proe. Malacological Soe. London, ix. p. 208 (1910). (3) Gopwin-Austen.—Fauna of British India (Testacellidz and Zonitide). (4) 5 —Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India. (5) Heptry.—Journal of Malacology, iv. 1895. (6) 7 —Proe. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 2nd ser. vi. 1891, passim. (7) Kéxenruat.—Abh. Senck. Naturf. Gesell. Bd. xxiv. p. 508 (1898). (8) Mérrenporr.—Nachrichtsbl. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. 1886, xvii. p. 161; 1887, xix. p. 1. (9) Méztienporr und Kosexr.—Semper’s Reis. in Arch. Philipp. Bd. 8. (10) Tapparone Canerri.—Ann. Mus. Civ. Storia Nat. Genova, xix. 1883, and Suppl. i. 1886. Works of less importance are not enumerated, but may be found by consulting the literature cited in (1) and (10). ey WAXY vast en eh ar ay ue te LAAN nh mAs PLATE XXXII teen L. XX.— PART vir. Ni 3.—May, 1914. 304 Fig. wm ©F DO eS MOLLUSCA COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. PLATE XXXII. Papuina lituus. Jaw. Id. Radula. Antinous anthropophagorum. Radula. -Id. Mantle aperture. rdi., right dorsal lobe; Jdi., left dorsal lobe; ist., left shell-lobe ; pn., pneumostome; f., foot. . Chronos sublimis. Intestine (semi-diagrammatic). sé., stomach; d/., liver lobes; 7., intestine. Id. Dorsal surface of foot, showing lobe (2) of caudal pore. Id. Pericardial complex. pe., pericardium; a., auricle; v., ventricle; k., kidney; w., ureter. Antinous anthropophagorum. Jaw. -Id. Dorsal surface of foot, showing caudal pore (cp.). . Id. Foot (lateral view). Chronos sublimis. General appearance of mantle and coils. Id. Jaw. Id. Foot-sole. Id. Radula. — 19 18 14 13 12 3 9 pHa ANSE 20 RM 32 38 39 2ESS ES Robson del. J.Green. lith. Ue 2 JPANe WUNUA IJIN SS), Less. 3,4a,7,8a,b, ANTINOUS ANTHROPOPHAGORUM. aS, ©, GB, QD, MO, Wl, WZ, CEUROINOS SUI iMTS \ [ ‘ y = fi b ‘ 0 2 if = * 4 . va ' > n } ' i 7 PUATE XOKi10 306 MOLLUSCA COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. PLATE XXXIII. Fig. 1. Papuina wollastont. Nervous system. cg., cerebral ganglion; pg., pedal ganglion; plg., pallial ganglion; vwg., visceral ganglion; 0g., buccal ganglion; pn., pallial nerve; pdn., pedal nerves; gn., penis-nerve ; phn., pharyngeal nerves; spn., subpharyngeal nerves; p., penis ; ep., epiphallus. 2a.1d. Mantle (showing pigment-tracts). 2b. 1d. Diagrammatic representation of the pigment-tracts. 3. Id. Pneumostome viewed from within the branchial cavity. 7o., respi- ratory orifice ; sp., sphincter muscle. 4. Id. Radula. 5. Id. Jaw. 6a, b,c. Antinous anthropophagorum. Shell. Ta, 6,¢c. Chronos sublimis. Shell. Sa,b,¢. Papuina lituus. Shell. Da,b,c. Papuina wollastoni. Shell. Bar Lot JooePl USM BARE Robson & Green del. d.Green lth. Il sAELglD » 3,445) )9a,b,c, PAPUINA WOLLASTONI. Ga,b,c, ANTINOUS ANTHROPOPHAGORUM. TEI, C5, CeuROINOS SVIBGUIMIS ; 8a,b,c, PAPUINA LITUUS,Less. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Public. SES ee Str VOLUME XVII. (1903-1906, containing 41 Plates and 50 Vext-fisunes). . 2. . . . .Price5 18 6 718 O Parr 1. (1908, containing 5 Plates) ner een ae See 2G 110 0 » 2. (1908, containing 3 Plates)... .. «4 O18 6 018 0 » 93 (1904, containing 13 Plates) crreninnsae Be ee AG 110 0 ade los. eontammesnarblates) sar iio sts rely A ke 20-6 110 O » 5. (1905, containing 50 Text-figures) . . Ono 0 1 0 0 » 6. (1906, containing 12 Plates, Title and Tex) pele 2. 6 110 0 VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, contaiming 43 Plates wand.87, Vext-fiewtes) <6 4 >, ow, Price 4 105... 5 8 0 Partl. (1907, contamimg 9 Plates)... . . ee Omlors One: 100 » 2 (1908, containing 19 Pls. & 63 Text-figs.) . Os One sae O) », 9. (1908, containing 38 Pls. & 21 Text-figs.). °,, 015 O TSO" 20 », 4. (1911, ‘containing 6 Plates) .. . : pe Odors Os. 016 0 » 0» (1911, contaming 6 Pls. & 3 Text- Hes Slitlerandelndex)\ (octet stati ok os OOO 012 0 VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates © yand (6 Next-fieures) = os. ©. . Price 10" 4.0: 13 12 0O Part 1. (1909, containing 3 Pls.& 12 Text-figs.). ,, 117 6. . 210 O pee (LOO comaniniessdeblates)\) 7 sm Rely, eo Ol) 3.0 0 » 98 (1909, containmg 2 Plates)... .. 45 09 0. 012 0 : » 4. (1910, containing 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.). ,, 315 0. 5 0 0 » 5. (1910, contaming 5 Pls.,TitleandIndex) ,, 117 6 . 210 0 VOLUME Xx. Part 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates) . . . . . PriceQ 18 O a Ane 0) see (hole, contamine, lOsiates) moan yates ere mie). Dies 0 ¢ 3.0 0 » 3 (1918, containing 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs) . ,, 1 2 6 110 0 rote (1Ols.contaiming ds blates). oscecea ot 0 90 012 0 oe helo 4a. contamime» 4Plates) 2% eee oo 0 98-0 C12 0 » 6. (1914, containing 1 Plate). . . .. 4 O 8 9 C..5.0 » %. (1914, containing 2 Pls. & 7 Text-figs.) . ,, O 7 6G =O 1On @ CONTENTS. VIL. Report on the Mollusca collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By Guy C. Rosson, — B.A. (Plates XXXII. & XXXIII. & Text-figures 5-11). . . . page 287 THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tun scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—* i published in an octavo form, and “Transactions,” in quarto. Si According to the present arrangements, the ‘“ Proceedings”’ contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number oR of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, — September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, a indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that a the year and page give the complete reference. An “Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the? a date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the ‘ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, a to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, btit it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent poe free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable ie im adyance. The “ Transactions’ contain satel of the communications made to the scientific meetings ‘of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better ee for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. fe Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of am : the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record? for asum of £1 10s, (which includes delivery), payable on the 1st July in each year; but this’ privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the 1st December in each year. ‘ Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park; London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or ae through any bookseller, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, May, 1914. Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vou. XX.—Parrt 8. (Text-rigures 12 & 13.) LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER ROW. May 1914. Price 3s. Taylor and Francis, Printers. ] [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY — OF LONDON. VOLUMES I-IV. (1833-1862) . VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates) . VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates) . VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates) . IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates) . X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates) . GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (18338-1879) . VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates) . XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) . XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . XIV. (1896-1898, contaming 47 Plates) . XV. (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates) . XVI. (1901-1903, containing 38 Plates) . ” a 2) 2 33 To Fellows. Bega: To the Public. sons emade (Out of print.) . Price 5 4 3 ll 5 0 10 4 0 By cts).0:-(0) 619 0 7 14 0 7 4 0 Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. [ sor VIII. Report on the River-Crabs (Potamonide) collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By W. T. Cauman, D.Sc., FZ.S.* [Received February 17, 1914; Read April 7, 1914.] (Text-figures 12 & 13.) INDEX. Page Potamonide (Brachyura, Cyclometopa), affinities of some Malaysian species.. 307 Parathelphusa (Liotelphusa?) aruana (Roux) ..-...--- 2 eee eee eee ee 308 Fi . wollastoni, sp. u., Utakwa River...........- 310 wa i plana, sp. n., Utakwa River .........-..-- 311 THE freshwater Decapod Crustacea obtained by the two expeditions consist of nine Crayfishes, seventeen River-Crabs, and one mutilated and indeterminable Palemonid. The Crayfishes have been reported on elsewhere f, and the River-Crabs form the subject of this paper. Thirteen of the specimens are referred to a species recently described by Dr. J. Roux from the Aru Islands, of which, by the kindness of Dr. Roux, I have been able to examine a co-type; and two species are described as new, each from a pair of specimens. It is somewhat difficult to decide what generic names ought to be applied to the various species, according to the more recent schemes of Potamonid classification. All the species have the mandibular palp bilobed, the male abdomen considerably narrowed, with the sixth somite longer than wide, or only a very little shorter, and the telson tongue-shaped. They can, therefore, be referred, without any doubt, to Alcock’s subfamily Gecarcinucine. Their position within the subfamily is, however, not so clear. In all of them the front is wider by at least two-thirds than the orbit, the subterminal tooth on the upper border of the merus of the chelipeds is in most cases acute or spiniform, and the postorbital crests are obsolete. According to Alcock’s synopsis of the Gecarcinucine {, therefore, they should be referred to the genus (or subgenus) Peritelphusa, from the other species of which, however, they differ in the great reduction of the epibranchial tooth. If, on other hand, the * Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. + Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) viii. 1911, pp. 366-868. t Rec. Indian Mus. vy. 1910, p. 259. VOL. XX.—PaRT vill. No. 1.—Hay, 1914. 2U 308 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON RIVER-CRABS subterminal tooth on the merus of the chelipeds be neglected (it is almost obsolete in Parathelphusa plana), then, since the exopodites of the maxillipeds are well developed, the species would fall into Alcock’s subgenus Liotelphusa. In one species which he refers to this subgenus, ZL. austrina, Alcock states that “the free edge of the front is distinct from the edge that roofs the antennular fosse.” An arrangement similar to this is found in all the species here discussed. It may be expressed in other words by saying that the front is bent inwards to meet the inter- antennular septum, forming a transverse ridge which may be rounded or sharp, and may extend the whole width of the front or be confined to a short distance in the middle. Alcock says that among the Indian River-Crabs this arrangement is found in only a few species; I find it more or less distinctly developed in a good many Malaysian species, including some, at least, of those referred to Peritelphusa; whether it can be used as a basis for generic or subgeneric division is a question for future examination. The species which I described from New Guinea under the name of Gecarcinucus ingrami *, and which Alcock, by implication, places in his subgenus Cylindrotelphusa, is intimately related to the species described below as Parathelphusa wollastont. In the proportions of its front it halts between the limits that Alcock assigns to Gecarcinucus and to Parathelphusa respectively, and I am now convinced that it has no very close affinity with the Indian Gecarcinucus. I think that, along with the species discussed in this paper, it is best referred to the genus Parathelphusa, sensu latiore, and that, of the subgenera at present recognized, Liotelphusa is the one in which all these species may most naturally be placed. It may be noted that in all the male specimens mentioned below (with the exception of the male P. plana, in which the part in question is broken) the sternum correspond- ing to the first pair of walking-legs has a median longitudinal slit-like depression. In some other Malaysian species examined for the purpose of comparison this slit is paired, and it seems likely that this character may be useful as a specific distinction. The measurements of all the specimens examined are given together in the table at the end of the paper (p. 313). PARATHELPHUSA (LIOTELPHUSA ?) ARUANA (Roux) t. Potamon (Geotelphusa) aruanus Roux, Notes Leyden Mus. xxxiii. 191], p. 91. As Dr. Roux has still to publish the detailed description of this species, I only note here the characters in which the specimens that I record under this name differ from the co-type with which I have compared them. * P. Z.S. 1908 (1909), p. 960. + [The parentheses around the names of authors placed after scientific names in this paper are used in accordance with Article 23 of the International Rules of Nomenclature (Proc. 7th Int, Cong. Boston, 1907, p. 44 (1912). —Eprror. } ide) COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 30 (az) Aru Islands. 1 male. This specimen differs from Dr. Roux’s type chiefly in the disposition of the epigastric lobes, which are rather more oblique and extend forwards nearly to the line of the posterior orbital margins. The carapace is relatively a little narrower and deeper, the front wider, and the horizontal frontal ridge extends nearly the whole width of the front, instead of being distinct only for a short distance in the middle, as in the type. The dactylus of the larger cheliped is slightly less arched and more distinctly dentate. The abdomen is not quite so narrow as in the type, and the sixth somite is hardly wider at its distal end than at its proximal end. (4) Mimika River. 7 males, 2 females. As regards the direction and position of the epigastric lobes, these specimens agree rather better with the type than with the Aru specimens described above. They differ from both in the greater depth of the carapace, which is never less than twice as wide as it is deep, although most of the specimens are relatively narrower, in pro- portion to length, than the type. The dorsal surface is rather more convex, both from before backwards and from side to side, and the antero-lateral portions of the cervical groove are inclined at a more acute angle to each other. The frontal ridge is well defined and extends the whole width of the front, which is, in most cases, distinctly narrower than in the type. In a large male the fingers of the larger chela gape even more widely than in the type, but are very similar in form and armature. In some of the males the abdomen resembles that of our specimen from the Aru Islands, in others it is more like that of the type, the sides being more concave and the penultimate segment distinctly narrower at its proximal end. (c) Utakwa River. 2 males, 1 female. These specimens differ considerably from all those discussed above, especially in the greater length of the walking-legs, those of the second pair being more than twice the length of the carapace. The carapace is rather more convex anteriorly, but flatter behind and also from side to side, with the inter-regional grooves better marked ; near the antero-lateral margins it is much more rugose. ‘The epigastric lobes are obscure, transverse, and rugose. ‘The front is inflected towards the epistome, but the transverse ridge thus formed is much less sharp than in the specimens described above. The larger of the two males has the palm of the larger chela inflated, the fingers gaping at the base, and somewhat feebly toothed, the whole suggesting that a better-crown male would have a chela of the arwana-type. ‘The abdomen of the males resembles that of the type. The specimens of this group approach, in the greater relative length and slenderness of the wallking-legs, the specimens of P. wollastoni which were collected along with them. ‘They differ from them, however, in practically all the other characters enume- rated below as distinguishing that species from P. arwana. It is possible that they ought to be held as distinct from P. aruana, but in the absence of more material I 20 2 310 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON RIVER-CRABS record them provisionally under that name. In the greater rugosity of the antero- lateral regions of the carapace they resemble P. beauforti Roux, of which I have examined two female co-types; they differ from that species in having the carapace deeper and much more convex, the front narrower, and the frontal ridge less marked, and the fingers of the chele longer and more slender, as well as in the much longer walking-legs. PARATHELPHUSA (LIOTELPHUSA ?) WOLLASTONI, sp.n. (Text-fig. 12.) Utakwa River. 1 male, 1 female. Description. Carapace strongly convex antero-posteriorly, less so from side to side, Text-figure 12. Parathelphusa (Liotelphusa) wollastoni. Holotype, 3, x 14. Above, the larger chela and the abdomen, on same scale. its depth more than half its width. Surface smooth and polished, with oblique lines near the lateral margins. Cervical groove faintly marked, its lateral limbs inclined at a more acute angle to each other than in the type of P. arwana. Branchial regions hardly inflated. Epigastric lobes rounded, a little more prominent than in P. aruana, less rugose, not oblique, separated by a deep and sharply defined mesogastric groove. Front narrower than in P. arwana, the horizontal ridge well marked, extending the whole width of the front, concave in the middle as seen from above. Orbits slightly COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. oat oblique; seen from in front, the line joining the exorbital angles touches the lower edge of the front. Exorbital angles hardly at all prominent. Epibranchial tooth indicated only by a very slight notch. Antero-lateral marginal line not extending behind the anterior fourth of the length of the carapace, faintly granulated. Con- tinuation of cervical groove hardly to be detected on lower surface of carapace. Third maxillipeds with a strong groove near inner margin of ischium ; merus much broader than long. Chelipeds of male very unequal, merus with a sharp subterminal spine on its upper edge, which is more sharply granulated than the lower, less so than the inner edge. Inner tooth of carpus sharp and spiniform, with a small sharp tooth below it. Larger chela recalling in shape that of “ Gecarcinucus” ingrami, especially in having a prominent, rounded, interdigital tubercle on outer surface, but the tooth at proximal end of lower edge almost obsolete, and the fingers, though rather deep and flattened, not so strongly toothed. Walking-legs very long and slender, those of second pair about two and a half times as long as carapace. Merus with a subterminal spiniform tooth above and propodus with a few spines on upper and lower edges. Abdomen of male narrow, the sixth segment slightly widened distally, where its width is equal to its length; telson linguiform, with convergent sides, slightly longer than sixth somite. Holotype. Male, Reg. No. 1914.3.12.6 in British Museum. Remarks. This species is clearly related to that which I described as Gecarcinucus ingrami from the St. Joseph River, New Guinea, standing, in respect of most of its characters, midway between that species and P. arwana. PARATHELPHUSA (LIOTELPHUSA ?) PLANA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 13.) Utakwa River. 1 male, 1 female. Description.—Carapace very flat, only the anterior region, from a line a little way behind the epigastric lobes, strongly curved downwards; depth much less than half of the width. Surface everywhere closely punctate, with sharply-cut raised oblique lines near the lateral borders. Central part of cervical groove well marked, but the antero-lateral limbs almost obsolete. Epigastric lobes not at all prominent, their posi- tion only marked by a slight rugosity and by the sharply-cut groove that separates them. Frontal ridge rounded and not extending the whole width of the front. Orbits small and their outer angles not at all prominent. Exorbital width very little more than half the width of the carapace. Antero-lateral margins strongly curved anteriorly, so that the greatest width of the carapace is rather further forward than in allied species. ‘There is, at most, a microscopic vestige of a notch to indicate the position of the epibranchial tooth. Antero-lateral marginal line obscurely granulated. Posterv- lateral borders with marginal line more distinct, and extending for a greater part of 312 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON RIVER-CRABS their length than in P. aruana. Continuation of cervical groove on under surface of carapace faintly marked. Eyes small, the peduncles narrowing distally. Merus of chelipeds rugose on its upper edge, with a subterminal ridge, but no distinct spine ; its lower and inner edges smooth. ‘Tooth on inner angle of carpus sharp, but not spiniform, accompanied by a small blunt tubercle. Smaller chela of male and both chele of female with the fingers shorter and stouter than in P. aruana. Larger chela of male with the palm slightly swollen, the interdigital lobe on its outer surface not prominent, and the fingers gaping a little at the base. Text-figure 13. aM WwW Parathelphusa (Lrotelphusa) plana. Holotype, g, x 12. Above, the larger chela and the abdomen, on same scale. Walking-legs relatively short and stout, with a blunt subterminal tooth on upper edge of merus. Abdomen of male broader than in any specimen referred to P. arwana, with the sixth somite parallel-sided, little broader than long, and slightly longer than the telson, which is linguiform, with slightly convergent sides. Holotype. Male, Reg. No. 1914.3.12.4 in the British Museum. Remarks. Although the two specimens are probably not fully adult, and the characters of the male abdomen and chela are therefore not to be relied on, the flattening of the carapace, the complete disappearance of the epibranchial tooth, and the small size of the eyes give this species an aspect very different from that of any other with which it might be compared, COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. Table of Measurements (in millimetres). 313 Parathelphusa aruana. (a) Aru Islands .. (b) Mimika River P. wollastoni. Utakwa River .. 3” ” o.0 P. plana. Utakwa River .. Sex. |Length.| Breadth. 3 23°00} 29°50 io) 28°50} 35:00 3 27:00] 33°50 3 26°50| 33°25 3 25°75 | 31:50 3 24:50 | 31:00 3 24°50} 31:50 3 24:50} 31:00 2 24:00} 31:00 3 21:00} 26-00 Q 21:00} 27-50 3 17:50 | 23°50 of 14-75} 19-50 3 21:50 50 2 21:50} 28:00 3 20:00} 26:00 2 20:00) 25-75 Depth. Second walking- leg. 50:00 48-00 46:00 45:00 42:50 41°50 38:00 44-50 38:00 35:50 54:50 53°90 35:00 34-00 Ratios. Breadth | 2nd leg Length. | Length. 1:28 Braete 1:22 1-75 1:24 Ue e/7/ 1:29 9600 1:22 1-78 1:26 Bene 1:28 1:87 1:26 1-73 1:29 1-72 1:23 1:80 1:30 2:11 1:34 2:17 1:32 2°40 1:32 2:53 1:30 2°46 1:30 1:75 1:28 1-70 TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON VOLUME XVII. (1903-1906, containing 41 Plates and 50 Text-figures) . 1908, containing 5 Plates 1903, containing 1904, containing 13 Plates 1905, contaiming 8 Plates) 1905, containing 50 Text-figures) . 1906, containing 12 Plates, Title and Tides Part VOLUME Parr l. VOLUME Part 1. Ye pate VOLUME Part 1. (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates and 87 Text-figures) . (1907, containing : (1908, containing 19 Pls. & 63 Text-figs.) . (1908, containing 3 Pls. & 21 Text-figs.) . (1911, containing 6 Plates) . (1911, containmg 6 Pls. Title and Index) & 3 Text. ee XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates and 16 Text-figures) . (1909, containing 3 Pls. & 12 Text-figs.). (1909, containing 4 Plates) 3. (1909, containing 2 Plates) . res 4, (1910, containing 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) . (1910, containing 5 Pls., Title and Index) 2; containing 5 Plates) . 2, containing 10 Plates) . (1918, containing (1918, containing (1914, contaimng (1914, containing 1 Plate) (1914, containing (1914, containing 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) . 2 Pls. & 7 Text-figs.) . . Price 10 4 O pm eas. 3X0) ge OO Si Sh » 9 9 0 see vay i (0) Ree SLE Oa Price 0 18 O fee cope oe O perl babe (0) poe. Oa) 0) 2207900 SRO ioe. 9 2) 0) 7 6 Ors. d PE OY To Fellows. Soya Ss aac Price 5 18 Apel = — iS) =e. ere) S i=) ts) S QLeseCe Sr Os ses bp. ot © © To the Public. oo co © coco & jo) bs cw) i=) or © a re) Soo oc oo S te) (Seley ere) CONTENTS. VIII. Report on the River-Crabs (Potamonide) collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Eapedition and the Wollaston Eapedition in Dutch New Guinea. By W. 1. Catan, D.Sc., ZS. (Text-figures 12 & 13). . . . page 307 THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, Tur scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and ‘ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. ‘The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that the a and page give the complete reference. “ Abstract of the Proceedings ” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the a Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if eset sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. The “Transactions” contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record ’ for asum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid defore the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtaimed at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, May, 1914. Bate Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Won XX.—Parr 9. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER ROW, May 1914. Price 3s. Taylor and Francis, Printers, ] [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. Eo os Llp ass ede VOLUMES I.-IV. (1833-1862). . . .....-. (Out of print.) VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . Price 5 4 3 . . . 619 O VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . ,, ll 5 0 . . .15 0 0. VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . a LO ALOR ers todd alee 0 VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates) . SS, Coorg ene am Siren WOE 0} VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . ,, 1216 ...16 2 0 VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . 5 10 0 38 ...138 7 O GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) . . 0 7 6 0 10 VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . ,, ese Oe ers NA IO) VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) . VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . ” WS Cen Gla Gace wan ton lbh: 0) VOLUME XIV. (1896-1898, containing 47 Plates). . ,, Bob. a0 Senta OL O VOLUME XV. (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates). . ,, OO Oey eg cee sla nO VOLUME XVI. (1901-1903, containing 38 Plates) . 3 D8) Oe 7. lee) VOLUME XVII. (1903-1906, containing 41 Plates and 50 Text-figures) DAS “Cee Tea O Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. (1 oo —" Or i] IX. Report on the Mammals collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By Ouprretp THOMAS, J ile fie Shy, 18” Sel [Received February 18, 1914; Read April 7, 1914.] Inprx. Page Introduction and list of new species discovered.............. 315 317 SHV SHEMENIO ILIKE 6 codaccocasonO Db OOD DOO DDADODSOUROOOONU OD THE collection of Mammals made by the members of the British Ornithologists’ Union Hxpedition and the Wollaston Expedition to the Snow Mountains, Dutch New Guinea, forms undoubtedly a valuable accession to the National Museum, in spite of the fact that, owing to the unexpected poverty in mammalian life of the districts visited, it is by no means so large or varied as had been originally hoped. Had the keenness and undoubted collecting skill that was exerted by the members of the Expeditions been in operation in almost any other part of New Guinea, the result would certainly have been much larger, but there seems to have been an almost entire absence of the interesting arboreal forms in which New Guinea is elsewhere so rich. The Dyaks who formed part of the Expeditions were well accustomed to catching arboreal animals in the forests of Borneo, and were urged to do their utmost in this direction; hundreds of trees were cut down both for searching purposes and in connection with the general progress of the Expeditions, but almost no arboreal species (and notably no Pogonomys) were obtained, and we are driven to the conclusion that, in striking contrast to British New Guinea, but very few are present in this dismal and water-logged part of the island. What the Expeditions did obtain was a very fine series of the terrestrial animals, and especially of the rodents. Of these, the most valuable are the series of rats of the genus Uromys, a group of exceeding difficulty, and one in which the set now obtained will be of the utmost service. Hight species of this genus were obtained, of which five have proved to be new. The following is a list of the new species discovered by the two Expeditions :— Hipposideros wollastont. Emballonura furan. mA papuand. Taphozous granti. Stenomys klossi. VOL. XX.—Part 1x. No. 1—WMay, 1914. 316 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS Uromys nero. i scaphax. SH UQSO! , stalkeri calidior. | ROUNDS Echymipera gargantua. Phascogale nurex aspera. In addition :— Pteropus liops and Myotis stalkeri were discovered on Buru and the Key Islands respectively by Mr. W. Stalker, and Paradoxurus kangeanus and Sciwrus notatus madure on Kangean and Madura by Mr. G. C. Shortridge, on their way out to join the first Expedition. Mr.C. B. Kloss also made a useful collection of small mammals on Amboina. Altogether just over 600 mammals were collected by the members of the Expedition, of which about 250 were got in New Guinea itself. The collectors who had special charge of the mammal work were, in the B. O. U. Expedition, Mr. W. Stalker, who was most unfortunately drowned quite at the beginning of the work, Mr. G. C. Shortridge, and Mr. C. H. B. Grant and, in the Wollaston Expedition, Mr. C. B. Kloss. Ail of these workers are known to mammalogists as experienced and successful collectors in other parts of the world, so that one may be sure that everything possible was done to obtain a good series of the mammals inhabiting the districts visited. The country explored by the Expeditions is that to the south of the Nassau Range, or Snow Mountains, situated in the square bounded by 136° 30! and 137° 30! E., and 4° and 5°S. The first expedition, under Mr. W. Goodfellow, worked mainly on the Mimika and Kamura Rivers and their tributaries towards the west of this square, the second expedition under Dr. A. F. R. Wollaston on the Utakwa and its affluent the Setakwa. Nearly all the collections were made in the swampy and water-logged lowlands, the second expedition alone succeeding in attaining any considerable elevation on the Snow Mountains (near Mt. Carstensz), and that for only a short time. The Dutch Expedition under Dr. Lorentz worked up the Noord River, somewhat further to the east. In the following list the species mentioned in Dr. Jentink’s accounts* of the Lorentz expeditions, but not obtained by the British collectors, are inserted in square brackets. The list therefore includes all the mammals as yet recorded from this part of New Guinea. Species of which the types were obtained by the Expeditions are marked with a fF. In this connection I should like to express my deep regret at the death of * «Nova Guinea, Résultats de Expédition scientifique néerlandaise 4 la Nouvelle Guinée,’ 4to, vol. ix. pp. 1-14 (1908), and ix. part 2, pp. 165-183 (1911). COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. SILT) Dr. Jentink, in whom Mammalogy loses a hard-working and devoted follower. Since 1881, when I first met him, he has been to me a most helpful friend and correspondent, always willing to give his valuable assistance on any question that depended on specimens in Leyden, while he has himself taken very special interest in the mammal fauna of New Guinea. Finally, I should record the very deep obligation that all naturalists are under to Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, to whose initiation, energy, and enthusiasm the two British Expeditions to this most interesting region are almost wholly due. 1. Prrropus PAPUANUS Pet. & Doria. 3,22. Wakatimi, Mimika River. 3 2. Launch Camp, Setakwa River. The Mimika specimens were examined and described by Dr. K. Andersen (Cat. Chiropt. B.M. ed. 2,i., Addenda, p. 823), who considers they indicate that P. papuanus should be considered as a synonym of P. neohibernicus. Detailed descriptions of the colours are given, as these specimens usefully supplement the material available when the main part of the Catalogue was written (p. 385). [NycrimENE Geminus K. And, Lorentz River and Alkmaar—Lorentz. | 2. DoBSONIA MOLLUCCENSIS MAGNA Thos. 22. Mimika R. It was on this material that Dr. K. Anderson (Cat. Chiropt. B.M. ed. 2, i., Addenda, p. 825) decided that magna should be considered as a subspecies of moluccensis. The material previously available (cf. ¢. c. p. 466) was quite insufficient for the formation of any definite opinion. 3. Dopsonta MINOR Dobs. g. Parimau, Mimika R. This species had not previously been represented in the Museum collection, the type being in the Paris Museum. Described by K. Andersen (é. ¢. p. 824). [| MACROGLOSSUS LAGOCHILUS NANUS Matsch. Noord River—Lorentz. | 4. HIpposipzRos PuLLATUS K. And. @ (in al.). Mimika R. The local representative of the H. diadema group. bS be Li) 318 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS 5, fHIrposiDEROS WOLLASTONI Thos. ? inal. Camp III., Utakwa R. B.M. no. 13.6.18.4. Type. Described Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) xii. p. 205 (1913). This striking new Bat, which I have named after Dr. Wollaston, is related to H. muscinus, another Papuan species, but is distinguished by its posterior nose-leaf being duplicated, and by the greater inflation of the frontal region of its skull. The definite duplication of the transverse nose-leaf is a character practically unique in the genus, the nearest analogue to it being found in the African /7. caffer, which has some inconspicuous convexities in the positions of the supplementary posterior crests of H. wollastoni. The additional transverse crests in H. pratti and H. lylet form a structure of quite a different character. This is possibly the bat obtained on the Noord River by Lorentz, and determined by Jentink as H. muscinus. But the latter may really occur, as its type locality, the Fly River, is by no means very far off. 6. HIpPposIDEROS sp. ¢. Wakatimi, Mimika R. Allied to H. arwensis. 7, PIPISTRELLUS PAPUANUS Pet. & Dor. 2 2? inal. Wakatimi, Mimika R. [Myotis (Levconon) apversus Horsf. Noord River—Lorentz. | 8. fEMBALLONURA FURAX Thos. @. Whitewater Camp, Kapari River. 400’. B.M. no. 11. 11.11.12. Type. Described Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) vii. p. 384 (1911). This fine species is by far the largest member of the genus, the next in size, E. semicaudata, having a skull-length of only 15°5 mm., as compared with 18-7 in E. furaz. It is also remarkable for the unusual expansion of the facial region of its skull. 9. +EMBALLONURA PAPUANA Thos. 3. Mimika R. 3. Wataikwa R. 9. Tuaba R. @. Setakwa R. Described Ann. Mag. N. H. (8) xiii. p. 443 (1914). No. 2571 (BoM mos 1: Wlaei3)) the type. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 319 The Papuan representative of E. nigrescens. The members of this group are in all parts of Papuasia among the commonest of the small insectivorous bats. 10. ¢Tapuozovus eranti Thos. 2. Parimau, Mimika R. (B.M. no. 11.11.11.11). Type. Described Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) viii. p. 378 (1911). Most nearly allied to 7. saccolaimus, but readily recognizable by its smaller size, different colour, shorter and broader skull, and by other detailed cranial characters. Named in honour of Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, to whom the initiation and carrying out of the New Guinea Expeditions were mainly due. 11. Mormoptervs BEccARI Peters. 3 skin and 2in al. Mimika R. [Hypromys usox Thos. Noord River—Lorentz. | [PaRAHYDROMYS ASPER Thos. Hellwig Mountains—Lorentz. | 12. Matiomys rotuscurLpr Thos. A palate, with the molars, taken from a native ornament. Utakwa. 6000’. Jentink had already recorded the presence of Mallomys, as of Anisomys, from this region, the occurrence of both being known by jaws obtained from the natives. The molars of this specimen are quite like those of M. rothschildi, and equally differ from the recently described Jf. hercules of the Rawlinson Mountains, German New Guinea. 13. Epimys morpax Thos. 8,82. Camp 3, Utakwa R. 2500’. 14. Epimys rincens Pet. & Dor. 15 3,7 2. Mimika, Wataikwa and Iwaka Rivers. 336,90 2. Setakwa R. This is evidently a most common species in the Snow Mountain region, as it was also obtained in large numbers by Lorentz, whose specimens were identified as Mus terrw- regine by Jentink. It is, however, certainly not that species, which has a considerably shorter tooth-row. In addition to the series determined as ¢erre-regine, Jentink described a single young specimen as a distinct species under the name of ratticolor, but I fail to see 320 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS any reason why it should be distinguished from the rest, especially as Jentink subsequently informed me that its mammary formula was 1—2=—6, and not, as published, 0—2=4. Should the Snow Mountain Rat prove ultimately to be in any way distinguishable from the true ringens of the Fly River, the name ratticolor will have to be used for it. 15. fSrevomys Kiosst Thos. 26,22. Camp 2, Utakwa R. 5500. 3 6. Camp 11, Utakwa R. 8000’. Described Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) xii. p. 207 (1913). No. 91 (B.M. no. 13.6.18. 83) the type. This Mountain-Rat, which is named after Mr. C. B. Kloss, was the only mammal obtained at the higher collecting-stations. The poverty in mammals of the higher ground was a great disappointment to the members of the Expedition. S. klossi is nearly related to S. niobe, the smaller of the only two species of Stenomys hitherto known. Both are natives of British New Guinea. URromys. The fine series of the genus Uromys obtained by the two Expeditions forms perhaps the most valuable part of the results of their work. The members of this genus are extraordinarily difficult to work out, on account both of their external and cranial variability, the general likeness of all the species to each other, and the considerabie rcumber of them that may be found in the same districts. In the regions explored by the Lorentz and the two British Expeditions there would seem to be no less than eight species of this genus, two of them large, belonging to the U. macropus group, and six of the smaller forms allied to JU. bruijnii. The species called “ short-tailed Pogonomys” in the reports on the Dutch Expeditions are all really members of Uromys, Jentink not having distinguished the two genera. The commonest species in the district, U. lorentzii, was described by Jentink as Pogonomys lorentzi on a specimen obtained at the Resi Camp by Lorentz. The Noord River animals that he determined, in his later report, as Pogonomys multiplicatus are probably my Uromys scaphax. The original P. multiplicatus came from quite a different part of New Guinea, and was based on so young a specimen that its true identification will perhaps never be possible. 16. fUromys NERO Thos. 5 2. Camp 3, Utakwa R. 2500’. Described Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) xi. p. 208 (1913). No. 67 (B.M. no. 13. 6. 18, 13) the type. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 321 This fine species represents the U. macropus group at middle altitudes in the Snow Mountain region. It differs from all its allies by its dark coloration, the result no doubt of the saturate conditions in which it lives. While smaller in all respects than the giant black-tailed species U. anak and U. rothschildi it is larger than any of the other yellow-tailed forms. From the next species, its representative in the lowlands, it differs by its larger size, more yellow tail, whiter underside, and more normal-shaped skull. It is in all probability the ‘‘ different and hitherto unknown mammal” referred to in Jentink’s 1911 report (p. 172) under the heading of Pogonomys multiplicatus. 17. fURomys scapHax Thos. 2 2 (young). Mimika R. 3 ¢. Launch Camp, Setakwa R. 20!. 292. Canoe Camp, Setakwa R. 1507. Described Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) xii. p. 209 (1913). No. 206 (B.M. no. 13. 6. 18. 8) the type. This second large species is related to the Aru Island U. aruensis by the structure of its skull, but has the more normal coloration of the Papuan species instead of the rich rufous of its Aru ally. 18. fURoMYs LorENTz1 Jent. 63,4 2. Mimika R. 36,26. lwaka R. 2 6. Wataikwa R. 7 3,9 2. Canoe Camp, Setakwa R. 19. Uromys naso Thos. 2. Whitewater Camp, Kapari R. 4000’. B.M. no. 11.11.11.54. Type. 3. No. 3 Camp, Iwaka R. Described Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) vil. p. 386 (1911). The distinction of this Uromys from U. lorentzii is perhaps rather doubtful. ‘The two skulls of it in the collection are, however, markedly larger than those of any of the considerable series of that animal. 20. ~UROMYS STALKERI CALIDIOR Thos. 7 6,11 2. Mimika R. 3. Wataikwa R. 2. Iwaka R. 5 6,3 2. Launch Camp, Setakwa R. Described Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) vii. p. 387 (1911). No. 3013 (B.M. no. 11.11. 11. 36) the type. A local form of the U. stalkeri of British New Guinea. d22 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS { URoMYs LEUCOGASTER Jent. Pogonomys leucogaster Jent. Noord River— Lorentz. Resembles the last species by its white belly, but is larger. | 21. Uromys puatyors Thos. 66,13 2. Camp 3, Utakwa R. 2500!. 3. Camp 6a, Utakwa. 2900'. 22. +URomys MOLLIS Thos. 3. Camp Padang 6c, Utakwa R. 5500’. 3,22. Camp 9, Utakwa R. 985500!. Described Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) xii. p. 210 (1913). No. 231 (B.M. no. 13.6. 18.35) the type. This is a soft-furred highland form, taking the place at the higher levels of U. platyops of the lowlands. | ANISoMYS ImiTaToR Thos. Lorentz River, jaws in native collection—Lorentz. | [ LorEnTzIMys NouHUYSII Jent. Noord River—Lorentz. A new genus based by Jentink on the single specimen obtained by Lorentz. Evidently a very remarkable form. | 23. SuS PAPUENSIS Less. 3. Mimika R. 26 2. Wataikwa R. 2 g and 3 separate skulls. Setakwa R. 24, Dorcopsis LORENTZII Jent. 26,42. Mimika R. 26,2 2. Canoe Camp, Setakwa R. The series of this fine and distinct species is a very valuable accession to the Museum collection. 95. PHALANGER ORIENTALIS Pall. 238. Mimika R. 3. Launch Camp, Setakwa R. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA, 323 26. PHALANGER MACULATUS Geoff. 4 3,6 2. Mimika R. 3. Wataikwa R. 8 ¢,2 9. Launch Camp, Setakwa R. The Spotted Cuscus was the only one of the arboreal Phalangeride which the collectors of the Expedition were able to obtain with any facility. No members of Pseudochirus were obtained, although a specimen, probably of Ps. albertisi, was seen in the hands of some natives, who would not part with it. | PHALANGER GyMNorIS Pet. & Dor. Noord River—Lorentz. | [ PSEUDOCHIRUS ALBERTISI Peters. Hellwig Mountains—Lorentz. | [ PSEUDOCHIRUS SCHLEGELI Jent. Hellwig Mountains—Lorentz. | [DactYyLopPsiLa TRIVIRGATA Gray. Merauke—Lorentz. | 27. FECHYMIPERA GARGANTUA Thos. 336. Mimika R. Described Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) xiii. p. 443 (1914). No. 3045 (B.M. no. 11,11. 11. 97) the type. This large Bandicoot was also obtained by Lorentz. 28. EcHYMIPERA DOREYANA Quoy & Gaim. 23,22. Setakwa R. 29. PHASCOGALE MELAS Schl. 3 6,22. Wataikwa R. 3 &. Iwaka R. 3. Camp 3, Utakwa R, [| PHASCOGALE LORENTZ Jent. Hellwig Mts. 2600 m.—Lorentz. | Of this splendid Phascogale, described by Jentink from a melanoid example, the Museum has received three specimens in the normal rufous coat, collected by Mr. A. S. Meek, in the Goliath Mountains. A notice of these specimens was published in Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) ix. p. 91 (1912).] VOL. XX.—PaRT 1x. No. 2.—May, 1914. 2Y MAMMALS COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. ©9 bo fie 30. +PHASCOGALE MUREX ASPERA Thos. @. Camp 3, Utakwa R. 2500’. B.M. no. 13.6.18.90. Type. Described Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) xii. p. 211 (1913). Differs from the recently described typical form of German New Guinea by its shorter muzzle and larger teeth. In external appearance it is quite similar to that animal. | PHAScOGALE NoUHUYSII Jent. Noord River—Lorentz. | | PHASCOGALE NASO Jent. Hellwig Mountains——Lorentz. | 31. PHASCOGALE MELANURA MODESTA Thos. 3. Camp Padang 6c, Utakwa R. 5500’. This subspecies was described on a skin obtained in the Goliath Mountains by Mr. A. S. Meek, and the present specimen is only the second on record. The typical Ph. melanura is a native of British New Guinea. | ZAGLOSSUS sp. Wichmann Mountains—Lorentz. | TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Public. ay ae ae i ehe (Ps VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates and 87 Text-figures). . . . . . . Price4 1 O Gy atsio nD) Partl, (1907, containmg 9 Plates)... .. wy Oa Ww 10-20 5, 2. (1908, containing 19 Pls. & 63 Text-figs.) . ae O20 2 0 0 », 8. (1908, containing 3 Pls. & 21 Text-figs.) . Ono O 1) » 4, (1911, containing 6 Plates)... . . 4, 012 0 016 0 » Dd. (1911, contaming 6 Pls. & 3 Text-figs., Titleand Index)*. .. 3 2 3 2 ee Ore Oe Oe coy OLD: O VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates and 16 Text-figures). . . . . . . Pricel0 4 O . 13812 O Part 1. (1909, containing 3 Pls.& 12 Text-figs.). ,, 117 6 . 210 0 », 2 (1909, containing 4 Plates) . . ... ete Die. rola Oia 3 0 0 » 8. (1909, containing 2Plates). .... » 090. 012 0 » 4, (1910, containing 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.). ,, 315 O 5 0 0 » 5D. (1910, containing 5 Pls,, Title and Index) Fan Ea Wyo 210 0 VOLUME XxX. Part 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates). . . . . PriceO 18 O 14 0 » 2. (1912, containing 10 Plates). . ... =» #2 5 O p 3 0 0 », 3 (1918, containing 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) . _,, 2 6 110 0 , 4, (1918, containing 3 Plates). . ... 4», O 9 O 012 0 » 5. (1914, containing 4 Plates). . ... 5, O 9 O 012 0 , 6. (1914, containing 1 Plate) . . .. . ipa yeeay) Ove 5.20 » 7. (1914, containing 2 Pls. & 7 Text-figs.) . , O 7 6 010 0 » 8. (1914, containmg 2Text-figs.) . . . » O 2 38 0 3 0 Ji SOs LOMA ane R get sh-cta t es ences yy Ore GO 0 3 0 CONTENTS. IX. Report on the Mammals collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By O.prieLD Tuomas, PERS S TOD SO Se ee ee Oe oa oo ko ee eT ns THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—* Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “Transactions,” im quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”’ contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of ermal described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. : The “Proceedings”? for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that the year and page give the complete reference. i An “ Abstract of the Proceedings ” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It is issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for one sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. The “ Transactions ? contain such of the communications made to the scientific ineetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record’ for asum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the. 1st July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, May, 1914. May Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. - Vou. XX.—Parr 10. (Text-rieures 14-19.) LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK; AND BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,, PATERNOSTER ROW. _ June 1914. Price 3s. Taylor and Francis, Printers. ,] [Red Lion Court, leet Strect. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. : To Fellows. To the Public. Se ds Ms de VOLUMES I-IV. (1888-1862)... . . 2. ss. (Out of print.) VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . Price 5 4 3 .. . 6 19 0 VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates) . Pere ciel gene aD )ed ee sere eh nua ne 0)5.000) VOLUME _ VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . 5 10 4.20 eral ed) VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates) . a 9 8 8 Ss 12S Ss0 VOLUME 1X, (1875-1877, contaming 99 Plates). 90° deol Qi eGo 20 VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . ,, 10 0 3. . .18 7 0 GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879). ._ ,, OF Ores cOn LO VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, contaiming 97 Plates). . ,, Or ORS ce LO tGe 0) VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) . . a Br 0) 7 4 0 VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . i Qh 8) Selden VOLUME XIV. (1896-1898, containing 47 Plates) . 5 Be BO) 7 0 0 VOLUME XY. (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates) . fi 5 15 6 714 0 VOLUME XYI. (1901-1903, containing 38 Plates) . ‘fy 5 8 0 7 4 0 VOLUME XVIL (1903-1906, contaming 41 Plates and 00 Text-figures) 0. ets) es by DLS, Oe ey loan Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. Tm B) Lo Or = X. heport on the Arachnida and Myriopoda collected by the British Ornithologists Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By STaNLeY Hirst, /.Z.S.* [Received March 7, 1914; Read April 21, 1914.] (Text-figures 14-19.) Inpex. Page Systematic :— LYHGDS FOULED Do Do cooaccooedo0ancoo voce ou LO doCDOCOODODS 325 APO OLIIE (DEDUCE BOs Ms o500000000>0090000aGeaG00n000000 327 Hemaphysalis novee-quinew, Sp.M. ........ 2.222. 05 ee ee eee eee 328 ACTURAMIS WOMAN, So Do co0gcec0000a0c00Gg00G00000000000 330 JEOROTRIGUS. TRON, (FD> Boo 6 0050000085850000 0b FR OOSHCG00R0UCRN 331 IURGORGLINS UMIBR ss cio vo o.6.000006060000 dneooaoane eo oud oid 332 Class ARACHNIDA. Order SCORPIONES. Family SCORPIONID 4. Genus Hormurvs Thor. TforMuRUS PAPUANUS Krpln. Hormurus papwanus Kraepelin, in Sarasin and Roux’s Nova Caledonia, Zoologie, i. p. 333 (1914). Loc. Mimika River, South Dutch New Guinea ; nine specimens. Division Acari. Order MESOSTIGMATA. Family GAMASID &. Genus Lanars C. L. Koch. L&LAPS ROTHSCHILDI, sp.n. (Text-fig. 14.) 2. Body oval in shape. Nearly all the dorsal surface is covered by the seutum, * Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. VOL. XX.—PART x. No. 1.—Jumne, 1914. 22 526 MR. STANLEY HIRST ON ARACHNIDA AND only a narrow unprotected strip of soft integument being left posteriorly. Hairs on scutum very minute and most of them are very fine, but those on the lateral margins rather stout; besides the inconspicuous hairs just mentioned, there are a few longer ones on the scutum anteriorly, two pairs situated in the middle of the extreme anterior end of it being especially noticeable, the posterior pair are very long. There is also a pair of moderately long hairs on each side at a short distance from the anterior end and a pair of fine hairs on the posterior margin. Sternal plate furnished with three pairs of hairs, which are not very long. (renito- ventral plate somewhat resembling that of LZ. echidninus Berlese in shape, but much Text-figure 14 *, Lelaps vothschildi, sp.n. Ventral view of female. wider and with the four pairs of hairs on its surface very short and inconspicuous. Anal plate much wider than long; the three usual hairs are present on it, the two which form a pair being quite short and fine, and the unpaired hair long but fine. Hairs of the soft integument of the sides of the body short and spiniform, but there are a few longer and finer ones at the posterior end, one pair being rather long. Peritreme long, apparently reaching as far forwards as the basal segment of the first leg. Narrow median groove of ventral surface of the capitulum armed with a file of * [Figures 14 and 15 were drawn by Miss Gertrude Woodward, the others by Mr. Horace Knight. My best thanks are due to these artists for their careful work.—S. H.] MYRIOPODA COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. a2F © denticles. Legs stout; fourth pair very much longer than the three anterior pairs. Numerous hairs and spines are present on the legs and only the more conspicuous of them are mentioned in this description. One of the two hairs at the distal end of the dorsal surface of the femur is of great length. Anterior surface of coxa of second leg finely serrate and armed with a small but distinct tooth; feraur of this leg with a fairly long hair at the distal end above, and a strong but not very long spine on its ventral surface; a similar but finer spine occurs in the same position on the femur of the third leg. ‘Trochanter and femur of fourth leg each with a long and conspicuous spiniform seta. There are a number of spines on the tarsi of the second and third legs, but only fine hairs on that of the fourth. Colour dark brown. Length of body °95 to 1-2 mm. Loe. Setakwa River, South Dutch New Guinea; numerous specimens captured on Uromys stalkeri calidior Thos. and on Uronys lorentzi Jentink (A. F. R. Wollaston). Sattelberg, Huon Gulf, German New Guinea; two specimens found on “ Mus sp.” Collected by Prof. F. Forster and presented to the British Museum by the Hon. N. Charles Rothschild. Family Ixopina@. Genus AmBiyomMa C, L. Koch. AMBLYOMMA PAPUANA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 15.) 3. Body practically subcircular in shape, its length being slightly less than the width, but the shoulders are somewhat squared. Cervical grooves of sewtwm short and inconspicuous ; marginal grooves are not present ; festoons not visible on dorsal surface. Some distance in front of the posterior margin there is a dark narrow central line, which is smooth (unpunctured) and slightly raised, and on either side of this linear marking at some distance from it there is a short shallow oblique groove with a smooth posterior border. Surface of scutum densely punctured throughout, the punctures deep and well defined. Eyes obsolete. Stigmal plate large and very wide. Base of capitulwm with distinct cornua; each half of the hypostome has four longitudinal files of denticles, but the innermost file is shorter and the denticles of which it is composed are much weaker than is the case in the other files. Legs: first coxa armed with two rather short spurs; coxe 2-4 also with two spurs, the inner ones being small and inconspicuous, but the outer ones well developed. Trochanters of legs 2-4 each armed with a distinct spur. ‘Tarsus of fourth leg without a distinct hump, but with the terminal part rather gradually narrowed. Colour: scutum dark brown, but there are very faint traces of light green markings on it, two patches near the posterior margin being fairly distinct (probably these markings are distinct and much more extensive in well-preserved specimens). Length of body (not including capitulum) 2:4 mm. 328 MR. STANLEY HIRST ON ARACHNIDA AND 2. Seutum cordiform and wider than long. Punctures large and numerous ; anteriorly they are fewer in number on the sides and shoulders. Cervical grooves deep, but rather ill defined posteriorly, owing to the proximity of some of the coarse punctures ; in one specimen they are continued posteriorly by short divergent grooves. Eyes obsolete. Stigmal plate large and very wide. Capitulum long; its base has small but distinct cornua, and the porose areas are circular and widely separated from one another; hypostome with four longitudinal files of denticles on each side, those of the innermost file being very small. Armature of basal segments of the legs practically the same as in the male sex. (Nearly all the legs are missing, hence further details of their structure cannot be given.) Colowr of scutum dark brown, a narrow transverse strip of whitish enamel-like coloration is present on the shoulders. Measurements. Length of body 7 mm.; of scutum (along median line) 17; greatest width of scutum 2°2. Localities. Mimika River; a male example (the type) and two nymphs. Canoe Camp, Utakwa River (Nov. 1912); two females. Name of host not given. Text-figure 15. Amblyomma papuana, sp. n., ¢. Basal segments of legs from below. Remarks. Owing to its small size and the shape of its body, the male of this new species of Amblyomma presents a strong resemblance to the species of Aponomma, but eyes are present, although obsolete and very inconspicuous, and therefore it cannot be referred to that subgenus. Personally, however, I consider that the subgenus Aponomma should be abandoned and its species regarded merely as aberrant forms of Amblyomma. Genus Ha#mapuysatis C. L. Koch. H £MAPHYSALIS NOVA-GUINES, sp. n. (Text-fig. 16.) ¢. Body \ong oval, and narrowed anteriorly. Scwtwm furnished with numerous tS) e) d fine punctures. Cervical grooves each consisting of a short depression, continued posteriorly by a very superficial divergent groove. Marginal groove very weak MYRIOPODA COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA, 329 (practically obsolete), especially anteriorly ; it usually commences a little in front of the middle of the body and reaches as far back as the first festoon. ... 9... Price 10 “4 .0 - 13 12 0 Part ]. (1909, containing 3 Pls. & 12 Text-figs.). ,, 117 6 210 0 » 2. (1909, contaming 4 Plates)... .. 4 2 5 0 3 0 0 ano. (LOO9-.contamime 2, blates)\iiesre 0. oe nn 0, 9) O 012 0 » 4. (1910, contaming 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.). 4, 315 O 5 0 0 » 9. (1910, containing 5 Pls.,TitleandIndex) ,, 117 6 210 0 VOLUME XX. Parr 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates). . . . . PriceO 18 O 14.0 » 2 (1912, containing 10 Plates) . . Tee enbe Sa oe eae 20) 3.0 0 » 9 (1918, containmg 8 Pls.& 4 Text-figs.) . , 1 2 6 110 0 7» Aue (HONS, ‘comtaming. -8-Plates): 2." . 13," 0. 90 012 0 » 5. (1914, contaming 4 Plates)... .. 4, O 9 O 012 0 ;, 6. (1914, containing 1 Plate) . . . . . Agee) 9) 05 0 » @ (1914, containing 2 Pls. & 7 Text-figs.). , O 7 6 010 0 » 8- (1914, containing 2 Text-figs.) .-. >. 4, 0 2°83 0 3 0 y 9» (1914) Se SE Se SO O8 030 5, LO. (1914; containing 6 Text-figs.): . 6. 4 0 2 8 0 3 0 CONTENTS. X. Report on the Arachnida and Myriopoda collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By Sranuey Hirst, 7.7.8. (Text-figures 14-19.). . . . . . . | page 325 THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tux scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—* Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,”’ im quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”’ contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new.or — . otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that the year and page give the complete reference. An “Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtaimed on the day of publication at — the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. The “ Transactions ” contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings. of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the - year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less - than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. eee Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record? for asum of £1 10s. (which ineludes delivery), payable on the 1st July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid defore the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, 1914, : Junk Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Voi. XX.—Parr II. (Prats XXXIV.) 000 » Fulgoride ; Pee latince et eee 352 CtORMWORG soooc00e000000 a 90 Fr) Fan avait ae 353 CHnay WHMCS o0c000000000000 s 5 a 5) oe 355 New Species :— FPolenyus papuensis ...... Fam. Pentatomide; Subfam. Dinidorine...... 339 Dindymus cresus ........ » Pyrvhocoride ; » Pyrrhocorine.... 342 Dindymoides abdominalis . . _ 35 , Weise LAS Khotala albopunctata » Fulgoride; po AOMMIE sas600 349 is WAMOSD ssooavce 59 of 5 Ssh ctegtteertone 349 Heronax wollastoni ...... 0 Py ps eeDerbinss seer are 350 Ricania noctua ...... diode rh op | ARORNMDITE). Goo 66 350 SoG HOHE sos60000 op 55 an SSP aa’ ota 351 Euricania stellata ........ op 5 AS i piel area 351 Papuanella mirabilis a be Son Hlatin cele ene 853 Utakwana rubromaculata .. o0 op oy PANT VBA nS ic 353 Paratella spectra ........ ss 59 aA 550 "y vy aeeoaneeaae 355 Grapaldus corticinus...... 7 on se S5i. ie oeteeenenions 356 Aufidus balteatus ........ » Cercopide ; » Cercopine .....- 357 Megastethodon modestus.... 50 Ba 5, | | Dodoo 358 Lepiataspis elegantula .... os = 5500 ED eet ets 359 Huacanthus papuensis .... » Jassidee ; » Lettigonielline .. 360 Jeltaomia HOSS. so665066 60 35 AS mp Gnyowaines So oca5 360 Synonymy :— Family Membracide ; Subfamily Centrotine. Otinotus pallipes Walk. (Centrotus)=Centrotus tibialis Walk.=C. ramivitta Weil: (US ))=iCe camatosms Weil, (WISDY os 4ocdennseeccnoue dodbosas 356 n 4 a : ; i : THIS collection contains 93 species, of which 18 are described as new, and require the erection of 5 new genera, None of these new genera and species was contained * Communicated by W. R. Ocitvim-Granz, F.Z.S. VOL. XX.—PART XI. No. 1.—November, 1914. 3B (Sb) 36 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA in the first collection received and described in a paper I published in 1911 (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.) and to which reference only is made in this communication. I have dealt with the geographical distribution of the genera under their respective names and references. Suborder HETEROPTERA. Family PENTATOMID&. Subfamily Scutellerine. Genus TEcTOcORIS. Tectocoris Hahn, Wanz. Insect. ii. p. 383 (1834). A genus found in the Malayan, Papuan, and Australasian regions. 1. TrcTOcORIS LINEOLA. Cimex lineola Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 840 (1781). Var. CYANIPES. Scutellera eyanipes Blanch. Hist. des Ins. iii. p. 159 (1840). Mimika River. Genus CALLIPHARA. Calliphara part. Germ. Zeitschr. Ent. i. p. 122 (1839). Found in the Oriental, Malayan, Papuan, and Australasian regions ; also received from China. 2. CALLIPHARA BILLARDIEREI. Tetyra billardierit Fabr. Syst. Rhynch. p. 129 (1808). Utakwa River Expedition. 3. CALLIPHARA FLAGRANS. Tetrarthria flagrans Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 24 (1867). Wataikwa River. Subfamily Pentatomine. Genus MIMIKANA. Mimikana Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 592. At present only known from New Guinea. 4. MIMIKANA WOLLASTONI. Mimikana wollastoni Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 598, pl. xlix. fig, 4. Mimika River. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. Spy A Genus ELpMana. Elemena Dist. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1911, p. 593. At present only known from New Guinea. 5. ELEMANA PROPRIA. Elemana propria Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 594, pl. xlix. fig. 6. Mimika River. Genus CocroTERis. Coctoteris Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1858, p. 435. A genus only known from the Papuan regions. 6. CocrorEeRIs WINTHEMI. Halys winthemii Guér. Voy. Coq., Ins. p. 170, pl. x1. fig. 18 (1830). Wataikwa River ; Utakwa River Expedition. Genus Ecrenvs. Ectenus Dall. List Hem. i. p. 173 (1851). The species belonging to this genus are principally from the Philippine Islands; it is also found in the Moluccas and Queensland. 7. ECTrENUS PUDICUS. Ectenus pudicus Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (4) v. p. 167 (1865). Mimika River; Utakwa River Expedition. Originally described from the Moluccas. Genus ANTESTIA. Antestia Stal, Hem. Afr. 1. p. 200 (1864). Found in the Ethiopian, Oriental, Malayan, and Australasian regions. 8. ANTESTIA SEMIVIRIDIS. Strachia semiviridis Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 336 (1867). Mimika River; Launch Camp, Setakwa, Utakwa River Expedition. Originally described from New Guinea; also received from Celebes. Genus CATACANTHUS. Catacanthus Spin. Ess. p. 352 (1837). Found in the Oriental, Malayan, Papuan, and Australasian regions ; also in China and Japan. 338 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA 9. CATACANTHUS SUMPTUOSUS. Catacanthus sumptuosus Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxiv. p. 348 (1863). Utakwa River Expedition. Originally described from the Aru Islands. 10. CatacaANTHUS VIOLARIUS. Catacanthus violarius Stal, Enum. Hem. v. p. 89 (1876). Utakwa River Expedition. Originally described from Waigiu ; also received from Humboldt Bay. Subfamily Tessaratomine. Genus LyRAMORPHA. Lyramorpha Westw. in Hope Cat. Hem. i. p. 27 (1837). A genus found in the Papuan and Australasian regions. 11. LyRaMORPHA DILUTA. Lyramorpha diluta Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1863, p. 598. Wataikwa River. Genus ONCOMERIS. Oncomeris Lap. Hss. Hém. p. 60 (1882). Found in both the Papuan and Australasian regions. 12. ONCOMERIS FLAVICORNIS. Tessaratoma flavicorne Boisd. Voy. Astrol., Ent. ii. p. 631, pl. u1. fig. 10 (1835). Utakwa River Expedition. Genus PLISTHENES. Plisthenes Stal, Hem. Afr. i. p. 224 (1864). This genus is found in the Malayan, Papuan, and Australasian regions. 13. PLISTHENES DILATATUS. Tessaraioma dilatatum Montrouz. Ann. 8. Agr. Lyon (2) vii. p. 100 (1855). Base Camp to Canor Camp, sea-level to foot of hills. Subfamily Dinidorine. Genus MEGYMENUM. Megymenum Lap. Ess. Hém., p. 52 (1832). Found in the Oriental, Malayan, Papuan, and Australasian regions. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. (SP) (Sb) ite) 14. MEGYMENUM DENTATUM. Megymenum dentatum Boisd. Voy. Astrol., Ins, ii. p. 682, pl. i1. fig. 11 (1835). Utakwa River Expedition. FOLENGUS, gen. nov. Body longer than broad, slightly convex, thickly and minutely punctate; head about as long as breadth between eyes, which are distinctly substylately produced, an obscure tuberculous spine on each side in front of eyes; central lobe slightly projecting beyond the lateral lobes, apices of lateral lobes rounded; antennz four-jointed, first joint thickened and about reaching apex of head, second thickened, compressed, obscurely sulcate, and considerably the longest, third and fourth shorter, subequal in length, but each longer than first ; rostrum passing the posterior coxe ; pronotum broader than long, anterior and posterior margins subtruncate, the lateral margins oblique and moderately sinuate ; scutellum not passing the middle of abdomen, about as long as broad at base, apex rounded; abdomen beneath moderately centrally longitudinally sulcately impressed on basal half, spiracles on the basal ventral segment exposed, not hidden by the metasternum, and placed on the segmental margin; legs moderately stout, femora with a rudimentary tuberculous spine beneath at apex; tarsi two-jointed ; membrane almost reaching abdominal apex, about as long as corium, with five longitudinal veins becoming much ramified at a short distance from base. I place this genus near Thalma Wali., from which it differs in the different position of the lobes of the head, the porrect eyes and the short tuberculous spine in front of them, longer rostrum, ete. 15. FoLENGUS PAPUENSIS, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 17, 17 a.) Black, thickly finely punctate ; apical joint of antenne (excluding base) brownish ochraceous ; basal margin of head almost impunctate; scuteilum slightly transversely wrinkled on basal half; connexivum exposed from about middle of corium and finely eranulate; membrane somewhat piceous towards apex ; other structural characters as in generic diagnosis. Long. 15 mm. Max. breadth 95 mm. Utakwa River Expedition. Family COREID &. Subfamily Coreinz. Genus PTERNISTRIA. Pternistria Stal, Enum. Hem. iii. p. 43 (1873). Found in the Papuan and Australasian regions. 340 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA 16. PrERNISTRIA FEMORALIS. Pternistria femoralis Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 594, pl. xlix. fig. 2. Mimika River. Genus Mictis. Mictis Leach, Zool. Mise. i. p. 92 (1814). A widely distributed genus; found in the Ethiopian, Oriental, Malayan, Australasian, and Eastern Paleearctic regions. 17. MictIs MILITARIS. Mictis militaris Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 595, pl. xlix. fig. 5. Wataikwa River. Genus PRIOCNEMICORIS. Priocnemicoris Costa, Rend. Ac. Nap. ii. p. 253 (1863). A Papuan genus. 18. PRIOCNEMICORIS FLAVICEPS. Nematopus flaviceps Guér. Voy. Coq., Ins. p. 177, pl. xii. fig. 10 (1880). Mimika River. Recorded also from Mysol and Aru. Genus CoLPURA. Lybas Dall. List Hem. ii. pp. 450 & 463 (1852), nom preocc. Colpura Bergr. Rev. Ent. Frane. xiii. p. 154 (1894), nom. n. Found in the Oriental and Malayan regions. 19. CoLPURA FASCIPES. Lybas fascipes Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 152 (1871). Launch Camp, Setakwa. Genus PENDULINUS. Pendulinus Thunb. (part.), Hem. rostr. Cap. iv. p. 5 (1822). This genus is found in the Ethiopian, Oriental, Malayan, and Australasian regions. 20. PENDULINUS LUTESCENS. Pendulinus lutescens Dist. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vi. p. 581 (1911). Mimika River. Originally described from Queensland. Subfamily Alydine Genus Marctus. Marcius Stal, Hem. Afr. ii. p. 7 (1865). At present only known from the Papuan region and the Philippine Islands. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 341 21. MARCIUS GENEROSUS. Marcius generosus Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1865, p. 186. Mimika River. Family PYRRHOCORIDA. Subfamily Largine. Genus PHYSOPELTA. Physopelta Amy. & Serv. Hém. p. 271 (1848). A genus found in the Ethiopian, Oriental, and Australasian regions ; also received from China. 22. PHYSOPELTA FAMELICA. Physopelta famelica Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vii. p. 391 (1863). Launch Camp, Setakwa, Utakwa River Expedition. Also recorded from Ceram and Woodlark Islands, and from Queensland. Subfamily Pyrrhocorine. Genus Ecrators. Ectatops Amy. & Serv. Hém. p. 273 (1843). Distributed throughout the Oriental region, and extending through the Malayan Archipelago to New Guinea. 23. EcTATOPS GRACILICORNIS. Ectatops gracilicornis Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vii. p. 396 (18638). Mimika River. Genus DyYNAMENAIS, Dynamenais Kirk. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1905, p. 343. Found in New Guinea and some adjacent islands. 24, DYNAMENAIS VENUSTUS. Ectatops venustus Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 26 (1873). Base Camp to Canor Camp, sea-level to foot of hills. Genus MELAMPHAUS. Melamphaus Stal, Hem. Fabr. i. p. 83 (1868). Found throughout the Oriental region and Malayan Archipelago. (3%) re LO MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA 25, MELAMPHAUS CIRCUMDATUS. Melamphaus circumdatus Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 16 (1873). Mimika River; Utakwa River Expedition; Upper Utakwa Valley, 5000-10,000 ft. Genus DINDYMUS. Dindymus Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Foérh. 1861, p. 196. Found in the Ethiopian, Oriental, and Australasian regions. 26. DINDYMUS PYROCHROUS. Dysdercus pyrochrous Boisd. Voy. Astrol., Ent. ii. p. 642, pl. xi. fig. 9 (1835). Mimika River; Launch Camp, Setakwa, Utakwa River Expedition. 27. DINDYMUS DECOLOR. Dindymus decolor Bredd. Deuts. ent. Zeitschr. 1900, p. 178. Utakwa River, 2500-3000 ft.; Base Camp to Canor Camp, sea-level to foot of hills; Upper Utakwa Valley, 5000-10,000 ft. 28. DINDYMUS DECISUS. Dindymus decisus Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 5 (1873). Mimika River. 29. DinpDYMUS cRa@suUS, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 9.) Pale golden yellow; head, anterior lobe of pronotum (not reaching lateral margins), scutellum, sternum (excluding lateral margins), rostrum, antenne, and legs black ; first joint of antenne subequal in length to fourth, second and third shorter, second slightly longer than third; head glossy black; pronotum with the anterior black area distinctly margined with fine punctures, the anterior lateral marginal areas laminately reflexed, the posterior angles somewhat rounded ; rostrum passing the posterior coxe ; anterior femora with two or three distinct spines before apex ; first joint of tarsi longer than remaining joints together. Long. 123-18 mm. Upper Utakwa Valley, 5000-10,000 ft. ; Snow Mts. 4000-6000 ft.; Base Camp to Canor Camp, sea-level to foot of hills. Brit. New Guinea, Madew, St. Joseph River, 2000-3000 ft. In most female specimens the colour of the abdomen beneath is stained and of a greenish-ochreous hue; in one small specimen the disk of the abdomen beneath is black; the membrane varies in hue from pale golden yellow to greyish white. (5%) ys (Se) COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. DINDYMOIDES, gen. nov. Dindymus Stal (sec. aa & c), Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1870, p. 666. Type D. variabilis, Stal. 30. DINDYMOIDES ABDOMINALIS, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 10.) Head, pronotum, scutellum, sternum, and rostrum black; corium pale testaceous, the basal area black, the middle of costal area pale ochraceous; membrane pale, shining bronzy ; abdomen beneath pale silvery white, with prominent black transverse segmental fascie ; intermediate legs black, the tibiz more piceous (remaining legs mutilated in typical specimen); all the black markings are glossy and shining excepting the pronotum, scutellum, and base of corium, which are more opaque ; antenne black, fourth joint (excluding apex) greyish white, first and fourth joints longest and subequal in length, second distinctly longer than third; pronotum with the lateral margins distinctly laminately reflexed; clavus distinctly punctate ; rostrum passing the posterior coxe. Long. 16 mm. Utakwa River Expedition. Genus DyspErcvs. Dysdercus Amy. & Serv. Hém. p. 272 (1843). Widely distributed, found in all the principal zoological regions. 31. DYSDERCUS MESIOSTIGMATUS. Dysdercus mesiostigma Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 483, pl. xiii. fig. 12. Launch Camp, Setakwa, Utakwa River Expedition. Family ARADID &. Genus Barcints. Barcinus Stal, Kn. Hem. iu. pp. 140 & 142 (1878). A genus probably extending throughout the whole of the Malayan region. 32. BARCINUS POLYACANTHUS. Crimia polyacantha Walk. Cat. Het. vil. p. 17 (1873). Mimika River. Genus Mezira. Mezira Amy. & Serv. Hém. p. 305 (1843). Universally distributed. VOL. XX.—PART XI. No. 2.—November, 1914. 3G 344 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA 33. MuzIRA MEMBRANACEUS. Aradus membranaceus Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 118 (1803). Mimika River. Family REDUVIID&. Subfamily Stenopodine. Genus ONCOCEPHALUS. Oncocephalus Klug, Symb. Phys. ii* (1830). This genus is found in the Nearctic, Palearctic, Ethiopian, Oriental, and Australasian regions. 34, ONCOCEPHALUS ANNULIPES. Oncocephalus annulipes Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p- 44. Mimika River. } A very widely distributed species. Subfamily Harpactorine. Genus SPHEDANOLESTES. Sphedanolestes Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1866, pp. 284 & 288. Found in the Palearctic, Ethiopian, and Oriental regions. 35. SPHEDANOLESTES VERECUNDUS. Reduvius verecundus Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863, p. 38. Mimika River. 36. SPHEDANOLESTES MELANOCEPHALUS. Reduvius ? melanocephalus Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863, p. 39. Launch Camp, Setakwa, Utakwa River Expedition. O1iginally described from Aru. Genus Evacoras. Fwagoras Burm. (part.), Handb. ii. p. 226 (1835). A genus found in the Oriental and Papuan regions. 37. EUAGORAS DORYCUS. Zelus dorycus Boisd. Voy. Astrol., Ins, ii. p. 645, pl. xi. fig. 21 (1835). Mimika River. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 345 Genus PALOPTUs. Paloptus Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxii. pp. 180 & 133 (1861). A Papuan genus. 38. PALOPTUS sp. A single specimen. Utakwa River Expedition. Genus PRISTHESANCUS. _Pristhesancus Amy. & Serv. Hém. p. 360 (1843). Found in the Oriental, Papuan, and Australasian regions. 39. PRISTHESANCUS INCONSPICUUS. Pristhesancus inconspicuus Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 598, pl. xlix. figs. 1, 14. Wataikwa River. Genus Hetonotts. Helonotus Amy. & Serv. Hém. p. 361 (1848). A Papuan and Australasian genus. 40. H&LONOTUS VERSICOLOR. Helonotus versicolor Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 598, pl. xlix. figs. 3, 3a. Wataikwa River; Canor Camp, Utakwa River, Base Camp, sea-level to foot of hills. Family PELOGONIDG4. . Subfamily Mononychinz. Genus Mononyx. Mononyx Lap. Hss. Hém. p. 16 (1832). Found in the Neotropical, Australasian, and Oriental regions. 41. Mononyx MIXTUS. Mononyx mixtus Montand. Bull. Soc. Bucarest, viii. p. 404 (1899); Mimika River; Upper Utakwa Valley, 5000-10,000 ft. 42. MOoNONYX LATICOLLIS. Mononyz laticolns Guér. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 114. Mimika River; Canor Camp, Base Camp, sea-level to foot of hills. [S¥) Q bo 346 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA Suborder HOMOPTERA. Family Crcapip2#. Genus COSMOPSALTRIA. Cosmopsaltria Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 5 (1866). Found throughout the Oriental and Malayan regions; also recorded from Corea and Japan. 43. COSMOPSALTRIA DORYCA. Cicada doryca Boisd. Voy. Astrol., Ent. 11. p. 609, pl. x. fig. 3 (1835). Mimika River. 3 Genus DicrRopyaa. Diceropyga Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1870, p. 708 note. A genus found in the Malayan Archipelago and Papuan regions. 44, DICEROPYGA OBTECTA. Tettigonia obtecta Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 35 (1803). Mimika River. Genus Ba&TuRIA. Beturia Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 9 (1866). A genus found in the Malayan Archipelago, and in the Papuan and Australasian regions. 45, Barurta CONVIVA. Cicada conviva Stal, Stett. ent.' Zeit. xxi. p. 152 (1861). Mimika River. 46. B&TURIA EXHAUSTA. Cicada exhausta Guér. Voy. Coq., Ins. p. 181, pl. x. fig. 6 (1830). Mimika River. Genus LEMBESA. Lembeja Dist. Mon. Orient. Cicad. pp. 103 & 147 (1892), nom. n. Perissoneura Dist. Proc. Zoo). Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 189, nom. preoce. Found in the Malayan Archipelago and Papuan regions. 47. LEMBEJA CRASSA. Lembeja crassa Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1909, p. 395, pl. x. fig. 7. Mimika River. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 347 Family FULGORID &. Subfamily Fulgorine. Genus ULAsraA. Ulasia Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) i. p. 578 (1863). A Papuan genus. 48. ULASIA SAUNDERSI. Ulasia saundersi Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 1. p. 579 (1863). Utakwa River. Originally described from Aru and Waigiu. A specimen from Roon Island is also in the British Museum. Genus APHENA. Aphena Guér. Voy. ‘Coquille,’ Zool. ii. (2) i, p. 184 (1832) ; Dist. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xviii. p. 24 (1906). A Papuan genus. 49. APHANA FUSCATA. Encophora fuscata Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 229, t. xii. fig. 2 (1839). Utakwa River. Specimens from Andai Islands (Doherty) are also in the British Museum, 00. APHENA REVERSA. Ulasia reversa Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 99 (1870). Mimika River; Base Camp, sea-level. Also known from the Island of Aru, Genus Myria. Myrilla Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 487. A Papuan genus. O1. MyYRILLA OBSCURA, var. Myrilla obscura var. Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1912, p. 600. Mimika River. 52. MYRILLA PAPUANA,. Myrilla papuana Dist. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xviii. p. 29 (1907). Wataikwa River. 348 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA Subfamily Dictyopharine. Genus KassERoTA. Kasserota Dist. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xviii. p. 350 (1906). A Papuan genus. 53. KassEROTA ALBOSPARSA. Kasserota albosparsa Melich. Act. Soc. Ent. Bohem. 1913, pp. 155 & 158. Head, pronotum, mesonotum, face, clypeus, and anterior and intermediate legs black; abdomen above castaneous, abdomen beneath and posterior legs sanguineous, abdominal apex black; tegmina very dark fuscous, the venation black, the whole surface more or less speckled with bluish pile, and with a prominent subapical white spot near the middle of apical margin; wings with about basal half pale fuliginous, apical area pale bronzy brown, the venation black; face considerably longer than broad, lateral margins parallel, very slightly. narrowed before clypeus, strongly centrally longitudinally tricarinate, the lateral carinations a little convex and convexly united at base; rostrum slightly passing the posterior coxe ; femora profoundly sulcate, posterior tibize with three long spines beyond middle, and slightly tuberculate at base. Var.—Tegmina pale bronzy brown instead of dark fuscous. Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 94, 9 13 mm. Exp. tegm., ¢ 30; 2 35 mm. Canor Camp, Utakwa River; Base Camp, sea-level. Allied to K. pupillata Stal, and K. doreyensis Dist. I originally regarded this as a new species, but have just received Dr. Melichar’s paper on the genus which he has recently published. As, however, my description is rather fuller and perhaps based on fresher specimens than were before Dr. Melichar, I have let it stand, of course using his specific name. His type was from “ N, Guinea S.E., Paumoma River”; the transverse fascize which he describes are only indicated in two specimens of our series, and then only by one of the two he refers to—a_ basal in one specimen, a discal in another. Subfamily Tropiduchine. Genus PaRIcANA, Paricana Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. i. p. 158 (1857). A Malayan and Papuan genus. 54. PARICANA CURVIFERA. Paricana curvifera Dist. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. p. 288 (1907). Wataikwa River. Originally described from Aru, where it was discovered by Wallace. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 349 Subfamily Achiline. Genus RuHora.a. Rhotala Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. i. p. 152 (1857). A Malayan and Papuan genus. 55. RHOTALA ALBOPUNCTATA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIV. figs. 1,1.) Body and legs pale castaneous brown, abdomen above greyishly tomentose ; tegmina brownish ochraceous, with darker mottlings especially on costal membrane, on disk some castaneous patches containing two or three white spots, the apical area paler and less mottled ; wings milky white, the venation ochraceous ; face centrally and laterally carinate, much longer than broad, narrowed anteriorly; clypeus centrally carinate ; vertex of head centrally excavate; pronotum with the disk raised and tricarinate and continued above base of head to near anterior margins of eyes ; mesonotum tricarinate ; tegmina narrow, three times as long as broad ; wings about twice as broad as tegmina ; posterior tibize with about six distinct spines. Long., excl. tegm., 12 mm. Exp. tegm. 22 mm. Upper Utakwa Valley, 5000-10,000 ft. Allied to the Bornean species, &. delineata Wall. 56. RHOTALA NEBULOSA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIV. figs. 2, 2 a.) Body and legs somewhat pale ochraceous; eyes and a spot at lateral anterior angles of pronotum castaneous; abdomen above more or less greyishly tomentose ; face, clypeus, and lateral areas of sternum castaneous, anterior margin of face ochraceous ; tegmina greyish white with small fuscous speckles, large fuscous spots in costal membrane, some of which are posteriorly callous and stramineous, a large fuscous spot on disk containing two small stramineous callosities, two smaller fuscous spots near base, posterior claval margin smally spotted with fuscous; wings milky-white, the veins and apical margin ochraceous; face centrally and laterally carinate, much longer than broad, narrowed anteriorly ; clypeus centrally carinate ; pronotum with the disk raised, tricarinate and also transversely carinate near apex, anteriorly produced and almost reaching anterior margins of eyes; mesonotum tricarinate; abdomen above distinctly, centrally, longitudinally sulcate ; posterior tibize with about six distinct spines. Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm. Exp. tegm. 26 mm. Upper Utakwa Valley, 5000-10,000 ft. Subfamily Derbinz. Genus Heronax. Heronax Kirk. Rept. Stat. Haw. Plant. Assoc. pt. ix. p. 431 (1906). An Australasian genus. 350 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA 57. HERONAX WOLLASTONI, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIV. figs. 7, 7a.) Body and legs tawny white ; tegmina obscure greyish with opalescent, reflections, the venation mostly black, the apical veins ochraceous; wings pale bluish opaline, the venation brownish; vertex of head triangular, its disk excavate; face very narrow, widened and excavate posteriorly; pronotum very short; mesonotum tricarinate ; tegmina nearly three times as long as broad, moderately widened from base to apex. Long., excl. tegm., 35 mm. Exp. tegm. 14 mm. Utakwa River, 2500-3000 ft. Subfamily Ricaniine. Genus RIcania. Ricania Germ. Mag. Ent. i. p. 221 (1818). A genus found in the East Palearctic, Ethiopian, Oriental, Malayan, Australasian, and Neotropical regions. ; 58. RIcANIA PERSONATA. Ricania (Ricanula) personata Melich. Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xlix. p. 290 (1899). Utakwa River, 3600 ft. The type was founded on a specimen from Astrolabe Bay. 59. RICANIA BINOTATA. Ricania binotata Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 149 (1870). Mimika River. Canor Camp, Utakwa River. Base Camp, sea-level. The species has also been received from Aru. 60. RICANIA CALIGINOSA. Ricania caliginosa Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 144 (1870). Utakwa River. Originally described from Aru. 61. Ricanta Noctua, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIV. figs. 3, 3 a.) ?. Body black; vertex of head, margins and a central fascia to face, clypeus, and legs pale castaneous; abdominal segmental margins beneath pale ochraceous; tegmina black, more piceous on apical half, a small lunate spot on disk of basal area and the apex of clavus pale castaneous, on costal membrane above the apex of radial area a transverse whitish spot touching costal margin and attached to a smaller inner ochraceous spot; wings piceous, the venation black; vertex of head with a central carination, its lateral margins concavely oblique ; pronotum with a central longitudinal COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 351 carination ; mesonotum tricarinate, the central carination straight, the lateral ones oblique, united before anterior margin and commencing a little before middle of lateral margin; tegmina with the costal membrane moderately broad, the transverse veins prominent and well separated, two transverse series of small veins on apical area which form two very fine transverse subapical lines; clypeus centrally carinate. Long., excl. tegm., 2,9 mm. Exp. tegm. 27 mm. Utakwa River, 2500-3000 ft. 62. RIcANIA SUBGLAUCA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIV. figs. 4, 4a.) Vertex, face, clypeus, pronotum, rostrum, legs and abdomen beneath, brownish ochraceous; mesonotum and abdomen above black, obscurely bluishly tomentose, abdominal segmental margins above and beneath pale ochraceous ; tegmina brownish, bluishly tomentose but less so at apical marginal areas, a spot on disk of basal area, and an elongate spot at apex of clavus, ochraceous; wings blackish with the venation dark indigo-blue ; vertex broad, centrally carinate, the lateral margins slightly concave ; pronotum obscurely tricarinate; mesonotum tricarinate, the central carination straight and percurrent, the lateral ones meeting a little before anterior margin, and again outwardly connected with the anterior margin; face tricarinate, the central carination straight, the two other carinations a little curved and submarginal ; clypeus centrally carinate. Long., excl. tegm., 74 mm. Exp. tegm. 22 mm. Utakwa River, 2500-3000 ft. 63. RICANIA NIGRA. Ricania nigra Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 150 (1870). Utakwa River, 2500-3000 ft. Originally described from Morty, and since received from Ternate and from German New Guinea (Cotton and Webster). Genus EvRICANIA. Euricania Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xiii. p. 258 (1898). This genus is found in the East Palearctic, Oriental, Malayan, and Australasian regions. 64. EURICANIA STELLATA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIV. figs. 5, 5a.) Body black; abdomen, clypeus, rostrum, tibiz, and tarsi brownish ochraceous, abdominal segmental margins pale ochraceous; tegmina glossy, shining black; with a central cretaceous spot and an elongate greyish spot on costal membrane above the VOL. XX.—PART xI. No. 3.— November, 1914. 3D 352 MR..W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA apex of radial area and reaching costal margin, extreme costal and apical margins ochraceous; wings fuliginous, the venation biack; vertex with a central arched carina between the eyes; face tricarinate, the sublateral striations less distinct ; clypeus centrally carinate ; mesonotum tricarinate, the lateral carinations curved but percurrent and connected with the anterior margin by an additional carinate line; abdomen centrally ridged ; tegmina with the costal membrane moderately broad, the transverse veins distinct and well separated. Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm. Exp. tegm. 25 mm. Utakwa River; Base Camp, sea-level. Allied to #. discigutta Walk. described from the Key Islands. 65. EURICANIA SPLENDIDA. Ricania splendida Guér. Voy. ‘ Coquille, Zool. ii. p. 191, pl. x. fig. 10 (1830). ’ Mimika and Wataikwa Rivers; Base and Canor Camps, Utakwa River. This species is also recorded from the Islands Dorey, Mysol, Key, and Sula. Genus VARCcIA. Varcia Sta), Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Foérh. 1870, p. 769. Found in the Neotropical, Oriental, and Malayan regions. 66. VARCIA SORDIDA. Varcia sordida Dist. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iv. p. 336 (1909). Mimika River. Originally described from Aru. Subfamily Flatine. PAPUANELLA, gen. nov. Head including eyes narrower than pronotum, vertex broader than long, anteriorly triangularly acutely produced centrally and at anterior lateral angles; face broad, a little longer than broad, behind eyes moderately angulate and then obliquely narrowed to clypeus, centrally longitudinally carinate, the lateral margins moderately laminately reflected, clypeus centrally carinate ; posterior legs mutilated in unique type; pronotum narrower at apex than at base, centrally carinate, the base angularly concave; mesonotum considerably longer than broad, obscurely tricarinate ; tegmina about one and a half times longer than greater breadth, apical margin truncate, posterior angle not produced, apical angle rounded, moderately transversely veined, apical veins furcate at their apices, costal membrane wider than apical area and rather thickly transversely veined, claval area granulose and with obscure transverse veins in its upper area; wings about as broad as tegmina. I place this genus in my division Nephesaria. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 393 67. PAPUANELLA MIRABILIS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIV. figs. 6, 6a.) Body above ochraceous; anterior and lateral margins of pronotum and apical area of abdomen pale bluish green; head beneath and sternum greyish; lateral margins and central carination to face testaceous; clypeus and legs ochraceous, the tibize more testaceous in hue; abdomen beneath virescent, its apex ochraceous ; tegmina bright bluish green, a large discal suffusion and the claval margin ochraceous; wings milky- white with the veins pale virescent; structural characters as in generic diagnosis. Long., excl. tegm.,6 mm. Exp. tegm. 19 mm. Utakwa River; sea-level. Genus OKENANA. Okenana Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 600. At present only known from Dutch New Guinea. 68. ORENANA LYCAINA. Okenana lycena Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 601, pl. xlix. figs. 8, 8 a. Wataikwa River. UTAKWANA, gen. nov. Head much longer than broad, subacutely produced, including eyes a little narrower than pronotum, centrally carinately ridged, the lateral margins also carinately reflexed ; face concave, much longer than broad, the lateral margins prominent; clypeus long, slender, convex, centrally carinate at base ; pronotum very much broader than long, centrally tricarinate, the lateral areas obliquely deflected, posterior margin concave, the lateral margins truncate and prominent ; mesonotum considerably longer than broad, tricarinate, the carinations united posteriorly ; tegmina slightly broader than wings, apically ampliate, the costal margin arched and convex, apical margin truncate, its posterior angle strongly, angularly produced, costal membrane nearly as broad as radial area, the former prominently but not closely transversely veined, the latter only transversely veined on apical area, the disk sparsely minutely granulate, the claval area distinctly granulate; wings with one or two transverse veins near apex. Allied to Siphantoides Dist., an Australian genus. 69. UTAKWANA RUBROMACULATA, sp.n. (PI. XXXIV. figs. 8, 8 a.) Head, pronotum, and mesonotum pale virescent, abdomen greyish brown; face greyish, the margins a little darker; legs ochraceous or greyish brown; tegmina virescent, finely spotted with sauguineous, the larger spots being three central ones in longiwudinal series, apical margin and inner margin beyond clavus closely spotted with i 2 3D 2 354 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA sanguineous, the granules in claval area also of that colour; wings milky-white ; structural characters as in generic diagnosis. Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm. Exp. tegm. 16 mm. Utakwa River; sea-level. Genus PHyMorpgs. Phymoides Dist. Rec. Ind. Mus. v. p. 326 (1910). A Papuan genus. 70. PHYMOIDES RUBROMACULATUS. Phymoides rubromaculatus Dist. Rec. Ind. Mus. v. p. 326, pl. xxii. figs. 2, 2a (1910). Utakwa River, Base Camp. The specimens received from Dutch New Guinea have the ground-colour of the tegmina of a very pale rosaceous tint compared with the creamy-white hue of the type. The species was originally described from the Aru Islands. Genus NEODAKSHA. Neodaksha Dist. Rec. Ind. Mus. v. p. 828 (1910). This genus is at present only known from New Guinea. 71. NEODAKSHA QUADRIGUTTATA. Flata quadriguttata Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 179 (1870). Neodaksha quadriguttata Dist. Rec. Ind. Mus. v. p. 828, pl. xxii. figs. 9, 9a (1910). Utakwa River, Canor Camp. Genus NocRoMNA. Neocromna Dist. Rec. Ind. Mus. v. p. 829 (1910). A Papuan genus. 72. NEOCROMNA BISTRIGUTTATA. Nephesa bistriguttata Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) i. p. 591 (1863). Utakwa River, Canor Camp. Also found in the Aru Islands. Genus PaRATELLA. Paratella Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 117 (1902). A Papuan and Australasian genus ; one species recorded from Borneo by Melichar. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 390 73. PARATELLA INTACTA. Nephesa intacta Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 171 (1870). Base Camp; sea-level. Originally described from Aru, 74. PARATELLA DECOLOR. Nephesa decolor Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 176 (1870). Cromna chlorospila, var. decolor Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 61 (1902). Sephena rufilinea Melich. (part.), loc. cit. p. 127. Paratella roseoalba Melich. loc. cit. p. 119. Utakwa River, 2500-3000 ft. Also recorded from Mysol, Waigiu, and Roon. 75. PARATELLA ERRUDITA. Paratella errudita Melich. Ann, Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 118 (1902). Utakwa River, 2500-3000 ft. Originally described from New Guinea. 76. PARATELLA SPECTRA, sp. 0. Body and legs greyish white slightly tinted with pale ochraceous; tegmina and wings milky-white, the veins concolorous; pronotum centrally carinate, mesonotum tricarinate ; tegmina with the costal membrane nearly as broad as radial area, the disk with obscure transverse veins which become more pronounced towards apical area. Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm. Exp. tegm. 30 mm. Base Camp ; sea-level. The body of this specimen is unfortunately too compressed to afford minute structural description. 77. PARATELLA IODIPENNIS. Ricania iodipennis Guér. Voy. ‘Coquille,’ Zool. ii. p. 191 (1830). Utakwa River. Originally described from New Guinea. GRAPALDUS, gen. nov. Head almost as broad as long, the anterior margin centrally angularly incised, the lateral anterior angles thus appearing broadly angularly prominent, an anterior transversely rounded carination centrally reaching the anterior margin, and the lateral and anterior margins carinate, on basal area two distinct callosities ; face longer than broad, concave, lateral margins laminately reflexed, anterior margin centrally angularly 356 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA excavate, clypeus posteriorly broadly carinate; pronotum at base a little broader than long, centrally longitudinally depressed, anterior margin truncate, posterior margin angularly concave, lateral margins obliquely rounded; mesonotum with the disk centrally flattened into a broad longitudinal process, the margins of which are a little upwardly raised; tegmina about twice as broad as long, the costal membrane about or a little more than four times as broad as radial area, strongly arched at base, strongly transversely veined, the tegmina are broader at base than at apex where they are roundly obliquely truncate, posterior claval angle broad, the whole venation coarse and prominent; wings about as broad as tegmina; posterior tibiae with a distinct subapical spine. This genus belongs to the Division Flatoidesaria, and is allied to the genus Uxantis Stal, from which it differs in the distinct structure of the head. 78. GRAPALDUS CORTICINUS, sp.n. (PI. XXXIV. figs. 11, 11a.) Head, pronotum, and mesonotum dark brownish ochraceous, the interior of the anterior angular areas of the vertex black; mesonotum with blackish suffusions, its posterior angle very pale ochraceous; abdomen above pale ochraceous with greenish suffusions; body beneath and legs greyish, with pale greenish and ochraceous suffusions; tegmina pale tawny brown, the venation more ochraceous and in some places darkly speckled, the apical areas are also obscurely darkly maculate ; wings greyish with pale bluish opaline lustre; structural characters as in generic diagnosis. Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm. Exp. tegm. 28 mm. Base Camp ; sea-level. Family MEMBRACID&. Subfamily Centrotine. Genus OTINOTUS. Otinotus Buckt. Monogr. Membrac. p. 232 (1903); Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhyneh. iv. p- 39 (1907). 79. OTINOTUS PALLIPES. Ceniroius pallipes Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 185 (1870). Otinotus palliyes Buckt. Monogr. Membrae. p. 282, pl. li. figs. 4, 4.4@ (1908). Cenirotus tibialis Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc, Lond., Zool. x. p. 188 (1870). Centrotus ramivitia Walk. MS.? Centrolus semiclusus Walk. MS, ? Utakwa River, 2500 to 3000 ft. Also received from Batchian and Mysol. I am unable to find references for the names ramivitta and semiclusus Walk., of which specimens thus labelled are in the British Museum. CO “I COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 3 Genus IBICEPS. Ibiceps Buckt. Mon. Membrac. p. 238 (1903). Buckton has not denoted his type and has included some heterogeneous species under his generic name. His first species enumerated is falcatus Walk. (described under that name as a new species). But this species was previously used by Goding as the type of his genus Hufrenchia (1903), while Stal for Sertorius (1866), first described S. curvicornis (1869), which is a synonym of Centrotus falcatus Walk. To prevent further confusion I propose J. ansatus Buckt. (a synonym of alticeps Walk.) as the type of his genus Lbiceps. 80. IBICEPS ALTICEPS. Centrotus albiceps Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 183 (1870). Ibiceps ansatus Buckt. Mon. Membrac. p. 239 (1903). Mimika River. Genus SARANTUS. Sarantus Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) i. p. 592 (1863). 81. SARANTUS WALLACEI. Sarantus wallacet Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) i. p. 592 (1863). Mimika River. Family CERCOPID &. Subfamily Cercopinz. Genus AUFIDUS. Aufidus Stal, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (3) i. p. 594 (1868). A Papuan and Australasian genus. 82. AUFIDUS BALTEATUS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIV. figs. 12, 12 a.) Body and legs dark shining ochraceous ; a transverse fascia at base of head between eyes, a transverse fascia at base and narrow posterior lateral margins to pronotum, a transverse spot at each basal angle of scutellum and apex of same, a rounded elevated spot on each side of exposed metanotum, and basal suffusions to abdomen above, black ; anterior tibiz and the tarsi more or less fuscous or black ; tegmina with the basal area bright ochraceous, containing a small black spot near base and followed by a broad transverse fascia before middle, remaining area brownish ochraceous, with a subcostal transverse pale greyish spot, and some pale fuscous suffusions near apex; wings pale fuliginous, the veins and basal area dark fuscous, extreme base ochraceous ; eyes black ; face globosely compressed, centrally longitudinally sulcate; vertex of head 358 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA moderately concave and wrinkled; pronotum finely wrinkled; posterior tibie with a strong spine beyond middle. Long., excl. tegm.,6 mm. Exp. tegm, 22 mm. Utakwa River, 2500-3000 ft. Allied to A. tripars Walk. 83. AUFIDUS HILARIS. Aufidus hilaris Walk. Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. x. p. 285 (1870). Wataikwa River. Genus Eoscarra. Foscarta Bredd. Soc. Ent. xvii. p. 58 (1902). A genus found in British India, the Malayan Archipelago, and Australia. 84. EoscaRTA RUFA. Triecphora rufa Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 289 (1870). Utakwa River, 3000 ft. Originally described from New Guinea. Genus CosMOSCARTA. Cosmoscarta Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 11 (1869). A genus found in the Oriental, Malayan, and Eastern Palearctic regions. 85. CosMOscARTA SEQUENS, Cercopis sequens Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 285 (1870). Wataikwa River. Genus HoMALOSTETHUS. Homalostethus Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 52 (1911). A Malayan and Papuan genus. 86. HOMALOSTETHUS MIMIKENSIS. Cosmoscarta mimikensis Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 602, pl. xlix. fig. 10. Mimika River; Launch Camp, Setakwa, Utakwa River Expedition. Genus MEGASTETHODON. Megastethodon Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. Ixxii. p. 68 (1911). Apparently confined to the Papuan Islands. 87. MEGASTETHODON MODESTUS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 15.) Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; abdomen above ochraceous; exposed COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 309 mesonotum black ; body beneath black ; legs brownish ochraceous, the femora darker ; tegmira black, the apical area pale castaneous, four small ochraceous spots on lower half and a little beyond middle, two above and two below the claval suture ; wings pale bronzy brown, the veins darker; ocelli a little nearer to eyes than to each other; pronotum finely punctate, and with a strong central longitudinal ridge; rostrum reaching the intermediate cox; posterior tibiee with two spines, a short one near base and a very strong one beyond middle. Long., excl. tegm., 14 mm. Exp. tegm. 42 mm. Utakwa River. By the longitudinal ridge to the pronotum allied to WM. roderti Lallem. 88. MEGASTETHODON DIVISUS. Cercopis divisa Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x. p. 279 (1870). Mimika River. Genus LEpraTaspis. Leptataspis Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. lxxi. p. 81 (1911). A genus found in the Andamans, Ceylon, Cambodia, Malayan and Papuan regions. 89. LEPTATASPIS DISCOLOR. Cercopis discolor Guér. in Boisd. Voy. Astrol., Ent. p. 619, pl. x. fig. 11 (18<5). Wataikwa River; Utakwa River Expedition. 90. LEPTATASPIS WATAIKWENSIS. Cosmoscarta wataikwensis Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 603, pl. xlix. fig. 11. Wataikwa River; Launch Camp, Setakwa, Utakwa River Expedition. 91. LEPTATASPIS ELEGANTULA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 16.) Head brownish ochraceous, ocelli stramineous; pronotum black, the margins narrowly brownish ochraceous; scutellum brownish ochraceous, its margins paler ; sternum and abdomen beneath black; legs brownish ochraceous, intermediate and posterior femora piceous; tegmina pale shining castaneous, apical area black, the castaneous area spotted with ochraceous, viz., two spots in costal membrane, three on disk—one inwardly, two outwardly—a large elongate spot at base of clavus, a rounded spot near its apex, and a smaller median spot above the claval vein; wings fuliginous, the base narrowly ochraceous, venation black; head about as long as broad, deeply impressed on both sides before eyes ; face globosely compressed ; posterior tibiae with a strong spine beyond middle; pronotum with a slender central longitudinal carination, the lateral margins reflexed. Long., excl. tegm., 12 mm. Exp. tegm. 33 mm, Canor Camp, Utakwa River. VOL. XX.—PaRT xI. No. 4.—WNovember, 1914. 35 (3) (=P) S RHYNCHOTA COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. Family Jassipa@. Subfamily Tettigonielline. Genus EvAcANTHUS. Kuacanthus Lep. & Serv. Enc. Méth. x. p. 612 (1825). A genus found both in the Palearctic and Oriental regions. 92. EUACANTHUS PAPUENSIS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIV. figs. 15, 13 a.) Head ochraceous, with a black depressed spot on each side near eyes ; pronotum black with a broad transverse greyish-white fascia; scutellum, abdomen, body beneath, and legs black; face and anterior margins of prosternum pale ochraceous ; tegmina fuscous, basal area and interior margin of clavus silvery white, the venation dark fuscous; vertex with a distinct foveate impression on each side near eyes, the lateral margins prominently ridged, an obscure ridge starting from each ocellus and meeting on disk ; face somewhat obscurely longitudinally carinate. Long., excl. tegm., 54 mm. Exp. tegm, 16 mm. St. Joseph River, 2000-3000 ft. Subfamily Gyponine. Division Hylicaria. Genus Barooria. Bhooria Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. vol. iv. p. 256 (1907). The typical and only other at present known species of this genus was found in Burma. 93. Buoorta KLossi, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIV. figs. 14, 14a.) Body above dull bluish; central area of head, a transverse fascia before middle of pronotum, basal area of abdomen, and posterior margins of abdominal segments more or less ochraceous ; body beneath and legs bluish ; coxee, trochanters, apices of femora, basal area of abdomen beneath, and posterior margins of abdominal segments more or less ochraceous; tegmina bronzy brown, more or less shaded with bluish, the most of this coloration being found at base, claval area, central disk, and apex, above claval area an oblique greyish fascia; wings greyish, tinged with bronzy brown, the veins dark brownish; head subtriangularly produced, with a fine central longitudinal ridge, the lateral margins perpendicular for a little in front of eyes and then obliquely narrowing to apex; face moderately flat, only slightly convex, lateral striations distinct and brownish on anterior half; posterior area of pronotum distinctly, thickly, finely wrinkled; posterior tibie finely spinulose; tegmina long and narrow, claval area large, posteriorly broadened at anal area. Long., excl. tegm., 8} mm, Exp. tegm. 14 mm. Launch Camp, Setakwa. 362 RHYNCHOTA COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. te aL @, 2, 2a 3, Oh 4, 4a. OG Oy OG ts UG Cy 8) @ oR 10. WIL IL @ 12,124 NS), MB} G7 14, 14a 15. 16. 17, 17a PLATE XXXIV. Rhotala albopunctata, sp. n., p. 349. » nebulosa, sp. n., p. 849. Ricania noctua, sp. u., p. 380. » subglauca, sp. n., p. 3d1. Euricania stellata, sp. n., p. 351. Papuanella mirabilis, gen. et sp. n., p. 353. Heronaz wollastoni, sp. n., p. 350. Utakwana rubromaculata, gen. et sp. n., p. 353. Dindymus cresus, sp. n., p. 342. Dindymoides abdominalis, gen. et sp. n., p. 343. Grapaldus corticinus, gen. et sp. n., p. 356. Aufidus balteatus, sp. n., p. 857. Euacanthus papuensis, sp. n., p. 360. Bhooria klosst, sp. n., p. 360. Megastethodon modestus, sp. n., p. 358. Leptataspis elegantula, sp. n., p. 359. Folengus papuensis, gen. et sp. n., p. 339. SF pip DALEY ELI OCC Horace Knight adnat lth. West, Newman chromo. RHYNCHOTA FROM DUTCH NEW GUINEA. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Public. BEE ale eset de VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates andecvelextalounes inp aey eee ee Price: 4h 13 0 Ba) ate aN) Parr. (1907, containing 9 Plates)... .. 4 015 0 tod » 2 (1908, containing 19 Pls. & 63 Text-figs.) . sel ol Oa. More ORO », 9 (1908, contaming 3 Pls. & 21 Text-figs.) . pe Oe dlias 5-606) Ace dlosO eG) » 4. (1911, containmg 6 Plates)... . . ae One) 016 0 » D» (1911, containmg 6 Pls. & 3 Text-figs., Pitleandelindex)eesaeess cry oat ees prea) 0.12 0 VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates and 16 Text-figures). . . . . . . Pricel0 4 O - Ldei2) 0 Part 1. (1909, containing 3 Pls.& 12 Text-figs.). ,, 117 6 210 0 pee lOO ncontamine AuBIgtes) is sts ae ye eo DO 3.0 0 oo ClOO9mconimines, 2ePlates)e =a. ee Gs. (0! 9 0 012 0 >» 4. (1910, containmg 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.). ,, 815 O 5 0 0 » 5. (1910, containmg 5 Pls., Title and Index) Sl I 6 210 0 VOLUME XxX. Part 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates)... . . Price 0 18 One 1 4 0 yeaa loa contami TO; Plates) canoe a tn) 2: 3 OF Auer 3.0 0 4 soe lol contamina “8 Pls; & Ac Text-fies,) 72, 1-2 6s ce On O se Ac (OS comtaimings toulslates)) white etl sy O. 9° Oh, 012 0 Fs Den ClOlA Seontainmos AvP lates) vee oe ee ess, 0 9.40 aoe Oe Le: 3 Os (ORAS contaimine tle Plate) ad CIMY3d SVE | of “AXXX Td XX IOA’90S 100Z ‘SNVEL x.—Part xit. No 388 tes Ion 10. al 12. Oo to Wwe FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE XXXVI. Lridia diaphana. Primordial stage, attached to a sand-erain. x 40. Primordial stage, attached toa fragment of Zostera. x 20. Primordial stage, specimen showing terminal aperture. X 55. Primordial stage, inferior surface of detached specimens, showing the chitinous pellicle across the base. » 40. Adult specimen, showing superior surface. X 20. Adult specimen, showing inferior surface with chitinous pellicle. x 20. Adult specimen showing inferior surface. 35. The protoplasmic body is seen in a contracted mass in the central cavity, under the transparent chitinous pellicle. An adult irregularly formed specimen, showing the protoplasmic body (under the chitinous pellicle), furcating and penetrating into the different ‘‘ lodges ” of thestest yuma): A detached specimen, which had formed its test in the crevices between sand- grains, viewed as a transparent object mounted in balsam. The contracted protoplasm is seen as a ball lying in the drum-shaped space between the two chitinous membranes. X 30. A large attached specimen of a regular depressed type. x 18. A large attached specimen of a wild-growing furcating type. x 12. Nize IRIDIA DIAPHANA. M.Rhodes, del.ad nat. PLATS SOCOe 390 FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE XXXVII. Nouria polymorphinoides. Figs. 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11. Specimens from Kerimba, showing diversity of size and form. Fig. 9 is a bilocular form, isomorphous as regards arrangement of chambers with Polymorphina oblonga Wall. 3, 5. Specimens laid open to show the imperfectly septate cavity. S. Oral view of aspecimen showing the porous aperture filled in with fine sand- erains. 11. A specimen mounted in balsam and viewed asa transparent object. Showing the internal septation and method of construction of the test. 12. Specimen from “ Poor Knights’ Islands,” Hauraki Gulf, New Zealand. The test is entirely constructed of obsidian flakes, and is much neater and more compressed than the Kerimba specimens. 13, 14, 15. Specimens from ‘ Poor Knights’ Islands,” viewed as transparent objects in balsam. Fig. 13 shows a few sponge-spicules incorporated in the test. Vig. 15 isa bilocular specimen (cf. fig. 9 also), the protoplasm is confined to the earlier chamber. Nouria harrisii. 16-19. Specimens in different stages of growth. 20. Specimen viewed as a transparent object in balsam. The specimen is bilocular, and the protoplasm is confined to the first chamber. Nouria compressa. 21-25. Specimens in different stages of growth. Fig. 21 is a young or bilocular form. The dark grains are glauconitic particles built into the test. 26. A fragment to show details of construction. Trams Loot Joc. tel MK SU MAXVIL. M.Rhodes, del.ad nat. 1-I15.NOURIA POLYMORPHINOIDES. 16-20.N.HARRISII. 21-26.N.COMPRESSA. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Public. oid Sea Ge oD TACHI VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates AUG S/MExisHeMReS) em eae. «3. Price, Ape he O hos) 40) Parr]. (1907, contaming 9 Plates)... .. oop. Olltor Onan HSE CO) s05(0) » 2. (1908, containing 19 Pls. & 63 Text-figs.) . Sire Oa Ons ponee 0. O » 98. (1908, containing 3 Pls. & 21 Text-figs.) . pa Onalaies O) T0720 =) AD LOM ccontaumumosG.Plates)\yne outs te 2 nO AOR. 016 0 » ). (1911, containmg 6 Pls. & 3 Text-figs., MidlepamdwMdex\ie corse ine aware 15) Or 98 012 0 VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates ald LO VextailSUnes)o ee) se Exice 10 0 138 12 0 Part 1. (1909, containing 3 Pls.& 12 Text-figs.). ,, 1417 6 210 0 ;, 2 (1909, containing 4 Plates)... . . 4 2 5 0 30. 0 7 oe ClLIOO econtamuners 2p elates) tear svn wee 4,5: 0 - 910 012 0 » 4 (1910, containing 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.). ,, 315 O 5 0 0 » 5. (1910, containing 5 Pls., Title and Index) Bree leslie 210 0 VOLUME Xx. Parr 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates). . + . . Price 018 0 eA: 0 See (Lhe contamunes tO: Platesl\zn << empress gp ee OO Ant oO) 0) » o (1913; contaning 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs) . , 1 2 6 7 lalO; 50 pe ae ONS. contamines 3 Ivlates\ ween wey, 2 OL Oi O ORI S 0 De COIS contammme, AnPlates). 102s tu wok ,, 0. 9) 20 ee Oa ee) Ox (LOI contaming: I Plate) esd Sn vs a) omerey a 9) eo OF ee) 5 7 (914, containing 2° Pls. & 7 Text-figs.) 9° 5 4, 0. 7-76 SOOO poe (LOL econpamings 2eNext ones.) ee yy O20 3 0 8 0 PN (CEE oy EE RI Cate aR - 0 3.0 ,», 10. (1914, containing 6 Text-figs.). .°. . OE Co teaee sO): 0 alla contaminate Plate). eat eos «oj 0.0. 07 216 SeaeO) 10) 50) ,, 12. (1914, containing 8 Plates). . . .. » 0 9 0 . 012 0 CONTENTS. XII. The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese East Africa).— Part I. By Epwarp Heroy-Auten, 7.L.8., P ZS, EGS, FRMS., and ArtHUR EarnanD, F.A.ALS. (Plates XXXV.-XXXVII.) . . . page 363 THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tne scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”’ contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired im a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The ‘‘Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that the year and page give the complete reference. An “ Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. The ‘Transactions’ contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication im the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. a the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. - Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record? for asum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the 1st July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid defore the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. ek! the peocery: s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller, P, CHALMERS MITCHELL, Tov November, 1914. Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vout. XX.—Parr 13. (Pirate XX XVIII.) LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTPR ROW. June 1915. Price 12s. ‘Vaylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. . beeen: oo es dh VOLUMES I.-IV. (1838-1862)... ...... (Out of print.) VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . Price 5 4 3... 619 0 VOLUME _ VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates) . ee Wepre Holla O) VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . ay LOA Ore ne cell oa ae) VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, contaiming 82 Plates) . oe OS Sed - 1211 0 VOLUME * IX. (1875-1877, containmg 99 Plates). . ,, 12 1 6. ..16 2 0 VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates) . LO: Oetoucr , ren (55 () », 9. (1908, containing 3 Pls. & 21 Text-figs.) . OREO) IE Oe) » 4. (1911, contaiming 6 Plates)... . . reo (0) 016 0 » 5. (1911, containmg 6 Pls. & 3 Text-figs., WNiulezamdiimdex) iret eats een nee < os s OF GeO O12 0 VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates J and 16 Text-figures). . . . . . . PricelO 4 0 13 12 0 Panr 1. (1909, containing 3 Pls. & 12 Text-figs.). ,, 117 6 210 0 » 2. (1909, contaming 4 Plates)... . . Praca 0) 3.0 0 oe CLOO9: contamina 2sRlates\ etn hah), 4 0.90 012 0 » 4. (1910, containing 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.). ,, 315 O ee O20 » 9. (1910, containmg 5 Pls.,TitleandIndex) , 117 6 te LOO VOLUME XxX. Pann 1 (1912; contaimme 5 Plates) 6°" 29. ; Price’ 0°18 0 ~. noel Ars O peae eho lscontainimo Omblabes)\tuuw) cc. 5). 2 OO Ps oye Oe) » 9. (19138, containing 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) . , 1 2 6 5 EO 0) 2 deONS: contammr ys Plates) ai. 45. 4, 30 9708s AD TO) a oe Ole contamms eA lates) aces. fy, OF OO LO S120 jy 20: (1914¢rcontaming “I Plate) “2 5. Bye ay 1) manne Oly sone O) » “@. (1914, contaming 2 Pls.& 7 Vext-figs.). ,, 0 7 6... - 010 0 5 8 (1914, containing 2 Text-fes))- <<... (w, «=~ 0. 2, nea) 07 Sho) OIA cer ass Pe OEM », 10. (1914, containing 6 Text-figs.). . . . Re Oe S) an) 0 11, (914 containing 1 Plate 2 > 4, 0-76 = Os0e 0 » L2.. (1914 eontamme~s: ~3) Plates)... es 2 j, O 9 0 . 012 0 O72 97 Omen 012-0 3. Lo. (91S; contaimmer Plate) .% 25. = . = CONTENTS. XIII. Report on the Diptera collected by the British Ornithologists Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By F. W. Epwarps, B.A, FES. With a Section on the Asilide by K. E. Austen, £.Z.8. (Plate RX XVI) ee ee a pape THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tur scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” m quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number | of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that the year and page give the complete reference. An © Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the Society on the Tuesday eotlowing the date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. The “Transactions” contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. ; Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the aa, of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the — year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon — purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record? — for asum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the 1st July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subseription be paid before the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’ (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, 1915. June, Secret ary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vou. XX.—Parr 14. (Text-Fietres 20-37.) LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER ROW. ™ July 1915. Price 16s. Taylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. Lasers Loy Sang VOLUMES TI.-IV. (1838-1862). . ...... . (Out of print.) VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . Price 5 4 3 . . . 619 0 VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . , 11 5 0 ...15 0 0 VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates). . , 10 4 0 .. .1812 0 VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, .contamimg 82 Plates). . ,, easier ies MA IDL 2x0): VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . ,, 12 16. ..16 2 0 VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . , 10 083 .. .18 7 O GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1888-1879). . , O07 6 0 10 VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . ,, 912 0... .1216 0 VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) . FF Seon 0 7 4 0 VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) Se oa O28. 2B eas 7 0 VOLUME XIV. (1896-1898, containing 47 Plates). . ,, Bee mae meas Oo : VOLUME XY. (1898-1901, contanme 52 Plates) . oe OBO. G7) ck etree vaelaaeO) VOLUME XVI. (1901-1908, containing 88 Plates). . , 5 8 0...7 4 0 VOLUME XVII. (1903-1906, containing 41 Plates and &0 Text-figures) 5 Sin i ata DS 6.2 aaa See VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates and 87 Text-figures) a Ue One oy my tel (0) Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. [ 425 ] XIV. Report on the Spiders collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By H. R. Hose, Wlofales, LZ. [Received October 17, 1914; Read November 10, 1914. ] (Text-figures 20-37.) Inpex. Page Page Conothele spinosa, sp. n..........-..--- 426 Tetragnatha ? leptognatha ............ 454 Selenocosmia lanceolata, sp. 0. ........ 450 Leucauge coccmed ......-...+++-- eee 455 Miagrammopes biv0t .... 1.2... ees 433 Gs (PHC) SOs Ws oo00600000 00600000 455 Uloborus wndulatus, var. pallidior...... 433 Gasteracantha erepidophora .......... 457 SEG USICASLENCUSHISD aN serie eer 434 Gailepelleticri mae ttt ae ocr A458 Fecenia cinerea, SP speech ar cyarel oraheicenr sess 437 G. hepatica, Pe AEE Oy \6. 5 uaiGhatac eRe aan 458 SHORAIG GIG oocccnccvcossbocoudoce 439 GH itaniata. seer cia ee oane 458 Nephila maculata (forma principalis) .. 439 Diceardoleschallimspy over ieieeerie 459 NV. maculata, nr. var. hasseltti ........ 440 Regillus divergens, sp. 0. ............ 461 N. maculata, nr. var. walckenaerti..,... 441 OOS fORUDOFDS, ido Ho co ooaaooabadasoo 464 AVG OPO GBs. oo 86l6 aces boo ce Hoes 442 On GUAR J0s Mo oc¢60000000000 eins 467 Nephilengys malabarensis, var. papuana. 442 LTOPRGVOWG POGIDo 000900006000000b006 469 AGW DO CHUWGFB. 5009000000080 0090000 443 | Hl, regia, var. pluridentata, nov. ...... 469 DA UREOMIOOD As 8 OV, CGI IG SO Sere 443 | 18l, GUCOTXODO 500 ac cova0dc0n0baCDED 47 AS FUSE a0 85 oo Gaeek obs bo eaoe ao 444 | IRAUGRORIZDS (SOPOUSS 0.000 000800008000 471 CQk FORMED, BPs Bo aovsoascooscopoee 444 Palystes dasywrinus, sp. U.,.........-. 47] Araneus floriatus, sp. .........-..-.- 446 Exopalystes pulchella, gen. et sp. n..... 473 Als GRU, FO Wo aogoossec0accon00e 7. 448 Seramba sagittata, sp. Ml. ........--.- 476 £4), CHPLHANT DD 0.0 oo cogs 500000 bob ouS 450 Clubiona pseudomaxillata, sp. nu. ...... 478 A, thers, var. triangulifera............ 451 Dolomedes wollastont, sp. 0. .......... 481 Cyrtophora moluccensis .............. 453 Oxyopes papuanus ...........-.-.-- 483 Tetraqnatha rubriventris ............ 454 ] AM indebted to Dr. A. F. R. Wollaston and to Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant for the opportunity of examining the spiders described in this paper. - Some were obtained during the B.O.U. Expedition to the Mimika River, 1909-11, but the majority were collected by the Wollaston Expedition about the camps on the route from sea-level to the foot-hills in the neighbourhood of the Setakwa and Utakwa Rivers between September 1912 and March 1913—that is, in the winter half of the year. é Important collections from New Guinea and the neighbouring islands have been previously worked out by Dr. C. L. Doleschall, Professors Thorell and VOL. XX.—PART xiv. No. 1.—July, 1915. 3P 426 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS V1. Kulezynski, M. Eugene Simon, Mr. R. I. Pocock, Herren Emil Strand and Alb. Tullgren, but from amongst its rich fauna there seem plenty of new forms yet to be described. In this collection, leaving out the Attide, there are representatives of 9 families, comprising 27 genera and 43 species or subspecies, of which some 18 appear to be new *. As might be expected from a district so well supplied with insect-life, the local representatives of the various genera are particularly powerful and well developed, producing in closely allied species such differences as a superabundance of mandibular teeth in groups like the Delenez, where the number has been generally considered a matter of more than specific importance. A few of the more widely spread species extend to the northern part of Australia, but the general connection is decidedly Indo-Malayan, and only slightly associated with the fauna to the south. I have to thank Mr. R. I. Pocock for his kindly advice on many debatable points, and Mr. A. 8. Hirst, of the Natural History Museum, for the courtesy with which he has provided me with specimens for comparison from the collection under his charge. Suborder ARANEA THERAPHOS. Family AVICULARIID &. Subfamily Migine. Group Myrtalee. Genus ConoTHELEe Thor. CONOTHELE SPINOSA. (Text-fig. 20.) Conothele spinosa Hoge, Abstract P.Z.S. 1914, p. 56 (Nov. 17). One female, Setakwa River. (Type of the species.) The cephalothorax, mandibles, and upperside of legs black-brown. Lip, maxille, sternum, and coxe rich dark yellow-brown. ‘The fangs red at the base; dark brown from halfway to the point. ‘The fringes on the maxille bright orange; bristles, both ordinary and tooth-shaped, brown. The surface of the abdomen is mostly destroyed, together with the spinnerets. The cephalothorax is convex, rising along the median line from the eyes to the rear end of the cephalic part; from this it slopes evenly to the side margins and steeply to the rear. In contour it is ovate, straight in front and at the rear end, rounded at * [The complete account of the new genus and species described in this communication appears here, but since some names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the < Abstract,’ No. 137 (1914), these are distinguished by the names being underlined.— Epziror. | COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 427 the sides, being broadest between the 2nd and 3rd pairs of legs. The cephalic part reaches two-thirds of the total length, ending in a narrow rounded point inside a large and deep procurved horseshoe-shaped fovea. The clypeus slopes slightly forwards from the eyes, the latter being on a tubercle broader than long, with a shallow hollow behind it; though less marked at the sides the tubercle is quite distinct. The rear row is slightly procurved, the eyes about equal in size ; the median pair—almost round, but straight at the back—are twice their diameter apart, one-third of their diameter from the laterals, and one-half from the front median. The front row is more strongly procurved, the upper edge of the laterals being on a line with the lower margin of the median. The latter, two-thirds Text-figure 20, Conothele spinosa, nat. size. a. Eyes. 6. Thoracic fovea. c. Distal joint of palp, 9. d. Tarsus of first pair of legs. e¢. Front of mandibles. their diameter apart, are slightly larger than the rear median. The front laterals are twice the diameter of the rear eyes, and are distant from one another by the space between the outer edges of the median pair. The mandibles project scarcely more than one-fourth of their length, which equals the breadth of the front margin of the cephalothorax. The fangs are stout, flattened and sharpened in front. The maxille, measured along the outer side, are twice as long as broad, shorter on the inner side, and straight in front, and only slightly . hollowed at the base with a rounded point at the lower outer corner. ‘The fringe extends the whole length of the inner side, with long curving hair. Large, pointed, tooth-shaped, converted bristles extend along the base and diagonally across from the lower inner to the upper outer corner. 3P2 428 Mk. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS ‘The lip is as broad at the base as it is long—narrower, but truncate, in front. Extending along the front margin is a procurved line of ten stout teeth, with five others below about the middle of the lip and a few long bristly hairs over the rest of its area. The sternum is as broad between the 2nd and 3rd coxe as it is long. From thence it narrows to the width of the lip in front and to twice that width at the rear, where it is nearly straight, having only a slight point above the contiguous rear coxe. The whole surface of the sternum, coxz, and legs is finely granulated. ‘The inferior sternal sigilla are large, and are situated halfway between the margin and the median line. There are upstanding bristles at the sides and a single row along the median line. The legs are short and stout, the front pair the longest and the others almost equal in length and the same length as the palpi. All the femora are flattened and curved in on the inner side. ‘The tarsal joints of the two front pairs are flattened and quite short, on the two rear pairs cylindrical and longer. ‘The tarsi and metatarsi of the two front pairs are covered the whole length of the underside with longitudinal rows of short stout teeth, bent into a hook at the anterior end (converted spines) ; both these and the long bristly hairs of the upperside have circular roots. The tibiz of the same pairs have a patch of short, stout, straight, pointed teeth at the outer side at the anterior end, and on the smooth upperside of the patelle are two longitudinal depressions reaching the whole length. At the base of tibia iii. there is a depression as in the Myrtalee. The tarsal claws are stout and strongly curved, with a long single tooth near the base of each. ‘The inferior claw is short, stout at the base, and smooth. ‘The underside of the distal and tibial joints of the palpi are covered with stout, tooth-like, hooked spines, similar to those described above. ‘The palpal claw is like the superior tarsal claws, but has a minute tooth behind the longer one. As stated above, the palpi are as long as the two posterior pairs of legs. The abdomen is apparently as long as, but narrower than, the cephalothorax; but, being partially destroyed, the shape cannot be seen. On the front part are scattered brown bristles on circular roots. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad, @ephalothoraxaee eee 74 ‘o tent Abdomen’ | }ieeeeee ee 7 6 IWMATEVEIIISS —cnsodanonosoavocvee 33, 1 horizontally. Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. Wegscet esc 1 ey 6 5 3 = 163 2 2) 5 44 3 = 144 3} 2 5 4 3 = 14 4 2 5 4 3 = 14 Palipiincencasanueeeene 2s 5 4h 2 = 14 COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 429 Dr. C. L. Doleschall, in 1857 (‘ Arach. van den Indischen Archipel,” Act. Sci. Soc. Indo-Néerl. vol. v. 1858/9, p. 5), described a spider from Amboina under the name of Cteniza malayana. In his drawing (loc. cit. pl. vi. fig. 8) the eyes are shown in the same relative positions as in the above, but all equal in size, instead of, as here, the front median eyes larger than those of the rear row and the front laterals larger again. Thorell, in his ‘Ragni di Amboina,’ 1878, p. 303, mentioned having received from General Van Hasselt a young female specimen from the locality, which he identified as the above, but proposed for it the new genus Conothele. In a very careful description of the female, he makes no mention of any such remarkable hooked spines as are here present on tarsii. and 11. and on the distal joint of the palp. He gives the front row of eyes as being larger than the rear, but all equal in size, and the fourth pair of legs longer than the first. ‘The present specimen therefore clearly seems to be a different species. At the time when Doleschall wrote his treatise no mygaliform spider was known (or, at any rate, described) with non-horizontally projecting mandibles, such as distinguish those for which the subfamily Migine was formed. If this was overlooked, both Doleschall’s and the present species would rightly belong to the genus Ctentza, in which he placed his species. All the points that he does mention agree so closely with this tbat I am sure they cannot be separated generically. In this specimen the mandibles are without question perpendicular, and have the sharp-edged fore-part of the mandi- bular fang flattened, which M. Simon quotes as a distinctive feature of the Migine, suggesting that it is used for cutting the bark wherein most of their nests are built. Mr. Pocock’s C. arboricola has the mandible subvertical and makes its nest in trees. From his description his species is evidently very close to this, but has only 6 cusps on the front of the lip instead of 10 there and 5 more below, 6 teeth on the outer margin of the falx-sheath instead of 5 only, and the fourth pair of legs longer than the third instead of the same length. Mr. Pocock’s species has almost exactly the same small amount of rake on the front of the mandible as the present species, which is less than that on the lip, and this is probably the reason for Conothele not having been taken out of the Ctenizide before—the two families running almost into one another. The shape of the mandible and fang must, however, be very much more important than the slight amount of rake existent on them. I have no hesitation in now placing the genus among the Miginw, where, in view of the shape of tibia iil., it comes into the group Myrtalee. The size of the front row of eyes clearly distinguishes the species from C. malayana Dol. 430 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS Genus SELENOcosMIA Auss. SELENOCOSMIA LANCEOLATA. (Text-fig. 21.) DoT ee ee Selenocosmia lanceolata Hogg, Abstract P. Z.8. 1914, p. 56 (Nov. 17). One female, Mimika River. (Zype of the species.) The cephalothorax is yellow-brown with reddish-brown hair. Mandibles darker yellow-brown at the base with brown hair, black-brown, with grey hair, at the point. Fangs black-brown. Maxille orange with bright orange fringes. Lip and sternum red-brown with brown bristles and yellow-brown hair. Legs and palpi dark brown, Text-figure 21. Mill lay AM (yl Selenocosmia lanceolata, nat. size. a. Eyes. 6. Stridulatory organ on outer side of mandible. c. Stridulatory organ on inner side of maxilla. with dingy yellow-grey hair underneath and dark grey scopule. Abdomen pale yellow- brown with reddish-brown hair above, darker yellow-brown with straw-coloured hair below; the spinnerets the same. The cephalothorax is only moderately convex, highest just behind the eyes, one- third longer than broad, straight in front, rounded at the sides, and hollowed at the rear. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 431 The cephalic part is marked off clearly by broad depressions, and ends at a procurved fovea between the second and third pairs of legs. ‘There are three other pairs of radial depressions running therefrom which reach the margin between each pair of legs. The eyes are on a raised tubercle twice as broad as it is long. The rear row is straight along the lower edges, the front row slightly procurved. The front median pair are one-half of their diameter apart—the side eyes being, if anything, slightly longer than the median, but only a little more than half as wide, on tubercles, and half their width away from the median. The rear side eyes not quite as long as those of the front row, one-third of their length away. The medians ovate with the small end pointing backwards are about three-fourths as long as the former and two-thirds of their length away. ‘The clypeus is once and a half as broad as the front median eyes. The mandibles are long and powerful, stretching forward more than half of their total length. ‘The fangs, stout at the base and slightly curved, are three-fourths the total length of the falx. On the inner margin of the falx-sheath are nine large teeth with one smaller between the seventh and eighth. ‘The first is not quite so long as the others. ‘The outer margin is covered with a thick bushy fringe, but has no teeth. The lip is once and a half times broader than long, cup-shaped, and hollowed in front. The maxille are convex, twice as long as broad, the base curving round the lip ends in a prolongation at the lower outer corner and a somewhat similar apophysis at the upper inner corner. The lip in front and the maxille on their lower area are thickly covered with the low club-shaped spines. There is a stridulating organ of long tapering sete on circular roots near the inner edge of the maxilla, and short upright fine bristles on the lower corner of the outer side of the mandibles. ‘The sternum is one-fifth longer than broad, slightly convex, straight in front, with a hollow between it and the lip, in which is a pair of long, narrow, lunate sigilla. It is widest two-thirds of its length from the front and rounded at the rear, but ends in a slight angular point above the contiguous rear cox; the posterior end and sides are covered with short curved bristles, the median area with recumbent flat hairs. The inferior sigilla are large, lying midway between the margin and the median line. The legs are moderately long and stout, about equal in thickness, the fourth pair longest. here are thick scopule on the tarsus and metatarsus of the first, second, and third pairs. On the fourth this only reaches two-thirds of the way along the metatarsus. ‘The two tarsal claws are sunken in the claw-tufts, and I am unable to see any on tarsus 4. ‘There is a pair of short stout spines at the auterior end of each metatarsus on the underside. The palpi are scopulated on the distal segment only. The abdomen is oval and nearly as thick as it is broad. The hair is smooth and recumbent, with scattered upstanding bristles on the basal area. The superior spinnerets are long and tapering. The second and third joints of equal length, shorter 432 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS than the first; the inferior pair are close together behind the superior, half the length of the basal joint of the latter. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Cephalothorax.......... 16 J Mee big Abdomenteeeaenener 18 13 Mandibles ............ peeeeentally ‘ 8 from base to tip. Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. ess ae Ie 7 14 14 13 = 48 OP 6 Ne) Le 12 = 42 oF 6 ii 10 Ne — 39 A, 6 14 14, 16 = 50 Pallipiierchen peewee 4 10 10 6 = 30 Superior spinnerets 4, 24, 24=9, inferior 2. This would seem to be rather close to Kulezynski’s Selenocosmia similis, which he considered perhaps the same as S. honesta Hirst, var. femoralis Kulc. (Exp. Scient. Néerlandaise 4 la N. Guinea, vol. v. part 4, p. 424)*. Although the cephalothorax, legs, and palpi are about the same length in each, the patella+tibia and metatarsus +tarsus of the two forms mentioned above are much longer than the femur, instead of the same length or shorter. Also in the present species there are spines on all the metatarsi, whereas in Kulczynski’s there are none on metatarsus i. ‘The abdomen in his species is dark chestnut instead of pale, and the lip and maxille are darker in parts instead of the same bright colour all over. ‘Therefore I believe this to be a new species. An examination of the stridulating organ of this spider shows it to be neither the bacilliform type of the Selenocosmiine nor the plumose hair type of Mr. Pocock’s Ornithoctonine. The mandibular sete are hard, upright, sharp-pointed bristles, situated at the basal end of the mandible just below the mandibular fringe; while those on the corresponding side of the maxillz are about twice as long and stout, sharply pointed at the end, and nearly recumbent. * T have since examined the type-specimen of Mr. Hirst’s S. honesta, and it differs in many points from Prof, Kulezynski’s description of his S. femoralis. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 433 Family ULOBORIDA. Subfamily Miagrammopine. Genus MiagramMopss O. P. Cambr. MIAGRAMMOPES BIROI. Miagrammopes birot Kule. Ann. Mus. Hung. vi. 1908, p. 478, Tab. ix. figs. 24, 27. One female. I have little doubt but that this is the same as the species with four eyes described by Professor Kulezynski under the above name. In the frontal grooves, where the very minute eyes of Miagrammopes usually lie, there is no sign of any, nor in the middle as in Hyptiotes. ‘The median large eyes (1/10 millimetre in diameter) are twice as far apart as they are from the side eyes, which, seen from above, are on the edge of the cephalothorax, but not quite at the edge when viewed from the side. ‘The carapace is almost bare of hair. Subfamily Uloborine. Genus Uxosorus Latyr. ULOBORUS UNDULATUS, var. PALLIDIOR. Uloborus undulatus Thor., var. pallidior Kule. Ann. Mus. Hung. vi. 1908, p. 465, Tab. ix. figs. 5, 18. Two females. Apparently the same as Prof. Kulezynski’s variety of above. The cephalothorax is canary-yellow with almost white hair. At the base of the mandibles, which are similarly coloured, are two short, longitudinal, black lines. Fangs red-brown. Lip and maxille yellowish-grey. Sternum, cox, and femora yellow, other leg-joints darkening anteriorly to dark grey. The abdomen is yellow-grey with white hairs on the upperside and nearly brown on the underside. In another specimen the black lines on the mandibles are absent. These specimens, in the shape of the abdomen, eyes, mouth-parts, etc., agree very closely with Thorell’s U. undulatus from Amboina (1878, p. 133), but differ entirely in the colouring, and haye no stripes on the cephalothorax and abdomen such as he describes, nor are the legs ringed; these are almost the same differences as Prof. Kulczynski records for a variety which he has called padlidior. ey) & VOL. XX.—ParT xIv. No. 2.—July, 1910. 434 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS Family PSECHRID &. Genus Psecurus Thor. PsECHRUS CASTANEUS. (Text-fig. 22.) Psechrus castaneus Hogg, Abstract P. Z. S. 1914, p. 56 (Nov. 17). One female, Setakwa River. (Type of the species.) The cephalothorax is rather dark yellow-brown, with recumbent white hair, mixed with a few finer orange, slightly paler in the median streak, and a streak of white round the margin. There is white hair mixed with orange in the middle, and at each side of the eye-space, and a broad white streak in the middle of the clypeus, but it is brown on each side. Text-figure 22, Psechrus castaneus, x 2. «. Hyes. 6. Underside of abdomen. c. Epigyne. d. Spinnerets aud cribellum, The mandibles are dark brown on the outer side, pale yellow-brown on the inner and at the anterior end. Brown bristly hair on the dark part and reddish-yellow on the lighter, fringes reddish-yellow, fangs dark brown. The lip and maxille are dark brown, with dark brown hair, but paler yellow-brown fringes. The sternum is dark brown with a fillet of white hair along each side to the posterior end, and some white hair-spots on the median line. The coxe are dark brown with a light yellow-brown patch covered with white hair at the base of each. ‘The trochanters are dark brown, with a patch of white hair on the front side. The femora on the upperside have alternate rings of yellow-brown and dark COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 435 brown, the darkest of all at the anterior end. Underneath yellow-brown, with white hair in patches for two-thirds of the length from the base, then a brown ring, a silvery-white ring, and a brown ring at the anterior end. The patelle dark brown ; the tibie yellow-brown with faint darker rings, darkest at the anterior end. Metatarsi and tarsi pale yellow-brown with similar-coloured bristly hair, brown spines, grey claw- tufts and calamistrum (on metatarsusiv.). The palpi are pale yellow-brown with dark brown patches at the anterior end of the femur, patella, and tibia; spatulate white hair underneath the femoral joint, a white patch in the middle of the tibial and at the base of the tarsal joints ; spines brown. The abdomen on the upperside is pale yellow-brown in the median streak with brown longitudinal lines each side from the base fora fourth of the length, continued in patches to about midway, from whence to the spinnerets are alternate transverse bands of white and dark brown hair ending in dark brown. At each side are three wide sloping streaks of brown, reaching as far as a wavy longitudinal line of white hair which runs the whole length. On the underside there is a median, wedge-shaped, white hair-patch from the base to the genital line. Below this another similar, and thence to the spinnerets a narrower white hair-streak. Each side of this olive-brown. The cephalothorax is one and a half times as long as broad, narrowing towards the front both from its greatest breadth and from the lower corners of the clypeus, slightly curved at the sides. The cephalic part is prominently raised up above the slightly convex thoracic, from which it is separated by side depressions, the eye-space lying on the highest point of the convexity. There is a deep, oval, longitudinal fovea just above the rear slope. The rear row of eyes is slightly recurved, the median pair rather more than their diameter apart and rather more again from the laterals. All the eyes of both rear and front rows are equal in diameter. The front median pair are slightly less than their diameter apart, half that distance from their laterals, and twice the former distance from the rear median. The clypeus proper is three times as wide as the diameter of the eye, with an additional streak of grey muscular tissue, making the total width about the length of the median quadrilateral. The clypeus is recedent from the lower edge of the front eyes, but curves out again to the front margin. The mandibles are only slightly geniculate at the base, as long as the front of the cephalothorax, and furnished with long bristles on the inner margins. The fangs are short, stout at the base, and well curved. There are three teeth on the inner margin of the falx-sheath, four on the outer. The lip is straight with a slight hollow in front, nearly straight at the sides, longer than broad, and more than half the length of the maxille. These are convex, rounded anteriorly and on the upper half of the outer side, thence they curve inwards to the insertion of the palpi at the base. Their troncature is long and sloping, and projects at the lower end over the lip, whence the maxillz curve round it. 3 Q 2 436 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS The sternum is broad shield-shape, slightly convex, straight in front, hollowed opposite the insertion of each coxa and ending in a point between the rear coxe. It is thickly covered with short stiff hair. The abdomen is ovate, straight in front, twice and a half as long as it is broad in the middle. The cribellum in both cases consists of two separate oval plates mounted on a broad, oval, chitinous plate. The inferior spinnerets are conical, separated by half their diameter, with short hemispherical second joints. The superior pair is similar, but only half as long or broad, the median cylindrical, quite short, and close together. They all project beyond the end of the abdomen. The epigyne consists of two oval spirally marked prominences, one on each side of a median ridge that widens out into a straight basal line. Both below this and some little way above is a sudden deep transverse depression. The legs are long, cylindrical, and fine, the first pair being ten and a half times the length of the cephalothorax. The tarsi are nearly half the length of the meta- tarsus, very fine, and sinuous. There is only one weak spine above on metatarsus 1., none above on the tibia, but several long ones on the sides and underneath. ‘There are claw- tufts on the end of the tarsi. The femoral joint of the female palp is incurved and broadened anteriorly, the tibial twice as long as the patellar, the tarsal is furnished with a thick bunch of bristles and sundry spines. ‘The claw has about ten pectinations. ‘The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Ol A on Cephalothorax......... 5 fe In Eren es 34 Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. : (2 & 15) (184 & 6) ¢ ere i, 2 144 \ ; ie | =) ae 2. 2 13 12 145 = 41S os 2 10 74 10 = 294 A. 2 ill 11 (11 & 54) - = 404 Pallipilearae sven 1 24 2 24 = 8 In coloration this species is very similar to P. argentatus Thor., P. libeltii, and P. annulatus Kulc., but in these species the front median eyes are smaller than (instead of equal to) the side eyes and the rear median less (instead of more) than their diameter apart. The legs are longer compared with the cephalothorax than in any of the recorded species. ‘The epigyne is only roughly the same type, and they differ in size. From the Indian species the differences are still more marked, and I have no hesitation, therefore, in describing P. castancus as new. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 437 Genus FEcENIA Sim. FECENIA CINEREA. (Text-fig. 23.) Fecenia cinerea Hogg, Abstract P. Z. 8S. 1914, p. 56 (Nov. 17). One female. (Type of the species.) The cephalothorax is orange-yellow with pale yellowish-grey hair, thickest round the side margin and rear slope, and two longitudinal darker lines on each side of the median line. The mandibles are similarly coloured, but the hair and bristles are yellower, not quite so dark as the surface. ‘The fangs yellow-brown. The lip and maxille are dingy yellow-grey with similarly coloured bristles and bright golden fringes. The sternum dark grey with yellowish-grey hair. The coxe are more grey Text- figure 23. Fecenia cinerea, X 2. a. Eyes. 6. Epigyne. c. Cribellum. than yellow, but the legs get brighter yellow from thence to the anterior end, with light yellow hair and brown spines. The abdomen above is dark grey with light grey hair; there is a longitudinal pale streak bounded by two darker lines reaching from the base to two-thirds of its length, where the latter join. At the sides are about five faint transverse streaks—on the underside dark grey with a transverse light streak across it about the middle. Spinnerets and epigyne yellow. The cephalothorax is slightly longer than broad, truncate in front and at the rear end, rounded at the sides. ‘The cephalic part is convex and separated by well-marked depressions from the thoracic. These reach to a nearly circular fovea two-thirds of the length of the cephalothorax from the front. It is thickly covered with recumbent but rather coarse hair mingled with short upstanding bristles, those on the clypeus much longer. 438 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS The front row of eyes viewed from above is straight along the upper edge, but from the front looks procurved. ‘The median eyes are one-fourth of their diameter larger than the side; they are their diameter apart, and about half that distance from the laterals. ‘The rear row is so far procurved that the upper edge of the side eyes reaches to a line through the centre of the median pair. ‘These are the same distance apart as from the front median, whose diameter is the distance separating them, their own diameter being three-fourths only of the latter. They are twice their diameter distant from their laterals, which are slightly smaller than the front eyes, from which they are their diameter away. ‘The clypeus proper is the width of the front median eyes, but a bare chitinous piece extends almost the same distance to the upper part of the mandibles. The mandibles are geniculate at the base, fairly stout, and thickly covered with _ coarse bristly hair. The fangs are stout at the base, of moderate length, and not much curved. ‘There are four teeth on the inner margin of the falx-sheath. The maxille are upright, broadest anteriorly, incurved at the back, narrowed to the base, and have upstanding bristles on the outer margin. They curve round the lip, which is convex, longer than broad, more than half their length; it is truncate in front and cut away at the corners of the base. The sternum is a broad heart-shape, truncate in front, but with rounded corners, and narrowing to a point at the rear. It is convex, with depressions at points between the coxe, and moderately covered with recumbent hair and upstanding bristles. The rear coxz are contiguous. The legs are long and fine, the front pair three times the length of the third pair and eight times that of the cephalothorax ; the fourth pair is missing from below the patella. The abdomen is oval, truncate in front, twice as long as broad. The cribellum divided. Each part tapers from the inner to the outer end. The epigyne consists of a median projecting shelf, flanked bya hollow on each side. These hollows are bounded on the outer and lower margins by a curved ridge, broad on the lower margin, but narrow at the sides; at each upper corner also there is another small oval depression. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Cephalothorax ......... 34 ee an Ho 5 PNM Gonoscvoussoavs 63 3 iMandiblesseeeeeeeterce 2 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. IES), es aneo0ed Me il 8 9 74 3h = 29 2 2 44 6 64 = 172 3 4 3 3 34 = 10 4. 3 44 — — Pallpiteynunnnencceeues 4 2 Ii 14 = 52 COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 439 This differs from all other species described in the shape of the epigyne (which is nearest to the drawing given by Mr. W. J. Rainbow for his /. oblonga from the Solomon Islands *), in having the median eye area broader than long, the rear row of eyes procurved, and the front pair of legs eight times the length of the cephalothorax instead of six times, with the others in proportion. Family ZODARIID&. Subfamily Zodariine. Group Storenee. Genus Srorena Walck. STORENA ZEBRA. Storena zebra Thorell, Ragni Austro-Malesi, ii. 1881, p. 184. Two non-adult females and one male. These specimens closely correspond to Dr. Thorell’s description of the above. There can be little doubt but that they belong to this species, collected by d’Albertis on the Fly River, Southern New Guinea. These specimens clearly demonstrate that the front-median eyes of the male are much larger than those of the female, as mentioned by Thorell. Family ARGIOPID&. Subfamily Nephiline. Group Nephilee. Genus Nepuiia Leach. NEPHILA MACULATA. Aranea maculata Fabr. Ent. Syst. 11. 1793, p. 425. Nephila maculata forma principalis Thorell, Ragni Austro-Malesi, 111. 1881, p. 145, et auctores. Four aduit females. Also sundry mutilated and non-adult examples. Of the original species, the so-called forma principalis, there are a number of specimens which unfortunately, from want of a better accommodation for their long limbs, are in a sadly dilapidated condition. * W. J. Rainbow, Rec. Austr. Mus. Sydney, vol. x. pt. 1, p. 8, fig. 5 (1913). 440 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS These are without the two small black tubercles at the rear end of the pars cephalica, having in their place two triangular bare spots. The abdomen, which is of a rich chocolate ground-colour, speckled with silvery-white hair-spots, has a broad transverse band of white hair near the base on the upperside and another on the underside below the genital fold. The abdomen is broadest and straight in front, whence the sides are parallel for not quite one-third of its length, thence narrowing to near the posterior end, where it slightly widens out and is bluntly rounded off. The first pair of legs are eight and a half times, and the fourth pair six and a third times, the length of the cephalothorax, the breadth of the cephalothorax being three- quarters of its length. Other specimens, which seem to conform to Thorell’s variety walckenaeri, have the two black tubercles on the cephalothorax ; the latter only two-thirds as wide as long. The abdomen is oval, with four pairs of muscle-spots on a yellowish-grey uniform ground-colour above and at the sides. Underneath is a long shield-pattern marked by a pale yellow border round a brown inside, with yellow spots thereon at the anterior end only; this reaches from the genital fold to the spinnerets. ‘The palpi are yellow- brown. The first pair of legs are only seven times the length of the cephalothorax and the fourth pair five and two-thirds times. The coloration of the cephalothorax and legs is very similar to the first-named, but the above-quoted differences seem sufficient to indicate at least a new variety. Herr Embrik Strand has given the name of nove guinee to a partly similar variety, but with a pattern on the back of the abdomen. ‘The variations which occur are considerable, but seem to run one into the other, and it is difficult to say how far they can bear any definite subdivision. NEPHILA MACULATA, nr. var, HASSELTIL. Epeira hasseltu Doleschall, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerl. v. 1859, p. 27, pl. xiii. fig. 5. Two females. The abdomen of these specimens is chocolate-brown all over, with moderate-sized silvery hair-spots in four longitudinal rows on the back, but more irregularly distributed on the underside. The spots are much smaller and more silvery than in specimens of NV. maculata, forma principalis, in the Natural History Museum, from Java, and there is no pronounced longitudinal stripe on the back or underside as in the latter, but they have the broad, transverse, silvery streak near the front end on the upperside and a similar, but less conspicuous, stripe behind the genital fold on the underside. The sternal protuberances are all about equal in height, and there are no cephalic tubercles, but two large bare depressions in their places. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 44] The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— (By these it will be seen that the first pair of legs is eight and a half times the length of the cephalothorax.) Long. Broad. Cephalothorax......... 14 f. intone. Lot Abdomen ereeeceeeee ees 27 9 Mandibles ............ 74 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. ILS. sn00 Ie 3 35 338 43 (37 & 6) = 119 2 3 26 23 35 (80 & 5) = 87 3 24 18 12 20 = 624 4 3. 82 238 (58&18) 35 = 93 IPrall lth aeecesctee tees 13 i 5 6 = 193 Dr. T. Thorell states (loc. cit. supra) that, after examination of a very large number of specimens of this species, he is quite convinced that his forma principalis and four varieties—annulipes, hasseltit Dol., walckenaertt Dol., and penicillum Dol.— include the whole of the following species as synonyms:—WNephila fuscipes C. L. Koch (not fuscipes L. Koch), N. chrysogaster Walck., N. hasseltti Dol., NV. kuhlw Dol., N. walekenaerit Dol., N. penicillum Dol., N. procera L. Koch, WN. sulphurosa L. K., NV. tenwipes L. K. In the face of this, although the above-described specimens do not conform exactly to any of the varieties of Thorell, but lie somewhere near var. has- seltti, there is no occasion to consider them as a new variety—much less a species. NEPHILA MACULATA, nr. var. WALCKENAERII. Nephila maculata, var. walckenaerii Doleschall, Nat. Tijdschr.-Nederl. Indie, xii. 1857, p. 412. Four females (one non-adult). These specimens are rather shorter in the legs in comparison with the cephalo- thorax than those above described, the first pair about seven times the length thereof and others in proportion; they have small cephalic tubercles. The sternum in an apparently old example is black all over, but in the others the sternal protuberances are all bright orange. ‘The posterior end of the sternum is broad, but rounded, with two small knobs at the corners. The abdomen is pale olive-brown above, without any pattern or darkened base, but four pairs of small muscle-spots; the sides are darker, with pale wavy diagonal stripes; on the underside the gill-covers are dark brown. Below the epigyne is a narrow, transverse, dark stripe followed by a broader pale one, then a broad longitudinal VOL. XX.—PART XIV. No. 3.—July, 1915. 3k 442, MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS streak of brown reaching to the spinnerets. ‘This is bordered along each side by a yellow stripe, with yellow spots on the anterior half. On the largest specimen this pattern is reduced to a pale median stripe only. Except in the non-adult, the abdomen is barely twice as long as broad. The coxe are black at the points and then bright yellow-brown, but the rest of the legs are jet-black. In the epigyne and other respects they resemble the forma principalis. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad Cephalothorax......... 134 { a Dou INbdoment eae eee 29 14 Mandibles ............ 64 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. Whe gs aeeece: Ihe 4d 28 25 38 = 954 2 4 24 21 29 = 78 oF A 115) 10 17 = 46 4: ao 27 20 30 = 81 Pallpit (eeoaescstenneo seer 2 i 5 6 = 20 These are near to N. walckenaerti Dol. (N. maculata, var. walckenaerit), which, however, is without the clear pattern most of these have, and the dark area on the base of the abdomen is not present on any of these. NEPHILA ? sp. Eight females, Setakwa River. These are almost certainly the same as L. Koch's W. tenvipes, but larger, with no humps and two deep depressions on the cephalic part of the cephalothorax. There is no protuberance at the lower end of the sternum, but instead a straight end with two small kuobs, one at each corner. Dr. Thorell states that WV. tenuipes L. K. is probably the non-adult of NV. penicillum Dol. = N. maculata, var. penicillum Dol. (loc. cit. supra, p. 147). : Genus Nepuitenays L. Koch. Nephilengys Lu. Koch, Die Arachn, Aust. p. 143 (1872). NEPHILENGYS MALABARENSIS, var. PAPUANA. Epeira malabarensis Walckenaer, Ins. Apt. 11. 1841, p. 103. Nephila rivulata Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 618, pl. xlix. fig. 1. Nephilengys malabarensis, var. papuana Thorell, Ragni Austro-Malesi, ii. 1881, p. 156, et auctores. One female. ‘The coloration of the back and sides of the abdomen is exactly the same as depicted COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 445 by the Rev. O. P. Cambridge for his Nephila rivulata, but the underside of the abdomen has the large cream-coloured spot, or shield, and the constricted coloration of the sternum mentioned by Dr. Thorell for his variety papwana. ‘The front median eyes are rather more than their diameter apart. The legs are pale yellow-brown, with annulations at the base and front of the femur and tibia only. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Sey fa Cephalothorax......... 7 ie iron AN TUOINSD, oy 2o0gan0000008 12 74 Wleyaghiaes: scosccc0s000 34 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. Wee sya. sere, 1. 2 9 9 12 = 32 2. 2 8} 8} 102 = 292 on 1 6 4 Ma = 184 4 2 8k 7 104 — 28 all pleeeat nase 1 3 2h 24 = 9 Widely distributed from Natal (sec. Cambr.) eastwards to Brazil. Subfamily Argiopine. Group Argiopee. Genus ArGiope Aud. in Sav. ARGIOPE ATHEREA. Argiope etherea Walck. Ins. Apt. ii, 1841, p. 112. A number of females. Normal specimens of this widely spread and well-known species. ARGIOPE BROWNII. Argiope brownit Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 284. Recorded from Duke of York Island (Cambridge) ; N. Britain (Lhorel/) ; Cape Horn, New Guinea (Pocock); N. Territory of Australia (7. &. H.). Five females. These specimens differ from the New Guinea specimens in the British Museum in having three white spots on each side of the longitudinal markings on the underside of the abdomen, legs light yellow-brown instead of chocolate-brown, and white spots on the brown area at the rear of the abdomen on the upperside, but are the same as my specimens from Northern Australia. Cambridge’s description was obtained from parts of broken specimens and is not, therefore, minutely distinctive. 444 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS ARGIOPE TRIFASCIATA. Epeira trifasciata Doleschall, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind. xiii. 1857, p. 416; id. Tweede Bijd. Arachn. Ind. Archip. pl. i. fig. 3. Two much mutilated female specimens are apparently referable to this well-known species. Genus Gea C. Koch. Gea C. Koch, Ar. x. 1843, p. 101. GEA ROTUNDA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 24.) One male. (Type of the species.) The cephalothorax is bright yellow-brown with rather paler streaks in the radiations. ‘The clypeus and mandibles are dingy yellow-grey, fangs yellow-brown. Lip, maxille, and sternum dingy yellow with pale yellow-grey hair. ‘The coxe of the Text-figure 24. Oo Oo pH ee Ta Gea rotunda, §, x2. a. Front of cephalothorax, showing cyes, mandibles, and male palps from upper and underside. front two pairs of legs are yellow, of the two rear pairs dark yellow-grey. The femora and patelle are dark brown. ‘The basal half of the tibia yellow, the anterior half dark brown. ‘lhe metatarsi and tarsi yellow, hair pale yellow on the former, browner on the tarsi. The palpi yellow-brown with pale yellow hair. The abdomen is pale greenish or silvery-grey above, dark grey mottled with yellow underneath. The cephalothorax is almost circular with a shallow oval fovea in the centre, whence shallow depressions radiate to the circumference. It is moderately convex, curving COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 445 evenly all round from the flat central area to the margin. A short truncate piece in front carries the eyes and supports the mandibles, which are straight and perpendicular with short stout fangs. The rear row of eyes is so procurved that the laterals are in a straight line with the front median, the laterals of which are so slightly lower that they form altogether a front row of six eyes in a nearly straight line. The rear median eyes are four of their diameters apart between their yellow pupils, and their somewhat wide black rims bring them nearer. The front median, one-third wider than the rear, are one and a half diameters from them and the same distance from one another. The laterals of each row are on a common protuberance, the eye belonging to the rear row slightly the larger of the two, being on the outside they are one-half of its diameter apart. A deep depression separates them from the prominence on which the front median eyes lie, and there is a shallower depression between the latter also. The clypeus is as broad as the distance between them. The lip, at least twice as wide as it is long, is truncate in front, where it is one-half the width of its base and about one-third the height of the maxille, which are triangular, widest anteriorly. ‘The sternum, as broad as long, is as wide as the lip and slightly hollowed in front, widest between the second pair of coxve, pointed above the contiguous pair of rear coxze. The tarsal and metatarsal joints of the legs (of which the front pairs are absent) are much finer than the tibial; the superior claws short, fine, and without pectinations. The inferior claw longer than the others. The abdomen is ovate, slightly truncate in front; spinnerets normal, on raised chitinous bases, ‘The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Cephalothorax ......... 3 f un Hip, ANOGIOWMNEYN o4006,d0000000 3 2 IMiaMCMOIGS socb0oscc0o0000 1 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa, & femur. & tibia. & tarsus, IUEES sooroosse 1. 4 — _ es . 3 43 4 4 _ 13k 3. 4 3 2 3 = 8 4, 4 4 3 4 = ite SBE pedodaseaceconse ds 3 $ + eS 23 Doleschall described his species, Argiope reinwardtvi from Amboina, from a female, which is as usual much larger. The sexes being different in size and general appear- ance, it is not easy, unless specimens are taken together, to associate them. M. Simon 2 446 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS gives a drawing of the eyes and male palp of A. reinwardétii Dol.* very nearly like this, and I think it may possibly be the same, but there is no proof of it being so. Iam unable to find that any description of the male has been published. As the eyes of the front row are equidistant, it belongs to the genus Gea C. Koch and not Argiope. Group Aranee. Genus ArANeEvs Clerck. Series I. of E. Simon. ARANEUS FLORIATUS. (‘Text-fig. 25.) Araneus floriatus Hogg, Abstract P. Z. S. 1914, p. 57 (Nov. 17). Two females (one non-adult). (Zype of the species.) The cephalothorax is dark yellow-brown with pale yellowish-white hair, the side-eye tubercles black-brown. ‘The mandibles yellow-brown, fangs rather paler. Lip and Text-figure 25, Araneus floriatus, nat. size. a, Eyes. 6. Underside of abdomen. c. Epigyne from above. d. Epigyne from below. maxille yellow-brown, with the usual paler broad edges. Sternum and coxe yellow- brown all over, with yellowish-white hair. Legs yellow, darkest on the femoral joints, with yellow-brown hair. Metatarsus and tarsus quite bright yellow. ‘There are white patches at the anterior end of the femora and dark patches on the upperside at the anterior end of the tibiz; the spines on the sides are black and white, but those on the upperside brown. ‘The palpi bright yellow-brown all over. * Hist. Nat. des Ar. i. 1892, p. 765, figs. 841-3. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 447 At the base the abdomen is dark greyish-brown mottled with yellow, followed on each side by a broad area of bright yellow with a few brown spots thereon, running into a yellow area the whole length of each side of the abdomen; the central area of the back is covered with a brown pattern beginning with a median broad triangle that separates the above-mentioned yellow areas, thence it broadens out into a shield deeply scolloped at the sides, which gradually narrows into a long streak reaching to the posterior end. In the interior of this shield are paler patches, two near the broad anterior end, one each side of the median line, and others successively smaller on the median line. On the yellow sides are about five faint brown perpen- dicular lines merging into the dull greyish-brown of the underside. On this, in front of the epigyne, is a pale yellowish area. Between the genital groove and the spinnerets is a narrow darker shield pointed at each end; on this, one below the other, are four pairs of small round dark spots and two rather large paler yellow spots a little in front of the spinnerets. ‘The latter and the epigyne are yellow-brown. The cephalothorax is longer than broad, truncate in front, rounded at the sides. The somewhat raised cephalic part is separated from the thoracic by well-marked depressions, its rear end extending to a fovea almost on the rear slope. ‘The former is nearly bare in the middle, but the sides and the thoracic part are thickly covered with rather coarse hair. ‘The front median eyes are one-third wider than the rear median, one and a half times their diameter apart and two and a half times from their laterals. The rear median are only two-thirds of their diameter apart and their diameter from the front median. The side eyes, the diameters of which are one-third smaller than those of the rear median, lie half a diameter apart on a rather large tubercle, the front eye being directly below the rear one. ‘The clypeus is about as broad as a front median eye. ‘The mandibles are strongly geniculate at the base, as long as the front of the cephalothorax is broad; the fangs long and powerful, but slightly curved. On the inner side of the falx-sheath are three teeth, the middle one larger than the others. On the outer margin are four, of which the third is the largest and the fourth smallest. The lip is broader than long, pointed anteriorly, half the length of the maxille; the latter are straight in front, where they are broadest. The sternum is long and shield-shaped, hollow in front and at the insertion of the coxe, the rear pair being contiguous; it is thickly covered with rather coarse hair. The legs are moderately long and tapering, not very stout, but furnished with short powerful spines. The abdomen is ovate, nearly as broad as long, broadest one-third of its length from the base ; thick at the sides and sparsely covered with short, fine, recumbent hair and long upstanding bristles on circular roots. The epigyne is formed of a scape springing from the upper part of a bulbous base, at first bent back and then turned over towards the rear, the anterior two-thirds pointing 448 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS posteriorly. This portion is twice as long as the bulbous base, hollowed on the upper- side with a narrow raised margin, slightly narrowing anteriorly, where it ends in a rounded point. On each side of ithe bulbous base is an outwardly curving columnar support with a dark line along it, the median portion being also convex. ‘The whole of this portion, as broad as it is long, springs from a strongly convex transverse protuberance, broadest in the middle and tapering to the pulmonary apertures. The superior tarsal claws have about seven pectinations, none on the inferior. The tibial joint of the palpi is twice as long as the patellar, with five or six pectinations on the claw. On the anterior end of the femur are some short curved spines. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Gl Ba ee Cephalothorax ......... 53 hoe Ha ron Albdomentineneeereeeeeren 12 Tal Man diblesieeee ree neeee 24 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. Thees, asia: ] 2 7 of i = 23 as 2 if 64 64 = 22 3. 13 5 3s 4, = 14 4 2) 7 54 6 = 204 Balipi cetacean 1 2 24 2) = a This species is somewhat near A. ferruginea Thor. and A. pfeiffert Thor.; it differs from both in the pronounced pattern on the back and in having the side eyes nearer to the median than in either. The epigyne agrees closely with Thorell’s description of that of the latter, but the scape is longer in proportion to its breadth than in the former. I am unable to discover any species recorded from anywhere near New Guinea in which the epigyne, eyes, and shape of abdomen accord with this, and I therefore consider it to represent a new species. ARANEUS GRANTI. (Text-fig. 26.) Araneus granti Hogg, Abstract P. Z.S. 1914, p. 57 (Nov. 17). One female. (ype of the species.) The cephalothorax is black-brown all over, covered with long silvery-white hairs and white upstanding bristles. ‘The mandibles black-brown, fangs red-brown at the anterior half. Lip and maxille black-brown, pale yellow-brown at the margins, with fringes of the same colour. The sternum is yellow over the whole central area, but black-brown round the side margins, with yellowish-white hair. The coxe are dark COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 449 yellow-brown. ‘The femora of the third pair of legs are yellow with black patches at each end, but those of the first, second, and fourth pairs black-brown all over. ‘The patella black-brown, the tibie yellow on the basal half, black-brown on the anterior. Metatarsus and tarsus i. and ii. yellow. Metatarsus iii. and iv. yellow, but tarsus black-brown. Dark brown bristly hair on the dark portions of the legs, greyish-white on the lighter. The palpiare similarly coloured, with light femoral and dark distal joint. The upperside of the abdomen is chocolate-brown with white hairs and bristles; embedded in this is a black longitudinal spear-head pattern, pointing anteriorly, about the middle it broadens out and ends in a short shaft; a yellow border envelopes the pattern as far as the rear end; the broadening out tends to form an indistinct cross. Near the juncture of the cross-bar with the middle streak are two large round depressions on the lower side and two smaller nearer together on the upper. ‘The Text-figure 26. Araneus granti, nat. size. a. Kyes. 6. Epigyne. underside is in corrugated ridges of black and yellow, with white hair; on the side- slopes, which are brown, are perpendicular yellow streaks. The cephalothorax is one-fourth longer than broad, truncate in front, rounded at the sides, with well-marked depressions separating the cephalic from the thoracic part. Long, coarse, forward-pointing hair and bristles. The front median eyes are rather more than their diameter apart and the same distance from the rear median, which are one-fifth diameter smaller and only half of their diameter apart; they are two and a half times their diameter from the laterals, the row being slightly recurved viewed from above. The lateral eyes are on a joint protuberance, about equal in size, smaller than the rear median and half their diameter apart. The clypeus is about as wide as the front median eyes. The mandibles are as long as the front of the cephalothorax (?. ¢. half its greatest width), geniculate, slightly divergent anteriorly. The fangs are long, powerful, and slightly curved: on the inner side of the falx-sheath are three teeth, the lower being the largest ; and four on the outer, the last but one larger than the others. The lip is broader than long, rounded to an obtuse point anteriorly—half the length 2) VOL. XX.—ParT xiv. No. 4.—July, 1915. 2 450 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS of the maxilla. The sternum is a broad shield-shape, pointed at the rear, slightly hollowed in front and at the insertion of the cox, of which the rear pair is contiguous. The abdomen is ovate, rounded in front, obtusely pointed at the rear, nearly as broad as long. It is smooth on the back and sides, but corrugated transversely underneath. The epigyne is furnished with a broad scape projecting downwards, three times as long as the bulbous base from which it springs. The scape is broad at the base, narrowed and broadened again. It is four and a half times as long as broad, and rounded at the anterior end. Along each side of the upper face is a slightly raised margin, within which it is hollowed. The legs are of medium length and fairly stout. On the patella of the front two pairs there is a spine at each side and one in front, and on tibia i. and ii. four pairs at the sides and one above. ‘The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Cephalothorax ......... 5 1 in fronts Abdomentiecessaeccsectes 74 a Miandiblesine seeecee: 2 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. IRE) segconaae Iho il 64 6 6 = 19} 2 i 63 5 5 — 17s 3. i 34 34 31 = 103 A, i 6 5 5 = 17 Pall Pies sscnuente ener 4 2 12 2 = 61 This is one of the smaller of the numerous variations from the widely spread A, productus type, but it does not seem to have been recorded before; I have named it after Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant. It is near A. vatius Thor. from Amboina (‘ Ragni di Selebes,’ p. 44), which Dr. Thorell thinks may be the same as A. hispidus Dol. ; but the scapus of the epigyne is apparently longer and more wavy, and the patelia wholly black instead of black at the point only, the pattern of the back doubtfully similar. ARANEUS CAPUT-LUPI. Epeira caput-lupi Doleschali, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerl. v. 1859, p. 35, pl. vil. fig. 6; Thorell, Aun. Mus. Genova, xvi. 1881, p. 85. Araneus caput-lupi Pocock, Sond. aus dem Abh. der Senck. naturf. Ges., Bd. xxiii. Heft 4, 1897, p. 599, pl. xxv. fig. 6. Six females. : Although varying in colour considerably, as mentioned both by Dr. Thorell and Mr. Pocock, these specimens are without doubt the same as those identified by the COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 451 above-named gentlemen as Doleschall’s Araneus (Epeira) caput-lupi, although the illustration given by the latter does not agree so well with them, as is usually the case with his beautifully finished drawings. In some specimens the shield on the back is of a deep chocolate-colour bordered by a thin yellow line, and pale red. on the shoulder-humps, the portion in front of the shield being quite dark. In others about the same colour the thin bordering line is absent. In others, again, the whole of the back is pale yellow-brown, but in all the form of the epigyne is similar and very distinctive—the spinous bristles on the back and legs on round tubercle-roots, the white spines on the legs, the pair of large dark bare muscle-spots on the shield, and other points are exactly similar. I make the measurements of the largest (in millimetres) as follows :— Long. Broad. Als Cephalothorax......... 9 1 i seh Albdomentenss ey seeeee as 14 12 Mandibles ..........-- 4 = Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. | WBE oocoocace 1. 24 3 9 8t = 28 2. 24 7 9 74 - 26 3. 2 6 6 5 = 19 4 24 8 9 8h = 28 Palipiene Peete. 1 4, 34 3 = 11d Dr. Thorell makes the cephalothorax shorter than patella + tibia iv., but I find it the same length (in some of the specimens, however, this does not seem to be the case), and the fourth pair are as long as the first, while he makes them in some cases even longer. ARANEUS THEIS, var. TRIANGULIFERA. Epeira theis Walckenaer, Ins., Apt. ii. 1841, p. 53. Epeira mangareva Walckenaer, ibid. iv. 1847, p. 469. Epeira theisii Thorell, Ragni di Selebes, 1877, p. 50. Epeira triangulifera Thorell, Ragni di Amboina, 1878, p. 65. Epeira theisii, var. triangulifera Thorell, Rag. Aust.-Mal. 1881, p. 115. Nineteen females and one male. It has generally been held that Epeira theis Walck. and Epeira mangareva Walck. are at most varieties of the same species. Dr. Thorell attempts a differentiation on slight variations in both the male and female sexual organs. ‘These, however, do not seem to hold good even in his own description, and seeing that the species have been recorded (originally from Guam) from Singapore, New Guinea and adjacent islands, the eastern parts of Australia, and most of the Pacific islands, it is hardly to be wondered 38 2 452 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS at that there should be local variations. The colouring varies considerably, but the _markings on the cephalothorax and upperside of the abdomen remain roughly the same, and they are all distinguished by the yellow longitudinal stripes each side of a dark median area on the underside of the abdomen, and the slightly differing scapus of the epigyne in the female sometimes springing from a more or less rounded base and sometimes more or less narrowed at the anterior end. After examining specimens from Guam, Thorell came to the conclusion that there was a specific difference between those from the locality whence Walckenaer described his original E. theis and specimens from Amboina, and he therefore (doc. cit.) described the latter as a new species, A. triangulifera. Among the numerous speci- mens now before me, certainly all the same, and all from more or less the same locality, the thickness of the base and breadth of the point certainly vary ; normally they have a fairly rounded thickened base. Tapering to about half its width at the point, the scape is hollowed underneath in the basal half and on the upperside in the anterior half, in each case with a raised marginal rim; in some specimens it is straight, in others curved upwards or downwards. Mr. R. I. Pocock (Sond. aus dem Abh. der Senck. naturf. Ges., Bd. xxii. Heft 4, 1897, p. 601) describes both species from the Island of Halmahera. In my specimens the legs are longer in proportion to the cephalothorax than the measurements given by Dr. L. Koch (Arach. Aust. vol. i. 1871, p. 85, E. mangareva), but they agree with Dr. Thorell’s E. triangulifera (loc. cit.), and I consider them as certainly the same as this and a variety of A. theis Walck. In all Dr. Thorell’s descriptions he makes the rear median eyes larger than the front median, while Dr. Koch says that they are the same size. In these the front eyes are quite clearly larger than the rear, but not much. The measurements (in millimetres) of a female and a male are as follows :— Female. Male. Long. Broad. Long. Broad. Cephalothorax...... 4 { aria tron Cephalothorax...... 4 Ae irene 3 4 Mb domienWena tno 8 54 Aibdomleny eens seseere 43 24 Mrandiblest ene... 13 — Mandibles ......... 1 — Female. ‘Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. JUSS a soo acon itis 1 6 é 64 = 193 2 I 5 5 54 = 164 3. 3 3 3 3 = 93 4, ] 6 6 6 = 19 Balliptiinenicrewened eines 4 12 13 13 = 5s COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 453 Male. Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. IEFES, coas0cc¢ I, 1 6 6 6 = 19 2: ] 5 44 5 = 154 3. ¢ 3 3 3 = 92 4. 1 5 5 & a 16 Group Cyrtophoree. Genus CYRTOPHORA Simon. CYRTOPHORA MOLUCCENSIS. Epeira moluccensis Doleschall, Nat. Tijd, v. Nederl. Ind. vol. xiii. 1857, p. 418; id. Act. Soe. Sci. Ind. Néerl. vol. v. 1858-9, pl. i. fig. 7; Thorell, Ragni di Amboina, Studi Rag. Mal. e Pap. vol. ii. 1878, pp. 41, 296; Ragni di Austro-Malesi, Studi Rag. Mal. e Pap. vol. 11. 1881, p. 80. Araneus moluccensis Pocock in Sond. aus dem Abh. der Senck. naturf. Ges., Bd. xxiii. Heft 4, 11897, p. 599. Cyrtophora moluccensis Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araignées, vol. i. 1895, p. 775 (note) ; Kulczynski in Bot.-Zool. Ergebn. Samoa- u. Solomons-inseln, 1910, p. 6, pl. xvii. fig. 5. Two females. This widely spread species has so many variations in size and coloration that it is difficult to say for certain, in the absence of the type-specimens, that all attributed thereto belong to the same species as that described by Doleschall, but from his description I have little doubt as to these specimens being the same. Thorell (loc. cit.) gives the following as synonyms :—- Epeira maritima Keys. », cupidinea Thor. », hieroglyphica L. Koch. » margaritacea Dol. The drawings accompanying the original descriptions of these vary considerably. The present specimens have light and dark rings on the tibia, but the epigyne agrees exactly with Prof. Kulezynski’s drawing (cc. cit.). The pattern given by Mr. W. J. Rainbow (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1898, pt. 3, pl. vii. fig. 4) of his C. simoni from British New Guinea is the same as this, but in some points his description seems to differ. 454 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS Group Tetragnathee. Genus TEeTRaGNaTHA Latr. TETRAGNATHA RUBRIVENTRIS. Tetragnatha rubriventris Doleschall, Nat. Tijd. v. Nederl. Ind. vol. xii. 1857, p. 40. One male. M. Simon, Hist. Nat. des Ar. vol. i. 1892, p. 718, gives drawings of the mandibles, lip and maxille, and male palp of 7. rubriventris Dol., which agree exactly with the same parts of this specimen. Doleschall’s description (loc. cit.) agrees well enough with this, except that he calls the underside of the abdomen “ purple-coloured ” and gives the length as 4 mm. only, while in this one it is 9 mm. and the abdomen is dark grey underneath. Thorell (doc. cit.) makes the length of his-specimen 143 mm. and says the abdomen is golden-red, which this male is on the upperside. Prof. Kulczynski records 7. rubriventris Dol., and then describes 7. phwodactyla with a drawing of the mandible which seems the same, and his coloration is the same as this, with the exception of yellow spots on the abdomen and a dark ring on the tarsi and metatarsi i. and ii., the length being 7°47 mm. If not the same, the two species would seem to be merely varieties. TETRAGNATHA ? LEPTOGNATHA. Tetragnatha leptognatha Thorell, Ragni di Selebes, 1877, p. 101. One female. Both in coloration and proportions this example seems to agree with Thorell’s description of the above-named species, but his specimens are slightly larger. ‘The mandibular teeth and shape of fang are the same, aud I have not much doubt but that it must be ascribed to Thorell’s species. I make the measurements (in millimetres) as follows : — Long. Broad. Cephalothorax............ 3 te 8 (BON Nbdomen\eeresnceaceseccer OF 2i Mian(diiblesiaeeereereecceces 3 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. hers ee 1] 4 8 9 11 = 281 2 4 6 6 7 = 194 3 i 34 2 3 = 83 4 4 6 6 64 = 19 JEATOH “sedqnbacoosbacoade 4 13 1i 1 = 44 COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 45 oO Group Meter. Genus Leucaucr White. Leucauge White, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 1841, p. 473. Argyroepeira Emmerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. vi. 1884, p. 328. LEUCAUGE COCCINEA. Epewa coccinea Doleschall, Nat. Tijd. v. Neder]. Ind. vol. xiii. 1857, p. 421; id. Tweede Bijd. Act. Soc. Sci. Ind. Néerl. 1859, pl. i. fig. 2. Meta coccinea Dol.; Thorell, Rag. Mal. e Pap. ii. (Ragni di Amboina), 1878, p. 89; v. Keyserling, Die Arach. Aust., Suppl. 1887, p. 208, tab. xviii. fig. 8. A large number of females, evidently of this handsome species. Previously recorded from Amboina, New Ireland, the Solomon Islands,’ and Fiji Islands. LEucAUGE caupaTa. (Text-fig. 27.) Leucauge caudata Hogg, Abstract P. Z. 8. 1914, p. 57 (Nov. 17). Two females. (Type of the species.) The cephalothorax is pale yellowish mottled with darker grey, slightly darker in the cephalic fovea; the few scattered upright hairs are nearly white. ‘The Text-figure 27. Leucauge cuudata, x 2. a. Hyes. 6. Epigyne from below. c. Profile, x 2. mandibles are dark yellow and darker grey; the fangs red-brown at the base, pale red at the anterior half. The lip, maxille, sternum, and coxe are the same yellow as the cephalothorax mottled with darker grey. On the former the fringes are dingy yellow, and on the latter are a few hairs similar to those on the cephalothorax. The 456 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS trochanters of the legs are dark yellow-brown, the basal half of the femora bright yellowish-white, the anterior half with the patelle rich brown. The tibiz yellowish- white, with a brown ring at the anterior end and a spot of the same on the upperside about the middle. The metatarsi and tarsi are nearly all white, with a faint brown ring at the anterior end. The hairs are quite pale yellowish-white throughout. The abdomen is silvery-grey on the upperside, with three pairs of small yellowish spots. It is somewhat yellower on the sides and underneath. The hairs are short, upright, and nearly white, but along the sides pale brown on yellow roots over an area reaching from the base of the abdomen to about halfway. ‘The epigyne and spinnerets are rather dark yellow. The cephalothorax is smooth, about one-half longer than broad; the cephalic part small, with straight sides and deep depressions separating it from the thoracic, convex, rounded at the sides of the thoracic part, and truncate at the front and rear. ‘The thoracic fovea is a broad transverse oval in the middle without any side depressions therefrom. The front and rear median eyes are equal in size; the former once and a half times their diameter apart and the same distance from the rear pair, which are not more than half their diameter from one another. ‘The lateral eyes are about three-fourths the diameter of the median, situated on a small protuberance, touching one another. Viewed from above, the laterals of the front-row are in a line with the rear median, and those of the rear-row directly behind them, so that the front-row is considerably, and the rear-row slightly, recurved. The lateralsare three times their diameter distant from the rear median. The mandibles are short, conical, and strongly geniculate at the base. There are four teeth on the outer margin of the falx-sheath, of which the second is smaller than the others, and three on the inner. The lip is broader than long, pointed anteriorly, and Jess than half the height of the maxille. ‘The latter are triangular, broadest and particularly thick along the anterior margin. The sternum is shield-shaped, convex, slightly hollowed in front, ending in a point posteriorly, above the contiguous rear-coxe. The legs are fine and rather short, sparsely covered with moderately long upright hairs, which increase in quantity on the metatarsal and tarsal joints. There is a single row of longer hair down the back of femora iii. and iv., but there are no spines on any of the joints. ‘The tibial joints broaden out at the anterior end. The fourth pair of legs is as long as the first. The palpi are likewise short and fine, with the femoral joint bent in and thickened at the anterior end. The abdomen viewed from above is at first oval; at the posterior end of this portion it suddenly narrows into a straight blunt tail, about one-half the length of the anterior COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 457 part above mentioned. Viewed from the side, it is nearly triangular as far as the caudal portion, which projects from the narrow junction of the back with the underside. The front forms one side of the triangle and is as deep as the triangle is long, the cephalothorax being set on to it rather above the middle. As it slopes rather back- wards the spinnerets, which are at the lower angle, lie below the middle of the side forming the back. ‘The third side slopes upwards from the spinnerets to the base of the tail. The epigyne consists of a base formed of two convex pear-shaped bodies, the larger rounded end below, situated one each side of an ovate hollow, the median area of which is again convex. From the middle of the upperside of this base springs a short, broad, straight-sided scape, which bends forward over the base. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Cephalothorax ......... 25 iM front: 4 AN OCT Sogcceonocsacee 5} (8442) 24 (34 deep at spinnerets). Miandibles!eens-eeeeeeae 1 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. IUGES pogasccac He 4 25 24 2 = 74 2. 4 22 2 a 64 3. 4 13 Is leo = 5t 4. 4 2b 24 2 = 74 Pall pile ihe habe uae 4 1 z i = 23 In shape this is rather like Prof. Kulczynski’s Avaneus caudifer (Res. de exp. Néerl. & la N. Guinea, 1903, vol. v. pt. 4, Zool. p. 482, pl. xx. figs. 52-04), but smaller, the legs being only about half as long; the colouring of the abdomen silvery instead of reddish-brown, the rear median eyes half their diameter apart instead of more than the diameter, and the median area narrower instead of wider posteriorly, also the epigyne has a shorter scape and a bulbous base which is absent from the other. Group Gasteracanthee, Genus GASTERACANTHA Sund. GASTERACANTHA CREPIDOPHORA. Gasteracantha crepidophora Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 267; Thorell, Ragni Malesi e Papuasi, vol. ii. 1881, p. 30. Nine females. This species seems fairly common in New Guinea and the neighbouring islands. VOL. XX.—ParT xiv. No. 5.—July, 1915. 37 458 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS It is readily recognisable by the brilliant red spot at the base of its side-spines, or horns, the remarkable thorn at the end of same, and the scape of the epigyne, and is no doubt easily seen. GASTERACANTHA ? LEPELLETIERI. Gasteracantha lepelletieri Guérin, Encycl. Méthod. vol. x. 1825, p. 763; id. Voyage de la ‘Coquille,’ Zool. ii. 2, 1830, p. 52; Thorell, loc. cit. pp. 31 & 39, vol. 11. 1878, p. 14. Five females. In these the epigyne and side-horns resemble (. crepidophora; but the absence of the red spots of the former and its own characteristic black markings, with a slightly broader cephalothorax (which point, however, is not very evident), are held by Thorell to be sufficient to justify Guérin’s separate species. The only apparent structural difference between the species seems to be that in the latter the spines are stouter and the whole appearance more robust. Described from Amboina, Buru, and Gilolo. This is clearly the same as that which Thorell considered to be G. lepelletieri, but in spirits the red spots are faintly visible, and I doubt if there is any difference from G. crepidophora Camb.*. GASTERACANTHA HEPATICA, ? var. n. Gasteracantha hepatica Koch, Die Arach. Aust. 1871, p. 8, pl. i. Five females. These specimens agree structurally, including the epigyne and proportion of the legs, with L. Koch’s description; but the pattern on the back of the abdomen of most of them includes a transverse black fillet between the spines of the upperside, from the middle of which depends a straight streak ending in two arrow-shaped points. They are also rather larger ; one specimen without the black markings is like the original drawings. GASTERACANTHA TANIATA. Gasteracantha teniata Walck. Ins., Apt. 11. 1841. Eight females. These show considerable variation in the length and stoutness of the spines, the deeper or brighter orange and pale yellow of the light stripes, and the continued or broken dark lines, but they are all undoubtedly the same. Described from New Guinea and adjacent islands. * In the L. Koch Collection now in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) there is a specimen marked Gasteracantha lepelletieri, which is quite different. The back is red, without special markings ; the horns are non-existent, and the side spines (much finer) stand up almost at right angles to the carapace. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 459 Family THOMISID &. Subfamily Misumenine. Group Dieee. Genus Diaa Thor. DIA DOLESCHALLI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 28.) One female. (Type of the species.) The cephalothorax is pale yellow-brown, mottled with darker spots along a broad median line reaching from the eye-space to the rear end, darker but similarly mottled each side of this to the margin and on the clypeus. The short recumbent hairs are white, with a few upstanding brown bristles on yellow roots. Text-figure 28. Dica doleschalli, x2, a. Eyes. 6. Lip and maxille. c. Epigyne. The mandibles are pale yellow, mottled with dark brown patches and fine, short, erect, yellow hair on the side edges; fangs golden-yellow. The lp and maxille are dingy yellow, darkest at the posterior ends. The sternum paler yellow. The femora and patelle of the front two pairs of legs are dark brown mottled with yellow spots, yellow-grey short recumbent hair, and short yellow spines. The tibie of the same are yellow underneath, brown at the base and anterior part of the upperside, yellow in the middle; spines brown. The metatarsus and tarsus yellow, with a few brown spots, brown spines and claws. The two rear pairs of legs are yellow all over, with fewer brown spots on the femur and patella and scarcely any on the other joints; palpi dingy yellow-brown without spots. The abdomen on the upperside is milky-white at the base with a few yellow 37 2 460 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS spots, dingy dark yellow on the back, shading into paler colour here and there, with stout yellow spines on roots. A slightly darker median line runs from a depression near the front. The sides are darker brown, and there are two short, dark brown lines with a pale space between them at the rear end. ‘The underneath is quite pale yellowish-grey with yellow spots. Epigyne and spinnerets yellow. The cephalothorax is as broad as long, convex, truncate in front, where the cephalic part and especially the eye-space is moderately raised up above the thoracic; the sides of the latter are well rounded. Along the median line the cephalothorax is straight, but slopes steeply to the sides and at the rear end. Both rows of eyes are recurved, the rear one the more strongly. The four median eyes are equal in size in a trapezium, longer than broad, slightly narrower in front than at the rear, the front ones being between two and a half and three times their diameter apart, the rear rather over three diameters apart, and four diameters between front and rear. The side-eyes are all on separate tubercles, the front-laterals twice the diameter of the median, and the rear about once and a half. The front-laterals are separated by twice the space covered by the front-median. ‘The clypeus is as broad as the length of the median eye-space. The mandibles are short and rather flat, slightly narrower at the anterior end than at the base; smooth in the middle, with short fine hair at the sides and a few weak bristles on roots. The fangs are short and weak, and there is a fairly thick fringe on the inner as well as on the outer margin of the falx-sheath hiding any teeth there may be. The lip is one and a half times longer than broad, rounded anteriorly, broadest at about half its height, thence narrowing slightly to both front and rear. The maxille are upright, rounded anteriroly, hollowed to follow the lip on the inner side, and slightly hollowed on the outer. ‘They are one-third of their length longer than the lip. The sternum is broad shield-shaped, hollowed anteriorly, pointed at the rear, where the coxe are contiguous. It is moderately convex, and thickly covered with fine upstanding hairs. The front two pairs of legs are respectively twice as long and thick as the third and fourth pairs. The two claws have about five pectinations. On the undersides of metatarsus i. and ii. are six pairs of spines, and under the tibie of i. and 11. eight pairs, all rather short and stout. On the femur and patella there is smooth short hair. On the third and fourth pairs there are only about five short spines on the femur and one underneath. The abdomen is pyriform, broadest posteriorly; it is straight, but rounded at the corners in front and obtusely rounded at the rear end, where the spinnerets are terminal. At the sides it is as thick as it is broad in front. Near the base in the median line on the upperside is a large oval depression, and from thence to the rear the abdomen is more or less divided until across the rear end, where the back curves to each side. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 461 The inferior spinnerets are conical with a short hemispherical second joint, the superior about the same length, but more cylindrical. The epigyne is a transverse depression in an oval frame lying on a low circular prominence. There are two small hollows, one at each end of the oval above it, with a protuberance in their centres. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad, Cephalothorax........ 3 ia Be PSOne Albdomenteeenereereee 4 4 Mandibles ............ 1 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. Wesst.cxenca: I, 1 4, 43 3 = 124 2s ] 44 43 3 133 3. t 2 2 We 6 4, 4 24 2 TZ = 64 Ballpiy iets gaaercact eels zt 8 2 a 2 This would appear to be rather near Dr. Doleschall’s Dicwa dilatata (Thomisus dilatatus) from Amboina, but the meagreness of his description makes it impossible to distinguish his species with certainty. His drawing including the tarsal claws closely resembles the present species, but shows a black area on the posterior end of the abdomen. Here there are two black stripes with a lighter stripe between them. He says the two rows of eyes are equally recurved, which is not far from being the case. Thorell, who refers two specimens from Amboina doubtfully to this species, did not redescribe them as was his usual habit. Subfamily Stephanopsine. Group Stephanopsee. Genus ReE@itLus Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1884, p. 203. REGILLUS DIVERGENS. (Text-fig. 29.) Regillus divergens Hogg, Abstract P. Z.S. 1914, p. 57 (Nov. 17). One female, Setakwa River. (Zype of the species.) The cephalothorax is dark brown covered with yellowish-grey bristles, the mandibles black-brown with rather lighter bristles; fangs yellow-brown. The lip, maxillee, and sternum paler yellow, the lower part of the lip and the sternum thickly 462 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS covered with yellow-grey bristly hair. The legs are dark brown with similarly coloured hair ; spines and claws nearly black-brown. The abdomen, both upper- and undersides, dark brown, with dingy grey bristles and rows of bare brown spots. ‘The epigyne shiny yellow-brown. The cephalothorax is one-sixth longer than broad, truncate in front, where it is one- half its greatest breadth, rounded at the sides and hollowed at the rear. ‘The cephalic part is slightly raised up in front, depressed behind the eyes, thence rising again towards the thoracic part. It slopes steeply to the side margins, and is bounded by broad shallow depressions. The thoracic part rises gradually to the rear, whence it slopes steeply, as also at the sides, to a short distance from the margin; it then flattens, but Text-figure 29, Regillus divergens, nat. size. 6. Profile. c. Spinnerets. d. Epigyne. e. Leg of front pair. jf. Tarsus i. showing claws. falls again steeply from a narrow ledge. In the median line are two protuberances, -one behind the other, the rear one being the largest. ‘There is no fovea. The whole surface is thickly covered with recumbent, short, thick, tapering scales, but there are long upstanding bristles on the clypeus and two especially long ones between the front-median eyes. The eyes are about equal in size, both front- and rear-rows being recurved, the rear- row slightly more so than the front, the laterals standing just clear above a line touching the upper edges of the median. The laterals of each row are on separate prominences, the anterior more pronounced. In the front-row the eyes are equi- COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 463 distant about one and a third times their diameter apart, the median being the same distance away from the rear-median. These are separated from one another by the same distance, and are two and a half times their diameter from the laterals. The width of the clypeus is rather less than the breadth of the median eye square. The mandibles are conical, geniculate at the base, and thickly covered with long, coarse, upstanding bristles, with a fringe on both inner and outer margins of the falx-sheath. There are four long pointed teeth on the inner margin, and the same number, rather smaller, on the outer, with two rows of quite small teeth between the two. The fangs are long and moderately curved. The lip is about one and a half times as long as broad, square in front and thickly covered with stout upstanding bristles on the lower one-third. It is more than one- half the length of the maxille, which are upright, rounded anteriorly, convex on the outer side, straight on the inner; the coxal portion of the palpi is particularly broad and stout. The sternum is nearly as broad as long, and widest between the second and third coxe. In front it narrows to the breadth of the lip and is hollowed to receive the first and second pairs of coxe ; at the posterior end it is about twice that width, and truncate, having a margin between itself and the third and fourth pairs of coxe, the latter pair contiguous. It is thickly.covered with short, coarse, recumbent bristles, which are longer and more upstanding at the margins of the rear half, The front-pair of legs are longer and stouter than the others. On the inner side of the femur about the middle are two short stout spines, one at each corner of a square dilatation. There are also three single and two pairs of very short spines, almost points only, on the underside. The metatarsus of the front two pairs is flattened and their tarsal joints are much thinner and quite short. On the underside of tibia i. are five pairs of stout spines, and under tibia ii. one pair of short, three pairs of Jong, and again one pair of short spines. ‘The two rear pairs are without spines. All the legs are thickly covered with coarse recumbent bristles and a few upstanding, also here and there a few club-shaped. The tarsal claws have one long pectination about the middle and three or four short between it and the base. The femoral joint of the palpi is thin, curved on the inner side and dilated anteriorly. The patellar joint as long as the tibial, the distal joint short and flattened, and the claw with one long pectination only. The abdomen is ovate, truncate in front, widest posteriorly, where it is obtusely rounded. On the upperside at the posterior end are two bare prominences, and in two long lines five pairs of bare spots. There are four lines of spots, smaller but more in number on the underside, which is thickly covered with short, stout, bristly, recumbent hairs, with some longer upstanding, and at the posterior end a few club-shaped bristles. The spinnerets are short and conical, lying in a circular nest and thickly covered with hair. 464 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. 21 in front. Cephalothorax ............... 6 { et rath 3 in front. Abdomen cea sseeneoneonee 63 ie sis 5 Mandibless un. euecrea eae 2 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. IDES o booaca 10s 2t 6 7 a5 Il os 194 2. 2 4. 5 384 = 143 3. 2 4 34 34 = 13 4. 2 5 4 4 = 15 lebullcaaencecbedadantaed 7 2 ee 1 5 Sternum 23x 2. In spite of the fact that the front-row of eyes is slightly recurved, the eyes equidistant, and the median four as near as possible in a square, this species agrees so closely in other respects with Regillus Cambr. that the genus should be extended to cover this. There is no question of any disappearance of the spinnerets—they are quite normal, but lie flat. In addition, there is a small male Stephanopis Cambr. with the femora of the front- lees especially profusely bespined and tuberculated, but it is too mutilated to measure and describe accurately. Subfamily Sparassine. Group Delenee. Genus Ottos Walck. Oxios PRINCEPS. (Text-fig. 50.) Olios princeps, Hogg, Abstract P.Z.S. 1914, p. 57 (Nov. 17). One female, Setakwa River. (Type of the species.) The cephalothorax is red-brown, with scattered pale yellow-brown bristles and recumbent hair. The mandibles black-brown, with reddish-brown hair and bright red fringes; fangs black-brown. ‘The lip and maxille are also black-brown with red fringes. The sternum is bright orange, with paler orange hair and upstanding brown bristles. Between the sternum proper and the coxe is a rather wide area of white tissue. The coxe and legs are dark brown, with yellowish-white hair and a patch of white hair in the middle on the underside of the tibiz, brown spines, and grey claw- COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 465 tufts and scopule. Palpi same as legs. The abdomen above and at the sides is yellow-grey and dark brown in patches, with pale yellow-brown hair; underneath there is a dark grey transverse stripe below the genital fold, above same dark yellow- brown, with reddish-brown hair. Below the fold are regular longitudinal streaks of pale straw-colour covered with a thick mat of pale hair, and dark brown where the hairs are scantier and the skin shows through. In the median area these form a lyriform figure consisting of three brown and four pale stripes. The stripes on each side are nearly parallel to this. The cephalothorax is convex, highest one-third of the distance from the rear end, and sloping to the front. It is as broad as long, straight in front, rounded at the sides, Text-figure 30. Olios princeps, nat. size. «a. Byes. 6. Underside of abdomen. c. Epigyne. and hollowed at the rear. The cephalic part is marked off by shallow side depressions leading to a short longitudinal median fovea. ‘This comes to an end, but there is a second rather deep one on the rear slope. The rear-row of eyes is straight, of equal diameter, the laterals on rounded tubercles reaching down to include the front-laterals. ‘The median pair are twice their diameter apart and two and a half times from the side-eyes. The front-row is also straight, the lateral one and a half times the diameter of the rear-eyes. ‘They are almost close up to the slightly smaller median pair, which are half their diameter apart, the breadth of their diameter from the rear-median, and the same distance from the anterior margin of the clypeus. VoL, XxX.—Pak? XIy. No. 6.—July, 1915. 3.U 466 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS ‘The mandibles are as long as the front of the cephalothorax is wide, only slightly convex, and covered with long, stout, bristly hair. On the inner side of the falx-sheath are two very long, powerful, upright teeth followed by one median, one smaller, and one quite small. On the outer are one large tooth and one smaller. There is a thick fringe of long bristles on this, as also on the upper front-edge of the inner margin. | The lip is broader than long, convex, straight in front, widening to near the base, where it contracts into a straight-sided piece one-fifth of its total length. It has a few long upstanding bristles over its surface and the usual fringe in front. It is one-half the length of the maxille, which are upright, convex, sloping from the highest point to the outside as well as to the inside. ‘They are broadest one-third of their length from the anterior end, whence they curve on the outside to a base two-thirds the width of the widest part; the palpi are inserted about the middle of the outer side. ‘The fringes are longest at the apex and on the upper portion of the inner slope where they grow over the front surface, on the inner straight portion they are shorter and even in length. The under lip or rostrum is clearly seen projecting a distance above the front lip nearly half the length of the latter and with a fringe still more strongly pronounced. The sternum is shield-shaped, as broad as long, straight in front, pointed at the rear, where it ends above the contiguous rear cox. It is thickly covered with a growth of coarse, upstanding, bristly hair. It is surrounded by a rather wide flat margin between its edge and the ends of the coxe, most prominently in front of the third and fourth pairs. The coxe of the legs are nearly bare, the other joints being thickly covered with long, coarse, upstanding bristles and finer recumbent hair. On the underside of the tibiz and metatarsi are three very long and powerful spines, and two long followed by one short respectively. The tarsi and metatarsi are furnished with thick matted scopule, only broken by the beds of the spines. Underneath the femora are one long spine and one shorter at the anterior end. The femoral joint of the palpi is curved on the inner side and broadest anteriorly. There are long spines at the side of the tibia! joint, but no silvery-white patch as on the legs, and scopule on the anterior joint. The tibia is longer than the patella. The abdomen is ovate, narrowest at the rear end, thick at the sides, and covered with soft recumbent hair on the underside, less thick (or rubbed off) on the upper, interspersed with long upstanding bristles. ‘The inferior spinnerets are close together, conical, with a short hemispherical second joint, and they spring from a bare chitinous base. ‘The superior are longer and oval in section, with a short cylindrical second joint. ‘The epigyne is of the horse-shoe type with the chitinous rim opened widest at the base. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 467 The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Ceplalothonaxgeees esses. 13 Pee SOM. 183 AN OGlOHINGN y eoosooooeeoouaesed 20 14 IMEDCNINIES sedonsocoobsadsoonnne 7 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. IDES sonhoeous Io 45 16 Ig) 17 = 563 Wo 5 17 20 18 = 60 3. 4 14. 15 1B = 46 A. 4 14 15 5p =) sh Palipiticranven aire tt 2 6 6 5 = 19 Text-figure 31. Olios artemis, nat. size. a. Hyes. 6. Profile. c. Underside of abdomen. «. Mandible, showing teeth. e. Male palp. Outros arTEMIs*. (Text-fig. 31.) Olios acteon Hogg, Abstract P.Z. 8S, 1914, p. 57 (Nov. 17). One male, Setakwa River. (Type of the species.) Cephalothorax bright red-brown, scantily furnished with pale yellow-brown hair. Mandibles black-brown with greyish-yellow bristles ; fangs black-brown at base, reddish anteriorly. Lip and maxille black-brown, with yellow-brown hair and. bright orange * {I find that the name actwon has been used previously for a species of this genus by Mr. R. I. Pocock ; therefore I re-name my species Olios artemis.—H. R. H.] 3U 2 e 468 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS fringes. Sternum pale yellow-brown, with four large black spots along the front- margin, two at the posterior end, and two intermediate at the sides, with yellow-grey bristles, Legs orange, with yellowish-grey hair, dark grey spines, scopule, and claw- tufts. Palpi similarly coloured, with the anterior joint dark brown. The abdomen is pale yellow-brown above, with nearly white hair and short brown bristles intermixed, From the anterior end to about halfway are two lines curving outwards and consisting of faint brown spots, and below these a similar median line extending to the posterior end. On the underside at the base are four black spots on a yellow ground and a dark brown transverse line above the genital fold, with a silvery- grey hair-spot on each side between this line and the spots. Below the genital fold, reaching two-thirds of the distance to the spinnerets, is a black shield with two white longitudinal streaks inside; this is flanked by longitudinal black lines at the side separated by silver-grey hair-lines. Yellowish-grey hair between the end of the shield-pattern and the spinnerets. The cephalothorax is convex, highest just above the rear slope and curving to the eye-space forward and laterally to the margin. There are no radial depressions there- from nor any separating the cephalic part from the thoracic, and no longitudinal fovea. It is as broad as long, straight in front where it is two-thirds its greatest breadth, rounded at the sides and rear. The eyes of the front-row are equal and equidistant, two-thirds of their diameter apart. The median are their diameter away from the rear-median, which are one- fourth smaller in diameter and twice as far apart as the front-eyes. They are rather farther still from the side-eyes, which are the same long diameter (oval) and rather farther forward, thus making the row slightly procurved. ‘The clypeus is about the width of a front-median eye. The mandibles are as long as the front of the cephalothorax, slightly geniculate at the base, with powerful fangs. On the inner margin of the falx-sheath are five large teeth, the upper one slightly smaller than the rest, and below these on the outer margin are two rather smaller teeth. The lip is broader than long, straight in front, thence broadening to the slightly con- stricted base. ‘The median area from the base to the front-edge is convex, rising above the somewhat flat sides; it is half the length of the maxilla, which are boldly convex, upright, curved on the outer side; the slightly sloping troncature with long curling fringes lies almost wholly on the upper edge, the shorter even fringe beginning quite high up. The sternum is shield-shaped, straight in front, as broad as long, rounded at the sides, and ending in a broad rounded point between the rear cox, which are not contiguous. It is thickly covered with long upstanding bristles. The legs are moderately long, thin, and tapering from coxe to tarsi. ‘There is a thick scopula parted in the middle on all the tarsi and extending half the length only COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 469 of the metatarsi; on the upperside of each femur is a single short spine followed by two pairs of similar length, much longer ones underneath and at the sides. ‘There are no spines on the upperside of the tibize. On the tibial joint of the palpi is an apophysis at the anterior end, hollowed on the inner side and curved inwards at the point. The flagellum is of the spiral or grooved support type, with about twelve turns. The abdomen is ovate, straight in front, curved at the sides, and narrowed to the posterior end; the spinnerets terminal; the inferior conical, close together, with short second joint. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Cephalothorax......... 6 { : in RON ANGIONEM 000000000090 74 Bf Niandiblesis sees eeeee A = Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. Messin: ne 2 8 ee 9 = 284 2. 2 9 104 Qo = 3l 3. 13 6 Mi 6 = 203 A. 2 7 8 i = 244 JZ pakevosauredosaee 1 3 2 ah = 10 This species is a typical Olios (Sparassws) in every way, excepting the mandibular teeth, by which it differs from the normal; in this it more nearly resembles the genus Clastes, but is quite different in its other points. Group Heteropodee. Genus Heteropopa Latreille. HIETEROPODA REGIA. ? Aranea ocellata Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1035, no. 34 (@). Aranea regia Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 408 (1793) (¢ ). Heteropoda regia Fabr. L. Koch, Simon, Pocock, et auctores. Eight females. ‘Two males. HLETEROPODA REGIA, var, PLURIDENTATA. (Text-fig. 32.) Heteropoda venatoria, var. pluridentata Hogg, Abstract P. Z. 8. 1914, p. 57 (Nov. 17). Two females, Setakwa River. (Types of the variety.) These differ from the normal form in having four large teeth and one smaller on the A70 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS inner margin of the falx-sheath and two large alternating with two small on the outer. Cephalothorax bright yellow-brown, with pale yellow-grey hairs at the sides; on the clypeus is a brilliant bandeau of silvery-white hairs. The mandibles are yellow-brown with orange fringes ; fangs dark yellow-brown at the base, darker brown anteriorly. Lip and maxille bright yellow with yellow-brown bristles and fringes. Sternum yellow, with brown upstanding bristles and recumbent white hair. Legs yellow, with whitish-grey hair and brown bristles, grey spines, claw-tufts, and scopule. ‘The abdomen is dingy orange with brown hair-spots, one rather large and circular near the base, followed by a brown transverse line, a pair of spots in the middle, and another fainter brown transverse line near the posterior end. At this end also are long, white, upstanding bristles. On the underside yellow-grey hair, with four longitudinal brown lines below the genital fold and two median conjoined two-thirds of the distance down. ‘The epigyne and spinnerets yellow-grey. Text-figure 32. Heteropoda regia, var. pluridentata. Mandible, showing teeth. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Cephalothorax......... 8 { : sao Abdomen.............-- ll 7 Mandibles ............ 34 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. Weosiee ee Mle 3 12 13 lit = 5394 2. 3h 13 14 12) = 42 3. 34 11 1 10 — 354 4. 34 11 12 13 = B94 Pal pipaaeetcernere perce 13 Ad 34 4 _ 134 COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 471 In the rear row the eyes are rather closer together than in the normal form, and straight along the anterior edges instead of slightly recurved. HETEROPODA SUMATRANA. Heteropoda sumatrana Thorell, Ragni Indo-Malesi, part iv. vol. 2, 1891-2, p. 26. One male, five females (one non-adult), Setakwa River. One female has more pronounced spots on the back and the maxille more truncate at the upper edge, but they all agree closely with Thorell’s description of the above from Sumatra and Celebes. Genus Panpercetes L. Koch. PANDERCETES ISOPUS. Pandercetes isopus Thorell, Ragni Indo-Malesi, part 111. 1881, p. 309. Three females, Setakwa River. These agree closely with examples collected by d’Albertis on the Fly River. Group Palystee. Genus Patystes L. Koch. PALYSTES DASyURINUS. (Text-fig. 33.) Palystes dasyurinus Hogg, Abstract P. Z. S. 1914, p. 57 (Nov. 17). totop} One female, Setakwa River. (Type of the species.) The cephalothorax is bright yellow with recumbent white hair and brown upstanding bristles. ‘The mandibles are black-brown, with yellowish-white hair quite at the base and upper part of outer side, long brown bristly hair on the lower and inner parts. Lip and maxille black-brown, with a dark brown area on the lower (raised) part of the latter, fringes pale orange. The sternum is dingy yellow-brown, thickly covered with long yellow-brown hair. ‘The legs and palpi pale yellow-brown, with dark grey scopulie and a pair of dark spots at the base of each tibia. The abdomen above is yellow- brown with a mixture of yellowish-white and brown hairs, and two pairs of black- brown spots. On the underside is a broad black shield reaching from the genital fold to the spinnerets ; on ‘this black area are twelve white hair-spots in four transverse rows 4, 4,2, and 2. The spinnerets are pale yellow-brown, with dark grey hair on the outer sides. ‘The epigyne dark yellow-brown, dark brown in the median area. The cephalothorax is convex, straight along the median line to the top of the rear slope, which is steep. It is 1 mm. longer than broad, straight in front, rounded at and sloping evenly to the sides, slightly hollowed at the rear. ‘The cephalic part, marked off by depressions from the thoracic, is very long, reaching nearly to the rear slope. ‘There are no radial striations and only a rather indistinct fovea at the upper part of the rear slope. 472 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS The rear-row of eyes is straight along the line touching their posterior edges, the median their diameter apart. ‘The oval side-eyes, on tubercles, are one-fifth longer in their long diameter and one-fifth shorter in their horizontal diameter, their distance from the median being twice their breadth. ‘Lhe front-row is likewise straight along their lower edges. The side-eyes are round, their diameter being the same as the length of the rear side-eyes. ‘The median eyes are two-thirds of the diameter of the laterals, their own diameter apart, and half that distance from the laterals. They are not quite twice their diameter from the rear median. The clypeus proper, together with an equal breadth of grey muscle, is about the same in depth. The mandibles are geniculate at the base and stout, with long powerful fangs. On the inner margin of the falx-sheath are four teeth, the fourth rather smaller than the other three; on the outer edge is one large tooth between two smaller. Text-figure 33. Palystes dasyurinus, nat. size. a. Eyes. 06. Underside of abdomen. c. Epigyne. The lip is as broad as long, convex, straight in front, widening thence to a little above the base, where it contracts. It is half the length of the maxille, which are upright, rounded anteriorly, straight from below the fringe-slope downwards on the inner side, and only slightly incurved on the outer margin; while convex generally, they are particularly so on the lower half, where they are higher than in the anterior half. ‘Their fringes are extremely thick and bushy, and spring from well over the front face. The sternum is as broad as long g, straight in front, rounded at the sides, and ending in a blunt point above the not quite contiguous rear-coxe. It is thickly covered with upstanding bristly hair. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 473 The legs are stout and long, with scopule on all the tarsi and metatarsi. The spines are only moderately long and stout, two single ones above on each femur. They are covered with fine smooth hair and long upstanding bristles. The femoral joint of the palpi is broadest anteriorly, curved inwards on the inner side; the patella is half as long as the tibial joint, and the distal joint is furnished with a thick bushy scopula. The abdomen is straight in front, rounded at the sides, broadest at two-thirds of the length from the base and pointed obtusely at the rear. The spinnerets are terminal ; the inferior, conical and close together, have a short second joint. The superior are one-third longer, flatter, and with a somewhat longer oval second joint. The epigyne is nearly circular, with the lower ends of the frame thickened out and meeting at the lower end. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Cephalothorax......... 12 a HO Nbdomrenteeseseneete 13 11 Miami leseeasseeeee 5 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. IWS cosasodoo Ho 4. 11 15 iil = 4] 2. 4 lis 154 1) = 43 o. 34 11 it 10 = 354 4. 4 11 12 11 = 38 Ballipiecastgectten avers: 2 5 43 A 16 Genus Exopanystes Hogg. Exopalystes Hogg, Abstract P.Z.S. 1914, p. 58 (Nov. 17). Intermediate between the groups Delenex and Heteropodee, but near Palystes L. K. Differs therefrom in having the front median eyes as large as the side-eyes, the eyes of the front row larger than those of the rear row, the eyes all sessile. ‘The cephalo- thorax highest in the posterior one-third, sloping to the front, and a thick fringe of long bristles on the upper inner margin of the falx instead of one single bristle. Type L. pulchella. EXOPALYSTES PULCHELLA. (Text-fig 54.) Exopalystes pulcheila Hogg, Abstract P. Z.S. 1914, p. 58 (Nov. 17). One female, Setakwa River. (Type of the species.) Cephalothorax pale yellow-grey with fine yellowish-white hair, silvery-grey on the eye-space and clypeus. Mandibles pale yellow-brown, with long yellowish-grey bristles and orange fringe on the falx-sheath. Fangs dark brown. VOL. XX.—PakT Xlv. No. 7.—Ju/y, 1915. 3X 474. MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS The lip and maxille are dull yellow, the anterior fringes pale orange-red, lower dull, the hair is pale yellow. The sternum darker yellow with long yellow-grey bristles. The legs and palpi are pale yellow on the femur, patella, and tibia, darker on the metatarsus and tarsus, with yellowish-grey hair and yellow-brown spines. ‘The scopule are pale yellow-brown and the claw-tufts dark grey. Underneath femora i. and ii. are thick mats of dark grey and bright yellow bristly hair intermixed in patches. The abdomen above is pale greenish-yellow, with similarly coloured recumbent hair and browner upstanding short bristles; on the underside it is yellow in front of the genital fold, where there is a narrow brown transverse streak, thence to the spinnerets pale greenish-yellow, with a faintly marked median area slightly yellower bounded by lines of depressed dots. The spinnerets are darker yellow, and the epigyne similar with white inside the oval frame. The cephalothorax is convex, highest above the rear-slope, sloping forward to the eye- Text-figure 34. OTOOT® OO CO Exopalystes pulchella, nat. size. a. Eyes. 6. Epigyne. c. Lip and maxille. space as well as laterally, and down its steep rear-slope. It is well rounded at the sides, straight in front. The cephalic part is marked off by shailow side-depressions, and there is a long, deep, longitudinal fovea reaching thence to partly down the rear- slope. ‘The whole cephalothorax is sparsely covered with fine recumbent hair, thicker and more upstanding round the margin. The first row of eyes is straight, the eyes of equal size, the median pair half their diameter apart and almost touching the laterals, The clypeus is one and a half times their diameter. ‘The rear-row is also straight, the eyes equal in size, and about three-fourths the diameter of the front eyes. The median pair are the length of the diameter of a front-eye apart, and rather more from their laterals. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 475 The mandibles are slightly geniculate at the base, shorter than the front of the cephalothorax, and covered with long bristles at the edges and lower part, fine smooth hair in the middle and basal area, but smooth quite at the base. On the inner margin of the falx-sheath are five teeth, the fourth and fifth smaller than the others, on the outer margin two larger still, and a third the same as the three largest of the inner side. The lip is convex, straight in front, broader than long, and less than half the length of the maxilla. The latter are evenly convex, rounded on the upper outer margin, slightly hollowed in the middle, and narrowest atthe base. Thick curling fringes on the front upper margin. The sternum is as broad as long, straight or slightly hollowed in front, rounded at the sides, and terminating in a point between the rear-coxe. The legs moderately long and fine. The metatarsal scopula extends the whole length of the joint on all legs. Onthe underside of the femur and tibia of the first and second pairs is a remarkably thick mat of cylindrical straw-like bristles extending from the base to not quite the front end. On the upperside of the femora the hair is thick, but fine and recumbent. The abdomen is ovate, rounded on the front and sides, but narrowing at the rear, where the spinnerets are terminal. ‘The hair on both upper- and undersides is very smooth and fine, but there are short upstanding bristles at the posterior end. ‘The superior and inferior spinnerets are about the same length, with short second joints, The inferior pair conical and close together. The superior two diameters apart. The epigyne is of the horse-shoe type, open at the base. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Broad. Long. 4 in front. Cephalothorax ......... 7 { ee 6) AN OSIOTNEN 3, occcoase0see Hil 74 iManidilblessyeeeeee eee 3h —_ Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. WEBS sooosasac Il 24 9 10 gt = 31 Op 24 gl 10 4 = 31k Bo 24 74 7 63 = 234 4. 2k 8s a 74 = 26 DUEL Moaceeoaducacscdodadt 1} Qt 3 24 = gi (3h) ot to 476 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS Group Spiranthidee. Genus SeraMBA Thor. SERAMBA SAGITTATA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 35.) One male, Setakwa River. (Zype of the species.) The cephalothorax is red-brown, with pale grey hairs on the side-slopes, much thicker in a fillet round the margin. Mandibles the same, with greyish-yellow bristles, fangs dark brown, redder and paler at the anterior end. Lip, maxille, sternum, and coxe pale red with pale grey hair; rather browner on the latter. Text-figure 35. Ft ON A©) e Oro” Seramba sagittata, nat. size. a. Eyes. 6. Lip and maxilla. c. Male palp. d. Underside of abdomen. The abdomen is yellow-brown above, thickly covered with coarse, long, pale yellow- brown hair, a pale median longitudinal stripe has within it a darker longitudinal line of fine arrow-heads, from opposite each of which a pale line extends down the sides. Underneath it is a darker dingy yellow-grey; the median area consists of a still darker wedge-shaped quadrilateral, broadest at the genital fold, and half the width at the posterior end, a little in front of the spinnerets. It is bordered all round with a yellowish edging. ‘The legs are yellow-brown, with fine recumbent nearly white hairs, a grey scopula on the tarsi and front-half of the metatarsi of all legs, also grey claw-tufts and long brown spines. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 477 The cephalothorax 1 mm. longer than broad, straight in front, rounded at the sides, and hollowed at the rear, is strongly convex, flat on the top, highest above the very steep rear-slope, whence it slopes forward to the eye-space. The cephalic part is faintly marked off from the thoracic, and there is a short, deep, longitudinal fovea on the rear-slope. The rear-row of eyes is slightly procurved, the median rather less than three of their diameters apart and rather more than three of the same from their laterals, which are of the same size as the others and as the front-laterals. The front-row is straight along the lower edges, the median eyes being nearly twice the diameter of the others. They are two-thirds of their diameter apart, the same distance from their laterals, and rather more from the rear median, but less than their diameter. ‘he clypeus is half their diameter. The mandibles are strongly geniculate at the base, conical, diverging anteriorly; fangs long and powerful. ‘The falces are thickly covered with long coarse bristles. On the inner margin of the falx-sheath are three medium-sized teeth nearly hidden among thick fringes, and a long thick fringe with two larger teeth lower down on the outer. The lip is broader than long, straight in front, thence widening to near the base, which is constricted. It is less than half the length of the maxille. These are very convex, most so at the top of the lower half opposite the insertion of the palpi and thence to the base. Between the swollen portion and the inner margin is a strip of a lower level passing behind the lip, from above this a short even fringe extends upwards. On the upper front-slope is a thick curling fringe, and separate from this again on the face is another bristly hair-growth quite away from the margin. The sternum is slightly convex, a broad shield-shape, straight and widest in front, pointed at the rear, above the nearly contiguous rear-coxe. It is hollowed oppo- site each coxa, the flat intermediate space consisting of white tissue. It is covered with scattered, upstanding, bristly hairs, each on a circular root. The abdomen is a long oval; the hair covering on the upperside is close and thick, and consists of long, upstanding, coarse bristles on circular roots. The median area of the underside is rugose and sparsely furnished with shorter, but still bristly, hair. The spinnerets are terminal, rising from a ring of smooth skin, and a second broader ring behind this covered with hair, behind which again is the groove containing the posterior pulmonary apertures. ‘The inferior spinnerets are close together, conical, with a short conical second joint. The superior are similar, about the same height, but the second joint is more cylindrical. The legs are only moderately stout, each joint finer than the preceding, with claw- tufts, scopule on the tarsi and three-fourths of the length of the metatarsi. They are also furnished with long powerful spines. ‘The claws are well curved, with about six pectinations. The anterior curved part of the claw is striated longitudinally. A478 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS The male palp has the distal joint broad for its length (one to one and a half), the tibial joint has two long apophyses on the outer side, the upper one terminating in a blunt hollow shell. The lower also ends in a broad horizontal cup, from the centre of which rises a short secondary projection terminated by a curved, pointed, tooth-like spine. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. Gul 8 = Cephalothorax ............ 63 te in erent: v5 JN OOOMNAN sc cgaoodasse vooad0003 84 5 Mian‘dalblesiajeeeeteesece ee eeee 24 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. IDES) scohsous 1 3 8 83 7 = 26 2. 2k 8 ©) 7 = 264 3. 2 64 6 By = 20 4. 2 —— = == alpine een 14 3 2 4 = 8? Family CLUBIONIDA. Subfamily Clubionine. Group Clubionee. Genus Ciusiona Walck. CLUBIONA PSEUDOMAXILLATA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 36.) One female. (Type of the species.) The cephalothorax is bright yellow-brown all over, with a few smooth recumbent hairs and upright bristles pale yellowish-white. The mandibles are somewhat darker, with much longer bristles and thicker hairs, of the same colour as on the cephalo- thorax, the fringes are the same, but rather yellower. Fangs yellow-brown, dark at the base, paler on the anterior half. The lip and maxille are dark dingy yellow- brown, with yellow fringes and pale yellow-grey hair. The sternum, coxe, and underside of the other joints of the legs and palpi are bright golden-yellow with nearly white hair, the upperside of the femora is darker orange, the spines brown, and the scopule on the metatarsi and tarsi dark grey. The abdomen is quite pale yellowish-white on the upperside without any markings, hair nearly white, similar, but with rather darker hair on the underside; spinnerets and epigyne pale yellow. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 479 The cephalothorax, which is as long as the patella and tibia of the fourth pair of legs, is convex, longer than broad, truncate in front, and only slightly rounded at the sides. There are no cephalic depressions and only a short, narrow, longitudinal fovea near the posterior end. Both rows of eyes are straight, those of the rear-row and laterals of the front-row equal in size, the front-median somewhat larger. ‘The rear-median eyes are two and a half times their diameter apart and one anda half times from their laterals, a rear- eye’s breadth distant from the front-median, which are the same distance from one another and three-quarters that distance from their laterals. The clypeus is one-half the breadth of a front-median eye. The mandibles are conical, geniculate at the base, as long as the breadth of the front of the cephalothorax, with long slightly curved fangs. The falces are thickly covered Text-figure 36. Clubiona pseudomawillata, nat. size. a. Eyes. 6. Sternum, lip, and maxille. c. Epigyne. d. Spinnerets. with hair and long upstanding bristles. On the inner margin of the falx-sheath are three evenly sized teeth, and on the outer margin one, broader than any of these, between two quite small. The maxille are upright, rounded anteriorly, broadest near the front end, incurved on the outer margin as well as round the lip on the inner, where there is a hollow in the margin itself. The insertion of the palpal trochanter is near the base, which is rounded. The lip is at least twice as long as broad, truncate in front. ‘The upper half is hollowed in the middle, with a slightly raised edge at the sides. ‘The lower half is distinctly convex from the base up. Instead of being cut away at the outer edges of 480 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS the base, it rather widens out. ‘The sternum is ovate, twice as long as broad, trun- cate in front, pointed at the rear, widest between the 2nd and 3rd pairs of coxe. On the front-margin, which is a little distance from the lip, is a short prominence like a rudimentary second lip flanked by two apparently rudimentary maxille, triangular, pointed anteriorly. ‘I'he bases of the front two pairs of coxe are close up to the sternum, but there is a rather wide margin between it and the rear two pairs of coxe. This is filled up with a white flaky skin almost covering the brown oval chitinous points at the bases of the coxe and, on the margin of the sternum itself, opposite each of these is another similar oval chitinous spot. ‘The sternum is thickly covered with upstanding hair. The legs are moderately long and thin. The fourth pair longest, and the second pair rather longer than the first. The abdomen is ovate, truncate in front, sparsely covered with fine hair. The spinnerets terminal on chitinous bases. The epigyne is ona slightly raised circular prominence with two small chitinous spots on the anterior margin, a raised fold at the lower margin, with two still smaller, but similar, spots on the upperside of the same near the middle. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. 2 in front. Cephalothorax ............ 4, ie pe rent Aibdomenteeepcercemrcen: 6 3h Mandiblesiiaeeeeeeeneeer ee 2 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur, & tibia. & tarsus. IUSER) sopocoooe ie 1 3 34 8 = 104 es 1 3h 4 3 = lls 3 ] 3 24 3 = 9} 4 13 3s 4 44 = 134 Ballpen ceic tee 4 it 1i 1 = 44 Very few specimens of this genus seem to have been collected in New Guinea. This specimen rather closely resembles L. Koch’s C. modesta, C. vacuna, and C. alveolata, from all of which it differs in the rear row of eyes being straight instead of procurved, the legs longer in proportion, and the rather different though generally similar form of the epigyne, but particularly by the unusual growths on the front margin of the sternum. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 481 Family PISAURID &. Group Doiomedee. Genus DoLOMEDES Latr. DOLOMEDES WOLLASTONI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 37.) One female. (Type of the species.) Cephalothorax olive-brown. A wide marginal fillet of silvery-white hair extends the whole way from the sides of the clypeus to the rear end, and a narrow median line of the same from the front-row of eyes to the rear end. On each side of this is a short parallel line of similar hair extending to the base of the cephalic part, and the side depressions are also similarly marked. The mandibles are yellow-brown, with long yellow-brown bristly hair on the basal Text-figure 37. 0 Oe o% 8° Dolomedes wollastoni, nat. size. a. Eyes. 6. Epigyne. half and white hair at the anterior end. The maxille, lip, and sternum are pale yellow- brown with long pale yellowish hair. The legs are similarly coloured, with darker yellow-brown hair and silvery-white hair in patches on the outer sides. The abdomen is dark yellow-brown on the upperside, with four short, longitudinal, silvery-white hair-streaks at the basal end. Round the sides is a broad white-haired fillet extending from the base to the spinnerets. The underside is paler, with nearly white hair. The spinnerets are yellow-brown, and the epigyne the same, with two nearly black streaks across it. The cephalothorax is one-fifth longer than broad, convex, narrowed in front, rounded VoL, XX.—part xiv. No. 8.—July, 1915. 3 Y 482 MR. H. R. HOGG ON SPIDERS at the sides and rear, slightly marked depressions separating the cephalic from the thoracic part. There is a deep longitudinal fovea at the upper part of the rear-slope. The nearly perpendicular clypeus narrows from the insertion of the mandibles to the rear of the eye-space. The rear-row of eyes is recurved, the lower edge of the laterals being slightly below the level-of the upper edge of the median, their long diameter is the same as that of the median, and they stand on black protuberances. The median pair have black rims, are less than one-third their diameter apart, and twice that distance from the laterals. The median eyes of the front-row are protrudent and, including the black rims, three-fifths the diameter of the rear eyes and two-thirds their diameter away from same. They are larger than the side-eyes and half as far away from them as from one another. The clypeus is about as wide as the median eye-area is long. The mandibles are geniculate at the base, have long powerful fangs, and four large teeth on the inner falx-margin. ‘They are furnished with long bristly upstanding hair at the base and front end, and short recumbent hair in the middle. The lip is as broad as long, widest in the middle, truncate in front, convex, and covered with long bristly hair, and rather more than half the length of the maxille. The latter are widest at the anterior end, rounded at the back, narrowing to the base, and are thickly covered with upstanding bristles. The sternum is broad shield-shaped, truncate in front, rounded at the sides, obtusely pointed at the posterior end, where the cox are quite contiguous, and thickly covered all over with long upstanding bristles. The abdomen is oval, straight in front, pointed at the rear end, twice as long as its greatest breadth, which is at the middle; the hair is close, smooth, and short. The inferior spinnerets are contiguous at the base, conical, rather longer than the breadth at the base, and have a short second joint. ‘The superior, rather longer but smaller in diameter, have a longer second joint. ‘The epigyne is a convex transverse protuberance, broadest in the middle, with two black depressions, one across each side; these are carried into a broad depression above marked at its sides with a thin chitinous edging. ‘The legs are long and strong, tapering to fine cylindrical tarsal and metatarsal joints. The hair on the femoral and tibial joints is smooth and recumbent, longer and more bristly on the metatarsal and tarsal. On the underside of the latter it thickens into rather loose scopule. ‘The spines are long and powerful, one each side near the base and one at the anterior end of the patellar joints. The superior claws have about six pectinations, the inferior being smooth; the latter are buried in a thick brush of bristles. The second pair of legs is rather longer than the first as in Zrechalea 'Thor., COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 485 but the tarsi are not filiform or flexible. The tibial joint of the palpi is longer than the patellar, and the metatarsal as long as these two. The measurements (in millimetres) are as follows :— Long. Broad. BAS Cephalothorax ......... 6 Ae Gein ore: 3 ANNC@IMNEIN.scoosccoves eevee 8 4. WieynghilollS | ,sescosgonaoano 2 — Trochanter Patella Metatarsus Coxa. & femur. & tibia. & tarsus. UGES scopoopoe ] 2 8h 9 9 = 284 Qe 2 9 10 10 = 31 Oe 2 8 84 84 = 27 4, 2 gt iI ee = 34 IPED isotaransind eacana 1 28 2h 25 = 8h This specimen rather closely resembles J). albicomus L. Koch from Queensland, but according to his description it is readily distinguished therefrom by the spacing and curvature of the eyes, the proportions of the legs, and the longitudinal line on the cephalothorax. It differs still more from D. dolomedes and D. albocinctum of Doleschall and D. albolimbata Thor. from New Guinea and the adjacent islands, all of which have the same very distinctive white band round the sides of the abdomen found in the present species. Family OxYoPID &. Genus Oxyores Latreille. OXYOPES PAPUANUS. ? Oxyopes (Sphasus) striatus Doleschall, Nat. Tijd. v. Neerl. Ind. vol. xii, 1857, p. 430; id. Act. Soe. Sci. Indo-Neéerl. vol. v. pl. 5. fig. 9. Oxyopes striatus Yol.; Thorell, Ragni di Amboina, 1878, p. 211. Oxyopes papuanus Thorell, Ragni Austro-Malesi, 1881, p. 395. One female. ‘The description given by Thorell (doc. cit.) of the species he considers to be Oxyopes striatus Dol. and his own P. papuanus are so remarkably alike that, as he says him- self, they may be the same. Doleschall’s original description does not help very far, but his drawing is very good and like both of them. He, however, describes four longitudinal stripes on the cephalothorax of the female instead of two, and Thorell says that the epigyne is black and shiny, which is the case here. I have little doubt 484 SPIDERS COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. but that this specimen is the same as Thorell’s 0. papuanus, and, unless some difference in the sexual organs should be found to exist, both species are the same, and the original name O. striatus would stand for both. It may be noted: that the stripes are not persistent in all cases. In this specimen the laterals of the front-row (or eyes of the second row) are rather larger than those of the rear-row, as in Thorell’s species, but not in Doleschall’s. Family SALTICID&. | Nore.—The Spiders of this family had not been completely worked out when the foregoing memoir was read, but a paper containing the account of the species collected by the two Expeditions, together with the descriptions of one new genus and eleven new species, will be published in Part 3 of the Society’s ‘ Proceedings ’ for the current year, to be issued in September, 1915.—Kprror. | TRANSACTIONS OF THE. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Public. omese sce ora Sue is VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates and 16 Text-figures). . . . . . . PricelO 4 0 13 12 0 Part 1. (1909, containing 8 Pls.& 12 Text-figs.). ,, 117 6 21OELO » 2 (1909, containing 4 Plates) . . . . . Seay Dison) oe Orend Saye CLIO} contaiuines 2 eblates) en oe a) Sy OOO (0) S210) » 4. (1910, containmg 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.). , 315 0 s 0 0 » 5D. (1910, containing 5 Pls.,TitleandIndex) ,, 117 6 210 0 VOLUME XxX. Part 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates). . . . . Price 018 O eho begat O oo 2s (One; contaimme 1OjRlates). 7 ete. ey. ee O . 3 0 0 » 9. (1918, containing 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) . , 1 2 6 110 0 der (LOLoncontamine Oblates). eit. ce 53. 08 OO, 0 12.0 ee lolee comtamive Ay Plates. cas. 5 4; 0. 90 012 0 ;, 6, (1914, containing 1 Plate)... . . a, Olgone9 0 5 0 » 7. (4914, containing 2 Pls.& 7 Text-figs.). 4 O 7 6 . a OPO.) 5 8) (1914 containing 2 Text-fige.) 9... 5, -0°- 2.8 ip 0 0 » 9. (1914) ha Nd age ace 0 Oe See ee 03.20 », 10. (1914, containing 6 Text-figs.) . Bors ce aie. ae On Ouea 0 0 Soy (igWecontaume Plate) sy, OO, ee 010 0 ST Olaacontaimines. o Plates aon sae <4, 8) OF 9, Ones YO MRS) olay @olamcontaminen de Platelie eis ect gy cs OF OO 012 0 0.125 Ore 016 O (14s (OVS; containing 1S Vext-fies)) ce. CONTENTS. XIV. Report on the Spiders collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By HW. R. Hoge, MA.) EZ.S83: (Vexttietese 0 Baie: ine alee = latualenn a euaiiad ages eee THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, Tux scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—* Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”’ contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings”? for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the ay so that the year and page give the complete reference. An “ Abstract of the Proceedings ” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. . The “‘ Transactions”? contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form, ‘They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subseription of £1 ls. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the — year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Recon for asum of £1 10s. (which ineludes delivery), payable on the 1st July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subseription be paid before the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’ (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, y, 1915. July, 1915 Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vor. XX.—Parr 15. (Text-rievrus 38-41.) LONDON: Jae ond TA PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, wt ALO N53: ye SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT'S PARK; SYonal Must AND BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSIER ROW, July 1915. Price 3s, Taylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. % TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. \ VOLUMES I.-IV. (1833-1862) . VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME ard 50 Text-figures) V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates) . VI. (1866-1869, contaiming 92 Plates) . VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . VIII. IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates) .. X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates) . GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (18383-1879) . XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates) . XII. XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . XIV. XV. (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates) . XVI. XVII. (1903-1906, containing 41 Plates VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, containmg 43 Plates and 87 Text-fiures) (1872-1874, contaming 82 Plates) . (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) . (1896-1898, containing 47 Plates) . (1901-1908, containing 38 Plates) . 39 39 22 bP) To Fellows. Lose Sd; To the Public. nS. als (Out of print.) Perce so 2 4i33 12 e 6. 10 0 3 4 1 0 roy E> 10) Bye te) 40) Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. XV. Report on the Odonata collected by the British Ornithologists Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By Hurvert Campion *. [Received January 23, 1915; Read March 9, 1915.| (Text-figures 38-40.) Inprx. Page Systematic : SYRLGRLS WONMESTONG, Bo Ds 2coccacscecasogc cnn a0dcoegauaoacococs 436 489 Qile FOSG, Do Ds 0.9.0000000000000006000060000090004000000000000000 It is gratifying to find that the collection of Dragonflies made by Mr. A. F. R. Wollaston, small as it is, should contain two new species, both of them of unusual interest. These, together with the remaining specimens, form a valuable addition to the collections of the British Museum (Natural History), which are not at all rich in Odonata from New Guinea. One of the Dragonflies, Te‘nobasis metallica Forst., was obtained at Base Camp, sea-level, Setakwa River, Nov._Dec. 1912, and a new Synthemis was met with on the Utakwa River, 4000 to 6000 ft., Jan—Feb. 1913. All the others were obtained on the Utakwa River, 2500-8000 ft., in February, 1913. Detailed information concerning the known species represented in the present collection will be found in some of Dr. F. Ris’s recent writings, notably his magnificent monograph of the Libelluline, his paper on the Dragonflies of the Lorentz Expedition (‘Nova Guinea,’ ix., Zoologie, pp. 471-512, 1913), and his paper on Aru- and Kei- Island Odonata (Abhandl. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges. xxxiv. pp. 503-536, 1915). The two new species, Synthemis wollastont and Oda risi, are the only additions made herein to the known Odonata of New Guinea. Another apparently endemic form is the typical Teinobasis metallica, but the five remaining species obtained by Mr. Wollaston have a more extended distribution. Subfamily Agrionine. TEINOBASIS METALLICA Forst. 1 3. Base Camp, sea-level, Setakwa River, Nov.—Dec. 1912. Dr. Ris informs me that this specimen, which he has seen, is certainly identical with the insect so named by him in the two faunistic papers cited above, and probably identical also with that referred to in Forster’s original description. * Communicated by W. R. Oerrvin-Granz, F.Z.8, VOL. xx. —ParT xy. No. 1.—July, 1915. 9 0 Z 486 MR. HERBERT CAMPION ON ODONATA Subfamily Aschnine. PLATYCANTHA DIRUPTA Karsch. 1 @. Utakwa River, 2500-3000 ft., Feb. 1913. Subfamily Corduliine. Genus Synrnemis Selys. Synthemis Selys, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiv. p. vi (1870) ; id. Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xxxi. p. 557 (1871); Tillyard, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxv. pp- 335-337 (1910). Paleosynthemis Vorster, Anu. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, i. p. 546 (1903) ; id. Wien. entomol, Zeitg. xxvil. p. 25 (1908). Of the three genera composing the group Synthemina, Ewsynthemis and Choris- thems are confined to the continent of Australia, as are also most of the speties falling into the restricted genus Synthenvis. The new species described below possesses an ovipositor and a membranule, both of which are in well-developed condition, and clearly belongs to Synthemis proper. Leaving out of account an undescribed insect from New Guinea preserved in the Genoa Museum, and labelled by de Selys Synthemis beccarit, the sole species from that island characterised, so far, is S. primigenia Forst., which is known to me by description alone. It would appear that the female of Forster’s species agrees very well in several respects with the beautiful insect now before us, such as similarity in size, the single cross-vein in the median space, and the presence of a cross-vein in the triangle of the hind-wing. The following table, however, will sufficiently distinguish the females of the two New Guinea species :-— Lower blades of ovipositor, in lateral view, longer and narrower ; fore-wing and tip of hind-wing hyaline ; vertex and summit of frons metallic blue. primigenia Forst. Lower blades of ovipositor, in lateral view, shorter and broader ; tips and certain other areas of all wings coloured ; vertex and summit of frons blackish Ves voi). 24) 20 ay ea ee ey loi tt 8 ap olasconias Dame Synthemis miranda Selys, another large species, is still known only from the unique female obtained from New Caledonia. It may be readily separated from 8. wollastoni by the entirely different pattern of the wing-coloration, by its possessing four or five cross-veins in the median space, and by the anal loop being divided into three portions, as in S. regina Selys, ¢ . Like S. primigenia and 8S. miranda, S. wollastoni may be discriminated by its superior size from all the members of the genus so far described from Australia, the hind-wing in all three species exceeding 40 mm. in length. SYNTHEMIS WOLLASTONI, sp. n. (Text-figs. 38 & 39.) 1 2. Utakwa River, 4000-6000 ft., Jan-Feb. 1913. (ype of the species.) COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINBA. 487 2 (holotype).—Length of abdomen, including ovipositor, 48°5 mm. Length of hind wing 42 mm. Labium and clypeus dark reddish-brown, labrum bright reddish-brown. Frons dark reddish-brown anteriorly, brownish above, hairy, excavated at the summit, coarsely punctate. Vertex hairy, brownish-black, finely punctate. Basal joints of the antenne black; the bristle missing. Prothorax black, edged with yellow posteriorly. Dorsum of thorax proper without humeral or antehumeral stripes or spots; dark brown anteriorly, with metallic-green reflections; between the wings very dark reddish- brown, with a central yellow spot; mid-dorsal carina yellow; sides dark reddish- brown, with purple reflections traversed obliquely by an uninterrupted bright yellow stripe, 1 mm. broad at its widest part, enclosing the metastigma; inferior surface yellowish to brownish, Text-figure 38. Text-figure 39. Text-fig. 38.—Left wings of Sunthemis wollaston?, sp.n. Type Q. Enlarged. IF’. W. Campion photo. Text-fig, 39.—Lateral view of terminal segments of Synthemis wollastoni, sp.n. Type 2. Greatly enlarged. H. Knight del. Wings * for the most part richly suffused with amber, the colour being most intense in the costal, subcostal, median, and cubital spaces, and also along the costal margin beyond the nodus; a more or less hyaline space in the fore-wing, in which is situated * Mr. R. J. Tillyard kindly informs me that the wing-venation of S. wollastoni, as shown in a photograph which I sent him, agrees exactly with that of his unique female of S. claviculata Tillyard, from N, Queensland _ The New Guinea species is abundantly distinct, however, by reason of its considerably larger size and by the greatly superior development of its ovipositor. He also draws my attention to the extreme variability of the extent and arrangement of suffused areas in the wings of Synthemis females, even in different examples of the same species, and, in the case of bred specimens, in the same individual, according to age. 322 488 MR. HERBERT CAMPION ON ODONATA the subtriangle, the triangle, and all that portion of the wing, at least, which lies below Mj+3; another almost hyaline space in the hind-wing includes all the cells below A, embracing the anal loop, as well as the triangle, subtriangle, and a few of the cells immediately beyond them. Reticulation, including C, black. No creamy spots at the wing-bases. Pterostigma 3 mm. long, dark reddish-brown, unbraced. Membranule 4-5 mm. long, whitish. Venation generally more open than in the female of S. ewsta- lacta Burm., the type of the genus. Antenodals of the first series 12 in the fore-wings, and 8 in the hind-wings. Postnodals 7-8 in the fore-wings, 9 in the hind-wings. Arculus in the fore-wing very oblique, in the hind-wing more vertical ; in all the wings straight, or nearly straight, arising at or very near the level of the second antenodal of the first series. Only one cross-vein in the supertriangle in all the wings. Median space with a single cross-vein only in all the wings. Four cubito-anal cross-veins in each of the left wings, and five in each of the right wings. ‘Triangles and subtriangles of the fore-wings free. Triangles of the hind-wings with one curved cross-vein in each ; the convex side of the cross-vein directed anteriorly. Discoidal area in the fore-wings commencing with a double cell, followed by three single cells, then by a few double cells, succeeded by several rows of cells. Discoidal area in the hind-wings with at first a few single or double cells, rapidly giving place to several rows of cells. Four bridge-veins in all the wings. Hind-wing triangle not retracted; the distance from the arculus to the inner angle of the triangle, measured along the cubitus, is somewhat more than half the length of the triangle. Anal loop in the hind-wing consisting of a single enclosure, and containing 8 cells in the right wing and 7 cells in the left. Legs: coxie light reddish-brown; femora light reddish-brown, black at the apex ; tarsi and claws black. Abdomen very dark reddish-brown, almost black, with a pair ot conspicuous yellow spots on each of the segments 2, 3, and 4, lying on each side of the mid-dorsal carina, near the middle of the segment; similar but smaller spots probably present on 5, 6, and 7; body apparently constricted at 4, but, as it is crushed laterally, its shape cannot be stated with certainty; 8 and 9 progressively smaller, and cut off obliquely at the apex; 10 very small, and, like 9, directed conspicuously upwards; a tuft of very long hairs springs from the ventral surface of 9, and a similar tuft from 10; apex of abdomen hairy. Anal appendages black, subconical, pointed, barely projecting beyond the apex of the abdomen. Ovipositor: lower pair of blades’ dark reddish-brown, nearly straight, concaye within, parallel, spatulate and incurved at the tips, projecting considerably beyond the apex of the abdomen; upper pair of blades black, stout and curved in the basal half, then parallel with the lower pair, divergent, concave within, not reaching to the level of the end of the abdomen. MAcROMIA TERPSICHORE Forst. 1 3. Utakwa River, Feb. 1913. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 489 Subfamily Libelluline. ‘TETRATHEMIS IRREGULARIS LEPTOPTERA Selys, 1 3g. Utakwa River, Feb. 1913. Genus Opa Ris. (Collections Selys, Libell., fase. ix. pp. 18 & 61, 1909.) This genus was established for the reception of the single species Nannophlebia (*) dohrni Kriiger from Sumatra. Other specimens have been obtained in Borneo, and there is a record, which needs confirmation, of a female from the Marianne Islands. To the same genus may now be added a second species, which resembles the type- species very closely in general appearance. For purposes of comparison, I have had before me a male and female of Oda dohrni, in fine condition, kindly lent to me by Mr. F. F. Laidlaw (Matang Road, Sarawak, Borneo, 9. xi.09, J. C. Moulton). I have also referred to Dr. F. Ris’s photographs reproduced in the above-named work as figures 25 (left wings of ¢), 26 (left wings of 2), 27 (segment 2 of ¢), and 28 (anal appendages of ¢ ). The uew species has been referred to Oda upon the advice of Dr. Ris, notwith- standing its disagreement with O. dohrni in severai important characters. Its inclusion therein will necessitate some modification in the definition of that genus as given by its author, and the following description has been made to cover all the characters which must be taken into account whenever the genus is re-defined. I have great pleasure in dedicating the interesting new species to Dr. F. Ris, to whom JI am indebted for much valuable assistance in studying its characters and affinities, as well as for kind help with other difficult species contained in the present collection. Leaving venational characters out of account for the moment, the males of the two known species of the genus may be separated thus :-— Abdominal segments 1, 2, and 3 very large, followed by a sudden constriction ; jabrum black; tibize of hind-legs black ; a broad black band lying on the second lateral suture of the thorax . dt ea tal cc eda - dohrni Kriiger. Abdominal segments 1, 2, and 3 not inflated or followed by any constriction ; labrum bright yellow ; tibie of hind-legs yellow ; no black band on the secondulateralusutunerottinestlaoraxesimeen nein ylntcnl lcs |) |i bol ul-NntsMN-N mI nEINN?s?S2-SO ame » 8p ODA RISI, sp.n. (Text-fig. 40.) 1 ¢. Utakwa River, Feb. 1915. (ype of the species.) ¢, holotype (not fully matured, head flattened by pressure, and abdomen somewhat crushed). Length of abdomen, including anal appendages, 19°5 mm.; length of hind wing 22 mm. 490 MR. HERBERT CAMPION ON ODONATA Labium, labrum, face, and anterior aspect of the frons bright yellow ; dorsal aspect of the frons and vertex metallic bluish-green. Vertex broad, rounded in front, undivided. Occipital triangle black. Lobe of the prothorax smaller than in O. dohrni, its posterior margin curving convexly, notched slightly in the middle. Ground-colour of the thorax yellow ; a broad black band on each side of the dorsum, enclosing a large yellow oval spot lying on the mid-dorsal carina; a narrower black band traversing the meso- thoracic epimeron longitudinally. Wings entirely hyaline. Hind-wing conspicuously broader than the fore-wing— only slightly broader in 0. dohrni. Pterostigma dark brown, 2 mm. long. ‘The venation resembles that of O. dohrni in the following characters :—The arculus distal to the second antenodal in all the wings; the branches of M arising near the bottom of the arculus, and fused together for a considerable distance; the four triangles and the two subiriangles are free; no cross-veins in the supertriangles; one cross-vein only etween the bridge and Mj42; Me shghtly arched; only one row of cells between ts. and Rspl.; the discoidal area of the fore-wing narrow and consisting of an Text-figure 40. Right wings of Oda msi, sp.n. Type ¢. Enlarged. F. W. Campion photo. undivided row of cells; the bounding longitudinal veins almost parallel to near the margin of the wing; the anal loop in the hind-wing rudimentary and difficult to recognise; Cui in the hind-wing well separated from the lower corner of the triangle. ‘The venation differs from that of O. dohrni in the under-mentioned respects :— The fore-wing triangle is less reeular in form, as the proximal portion of the costal side (cross-vein) is considerably shorter than the distal portion (M4); the base of the triangle in the hind-wing is placed distinetly beyond the level of the arculus, instead of coinciding with it more or less exactly; the cross-vein forming the costal side of the same triangle does not meet, at its distal end, the cross-vein bounding the triangle externally, thus making the enclosure 4-sided (in O. dohrni the two cross-veins are joined distally, and the enclosure is 3-sided); 12 complete antenodals in the fore-wing and 9 in the hind- wing, as compared with 9 in the fore-wing and 7 or 8 in the hind-wing; 6 postnodals in all the wings (in the six fore-wings of O. dohrni examined, four have 6 postnodals COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 491 and two have 7); in the six hind-wings, four have 6 postnodals and two have 7 ; one regular cubito-anal cross-vein only in each wing, placed at or proximal to the level of the first antenodal (in 0. dohrni there is usually another, placed beyond it, in the hind-wing) ; the second cubito-anal cross-vein in the fore-wing, forming the basal side of the subtriangle, is placed more obliquely, thus appearing less like a continuation of vein A; Rspl. well defined in all the wings (barely recognisable in 0. dohrni). Legs long and slender; the coxe and trochanters of all the legs yellow; femora brownish-black externally, yellowish-brown internally ; tibize for the most part yellow ; tarsi blackish. Femur of hind-legs with an external row of about 20 very short spines and a few long hairs projecting beyond them, terminating at the distal end in a long spine; an internal row of about 12 long straight hairs; femur of mid-legs with an external row of about 8-10 long slender spines, increasing in length progressively from the base of the femur to the apex ; an internal row of about 20 long slender hairs; tibial spines numerous, long, and slender ; tarsal claw-teeth small, at about two- thirds the length of the claw. Abdomen not constricted after the third segment, as it is in O. dohrni. Genitalia of segment 2 crushed and not well-displayed ; anterior lamina clothed with long hairs, about as broad as long, parallel-sided, and with the apical margin rounded; the hamules twisted out of their natural position; viewed laterally the anterior branch appears as a long, stout, slightly- curved lobe, ending in a rather sharp point and touching the genital lobe; posterior branch, concealed in lateral view, short, curving towards the anterior branch, and apparently very slender; genital lobe erect, and rather long and narrow. Segment 1 yellow, with the basal half of the dorsum black; 2 black with a little yellow at the sides, basally ; 3 and 4 black, without visible markings; 5 and 6 black, with a large yellow spot on each side ; 7 yellow, with a black ring at the base and another at the apex; 8, 9, and 10 black. Upper anal appendages black, about as long as segments 9 and. 10 taken together, curving downwards and becoming stouter for the greater portion of their length, and then giving rise suddenly to a sharp spine directed backwards; lower appendage yellowish, shorter than the upper appendages, concave above, broad basally, heart-shaped. LYRIOTHEMIS MEYERI Selys. 26,2 9. Utakwa River, Feb. 1913. NEUROTHEMIS DECORA Brauer. 1 3¢,3 2. Utakwa River, Feb. 1913. 3g. Wings purple-blue, without apical spots. I have compared the male example with a somewhat larger male from New Guinea in the British Museum (Stephansort, Astrolabe Bay, Biro). In the Stephansort specimen the large basal coloured area approaches nearer to the pterostigma in all the wings by about 2 cells, but the milky 4992 ODONATA COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. band beyond it is not so wide as in the Utakwa River specimen, and does not reach to the distal end of the pterostigma in any of the wings. The three females differ from one another but little in size, the hind-wings of two specimens measuring 28 mm. in length and of the third specimen 29 mm. ‘The large basal coloured area, purple-black in one specimen and rich brown in the others, is variable in the amount of its extension outwards; in its maximum development it approaches the pterostigma to within 4 cells in the fore-wing and 3 cells in the hind- wing; inits minimum development as many as 7 cells lie between its margin and the pterostigma in the fore-wing and 5 in the hind-wing. ‘The milky band is unequal in size in the different specimens compared. The apical brown cloud is also somewhat variable in extent, in some cases reaching backwards as far as the proximal end of the pterostigma, while in other cases it ceases before the middle of the pterostigma. ol aw (ue) (SE) — XVI. Report on the Vermes (Oligocheta) collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. by Dr. L. Cognetri DE Martius *. [Received December 2, 1914; Read March 9, 1915.]} (Text-figure 41.) Inppx. Systematic : Page JALARAME TERE, So Ne co oacooecvoudubooobockssuceocene 493 Pheretima (Parapheretima) utakwana, sp. 0... 2.0... cece ee ee 494 THE Oligocheta collected during the Expedition led by Mr. A. F. R. Wollaston comprise specimens of three species belonging to the oriental genus Pheretima ; two of these three species are new. By the kindness by Prof. F. J. Bell of the British Museum the small collection has been sent to me. PHERETIMA MAXIMA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 41, A.) External Characters.—This new species is to be included among the giant-forms of the order Oligocheta. The specimen examined attains a length of 450 mm., with a diameter of about 20 mm., and consists of 108 segments. Prostomium pro-epilobous, +; the segments XI. to x1. are slightly triannulated. Colour grey at the preclitellian region, very dark grey on the clitellum, yellowish erey at the ventral side of the preclitellian tract, violet-grey with more or less wide yellowish-grey setigerous bands at the dorsal side of the same tract. Sete in continuous rings; about 200 sete on segments VI. to x., and about 180 on segments XVII. to XXVI. First dorsal pore in the inter-segmental furrow xi /XIv. The clitellum embraces entirely segments XIV. to xVI., and has no sete. Male pores close to the middle ventral line; each pore is surrounded by a grey circular area. Between the male pores there are five setee. Copulatory papille are absent. Female pores on segment XIV. on a porophore which is surrounded by a circular furrow, from which some short grooves are given off. Three pairs of spermathecal pores, invisible from the exterior. These pores lie in the inter-segmental furrows y./v1.—vil./Vul. in line with the male pores. * Communicated by F. Jerrruy Butt, F.Z.8. VOL. XX.—PART Xv. No. 2.—July, 1915. 44 AOA DR. L. COGNETTI DE MARTIIS ON VERMES Internal Anatomy.—Septa 1v./v.-vu./vut. and 1x./x. are greatly thickened; septum VIN./IX. is absent. Septa x./x1.—xu./xr. are moderately stout. Gizzard very strong in yur. and rx. Sacculated intestine beginning in segment xvi. provided with a pair of simple and long conical ceeca, which extend four or five segments forwards from XxXxV1. Hearts paired in x./xtir. A single pair of testes is present in segment xI., not enclosed in seminal capsules. A single pair of globous sperm-sacs in segment XII. A pair of ovaries in XIIt. Spermiducal glands confined to segment xvi. Their glandular portion is moriform or slightly lobulated, the duct moderately thin and S-shaped. Muscular burs copulatrix absent. Three pairs of spermathece in segments vi._vim. Fach spermatheca club-shaped, with a short duct, which is provided with a globular diverticulum near the external pore (text-fig. 41, A). Camp 3, Utakwa River, 2500 ft., Dec. 1912. A single specimen. (Type of the species.) Text-figure 41. Spermathece of: A. Pheretima mavima; B. Pheretima (Parapheretima) utakwana. This new species is particularly distinguished by the dimensions given above and by the metandric condition. These two characters are found in another giant species of the same genus, Ph. colossus Cogn.*, which has also been obtained in New Guinea; but this last species is provided with fewer setae on the single segments and has five pairs of spermathece, instead of three. PHERETIMA (PARAPHERETIMA }) UTAKWANA, sp. n. (‘Iext-fig. 41, B.) Laternal Characters.—Leneth 63 mm., diameter 3°5 mm. Segments 111. Prostomium pro-epilobous. Colour pale brownish. * © Nova Guinea,’ ix. p. 296 (Leide, Brill, 1912). T For this subgenus, cf. ‘ Nova Guinea,’ vy. p. 561 (1912). COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 495 Sete in continuous rings: 45 sete on segment iv., 50-60 on segments X. to XXVI. First dorsal pore in inter-segmental furrow XIII./XIV. Clitellum embracing entirely segments XIV. to xvl.; it has no sete. 3 Male pores near the middie ventral line; the interval between these pores corresponds to + of the segmental circumference, and bears no sete. The burse copulatrices are partially extruded as a wrinkled swollen margin around each male pore. Female pore is a short transverse fissure on segment XIV. ‘wo pairs of spermathecal pores in the inter-segmental furrows vi./vu. and VIL/VIIL., in line with the male pores. Between these lines are present seven sete on seg- ment vill. The lips of the spermathecal pores are slightly swollen. Internal Anatomy.—Dissepiments tv./V. to vit./vill, and x./Xx1. to Xi1./XIIL. moderately thickened; the septa viil./1x. and 1x./x. are absent. A strong gizzard is present in segments vii. and 1x. The sacculated intestine begins in segment XvI.; its lateral ceca are simple, and extend from segment XXVI. to XXIII. Hearts paired in segments X.—XIII. The seminal capsules are paired in segments x. and x1.; the two capsules of the same side communicate with each other through septum x./x1. The two capsules of the same pair do not seem to be in communication; if a communication is present, it may be limited to a narrow intraseptal lacuna. The seminal sacs are paired in segments xt. and xtL, the two pairs being of equal size. Hach sac is provided with an apical finger-shaped appendix. A pair of rudimentary sacs is present in segment XIII. The ovaries lie in segment x11. and a pair of egg-sacs in segment XIV. The spermiducal glands are very like those of Pheretina (Parapheretima) hellwigiana Cogn.*. ‘The glandular portion is slightly lobulated and occupies the two segments xvi. and xvi. The muscular duct is moderately thin and strongly bent; it opens in a little bursa copulatrix, which is partially extruded. In the bursa there also opens a tubular and strong-walled gland, which extends backwards from segment XVII. to about segment xxl. The surface of this gland is provided with lobules, which very probably are due to the cysts of Gregarines. There are two pairs of spermathece in segments vil. and vill. The muscular duct and the pear-shaped main pouch are of equal thickness, but the pouch is shorter than the duct. The duct is covered with villous glandular appendages, and is provided with a short stalked diverticulum in the middle line; the length of the diverticulum is less than that of the duct (text-fig. 41, B). Camp 12, Utakwa Valley, 10,000 ft. (C. Boden Kloss coll.), Jan. 1913. A single specimen. (Type of the species.) * «Nova Guinea,’ ix. pl. ix. fig. 25. 496 VERMES COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. This new species is quite distinct from the other of the same subgenus. ‘The spermiducal apparatus, as mentioned above, is hke that of Ph. (Paraph.) hellwigiana Cogn., but the latter species is provided with unpaired spermathece on the middle ventral line, whereas in Ph. (Paraph.) utakwana the same organs are paired. Ph. (Paraph.) hellwigiana Cogn. is also a New Guinea species. PHERETIMA (PARAPHERETIMA) BEAUFORTII, Var, APOTREMA. Pheretima (Parapheretima) beaufortit, var. apotrema Cognetti, Nova Guinea, ix. p. 297 (1912). A single specimen, which agrees with my description in the majority of the characters referred to. The only differences are: greater size (length 215 mm., instead of 110 mm.; thickness 7 mm., instead of 3 mm.) and a smaller number of sete between the male pores (10 sete instead of 14). The type-specimen of this variety was collected in the neighbourhood of Etna Bay in southern Dutch New Guinea. Camp 12, Utakwa Valley, 10,000 ft., Feb. 1915. A single specimen. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Public. BEG Sel, esp ais VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates and 16 Text-figures). . . . . . . -Pricel0 4 0 13 12 0 Part 1. (1909, containing 3 Pls.& 12 Text-figs.). ,, 117 6 210.0 Se ee CLOUO neondaoime Agate eased Ms i Hosp Ooo 3.0 0 Sil oes CLOUD contamina? lates). jn cc 3 45 OOO ORG) » 4. (1910, containmg 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.). ,, 315 O bee OPO 5 6 210 0 . (1910, containing 5 Pls.,TitleandIndex) ,, 1 17 VOLUME XxX. Part 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates). . . . . Price O18 O wine Leds » 2, (1912, contaming 10 Plates). . . . . » 2 5 O é 38 0 0 » 8 (1918, containing 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.). ,, 1 2 6 110 0 RAs (Okerconvanine coo: blates)as 0. fa). > 4, Ol Die O, 012 0 eiahen Gols convarnims: «Apblates) ows. 8 5, OO e 0 012 0 D6 sald contaming (Plate) 8 O88 05 0 » 7. (1914, containing Q Pisstesyelext- tes.) 945-1 Oy 6 0: 105-0: ooo holt combanaimies ya Next Hes me. 7). 0.9 155.1 One Oe G0) Soe (IG ee Oa 6). 3:0 LO; (1904 containine:, (G/Wext-fiss)). 050... | 4, . 02 aS On Sa20 Pella olacieoutamumonv ls Wlate)ienresee ce a. = 5 BON Zea 010 O lee WO Ia comtaiminas +3. Plates. so. 5 0) OO of OPO los (lots, contamina I Rlate)\ je. es. pre (O) a, 49) 10) 012.0 Ae dOlocontammonls Wextaies Oy nia 750 Olea O 016 0 O 273 0 3 0 » 15. (1915, contaming 4 Text-figs.). . . . ,, CONTENTS. . XV. Report on the Odonata collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Eapedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. by Hexperr Campion. (Text-fioures 38-40) 5 ee eee XVI. Report on the Vermes (Oligochwta) collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By Dr. UL. Cognerti pp Martius. (Text-figure 41.) . . . . . =. + . . page 493 THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tur scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” — published in an octavo form, and ‘‘ Transactions,” in quarto. : According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also al? the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued im the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of #@March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that the year and page give the complete reference. An “ Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. The ‘‘ Transactions”’ contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. ‘They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. 1s made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record + for a sum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the 1st July.in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subseription be paid before the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’ (Paternoster Row, H.C.), or through any bookseller. July, 1915 P, CHALMERS MITCHELL, 2 ioe Secretary. — TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vor. XX.—Parr 16. (Late XXXIX.) LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT'S PARK ; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, PATERNOSTER ROW. October 1915. Price 123. Taylor and Erancis Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. £ 3s. -d. eiiaSe We VOLUMES I.-IV. (1833-1862). 2... ..... (Out of print.) VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . Price 5 4 3 . . . @&19 O VOLUME _ VI. (1866-1869, containing 92 Plates). . ,, 11 5 0. . .15 0 O VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . yo LOR A OS ee SS ee0 VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates). . , 9 8 38 ...1211 0 VOLUME __ IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates). . ,, 12 16. ..16 2 0 VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates). . ,, 1008 .. .18 7 0 GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1838-1879). 5; =O 7 6 2 .. 010 0 _ VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates). . ,, 912 0 , oa 1216 0 VOLUME XII. (1886-1890, containmg 65 Plates). . ,, 5 80...7 40 VOLUME XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . %5 ey Boe og gy Ub oO VOLUME XIV. (1896-1898, containing 47 Plates) . a BUD. OR Be eras geen @ VOLUME XV. (1898-1901, containing 52 Plates). . ,, By A Oe A Ge vy Me (0) VOLUME XVI. (1901-1908, containing 38 Plates). . _,, Dee SiG Osimnuseeeena(: 4 0 VOLUME XVII. (1903-1906, containing 41 Plates and 50 Text-figures) . riba enna satre uci DUS Gur soa aye oO) VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates and 87 Text-figures) ar 4) TBO aes ea Omnia O Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. 497 | (4) { XVII. Report on the Coleoptera collected by the British Ornithologists Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By GILBERT Ea ARROWe Gui Aes KC MARSHALL, “F.Z5S., (Cs Jin (GAHANS (ad KG BiAIR, Base. HES. [Prats XXXIX.] Inpex. Page Page Philonthus superbus, sp.N. ....-..... 499 tolycus*nodoswsy spa needa a 521 Plagiopisthen politus, sp.N. ........-- 500 Anchithyrus trimastus Heller, referred to Metopodontus bison Oliv. = limbatus Ptola cuss one dua ret ater seer ear 521 IWraterhiny sary. tyaria tact acatsuasycvs sicreuiees 502 Dysopirhinus costatus, sp. 0. .......... 922 Papuana woodlarkiana Montr. = semi- Ectatocyba verrucosa, sp. W. «1+... eee 823 ROH ATO? 55.0000:90000006000000 504 Lophocheirus wollastoni, gen. et sp. n. ..524, 525 Dipelicus nasutus Bates = quadrituber Arachnopus biplagiatus, sp. 0. ........ 526 TRENT ES oi Asc tees CGR RE gene eR SRT 504 Jal, UOGZNIHMS, Bo Bs coosseonsoo0006 528 Anomala discrepans, sp. u. .......... o0+4 Zal5 AOI, > Wo cocoves6on00000000 529 Heteronysx colossus, sp. n. ............ 505 TlS OOO, Gs Ds Soooucpsocodeuoobe 530 Cyphogastra wollastont Waterh., sp, n... 506 Sparganobasis subcruciaius, gen. eb sp.n. 531, 532 Rhinoscapha demissa, sp. 0. ..c0.. ++ 509 Ceropria papudna, sp. nN. .......+---- 50-4 Coptorrhynchus improvidus, Sp. n....... 510 C. intermedia Har.=C\ insignis Chevr... 535 Linus mumicanus, sp. 0. 2... 22.--- +e oll Setems costipentviss)) lee eee cee 535 Aclees undignus, sp. Ws oe... 2222+ 512 TH DOES QOS CUPUIS, SID Ms ooca0s ve 000 Ke 536 Orthorrhinus postoculatus, sp.N. ...... 513 Amarygmus viridiceneus, Sp. D..... ooo Bae) Aleides parentheticus, sp. 0. ........ . old Zak, CHM COUALKIS, Do Wo ococoscooccenesos 537 Joly UCM DIB, FD. Do ca00000000000000 516 Lake MOLES, Gd Ds oovcboocsereco0e 597 Colobodes cavisquanus, 8p. N. ......005- 517 Strongylium wollastoni, sp. mn. .......- 538 Meroleptus laterosignatus, sp.n. ...... 518 Mordella sericeobrunnea, sp. u. ......-- 539 Wily SORUAMIIE, 87> Wo odloo aogg.40000008 520 SESRMKO GIOIA, Fo Ds coocgaccoosooe 540 PART I. By Gitsert J. Arrow. [Received December 23, 1914; Read March 9, 1915. ] A CATALOGUE of the known Coleoptera of New Guinea and the adjacent islands, compiled by the late G. Masters in 1888 (Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. iii. parts 1 & 2), containing all the species described previous to that date, enumerates in all two thousand and seventy-five. Probably those since described raise this total to three thousand. ‘Those collected during the present Expeditions number about two VOL. XX.—PART xvi. No. 1.—October, 1919. 4B ANS Mk. GILBERT J. ARROW ON COLEOPTERA hundred and twenty. Since the whole of these were taken within a comparatively small area they may be considered a fairly representative series for that particular region, but obyiously the members of the Expeditions did not devote any considerable part of their energies to this Order, and the collections must not be taken as indicating in any degree what might be accomplished by diligent and systematic research even in this region. Large and important groups, such as the Clavicornia, Water-Beetles, Coprine, Buprestidee, and Coccinellidee are almost or wholly un- represented. Small as it is, however, the collection contains a considerable proportion of hitherto-undescribed species and further illustrates the extreme richness of the New Guinea insect-fauna. All the specimens were collected by Mr. A. F. R. Wollaston, unless otherwise stated. CICINDELIDS. ‘TRICONDYLA APTERA. Cicindela aptera Oliv. Ent. ii. 1790, pt. 38, p. 7, pl. i. fig. 1. Mimika River. Numerous specimens of both sexes. A very abundant tree-haunting species, found also in Ternate, Ceram, Celebes, and other islands. ‘THERATES BASALIS. Therates basalis De}. Spec. Col. 11. 1826, p. 437. Mimika River. Many specimens. CICINDELA TETRACHOIDES. Cicindela tetrachoides Gestro, Aun. Mus. Civ. Genova, viil. 1876, p. 514. Mimika and Wataikwa Rivers; 3 ¢,9 2. CiCINDELA FUNERATA. Cicindela funerata Boisd. Voy. de Astrolabe, ii. 1835, p. 4, pl. vi. fig. 1. Mimika and Setakwa Rivers; 1 ¢,2 @. CICINDELA sp. Setakwa River; 2 ?. CicINDELA 10-GuUTTATA. Cicindela 10-guttata F. Syst. Kleut. 1. 1801, p. 24. Cicindela 10-guttata, var. durvillei De}. Spec. Col. v. 1831, p. 225. Mimika and Wataikwa Rivers. Many specimens of both sexes. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 499 CARABID &. PHEROPSOPHUS AGNATUS. Pheropsophus agnatus Chaud. Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg. xix. 1876, p. 45. Mimika River; 1 ¢. A common species found in China, Burma, Malay Archipelago, ete. LeBIA sp. Setakwa River; 1. CATASCOPUS WALLACEI. Catascopus wallacet Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1863, p. 462, pl. xvii. fig. 4. Mimika River; 1 oc. MACROCENTRA QUADRISPINOSA. Macrocentra quadrispinosa Chaud. Rev. Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 206. Setakwa River; 2 ¢ (C. Boden Kloss). LESTICUS POLITUS. Lesticus politus Chaud. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xi. 1868, p. 156. Utakwa Valley, 4000-5000 ft.; 1 ¢. A single specimen, which agrees with the rather insufficient description referred to above, but is of a more brilliant metallic-green colour than the type. STAPHYLINIDSA. PHILONTHUS SUPERBUS, sp. 0. g. Lete aureo-viridis, ore, antennis (articulis 4-7 exceptis), pedibus, elytrorum marginibus omnibus (his leviter metallicis), segmentorumque abdominalium marginibus posticis flavis ; utriusque elytri medio obscure purpureo, abdomine fusco, capite pronotoque mitidissimis, illo fortiter haud crebre punctato, suleo posteriori transverso profundo; pronoto modice elongato, lateribus retrorsum convergentibus, angulis anticis fere rectis, posticis obtusis, disco utrinque punctis sex longitudinaliter ordinatis ornato et subtiliter sed distincte punctulato; elytris, sterno, abdomine pedibusque flayo-pubescentibus. Long. 17 mm. Utakwa River; 1 ¢. (Zype of the species.) The species is evidently like P. auroscutatus Fauy., but with numerous points of difference. ‘The scutellum, as in that species, is dark, with close yellow pubescence, but the pronotum is scarcely narrowed in front, its posterior angles are not rounded, the large punctures on the disc are differently arranged, the first three and the last 4p2 500 MR. GILBERT J. ARROW ON COLEOPTERA four joints of the antennee are yellow, and the legs are entirely pale. ‘Ihe head and pronotum are brilliant golden-green and the remainder of the body is clothed with vellow pubescence. LEUCITUS ARGYREUS. Leucitus argyreus Fauv. Aun. Mus. Civ. Genova, xii. 1878, p. 254, pl. il. fig. 28. Utakwa River, 2500-3000 ft., Feb. 1913. This is a very handsome species, which has also been found in Misol and the Aru Is. HIsteRip&. PLASIUS ELLIPTICUS. Plesius ellipticus Mars. Monogr. Hister. 1853, p. 227, pl. vi. fig. 2. Mimika River; 2. Also found in Java, etc. EROTYLIDS. E,\NCAUSTES HUMERALIS. M Encaustes humeralis Crotch, Cist. Ent. 1. 1869-1876, p. 478. Utakwa River; 3. PLAGIOPISTHEN AUSTRALIS. Engis australis Boisd. Voy. de l’ Astrolabe, Ent. 11. 1835, p. 146. Mimika River; 1. A common Australian insect, ranging from Ceram to New South Wales and New Caledonia. PLAGIOPISTHEN POLITUS, sp. 0. Niger, nitidissimus, pedibus lete rufis, elytrorumque maculis 2 utrinque pallide flavis, antica obliqua, paulo pone humerum posita, intus ad basin attingenti, postica transversa, postmediana ; parum elongatus, valde convexus, supra vix punctatus, prothoracis lateribus antice valde, postice minute incurvatis, basi utrinque impresso; scutello travsverso, obtuse angulato ; elytris sat brevibus, lateraliter arcuatis ; antennis haud longis, articulis (clava excepta) moniliformibus, tertio longiori. Long. 10 mm.; lat. max. 4°5 mm. Mimika River; 2. (Zypes of the species.) A species allied to P. amboinensis and P. eorallipes, but of rather shorter and more convex form, and extremely smooth and glossy. The elytral patches are paler in colour, rathe: widely separated at the suture, but reaching the lateral sulcus externally. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 501 The anterior one extends to the basal margin, cutting off the humeral angle, but is placed obliquely, and not angulated as in P. corallipes Gorh., and the posterior one is transverse and fairly regular in outline. The antenne are rather short, with the joints preceding the club (except the third) scarcely longer than wide. CANOLANGURIA CAPITALIS. Languria capitalis Har. Mitth. Munch. Ent. Ver. i. 1879, p. 87. Setakwa River; 1. Described from Celebes. ENDOMYCHIDS. ENCYMON IMMACULATUS. Eumorphus immaculatus Moutr. Aun. Soc. Agric. Lyon, vii. 1, 1855, p. 74. Setakwa and Utakwa Rivers; 7. COccINELLID &. C@LOPHORA sp. Mimika River; 1. E;PILACHNA sp. Mimika River ; Ll. PASSALID. LEPTAULACIDES PULCHELLUS. Leptaulacides pulchellus Arrow, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1906, p. 466. Utakwa River; 1. A single specimen was found, the second hitherto known of the species. CETEIJUS sp. Mimika River; 2. The two specimens, one rather worn and the other immature, are insufficient for exact determination. LABIENUS PTOX. Eriocnemis ptox Kaup, Col. Hefte, iii. 1868, p. 25. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers. This is one of the largest, and apparently also one of the commonest, beetles of New Guinea. 502 MR. GILBERT J. ARROW ON COLEOPTERA JK AUPIOLUS COMPERGUS. Passalus compergus Boisd. Voyage de l’Astrolabe, Col. 1835, p. 244. Mimika River; 2. PSEUDEPISPHENUS PERPLEXUS, Pseudepisphenus perplexus Gravely, Mem. Ind. Mus. iii. 4, 1914, p. 327, fig. Sa. Utakwa Valley, 4000-6000 ft.; 2. One specimen is larger and relatively broader than the type, but apparently con- specific. LUCANIDS&. METOPODONTUS BISON. Lucanus bison Oliv. Ent. i. 1, 1789, p. 18, pl. 11. fig. 6. Metopodontus limbatus Waterh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xix. 1887, p. 381. Mimika River; 1 @. Mr. Waterhouse has restricted the name J. bison to the form with red-spotted femora, which appears to be confined to the islands of Ceram and Amboina, and has described as WM. limbatus the form in which the legs are entirely black, and which is the most generally distributed variety, inhabiting New Guinea, the Aruand Kei Islands, Yule I., Cornwallis I., and numerous other localities. The colour of the legs is not constant, however—the red colour disappearing by imperceptible stages. ‘The locality of the type is unknown, but Olivier described the legs and lower surface as black. His artist has represented the tibiee as yellow, which they never are. The form from Alu, Shortland I., Solomon Group, called J. cinctus Montrouzier by Mr. Waterhouse, differs chiefly by the less sharp lateral angulation of the pronotum. Whether it is really the same as Montrouzier’s form can only be determined by com- parison with specimens from the original locality, Woodlark I. CYCLOMMATUS MARGARITA. Cyclommatus maryarite Gestro, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova, ix. 1877, p. 324. Mimika River; 1 @. EURYTRACHELUS EGREGIUS. Eurytrachelus egregius MOll. Soc. Ent. xii. 1897, p. 146. Mimika River; 1 @. DorcuUs MEEKI. Dorcus meeki Boil. Le Naturaliste, xxvii. 1906, p. 92. Utakwa River; 1 ¢. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 503 «GUS sp. Utakwa River; 1 3. A single specimen, probably of small development. SCGARABAID &. Hybosorine. LIPAROCHRUS DUX. Liparochrus duz Arrow, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1909, p. 489. Mimika River; 1. (Type of the species.) PHAOCHROUS EMARGINATUS. Pheochrous emarginatus Cast. Hist. Nat. Ins. 11. 1840, p. 109. Setakwa River; 1 ¢@. Cetoniine. IScHIOPSOPHA PULCHRIPES. Lomaptera pulchripes Thoms. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1877, p. 89. Utakwa River; 1 ¢. This species is also found in North Queensland. LOMAPTERA MOSERI. Lomaptera moseri Heller, Ab. Mus. Dresden, xin. 3, 1910, p. 25. Utakwa River ; numerous female specimens. A series was taken showing considerable variation in colouring and in certain other respects. Some of the phases have possibly received distinctive names, but our specimens are all of one sex (female) and insufficient for a trustworthy conclusion as to the significance of the variation. LOMAPTERA ADELPHIA. — Lomaptera adelpha Vhomson, Arch. Ent. i. 1858, p. 428, pl. xvi. fig. 3. Mimika River and Launch Camp, Setakwa River; 3 d,5 9. Certain specimens show a transition to Z. soror Kr., and may possibly be specitically distinct, but the species of Zomaptera are so variable that the description of isolated forms is only creating obstacles to the necessary revision of the whole group. LOMAPTERA sp. Base Camp, sea-level, Setakwa River; 1 2. A single female of a species closely related to L. /aticollis Heller. 504 MR. GILBERT J. ARROW ON COLEOPTERA Dynastine. ORYCTODERUS LATITARSIS. Oryctoderus latitarsis Boisd. Voy. de Astrolabe, Col. 1835, p. 160, pl. ix. fig. 5. Mimika River; 2 3,2 @. PAPUANA WOODLARKIANA. Xylotrupes woodlarkianus Montr. Ann, Soe. Agric. Lyon, (2) vii. 1855, p. 21. Mimika River; 4 2. I described this species as Papuana semistriata in 1911 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vil. p. 157, pl. iv. figs. 4, 5, 6), but, as it is certainly a very widely distributed and variable insect, it seems highly probable that it can be identified with one of the hitherto-unrecognizable species of Xylotrupes of Montrouzier. Papuana ANGuSTA. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 15.) Papuana angusta Arrow, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xiv. 1914, p. 264. Utakwa River; 23,192. This species was also taken by Meek upon Mt. Goliath, 5000-7000 ft., in Central Dutch New Guinea. DIPELICUS NASUTUS. Dipelicus nasutus Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 153, pl. xxiv. fig. 4. Oronotus quadrituber Fairm. Le Naturaliste, i. 1881, p. 340. Mimika River; 1 ¢. M. René Oberthiir has kindly allowed me to see the female specimen described by Bates. It undoubtedly belongs to this species, the male of which was afterwards described by Fairmaire. Ruteline. ANOMALA INEIVENTRIS. Anomala eneiventris Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvii. 2, 1883, p. 6. Mimika and Setakwa Rivers; 3 3. These male specimens differ in certain respects from Polynesian examples of A. eneiventris, but it seems inadvisable to separate them until a thorough study of the group can be made, ANOMALA DISCREPANS, sp. Nn. 3 2. Mneo-nigra, clypeo rufescente, elytris maris nigris, feemine brunneis, punctis nigro-tinctis ; sat anguste ovata, capite fortiter rugose punctato, clypeo parvo, margine fortiter reflexo, medio fere recto ; pronoto fortiter et crebre punctato, basi marginato, lateribus ante medium obtusissime angulatis, angulis anticis vix acutis, posticis distinctis sed obtusis ; scutello fortiter COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 505 punctato, postice levi; elytris crebre et profunde punctato-striatis, striis fere sequalibus, secunda antice disrupta; pygidio subtiliter granuloso-rugoso, opaco; corpore subtus toto grosse punctato, sat longe haud dense griseo-hirto ; tibiis anticis fortiter bidentatis, pedum anticorum quatuor ungue majori fisso. Long. 10°5-12°5 mm.; lat. max. 6-7 mm. Setakwa River; 4 3,3 2 (€. Boden Kloss, Oct. 1912). (Types of the species.) This is closely related ta A. eneiwventris Fairm. The size and general aspect are almost the same, but the pronotum is rather shorter and less tapering in front, the striation of the elytra is stronger and coarser, the front tibia more strongly toothed and less produced at the extremity. The most peculiar and interesting characteristic of the species is the difference of coloration in the two sexes. The elytra of the male are black, and those of the female brown, the rest of the body in both being dark metallic green-black. ANOMALA sp. Mimika River; 4. Four specimens of another apparently new species, but not in good enough condition to be described. ANOMALA ANOGUTTATA. Anomala anoyuttata Burm. Handb. Ent. iv. 1, 1844, p. 280. Mimika and Setakwa Rivers; 1 ¢,9 @. Also from Seulani; Waigiu; Ternate; Morti; Batchian; Celebes; Philippine is. This is a common and widespread species, having been taken by A. R. Wallace and other collectors as well as by the present Expeditions. It is a member of the great group of green species represented by A. perplexa Hope, A. pulchripes Lansb., A. seticrus Ohaus, etc. Its most distinctive feature is the pygidium, which is conspicuously, but not densely, pubescent and yellowish in colour, with a dark green border completely encircling it, and a narrow tapering median stripe extending from base to apex, so that two pear-shaped yellow patches are left. In the male the pubescence is short and the surface finely and closely rugose; in the female it is long and the surface closely striolated and shining. By the kindness of Professor O. Taschenberg, I have been able to examine Burmeister’s type in the Halle Museum. Melolonthinz. HETERONYX COLOSSUS, sp. nu. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 12.) ?. Nigro-fuscus, nitidus, corpore supra sat parce et minute punctato, rarissime piloso ; angustus, elongatus, subparallelus, capite modice lato, clypeo brevi, fortiter et rugose punctato, medio bene emarginato, cum labro fere zequaliter trilobato, fronte crebre et grosse punctato ; pronoto VOL. XX.—PART XVI. No. 2.—October, 1915. 4¢ 506 MR. GILBERT J. ARROW ON COLEOPTERA parum convexo, lateribus subtiliter regulariter arcuatis, antice modice convergentibus, angulis anticis acutis, posticis paulo obtusis ; elytris longissimis, sicut prothorace et pygidio equaliter haud crebre punctato, hoc medio fere levi; antennis 9-articulatis ; pedibus gracilibus, tibiis anticis autem brevibus, latis, obtuse 3-dentatis ; unguibus longe haud late appendiculatis. Long. 19mm. ; lat. max. 9mm. Utakwa Valley, 4000-6000 ft.; 1 2. (Zype of the species.) The genus Heteronyx is almost confined to Australia, where more than 300 species are known. Only a single one has hitherto been recorded from New Guinea. This second species is the largest Heteronyx yet found, the largest Australian species being 17 mm. in length. According to Blackburn’s subdivision, H. colossus belongs to Group II. It is very elongate and unusually smooth and shining, the puncturation of the upper surface being fine and not close and the clothing reduced to a very few scattered hairs, rather more scattered upon the head and pygidium. The labrum is prominent and about a third of the width of the head, the clypeus rather deeply emarginate. ‘The legs are very long and slender, but the front tibia is short and broad, with three short and blunt teeth. Only a single specimen was found. HETERONYX sp. Setakwa River; 1. APOGONIA sp. Utakwa River; 1. A single specimen, in bad condition, of a species apparently undescribed. LEPIDCDERMA sp. Utakwa River; 1 9. BUuPRESTIDA. CYPHOGASTRA WOLLASTONT. This species is described in the footnote below by Mr. C. O. Waterhouse *. * CYPHOGASTRA WOLLASTIONI, sp. 0. Brassy-coppery above ; golden green below. Head closely and deeply punctured, with an oblique smooth carina within each eye—these converge towards the vertex. Antennie black, the basal joint shaded with green. Thorax quite parallel at the sides, the anterior angles cut out, leaving a distinct but obtuse angular projection not far from the front, the median channel rather finely and closely punctured, the raised space on each side of it with scattered punctures, the whole of the sides deeply, closely, and rugosely punctured, without distinct impressions, Elytra very long, much attenuated and compressed at the apex, with the punctur- ation strong at the base, gradually becoming finer posteriorly, the punctures at the apex extremely fine, the apex itself blue-black. Legs obscure green above, bright golden-green below, the bases of the femora coppery. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 507 CYPHOGASTRA ATERRIMA. Cyphogastra aterrima Kerremans, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. lv. p. 297 (1911). Setakwa River (sea-level), Dec. 1912. A single example, which appears to be referable to this species. Mr. C. O. Water- house, who has determined this species for me, sends the following note :—“* Kerremans in his diagnosis compares his species with C. foveicollis Boisd., but states that it differs in being intense black, and in not having a subhumeral impression. He does not mention -the sutural, subapical vitta. This is nearly always present in C. foveicollis, but is absent in the specimen in question. He may therefore be comparing his species with a variety of C. foveicollis in which this vitta is absent, as it sometimes is. ‘The specimen is evidently perfectly fresh, with the lateral impressions of the thorax and the lateral, subapical, elongate impressions of the elytra filled with rich yellow powder. The underside of the insect is bluish-green, covered with yellow powder, not ‘ terreuse, rousse’ as described by Kerremans.” ANTHRIBID 4S. MECOTROPIS PANTHERINUS. Mecocerus pantherinus Thoms. Arch. Ent. i. 1857, p. 436. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers; 2 36,2 @. XENOCERUS LACHRYMANS. Xenocerus lacrymans Thoms. Arch. Ent. i. 1857, p. 438, pl. xvii. fig. 3. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers; 5 ¢,3 92. This species is also found in the Aru Is. XENOCERUS CORE. Xenocerus core Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1875, p. 1017. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers; 2 ¢,2 2. This species has a close similarity to the last-named. It has been determined for me by Dr. K. Jordan. : Prosternal furrow deep, finely rugose. Abdomen with four yellow pilose vitte, the lateral ones not very distinct, and two pilose rings on each side. Length 33 mm. Utakwa Valley, 4500 ft.; 1. (Zype of the species.) This species is in colour unlike any other known to me, and the almost entire absence of the usual lateral impressions at the sides of the thorax makes it difficult to locate satisfactorily. In the British Museum Collection it has been placed near C. chevrolati. ACZ 508 Mh. GILBERT J. ARROW ON COLEOPTERA XENOCERUS EQUESTRIS. Xenocerus equestris Pasc. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) v. 1860, p. 35. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers; 1 ¢,2 2. This is another species also found in the Aru Is. MUCRONIANUS RUFIPES. Mucronianus rufipes Jord. Nov. Zool. 1894, p. 627. Mimika River; 1 ¢. ‘ A single specimen was found. ‘This species, originally found in Batchian, has been determined by Dr. Jordan. PHLGOBIUS GIGAS. Ptinus gigas Fabr. Syst. Hut. 1775, p. 63. Mimika River; 1 oc. BRENTHIDS&, EctoceEMUS WALLACEI. Ectocemus wallacet Pasc. Journ. Ent. i. 1862, p. 388. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers; 5 ¢, 4 @. This species was taken in some numbers. It appears to be common and wide- spread. ECTOCEMUS POGONOCERUS. Belopherus pogonocerus Montr. Ann. Soc. Agric. Lyon, (2) vii. 1855, p. 37. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers; 3 ¢. EcrocEMUS sp. Setakwa River; 1 9 (€. Boden Kloss). A single specimen of small size. ITHYSTENUS ANGUSTATUS. Leptorrhynchus angustatus Guérin, Voy. ‘ Coquille,’ ii. pt. 2, 1838, Zool. p. 111, pl. vi. fig. 12. Setakwa River; 1 9 (C. Boden Kloss). COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 509 PART II. By Guy A. K. Marsnaun, F.Z.S. [Received December 23, 1914; Read March 9, 1915.] CURCULIONIDA. RAINOSCAPHA DORIA. Rhinoscapha dorie Pascoe, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) ii. 1885, p. 206, pl. i. fig. 11. Utakwa River; 4 ¢,1 @. RHINOSCAPHA AZUREIPES. Geonemus azureipes Blanchard, Voy. Péle Sud, iv. 1853, p. 219, pl. xiii. figs. 15, 16. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers; 4 6,4 @. The Mimika specimens have a marked pale green tinge. RHINOSCAPHA DEMISSA, Sp. 0. 9. Niger, squamis brunneis undique densissime indutus, prothorace vitta media lata et utrinque altera laterali pallide cinereo-ceeruleis crnato, pedibus squamis brunneis et cinereo-ceruleis immixtis ; rostro brevi, in medio costato, ante oculum sulco brevissimo foveiformi instructo ; antennarum funiculo brevi, articulo clave primo reliquis simul sumptis evidenter longiore ; prothorace subquadrato grosse punctato, in vitta media paulo leviore, ante medium rotunde irapresso ; elytris basi quam prothorace non latioribus, humeris omnino deficientibus, parum profunde punctato-striatis, punctis magnis, interstitiis omnibus minime convexis equalibus, setis curvatis late planatis confertim obsitis. Colour black, so densely covered: with brown scaling as entirely to hide the integument; prothorax with a broad central stripe of pale greyish-blue scales, which is slightly narrowed in front, and a stripe of the same colour on the sides of the prosternum ; on the legs are mingled brown and grey-blue scales, the latter predominating on the upper surface of the femora. Head with a short deep frontal stria. Rostrwm unusually short, hardly longer than its apical width, with a broad central costa and a shallow impression on each side of it, the ante-ocular furrow very short and deep, the sculpturing hidden by the scaling. Antenne with very dense scaling and broad flattened sete; the funicle unusually short, joints 1 and 3 equal and a little shorter than 2, 4 to 6 subequal and only slightly longer than broad, 7 a little longer; the club with the first joint evidently longer than the rest together. Prothorax as long as broad, the sides straight and parallel to near the apex, thence roundly narrowed to the apex, the upper surface with very coarse confluent punctures partially filled with scaling, a very broad shallow median impression ending in a deeper rounded holiow in the anterior half. Scutedlwm circular, with dense overlapping scales. /ytra subelliptical, without any trace of a humeral projection and acuminate behind, the apices jointly rounded, shallowly 510 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA punctato-striate, strie 5 and 6 diverging near the middle and enclosing two short accessory striz (perhaps an individual peculiarity), the punctures large and distant, the intervals only slightly convex, smooth and even (except that 3 and 9 are subcostate at the apex), and set with numerous broad curved flattened scale-like sete. Legs smooth and closely covered with dense scaling. Length 134, width 64 mm. Utakwa River; 1 9. (Type of the species.) Described from a single specimen. Superficially this species rather suggests Rhinoscapha albipennis Pasc., var. cinna- momea Fst., with which, however, it is in no way related. In the structure of its rostrum and antenne it is most nearly allied to R. verrucosa Pasc., but in the latter species the elytra have a distinct rounded humeral prominence, the striz are much more finely punctate, the intervals are granulate, the prothorax has a median carina, etc. KXUPHOLUS MAGNIFICUS. Eupholus magnificus Kirsch, Mitt. Mus. Dresden, ii. 1877, p. 148. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers; 15 ¢,14 92. Launch Camp, Setakwa River (C. Boden Kloss); 1 9. CoPTORRHYNCHUS IMPROVIDUS, sp. n. 3 %. Niger aut piceus, nitidus, squamulis rotundis aibis et cinereis minus dense indutus, elytris fascia postmediana obliqua et macula preapicali nigris denudatis; rostro in medio subplano nec carinato; funiculi articulo secundo quam primo multo longiore; prothorace longitudine latitudini quali, lateribus valde rotundatis, apice quam basi paulo angustiore, im medio dorsi sat crebre ruguloso et granulato, ad latera reticulato-punctato; elytris ovatis, postice acuminatis subcompressis, sutura in declivitate elevata, apice in @ subtus valde rostrato- producto, minus profunde punctato-suleatis, interstitiis granulis parvis distantibus uniseriatim preeditis. Colour shining black and piceous, with rather sparse, almost circular, grey and white scales; the elytra with an oblique postmedian denuded band, extending from the margin (where it is broadened) to the first stria, and a small denuded preapical patch ; the sides of the sternum with dense white or greyish scaling. Head finely rugose, the forehead with a short central stria. Rostrwm with the central area almost plane, not carinate, the space between the scrobes broader than the club of the scape. Antennw with the second joint of the funicle much longer than the first. Prothorax as long as broad, the sides strongly rounded, broadest in the middle, the apex distinctly narrower than the base, the upper surface rugose and fairly closely set with low shining granules, each bearing a curved white seta, the sides more or less reticulately punctate and the granules small or absent. lytra ovate, COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 511 acuminate and subcompressed behind, the suture elevated on the declivity, more especially in the 2, the apex in the ¢ slightly produced backwards, in the ? strongly produced downwards, the dorsal outline of the g gently convex to the declivity, which is very steep and slightly sinuate, the outline of the @ flatter, the declivity being steeper and not sinuate; shallowly punctato-striate, the intervals almost plane, a little broader than the strie and each with a single row of small, widely spaced granules, each bearing a short curved white seta. Legs with fairly dense grey and white scaling, the femora without a tooth. Length 64-7, width 23-3 mm. Mimika River; 11 ¢,17 2. (Including the types of the species.) Almost identical in colour with, and very similar in structure to C. tessellatus Blanch., C. bombylius Guér., and C. immitis Pasc., but all these species differ, inter alia, in having relatively shorter antenne, with the two basal joints of the funicle equal. COPTORRHYNCHUS sp. Mimika River; 5 3, 4 9. Launch Camp, Setakwa River (C. Boden Kloss); 2 3,3 9. Allied to C. lewcopleurus Fst., C. leucostictus Pasc., etc., but the species cannot be determined with certainty without comparison with various types which are not at present accessible. CoPproRRHYNCHUS sp. Mimika River. A single specimen in poor condition. PANTORHYTES GRAVIS Heller. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers ; 3 70 Qe ‘The specimens were identified by Dr. Heller under this name in 1911, but I have been unable to trace the description. BEHRENSIELLUS GLABRATUS. Siteutes glabratus Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xi. 1871, p. 157. Utakwa River; 1 g,1 2. LIXUS MIMICANUS, sp. n. 3 2. L. monticole Kirsch, simillimus, sed elytris humeris uullis, conjunctim vittis quinque longitudinalibus ornatis e setis longioribus et densioribus compositis; prothorace minus conico, lateribus rectis, a basi versus apicem minime angustato, dein subiter coustricto, in dorso similiter scrobiculato-punctato, sulco mediano minus profundo; antennarum clava evidenter angustiore, lanceolata. 512 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA Colour black, with reddish or yellowish efflorescence, which is condensed into stripes along the suture, and on intervals 5 and 9; in abraded individuals the stripes are indicated by lines of pubescence ; the prothorax with a central line and lateral stripe. Head closely and finely punctate, the forehead shallowly impressed transversely and with a deep central fovea. ostrwn dorsally longer than the prothorax (34: 3 mm.), only slightly curved, a little dilated at the apex, the upper surface closely punctate with intermingled large and small punctures, a short median stria above the insertion of the antenne, the sides longitudinally rugose. Antenne red-brown, the funicle with joint 2 more than twice as long as 1 and clavate, 3 to 6 almost equal in length and subquadrate, the second joint of the club slightly longer than the first. Prothoraa subconical, as long as its basal width, the sides almost straight and converging to near the apex, there rather abruptly constricted, the base bisinuate, the apical dorsal margin slightly rounded, the ocular lobes rather feeble; the upper surface coarsely and closely punctate, with a central furrow which is feeble in front but more distinct behind, being deeply impressed at the base; the punctures confluent and transversely rugose at the sides. /ytra suboblong, almost parallel-sided for the greater part, without distinct shoulders, the basal margin broader than that of the prothorax, the apices separately rounded; the upper surface with shallow punctate strie, the punctures diminishing behind the middle, the intervals almost plane and finely shagreened transversely, with minute sparse white hairs which are longer and denser on intervals 1, 5, and 9, the usual circum-scutellar and humeral impressions, interval 3 elevated at the base and a distinct posterior callus. Legs black, with short recumbent white hairs, the femora without a tooth. Length 93-13, width 23-43 mm. Mimika River; 3 ¢,6 9. (Including the types of the species.) The nearly allied Z. monticola Kirsch, with which (according to Faust) L. conformis Pase., is synonymous, differs in having a distinct humeral prominence on the elytra, which have no longitudinal stripes; the prothorax is more conical, being much more narrowed anteriorly, and the apical constriction is much less evident; the antennal club is also much broader than in ZL. minwcanus. ACLEES INDIGNUS, sp. n. ?. Niger, subnitidus, setis brevissimis pallidis reclinatis adspersus; rostro usque ad antennas evidenter trisuleato ; prothorace subconico, quam baseos Jatitudine non breviore, a basi ad apicem evidenter rotundato-angustato, confertim eequaliter puuctato, in medio impressione transversa curvata instructo; elytris ommnino regulariter foveato-suleatis, foveis postice obsoletis, interstitiis quam sulcis non latioribus et granulis sparsis subobsoletis instructis. Black, rather shiny, with very sparse minute recumbent pale sete. Head closely and finely punctate, the forehead with a deep fovea lying in a continuation of the median rostral furrow. Rostrum elongate, distinctly trisulcate COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 513 from the base to the insertion of the antenne, the sulci coarsely punctate, the intervals with fine scattered punctures hardly larger than those on the head. Antenne testaceous brown, joint 2 of the funicle slender at the base and rather abruptly clavate, joint 7 clothed with rather dense grey pubescence. Prothoraa subconical, as long as its basal width, broadest at the base and strongly narrowed anteriorly, the sides gently rounded, strongly and closely punctate throughout, with a curved transverse impression about the middle. lytra with regular sulci containing subquadrate fovee which disappear near the apex and at the sides, the intervals not broader than the foveee, convex and bearing indistinct minute granules. Length 11, width 44 mm. Mimika River; 1 9. (Type of the species.) Described from a single specimen. The four other species of Aclees recorded from New Guinea may be distinguished by the following characters :—In A. cribratus Gyl., the prothorax is much longer than broad:and is tuberculate at the sides, and the rostrum has no central furrow; A. gyllenhali Pasc., which is much larger (187 mm.), has the thorax and rostrum somewhat similar, but the elytra bear shallow strie containing rows of granules and the plane intervals are much more distinctly granulate; in A. porosus Pasc., the central furrow of the rostrum is confined to the extreme base, the prothorax is broader than long, and the elytra are very differently sculptured ; finally, in A. granulosus Fst., the striz on the elytra are comparatively finely punctate, while the broader, flatter intervals bear distinct rasp-like granulation. ACLEES GYLLENHALI. Aclees gyllenhalit Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. x. W871, ps Wee: Utakwa River; 1 o,1 °@. ORTHORRHINUS POSTOCULATUS, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 4.) 9. Elongatus, niger, dense cinereo-squamosus, capite ochraceo, prothorace in dorso et elytris versus basin paulo infumatis, his in parte apicali hemicyclo magno brunneo, altero minore nigro includente, ornatis; subtus dense cinereo-brunneo-squamosus, ventris segmento tertio, et quarto, lateribus exceptis, nigris nudis nitidis; rostro perlongo, punctis inequalibus confluentibus minime profundis insculpto; prothorace transverso, sat confertim granulato, linea mediana sublevi instructo; scutello trapezoidali; elytris humeris rotunde prominulis, hine post medium parallelis, ante apicem coustrictis, punctato-sulcatis, interstitiis costatis eranulatis, alternis paulo elevatioribus, in macula postica interstitiis planis nec granulatis ; tibiis anticis vix compressis, femoribus posticis dente majore armatis. Colour black, with dense light grey scaling, the head dull orange, the disk of the prothorax and the basal fourth of the elytra with a brownish tinge, on the declivity of the elytra a large almost semicircular brown patch, the base and basal lateral margins VOL. XX.—PaRT xv1. No. 3.—October, 1915. 4D 514 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA of which are blackish, enclosing a much smaller concentric blackish semicircular line ; the under surface with uniform brownish grey scaling, except on the 3rd and 4th ventral segments which are bare and shiny, with small triangular lateral patches of scaling. Head finely shagreened and with shallow punctation which is hidden by the dense scaling, the forehead a trifle broader than the space between the antenne and with a central fovea. Rostrum very long and slender, only a little shorter than the front femur, cylindrical, and slightly wider at the base and apex; the upper surface with irregular rows of very shallow large confluent punctures, the intervals with numerous similar small punctures; the under surface with deep separated punctures, leaving two broad impunctate stripes. Antenne elongate, with joints 8 te 5 about as long as broad, 6 longer than broad. Prothorax broader than long, the sides slightly and roundly narrowed from the base to near the apex, and there rather abruptly constricted and parallel-sided, the base shallowly bisinuate, the median projection subemarginate, the dorsal apical margin truncate, the ocular lobes moderately prominent; the upper surface slightly rugose, fairly closely and evenly set with small low shiny granules, except along an ill-defined central line, the sculpture of the intervening spaces hidden by the scaling. Scutel/um trapezoidal, broadest behind, densely squamose. lytra distinctly broader than the prothorax at the shoulders, which are roundly rectangular, the sides parallel to beyond the middle, thence roundly narrowed and constricted before the apex, which is jointly rounded, the dorsal outline moderately convex, deepest before the middle, the posterior declivity long and gradual; the sulci rather shallow, the contained punctures hidden by the scaling, the intervals costate, the alternate ones slightly higher and all bearing a row of shiny granules, except in the subapical patch, in which the intervals are flattened and without granules, save for an inconspicuous row on the first interval; the granules are more sparse at the base of interval 4, and they are absent at the base of interval 2 and at the apex of 10 and 11; interval 9 more strongly elevated near the apex; the scaling is recumbent and somewhat amorphous, except on the posterior patch where the scales are distinct and more or less erect. Legs \ong and slender, with dense brown and grey scaling and with scattered small flattened granules, the front tibia scarcely compressed, the tooth on the hind femore much larger than the others. MJetasternum sparsely granulate. Length 12-18, width 43-5, rostrum 54-55 mm. Utakwa Valley, 4000-6000 ft.; 2 9. (Lypes of the species.) ORTHORRHINUS ALBOSPARSUS. Orthorhinus albosparsus Faust. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1892, p. 204. Mimika River; 1 ¢. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 515 ORTHORRHINUS PATRUELIS. Orthorhinus patruelis Pascoe, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) ii. 1885, p. 225. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers; 6 ¢,5 9. CHALCOCYBEBUS BISPINOSUS. Aporhina bispinosa Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. 11. 1832-35, p. 310. Mimika River; 1 @. ALCIDES PARENTHETICUS, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 5.) 3 2. Ater, nitidus, lineis albis ornatus, prothorace linea longitudinali laterali obliqua, elytris fascia communi prope basin transversa postice concava ad striam sextarn extensa, fascia secunda a margine paulo ante medium postice oblique ad suturam continuata, in area apicali lineis duabus longitudinalibus in interstitiis 3 et 7 postice sepissime conjunctis ; prosterno in medio, meso- et metasterno ad latera, ventris segmentis 2, 3, 4 in margine apicali albidis ; A. exornato Chev., similis, aliter coloratus, rostro perlongo tenuiore, funiculi segmento primo quam secundo longiore, prothorace multo confertius punctato, antice valde constricto tubulato. Colour shining black, with bands and stripes of white scaling; prothorax with an oblique lateral stripe from below the posterior angle almost to the front margin ; elytra with a common backwardly curved narrow band near the base extending to the sixth stria on each side, a reversely curved and slightly broader band behind the middle, narrowly interrupted on the suture and reaching the margin a little in front of the middle, and behind this two longitudinal stripes on the 35rd and 7th intervals respectively, which generally unite at the apex; the centre of the prosternum, the epimera of the mesosternum, a large lateral triangular patch on the metasternum, and the sides and apical margin of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th ventral segments with dense whitish scaling. Head bare, closely punctate, and with a deep frontal fovea. Rostrum extremely long and slender in the 2, only slightly curved, a little widened at the insertion of the antenne and again at the apex, with fine separate punctures at the base; in the ¢, a little shorter and stouter, more coarsely and confluently punctate, and with a short central stria between the antenne. 4ntenne with joint 1 of the funicle much longer and stouter than 2, and 3 evidently longer than 4. Prothorax a little broader than long, broadest at the base and gradually narrowed to beyond the middle, then very strongly constricted and subtubulate at the apex, the ocular lobes moderately developed; the upper surface with close punctures of varying sizes and subconfluent towards the base, no central furrow or carina. Seutellwum obovate, convex, and not quite enclosed by the base of the elytra. lytra with the shoulders only slightly projecting and obliquely rounded, the sides subparallel to beyond the middle, distinctly impressed transversely at the base, with shallow punctate strie, the intervals 4p2 516 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA almost plane, bare, shiny, and impunctate. Jcgs elongate, especially the anterior pairs, the hind pair reaching the apex of the 4th ventral segment, femoral tooth triangular and denticulate ; front tibiz with an obtuse internal tooth a little behind the middle. Length 113-12, width 44-435 mm. Utakwa River; 3 ¢,2 2. (Including the types of the species.) Allied to A. exornatus Chev., but readily distinguished by the parenthesis-like markings on the elytra. The latter species, moreover, has the prothorax much more coarsely and distantly punctate, with a broad central impressed line containing a white stripe; further, the second joint of the funicle is much longer than the first, and the third and fourth are subequal. ALOLDES EXORNATUS. Alcides exornatus Chevrolat, Naturaliste, 1880, p. 333. Utakwa River; 1 9. ALCIDES ELEGANS. Alcides elegans Guérin, Voy. ‘Coquille,’ ii. pt. 2, 1838, Zool. p. 124, pl. vi. fig. 6. Mimika River; 1 ¢,6 ¢@. ALCIDES PRASUSTUS. Alcides preustus Guérin, Voy. ‘Coquille,’ 1. pt. 2, 1838, Zool. p. 123. Mimika River; 2 3,2 2. ALCIDES PROFLUENS. Alcides profluens Pascoe, Aun. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) 11. 1885, p. 239. Launch Camp, Setakwa River (C. Boden Kloss); 1 ¢. ALCIDES INCOMPTUS, sp. 0. 3. Niger, nitidus, setulis parvis depressis brunneis minus dense obsitus, prothorace in dorso area magna subconica denudata, metasterno et abdomine et pedibus ferrugineis, coxis omnibus et femoribus anticis in dimidio apicali nigris; rostro fere recto nitidissimo; funiculi articulis duobus basalibus longitudine equalibus, primo crassiore; prothorace subconico, antice leviter constricto, undique confertim punctato; elytris subcylindricis ad humeros prothorace paulo latioribus, lateribus leviter sinuatis, interstitiis in parte discoidali levibus subtiliter punctatis, alibi ruguloso-granulatis; tibiis anticis in medio imtus angulatis, femorum dentibus non crenulatis, femoribus posticis segmentum ventris tertium non superantibus. Colour black, shiny, rather sparsely clothed above and on the sternum with very short recumbent golden-brown sete, the prothorax with a subconical discal area COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. O17 denuded; the metasternum, the bare shining venter and the legs rust-red, but all the coxee and the apical half of the front femora black. Head finely punctate, with a small frontal fovea. Rostrum as long as the front femora, rather stout, only slightly curved close to the apex, subcylindrical, very shiny, finely and fairly evenly punctate, with a broad shallow stria between the antenne, and without any central line or carina at the base. Antenne with joint 1 of the funicle as long as but stouter than 2, 5 to 6 subequal and scarcely as long as broad. Prothorax subconical, a little broader than long, broadest near the base and roundly narrowed in front, the apical constriction slight, the front margin roundly produced dorsally, the ocular lobes moderate, the dorsal area closely punctate throughout, the punctures being coarser towards the base, the sides set with low granules. Scuteldwm circular, bare, impunctate, not enclosed by the elytra. Hlytra subcylindrical, a little broader than the prothorax at the shoulders, the sides sub- sinuate in the middle, the dorsal outline shallowly sinuate near the base, the striz shallow, but becoming deeper near the apex, the punctures narrow and elongate, the intervals broad and plane, smooth and minutely punctate on the disk, rugosely granulate towards the sides and apex, and especially at the base, stri 3, 4, and 5 subfoveolate at the base, the posterior callus distinct. Legs slender, with short recumbent sete, the femoral teeth not denticulate, those on the elongate front legs very large and triangular, the front tibiz angulate internally in the middle. Length 10, width 34 mm. Mimika River; 1s. (Type of the species.) Described from a single specimen. Of the general form of A. preustus Guér., but most nearly allied to A. ferrugineus Hartm., and 4. bonguensis Hartm., which have similar short hind-femora, but in both these species the scutellum is enclosed by the base of the elytra, the front tibize are angulated in the basal third, and the under surface of the body is somewhat densely clothed with scales. COLOBODES CAVISQUAMIS, sp. n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 10.) 9. Niger aut piceus, squamis saturate brunneis undique densissime indutus, elytris macula pallida parva subhumerali et fascia pallida transversa laterali pone medium inter strias G et 9 ornatis ; prothorace transverso, a basi ultra medium gradatim angustato, tum citius coarctato, supra tuberculis duobus squamigeris in apice ipso, quatuor in medio transversim positis, duobus minoribus prope basin; elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis, punctis a squamis fere occultis, interstitiis dorsalibus equaliter paulo convexis in singulo granulis setigeris multis uniseriatim obsitis, interstitiis lateralibus granulis nudis nitidis instructis. Colour black or piceous, densely clothed with dark brown scaling and set with blackish-brown fasciculated granules, the elytra with a small pale subhumeral spot and a transverse postmedian lateral pale patch lying between striz 6 and 9, the venter with an indistinct lateral stripe of paler scales oa each side MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA Or aon (oe) Head with dense erect puckered scaling, the forehead with a broad central impression. tostrwm comparatively short and rather strongly curved, shorter than the prothorax, parallel-sided from the base to near the apex and there distinctly dilated, densely clothed with scaling except near the apex and bearing erect spatulate setae, the apical area strongly and closely punctate. Antenne with the second joint of the funicle scarcely as long as the first. Prothorax slightly transverse, broadest at the base and much narrowed in front, the sides slightly rounded in the middle, with a shallow subapical constriction; the upper surface densely clothed with cup-like scales, on the apical margin two fascicles of scale-like sete, about the middle a transverse row of four fascicles of which the inner ones are the larger, and behind these two much smaller elevations formed of scales only. Scutellum with dense erect puckered scales. Hlytra with the basal margin almost straight, the sides subparallel from the shoulders to the middle only, thence roundly narrowed, the apices jointly rounded, finely punctato-striate, the punctures largely concealed by the scaling, the intervals broad, all slightly and equally convex, each with a single irregularly-spaced row of granules, those on the dorsum being covered with scales and scale-like sete and those at the sides being bare and shining; the scales are more or less overlapping and have their margins slightly raised. Zegs rather short, densely covered with uniform brown scaling, and with numerous erect brown scale-like sete, the tibie less strongly sinuate than in the genotype, C. billbergi Boh. Length 84, width 4 mm. Mimika River; 3 9. (Including the type of the species ) Described from three specimens. PANTOXYSTUS RUBRICOLLIS. Clegonus rubricollis Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. ii. 1832-85, p. 442 Mimika River; 1 ¢. PSEUDOPOROPTERUS ARCHAICUS. Poropterus archaicus Pascoe, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) ii. 1885, p. 263. Launch Camp, Setakwa River (C. Boden Kloss); 1. PSEUDOPOROPTERUS VICARIUS. Poropterus vicarius Pascoe, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) ii. 1885, p. 263. Utakwa River; 1. MEROLEPTUS LATEROSIGNATUS, sp. n. g. Oblongo-ovatus, niger, squamis ferrugineo-brunneis erectis supra et subtus sat dense indutus, episterno et epimero mesosternali et basi episterni metasternalis squamis luteis creberrimis ornatis ; frontis margine postico regulariter sinuato, rostro ad basin tricarinulato, sulcis COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 519 externis quam internis duplo longioribus ; funiculi articulo primo et secundo subzequalibus, septimo longitudine latitudini xquali; prothorace non latiore quam longiore, lateribus regulariter rotundato, ad latera et ad basin sparsim granulato, in medio subsulcato, sulco utrinque granulato, areis discoidalibus granulis tribus aut quatuor lineatim oblique positis tantum obsitis; elytris regulariter foveatis, interstitiis 2 et 6 omnino, 4 in parte basali, 5 in parte apicali, granulis nitidis preeditis, margine basali denticulato non transversim eranulato. Colour dull black, the whole upper and lower surfaces covered fairly closely with small upright red-brown scales, which vary considerably in length; the side-pieces of the mesosternum and the base of the metasternal episternum densely covered with dull orange scaling. Head dull, with shallow reticulate punctation, the forehead with a broad central furrow and a faint impression above each eye, the vertex suddenly elevated above the level of the forehead, bare and shiny, its anterior margin forming a regular curve. Rostrum with the antenne inserted at about one-third from the apex, with four furrows at the base separated by three narrow carine, the outer furrows about twice as long as the inner ones. Antenne with the two basal joints of the funicle subequal, joints 3 to 7 gradually diminishing in length, the last about as long as broad, the club broadest beyond the middle. Prothorax strongly convex longitudinally, as long as broad, the sides regularly rounded from base to apex, broadest in front of the middle ; the upper surface smooth and opaque, with a broad shallow central furrow and a single, rather irregular, row of small tubercles on each side of it; beyond these, a smooth discal space bearing only a short row of 3 or 4 similar tubercles, running obliquely from behind the middle forwards; the entire sides and base set with tubercles; every tubercle bears at its base an extra large scale, equal in length to the height of the tubercle. Hlytra suboblong, the sides subparallel till near the apex, which is jointly rounded, the basal margin broader than that of the prothorax, denticulated and without a transverse row of granules; the whole surface with regular rows of large reticulate fovez, the interspaces in the rows being almost as broad as the intervals between the rows ; intervals 2, 4, 5,and 6 with rows of small shiny tubercles, those on 2 and 6 complete, that on 4 reaching from the base to the top of the declivity, that on 5 extending backwards from about the middle, the lateral intervals with complete rows of smaller dull granules. Legs with rather sparse brown scales, which are recumbent on the femora and erect on the tibie, the posterior femora extending slightly beyond the elytra, the tibiz not carinate. Length 73, width 3; mm. Mimika River; 1 ¢. (Zype of the species.) Described from a single specimen. Very close to W. gemmatus Fst. (Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 158), which it resembles in the uniform colouring of the upperside and general sculpture, but in that species 520 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA the rostrum is not carinate at the base, the two basal joints of the antennal club are of equal length, the elytra on the disc bear punctate sulci with convex intervals, and the pale sternal patch is confined to the base of the metasternal episternum. MEROLEPTUS SQUALIDUS, sp. n. ?. Niger, squamulis terreno-brunneis spatulatis erectis undique indutus ; ‘rostro basi tricarinato ; funiculi articulo primo quam secundo paulo longiore; prothorace grosse et profunde reticu- lato-punctato, punctis a squamulis pro maxima parte conditis, interstitiis passim (precipue ad latera) granulis nitidis obsitis, lateribus fortiter rotundato, in medio longitudinaliter sub- suleato ; elytris basi denticulatis et transversim granulatis, foveato-sulcatis, interstitio primo deplanato, interstitiis 2, 4, 6 granulis nitidis uniseriatim obsitis, interstitiis lateralibus sparsius granulatis. Black, fairly densely clothed with erect spatulate brown scales of varying lengths. Head reticulately punctate, with a deep frontal fovea and short erect scales, the ridge on the vertex shallowly sinuate in the middle. Rostrwm with the antenne inserted at about one-fifth from the apex, tricarinate at the base, the outer carine narrow and very sinuous. Antenne testaceous brown, the first joint of the funicle longer than the second, the club broadest in the middle. Prothorax as long as broad, the sides subparallel for a very short distance from the base, then very strongly rounded, broadest a little beyond the middle; the upper surface with large deep reticulate punctures, which are more or less hidden by the scaling, the interspaces set here and there with bare shiny granules, these being much denser at the sides, in the middle a shallow longitudinal furrow. Hlytra subovate, with the sides slightly rounded, the basal margin broader than that of the prothorax, denticulated and with a transverse row of granules, the upper surface foveato-sulcate, interval 1 flattened, the others slightly convex, 2, 4, and 6 each with a complete row of numerous shiny granules, the lateral intervals with much more distant granules. Legs with rather dense elongate suberect scales, the femora coarsely punctate, the tibie carinate, but the carine more or less hidden by the scaling. Length 5, width 2 mm. Launch Camp, Setakwa River, Oct. 1912 (C. Boden Kloss); 19. (Type of the species.) Described from a single specimen. This small and relatively broad species differs from all the known forms except AM. tuberculosus Faust (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xl. 1899, p. 64) in having the prothorax punctate; but in the latter species the punctation is remote and shallow, and the prothorax bears four rows of setose tubercles; the elytra are also very differently sculptured, being only faintly punctato-striate, and interval 3 bears three pubescent tubercles. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 521 ProLycus NoDOsUS, sp. n. (PI. XXXIX. fig. 6.) 3. Niger, subopacus, squamulis sparsis brunneis obsitus ; capite et rostro ad basin rude reticulato- punctatis, hoc non carinato; prothorace trausverso, lateribus valde rotundato, latitudine maxima in medio, supra vix punctato, apice excepto, ibi rude reticulato, lateribus granulato ; elytris ovatis, apice subtruncatis, parum profunde punctato-striatis, punctis distantibus, inter- stitiis alternis tuberculis parvis umbilicatis seriatim obsitis, interstitiis aliis fere planis granulis minutis uniseriatim instructis, squamis erectis nullis; pedibus squamis erectis obsitis, femoribus rude punctatis, tibie leviter carinatis. Colour black, with sparse minute recumbent light brown scales. Head coarsely and reticulately punctate throughout, except on the extreme vertex, the forehead with a shallow transverse impression. Rostrum punctate like the head in the basal half and without definite carine or sulci. Antenne testaceous brown, the four basal joints of the funicle elongate, 2 the longest and 4 the shortest, 5 slightly longer than broad, 6 and 7 as broad as long. Prothorar evidently transverse, the sides strongly rounded, broadest about the middle, much more narrowed in front than behind, shallowly constricted near the apex, truncate at the base, the anterior dorsal margin produced and rounded, the ocular lobes well developed; the upper surface impunctate on the disc, except for the minute scale-sockets, coarsely punctate on the apical area, and sparsely granulate at the sides. /ytra ovate, the sides rather strongly rounded, broadest a little before the middle, the apices jointly subtruncate, with very shallow striz containing distant shallow punctures, the intervals almost plane, 1, 3, and 5 with a row of irregularly spaced tubercles, each of which has a central umbilicus surrounded by a ring of scale-bearing punctures, the tubercles becoming much smaller behind, intervals 2, 4, 6, and 8 each with a single irregular row of minute granules, 7 and 9 with a row of larger granules. Legs black, tarsi piceous brown, the femora coarsely punctate, each puncture bearing a suberect scale-like white seta, the tibice bicarinate on each side and with narrower erect sete. Length 53, width 3 mm. Launch Camp, Setakwa River, Oct. 1912 (C. Boden Kloss); 13. (ype of the species.) Described from a single specimen. This species resembles in size and general facies P. carinirostris Pasc. and P. trimastus Heller *, but these insects differ, enter alia, in having the rostrum carinate, the thorax distinctly punctate on the disc and furnished with a well-marked carina on each side, and the elytra differently sculptured. ASYTESTA GAZELLA. Rhynchenus gazella Olivier, Entom. vy. 1807, p. 175, pl. xxii. fig. 303. Utakwa River; 2 6,2 9. * This species was referred doubtfully by Heller to the genus Anchithyrus (Abh, Mus. Dresden, xiii, no. 33, 1910, p. 29, fig. 6); it is certainly a Ptolycus. VOL. XX.—PART xvI. No. 4.—October, 1915. 45 522 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA TSOTOCERUS TENUIPES. Isotocerus tenuipes Faust, Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 147. Mimika River; 1 3. IsoTOCERUS AFFINIS. Isotocerus afinis Faust, Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 147. Mimika River; 1 @. TsOTOcERUS sp. Mimika River; 1 @. DYSOPIRHINUS COSTATUS, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 1.) 3. Niger, opacus, squamis griscis et brunneis sparsim indutus, D. gestroi Roel., evidenter affinis, sed multo major, rostro ad latera evidentius utrinque bisulcato, in medio non carinato ; pro- thorace carina mediana postice magis extensa ; elytris ante apicem magis impressis, punctato- suleatis, punctis minoribus, interstitiis alternis elevatioribus, primo et tertio latioribus subbiseriatim granulatis, granulis postice obsoletis, hoc prope basin magis elevato, sed costa basin ipsum non attingente, interstitiis 2 et 4 planis angustis vix granulatis, 5-7 serie granulorum una preeditis ; tibiis posterioribus ad apicem setis nigris fasciculatis. Colour dull black, with sparse grey and brown scaling. Head with scattered shallow punctures, two of the lateral rostral carine ascending the forehead and uniting to form an obtuse central elevation above the eyes, a very deep fovea between the eyes. Hostrwm moderately closely punctate above, with two distinct sulci on each side separated by a narrow carina, the central line punctate and not carinate. Antennw asin the type-species, D. gestrot. Prothorax subconical, as long as its basal width, broadest at the base, the sides slightly rounded, the basal margin bisinuate and with a large granule on the central projection, the whole surface closely set with granules, except the apical area and a shiny central carina which extends from the front margin for three-fourths the length, each granule with a depressed dark scale-like seta. H/ytra elongate-ovate, parallel-sided from the shoulders to beyond the middle, evidently impressed laterally. before the apices, which are jointly rounded ; punctato-sulcate, the alternate intervals more raised, interval 1 elevated at one-fifth from the base to the declivity, the raised part with a double row of granules; intervals 2 and 4 narrow, plane and scarcely granulate; 3 most strongly elevated near (but not at) the base and diminishing to beyond the middle, the raised part with two rows of granules, the apical part plane and not granulate; 5—7 each with an almost complete single row of granules, 6 being a little lower than the other two; 8 granulate to beyond the middle, 9 granulate to the middle, and 10 at the base only. Legs elongate, the femora rather rugosely punctate, the posterior pairs of tibiz with a fascicle of recumbent black sete on the exterior side at the apex. Length 17, width 7 mm. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 523 Utakwa Valley, 4000-6000 ft., Jan—Feb. 1913; 1 3. (Type of the species.) Described from a single specimen. This insect may readily be distinguished from the previously-described species of Dysopirhinus by its large size and costate elytra. EUTHYRRHINUS MEDITABUNDUS. Curculio meditabundus Fabricius, Syst. Unt. 1775, p. 139. Mimika River; 2 g,1 2. PERISSOPS PAVONIA. Perissops pavonia Chevrolat, Pet. Nouv. Ent. ii. 1877, p. 187. Utakwa River; 1 g,1¢@. EcTATOCYBA VERRUCOSA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 2.) 36. E. tuberose Fst. similis, sed rostro in dorso creberrime punctato ; prothorace ad apicem magis constricto, setulis minutis nigris obsito; elytris non squamosis, serie tuberculorum prima e tuberculis duobus maximis et uno parvo basali composita, tuberculo subhumerali et preeapicali omuino deficientibus ; femoribus posticis elytra evidenter superantibus ; segmento primo ventrali maris in medio elevato et valde bituberculato. Colour uniform dull black, the legs and the apices of the tubercles on the elytra shiny. Head impunctate on the vertex, the forehead sparsely punctate and with a deep central fovea, a small tubercular elevation above each eye. Rostrum closely and finely punctate above, the punctures coarser laterally towards the base; a faintly elevated narrow impunctate central line, which merges near the apex into a broad median impression. Antenne with joint 2 of the funicle scarcely longer than I, joints 4 to 7 short and approximately equal, 3 a little longer. Prothorax subconical, as long as the basal width, broadest at the base, gradually narrowing anteriorly (the sides almost straight in the basal half) and suddenly constricted at the apex, the basal margin shallowly bisinuate; the upper surface only slightly convex, with scattered shallow punctures, leaving a narrow smooth central line which is faintly impressed in the middle, the punctures much closer along the basal margin; there are no scales in the posterior angles, and each puncture bears a minute recumbent dark seta. Hlytra a little longer than broad, the basal margin distinctly sinuate on each side, the external angles produced forwards, the apex subtruncate and with a small tubercular prominence on each side, the sides strongly rounded, the greatest breadth before the middle, the dorsal outline very convex, the coarsely punctate striz comparatively regular and disappearing before the apex; interval 3 * with three tubercles, the first very small and close to the base, the other two large and obtusely conical, one being just in front * [Equivalent to Faust’s ‘‘Spatium 2.” AE2 524 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA of and the other just behind the middle ; interval 5 with two similar large ‘tubercles, one near the base, the other at the middle; interval 7 with two large tubercles on a level with those on interval 3, and a smaller one behind; stria 8 deeply impressed throughout, stria 9 impressed in the basal third only; interval 1 with a slight shiny crenulated elevation for a short distance before the middle; the whole upper surface with very faint sparse punctures, each bearing a minute depressed dark seta. Legs long and slender, the posterior femora considerably exceeding the apex of the elytra; the femora coarsely punctate and with short golden-brown sete, which are much denser and longer on the under surface; the tibie punctate in irregular rows, the intervals between them subcarinate, the external edge impunctate and shiny. Venter shiny and very sparsely punctate, the sides and the whole of the last segment opaque and con- fluently punctate ; segment 1 with the intercoxal process rounded in front and with a deep fovea in the middle of the margin, the central portion of the segment elevated and bearing two large tubercles, the sides of which are vertical and smooth internally, the outer sides being sloping, coarsely punctate and setose; segments 2, 3, and 4 of equal length ; segment 5 with a patch of golden-brown sete on each side. Length 14, width (excluding tubercles) 84 mm. Utakwa River; 1 o. (Lype of the species.) Described from a single specimen. This distinct species differs from the three previously known species, LZ. tuberosa Fst. (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xxii. 1899, p.60, and Deutsch. Ent. Zeit. 1914, p. 309, fig.), Li. gibbosa Heller (Abh. Zool. Mus. Dresden, xii. no. 1, 1908, p. 17), and EL. permutata Heller (Deutsch. Ent. Zeit. 1914, p. 308, fig.) in the length of the posterior femora, the remarkable structure of the Ist ventral segment, the shortness of the 2nd segment, and in the number and arrangement of the elytral tubercles. LopHocHEIRUS, gen. nov. This genus is erected for the reception of several New Guinea species which have been erroneously attributed to Odosyllis Pasc. ‘The following are the essential characters which distinguish the two genera :— Oposyiuis.—The pectoral canal terminating in front of the median coxe, the sides of the terminal cavity simply vertical externally; the intercoxal piece of the first ventral segment with the sides subparallel and the base broadly rounded; the front tibia very strongly compressed, markedly broader than the others, the external margin narrowly carinate, the two sides shallowly sulcate, the inner margin not sinuate at the base; antennal club with the segmental sutures transverse, LopuocnEirus.—The pectoral canal continued well between the median coxe, the sides of the terminal cavity more or less produced externally ; the intercoxal piece of the first ventral segment with its sides convergent and the base acutely angulated ; COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 25 oO the front tibie only slightly compressed, not notably broader than the others, the external margin not carimate nor the sides sulcate, the internal margin distinctly sinuate at the base; antennal club with the sutures strongly oblique. A constant secondary sexual character is the long fringe on the front tibiee of the male. Type, Odosyllis gemmata Pasc. The other species referable to Lophocheirus are O. ingens Pasc., O. crucigera Pasc., O. opposita Fst., and O. major Heller. The six species of true Odosyllis (type, O. congesta Pasc.) described by Pascoe are all small insects (4—9 mm.) of strikingly uniform appearance and having a facies quite distinct from that of Lophocheirus. LOPHOCHEIRUS WOLLASTONI, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 3.) ¢@-. Multo maximus hujus generis, niger, squamis flavo-cinereis in prothorace sparsim in elytris sat dense vestitus, his confluenter nigro-maculatis ; rostro versus basin in medio carinato ; funiculi articulis tribus ultimis evidenter transversis ; prothorace m disco levi, granulis paucis in medio exceptis, ad latera granulis nitidis obsito; elytris elongato-ovatis, apice conjunctim acute productis, in declivitate postica subdeplanatis, interstitiis seriato-granulatis, seeundo paulo elevatiore, octavo in dimidio apicali non granulato-carinato; pedibus nigris et nigro- setosis, tarsorum articulis duobus basalibus subtus longe nigro-pubescentibus, articulo tertio subtus ochraceo-spongioso. Colour black, the head with fairly dense brown scales above; the prothorax with sparse separated light brown scales above, the scaling being much denser along the front margin and on the lower surface; the elytra with dense yellowish-grey scaling, variegated with large confluent black patches; the metasternum with fairly dense brown scales at the sides only, the abdomen with sparse brownish sete and only a few scales. Head with large subconfluent punctures, the forehead with a central fovea and with erect dark sete. Rostrum about as long as the prothorax, broadest at the base, thence rapidly narrowing to the insertion of the antenne and almost parallel-sided anteriorly, the basal third opaque, strongly punctate and with a fine central carina, the rest very shiny and with sparse minute punctures. Antenne black, joint 2 of the funigle as long as the next three joints together, 3 longer than broad, 4 as long as broad, 5 to 7 distinctly transverse. Prothorax broader than long, broadest at the base, gradually narrowing to beyond the middle, the sides being almost straight, then rapidly constricted and subtubular at the apex ; the upper surface opaque, finely shagreened, evenly covered with isolated and almost circular scales, which become elongated and dense towards the anterior margin, in the centre of the disc seven large shiny granules (each with a setigerous fovea on its anterior face) forming an irregular transverse group; numerous similar granules at the sides, but the rest of the dorsum smooth except for a few irregularly placed granules on the apical area; a narrow bare median line from the base to the middle anda short bare elevation in front of this. Elytra 526 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA elongate-ovate, broadest at the shoulders and gradually narrowing posteriorly; the apices, as usual, jointly produced into a short sharp process, shallowly punctato- striate, the punctures almost entirely concealed by the scaling; the intervals subcostate, each with a row of separated shining granules, those on interval 2 ceasing long before the apex and those on 4 not continued to the base, interval 2 a little more elevated than the rest and with the granules closer and often irregularly duplicated. Sternum rugosely and confluently punctate; the terminal cavity of the pectoral canal with its posterior margin not overhanging, but shallowly impressed and sinuate in the middle ; the metasternum with a deep central furrow bounded in front by a curved elevation. Venter closely and coarsely punctate throughout, except in the middle on both margins of segments 3 and 4 and along the base of 5, which are smooth, segment 9 without any impression. Legs black with dark scales and seta, the anterior tibi with a long black fringe, all the tarsi with the two basal joints clothed beneath with dense black pubescence, the third joint being spongy and ochraceous. Length 223, width 103 mm. Utakwa River; 1 3. (Type of the species.) Described from a single specimen. Hyidently allied to Z. major Heller, which is known to me from the description only ; but apart from its much smaller size (12-15 mm.), this species appears to differ in the following characters :—the rostrum has a median stria between the antenne ; the head is granulate, instead of punctate; the prothorax has on each side in the front half a patch of black scales in which the granules are thorn-like; on the elytra the granules on the hinder half of the 8th interval unite to form a narrow carina; the last ventral segment (¢ ) has a deep round hairy impression. BLEPIARDA SIMULATOR. Blepiarda simulator Pascoe, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) ii. 1885, p. 279. Mimika River; 1 oc. BLEPIARDA sp. Utakwa River. Three broken specimens. EURHOPALA PIAZUROIDES. Eurhopala piazuroides Faust. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 186. Mimika River; 1 @. ARACHNOPUS BIPLAGIATUS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig, 8.) Q. Elongato-ovatus, niger, opacus, macula humerali ovata nivea (quam oculo paulo majore) in elytris tantum ornatus ; fronte profunde sulcato ; prothorace crebre asperato-punctato, quam COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 527 longitudine paululo latiore; elytris confertim vix ordinate granulatis, interstitiis squamulis minutis brunneis obsitis, ad latera subpunctato-striatis ; sterno squamis rufo-brunneis induto ; pedibus ciliis albidis ornatis ; funiculi articulo secundo quam primo longiore. Colour black, the elytra with minute brown scales between the granules and each with a subovate white humeral patch slightly larger than the eye; the sternal scaling dark red-brown, the leg-fringes yellowish white. Head almost impunctate, the forehead with a broad furrow containing a deep fovea at its base. Rostrum long and slender, with a comparatively broad impunctate central carina at the base and only one distinct lateral carina, the inner one being almost obliterated. Antenne with joint 2 of the funicle slender and longer than 1; 5 and 4 diminishing in length, but longer than broad and subclavate; 6 subquadrate ; 6 similar, but longer; 7 still longer, widening to the apex, about as long as its apical width. Prothorax a little shorter than its greatest width, broadest well behind the middle, sides moderately rounded, very slightly flattened in front of the middle and rather abruptly constricted at the apex; the upper surface with fairly close small rasp-like punctures and without any central impressed line; the granules adjoining the punctures flattened shiny and mostly sublunulate, each puncture bearing a minute recumbent dark seta, the lateral granules more elevated ; the prosternum with a broad and deep central furrow. lytra with the sides slightly rounded at the base, strongly acuminate behind, the apex slightly produced backwards but not downwards, the dorsal outline strongly convex and forming a regular curve up to the small apical projection; the upper surface closely and somewhat confusedly granulate, with scarcely an indication on the disc of granulated sulci, which, however, become more evident laterally ; the granules transverse, and behind each avery short pale recumbent scale-like seta. Legs with the usual long fringes of a yellowish-white colour, the femora with broad transverse shiny granules, the tibize with sparse short recumbent sete. Length 13, width 65 mm. Utakwa River; 1 9. (Type of the species.) Described from a single specimen. Nearly allied to A. tristis Heller (Abh. Zool. Mus. Dresden, xii, no. 1, 1908, p. 28), which it closely resembles in general form and sculpture; but that species differs in having four pale stripes on the prothorax and two on each elytron, while the humeral patch is smaller and more elongate ; the dorsal curvature of the elytra is much flatter and the apex is produced downwards, not backwards, in the female ; the sete on the elytra are nearly twice as long; the central carina on the rostrum is much narrower and there are two distinct carinee on each side. ARACHNOPUS BINOTATUS. Arachnopus binotatus Pascoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vil. 1871, p. 258. Mimika River; 1 g,2 @. 528 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA ARACHNOPUS FOSSULATUS. Arachnopus fossulatus Faust, Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1892, p. 223. Utakwa River; 1 g,1 @. ARACHNOPUS LANCEOLATUS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 9.) 3. Angustus, lanceolatus, niger, squamulis minutis albis undique rarissimis et linea angusta alba marginali abbreviata indutus, granulis omnibus seta squamiformi alba reclinata preeditis, mesosterno in medio squamis erectis brunneis longe fimbriatis imduto, metasterno squamis fimbriatis brevioribus, epimeris et episternis squamis brunneis rotundis dense ornatis ; prothorace obsoletissime punctato, confertim asperato-granulato ; elytris angustis, valde acuminatis, confertim vix ordinate granulatis, ad latera non striatis; pedibus albido- fimbriatis, femoribus fimbria anteriore fere obsoleta, tibiis (fimbriis exceptis) nudis ; funiculi articulo secundo quam primo longiore. Black, without any markings except a narrow abbreviated marginal white line behind the middle, and with remotely scattered minute white scales, every granule bearing a recumbent white scale-like seta; the central part of the mesosternum apparently clothed with long pale brown hairs, but these are really long erect scales which are split for the greater part of their length into a number of hair-like divisions ; the centre of the metasternum with shortly-fringed erect brownish scales, the side-pieces of the meso- and meta-sternum with dense recumbent rounded brownish scales. flead with distinct scattered punctures in front, almost impunctate on the vertex, the forehead without a furrow or fovea. Rostrum with two flat carine on each side at the base, the central carina almost obliterated by punctures. Antenne as in A. biplagiatus (see p. 526). Prothorax as in A. biplagiatus, except that the sides are regularly rounded and not flattened, the apical constriction is shallower, and the sete are white. Hlytra narrow (632 mm.) and very sharply acuminate behind, the apex extending 1 mm. beyond the end of the abdomen and not produced downwards, the whole surface fairly closely and irregularly granulate and without lateral striation, the dorsal outline comparatively flat and the posterior declivity gradual. Legs with rather short whitish fringes, the fringe on the anterior edge of the femora absent except near the apex, the tibie bare except for the two fringes. Length 93, width 32 mm. : Utakwa River; 1 ¢. (Zype of the species.) Described from a single specimen. ARACHNOPUS PAPUA. Arachnopus papua Heller, Abh. Mus. Dresden, xiii. no. 3, 1910, p. 34. Mimika River; 1 oc. COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. On BS eo) ARACHNOPUS PLANATUS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 7.) $. Ovatus, niger, squamis brunneis indutus; rostro in medio carina basali elevatiore predito ; prothorace evidenter transverso, ad apicem minime constricto, rude reticulato-punctato, interstitiis granulis nitidis obsitis, vittis quinque brunneis indistinctis notato, prosterno parum profunde sulcato, suleo squamis brunneis repleto; elytris subcordatis, valde acumi- natis, apice vix productis, in dorso usque ad interstitium quartum transversim deplanatis, subsulcatis, interstitiis carinato-granulatis, fascia basali transversa et altera laterali obliqua e squamis crebrioribus indefinite notatis; femoribus brunneo-fimbriatis, fimbriis anterioribus in dimidio basali deficientibus, tibiis supra squamosis, subtus lineatim setosis; funiculi articulis duobus basalibus zquilongis, septimo evidenter transverso. Colour dull black, with shiny granules and uneven light brown scaling; on the prothorax the scales form five ill-defined longitudinal lines, which are only noticeable in the front half; on the elytra the scaling is generally more close, but forms a denser transverse band in the basal impression and an oblique lateral band, running inwards and backwards from between the coxe; the leg-fringes are brown on the femora and yellowish white on the tibiz. Head coarsely and closely punctate on the vertex, the forehead with a broad impressed central ridge, the eyes with a broad ring of brown scales. ostrum with a high central carina in the basal half and two narrow undulating carine on each side of it. Antenne with the two basal joints of the funicle subequal, joint 3 a little longer than broad, 4 to 6 slightly and 7 strongly transverse. Prothorax evidently broader than long, the sides regularly rounded, broadest behind the middle, the apical constriction shallow and indistinct; the upper surface coarsely and reticulately punctate, the interstices somewhat elevated and bearing small elongate shiny granules, each puncture containing a short recumbent scale-like seta; the prosternum with a challow central furrow containing a stripe of yellowish-brown scales which extends into a transverse band between the coxe. Hlytra broadly heart-shaped, evidently broader than the prothorax, the sides slightly rounded to the middle, thence rapidly acuminate, the apex acute but very little produced downwards, the basal margin elevated and broader than the base of the prothorax, the dorsum transversely flattened as far as interval 4 and from just behind the basal impression back to the middle of the declivity; the upper surface subsulcate, the sulci disappearing towards the apex and their sculpture concealed by the dense scaling, the intervals each with a single row of unevenly distributed granules, those on intervals 4 and 6 closely placed and making them appear subcarinate, the granules each with a short, depressed, scale-like white seta, the apical lateral fringe rather sparse. Legs with the femora rugose and bearing numerous small transverse carine, the fringes brown, those on the anterior side disappearing in the basal half, the under surface of the hind femora with dense scaling ; the tibiee with yellowish-white fringes, with moderately dense scaling above and a line VOL. XX.—PakT XvI. No. 5.—October, 1915. 4F 530 MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA of depressed pale setae beneath; the tarsal claws red-brown, with a broad median black band. Length 9, width 44 mm. Utakwa Valley, 4000-6000 ft., Jan.Feb. 1913; 1 3. (Zype of the species.) Described from a single specimen. ARACHNOPUS INCANUS, sp. n. ?. Parvus, ovatus, niger, dense cinereo-squamulatus ; prothorace lineis tribus dorsalibus cinereis indistinctis, alia laterali curvata distinctiore, prosterno hemicyclo albo ornato; fronte non foveata; prothorace non latiore quam longiore, rude reticulato-punctato, in medio indistincte lineatim subimpresso ; elytris margine basali non elevato, postice modice acuminatis, fimbriis apicalibus sparsis inconspicuis, evidenter striatis, interstitiis modice convexis serie una granu- lorum in singulo praeditis, striis 8 et 4 antice conjunctis nec basin attingentibus ; pedibus albo-fimbriatis, femoribus fimbriis anterioribus vix ullis, tibiis supra dense squamosis, infra setis depressis indutis ; funiculi articulo primo quam secundo evidenter longiore, septimo valde transverso. Colour black, the elytra and legs with uniform dense greyish scaling and shiny black granules; the prothorax with less dense scaling and three very indistinct pale dorsal stripes, the outer ones starting from the external angles and converging strongly in front, a more distinct curved lateral stripe, and the prosternum with a broad semi- circular white band; the leg-fringes white, Head with scattered coarse punctures, the forehead almost plane, the eyes sur- rounded by a ring of buff scales. ostrwm with the antenne inserted far beyond the middle, almost straight to the insertion of the antenne and then rather abruptly curved, with five narrow undulating carine at the base. Antenne with joint 1 of the funicle much stouter and longer than 2, joints 3 and 4a little longer than broad, 5 and 6 slightly and 7 strongly transverse. Prothorax as long as broad, the sides subparallel from the base to near the middle, thence roundly narrowed, the apical constriction shallow ; the upper surface coarsely and reticulately punctured, without any granules, a mere indication of an impressed central line, and a shallow rounded impression on each side behind the middle; the prosternum without any certral furrow. lytra broadly ovate, the sides only slightly rounded from the base to the middle, thence somewhat abruptiy acuminate, the apex not produced, the basal margin not elevated, the dorsal outline comparatively flat, the posterior declivity gradual, the dorsum strongly convex transversely ; the strie regular and distinct, but the punctures concealed by the dense scaling, strize 3 and 4 uniting at some distance from the base, which they do not reach, the intervals convex and each with a single row of rounded shiny granules, which are less evident towards the sides and apex, interval 3 with a few irregular doubled granules near the base; on the disc the scales are distinct, round and over- lapping, laterally they are much more dense and form an apparently amorphous incrustation ; each granule with a short depressed white seta, the apical lateral fringe COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 531 much more scanty than usual. Legs clothed with dense buff or white scales, even on the under surface of the femora and the upper surface of the tibize, the under surface of the latter being clothed with recumbent white sete; the fringes comparatively scanty and those on the anterior side of the femora almost entirely absent, except towards the apex. Length 64, width 83 mm, Utakwa Valley, 4000-6000 ft., Jan—Feb. 1913; 1 9. (Type of the species.) Described from a single specimen. CAMIA SUPERCILIARIS. Camia superciliaris Pascoe, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) ii. 1885, p. 288. Mimika River; 1 @. MECOPUS TRILINEATUS. Mecopus tritineatus Guérin, Voy. ‘ Coquille,’ li. pt. 2, 1838, Zool. p. 126. Launch Camp, Setakwa River, Oct. 1912 (C. Boden Kloss); 2 6. RHYNCHOPHORUS KAUPI. Rhynchophorus kaupi Schaufuss, Nunq. Otios. 1872, p. 448. Mimika and Utakwa Rivers; 4 3,6 @2. BARYSTETHUS DISPAR Chev., var. BASALIS. Barysiethus dispar, var. basalis Faust, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xx. 1899, p. 119. Mimika River; 1 3. BaRYSTETHUS ATER. Barystethus ater Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xii. 1874, p. 71. Utakwa River; 1 o. DIATHETES SANNIO. Diathetes sannio Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xii. 1874, p. 72. Utakwa River; 1 6. RHABDOCNEMIS NUDICOLLIS. Sphenophorus nudicollis Kirsch, Mitt. Mus. Dresden, ii. 1877, p. 156. Mimika River; 1 ¢,1 @. SPARGANOBASIS, gen. nov. Rostrum valde curvatum, basi incrassatum, in dorso supra antennas obtuse angulatum. Antenne in tertia parte a basi rostri insertz, funiculi articulis duobus basalibus longitudine zqualibus, primo incrassato, ceteris equilongis, gradatim latioribus, clava magna subrotundata, dimidio apicali spongioso. Prothorax antice declivis, margine basali in medio rotundate producto. 4p 2 on oo bo MR. GUY A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA Scutellum latitudine basali sesqui-longius. Elytra oblongo-ovata, convexa, prothorace paulo latiora, 10-striata. Sternum coxis anticis anguste separatis, processu mesosternali quam coxa evidenter angustiore, coxis mediis prominentibus, episterno metasternali postice gradatim angustato, epimero mesosternali supra rotundato. Pedes graciles, femoribus gradatim incrassatis, tarsis tenuibus, articulo tertio quam ceteris vix latiore. Allied to Rhabdocnemis Faust, but distinguished by the following characters :— the rostrum is subangulated dorsally above the antenne and the thickened basal portion bears a deep central furrow; the prothorax has a distinct downward slope dorsally towards the apex and the base is roundly produced in the middle; the scutellum is much broader, and triangular instead of lanceolate ; the elytra are more oblong and distinctly convex transversely; the pygidium is much broader and more convex, and lacks the lateral and central setigerous ridges; all the coxe are more prominent, the median pair are much closer together, the mesosternal process being evidently narrower than the coxa; the legs are longer and more slender, especially the tarsi, in which the Ist joimt is longer than the 2nd and the 2nd than the 3rd, the latter being scarcely broader than the others, the trochanters also bear a long bristle. SPARGANOBASIS SUBCRUCIATUS, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 11.) 3 @. Niger, opacus, indumento velutino signaturas rubras seepe obscurante indutus, prothorace rubro-vittato, elytris cruce rubra indistincta signatis ; rostro in parte basali grosse sed parum profunde punctato, supra antennas rotundato-dilatato; prothorace longiore quam latiore, a basi ultra medium perparum angustato, ad apicem constricto subtubulato, lateribus sub- sinuatis, supra subremote et parum profunde punctato, punctis in areis nigris sparsioribus ; scutello impunctato; elytris profunde striatis, striis punctis remotis indistinctis obsitis, interstitiis convexis latis impunctatis, fasciculis sericeis parvis brevissimis remotis uniseriatim preditis, fasciculis in signaturis rubris plus minus confluentibus. Colour dull black, with the following dull red markings :—prothorax with an outwardly curved stripe on each side of the middle line and a marginal stripe on each side ; elytra with an oblique stripe from the shoulder to the suture before the middle and another starting from the suture behind the middle and running obliquely back- wards, between these a triangular lateral patch, and also a variable basal band; all these markings are very variable and are apt to be obscured by a velvety indumentum. Head with coarse separated punctures, the forehead narrow and without any impression. ostrum longer and more curved in the @ than in the ¢, the thickened basal portion roundly dilated above the antenne and set with coarse shallow punctures which are more or less filled with a silky brownish indumentum ; the distal portion of the rostrum with diminishing punctures throughout in the ¢, in the 2 punctate only in its basal area. Prothorax longer than broad, broadest near the base and slightly diminishing to far beyond the middle, the sides subsinuate COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 533 behind the middle, distinctly constricted and subtubulate at the apex; the upper surface unevenly set with large shallow punctures, which are more closely placed on the red markings. Scutellum impunctate. lytra oblong-ovate, broadest at the shoulders, which are very obliquely rounded, and very gradually narrowed behind, jointly sinuate at the base, the apices separately rounded ; deeply striate, the striz with separated shallow punctures, the intervals broad, strongly convex and impunctate, each with a single row of minute remote silky fascicles, which often run together to form a short pale line, especially on the red portions which make up the cruciform marking. Jegs black, the femora with large close punctures, each of which contains a very short depressed seta and is filled with pale silky indumentum, the under surface with a fringe of sparse, uneven, projecting sete; the tibiz with two impressed pale silky stripes on each face, the raised intervals black and bare, each stripe bearing a row of depressed sete; the tarsi with remote silky punctures. Length 10-163, width 4-63 mm. Utakwa River; 246,12. (Zypes of the species.) In addition to these specimens there are four others (3 ¢,1 9) in the Pascoe collection from Andai and Sele, Dutch New Guinea; Batchian (Wallace); and Misol. SIPALUS GRANULATUS. Calandra granulata Kabricius, Syst. Hleuth. ii. 1801, p. 432. Mimika River; 14 ¢,14 9. CRYPTODERMA COLLARE. Oxyrhynchus collaris Ritsema, Notes Leyden Mus. iy. 1882, p. 185. Mimika River; 3 ¢,8 2. PART III. By C. J. Ganan. [Read March 9, 1915.] [The Manuscript of this Part not having been received from the author, the memoir has had to be made up without it. It will be published by the New Guinea Committee of the British Ornithologists’ Union as a separate pamphlet, in which descriptions -of figures 16-24 on Plate XX XIX. will be given.—Kpiror, Aug. 16, 1915. | 534 MR. K. G. BLAIR ON COLEOPTERA PART IV. Sy K. G. Brain, 'B.Sc., F.L.S.* [Received February 26, 1914; Read March 17, 1914.] TENEBRIONID &. MESOMORPHUS VILLIGER. Opatrum villiger Blanch. Voy. Péle Sud, iv. 1853, p. 154, pl. x. fig. 15. Launch Camp, Setakwa River; 1. This species, originally described from Raffles Bay, N. Australia, is widely distri- buted throughout the tropics of the Old World. GONOCEPHALUM OCHTHEBIOIDES. Gonocephalum ochthebioides Fauv. Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm. 1862, p. 145, pl. x. figs. 24 & 25. Mimika River; 1. The species was originally described from New Caledonia, but is also represented in the British Museum by specimens from the Trobriand Islands, Gilolo, Batchian, and New Langenburg. CEROPRIA PAPUANA, Sp. 0. Elongato-ovalis, nitida, nigra, elytris purpureis; C. indute Wied. similis, prothorace minus transverso, basi magis angustato, in lateribus purpureo-micante; elytris purpureis, viridi- micantibus haud irideis, epipleuris piceis, striis subtiliter punctatis, intervallis vix convexis ; corpore subtus cum pedibus piceo. Maris tibiis anterioribus et intermediis medio intus subemarginatis, apicem adversus denticulatis. Long. 9 mm., lat. 43 mm. Mimika River; 3. (Including the type of the species.) ‘This species resembles the widely distributed C. eduta Wied., from which it may readily be distinguished by its narrower prothorax, which is markedly, though not strongly, constricted behind, by the less evident and more finely punctured strie, and by the less lively play of colours on the elytra: These are more nitid than in C. induta, the prevailing colour being purple with strong green reflexions towards the base and apex, but without the iridescent humeral and subapical patches of that species. C. papuana is widely distributed throughout the New Guinea region, being repre- sented in the British Museum Collection by specimens from Morti, Gilolo, Ternate, Batchian, Obi I., Amboina, Goram, Matabello, Dinner I., Waigiu, Dorei, and 8.E. New Guinea—also Alu, Shortland I., Solomon Group. * [The complete account of the new species described in this communication appears here, but since some of the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the ‘ Abstract,’ No. 130, 1914, these species are distinguished by the names being underlined.—Ep110r. | 9 COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA.. 530 C. induta Wied., with which the species seems to have been usually confounded, though ranging from India and Ceylon to Java, Borneo, and the Philippine Islands, does not appear to extend into the region under consideration. I may take this opportunity of noting that a comparison of the “ type” specimens in Bates’s Collection now in the British Museum shows that C. intermedia Har. (Dorei)=C. insignis Chevr. (Batchian), the former name taking priority. LEIOCHRINUS FULVICOLLIS. Letochrinus fulvicollis Westw. Tijdschr. voor Entom. xxvi. 1883, p. 70, pl. iti. fig. 14. Mimika River; 1. Other recorded localities are Andai in New Guinea, Waigiu, Dorei, Batchian, and Sarawak. LEIOCHRODES MEDIANUS. Leiochrinus medianus Westw. Tijdschr. voor Entom. xxvi. 1883, p. 73. Mimika River; 1. The type-specimens were collected by Wallace in Batchian, and are now in the Hope Museum at Oxford. The British Museum also possesses specimens from Gilolo, Dorei, and the Aru Islands. ULOMA BITUBEROSA. Uloma bituberosa Kirsch, Mitth. Mus. Dresden, i. 1875, p. 145. Mimika River. A single female specimen is doubtfully referred to this species. SETENIS COSTIPENNIS. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 15.) Setenis costipennis Blair, Abstract P.Z.S. 1914, p. 19 (March 24), Atra, parum elongata, capite prothoraceque dense rugoso-punctatis, hoc antice et postice bisinuato, lateribus crebre crenatis, disco medio longitudinaliter impresso utrinque leviter bi-impresso, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis acutis ; elytris subtiliter punctato-striatis, intervallis opacis plus minusve costulatis, costis nitidis, intervallo 3° et 5° et 7° basi magis elevatis ; corpore subtus cum pedibus nitido parce punctato, tibiis omnibus extus late sulcatis, sulcis opacis ; femoribus muticis. Long. 18-21 mm. Mimika River; 2. (Types of the species.) Also from British New Guinea, Mekeo District, near Rari (G. J/, Carson). This species is very distinct on account of its opaque rugose appearance; the sides of the thorax are strongly, though irregularly dentate, the median depression is well marked, and there is a less distinct depression parallel to it and halfway between it and the sides. ‘The elytra are opaque, finely punctate-striate, and each interval has a fine median costa more or less broken up into short ridges ; the third and seventh 536 MR. K. G. BLAIR ON COLEOPTERA cost a little behind the base are strongly raised and shining, the seventh remaining much more evident than the rest until about the middle of the elytron. The anterior tibiz in the male are curved inwards near the apex. EINCYALESTHUS IRIDIPENNIS. Encyalesthus iridipennis Fairm. Notes Leyd. Museum, xix. 1897, p. 220. Mimika River and Utakwa River; 2. LYPROPS ATRONITENS. Lyprops atronitens Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxvii. 1883, i1. p. 27. Launch Camp, Setakwa River, and Utakwa River; 3. CALLISMILAX sp. ? Mimika River. A single broken specimen. CHARIOTHES LITIGIOSA. Chariotheca litigiosa Pascoe, Journ. Ent. 1. 1860, p. 126. Mimika River ; 1. ESPITES OBSCURUS, Sp. N. Niger, elytris obscure viridibus, purpureo tinctis; capite sat dense punctato ante oculos leviter bi-impresso; prothorace transverso modice nitido, sat dense punctato; quam elytris angus- tiore, antice et postice tenuiter marginato, margine antico in medio interrupto, lateribus marginatis incrassatis, angulis anticis obtusis posticis subacutis ; elytris valde striatis, striis subtiliter punctatis, intervallis convexis minute punctulatis ; corpore subtus pedibusque piceis. Long. 10 mm., lat. 45 mm. Mimika River; 6. (Including the type of the species.) Larger than #, basalis Pasc., and much more soberly coloured. Head and pro- thorax black, moderately nitid, and rather densely and finely punctate. Hlytra dark green with purple reflections, very strongly striate, the strie finely and closely punctate and the intervals convex, finely punctulate. AMARYGMUS VIRIDIANEUS. ES Amarygmus viridieneus Blair, Abstract P. Z.S. 1914, p. 19 (March 24). Ovalis, viridi-eneus, nitidus, corpore subtus pedibusque rufescentibus ; sulcis ocularibus nullis, antennis rufo-piceis, prothoracis lateribus arcuatim angustatis, dorso vix perspicue punctu- lato; elytris striato-punctatis, intervallis vix convexis, vix punctatis. Long. 11 mm., lat. 6 mm. Mimika River 1 and Utakwa River 2. (Including the type of the species.) COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 5387 This species approaches A. frenchi Blackb. (a common New Guinea insect) and A, cuprarius Web. in size and shape, and in the distance between the eyes, but differs in colour and puncturation. It is uniformly greenish-brassy above, with the underside and legs red. The thorax and elytral intervals are very minutely and sparsely punctulate, and the punctures of the striz are not nearly so closely placed as in the above-named species; they are rather irregular, but usually separated by a space much ereater than the diameter of one of them. AMARYGMUS UTAKWENSIS. Amarygmus utakwensis Blair, Abstract P.Z.S.1914, p. 19 (March 24). Elongato-ovalis, zneus, sat nitidus, preecedenti similis, magis elongatus, fortius punctatus, corpore subtus cum pedibus rufo-piceo. Long. 10} mm., lat. 54 mm. Utakwa River; 1. (Type of the species.) More elongate than the preceding and eneous in colour; the anterior border of the pronotum in the single specimen is reddish piceous, but this is probably due to immaturity. In puncturation it resembles A. frenchi Blackb. and A. cuprarius Web., the thorax and elytral intervals being distinctly and moderately densely punctate, and the punctures of the striz strong and close. AMARYGMUS WOLLASTONI. Amarygmus wollastont Blair, Abstract P.Z. 8. 1914, p. 19 (March 24). Elongato-ovalis, nitidus, cyaneus, corpore subtus cum pedibus nigro. Prothorax subtiliter punc- tulatus ; elytra striata, stris sat subtiliter punctatis, punctis et striis ipsis griseo-nigris, intervallis antice planis postice convexis. Corpus subtus cum pedibus nigrum, subnitidum, tarsis rufo-setosis. Long. 12 mm., lat. 6 mm. Utakwa River; 1. (Type of the species.) Elongate-oval, shining, blue with slight purple reflections. More closely allied to the foregoing than to any other species known to me; it differs from them in the black colour of the underside and legs, also of the antenne and the tarsal vestiture, while the hairs clothing the apical half of the tibiee within remain reddish. ‘The sides of the thorax are less evenly arched from base to apex, being almost parallel in the basal half and then narrowed to the apex; the pronotum is minutely and inconspicuously punctulate. The elytral strie are fine, but clear-cut, the punctures also fine, elongate, and moderately distant ; both strie and punctures are blackish-grey, but this colour does not intrude at all upon the intervals. The latter are very minutely, scarcely visibly punctulate, and in the anterior half almost flat, but becoming distinctly convex behind. The legs are black and very slender. VOL. XX.—PART xvI. No. 6.—October, 1915. 4G 538 MR. K. G. BLAIR ON COLEOPTERA AMARYGMUS sp. Mimika River; 1. ‘Two specimens, apparently representing new species, are not sufficiently distinct to warrant description on such scanty material. STRONGYLIUM WOLLASTONI. (PI. XX XIX. fig. 14.) Strongylium wollastoni Blair, Abstract P.Z.S, 1914, p. 19 (March 24). Nigrum, nitidum, elytris obscure ceruleo-nigris, corpore subtus cum pedibus obscure piceo ; capite inter oculos foveolato, clypeo medio trausverse sulcatulo, margine postico valde impresso ; prothorace trausverso subquadrato, lateribus leviter sinuatis, tenuiter marginatis, angulis anticis oblique truncatis, posticis rectis, disco inequali medio obsolete sulcato, ante basin transverse depresso, plerumque impunctato, basin adversus medio sat crebre punctato; elytris quam prothorace valde latioribus, post scutellum leviter impressis, seriato-punctatis, intervallis leviter convexis, punctis suturam et apicem adversus minoribus ; pedibus sat eracilibus, femoribus leviter clavatis, tibiis leviter sinuatis. Long. 15 mm. Utakwa River; 3. (Including the type of the species.) Nearly related to S. macleayi Pascoe; the eyes are separated by a space about equal to half the width of one of them, the clypeus has a transverse impression rather behind the middle and the clypeal suture is strongly sulecate; tne prothorax is trans- verse, slightly broader in front than behind, completely bordered, posterior and anterior margins almost straight, the sides slightly sinuate; the anterior angles are obliquely truncate; the disc is rather uneven, polished, and almost impunctate, save for some large punctures in an impressed area before the base and afew more towards the middle of the anterior border. ‘The elytra are about half as broad again as the base of the prothorax, with the shoulders rounded, thence parallel for rather more than half their length ; the tips are slightly divergent. ‘The punctures in the series are much finer towards the suture and towards the apex; they are irregularly placed, but with a strong tendency to run in pairs. ‘The underside is pitchy brown, smooth, and shining, the mesosternum excavated for the reception of the prosternal process; the last abdo- minal segment is finely punctate. he femora are slightly thickened beyond the middle and all the tibie sinuate. MoRDELLIDA. MORDELLA MIXTA. Mordella mixta Fabr. Syst. Eleuth. 1. 1801, p. 122. Mimika River; 1. Agrees well with the description. The habitat there given is Nova Cambria, a region that I have been unable to identify with certainty. Since the original collector was COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 539 La Billardiére, New South Wales cannot be intended, for his only Australian port of call was Hobart; the probability is that it was somewhere north or north-west of New Guinea. The species appears to have a tolerably wide distribution, specimens from the Moluceas (Gilolo), Aru Is., Damma I., Fergusson I., and Alu, Shortland I., Solomon Group, in addition to New Guinea, being contained in the British Museum Collection. MoRrDELLA SERICEOBRUNNEA. Mordella sericeobrunnea Blair, Abstract P. Z.S. 1914, p. 19 (March 24). Grandis, elongata, brunnea, parum iridescens, omnino setulis fulvis sericeis induta ; capite post oculos expanso, angulis fere rectis, palpis brunneis, articulo ultimo triangulariter elongato ; antennis gracilibus, prothoracis medium haud superantibus, articulis 4-10 intus serratis vix transversis; prothorace valde transverso, quam elytris latiore, antice et postice in medio valde lobato, inter lobos elevato, lateribus leviter arcuatis ; scutello elongato, triangulare, apice rotundato ; elytris elongatis, transverse subtiliter rugulosis, sutura marginata, humeris obtuse elevatis ; abdominis apice acute sat breve producto, tarsis posterioribus compressis. Long. 15 mm., lat. 45 mm. Utakwa River; 1. (Type of the species.) Distinguished by its large size and uniform brown colour with faint iridescent hues ; the median lobes of the thorax both in front and behind are well developed, and the area between them strongly elevated and rounded. ‘The caudal process is shorter and stouter than in most species of the genus. ‘The only species in the British Museum - Collection at all closely approaching it is one, apparently undescribed, from Brazil, but this differs in the broader terminal joint of the palpi, in its elytra being simply and finely punctulate, and in the less compressed posterior tarsi. RHIPIPHORIDS. PELECOTOMOIDES MURINA. Pelecotomoides murina Blanch. Voy. Péle Sud, iv. 1853, p. 187, pl. xii. fig. 13. Utakwa River; 1. ‘The single specimen agrees fairly well with the figure and description cited, but is rather larger (10 mm.) and the limbs and mouth-parts are not markedly red. ‘The strong basal border to the thorax indicated in the figure is presumably incorrect, MELOID 4. CISSITES MAXILLOSA. Horia mazillosa Faby. Syst. Eleuth. 1. 1801, p. 86. Mimika River; 1 co. This is the species usually known in collections as C. cephalotes Oliv. It is widely distributed in the Oriental Region, and is represented in the British Museum Collection 540 COLEOPTERA COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. by specimens from Ceylon, Assam, Burma, Siam, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, and the Philippine Islands, but not hitherto from New Guinea. The female has been described as a distinct species under the name C. anguliceps Fairm. This identity was suspected by Mr. Gahan (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ii. 1908, p. 202), and an examination of the type of the latter in the Paris Museum enables me to confirm it. C2 DEMERIDA, SESSINIA STOTHERTI. Sessinia stotherti Blair, Abstract P.Z. 8. 1914, p. 20 (March 24). Fusco-testacea, elytris fuscis : prothorace elongato, postice angustato, dense punctato, punctis disci ante medium majoribus et parcioribus ; elytris fuscis, subtilissime sat dense punctulatis et sericeo-pubesceutibus, indistincte tricostatis. Long. 9-105 mm. Mimika River; 6. (Including the type of the species.) Approaches 8. bicolor Fairm. in colour, but the head is concolorous with the thorax. In structure it is nearer S. andrewst Arrow, having the clypeus emarginate in front and strongly impressed ; from both it differs in having the thorax almost glabrous, the punctures distinct and dense, fine towards the sides and behind, but much coarser and more distant in the front part of the disc. The elytra are much more finely punctate than those of S. andrewsi, and the pubescence is exceedingly fine and silky, and closely decumbent. ‘The insect is named in honour of Mr. P. K. Stothert, who materially assisted the Expedition. AWE XOX XT XC : VOL. XX.—PART XVI No. 7.— October, 1915. 542 Fig. COLEOPTERA COLLECTED IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. WD oR wo be go PLATH XXXIX. Dysopirhinus costatus Marshall, p. 522. Ectatocyba verrucosa Marshall, p. 523. Lophocheirus wollastoni Marshall, p. 525. Orthorrhinus postoculatus Marshall, p. 513. Alcides parentheticus Marshall, p. 515. Ptolycus nodosus Marshall, p. 621. Arachnopus planatus Marshall, p. 529. Arachnopus biplagiatus Marshall, p. Arachnopus lanceolatus Marshall, p. Colobodes cavisquamis Marshall, p. 517. 26. 28. Sparganobasis subcruciatus Marshall, p. 532. Heteronyx colossus Arrow, p. 505. Papuana angusta Arrow. p. 504. Strongylium wollastoni Blair, p. 538. Setcnis costipennis Blair, p. 539. Tinesisternus teniatus Gahan, Report Coleopt. Dutch New Guinea, pt. ili., p. 11. Tmnesisternus cinctus Gahan, t. ¢., p. 11. Cornuscoparia wollastont Gahan, ¢. ¢., p. 13. Tmesisternus multiplicatus Gahan, t. ¢., p. 10. Tmesisternus modestus Gahan, t. ¢., p. 10. Ichthyosoma (Elais) albomaculatum. Gahan, t. ¢., p. 6. Tmesisternus (Polyxo) bialbatus Gahan, t.c., p. 8. Trigonoptera albonotata Gahan, t. ¢., p. 15. Tinesisternus (Polyxo) laticollis Gahan, t. ¢., p. 7. Y XXXIX. SI SranaDook Soc Vol, XX. West, Newman proc. Horace Knight del. COLEOPTERA FROM DUTCH NEW GUINEA. We Beast TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Public. BENS eh eee Seas Oe VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates andylG Pext-tieumes) res... Price 10° 4) 20 13120 Part 1, (1909, containing 3 Pls.& 12 Text-figs.). ,, 117 6 ZelOne0) eee (LOUD comtanminotmAanmlates\ ew nae ce Oa AG 3 0 0 3 os GL909contaminey, (2*Rlates). is 2 O 0 OMize70 » 4 (1910, containing 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.). , 3815 O 5 0 0 » 5. (1910, containing 5 Pls.,TitleandIndex) ,, 117 6 210. 0 VOLUME Xx. Part 1. (1912, containing 5 Plates). . . . . Price 018 O Pb a Haan) bee CLO contamina LOBRates) pais ye oO) : 3) O10) » 98 (1918, containing 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) . , 1 2 6 ola Oh. 0) Ac (Ols containing. dePlates)) 23° fo. 93,029) 0 012 0 > os (914 contamims 4 Plates). 5 2... ,, 0-9 0 i O1220 » 9. (1914,.containing 1 Plate) . .... 4, O08 9 coe Operon), » 7. (1914, containing 2 Pls.& 7 Text-figs.). ,, O 7 6 ee 0 Oe 0) » 8. (1914, contaming 2 Text-figs.) . .. 5, O 2 8 0 3 0 er Ors LOMA eee ye ince tem eae Ie Og eS Gy 0 OR a ate pe) 0 », 10. (1914, containing 6 Text-figs.). . . . Paea0) ae) 3} . O 0 ples (O14 contaminselePlatey ee eee. 2 OF 16 abv OL O20 », 12. (1914, containmg 8 Plates). . . . . OL ORO oe OK era) polos Golecomaimme “Je Plateye yee 2 Ob OO = Ws 0) 5 4) (LONS; contains 18. Dext-fiss.).. 0. . <4, 0 12-0 OAT Gi Or » 15. (1915, containing 4 Text-figs.). . . . 4, O 2 8 0 0 »» 16. (1915 contaimine., PRlate) .2 6 2... 5, 0 80 012 0 CONTENTS. XVII. Report on the Coleoptera collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. By GiBert J. Arrow, Guy A. K. Marsnant, /.Z.S., C. J. Ganan, and K. G: Buatr, B.S¢., FB Se Gi late MONK). in a oe ep eam THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. : According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” -to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures. of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, — September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagimation is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that the year and page give the complete reference. a An “Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the ‘‘ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. The “Transactions ”’ contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication m the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 Is. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Aunual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record? fora sum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the 1st July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the 1st December in each year. Such of these pubheations as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’ (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, tober, 1915. October, 1915 Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vou. XX.—Parr 17. (Piares XL.—LIII., anp Text-riguras 42-44.) LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENI’S PARK; AND BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER ROW, November 1915. Price £4. Paylor and Francis, Printers, | [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOLUMESI.-IV. (1833-1862) . VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates) . VI. (1866-1869, contaiming 92 Plates) : VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . . (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates) . IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates) . X. (1877-1879, containing 95 Plates) . GENERAL INDEX, Vols. I. to X. (1833-1879) . VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME XI. (1880-1885, containing 97 Plates) . XII. (1886-1890, containing 65 Plates) . XIII. (1891-1895, containing 62 Plates) . XIV. (1896-1898, contaiming 47 Plates) . XV. (1898-1901, contaimimeg 52 Plates) . XVI. (1901-1908, containing 38 Plates) . VOLUME XVII. (1903-1906, containing 41 Plates and 50 Text-figures) VOLUME XVIII. (1907-1911, containing 43 Plates and 87 Text-figures) Sracthgo.o 3 To Fellows. Ges gio. To the Public. Sonus ids (Out of print.) . Price 5 4 38 ll 5 0 10 4 0 9 8 3 2 AG 10 0 38 4 1 0 619 0 .15 0 0 - 13 12 0 slide: 3) SeclCGy ee (0) SS 720 010 0 . 12 16 0 XI mS (=) 5 8 0 Continued on page 3 of Wrapper. XVIII. The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese East Africa).— Part Il. By Epwarp Heron-Auten, 7.8, hZS., LGS., PRALS., and Artuur Earuand, FRM. [Received February 5, 1915; Read April 27, 1915.] (Pirates XL.—-LIII., and Text-figures 42-44.) INDEX. Page Note on Species found at Kerimba, recorded by d’Orbigny in 1826 from Madagascar emiys | WHARATIN) | “ockoroscd Obie cia. d 2 cio 6.40 Mckee ain ein ee ane Eno av on Sis a ood An 548 List of Species and Varieties recorded as new to Science................+..0005- 547 Shysiometnie Ibis, Ot Sypetores eine) WarRGNeS 65 oo50g0Ggad090000006 000000 0005000006 048 Tale or Diswallomniomn (emel bales) gogoccaaoceGaces anonouoonoeD0 HDD So0aD 740 IUCN coaoo cosssupado abso vodedobe GOMUEBE OUD ODe oO) coCoooON beOE TS Lixglamaliion Of IGS scogcgoeaavooocogee osngpoeneuben ene on oOO soe beso DD NS Note on SPECIES FOUND AT KERIMBA, RECORDED BY D’OrbIGNy IN 1826, FROM MapaGascaR AND Mauritius. mele AS we took occasion to observe in the Introduction, in examining the Kerimba material we have been dealing with what is virtually an untouched area, and it gains an added interest from its comparative proximity to Madagascar and the other islands in the Indian Ocean which supplied d’Orbigny with many forms recorded in his ‘ Tableau Méthodique de la Classe des Céphalopodes’*, which, as Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady have observed, “ with all its faults, and they are neither few nor small, must be regarded as the alphabet of the nomenclature of the Foraminifera” +. D’Orbigny examined shore-sands from Madagascar, given to him by the geologist of La Rochelle, Fleuriau de Bellevue, from Mauritius (Ile de France), and similar material from other islands of that group, brought to him by MM. Quoy, Gaimard, and Gaudichaud, the scientific staff that accompanied de Freycinet on his journey round the world, and by M. Lesson, Doctor and Naturalist to the Expedition of Duperrey, all of whose names he * Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ Paris, vol. vii. 1826, pp. 96-169, 245-314, pls. x.—xvil. + Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1871, ser. 4, vol. viii. p. 145. VOL. XX.—ParRT xvul. No. 1.—November, 1915. 41 544 MESSRS. EH. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE has associated with species of doubtful specific value in many genera. It will therefore be not uninteresting to note those species recorded in the TMC. 1826 from those localities, which we have been able to identify from the Kerimba Archipelago. By the courtesy of Dr. Etienne Loppé (Curator of the Musée Fleuriau de Bellevue at La Rochelle) we have been permitted to examine the bottles of material from Mada- gascar and from Réunion (Ile de Bourbon) presented to that museum by d’Orbigny himself. These consist of pure gatherings of Amphistegina lessonti with a small admixture of Operculina complanata and its variety granulosa. ‘The varietal differences among the individuals in this material are so great that it is not surprising that d’Orbigny made five different species out of O. complanata (TMC. p. 281) and eight species out of A. lessonit, all the forms drawn by him for the ‘“‘ Planches inédites” being fully represented. ‘The latter were studied and diagnosed by Dr. Fornasini in a paper to which we have referred in dealing with the genus Amphistegina. 1. Pavonina jflabelliformis (Maur.), TMC. p. 260. no. 1. 2. Textularia communis (Maur.), TMC. p. 263. no. 27. A neat form of T. sagittula, Defrance, identified by Brady with d’Orbigny’s T. deperdita (O. 1846, FIV. pl. xiv. figs. 23-25). We have not found the types in Paris or La Rochelle*. ise) . Bulimina madagascariensis (Mad.), TMC. p. 270. no. 17. The types are not at present forthcoming, but the sketches for the unfinished “ Planche inédite ” show it to be Bulimina elegantissima, var. seminuda Terquem. 4. Rotalia communis (Mad.), TMC. p. 273. no. 29. The type in Paris appears to be Pulvi- nulina repanda (¥. & M.) + (ef. F. 1898, REI. p. 249, fig.). * Tt may be observed that the type-specimens of d’Orbigny’s ‘ Tableau Méthodique’ in Paris are mounted upon glass slips backed with blue paper and enclosed in small tubes, which in turn are fastened upon wooden slips, and are kept in drawers in the laboratory of the Director of the Musée de Paléontologie. They haye evidently been overhauled more than once, and perhaps many of the types have strayed away into the drawers containing the types of the Cuba, Canaries, 8. America, and Vienna collections. These we have not yet been able to examine. When therefore we say that the types are not forthcoming, the probability is that they are merely disarranged, and that when we can go through the entire collection we shall be able to restore many strayed TMC. types to their places in the cabinet. Thetypes or co-types at La Rochelle have been mounted in sealed slides by C. Basset, who described them in the 1885 vol. of the Société des Sciences Naturelles de la Charente Inférieure (pp. 153-173) with a poor photograph of the ‘‘ Modéles.” These slides are for the most part overgrown with mycelium and fungus. Several of the Paris types are also fungus-grown. As an “ offset” to the missing types we have noted no fewer than thirty-three species of various authors (including d’Orbigny) among the TMC. types, showing that a serious disarrangement has taken place. We grieve to record that the original tubes of d’Orbigny’s material, which were kept in the cellars of the Musée de Paléontologie, were flooded in the rising of the Seine in the year 1912 and many of the labels are lost. Fortunately, however, when Prof. Schlumberger went over the collection during his Directorate of the Musée, he put labels inside many of the bottles (including the Madagascar samples), and we owe it to him that the loss to science was not greater than it is. T (The parentheses around the names of authors placed after specific names in this paper are used in accordance with Article 23 of the International Rules of Nomenclature (Proc. 7th Int. Cong. Boston, 1907, p. 44, 1912).—Epiror. ] FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 545 Calcarina calcar (Mad. & Maur.), TMC. p. 276. no. 1=Rotalia calcar (d’Orb.). Calcarina quoyi (Maur.), TMC. p. 276. no. 6=Calcarina hispida Brady. . Calcarina gaimardii (Maur.), TMC. p. 276. no. 2=Calcarina spengleri (Linné) (cf. F. 1908, SON. pl. in. figs. 1, 2). 8. Globigerina globularis (Maur.), TMC. p. 277. no. 8. The Paris type is a large form of G. bulloides near G. conglobata Brady. 9. Truncatulina refulgens (Mad.), TMC. p. 279. no. 5. 10. Operculina madagascariensis (Mad.), TMC. p. 281. no. 4. No types found. The drawing on the finished “ Planche inédite”’ is indistinguishable from O. complanata, of which species all the d’Orbignyan types are represented at Kerimba. ll. Anomalina punctulata (Maur.), TMC. p. 282. no. 1. The Paris type is obscured, but is apparently a carinate shell which might be a Cristellarian, but the figure on the ‘‘ Planche inédite” is a beautiful pink test suggesting a regular individual of A. polymorpha Costa. 12. Polystomella angularis (Mad. & Maur.), TMC. p. 284. no. 2. The Paris type is typical P. craticulata (F. & M.), whilst the La Rochelle co-type is typical P. crispa (Linné). 13. Nonionina communis (Mad.), TMC. p. 294. no. 20. Both at Paris and La Rochelle the type-specimens are intermediate between N. boweana d’Orb. and N. turgida Williamson. 14. Quinqueloculina flavescens (Mad.), TMC. p. 302. no. 30. The type in Paris is intermediate between M. seminulum (Linné) and M. circularis (Bornemann). 15. Amphistegina lessonii (Maur.), TMC. p. 804. no. 8. See Introductory Note. 16. Amphistegina madagascariensis (Mad.), TMC. p. 304. no. 5. The Paris type is the high- ‘ domed plano-convex form, noted by us sub A. lessonit. The La Rochelle specimen is an unrecognisable balsam-mounted shell. Nt G> St Amphistegina gibba, TMC. p. 304. no. 6, is only recorded by d’Orbigny from the West Indies (see No. 459 a, p. 737). Of the other species recorded by d’Orbigny from Madagascar and Mauritius, Texrtularia marginata, TMC. p. 263. no. 17 (no types found) is a carinate form; Nonionina elyptica, TMC. p. 294. no. 16 (no types found) a semi-carinate NV. sceapha in the sketches for the unfinished ‘“ Planches inédites,” and Spheroidina bulloides, TMC. p. 267. no. 1, have not been identified by us in the Kerimba material *. As illustrative of the fact that the Rhizopodal fauna of the Kerimba Archipelago is probably representative of the shallow waters of the adjacent seas, including Madagascar, we may mention that a very small sample of material from Ngoney (Mad.) shallow-water—probably anchor-mud—which has come into our possession * We may say inthis place that it is our hope and intention in due course to reorganize the d’Orbigny type- specimens in Paris, and to complete as far as possible, and to publish with the co-operation of Prof. Marcelin Boule, Director of the Musée Paléontologique, the whole of the “‘ Planches inédites ” of d’Orbigny. Until this is done the great majority of d’Orbigny’s names in the TMC. 1826 remain nomina nuda. Very few students of the Foraminifera appear to have consulted the ‘‘ Planches inédites ” since they were left unfinished by d’Orbigny, aud many of his names have been applied to, and accepted for, species which differ essentially from his figures and from his type-specimens, AL By 546 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE yielded, on examination for purposes of comparison, practically all the distinctive forms of the Kerimba dredgings, among which we may call attention to the following :— Biloculina ringens, var. striolata Br. Spiroloculina crenata Karrer. Miliolina durrandii Mallett. Miliolina rupertiana Br. Articulina conico-articulata (Batsch). Textularia foliacea, sp. u. Bifarina mackinnonii, Millett. Pavonina flabelliformis d’Orb. Bulimina elegantissima, var. compressa Millett. Bolivina iimbata Br. (costate forms). Bolwina simpsont, sp. n. Sagrina tessellata Br. Sagrina striata Br. Discorbina reniformis, sp. n. Discorbina pulvinata Br. Discorbina valvulata, var. granulosa, var. n. Truncatulina glabra, sp. n. Truncatulina rostrata Br. Rotalia venusta Br. Rotalia murray?, sp. n. Rotalia erinacea, sp. n. Nonionina boueana d’Orb. Polystomella milletti, sp. n. We may perhaps be permitted to call attention to the mystery surrounding the curious form recorded by d’Orbigny from Mauritius as Rotalia dubia (YMC. p. 274. no. 34) which now comes to light again after a period of ninety years. In this respect its history is perhaps even more romantic than that of Pavonina flabelliformis (No. 181). When we first discovered the specimens at Stn. 11 we were unable to assign them to any definite position, although their rhizopodal nature was unquestionable. Sub- sequent research caused us to associate the forms with Fornasini’s published figure, representing d’Orbigny’s original sketch of a form to which he gave this name in the ‘Tableau Méthodique’ (d’O. 1826, TMC. p. 274. no. 34). Fornasini’s opinion was that the rhizopodal nature of d’Orbigny’s organism was more than doubtful, his opinion, however, being based entirely upon Berthelin’s tracing of d’Orbigny’s original sketch. We thereupon proceeded to verify Fornasini’s figure (F. 1908 SON. p. 46, pl. i. fig. 14), and to compare our specimens with the original type-specimen in Paris, and we had no hesitation in deciding that the two forms were identical, although d’Orbigny’s species is only represented by a single water-worn individual, whereas the Kerimba dredgings have furnished us with two or three distinct stages of growth. We have now also identified specimens of the organism from Cebu, Philippine Is. (45 fms.), and the Java Sea (50 fms.), so that it would appear to be widely distributed. ‘The exact affinities of the form are, however, still very obscure, and, pending further investigation andthe discovery of further specimens, we merely record it under d’Orbigny’s original name in our Table of Species and Varieties. It will almost certainly require the establishment of a new genus. We have also taken the opportunity afforded us by the generous invitation and encouragement of the Publication Committee of the Zoological Society, and the profusion of the species and varieties of the genus Peneroplis, to codrdinate the earliest FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. DAT records and to reduce to order the excessively bewildering nomenclature of the elongate types of this genus (see pp. 594 et seg.). The genus Rhaphidoscene Vaughan-Jennings is here recorded for the second time. List oF SPECLES AND VARIETIES RECORDED AS NEW TO SCIENCE IN THIS Part, 3. Nubecularia tubulosa. 5. oF lucifuga, var. decorata. 6 9 26. Miliolina cireularis, var. cribrostoma. 39} u tricarinata, var. serrata. ole 9 exsculpta. 66. a kerimbatica. 87. Massilina secans, var. reticulata. 88. ue 9 Var. rugosa. 107. Fischerina helix. Ill. Cornuspira charoides. 143. Hippocrepina oviformis. 170. Teatularia foliacea. UAL G ey conica, var. corrugata. 212. Virgulina schreibersiana, var. carinata. 228. Bolivina simpsoni. 229. Mimosina rimosa. 232. He echinata. 281. Lagena orbiqnyana, var. kerimbatica. 322. MSpheroidina corticata. 333. Spirillina semidecorata, 338. Cymbalopora milletti. 396. Discorbina valvulata, var. granulosa. 399. reniformis. 393. Truncatulina tubulifera. 390. 3 glabra. 425. Rotalia erinacea. 426. » murray. 457. Polystomella milletti. In Part I. 123. Iridia diaphana, gen. et sp. n. 465. Nouria polymorphinoides, gen. et sp. x. 465a. ,, harrisit, sp. n. 465 b. » compressa, Sp. 1. 548 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. HARLAND ON THE Family MILIOLID. Subfamily NuBECULARIINA. NUBECULARIA Defrance. 1. Nubecularia tibia Jones & Parker. Nubecularia tibia Jones & Parker, 1860, FCD. p. 455, pl. xx. figs. 48-51. af » Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 52, pl. viii. figs. 1, 2. 5 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 185, pl. i. figs. 1-4. os ,, Chapman, 1892, PCT. p. 516, pl. xv. fig. 1. bs » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 261, pl. v. fig. 3. 3 Stations. Single specimens attached to shell-fragments at Stns. 2a and 3 consisting of four or five chambers in a linear series, and a free specimen (imperfect) consisting of one chamber only at Stn. 7. This species appears to be particularly fragile, and is seldom found in the free condition except in fragments. When attached, and therefore less subject to fracture, it often attains considerable proportions; we have specimens from Torres Straits, attached to shell-fragments, attaining a length of 4-5 mm. 2. Nubecularia depressa Chapman. Nubecularia depressa Chapman, 1891, etc., GF. 1891, p. 572, pl. ix. fig. 1. 3 lucifuga Gough, 1906, FLL. p. 3, pl. i. figs. 1, 2. 5 depressa Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, Cl. p. 19, pl. i. figs. 1-3. 3 Stations. A few small but typical specimens attached to shell-fragments. 3. Nubecularia tubulosa, sp.n. (Pl. XL. figs. 1-5.) 4 Stations. Test attached, porcellanous, commencing with a small initial series of chambers arranged in milioline fashion, followed by a more or less compressed and irregularly branching tube of constant diameter extending to great lengths all over the surface of the host-organism, which at Kerimba is usually one of the calcareous alge. The marginal edges of the tube at the point of attachment to the host are often furnished with a carina so as to present a wider surface of attachment. This is especially the case in the earlier portion of the test. Aperture, usually a simple opening at the end of each branch of the tube, but in some instances the tube expands into a small depressed chamber, the terminal face of which is cribrate. ‘The tube sometimes passes directly across depressions in the surface of the host without attachment. Diameter of tube ‘03-05 mm. The species was found at Stns. 2 6, ?X, and 12, and, in greater quantity and finer than elsewhere, upon a shell-fragment, the precise locus of origin of which was unnoted. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 549 It may be compared with Sagenina frondescens Brady, but differs in the nature of its test, which is entirely porcellanous, in the comparatively limited number of branches thrown out from the main tube, and in the absence of inosculation. When the tubes cross each other in the course of their growth they preserve their separate entities, and do not fuse as in Sagenina. 4. Nubecularia lucifuga Defrance. Nubecularia lucifuga Defrauce, 1825, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Strasburg, 1816-1830), vol. xxxv. p. 210 ; Atlas Zooph. pl. xliv. fig. 3. ms » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 134, pl. i. figs. 9-16. 55 » Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1898, p. 261, pl. v. fig. 7. oe » Chapman, 1900, FLE. p. 168. ms » Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1904, p. 2, pl. ii. figs. 1-4. ne » Harland, 1905, FBS. p. 191, pl. xi. figs. 1-3, pl. xiv. fig. 2. 5 » Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 309; 1910, p. 404, pl. vi. figs. 1, 2. 12 Séations. Generally distributed, but never very abundant. The species occurs in all its count- less varieties both attached and free, but many of the free specimens show evidence of having lived in the attached condition. Among the variations noticeable the most constant is the plano-convex free form, exhibiting three or more chambers arranged in a discorbine spiral as figured by Sidebottom (RFD. 1904, pl. ii. figs. 1,2). This variety occurs at Stns. 1, 3, 4, and 7. Another, vertebraline, variety similar to Sidebottom’s figs. 3 and 4 occurs at Stn. 9—it is feebly striate. At Stn. 4 a detached form was observed with a number of chambers in an irregular linear series. At Stn. 7 the discorbine variety occurs also with a pustulate surface. At Stn. 10 all the specimens were of the normal labyrinthic type. At Stn. 12 the specimens were attached, and pustulate on the surface. 5. Nubecularia lucituga, var. decorata, nov. (Pl. XL. figs. 6, 7.) 4 Stations. Test free or attached, consisting of a number of turgid chambers irregularly disposed in a more or less linear series. One or more apertures on the terminal chamber, sometimes compressed into a slit-like mouth. The surface of the shell is typically milioline, sometimes dull, occasionally highly polished, free from inclusions of sand- erains or foreign matter, and covered with an ornamentation consisting of pustular beads which at times coalesce into irregular verriculations or net-work. In rare instances the surface of the shell is irregularly costate. ‘Chis handsome variety is rare at Kerimba, where it occurs in the free and attached forms at Stns. 9, 12, ? X, and on the unlocalised shell-fragment before alluded to. It is widely distributed, as we have 550 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE records of its occurrence off Barbados (100 fms.), off Cape Byron, N. S. Wales (111 fms., costate), and off the coast of New Zealand, North Island (various depths). The specimens range between 0°5 and 1:6 mm. in length. Greatest diameter of chamber 0-6 mm. 6. Nubecularia divaricata Brady. Sagrina divaricata Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879. p. 276, pl. viii. figs. 22-24. Nubecularia divaricata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 136, pl. Ixxvi. figs. 11-15. s ae Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1898, p. 261, pl. v. fig. 4. ‘1 a Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 168, p!. xix. fig. 1. 3 st Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1904, p. 2, pl. 11. figs. 5-7. 2 Stations. Occurs very rarely, both free and attached to shell-fragments. 7. Nubecularia bradyi Millett. (Pl. XL. figs. 8-10.) Nubecularia inflata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 135, pl. i. figs. 5-8. a bradyi (nom. nov.) Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1898, p. 261, pl. v. fig. 6. a », Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 169, pl xix. fig. 3. 35 » Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1904, p. 3. 55 » Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 300. 16 Stations. This typical tropical form occurs at nearly all the Stns. and often in great prefusion, but is absent at Stn. 18, and extremely rare at Stns. 5,7, and 10. The specimens call for little remark; they are quite typical and constant in their irregularity of form and in the characteristic multi-tubular aperture. They attain abnormally large dimensions at Stns. 3 and 9. Under this species it would seem convenient to record those abnormal nubecularine miliolids, some of which we figure (Plate XL. figs. 8-10), which, while no doubt phylo- genetically akin to Jdiliolina labiosa (d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 178, pl. x. figs. 12-14), present no definite plan of growth. ‘They occur in considerable numbers at Stns. 12 and ?X. They are easily separable from the typical WV. bradyi by the character of the aperture, which is in nearly all cases a comparatively large and irregular terminal orifice. Subfamily MILIOLININ A. Binocutina d’Orbigny. 8. Biloculina ringens (Lamarck). Miliolites ringens Lamarck, 1804, etc., AM. vol. v. p. 351. no. 1, vol. ix. pl. xvil. fig. 1; Lamarck, 1816, etc., ASV. vol. vii. p.612; 1835, etc., vol. xi. p. 289. no. 1. Biloculina ringens V@Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 297. no. 2. 3 canariensis VOrbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 139, pl. it. figs. 10-12. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 551 Biloculina ringens Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 79, pl. vi. figs. 169, 170, pl. vii. fig. 71. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 142, pl. ii. figs. 7, 8. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 220, pl. i. figs. 7-9. Chapman, 1900, FLE. p. 170. ” ” 39 39 4 Stations. One small and elongate specimen was found at Stn. 1, evidently closely allied to the var. s¢riolata Brady (which occurs rather more abundantly in the dredgings), but quite free from superficial markings. Also a few small and normal specimens elsewhere. 9. Biloculina ringens, var. denticulata, Brady. (Pl. XL. figs. 11-13.) Biloculina alata @’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 298. no. 6. ringens, var. denticulata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 148, pl. ili. figs. 4, 5. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1898, p. 262. Fornasini, 1899, La “ Biloculina alata” di A. D. d’Orbigny, Riv. Ital. di Paleont. Anno v. p. 28, figs. 39 29 re) ” 99 er) be) 8 Stations. Generally distributed and common at some Stns., notably Stns. 6, 11, and 12. ‘This well-marked type, which is a typical coral-sand species, is certainly the dominant Biloculina of the Kerimba dredgings, growing to a considerable size and often strongly marked in its characteristic aboral denticulations. At some of the Stns., notably 6 and 12, a few of the specimens are faintly striate, thus combining the particular features of this variety and of var. striolata Brady. At Stn.?B some of the individuals have a wrinkled surface. At Stns. 9 and 12 there is a dehiscent tendency, the ultimate and penultimate chambers separating and forming a distinct groove round the shell. 10. Biloculina ringens, var. striolata Brady. Biloculina ringens, var. striolata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 148, pl. iii. figs. 7, 8. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 262, pl. v. fig. 8. >» >» » 2 Stations. Extremely rare; of the few specimens found, the most noticeable were at Stn. 11, where the ultimate and penultimate chambers are separated by a deep cleft down the sides of the shell. 11. Biloculina bulloides d’Orbigny. Biloculina bulloides d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 297. no. 1, pl. xvi. figs. 1-4, Modeéle no. 90. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 142, pl. 11. figs. 5, 6. Schlumberger, 1887, Note sur les Biloculina bulloides d’Orb. et Biloculina ringens Lam. Bull. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 3, vol. xv. pp. 573-584, pl. xv. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 217, pl. i. figs. 16-18. Millett, 1898, etce., FM. 1898, p. 263. Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, Cl. p. 21. 2 Stations. Occurs very rarely, but small and typical examples were found. VOL. XX.—PART xvil. No. 2.— November, 1915. 4k jon MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 12..Biloculina elongata d’Orbigny. Biloculina elongata d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 298. no. 4. Miliola (Biloculina) elymgata Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 409, pl. xvii. figs. 88, 90, 91. Biloculina elongata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 144, pl. ii. fig. 9. Schlumberger, 1891, BGF. p. 561, figs. 35, 36, pls. xi. & xii. figs. 87-89. si 3 Egger, 1893, IG. p. 220, pl. i. figs. 1-3. 5s a Fornasini, 1908, SON. p. 47, pl. ui. figs. 10, 11. cs “ Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 22, pl. 1. fig. 4. 3 Stations. Very sparingly distributed. At Stn. 7 the only individual observed was large and microspheric. At the other Stus. they were small and megalospherie. SprroLocuLina d’Orbigny. 13. Spiroloculina nitida d’Orbigny. Spiroloculina nitida VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 298. no. 4. es rotunda d’Orbigny, ibid. p. 299. no. 14. us nitida Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1871, p. 248, pl. vii. fig. 24. a » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 149, pl. ix. figs. 9, 10. oe complanata Kgger, 1893, FG. p. 225, pl. ul. figs. 7, 8. . nitida Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895, p. 112, pl. v. fig. 3, and text-fig. 6. is » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 265, pl. v. figs. 9-13. 8 Stations. Generally distributed, but never abundant. Most of the specimens are of the typical elongate form, the best being at Stn. 9. At Stns. 2 and 6 specimens passing into S. limbata d’Orbigny were found. At Stn. 7 the agglutinate type occurs. 14. Spiroloculina grata Terquem. Spiroloculina grata Terquem, 1878, FIR. p. 55, pl. v. figs. 14.a-15 0. 5 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 155, pl. x. figs. 16, 17, 22, 238. nitida W’Orbigny (striate var.) ; Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 266. grata Egger, 1893, FG. p. 224, pl. i. fig. 39. Pe » Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 171. Heron-Allen & Harland, 1915, CI. p. 24, pl. 1. fig. 7. 39 ” » 14 Stations. Generally distributed, especially at the southern Stns., and often abundant. Terquem’s specific name is used to designate sulcate Spiroloculine of many different types. At Kerimba, as elsewhere, most of the specimens are referable to sulcate or striate forms of the simple type S. nitida, but at several Stns., especially Stns. 10 and 12, many specimens might equally well have been treated as sulcate varieties of S. excavata and S. planulata. At other Stns., notably Stns. 1, 9, and 11, specimens were common in which the sutural lines were so deeply excavate that the shell was FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 503 perforated at its two extremities, as shown in Brady’s figs. 16, 17, a feature which is more commonly observed in the species S. acutimargo. At Stn. 11 the coste in a few specimens were produced into broad ribs. In many of the Kerimba specimens the cost are obliquely set or even undose: this variety passes gradually into S. foveolata. 15. Spiroloculina foveolata Egger. Spiroloculina foveolata Egger, 1893, FG. p. 224, pl. 1. figs. 33, 34. a nitida (reticulate variety) Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 266. fe foveolata Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 311, pl. xv. fig. 2. i nitida, var. foveolata Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 171, pl. xix. fig. 4. 7 Stations. Typical specimens are rare in the dredgings, but occur occasionally at many Stns. There is a great range in the nature of their markings, some being regularly reti- culate, while others are, in strictness, merely specimens of S. grata in which adjacent sulci have beeome fused together at irregular intervals. 16. Spiroloculina limbata d’Orbigny. (Pl. XL. figs. 14-17.) “ Frumentaria Sigma et Rhombos” Soldani, 1798, Testaceographia, vol. ii. p. 54, pl. xix. fig. m. Spiroloculina limbata VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 299. no. 12. ie » Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF’. 1871, p. 248, pl. viui. fig. 22. -, excavata Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MIC. 1895, p. 107. 13 Stations. The Soldanian figure selected by d’Orbigny as the type of his species S. limbata represents an excavate Spiroloculina of a particularly well-marked type, which is one of the characteristic forms of the Kerimba dredgings. Regularly oval in shape, with a short produced neck, and bilaterally concave in section, it consists of four to six pairs of inflated chambers with excavate sutural lines. The peripheral edges are highly convex, the highest point of each chamber being on its inner edge, where it dips sharply down into the sutural depression between the two chambers. Occasionally the chambers are rounder in section, so that a sectional view of the shell shows a series of rounded curves. This round-chambered form represents the transition towards S. nitida; d’Orbigny’s species S. imbata may, in fact, be regarded as intermediate between his S. excavata and his S. nitida. ‘The surface of the test in the Kerimba specimens is always rather rough and unpolished. S&S. dimbata occurs at most Stns., generally in considerable numbers, the best being at Stn. 12. At Stns. 2a, 6, and 7 it passes gradually into S. nitéda. At Stn. 13 it passes gradually into S. excavata by the flattening of the peripheral margins. Specimens range between ‘7 and 1:1 mm. in length, ‘0-1:0 mm. in breadth, and *3—0 mm. in thickness of final chamber. Ake 504 MESSRS, E. HERON-ALLEN AND A, EARLAND ON THE 17. Spiroloculina excavata d’Orbigny. Spiroloculina excavata VOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 271, pl. xvi. figs. 19-21. Brady, 1865, REND. p. 93, pl. xii. fig. 1. BS 55 Terquem, 1875, etc., APD. 1875, p. 38, pl. v. fig. 17. angulosa Terquem, 1878, FIR. p. 53, pl. x. (v.) fig. 7. eacavata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 151, pl. ix. figs. 5, 6. Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895, p. 106, pl. v. fig. 2, and text-fig. 2. Schlumberger, 1893, MGM. p. 59, pl. iii. fig. 68 and text-fig. 1. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 310; 1910, p. 404, pl. vi. fig. 3. a9 a) bPd a) 16 Stations. Universally distributed and often abundant. There is an extraordinary range of variation in the Kerimba specimens. The typical S. excavata has a nearly flat peripheral edge, but the bulk of our specimens are very rounded, resembling in this respect the specimens figured by Terquem under the name S. angulosa dOrbigny. ‘Terquem’s specimens represent a typical S. eacavata, and, according to Fornasini, with whom we agree (F. 1904, SOF. p. 5, pl. i. fig. 8), differ considerably from the “‘Planche inédite” of d’Orbigny’s 8. angulosa. This round-edged variety occurs at many Stns. At Stn. 7 specimens intermediate between S. excavata and S. limbata @’Orbigny occur. At Stn. 11 a specimen was found with a sub-arenaceous investment. Feebly costate individuals occur at many Stns., notably at Stn. 3, and at Stns. ?X and 13, where the peripheral edges were marked by many secondary keels; such specimens may be compared with the S. dicarinata and tricarinata of the “ Planches inédites” (F. 1904, SOF. p. 4, pl. i. figs. 4, 5) and the S. ornata of Cuba (d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 167, pl. xii. figs. 7,7@). At Stn. 11 a typically square-edged specimen with strongly reticulate or foveolate markings was found. 18. Spiroloculina impressa Terquem. Spiroloculina impressa Terquem, 1878, FIR. p. 52, pl. v. (x.) fig. 8. i a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 151, pl. x. figs. 8, 4. K » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 264. 5 Stations. Very poorly represented, and none of the specimens very typical except at Stn. 1. Terquem’s species may be described as an elongate type of S. excavata with rounded periphery and limbate sutural lines. 19. Spiroloculina dorsata Reuss. Spiroloculina limbata Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p. 348, pl. xix. fig. 1. depressa Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 82, pl. vii. fig. 177; var. rotundata, ibid. fig. 178 ; and var. cymbium, ibid. fig. 179. Miliola (Spiroloculina) limbata Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF, p. 409, pl. xvii. fig. 83. 9 FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 559 Spiroloculina dorsata Reuss, 1870, FSP. p. 464; von Schlicht, 1870, FSP. p. 97, pl. xxvii. figs. 24-82. depressa Terquem, 1875, ete., APD. 1875, p. 38, pl. v. fig. 18. linbata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 150, pl. ix. figs. 15-17. dorsata Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895, p. 110, text-figs. 4 & 8. eb) 7 Stations. This species, in which the sutural lines are strongly limbate, is poorly represented in the dredgings, very few typical specimens being obtained, the best at Stn, 10. At Stn. 11 individuals passing into S. limbata d’Orbigny were found. At Stn. 1 specimens occur of an elongate type resembling Williamson’s S. depressa, var. cymbium (ut supra). The synonymy of this species is unfortunately very confusing. As already explained (under S. limbata), @Orbigny’s species of that name is based on a somewhat uncommon type figured by Soldani, which does not really deserve the characteristic description conveyed by its specific name, but is an inflated type midway between S. nitida and S. excavata. Bornemann (ut supra) figured a planulate form with strongly limbate sutures under the same specific name as d’Orbigny. Bornemann’s type being of wide distribution, his specific name was used for many years in defiance of the laws of priority, as may be seen in the above synonymy. Reuss (ut supra) figured a similar planulate form under the name dorsata, and, as Bornemann’s name lapses under the rules of priority, Reuss’s name must take its place. 20. Spiroloculina planulata (Lamarck). Miliolites planulata Lamarck, 1804, AM. p. 852. no. 4; Lamarck, 1816, ete., ASV. vol. vii. p. 6138. no. 4. Spiroloculina depressa @’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 298. no. 1, Modéle no. 92%. 3 badenensis @ Orbiguy, 1846, FFV. p. 270, pl. xvi. figs. 18-15. 3 planulata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 148, pl. ix. fig. 11. % . Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 107, pl. xviii. fig. 836. Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895, p. 103, pl. i. figs. 37, 38, woodcut fig. 1. 29 a 12 Stations. Generally distributed and often abundant, but good typical specimens of the flat parallel-faced type resembling the S. depressa of d’Orbigny are not very abundant. ‘The tendency is to pass into excavate forms such as S. angulosa d’Orbigny (q. v. sub S. eacavata, No. 17). There is also a marked tendency at certain Stns. (especially 1, 4,7, 9, and 12) to develop surface-markings varying from a few scattered and irregular coste to a generally irregular costation comparable with Terquem’s 5. costigera * D’Orbigny has identified Modéle no. 92 with his no. 2 (p. 298), S. perforata. This appears to be a misprint, the correct reference of the Modéle being to no. 1, S. depressa, which =S. planulata (see P. J. & B. 1859, etc. NF. 1865, p. 33). 556 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE (T. 1882, FEP. p. 159, pl. xvi. (xxiv.) fig. 24). At Stns. 1 and 2 abnormal specimens were found in which the axis of growth changed radically at an intermediate stage, proceeding at a right angle to the original plane. 21. Spiroloculina planissima (Lamarck). (PI. XLI. figs. 1-5.) Miliolites planulata, var. planissima Lamarck, 1816, ete., ASV. 1822, p. 613. no. 4c. » Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NE. 1860, p. 470, no. 25. Spr plbeuint planulata Tans, Parker, & Brady, 1866, ete., MFC. ee pp. 103, 104. Be compressiuscula Karrer, 1867, FO. p. 28, pl. ii. fig. 4 is tenuirostra Karrer, ibid. fig. 5 BS planissima Wiesner, 1912, AM. p. 209. 9 Stations. Lamarck divides his species Miholites planulata into three forms (a, 6, and c)—the first (a) being typical S. planulata, the second (6) apparently S. nitida, the third (¢) var. planissima described as ‘‘margine carinata.’ This description, short as it is, seems quite sufficient to identify the form with a type which is abundant in many of the Kerimba dredgings, and which we now figure. ‘The shell is of a normal planulata type, with, in the young specimens, a sharp marginal keel to both of the peripheral chambers. With an increase in size the final chamber tends to become bicarinate, thus passing into the normal S. planulata. This bicarination of the final chamber is easily traced in our specimens by a number of examples, of which we figure one in which the second carina extends over only half the length of the shell. ‘This second carina begins sometimes at the oral and sometimes at the aboral end of the shell. The texture is porcellanous, but seldom highly polished. The form may in its extreme tenuity be compared with the S. compressiuscula of Karrer (ut supra), which, however, differs in having a rounded edge to the peripheral chambers, and with the same author’s S. tenuirostra (ut supra), which has a sharp edge but involute chambers, and is thicker at the middle of the shell than at the periphery. The S. papyracea of Burrows, Sherborn, and Bailey (B.S. & B. 1890, RC. p. 581, pl. vill. fig. 1) is a similarly compressed form and apparently identical with Karrer’s 8. compressiuscula. The type is not very generally distributed, but occurs in considerable numbers at some Stns., especially at Stns. 5 & 9. Specimens average 1:0-1:7 mm. in length, ‘5-1-0 mm. in breadth, and ‘1-2 mm. in thickness. 22. Spiroloculina tenuis (Czjzek). Quinqueloculina tenuis Cajzek, 1848, FWB. p. 149, pl. xiii. figs. 81-34. 5» Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 385, oe v. (l.) fig. 8 Srinolacdlin a tenuis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 152, pl. x. figs. 7-11 (References). Mitiolina tenuis Brady, 1887, SBRE. p. 882. Spiroloculina tenuis Hgger. 1893, FG. p. 222, pl. 1. figs. 46, 47. Hh » Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 310. (ox oO ~I FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. d Stations. This beautiful little species occurs very sparingly at a few Stns., but the specimens are very characteristic. At Stn. 3 a specimen was observed presenting the peculiar sigmoid curve and compressed form characteristic of the species, but with a finely striate test. 2a. Spiroloculina acutimargo Brady. Spiroloculina acutimargo Brady, 1884, FC. p. 154, pl. x. figs. 12-15. Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 323, fig. 1 a-c. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 222, pl. i. figs. 26-28. Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 24, pl. i. fig. 8. 3? a9 ob) oP) a9 Ee) 1 Station. A very finely-developed specimen at Stn. 11, exhibiting the characteristic lacune at the extremities of the chambers. 23. Spiroloculina crenata Karrer. (Pl. XLI. figs. 6-8.) Spiroloculina crenata Karrer, 1868, MKB. p. 135, pl. i. fig. 9 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 156, pl. x. figs. 24-26. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 225, pl. i. figs. 42, 43. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 265. oP) 3) EP) 39 ”? a” 9 Stations. Generally distributed, but never abundant except at Stn. 6. Nearly all the specimens found represent the milioline form of the shell, spiroloculine specimens occurring at a few Stns. only, and in very small numbers. It is noticeable that the milioline form, which we figure, is always very much larger than the spiroloculine, which, at Kerimba, is always very small. This would appear to show that the two forms represent the dimorphic conditions of the species. If so, it is probable that the milioline form, which is presumably microspheric, never assumes a spiroloculine condition. Miniouina Williamson. (Group of WM. circularis.) 24, Miliolina circularis (Bornemann), Triloculina circularis Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p. 349, pl. xix. fig. 4. 3 Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895, p. 121, pl. v. fig. 4 Manelne circularis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 169, pl. iv. fig. 3, pl. v. figs. 13, 14:(?). Egger, 1893, FG. p. 235, pl. i. figs. 61-63. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 499, pl. xi. figs. 1-3. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 26. Be) 2 16 Stations. Almost universally distributed and often abundant, presenting as usual great range of variation from Bornemann’s neat original type into outspreading forms linkine 2 fo) oD 508 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE the species with JZ. subrotunda. Biloculine, triloculine, and quinqueloculine specimens occur. As Millett has pointed out (wé supra), the biloculine form is the Biloculina ventruosa of Reuss (R. 1867, FSW. p. 69, pl. i. fig. 9), whilst the quinqueloculine form is hardly distinguishable from JM. subrotunda (Montagu). He also identifies the species with Zriloculina enoplostoma, var. gramimostomum Reuss (op. cit. p. 72, pl. il. fig. 5). 25. Miliolina circularis, var. sublineata Brady. (Pl. XLI. figs. 9-11.) Milolina circularis, var. sublineata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 169, pl. iv. fig. 7. Millett, 1898, etc., MFM. 1898, p. 501, pl. xi. fig. 4. Egger, 1893, IG. p. 237, pl. 1. figs. 78, 79. 53 53 Ab Heron-Allen & Harland, 1918, CI. p. 26. 10 Stations. Generally distributed and often very abundant, especially a large thick-shelled type with coarse sulci, not always extending over the whole shell, recalling J/. seminuda (Reuss). Specimens with cribrate apertures were found at Stns. 6, 10, and ? A, all belonging to a small thin-shelled type closely resembling Millett’s figure (wé supra) except in their small size as compared with the normal specimens. Millett states that his cribrate specimens considerably exceeded in size the specimens of JZ. circularis with which they were associated. 96. Miliolina circularis, var. cribrostoma, nov. (Pl. XLI. figs. 12-16.) 3 Stations. At three Stns. specimens of a Miliolid of the circularis type, but having a large and projecting cribrate aperture, were found. ‘They are all of a very inflated triloculine type, and the cribrate shell-mass closing the aperture forms an inflated cushion projecting from the top of the shell and extending down the sutural lines on both faces of the test as far as the point of intersection of the chambers. Millett figures a somewhat similar but more regular type of aperture as JZ. circularis, var. sublineata (M. 1598, etc., FM. 1898, p. 501, pl. x1. fig. 4). Cribrate apertures are of rare occurrence in the recent Milioline, but of more frequent occurrence in fossil species. Munier-Chalmas and Schlumberger have dealt at some length with the fossil forms (Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 1885 and 1905). They attribute a structural importance to this character of aperture which does not appear to be borne out by more general research. It seems probable that the cribrate aperture may be assumed at times by many species which do not invariably present it (vide sub No. 25). Among species characterised by this pronounced form of aperture are Q. fabularoides Karrer and Miliolina alveoliniformis Brady. Compare also Massilina alveoliniformis Millett (post No. 90). The length and breadth of the specimens are about equal, averaging -3—"4 mm. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 009 27. Miliolina valvularis (Reuss). Triloculina valvularis Reuss, 1851, FSUB. p. 85, pl. vii. fig. 56. Miliolina valvularis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 161, pl. iv. figs. 4, 5. Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 115, pl. xxii. fig. 871. Millett, 1898, etce., FM. 1898, p. 501, pl. xi. figs. 5-7. Flint, 1899, RIA. p. 299, pl. xliv. fig. 5. Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 172. ” 2) 4. Stations. Sparingly distributed, but fairly abundant, especially at Stn.?X. The shells are all thin-walled and very variable, biloculine, triloculine, and quinqueloculine speci- mens all occurring, the triloculine being the most abundant. 28. Miliolina dilatata (d’Orbigny). Quinqueloculina dilatata d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 192, pl. xi. figs. 28-30. Schlumberger, 1898, MGM. p. 75, text-figs. 29, 30, pl. iu. figs. 70-74, pl. iv. figs. 87-90. Miliolina dilatata Wiesner, 1912, AM. p. 231. 3 Stations. Good examples of this compressed form of IM. subrotunda occur at Stns. 2 6, 8, and ?X, in company with the type. In material containing such wide variations of the type-species, it appears to be desirable, for purposes of taxonomy, to separate such 3) 33 a distinctive form. 29. Miliolina labiosa (d’Orbigny). Triloculina labiosa d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 178, pl. x. figs. 12-14. Miliolina labiosa Brady, 1884, FC. p. 170, pl. vi. figs. 8-5. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 502, pl. xi. figs. 8, 9. Flint, 1899, RPA. p- 299, pl. xlv. fig. 3 Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 173. Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1904, p. 10. 12 Stations. Generally distributed and often fairly abundant. As usual, the specimens are very variable, often only separable from Nubecularia bradyi Millett, by the character of their aperture. The best specimens were at Stns. 8, 9, 12, and? X. 30. Miliolina subrotunda (Montagu). Vermiculum subrotundum Montagu, 1803, TB. pt. 2, p. 521. Aleta 1822, OSGV. p. 565, pl. xv. Quineueloeule ne Babe otunda d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 302, no. 36. Miliola (Quinqueloculina) subrotunda paeer & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 411, pl. xv. fig. 38 a, b (28 a & 6 on plate). Miliolina subrotunda Brady, 1884, FC. p. 168, pl. v. figs. 10, 11. Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MCF. 1895, p. 120, text-fig. 9 “a = Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 109, pl. xix. figs. 846, 847. VOL. XX.—PART XvII. No. 3.— November, 1915. Ai, 3” 39 560 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 16 Stations. Universally distributed, but never abundant. Good and typical specimens at Stns. 7, 9, 13, and ?X. At the other Stns. the specimens are, as a rule, weak, passing into the allied forms MW. valvularis (Reuss) and MW. dilatata (d@ Orbigny). 31. Miliolina seminuda (Reuss). Quingueloculina seminuda Reuss, 1866, FABS. p. 125, pl. i. fig. 11. 6 Marnayuenn, 1878, FIR. p. 76, pl. ix. (xiv.) fig. 8. Matcolina subrotunda (Montagu), var., Wright, 1885-6, BLP. p. 319, pl. xxvi. fig. 5. 3 seminuda Harland, 1905, FBS. p. 195. a Bn Heron caller & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 27. 6 Stations. Poorly represented and none of the specimens very typical, most of them being nearer to M. circularis and M. rotunda than to the subrotuada group. Some con- fusion has arisen in the synonymy of the species, owing to the fact that Terquem claimed its authorship in 1878, ignoring Reuss’s earlier figure and description. 32(a). Miliolina webbiana (d‘Orbigny). Triloculina webbiana V’Orbiguy, 1839, FIC. p. 140, pl. iti. figs. 18-15. Miliolina fichteliana Brady, 1884, SC. p. 169, pl. iv. tig. 9. Quingueloculina suborbicularis Schlumberger, 1893, MGM. p. 73, pl. ii. figs. 63, 64, pl. iil. fig. 67, text-figs. 26-28, Miliolina suborbicularis Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 502, pl. xi. fig. 13. 33(5). Miliolina fichteliana, (a’Orbigny). Triloculina fichteliana V’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 171, pl. ix. figs. 8-10. 34(c). Miliolina suborbicularis (dOrbigny). Triloculina suborbicularis d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 300. no. 12. 3 WOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 177, pl. x. figs. 9-11. Miliolina suborbicularis Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, ete., SB. 1911, p. 304. 10 Stations. These three species, all described and figured in the same year by d’Orbigny, are so closely related that the question of their specific separation can only be entertained for purposes of taxonomy and convenience when dealing with material which contains all three types in considerable quantities. Taking J. webbiana as the strongest and most characteristic form, it may briefly be described as a sulcate form of MW. subrotunda. M. fichteliana is characterised by much more turgid chambers and feebler striation, nearer, in fact, to MW. cireularis. M. suborbicularis is, as it were, midway between the two, but very faintly striate, the chambers being but slightly turgid and markedly embracing. The synonymy of the FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. ob61 three species, as might be expected, becomes highly involved when the figures of different authors are compared with the original type. Schlumberger’s figures of M. suborbicularis are typical MW. webbiana. Millett’s M. suborbicularis is M. webbiana as regards the coarseness of its striation, while nearer dOrbigny’s type in the embracing character of the chambers. All three types occur at Kerimba, but J/. webdiana is by far the most abundant, as in our experience it is elsewhere. This species is generally distributed, but the number of specimens at any particular Stn. is never large; it is best and most, abundant at Stn. 11. J. fichteliana is extremely limited, but is the sole representative of the group at Stns.?B and 13, and is well developed and moderately abundant at Stn. 2X, where the other forms are rare and poor. JZ. suborbicularis is extremely rare, but typical specimens were found at a few Stns. With regard to the reference to Schlumberger, 1893, MGM., supra, the author, in referring his specimens to Quingueloculina suborbicularis, on account of their presenting five visible chambers instead of the three represented in d’Orbigny’s type, Zréloculina suborbicularis, appears to have overlooked the fact that d’Orbigny had already utilized this specific name for an entirely different quinqueloculine miliolid Quinqueloculina suborbicularis (TMC. p. 302, no. 29), which is a smooth-shelled form, apparently in no way related to the triloculine striate form. An inspection of the types both at La Rochelle and in Paris entirely bears this out. (Group of I. trigonula.) 35. Miliolina trigonula (Lamarck). Miliolites trigonula Lamarck, 1804, etc., AM. 1804, vol. v. p. 351. no. 3. 56 Lamarck, 1816, ete., ASV. vol. vii. p. 612 ; 1835, etc. vol. xi. p. 290. no. 3. Taagewiine trigonula d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p- 299. no. 1, pl. xvi. figs. 5-9, Modéle no. 93. Miliolina trigonula Williamson, 1858, RFGB, p. 84, pl. vii. figs. 180-182. > 5 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 164, pl. 111. figs. 14-16. is - Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 115, pl. xxii. fig. 870. 17 Stations. Universally distributed, and at most Stns. showing considerable variation, the species running imperceptibly into WM. tricarinata. The difficulty of separating the two forms is greatest at those Stns. (e. g., 5, 6, 7, 10, and 12) where the species reaches its maximum development in size, the young ee in both species being, as a rule, more typical than the larger ones. At Stns. 2, 3, and 13 the species exhibits a dehiscent tendency, very marked in occasional specimens, in which the final chambers are separated by deep grooves from the earlier ones, suggesting the Triloculina plicata of Terquem (T. 1878, FIR. p. 61, pl. vi. (x1.) fig. 2). At Stns. 1, 8, and 9 specimens irregularly sulcate in the neighbourhood of the aboral extremity of the final chamber occurred. At Stn. 13, where the species was very variable, 42 562 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE specimens near 7. mariont Schlumberger (S. 1893, MGM. p. 62, pl. i. figs. 38-41, text-figs. 7, 8) were seen, and also a single specimen resembling MW. rotunda in the character of its aperture. Specimens referable to 7. gibba d’Orbigny (dO. 1546, FFV. p. 274, pl. xvi. figs. 22-24) occurred at many Stns. At Stn. 9 a specimen in which the final chamber divided into two, each furnished with a normal aperture side by side at the same extremity of the shell, was found. 36. Miliolina insignis Brady. Miliolina insignis Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 45. 5 > Brady, 1884, FC. p. 165, pl. iv. figs. 8, 10. % » Wright, 1885-6, BLP. p. 319, pl. xxvi. fig. 4. 4 Stations. Occurs at a few Stns. only, the best at Stn. 11. All the Kerimba specimens belong to a somewhat inflated type, with a more elongated axis than is shown in Brady’s figure. 37. Miliolina tricarinata (d’Orbigny). Triloculina tricarinata @’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 299, no. 7, Modéle no. 94. Cruciloculina triangularis V@Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 72, pl. ix. figs. 11, 12. Triloculina tricarinata Brady, 1864, RIS: p. 466, pl. xlviii. fig. 3. Miliolina tricarinata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 165, pl. ii. fig, 17. a (Triloculina) tricarinata Egger, 1898, FG. p. 234, pl. ii. figs. 85-37. 55 tricarinata Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 114, pl. xxi. figs. 866-869. D) ? Chapman, 1907, TEV. p. 18, pl. 11. fig. 31. 15 Stations. Generally distributed, but, on the whole, less abundant than the allied species M. trigonula. 'Two very distinct forms occur in the material, not usually at the same Stns. : (1.) the typical MW. tricarinata, characterised by a somewhat long shell with acute marginal edges, resembling d’Orbigny’s model (wt supra) and his species T. angularis (VO, 1826, TMC. p..299, no. 6), occurs abundantly and of very fine dimensions at Stns. 11 and 12, less frequently at Stns. 5 and 6, and rarely at Stns. 2a and 7; (ii.) a shorter, broader form with rounded marginal keels as figured by Chapman (wé supra), and generally attaining a larger size than the typical M. tricarinata, is much more generally distributed, but does not occur at all at Stns. ll and 12. At Stn. 2@ a single individual of the elongate type was observed with rounded keels. The short round-edged type, at all Stns. where it occurs, has a tendency to pass imperceptibly into MZ. trigonula. 38. Miliolina tricarinata, var. plicata (Terquem). (PI. XLI. figs. 17-22.) Triloculina plicata Terquem, 1878, FIR. p. 61, pl. vi. («1.) fig. 2. 13 Stations. ae At nearly all the Stns. I. tricarinata shows a tendency to separation of the later FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 563 chambers, which in the most advanced cases (especially at Stns. 2@ and 4) are separated from their predecessors by deep sutural clefts. Such specimens may, for purposes of classification, be separated under the name of ‘Terquem’s species; they probably represent a passage-form between MV. tricarinata and M. contorta. ‘Karrer’s Triloculina intermedia (IK. 1868, MFKB. p. 138, pl. i. fig. 11) represents this dehiscent form in a less advanced degree, as also does Costa’s figure of Triloculina decipiens Reuss (C. 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, pl. xxiv. figs. 13 & 16), which, however, differs greatly from the original figure of that species as given by Reuss (R. 1849-50, FOT. p- 382, pl. iv. (xlix.) fig. 8). 39. Miliolina tricarinata, var. serrata, nov. (Pl. XLI. figs. 23-25.) 2 Stations. At Stns. 7 and ?X a few specimens were found of a very beautiful little variety (which we figure), in which the marginal edges of the chambers were furnished with regular serrate processes. ‘They represent a somewhat dehiscent type of MW. tricarinata, in which four chambers are exposed round the circumference of the test. Somewhat similar forms are figured by Brady, Parker, & Jones (B. P. & J. 1888, AB. p. 215, pl. xl. fig. 83) under the name JM. excisa, and by Millett (M. 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 607, pl. xi. fig. 4), but these specimens are quinqueloculine instead of triloculine as are Ours. Length averages -25—35 mm., breadth ‘18-25 mm. 40. Miliolina terquemiana Brady. (Pl. XLI. figs. 26-31.) Miliolina terquemiana Brady, 1884, FC. p. 166, pl. exiv. fig. 1. tricarinata (striate var.)=M. terquemiana Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 503, pl. xi. figs. 10, 11. 35 oo var. terquemiana Chapman, 1900, PLF. p. 174. 7H terquemiana Dakin, 1906, FC. p. 280, pl. figs. 9, 10. » 5 Stations. Scantily represented, most abundant at Stn. 1. ‘This is only a sulcate condition of M. tricarinata, and bears the same affinity te that species as does MW. insignis to M. trigonula. Two forms occur, one a long narrow form with acute marginal periphery recalling the M. funafutiensis of Chapman, the other resembling Brady’s figure, but with more inflated chambers, ¢. e. presenting a general conformation intermediate between M. tricarinata and M. trigonula. 41. Miliolina bertheliniana Brady. (Pl. XLI. figs. 32-35.) Miliolina bertheliniana Brady, 1884, FC. p. 166, pl. exiv. fig. 2. tricarinata (reticulated form) = M. bertheliniana Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1898, p. 503, pl. x1. fig. 12. 3 4 var. bertheliniana Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 174. 2) 564 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 9 Stations. Generally distributed, frequent at a few Stns. and very common at Stn. 11. The specimens throughout are generally identical with Brady’s figure, but at Stn. 11 there is a considerable amount of variation. ‘The majority of the specimens are of the short regularly tricarinate type, but here, and at Stn. ? B, a few specimens of a very elongate type were found. Brady recorded the species from Madagascar and Algoa Bay, and Millett as “very rare” in the Malay Seas. It occurs rarely in dredgings from Cebu, Philippine Islands, 45 and 120 fathoms, and is probably of wide distribution in tropical shallow seas. (Group of Jf. cultrata [edentate ].) 42, Miliolina cultrata Brady. (Pl. XLII. figs. 1-10.) Miholina cultrata Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 45. by os Brady, 1884, FC. p. 161, pl. v. figs. 1, 2. is SG Egger, 1893, FG. p. 231, pl. i. figs. 29-31. 5 4) Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1898, p. 269, pl. vi. figs. 11, 12. 16 Stations. Universally distributed and often abundant. In Brady’s original figure and in the subsequent authorities (swpra) the early chambers are shown as vertical or but slightly oblique. In the Kerimba specimens a complete series can be obtained at many Stns. in which the early chambers range from vertical to very oblique [as in J/. bosciana (d’Orbigny)]. Wiesner (W. 1912, AM. pp. 220-222, fig. 2) has separated the Malay specimens of J. bosciana (d’Orb.), figured by Millett, under the new specific name WM. milletti on account of “ the narrow build, the strongly-marked oblique setting of the middle chambers, the large aperture with prominent lip, the frequently produced aperture-neck, the deeper sutures, its slighter polish, and the greater inclination to build cornered and keeled varieties.’ He has further separated under the varietal name of I. miiletti, var. carinata, keeled specimens identical with the series found at Kerimba, and which appear to us to agree in all essential characteristics, except the oblique setting of the chambers, with Brady’s JZ. cultrata. In view of the complete range of variations in the axis of the early chambers, it does not seem to us possible or desirable to differentiate between Wiesner’s varieties and Brady’s type, and we have therefore dealt with the whole group under the above heading. At nearly all the Stns. where the species occurs, decorated varieties are abundant, ranging between specimens feebly sulcate at the aboral extremity to specimens strongly sulcate all over. These latter represent Wiesner’s variety AZ. milletti, var. carinata- striata, with specimens of which he has been so courteous as to supply us. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 565 43. Miliolina durrandii Millett. (Pl. XLII. figs. 11-16.) Miholina durrandii Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 268, pl. vi. figs. 7-10. 9 Stations. Generally distributed and often quite common, the finest specimens at Stns. 5, 6, and 7, where it was abundant. ‘There is a certain amount of variation in this species, especially in the degree of development of the keel, but none of the costate specimens referred to and described by Millett occur at Kerimba. The development of the keel appears to be dependent on the stage of growth, the younger shells having a much more rounded edge than the older ones, a feature that is particularly noticeable in the smallest specimens, in which the keel is almost entirely absent, except near the aperture. In very young shelis there is a rapid increase in the length of the chamber, with the result that the ultimate chamber is often more than double the entire length of the preceding chamber. M. durrandii is one of the species first recorded from the Malay Seas by Millett, but it is probably very widely distributed in shallow tropical waters. We have records from the coasts of Burmah, Queensland, Java, and Macassar in the eastern seas, and in the Pacific it is very abundant and typical at Tahiti. Owing to the absence of any tooth to the aperture, the internal arrangement of the shell is strikingly monothalamous or cornuspirine. This internal arrangement is quite similar to that described and figured by Schulze in his Spiroloculina hyalina (S. 1874, etc., R. no. 8, 1875, p. 132, pl. vi. figs. 14-16), and is clearly bronght out in Millett’s fig, 10. We have specimens (which are being figured elsewhere) showing ingested diatoms and small specimens of other foraminifera (H-A. 1915, RPF. p. 232, pl. xiv. figs. 5, 6). 44. Miliolina rupertiana Brady. Miliolina rupertiana Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 46. a es Brady, 1884, FC. p. 178, pl. vii. figs. 7-12 and text-fig. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 269, pl. vi. fig. 13. > ” 10 Stations. This highly specialised type is generally distributed over the area and fairly plentiful at some of the Stns., notably Stns. 1 and 13. The specimens often attain a very large size, and, asa rule, are of a narrower and more inflated type than that figured by Brady, the marginal edge being at most of the Stns. quite round and smooth, thus more nearly resembling Millett’s figure. At several Stns., however, specimens were found exhibiting a tendency to a compressed and carinate form, which was, in a few instances, quite as strongly developed as in Brady’s figs. 7 and 9. JZ. rupertiana is extremely common at Perim in the Red Sea. It also occurs in the Torres Straits and on the Queensland coast. Brady records it as plentiful from Madagascar. 566 MESSRS. FE. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE (Group of WM. oblonga.) 45. Miliolina bosciana (d’Orbigny). Quinqueloculina bosciana d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. 191, pl. xi. figs. 22-24. Miliolina bosciana Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 267, pl. vi. fig. 1. p as Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 177, pl. i. fig. 7. 55 Bi Sidebottom, 1904, etce., RFD. 1904, p. 7. 10 Stations. This very variable species is almost universally distributed and often very common. At most of the Stns. the specimens are of the smooth typical form, but agglutinate tests were found at Stn. 1, feebly striate at Stn. 2a, and a single punctate specimen at Stn. 7. These varieties have been admirably figured and described by Millett (loc. cit. ut supra). 46. Miliolina transversestriata Brady. (Pl. XLII. figs. 17-20.) Miliolina transversestriata Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 45. Ee ah Brady, 1884, FC. p. 177, pl. iv. fig. 6 a a Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 268, pl. vi. fig. 5. 2 Stations. Generally distributed and often common, especially at Stns. 1, 8, 4, and 6. The specimens exhibit very little variation, except in the strength of their markings. Records of the species appear to be few: Brady gives Raine Island and Mauritius, but we have specimens from Havana and from the Great Barrier Reef, so that it is probably widely distributed in tropical shallow waters. 47, Miliolina funafutiensis Chapman. (PI. XLII. figs. 21, 22.) Miliolina funafutiensis Chapman, 1900, ELF. p- 178, pl. xix. fig. 6. 6 Ba Chapman, 1902, CKA. p. 231. 1 Station. A single specimen from Stn. 11, which we figure, suggests this species, but differs in some particulars from Chapman’s description. It is nearly oval in section instead of triangular, but resembles the type in the character of its oblique markings and produced aperture. Chapman's types were from the Lagoon at Funafuti (74-12 fms.) and Cocos Keeling Atoll (outside the reef). The species is common and typical in a dredging from Apia Harbour, Samoa (7 fms.). 48. Miliolina oblonga (Montagu). Vermiculum oblongum Montagu, 1803, TB. p. 522, pl. xiv. fig. 9. 3 Fleming, 1822, OSGY. p. 565. Tnilveuina oblonga d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 300. no. 16, Modéle no. 95. a ss d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 175, pl. x. figs. 3-5. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO, 56 Miliolina seminulum, var. oblonga Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 86, pl. vii. figs. 186, 187. oblonga Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, ete., MFC. 1895, p. 120, pl. iil. figs. 31 & 32, and pl. v. fig. 5. Terrigi, 1880, SGP. p. 173, pl. i. fig. 2 Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 110, pl. xx. figs. 850, a-f. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 267, pl. v. fig. 14. 3) 16 Stations. Universally distributed and often abundant, but never attaining any large size Or 9 development. The best specimens at Stn. 3. At Stns. 9 and 12 the specimens were large and showed signs of superficial markings linking the species with I. striata. 49. Miliolina gracilis (d’Orbigny). Triloculina gracilis VOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 181, pl. xi. figs. 10-12. Miliolina gracilis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 160, pl. v. fig. 8 3 » Hgger, 1893, FG. p. 281, pl. i. figs. 82-34. y » Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1904, p. 14, pl. iv. figs. 10-12. 2 Stations. A single typical specimen at Stn. 10 and a few at Stn. 1B. 50. Miliolina pygmea (Reuss). Quinqueloculina pygmea Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 384, pl. v. (1.) fig. 3. $5 lucida Karrer, 1868, MF KB. p. 147, pl. i. fig. 7. Miliolina pygmea Brady, 1884, FC. p. 163, pl. exi. fig. 16. Leger, 1893, FG. p. 230, pl. ii. figs. 23-25. Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RID. 1904, p. 18, pl. iv. figs. 4-6. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1909, p. 312. rr) be) bed 3) 5 Stations. Very poorly represented in the material; all the specimens differ somewhat from Reuss’s figure in having a produced neck, and are, perhaps, more related to the allied M. lucida (Karrer), which is cited by Brady as a synonym of Reuss’s species. According to Brady the species is a rather deep-water form. 51. Miliolina exsculpta, sp. n. (Pl. XLII. figs. 23-26.) 6 Stations. Test free, minute, thin-walled, often opalescent, having three chambers visible on one face and four or more on the other. Sutural lines deeply excavate and undercut, especially at the extremities of the shell. Chambers embracing, and crescentic in section, the individual chambers being narrow at the oral extremity and very broad and embracing at the aboral end of the shell. Furnished with a somewhat produced neck, sometimes lipped, and terminating in a toothless aperture regularly and constantly erescentiform. Surface highly polished, peripheral edgesrounded. ‘The chambers are VOL. XX.—ParT xvil. No. 4.—Noveméer, 1915. 4M 568 MESSRS. HE. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE set somewhat obliquely, so that the general arrangement is on the same plan as in M. bosciana. In young specimens the chambers are often divided from each other at the oral and aboral extremities by an open space between them, which perforates the entire test as shown in Brady’s figures of Spiroloculina acutimargo Brady and S. grata 'Terquem. The appearance of this little shell is strikingly constant and characteristic, the sutures, which in most miliolids are marked by slight depressions or by flush or even limbate sutural lines, being entirely absent. The whole shell suggests a simple tube of crescentiform section, invariably narrowing towards the apertural end of each chamber, and coiled on itself in milioline fashion. It is this narrowing which gives the transverse arrangement of the early chambers as compared with the final pair. Our species is to some extent isomorphous with Spiroloculina acutimargo Brady, but differs from that form in the rounded and embracing character of its chambers, the entire absence of any keel, and the milioline plan of growth. Its affinities in the milicline group are with MM. gracilis (d’Orb.). The species is fairly generally distributed, but never very abundant, the best and most numerous examples being found at Stn. 5. It also occurs at Vavau, Friendly Is., Pacific, 16 fms. Length averages :3—"59 mm., breadth -18—-24 mm. 52. Miliolina rotunda (d’Orbigny). (Pl. XLII. figs. 27-30.) Triloculina rotunda VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 299. no. 4. » Schlumberger, 1893, MGM. p. 64, pl. 1. figs. 48-50; text-figs. 11, 12. Wilton puttaaile Millett, 1898, etc., PM. 1898, p. 267, pl. v. figs. 15, 16. i iss Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RED. 1904, p. 8. R ss Heron-Allen & Burtana 1913, CL. p. 25 - + Wiesner, 1912, AM. p. 225. 11 Stations. Not very common except at Stns. 3, 12, and ? X, where the specimens were large, typical, and very abundant. At Stns. 1 and 11 a smaller type occurs similar to Millett’s Malay figures, and, like those, very variable, both biloculine and _tri- loculine specimens (but chiefly the former) occurring. This small and variable type differs considerably from the large d’Orbignyan type in its shell-texture. The large type has a smooth, thick, and highly polished surface; while the shell in the small type is thin, irregular in surface, or marked with lines of growth, and often matt or even sclerotic. 53. Miliolina anconensis (Schultze). Miliola anconensis Schultze, 1854, OP. p. 58, pl. il. figs. 12, 13. 10 Stations. This rather well-marked type, with its triloculine test and large gaping mouth, FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 069 usually furnished with a recurved lip, is universally distributed in the dredgings. There is great variation in the shells, some of which are almost biloculine. ‘The texture is almost invariably rather uneven, but polished. The species appears to occupy an intermediate position between I. rotunda and MM. seminulum; it was specially noted at the Stns. indicated in the table as being typical and perfect, but it occurs almost universally in company with the type-forms of JZ. seminulwm. 53a. Miliolina cuneata (Karrer). Triloculina cuneata Karrer, 1867, FO. p. 359, pl. il. fig. 5 », (Biloculine form), Brady, 1884, aes p: 139, pl. 1. figs. 19, 20. 3 Stations. At three Stns. biloculine specimens, similar to those figured by Brady, occur. They agree in all respects with Brady’s specimens in the collection at Cambridge. 54. Miliolina vulgaris (d’Orbigny). Quinqueloculina vulgaris VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 3802. no. 33. on 55 Terquem, 1878, FIR. p. 66, pl. vi. (xi.) figs. 20, 21. ue oh Schlumberger, 1893, MGM. p. 65, pl. ii. figs. 65, 66, & woodcuts 13, 14. » Fornasini, 1902, FUR. p. 21, text-fig. 13. Miliolina vulgaris Heron- Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p- 28. 5 Stations. Very poorly represented. At. Stn. 6 the specimens are agglutinate. (Group of WM. seminulum.) 55. Miliolina seminulum (Linné). (PI. XLII. fig. 31.) Serpula seminulum Jinné, 1767, SN. (ed. xii.) p. 1264. no. 791; Linné, 1788, SN. (ed. xiii.), p. 3739. no. 2. Quinqueloculina seminulum VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 303. no. 44. 5 levigata d’Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 143, pl. ii. figs. 31-33. Milolina seminulum Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 85, pl. vi. figs. 183-189. Quinqueloculina seminulum Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1866, p. 9, pl. iii. figs. 35, 36. Miliolina seminulum Brady, 1884, FC. p. 157, pl. v. fig. 6 (References). Quinqueloculina seminulum Schlumberger, 1893, MGM. p. 66, pl. iv. figs. 80, 81; text-figs. 15}, 1G. Triloculina levigata Schlumberger, ibid. p. 63, pl. 1. figs. 45-47 ; text-figs. 9, 10. 16 Stations. The species is universally distributed and at some Stns. fairly common, but it is not one of the typical Kerimba forms. There is, as usual, an immense range of variation 4u2 570 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE according to the degree of compression, the length of the test, and the angularity of the sectional view. Specimens resembling the Quingueloculina lamellidens of Reuss (R. 1863, KTF. p. 41, pl. i. fig. 7) are common at several Stns., and at Stns. 1, 2, 7, and 13 we have met with specimens resembling WM. lamellidens, var. obliqgua (Wiesner MS. in course of publication), of which, by the courtesy of the author, we possess specimens from Cap Promontore in the Adriatic. At Stn. 12 an abnormal specimen was obtained, which we figure, in which the final chamber is added at the apex of the shell, and is furnished with a large gaping mouth devoid of teeth. It suggests superficially the abnormal specimens to which Pearcey has given the specificname J. dentistoma (Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. xlix. 1914, p. 994, pl. ii. figs. 17-19). 56. Miliolina seminulum, var. cornuta Sidebottom. Miliolina seminulum, var. cornuta Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1904, p. 11, pl. iu. figs. 11, 12, text-fig. 3. 1 Station. At Stn. 9 a good many specimens which we think are referable to Sidebottom’s variety, although there is a tendency to an excess of growth and marking not suggested by his figure and the surface of the test is generally rather rough instead of being polished. ‘The processes or horns from which the variety obtains its name, and which in the Delos specimens are simple protuberances on the marginal edges of the shell, are in most of the Kerimba specimens continued across the sides of the chambers, so as to give a radially furrowed aspect to the test somewhat as in M. parkeri Brady. This cornute type of ornament is not common in the miliolids, but similar processes are seen on d’Orbigny’s Biloculina aculeata (d’O. 1826, TMC. p. 298. no. 5, Modéle no. 31), and on Miliolina excisa Brady, Parker, and Jones (B. P. & J. 1888, AB. p. 215, pl. xl. fig. 33), and in Miliolina cristata Millett (M. 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 506, pl. xi. fig. 3). 57. Miliolina candeiana (d’Orbigny). Quinqueloculina candeiana V’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 199, pl. xii. figs. 24-26. - 3 Brady, 1870, FTR. p. 286, pl. xi. fig. 1. Milolina candeiana Brady, 1887, SBRF. p. 882. Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 29, pl. 11. figs. 1-4. 2 ” 4 Stations. A few specimens referable to the form figured by us under the above name in the Clare Island monograph. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. o71 58. Miliolina auberiana (d’Orbigny). Quinqueloculina auberiana d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 193, pl. xii. figs. 1-3. ungeriana d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV, p. 291, pl. xviii. figs. 22-24. Miliolina auberiana Brady, 1884, FC. p. 162, pl. v. figs. 8, 9. 5 Goés, 1894, ‘ASE. p- 109, pl. xix. fig. 844. 5s 6 Herne ten & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 312. 15 Stations. Universally distributed and generally abundant, the best at Stns. 6 and 12, notably at the latter. here is considerable variation at most Stns., the species merging through specimens referable to d’Orbigny’s MV. ungeriana (ut supra) and M. akneriana (d’O. 1846, FFV. p. 290, pl. xviii. figs. 16-21) towards WZ. seminulum. ‘There is also considerable difference in the shell-texture. Normally highly polished, it also occurs with a matt surface, becoming first finely, and ultimately somewhat coarsely, aggluti- nate. At Stn. 2@a specimen was found with a cribrate aperture. 59. Miliolina auberiana, var. stenostoma (Karrer). (Pl. XLII. fig. 32.) Quinqueloculina ungeriana, var. stenostoma Karrer, 1868, MF KB. p. 14, pl. ii. fig. 3. 1 Station. At Stn. 11 we found a single example of this beautifully decorated variety of M. auberiana which differs from Karrer’s figure only in the greater extent of the radial grooves, which in the Kerimba specimen extend right across the face of the chambers. Karrer’s specimens were from the Miocene of Kostej. 60. Miliolina cuvieriana (d’Orbigny). (P}. XLII. figs. 33-36.) Quinqueloculina cuvieriana VOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 190, pl. xi. figs. 19-21. lamarckiana VOrbigny, ibid. p. 189, figs. 14, 15. Miliolina cuvieriana Brady, 1884, FC. p. 162, pl. v. fig. 12. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 234, pl. u. figs. 47-49, pl. iv. figs. 22-24. Jones, Deber & Brady, 1866, ete., MCF. 1895, p. 119, pl. vi. fig. 4 (mot 3). Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 5035, pl. xu. fig. 2. 2 by) 22 a) 6 Stations. Very poorly represented. Hardly any characteristic specimens, most of them varying in the direction of MM. auberiana. At Stn. ?X a small variety with a dull subageluti- nate appearance occurs. At Stn. 11 a few specimens were found which we figure, which probably represent a pauperate and undulate form of this species. ‘There is great variation among the few specimens found, some being regularly triangular in section with prominent marginal edges of the chambers as in the type, while in others the chambers are very broad and ribbon-like in section and twisted upon themselves. 572 MESSRS, E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 60a. Miliolina crassa (d’Orbigny). (Pl. XLII. figs. 87-41.) Quinqueloculina crassa V@Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 301. no. 14. ie » Lerquem, 1882, FEP. p. 186, pl. xx. Sat figs. 20, 21. = » Fornasini, 1905, SOM. p. 65, pl. si. fig. 5 1 Station. At Stn. 11 a good many specimens of a handsome Miliolid which appears to be nearer to d’Orbigny’s species than to Brady’s J/. insignis, which in many points it resembles. D’Orbigny’s description in the ‘ Prodrome” (dO. 1850, etc., PP. vol. ii. 2? p- 409. no. 1369), ‘“‘espece suborbiculaire, renflée, striée” is scanty but sufficient. ‘The Kerimba specimens are nearly all roughly triangular in section with rounded edges and the surface of the chambers entirely covered with coarse rounded sulci strictly parallel. Ina few instances the shell is more compressed and regularly like M. auberiana in outline, but with the same characteristic coste. All the specimens are distinctly quinqueloculine. 61. Miliolina bicostata (d’Orbigny). (Pl. XLII. figs. 42-45.) Quinqueloculina bicostata V@Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 195, pl. xii. figs. 8-10. Miliolina bicostata Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 112, pl. xx. fig. 855. m » Goés, 1896, DOA. p. 83, pl. vill. figs. 19-21. 6 Stations. Generally distributed, but very rare. The specimens agree much more closely with dOrbigny’s original figure than with those of Goés. Goés states that d’Orbigny’s specimen was probably a young shell, but it appears to be a fully developed individual in the d’Orbignyan figure. ‘The Kerimba specimens all differ in certain well-marked features; the marginal carinz are generally more or less undose, and the surface of the chambers, although usually smooth, is often irregularly and feebly costate. But the most essential point of difference is in the aperture. D’Orbigny states that the aperture is small, round, furnished with a small simple and short tooth. In the Kerimba specimens, however, the aperture is invariably fitted witha flat plate, attached tothe penultimate chamber and fitting the aperture like an operculum, leaving only a very narrow slit open round its edge. D’Orbigny’s specimens are also described as milky-white, but the Kerimba specimens are dull and matt in texture, the carinal ridges standing out prominently by reason of their whiteness as contrasted with the walls of the chambers. 62. Miliolina undosa (Karrer). (Pl. XLIII. figs. 1-4.) Quinqueloculina undosa Karrer, 1867, FO. p. 361, pl. ii. fig. 3. Miliolina undosa Brady, 1884, FC. p. 176, pl. vi. figs. 6-8. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 287, pl. 1. figs. 41, 42. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 506, pl. xi. fig. 5. Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, ete., SB. 1911, p. 804. d) 92 22 2? 3) bP) FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. (oop | O32 12 Stations. Almost universally distributed in one or other of many divergent varieties. Fairly typical forms were observed at many Stns., especially Stns. 1,26, and 10. At other Stns. the specimens are less typical, and might perhaps be more strictly described as undose varieties of other recognised species, especially M. linnwana, M. contorta, and M. ferrussacit. 63. Miliolina undulata (d’Orbigny). (Pl. XLII. figs. 5-8.) Quinqueloculina undulata W@Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 302. no. 27. Schimmpbervers 138935 MGM. (p57) aplasia esos a4 plemnts figs. 60, 61 ; text-figs. 23, 24. aelemperes 1897, FCP: p. 21, pl. iv. fig. 9: Malioline undulata Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1904, p. 13. Wiesner, 1912, AM. p. 218. 22 By) 2? 2) 6 Stations. A finely striate form with broad and gaping aperture occurs at many of the Stns. which appears to be referable to d’Orbigny’s I. undulata, although the majority of the specimens do not exhibit very marked curvature of the chambers. ‘This undulation is however, exhibited strongly at Stn. 9, and in a less degree in occasional specimens from other Stns. ‘The character of the aperture and section of the test seem to suggest the close affinity of the species with MW. nussdorfensis (WO. 1846, FFV. p. 299, pl. xix. figs. 13-15) and MW. brongniartii. 64. Miliolina reticulata (d’Orbigny). (Pl. XLII. figs. 9, 10.) Triloculina reticulata d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 299. no. 9. Quinqueloculina reticulata WKarrer, 1861, FWB. p. 449, pl. i. fig. 5. Triloculina reticulata Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1871, p. 249, pl. vii. fig. 18. Miliolina reticulata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 177, pl. is. figs. 2-4. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 239, pl. u. figs. ae 84. Quitmucloculite reticulata Schlumberger, 1893, MGM. p. 72, fig. 25, and pl. ii. fig. 62. 11 Stations. Generally distributed and often plentiful. The bulk of the specimens are of the normal quinqueloculine type as figured by Brady, but more elongate and delicate, being nearer Karrer’s figure. At some of the Stns. other reticulate varieties occur, notably at Stns. 11 and 15, where a broad and angular quinqueloculine type near d’Orbigny’s Quinqueloculina affinis occurs (d’O. 1826, TMC. p. 302. no. 41; see F. 1902, FLR. p. 23, fig. 17). At Stn. 11a long and very pretty quinqueloculine form was found with regular markings and suggesting Terquem’s Q. pertusa in the neatness and regularity of its reticulations, which he compares toa “trellis of very fine oblique striz, forming regular lozenges ” (1. 1882, FEP. p. 183, pl. xx. (xxvill.) fig. 5). At Stn. 11 a very beautiful form occurs, which we figure. It has angular chambers excavate at the periphery and 574 MESSRS. BE. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE suggests the Q. sagra of d’Orbigny (d’O, 1839, FC. p. 188, pl. xi. figs. 16-18), except that in that species the reticulate markings are confined to the broad peripheral ridges of the chambers, the sides being excavated in grooves. 65. Miliolina parkeri Brady. (Pl. XLIII. figs. 11, 12.) “ Quinqueloculina with oblique ridges,” Parker, 1858, MIS. p. 53, pl. v. fig. 10. Miliolina parkeri Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 46. Ke » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 177, pl. vii. fig. 14. 55 », Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 175. Bs » Chapman, 1902, CKA. p. 231. 5 Stations. Typical specimens of J/. parkeri are curiously rare in the material, considering the fact that it is an essentially coral-reef species. ‘True individuals corresponding exactly with Brady’s figure occur at Stn. 11 only, weaker specimens at Stns. 6 and 9. At many other Stns. specimens occur intermediate between MJ. parkeri and the very characteristic form figured by Millett under the name JZ. parkert. This form, so common at Kerimba, is so distinctive and different from the typical JZ. parkeri that we have separated it under the name MV. kerimbatica. Both Millett and Chapman have expressed the opinion that JZ. parkeri is closely allied to, and is a robust form of Jf. undosa, but it appears to us more likely that ‘‘urdosa” is merely a con- dition of growth affecting many different species rather than a true specific form, and that I. parkeri, like other types, is subject to “ undose” forms of growth. 66. Miliolina kerimbatica, sp.n. (Pl. XLIII. figs. 13-23.) Miliolina parkeri Brady ; Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 507, pl. xii. fig. 4. 13 Stations. Test free, quinqueloculine. The walls of the chambers thick, irregularly furrowed in all directions with broad deeply gouged-out channels, running obliquely and irregularly across the face of each chamber and generally connecting with a deeper straight furrow excavated down the peripheral edge. This straight peripheral furrow, when exposed on an earlier chamber in the centre of the test by the quinqueloculine arrangement of the shell, affords a very striking appearance by contrast with the transverse furrows on the surface of the surrounding chambers. Aperture large and furnished with a prominent tooth. ‘The oral end is usually but slightly produced, but in some individuals the aperture is situated on a produced neck. ‘The ridges between the furrows are flat on the top, @. e., the furrows are cleanly gouged out of the shell- substance. This rather protean form is one of the dominant features of the material, occurring at nearly every Stn., and at some, notably Stns. 3, 9, 11, and 12, in great abundance and attaining a very large size. Hardly any two individuals are alike in detail of FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 570 ornamentation, but the general character of the markings (e.9., the deeply channelled grooves, with their prominent and flat-topped dividing ridges, arranged in strongly contorted and almost reticulated patterns on the shell-surface) is a constant and readily recognisable feature. Millett’s figure of M. parkeri is an admirable illustration of the broader types of our species, but at Kerimba it presents an enormous range of form which we have attempted to illustrate. The affinities of the form appear to lie between IZ. linnwana and M. reticulata, with both of which species M. herimbatica is joined by a series of intermediate examples. The size is very variable, ranging between °5 and 1-75 mm. in length and -4—1-1 mm. in breadth. (Group of M. contorta and M. bicornis.) 67. Miliolina anguina (Terquem), var. agglutinans Wiesner MS. Quinqueloculina anguina Terquem, 1878, FIR. p. 78, pl. ix. (xiv.) fig. 20. ® Stations. Terquem (ut supra) figures a little quinqueloculine miliolid with an elongated por- cellanous test. No typically porcellanous specimens referable to Terquem’s figure and description occur at Kerimba, but occasional examples with sclerotic tests occur, and at a few Stns. specimens with a distinctly subarenaceous investment were found agreeing with co-type specimens kindly furnished us by Herr Wiesner (whose work on the Miliolidee is in course of publication), and which he proposes to describe under the above varietal name. They may be compared with the “ Planche inédite ” of Quinque- loculina aspera @’Orbigny, published by Fornasini (F. 1905, SOM. p. 66, pl. it. fig. 1), but differ in having a produced neck, similar to Terquem’s original type. 68. Miliolina agglutinans (d’Orbigny). Quinqueloculina agglutinans W’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 195, pl. xi. figs. 11-18. Milivla (Quinqueloculina) agglutinans Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 410, pl. xv. fig. 37. Miliolina agglutinans Terrigi, 1880, SGP. p. 172, pl. 1. fig. 1. 35 Bs Brady, 1884, FC. p. 180, pl. vil. figs. 6, 7. a es Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 325, pl. xin. figs. 1-3. D os Egger, 1893, FG. p. 239, pl. il. fig. 55. 6 5 Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 110, pl. xix. fig. 848; pl. xx. fig. 849. 16 Stations. Universally distributed and very common at some Stns., especially in the Northern Area, often attaining considerable size. The specimens are coarsely built and, as a rule, typical; but at some Stns., notably Stn. 3, there was a tendency to variation, specimens linking the species with IM. contorta and I. trigonula being found. At many Stns., notably Stns. 7 and 9, there was a tendency towards a complanate or compressed type of shell, the last two chambers being abnormally large and set on opposite sides of the longitudinal axis,so as to give a concave surface on one side of the shell. This may VOL. XX.— PART xviI. No. 5.—November, 1910. 4N 576 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE be compared with d’Orbigny’s Q. enoplostoma (d’O. 1839, FC. p. 196, pl. xii. figs. 14— 17), but in that species one of the earlier chambers is displayed as a ridge running down the concave side of the shell. Adelosine specimens showing typical agglutination of sand-grains upon the primordial chamber were observed at several Stns. (these are ficured in H.-A. 1915, RPF. p. 241, pl. xv. fig. 22). 69. Miliolina fusca Brady. Quinqueloculina fusca Brady, 1870, FTR. p. 286, pl. xi. fig. 2. Miliolina fusca Rrady, 1887, SBRE. p. 883. Quingueloculina fusca Schulze, 1874, etc., R. 1875, p. 134, pl. vi. figs. 19, 20. Miliolina agglutinans Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 110, pl. xix. fig. 848 4. a fusca Earlaud, 1905, FBS. p. 197. “A », Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1909, p. 316. 5 Stations. Very sparingly distributed, the best being at Stn. 13, where the individuals had the typical IZ. fusca tint. At the remaining Stns. the tests, though otherwise character- istic, were composed of very fine white sand-grains without any coloured cement, which, as we have elsewhere observed, may represent an intermediate stage linking the species with W. contorta (H.-A. and E. 1913, CI. p. 31). 70. Miliolina contorta (d’Orbigny). Quinqueloculina contorta d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 298, pl. xx. figs. 4-6. Miliolina contorta Brady, 1887, SBRF. p. 881. ie a Halkyard, 1889, RFJ. p. 60, pl. 1. fig. 4. is 3 Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RED. 1904, p. 13, pl. iv. figs. 7-9. Be a Harland, 1905, FBS. p. 195. a Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 30. 16 Stations. Almost universally distributed, abundant and attaining very fine proportions at some Stns., especially at Stns. 9, 12, and 2X. There is, as usual, a considerable number of specimens passing into M. sclerotica, the essential difference between these two species being the nature of the superficial test. At Stn. 1 the individuals all closely resemble the figure of Quinqueloculina rugosa given by Fornasini from the “ Planches inédites ” (F. 1905, SOM. pl. iii. fig. 13), but they have a porcellanous texture, although like all other specimens of M. contorta the surface is matt. The nature of the shell of @. rugosa must remain purely speculative, the species having its origin in a nomen nudum, the “ Planche inédite” giving practically no guide to the texture. Schlum- berger has identified d’Orbigny’s specific name rugosa with specimens from Marseilles (S. 1893, MGM. p. 68, pl. iv. (not ii.) figs. 91-93, text-figs. 18, 19) which differ con- siderably from the “Planche inédite” in external characteristics, but which are described as having a rough surface (“ tét d’apparence rugose”); they appear therefore to be a form of MW. sclerotica. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. on ~I +I 71. Miliolina sclerotica (Karrer). (Pl. XLIV. figs. 1-4.) Quinqueloculina sclerotica Karrer, 1868, MFKB. p. 152, pl. in. fig. 5. Miliolina sclerotica Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 24, pl. 1. fig. 2. 5 rs Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1904, p. 14. 9 op Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1911, p. 804. Hs ca Heron-Ailen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 30. 10 Stations. Less widely distributed than JZ. contorfa, but often very abundant and presenting a considerable range of external form. LKarrer’s figures are somewhat confusing, for, whereas the side view shows a test with angular edges, the end view portrays a round- edged shell. It would therefore appear that Karrer did not attribute any special importance to the sectional outline of the chambers in his species, and this would appear to be a sound diagnosis, for, wherever the species occurs in any abundance, both round and angular specimens are to be found. Such is the case at Kerimba, where M. sclerotica is a fairly common species. At some Stns. the angular and round forms occur in company, but the angular form is the more abundant and occurs alone at Stns. land 4. At Stn.?B only the round form is found; at Stn. 12 the specimens are exceptionally large. A very noticeable feature at Kerimba is the nature of the test. The specimens found may be separated into two groups according to the coarse- ness of the arenaceous investment. At most of the Stns. the tests are very coarsely arenaceous, but at Stns. 2 and 10a very finely agglutinate test occurs in company with the coarsely arenaceous individuals. One abnormal specimen occurred at Stn. 1 in which the last chamber became trifid in mid-growth, and separated into three divisions which continued to grow and terminated in three separate apertures. 72. Miliolina disparilis (d’Orbigny). Quinqueloculina disparilis d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 802. no, 21. eo ss Schlumberger, 1893, MGM. p. 70, pl. 11. figs. 55-57 ; text- figs. 21, 22. 35 5s Fornasini, 1905, SOM. p. 66, pl. iii. fig. 10. Miliolina disparilis Wiesner, 1912, AM. p. 216. 3 Stations. Very scantily represented, but large and typical specimens were found at Stns. 5 and 9. At Stn. 12 a specimen with reticulate markings between the ridges occurred. 73. Miliolina limbata (d’Orbigny). (Pl. XLIV. figs. 5-8.) Quingueloculina limbata @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 302. no. 20. 5 », Fornasini, 1905, SOM. p. 66, pl. in. fig. 9. 14 Stations. The “Planche inédite” of d’Orbigny representing specimens found in the Red Sea appears to afford the best, if not the only, illustration of a small quinqueloculine 4x2 578 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE Miliolid which occurs very generally in the Kerimba dredgings. The species is evidently closely allied to MM. dénneana, and passes into it by almost imperceptible gradations in the strength of the coste. The best specimens occur at Stns. 1, 2a, 5, and 7, where it is especially abundant. At Stn. 11 the individuals are nearly all of a coarsely sulcate type very near Jf, linnwana, from which, however, it is distinguishab!e by the highly polished surface of its test, and its invariably small size. The texture of M/. dinneana is invariably matt to rough. 74. Miliolina ferussacii (d’Orbigny). Quinqueloculina firussacii VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 301. no. 18, Modele no. 82. 9 polygona VOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 198, pl. xi. figs. 21-23. Miliolina bicornis, var. angulata Williamson, 1858, REGB. p. 88, pl. vil. fig. 196. Miliola (Quinqueloculina)\ ferussacti Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1865, NAAF.’p. 411, pl. xv. fig. 36 Miholina ferussacti Brady, 1884, FC. p. 175, pl. cxiii. fig. 17 (References). 5 af Balkwili & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 325, pl. xii. figs. 10-12. » contorta Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 111, pl. xx. figs. 851, 852. 3 9p Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 507, pl. xii. figs. 6, 7. 9 Stations. Not widely distributed, but very fine and typical examples occur at several Stns., though not in any numbers, At Stn. 8 a specimen, otherwise typical, was found with a sub-arenaceous investment. D’Orbigny’s Model represents a compressed and almost spiroloculine type with two strong marginal carine and an extra carina on the face of the last chamber ; the neck is produced and the chambers sigmoid in shape. Brady’s fig. 17 (FC. 1884, pl. cxiii.) represents a type which is of much more frequent occurrence in tropical gatherings, having long narrow chambers with little curvature, produced tubular neck, and strong to acute marginal and facial carine. Of the two slides labelled MW. ferussacit in the Brady Collection at ,Cambridge, one contains the ‘Challenger’ form in different stages of development, the other, from the Seychelles, contains various Miliolids, but no real WZ. ferussacii referable to either d’Orbigny’s or Brady’s types. 75. Miliolina pulchella (d’Orbigny). Quinqueloculina pulchella VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 303. no. 42. = . Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1871, p. 250, pl. vii. fig. 19. op Terquem, 1878,;FIR. p. 68, pl. vii. (xii.) figs. 11-14. Miliclinaaulehetla Brady, 1884, FC. p. 174, pl. vi. figs. 18, 14; pl. ii. figs. 10-13. % Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 114, pl. xxi. figs. 862-864. 5 He Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. p.19, pl. iv. fig.3; 1895, p. 123, pl. vi. fig. 3 5 a Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1904, p. 15, pl. iv. fig. 15. As . Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 314. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. or SY oo 7 Stations. Sparingly distributed and never common. The species attains a large size, especially at Stn. 3, where some of the specimens were feebly reticulate between the coste. Adelosine specimens were obtained from most of the Stns. where the type was present. 76. Miliolina linnzana (d’Orbigny). Triloculina linneiana @Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 172, pl. ix. figs. 11-138. Quinqueloculina josephina WV Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 297, pl. xix. figs. 25-27. ss Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 321, pl. xxv. fig. 4. Bilal linneana Brady, 1884, FC. p. 174, pl. vi. figs. 15-20. 5 os Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1898, p. 509. % 3 Chapman, 1907, TEV. p. 20, pl. i. fig. 37. 12 Stations. Generally distributed, but never very abundant; well-grown and large specimens were found at many Stns., especially Stns. 1 and 5. 77. Miliolina costata (d’Orbigny). (Pl. XLIV. figs. 9-12.) Quinqueloculina costata d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 3)1. no. 3. 35 poeyana @Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 191, pl. xi. figs. 25-27. 4 costata Karrer, 1867, FO. p. 362, pl. ii. fig. 4. = » Lerquem, 1878, FIR. p. 63, pl. vi. (xi.) figs. 8-5. rs » Lerquem, 1882, FEP. p. 183, pl. xx. (xxviil.) figs. 8, 9. . » Fornasini, 1905, SOM. p. 62, pl. ii. fig. 6. & Stations. Generally distributed, but somewhat rare, except at Stn. 1. All our specimens have a produced neck with everted rim, and in this feature approach d’Orbigny’s drawing as published by Fornasini (wé swpra) much more closely than do Terquem’s figures. The Terquem and Karrer forms are apparently much nearer to d’Orbigny’s allied species Q. poeyana. The Kerimba specimens all have a very characteristic shell- texture, being biscuit-like in colour and matt, without any trace of porcellanous enamel. ‘There is, however, no tendency to incorporate sand-grains. This species occurs also at Vavau, Friendly Is., 16 fms. 78. Miliolina striata (d’Orbigny). (Pl. XLIV. figs. 13-17.) Quinqueloculina striata V@Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 301. no, 4. 3 » Terquem, 1882, FEP. p. 184, pl. xx. (xxviii.) figs. 10-12. » Fornasini, 1905, SOM. p. 63, pl. i. fig. 7. 11 Stations. The “ Planche inédite” of d’Orbigny, as amplified by Terquem, serves to identify a form which is somewhat sparingly distributed in the dredgings, but occurs in considerable abundance at a few Stns. The original “ Planche” represents a finely striate and edentate quinqueloculine form of compressed outline, but ‘Terquem figures 680 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE a series of specimens ranging between compressed and cylindrical in section, and both toothed and edentate. ‘The presence of a tooth does not therefore seem to be an essential specific feature. The Kerimba specimens exhibit considerable range in the degree of compression and in the breadth of the shell, but, on the whole, they approach more nearly to Terquem’s fig. 12 than to the original ‘“ Planche,” and they are all furnished with a prominent lamellar tooth. The surface of the shell is highly polished and covered with delicate longitudinal coste. D’Orbigny’s “ Planche” of Triloculina cylindrica (VO. 1826, TMC. p. 300. no. 19—the type-specimen in Paris is quite typical) represents a similar form with prominent aperture furnished with a tooth, but is markedly triloculine. The Kerimba specimens are very like the figure of d’Orbigny’s Q. costata given by Schlumberger (S. 1893, MGM. p. 69, pl. ii. figs. 75, 76), which, however, represents a somewhat more sulcate form and differs very strongly from the original “ Planche” of @. costata d@Orbigny, which has a much longer and more delicate shell. Specimens resembling the “ Planche” of Q. costata occur at Kerimba and are dealt with and figured sub WV. costata. . D’Orbigny’s “ Planche” of Q. parisiensis (F. 1905, SOM. p. 63, pl. ii. fig. 9) is also practically identical with J. striata, but the specific name parisiensis has become identified with Terquem’s fossils from the Eocene of Paris, in which the surface of the shell between the sulci is finely punctate. The reasons for the identification of Cuvier’s figure of Q. striata (Henderson’s Edn., London, 1834, pl. vi. fig. 10) with ad’Orbigny’s nomen nudwm appear to us to be obscure, and the figure is not satisfactory. 79. Miliolina bicornis (Walker & Jacob). Serpula bicornis Walker & Jacob, 1798, AEM. p. 633, pl. xiv. fig. 2. Quinqueloculina jlecuosa d’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 73, pl. iv. figs. 4-6. Miliolina bicornis Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 87, pl. vu. figs. 190-198. » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 171, pl. vi. figs. 9, 11, 12 (References). Adelosina bicornis Schlumberger, 1886, GA. p. 546, pl. xvi. figs. 10-15, text-figs. 1-3, 7, 8. Miliolina bicornis Egger, 1898, FG. p. 237, pl. ii. figs. 78, 74. (and M. elegans) Goés, 1894, ASF. p- 112, pl. xx. fig. 857, and p. 118, pl. xxi. figs. 860, 861. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 32, pl. i. figs. 5, 6. 3) a) ” oy) 7 Stations. Very poorly represented, no typical specimens. Weak specimens are abundant at Stn. 5, and it appears in the adelosine stage at Stn. 9. 80. Miliolina brongniartii (d’Orbigny). Triloculina brongniarii d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 300. no. 28. if Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1871, p. 250, pl. viii. fig. 9 Quiineclneuine br ongniar tii Jones, Parker, & Brady, 186, etc., MFC. 1866, p. 14, pl. in. figs. 41, 42; pl. iv. fig. 2. Diboine brongniartii Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 33. (See Brady, 1884, FC. sub M. bicornis.) FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. | 581 3 Stations. Very rare, but specimens of the typical circular form occur. 81. Miliolina boueana (d’Orbigny). Quinqueloculina boueana d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 293, pl. xix. figs. 7-9. v4 » Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 329, pl. xxv. fiz. 15. » Lerquem, 1875, etc., APD. 1876, p. 84, pl. xii. fig. 1. Banani boueana Brady, 1884, FC. p. 173, ol. vil. fig. 13. s » Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 177. 2 Stations. A few specimens, fairly typical. 82. Miliolina scrobiculata Brady. (Pl. XLIV. figs. 18-21.) Miliolina scrobiculata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 173, pl. exiii. fig. 15. 5 op Egger, 1893, IG. p. 238, pl. il. figs. 75-77. 55 69 Chapman, 1900, PLE. p. 178. 3 3 Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 314. 4 Stations. Frequent at Stn. 11 and occurring less abundantly, but typical, elsewhere. The aperture in the Kerimba specimens is always much more strongly marked than in Brady's figure, being surrounded with a massive collar. Brady records it from Madagascar and from Nares Harbour (Admiralty Islands) and nowhere else. We have found it in considerable numbers in the Kocene clays of Selsey Bill (ut supra). 3. Miliolina triquetra Brady. (Pl. XLIV. figs. 22, 23.) Miliolina triquetra Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 268. Fp) » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 181, pl. vii. figs. 8-10. 2 Stations. One poor specimen at Stn. 4 and an excellent one at Stn. 9. This appears to be an extremely rare form, the ‘Challenger’ records being all from the seas round Australia, but it also occurs very finely developed off Cebu, Philippine Islands (120 fms.). Both the Kerimba specimens are characterised by a somewhat roughly agglutinate test, and an aperture very large as compared with Brady’s figures. 84. Miliolina alveoliniformis Brady. Miliolina alveoliniformis Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 268. 53 33 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 181, pl. vii. figs. 15-20. " i Egger, 1893, FG. p. 232, pl. 1. figs. 17-19. - 55 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 510. 99 on Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 177. 582 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 8 Stations. Generally distributed, but never abundant, although at some of the Stns. the specimens are exceptionally large and finely developed, notably at Stns. 1, 6, and 9. ‘The individuals are of the arenaceous type, no porcellanous specimens being observed excepting at Stn. 4, where immature tests with a sub-arenaceous investment were found. The aperture when perfect is invariably cribrate. Subgenus Massiuina Schlumberger *. 85. Massilina secans (d’Orbigny). (Pl. XLIV. figs. 24-27.) Quinqueloculina secans VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 303. no. 48, Modele no. 96. planciana VOrbigny, 1889, FC. p. 186, pl. x. figs. 24, 25 ; pl. xi. figs. 4-6. Miliolina seminulum, var. disciformis Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 86, pl. vii. figs. 188, 189. Quinqueloculina secans Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NI’. 1865, p. 34, pl. i. fig. 10. Miliolina secans Brady, 1884, FC. p. 167, pl. vi. figs. 1, 2. Massilina secans Schlumberger, 1893, MGM. p. 76, woodcuts figs. 31-34, pl. iv. figs. 82, 83. Miliolina secans Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 112, pl. xx. fig. 856. Massilina secans Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1910, pp. 698 et seq. 6 Stations. Sparingly distributed and very rare, most numerous at Stns. 7 and 9. The large compressed form is not represented at all in the dredgings, all the specimens being of the long thick type of Quinqueloculina peregrina dOrbigny (d’O. 1846, FFV. p. 292, pl. xix. figs. 1-3). The specimens, although few in number, exhibit considerable diversity in the shell-texture, which varies from polished porcellanous to sclerotic. Many of the specimens, especially at Stns. 1 and 7, have a prominently recurved lip. We figure one of these. 86. Massilina secans, var. tenuistriata Farland. (Pl. XLIV. figs. 28-31.) Massilina secans, var. tenuistriata Earland, 1905, FBS. p. 198, pl. xi. fig. 5. S e op Heron-Alleu & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 317, and 1910, p. 693. 5 3 x Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 34. 3. Stations. Occurs in some numbers and quite characteristic, the best being at Stn. 1X. 87. Massilina secans, var. reticulata, nov. (Pl. XLV. figs. 1-4.) 10 Stations. The character of the test and arrangement of the chambers are as in J/. secans and equally variable, but the entire surface is covered with a regularly reticulate or engine- turned marking, due to the intersection of two series of radial coste. ‘These reticulations vary very greatly in development from a very feeble to a pronounced * The subgenera J/assilina and Sigmoilina have been included in the genus M:liolina instead of among the Hauerinine, their affinities being, in our opinion, near to the typical Miliolids. In the Clare Island report we followed Schlumberger, but we have now reconsidered the matter. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 583 network, but they never result in deep pits such as are seen in Miliolina reticulata. M. secans, as known to European Rhizopodists, is singularly normal in the character of its shell-surface, even striate varieties being very rare, but in the Malay Archipelago, according to Millett, the species appears to be subject to great superficial varia- tions, ranging from smooth to papillate. The papillate form figured by him, which strongly suggests our var. reticulata, except that the ornamentation is raised instead of being depressed, proves on examination of the types, which are now in our collection, to be distinctive, and nearer to JZ. macilenta. Almost universally distributed, and most abundant at Stns. 1, 5, 6, 9, and 13, the best specimens being at Stn. 9. The individuals are, as a rule, very compressed, but some are of normal thickness. The Kerimba specimens are all toothless, a feature which appears from Millett’s drawing to be also characteristic of his Malay specimens. Length averages -75-"95 mm., breadth °62—-92 mm., thickness -1 mm. ‘ 88. Massilina secans, var. rugosa, nov. (Pl. XLV. figs. 5-12.) 6 Stations. The construction of the test is as in the type, but the entire surface is covered with a firmly agglutinated layer of very fine sand-particles and mud, embedded in the superficial layer of the calcareous test. This adventitious layer does not penetrate the test to any appreciable depth, and can be scraped off with a needle-point, revealing the normal white test underneath. The sand-grains project very slightly, owing to the small size of the particles habitually used. ‘The colour varies at different Stns., probably owing to the percentage and nature of the incorporated mud, ranging from a very light grey to a dusky or even brown tint. This form, although not universally distributed, is quite one of the characteristic Miliolids of the Kerimba gatherings, and is usually a predominant type at the Stns. where it occurs, attaining a very large size. At Stn. 12 there is a tendency in the large specimens to become wild-growing, the final chamber being thrown off at abnormal angles from the axis. ‘lwo distinct forms occur in company at nearly every Stn.—one roughly triangular in section, the other much more complanate. These no doubt correspond with the forms 0 and a@ of Schlumberger’s I. secans (S. 1893, MGM. p- 77), as demonstrated by him in his sections of the type. Size very variable—average length 1:0-2°0 mm., breadth 8-1-5 mm. 89. Massilina macilenta (Brady). (Pl. XLV. figs. 13, 14.) Miholina macilenta Brady, 1884, FC. p. 167, pl. vii. figs. 5, 6. Massilina secans, var. macilenta Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 609, pl. xiii. fig. 4. 2 Stations. Extremely rare, the records depending upon a few individuals, none very strongly costate. VOL. XX.—PART xv. No. 6.—November, 1915. 40 084 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. HARLAND ON THE 90. Massilina alveoliniformis Millett. (Pl. XLV. fig. 15.) Massilina alveoliniformis Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 609, pl. xiii. figs. 5-7. 2 Stations. A single young specimen, resembling Millett’s fig. 6, at Stn. 6, and another at Stn.?A. The shell is rather more coarsely agelutinate than in the Malay types, which are now in our collection and are composed of very fine sand-grains. Fornasini (F. 1905, SOM. p. 65, pl. iil. figs. 6, 7) figures his usual reproductions of d’Orbigny’s original outlines of the species Quinqueloculina variabilis, made for the ** Planche inédite” (which latter, however, was not finished by him), These represent a quinqueloculine form, which Fornasini refers to J. alveoliniformis Brady, and a spiroloculine form which he refers to Spiroloculina arenaria Brady. He suggests that the former is a young stage of the latter, and thus by his suggestion of bimorphism properly relegates the species to the genus Massilina. If Fornasini’s view is correct, d’Orbigny’s species Q. variabilis probably represented Millett’s JZ. alveoliniformis, and its tropical habitat (Jer Sud et Rawack) would bear out this identification, but the type-specimens which we have inspected at La Rochelle and in Paris are so damaged as to be useless for purposes of identification. The Paris fragment suggests a Spiro- loculina or Planispirina. It seems desirable, therefore, that Miullett’s name should be perpetuated and d’Orbigny’s definitely abandoned. Subgenus Siemoitiwa Schlumberger. 91. Sigmoilina ovata Sidebottom. (Pl. XLV. figs. 16-18.) Sigmoilina ovata Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1904, p. 6, pl. 11. figs. 12, 18, text-fig. 1. (See B. 1887, SBRF. Postscript, p. 927.) 9) Stations. Generally distributed and often very abundant. ‘The specimens are, as a rule, large and well developed, but at Stns. 8 and ? A (at the latter of which it was very common) the individuals were of a very small and starved type. ‘The species is very closely related to the S. edwardsi of Schlumberger, from which, however, it differs in its more cylindrical contour and lesser number of chambers visible externally. 8. ovata has normally five visible chambers, S. edwardst having seven. 92. Sigmoilina edwardsi (Schlumberger). (Pl. XLV. figs. 19-21.) Planispirina (Sigmoilina) edwardsi Schlumberger, 1887, P. p. 483 (113 *), text-fig. 8, pl. vii. figs. 15-18. * This is correct (fide Sherborn), but it is the page in the series of reprints issued by Schlumberger, which were repaginated consecutively as the various articles appeared, and has introduced terrible confusion into all references to his work. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO, 585 6 Stations. Less widely distributed than the closely allied 8. ovata, but occurring in company with that species at many Stns. There are numerous transition-forms characterized by an intermediate number of chambers, viz., six. Sidebottom states that his species S. ovata has occasionally six visible chambers. When, as is usually the case, these six-chambered specimens have a compressed sectional outline, it becomes doubtful whether they should be assigned to one or the other species, and even whether S. ovata is not merely a variety of Schlumberger’s earlier species. Subfamily HaAvERININA. ARTICULINA d’Orbigny. 93. Articulina sulcata Reuss. Articulina sulcata Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 383, pl. iv. (xlix.) figs. 18-17. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 183, pl. xii. figs. 12, 13. Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 215, pl. xl. fig. 11. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 2438, pl. i. fig. 5. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 510. Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1904, p. 16, pl. iv. figs. 16, 17; text-fig. 5. 11 Stations. Occurrence rare to frequent, but never abundant. At Stns. 1 and ?B the species attains its maximum development of frequency and size. It seems not improbable that Reuss’s species may represent merely an arrested or young form of A. sagra, as the few specimens of A. sagra found at Kerimba are of a diminutive type as compared with the normai development of the species, and in their initial milioline portion agree in size with the specimens of A. sulcata occurring in the same dredging. 94. Articulina sagra d’Orbigny. (Pl. XLV. figs. 22-25.) Articulina sagra @Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 183, pl. ix. figs. 23-26. Vertebralina mucronata VOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 120, pl. xxi. figs. 18, 19. Articulina sagra Brady, 1884, FC. p. 1&4, pl. xii. figs. 22-24. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 511. Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1904, p. 17, pl. iv. figs. 18-20; text-fig. 6. 2? 22 99 ) 6 Stations. A few small individuals only, and at Stn. 5 a broken terminal chamber which, from its very large size, can hardly have belonged to A. sulcata. At Stn.?B a number of individuals were found which seem to represent a transition-stage between A. sulcata and A. sagra, the terminal chamber being added to a normal A. sulcata shell, but being formed in the normal 4. sagra manner, except that it is much more produced 402 986 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE and tubular than usual, and only compressed at the oral extremity. Such individuals raise the question whether A. sagra is anything more than an advanced bimorphous form of A. sulcata. : 95. Articulina conico-articulata (Batsch). (Pl. XLV. figs. 26-33.) Nautilus conico-articulatus Batsch, 1791, CS. p. 3, pl. ili. fig. 11. Articulina mtida VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 300, no. 1, Modéle no. » Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1865, p. ee pl. i. fig. 2. Ver febralane (Cegpranttine) elongata Karrer, 1868, MFKB. p. 155, pl. ii. fig. 10. Articulina conico-articulata Brady, 1884, FC. p- 185, pl. xi. les, 17, 18; pl. xi. figs. 1, 2 ie ‘ » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 511, pl. a figs. 9, 10. Fn 9 » sister, 1903, F. p. 93, fig. 28. 17 Stations. This very variable species occurs at every Stn. in one or other of its forms, and at most Stns. nearly all the varieties occur together. Batsch’s original figure is of the many-chambered type with cylindrical chambers, regularly increasing in diameter, but the specimen from which he drew his figure is broken and the initial portion is not shown. D’Orbigny, under the name A. nitida (d’O. 1826, TMC. p. 300. no. 1, Modéle no. 22), issued a Model which represents the same type, but has somewhat more turgid chambers constricted at the sutural joints, and with a prominent milioline initial portion. Both Batsch’s figure and d’Orbigny’s Model represent shells circular in section. Yet a third type is the A. elongata of Karrer, which may best be described as a curved or dentaline variety of Batsch’s form; the initial portion is not shown by Karrer, but the chambers are circular in section. A fourth form is figured by Brady (pl. xiii. fig. 1) which may be briefly described as a dentaline and elongated form of dOrbigny’s Model. Millett figures yet another type which may be regarded as a modification of d’Orbigny’s Model, characterized by the fusiform shape of the chambers and the great constriction of the apertural end of each chamber, as compared with its inflated base. Millett’s specimens were apparently straight. The Kerimba specimens cover the whole of the foregoing varieties and present some further modifications. Dealing first with the Batsch type, which is the most abundant and furnishes the largest specimens, there is a distinct tendency at some Stns., notably 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, and 12, towards compression of the later chambers, which then become oval in section, passing in extreme cases into a compressed final chamber, practically indistinguishable from A. sagra d’Orbigny. ‘The circular type occurs at every Stn. except four, usually in abundance; at Stns. 5, 6, and 10 it attains a comparatively large size, but at Stn. 9, where it isa common species, all the specimens are small. Of the dentaline varieties, Karrer’s type is very rare, but Brady’s occurs at all Stns. except 3 and 11. The only Stn. at which it is very common is Stn. 7, common at FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 587 4 and 5, and frequent to rare at the remainder. The specimens from Stn. 9 are, as in the case of the other varieties, small in size. The initial chambers, as pointed out by Millett, are of two types, resembling respectively Miliolina and Orbitolites. Lister suggests that these variations represent the megalo- and microspheric forms, but an examination of a long series of specimens of both kinds has not thrown any light on this point. The primordial chambers in the two forms do not present any noticeable difference in size. It may, however, be observed that at Kerimba the “ Orditolites” initial portion is confined to the denta- line type of shell and the “ Adiliolina” variant to the telescopic, or Batsch and d’Orbigny types. 96. Articulina funalis Brady. Articulina funalis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 185, pl. xii. figs. 6-11. » Hgger, 1893, FG. p. 50, pl. iii. fig. 1. ¥ » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 513. <3 » Chapman, 1909, SNZ. p. 823, pl. xiv. fig. 3. 2 Stations. A single characteristic specimen was found at Stn. 1 and another at Stn. 11. Rhumbler has instituted a new genus, Tubinella, for the species A. funalis and its allies (R. 1906, FLC. p. 25) on what appear to us to be insufficient grounds. VERTEBRALINA d’Orbigny. 97. Vertebralina striata d’Orbigny. Vertebralina striata d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 283. no. 1, Modele no. 81. 35 » Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF’. 1865, p. 32, pl. i. fig. 1. ie » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 187, pl. xii. figs. 14-16. be » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 243, pl. ui. figs. 33, 34. 9 5, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 607, pl. xii. fig. 1. 14 Stations. Universally distributed and well developed in the coarse siftings at nearly every Stn. Most of the large specimens are of the long type represented by d’Orbigny’s Model, but the short nearly circular type figured by Egger and Millett occurs in company with this at most Stns., though never attaining such a large size. At Stns. 10 and ?B specimens with a reticulate instead of a striate surface were observed. At Stn. 3 an abnormal specimen was found in which the shell became bifurcate at the oral end. Haverina d’Orbigny. 98. Hauerina fragilissima (Brady). (Pl. XLVI. figs. 1, 2.) Spiroloculina fragilissima Brady, 1884, FC. p. 149, pl. ix. figs. 12-14. Hauerina fragilissima Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 610, pl. xiii. figs. 8-10. 588 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 8 Stations. Generally distributed, but never more than an occasional specimen, except at Stns. 6 and 10, and very rare at them. The individuals vary greatly in size, being generally very small, the largest and best at Stn. 12. The original allocation of this form to the genus Spiroloculina seems open to great objection; the earlier chambers are invariably arranged on a quinqueloculine plan giving a thickened central portion to the shell. ‘The aperture is also invariably cribrate. It would appear to be little more than a starved and spiroloculine form of Hawerina compressa d’Orb. 99. Hauerina compressa d’Orbigny. Hauerina compressa WV Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 119, pl. v. figs. 25-27. uh A Brady, 1884, FC. p. 190, pl. xi. figs. 12, 13. 8 ae Egger, 1893, FG. p. 244, pl. i. figs. 9, 10, 23, 24. a ne Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 610, pl. xiii. fig. 11. a5 ie Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1904, p. 19, pl. v. figs. 7, 8; text-fig. 8. a oy Rhumbler, 1906, FLC. p. 52, pl. ii. fig. 39. 16 Stations. Occurs at nearly all the Stns., often very abundantly. H. compressa appears to be a very variable form. -D’Orbigny’s original figure and description represent a shell having four chambers in the final convolution and some- what inflated, so that the earlier chambers are depressed and visible in the umbilical region on either side of the shell. The marginal edge is subcarinate, and the aperture is described as an oval opening surrounded with numerous tubercles. These tubercles were, however, probably perforations misinterpreted by the author. Karrer (K. 1868, MFKB. p. 154, pl. ii. fig. 9) figures, under the name Peneroplis aspergilla, a species which appears to us to be the same form, although he contrasts it with d’Orbigny’s species largely on the ground that the aperture is cribrate and not a simple opening. In Karrer’s figure the four chambers of the terminal whorl are more inflated than in d’Orbigny’s species; the edge is rounded, the early chambers are hardly visible, and the aperture is a large and rounded cribrate extension to the terminal chamber. Brady (B. 1884, FC. p. 190, pl. xi. figs. 12, 13) figures yet another very different type, which is compressed, has three chambers visible in the final whorl and two or three complete whorls visible in the inner portion, which, however, is sunk below the level of the final chambers. The aperture is large and cribrate, covering the whole of the end of the terminal chamber. The Kerimba specimens, although varying considerably among themselves, are, on the whole, different from any of these three types, inasmuch as the central portion is nearly always the thickest part of the shell and exhibits hardly any visible seg- mentation. ‘The final convolution in nearly all cases consists of three chambers only, but in a few instances, especially in small individuals, there are only two chambers in FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 589 the final convolution. Specimens with four chambers visible in the final convolution are of very rare occurrence. At most of the Stns. all the larger specimens and most of the smaller ones are typically milioline in the texture of their shells, but at some Stns., notably Stns. 3 and 10, all the individuals have walls of such extreme tenuity that they are of a delicate blue opalescent tint. The H. complanata figured and described by Dakin as a new species (D. 1906, FC. p. 231, fig. 7) would appear to be no more than one of these thin compressed shells, with an abnormally large number of visible chambers. At Stn. 4 H. compressa is represented by large and very thick-walled specimens with embracing chambers, closely approaching H. circinata. A specimen was found at one of the Stns., which we are figuring elsewhere (H.-A., 1915, RPF. pl. xv. fig. 31), in which the hauerine shell is followed by a peneropline extension. 100. Hauerina circinata Brady. Hauerina circinata Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 47. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 191, pl. xi. figs. 14-16. Rhumbler, 1906, FLC. p. 52, pl. iii. fig. 40. 5B) ” %9 » 5 Stations. Brady separates H. circinata from H. compressa by its “‘ more regularly nautiloid form, the larger number of chambers in each circuit and its embracing segments, and their diaphanous shell.” He does not refer to another feature, which, however, is clearly indicated in Hollick’s figure, and which we think is, if anything, a more distinctive feature, viz. the markings at the septa on the produced edge of the septal lines. These markings, which bear some superficial resemblance to the retral processes of Polystomella, indicate the position of the cribrate aperture of each chamber inside the shell. They are never visible in H. compressa, but nearly always in H. circinata, however thick and robust the shell may be. Apart from these features, it seems very doubtful whether H. circinata can be regarded as anything more than an advanced growth-stage of H. compressa. At Kerimba the specimens of /. circinata are confined to a relatively small number of Stns. The best specimens were observed at Stns. 9 and 11; at Stn. 3 they were extremely translucent, as was the case at this Stn. with H. compressa. At Stn. 4 the shells were all thick and stoutly built. Speaking generally, similar variations occur in these two so-called species at comparatively adjacent Stns., which probably confirms the near relationship of the two forms. The number of chambers, which Brady makes a specific feature, is not always in excess of the chambers of H. compressa from the same locality. ‘The embracing character of the chambers in the final whorl is the only invariable feature separating the, two forms. 590 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 101. Hauerina ornatissima (Karrer). Quinqueloculina ornatissima Karrer, 1868, ME KB. p. 151, pl. iu. fig. 2. Hauerina ornatissima Brady, 1876, LC. p. 406. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 192, pl. vii. figs. 15-22. 24 - Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 610. 5, 5 Chapman, 1900, PLE. p. 178. 14 Stations. Occurs sparingly at most of the Stns., and nearly always in a small compressed form with the later chambers arranged in a more or less spiroloculine manner. Large and 99 2) typical specimens were found only at Stns, 1, 4, 9, and 12. PLANISPIRINA Seguenza. 102. Planispirina auriculata Eeger. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 3-7.) Planispirina auriculata Egger, 1893, FG. p. 245, pl. ii. figs. 18-15. 12 Stations. Generally distributed and sometimes common. The best and most typical examples at Stns. 6 and 11. At Stns. 12 and 7X it was rare and very small. Practically the only variation observed is in the relative length of the long axis of the shell, two forms being found in company at several Stns., one with a very much broader shell than the other, otherwise externally identical. Viewed as a transparent object in balsam the difference is found to be associated with the development of the initial chambers. The shell commences its growth as an unseptate spiral tube. In the broad specimens this spiral growth continues to as much as two complete convolutions before assuming the spiroloculine arrangement ; in the narrow form the spiroloculine method of growth is assumed after a single convolution. Possibly these two forms represent the megalo- spheric and microspherie generations of the organism. As we pointed out in our Clare Island monograph, our species P. cliarensis possesses close affinities to P. auriculata, and may perhaps be a depauperated northern form of the tropical species, which differs from P, cliarensis in the greater strength and convexity of its test and its larger aperture. 103. Planispirina exigua Brady. Hauerina ewigua Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 267. Planispirina exigua Brady, 1884, FC. p. 196, pl. xu. figs. 1-4, woodcut fig. 5 6, p. 194. 35 » Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 216, pl. xl. fig. 4. 55 » Hegger, 1893, FG. p. 245, pl. i. figs. 11, 12. BS » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 611, pl. xiii. fig. 13. 9 Stations. ‘ Generally distributed, but never very abundant. The best specimens at Stn. 6, where it was most frequent. Two varieties were noticed at this Stn., one a thin-walled FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 591 circular type, the other roughly triangular in outline owing to the presence of three definitely marked chambers in the outer whorl. Both varieties are figured by Brady, and they probably represent the micro- and megalospheric forms of the species. 104. Planispirina communis Seguenza. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 8, 9.) Planispirina communis Seguenza, 1879-80, TR. p. 310, pl. xvii. fig. 18. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 196, pi. exiv. figs. 4-7. Cat. Mus. Normanianum, pt. vili. 1892, Rhizopoda no. 145. 3) +9 1 Station. Two specimens at Stn. 11, noteworthy owing to the extremely limited distribution of the form as at present recorded. Seguenza’s original fossils were from the Pliocene of Messina, and the only other record, as far as we know, is Norman’s (published by Brady) from the Faroe Channel (170 fms.). The species occurs frequently in many of the ‘ Goldseeker’ dredgings in the Shetland-Faroe Channel. Subfamily FISCHERININA. FIscHERINA Terquem. 105. Fischerina rhodiensis Terquem. ' Fischerina rhodiensis Terquem, 1878, FIR. p. 80, pl. ix. (xiv.) fig. 25. 2 Stations. A single specimen from Stn. 3 and several from Stn. 11, agreeing in all respects with Terquem’s figure and description, except that the number of convolutions in our individuals rarely exceeds two or three and that the umbilical depression on the inferior side is less pronounced. ‘The sutural lines in the Kerimba specimens are equally distinct on both faces of the shell. 106. Fischerina pellucida Millett. Fischerina pellucida Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 611, pl. xiii. figs. 14, 15. 6 Stations. Occurs at several Stns., but, as a rule, only one or two specimens at each. They agree generally with Millett’s figure and description, except in the aperture, which is, as a rule, a simple opening occupying the whole of the extremity of the final chamber and furnished with a thickened and inverted lip, not constricted and everted as in Millett’s specimens. At Stn. 26 a single specimen was found having only three chambers in the final whorl instead of the normal five. 107. Fischerina helix, sp.n. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 10-14.) 1 Station. Test delicate, opalescent, and extremely fragile, consisting of four to five convolutions VOL. XX.—PART xvul. No. 7.—WNovember, 1915. 42 592 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE regularly increasing in diameter and arranged in a rounded helicoid spiral. ‘The primordial chamber large, appearing as a clear vesicle at the apex of the spire. About three chambers to each convolution, the lines between the convolutions being some- what depressed, while the septal lines between the chambers are flush with the surface and conspicuous only by the greater density of the material at this point in contrast with the opalescent wall of the chambers. Inferior surface nearly flat, slightly depressed in the umbilicus, showing four chambers, the aperture being a rounded and slightly lipped opening on the marginal edge of the final chamber. ‘The shell- substance on the inferior side appears to be covered with a network of faint striz, apparently caused by minute scratches in the shell-substance; these markings are not visible on the superior surface of the test. Breadth at base -23--36 mm. Height ‘20 mm. This species, which is evidently the most highly developed type of the genus, occurs, a few specimens only, at Stn. 11. It bears some external resemblance to minute shells of the Pteropod Limacina, and might easily be overlooked. A single specimen of /*. helicina lias been identified by us on a type- ie mounted by R. L. Mestayer, F.R.M.S., from a dredging made off the “ Poor Knights” Is., Hauraki Gulf, New Zealand, depth 60 fathoms. /. pellucida Millett also occurs in the same gathering. Subfamily PENEROPLIDIN 4S. CornusPira Schultze. 108. Cornuspira foliacea (Philippi). Orbis foliaceus Philippi, 1844, EMS. p. 147, pl. xxiv. fig. 25 (error for 26). Operculina ammonitiformis Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 209, pl. xvii. fig. 16. Spirillina foliacea Williamson, 1858, REGB. p. 91, pl. vi. figs. 199-201. Cornuspira foliacea Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 76, pl. 11. fig. 3. ie » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 199, pl. xi. figs. 5-9, é » gger, 1893, FG. p. 247, pl. iii. figs. 20, 21. Be »» Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 305, pl. ix. figs. 5, 6. s », Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 36. 5 Stations. Rarely occurring at the Stns. All the specimens are small and of the true Philippi type; none of the broad divergent type first figured by Costa as Operculina ammoniti- formis, after him by Williamson (wé supra), and following them by all later writers as C. foliacea, were found at Kerimba. In our experience the evolute Costa and Williamson type is confined to the colder areas of the ocean or deep water. 109. Cornuspira selseyensis Heron-Allen & Earland. Cornuspira? Harland, 1905, FBS. p. 199, pl. xii. figs. 2-4 im selseyensis Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, ete., SB. 1909, p. 319, pl. xv. figs. 9-11. 3 5 Heron-Allen & Harland, 1918, CL. p. 37. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 593 12 Stations. Of frequent occurrence at most of the Stns. The individuals are generally rather smaller than the British specimens upon which we founded the species, and pass imperceptibly into C. foliacea (Philippi) of the original narrow-tubed circular type as figured by its author. 110. Cornuspira involvens Reuss. Operculina involvens Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 370, pl.i. (xlvi.) fig. 20 (not 30). Cornuspira involvens Reuss, 1861, Model no. 15. Reuss, 1863, KTF. p. 39, pl. i. fig. 2. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 200, pl. xi. figs. 1-3. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 246, pl. ii. figs: 18, 19. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p. 612. Chapman, 1900, FLF. p.178. (Arcornuspirum, vu.-involutum Reuss! m.!!) Rhumbler, 1909, ete., FPEH. 1918, p. 425, pl. v. fig. 4. 14 Stations. Generally distributed, and usually of moderately frequent occurrence. All the specimens are small, but two or three distinct types occur :—(1.) The normal thin type of C. involvens (cf. Brady, fig. 2); (ii.) a type with fewer whorls, like Brady’s fig. 3, but both megalo- and microspheric; (i1.) a type in which the tube is of practically even diameter throughout, the two faces being practically parallel. The spiral depres- sion between the whorls is very slight and sometimes only apparent in a portion of the terminal whorl. The specimens suggest C. pachygyra Gumbel (G. 1869, FStC. p. 178, pl. v. figs. 9, 10), but the spiral line, on the obscurity of which Gumbel lays stress, is more clearly indicated in his figure than in the Kerimba specimens. ‘These individuals may be compared as regards the sectional shape of their chambers, the parallel disposition of the two faces of the test, and the obscurity of the superficial teatures with Spirillina tuberculata Brady (B. 1884, FC. p. 631, pl. Ixxxv. figs. 12-16), but in that species the surface is still further obscured by a secondary deposit of tubercles. ‘The Kerimba specimens may owe their appearance to a secondary deposit of shell- matter, but, if so, it is uniformly distributed over the surface of the test, which is thick and of typically milioline texture. 111. Cornuspira charoides, sp.n. (Pl. XLVI. fig. 15.) 1 Station. Test consisting of an unseptate tube coiled at first in a trochoid spiral consisting of six or seven convyolutions, followed by two convolutions in a different plane and enveloping the initial portion of the test in the same manner as in Aimmodiscus charoides Jones & Parker. ‘The tube is crescentic in section and of normal milioline texture, translucent as regards the early portion of the test. i A single specimen from Stn. 7. 594 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE Diameter in all directions: circa ‘18 mm., diameter of tube in final convolution -02 mm. This curious little form is chiefly interesting on account of its isomorphism with Ammodiscus charoides (Jones & Parker). PENEROPLIS Montfort. Introductory Note-——As is usually the case in a series of gatherings from such shallow waters in tropical seas, the genus Peneroplis figures prominently in the Kerimba Archipelago material and presents practically all the variations hitherto recorded and separated in the costate group, the smooth and polished forms alone being absent. Regard being had to the large size attained by many of the specimens, notably among those of the type of P. planatus, the shell-development observed in the dredgings is rather poor, the individuals found being nearly all translucent and thin- walled, though otherwise well-grown and characteristic. As might be expected in such a mass of material, abnormal and deformed specimens (especially of the P. planatus and P. pertusus types), in which the plane of growth frequently changes, and in which the growth becomes wild (as shown in d’Orbigny’s “ Planche inédite” and, more elaborately, in Dreyer’s work upon the genus *), are of frequent occurrence. Lgger, 1893, FG. p. 271, pl. vi. figs. 8-10. ie » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 560 (References). 6 Stations. Very sparingly distributed. The best at Stn. ? X, where the specimens are quite typical and identical with de Blainville’s figure. At Stn. 9 it occurs in two well- marked varieties, characterized respectively by broad and narrow shells, but the characteristic parallel sutural lines are distinctly marked in both varieties. 162. Textularia sagittula, var. jugosa Brady. Textularia sagittula, var. jugosa Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895, p. 145, pl. v. fig. 19 (References). i », (“forma abbreviata”’) Fornasini, 1887, TA. p. 399, pl. xi. fig. 2. 45 jugosa Egger, 1893, FG. p. 278, pl. vi. figs. 19-21. Textularia sagitiula, var. jugosa Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 561, pl. vii. fig. 8. 5 Stations. Occurs at very few Stns., but when present is usually abundant and characterized by an extraordinary range in size and variety in the relative proportions of the length and breadth of the test. Stn. 11 furnishes a numerous and typical series ranging from the very short and broad, strongly limbate form figured by Millett (wt supra) to the long variety figured in the Crag Monograph. ‘The short thick type with less conspicuous limbation separated by Fornasini as the “abbreviated form” also occurs at this Stn. 163. Textularia rugosa (Reuss). (Pl. XLVII. figs. 7-9.) Plecanium rugosum Reuss, 1869, FOG. p. 453, pl. 1. fig. 3 Textularia rugosa Brady, 1884, FC. p. 363, pl. xl. figs. 23, 24, Me » Lgger, 1893, FG. p. 270, pl. vi. Fos, 29-31 Textularia rugosa Chapman, 1900, PLE. p. 185. Be » Heron-Allen & Karland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 310. 4Ap2 626 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 4 Stations. D’Orbigny utilized this specific name in 1826 (TMC. p. 262. no. 10) for a form which he did not in any way describe, but which according to the “Planche inédite” as figured by Fornasini (Riv. Ital. Paleont. 1901, p. 105, pl. iii. fig. 8) represents a Textu- laria of sagittula type, but with rounded edges. D’Orbigny’s name being a nomen nudum must lapse, and there is the less reason to regret this as Reuss’ figure represents a well-marked and distinct type. T. rugosa is very sparingly represented at Kerimba. ‘This is noteworthy, as the species is generally fairly abundant in the neighbourhood of coral-reefs. The best series of specimens was obtained at Stn. 11, where it attaineda large size. Other good individuals at Stn. 12. At both these Stns. the characteristic flexed sutural edges of the chambers were strongly developed. At Stn. 9 the species is represented by a weaker form, in which the characteristic flexure is less marked and the specimens show signs of affinity to 7’. hauerti d’Orbigny. At Stn. 11 a few abnormal individuals were found, which we figure. They com- mence with a triserial or gaudryine arrangement of the chambers, which at half-growth become converted into typical 7’. rugosa. 164. Textularia ageglutinans dOrbigny. Teviularia ayglutinans dV’ Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 144, pl. i. figs. 17, 18, 32-34. Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 369, pl. xv. fig. 21. Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 93, pl. 1x. figs. 1-8. Bs Ps Brady, 1884, FC. p. 3638, pl. xlin. figs. 1-3; vars., figs. 4, 12. ; a Egger, 1893, FG. p. 267, pl. vi. figs. 1, 2. Bs Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 85, pl. vil. figs. 281-4 & 294-303. 59 ap Fornasini, 1895, BR., p. 657 e¢ seq., plate, figs. 8-6. 15 Stations. Universally distributed and often abundant and typical. The best specimens occur at Stus. 1, 6, and 9. There is as usual a wide variation, based principally on the relative length and breadth of the shell, the species passing imperceptibly into the variety 7’. porrecta Brady, on the one hand, and into the broader and smoother 7’. gramen d’Orbigny, on the other. At Stn. 3 the tendency is towards 7. gramen. At the majority of the Stns. the species is marked by a coarse and roughly agglutinate test, strongly in contrast with 7. gramen, which at nearly all the Stns. is smoothly and neatly built. At Stn. 7, however, specimens of Z. agglutinans, which are rather smaller than the Kerimba average, are of a smooth neat type. At Stn. 11, where the species attained very large proportions, some of the individuals had the appearance of having spiro- plectine initial chambers, but they are so small that the feature is difficult to confirm. At Stns. 1 and 12 monstrous individuals, in which additional chambers have been added as outgrowths from various portions of the shell, have been found. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. O27 165. Textularia candeiana d’Orbigny. (Pl. XLVII. figs. 10-16.) Textularia candeiana WOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 143, pl. i. figs. 25-27. FA (fungiformis) Fornasini, 1887, ITI. p. 387, pl. x. fig. 1. zm (fungiformis) Fornasini, 1896, TC. pp. 2 et seq. pl. O. figs. 1-5. sagittula, var. candeina (sic) Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1899, p. 562, pl. vii. fig. 12. candeiana Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1905, p. 7, pl. i. fig. 1. Q” » 10 Stations. This form of 7. agqglutinans, marked by excessive and rapid increase in the inflation of the chambers, culminating in a final pair which are semi-globular, is generally distributed among the dredgings, but is never very abundant. Excellent specimens were obtained at Stns. 1, 3,9, and 12, particularly fine and frequent at the latter. The texture of the shell is almost uniformly coarse, but finely agglutinate, somewhat between the structure of the typical 7. agglutinans (of Kerimba) and 7. gramen. 166. Textularia porrecta Brady. Textularia agglutinans, var. porrecta Brady, 1884, FC. p. 364, pl. xliii. fig. 4. 94 porrecta Kgger, 1893, FG. p. 269, pl. vi. figs. 17, 18. 8 Stations. Generally distributed, but never so abundant as the typical Z. agglutinans. The best specimens were at Stns. 3, 9, and 12, particularly fine at Stn. 3. At Stn. 9 the individuals were remarkable, as the first half of the test was very roughly constructed, the latter portion being smooth and matt. At the other Stns. the form is usually of a roughly agglutinate type throughout. At Stn. 9 it is possible that some of the specimens had spiroplectine initial chambers, but, owing to the texture and opacity of the shell, this feature is extremely difficult to diagnose with certainty. 167. Textularia luculenta Brady. Textularia luculenta Brady, 1884, FC. p. 364, pl. xlii. figs. 5-8. 1 Station. One characteristic specimen at Stn. 3. All the localities given by Brady for this species are in the Atlantic Ocean at depths ranging from 350 to 675 fis. 168. Textularia gramen d’Orbigny. Textularia gramen VOrbigny, 1846, FEV. p. 248, pl. xv. figs. 4-6. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 365, pl. xlin. figs. 9-10. a) a) 9p » Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 332, pl. xii. figs. 13, 14. 55 Haeusler, 1890, FST. p. 71, pl. x1. figs. 26, 27, 37. 65 » Bgeer, 1893, MG. p. 272, pl. vi. figs. 24-26. Millett, 1898, etc., I'M. 1899, p. 563. 628 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND: A. EARLAND ON THE 14 Stations. Almost universally distributed and often very abundant. At nearly all the Stns. the specimens are quite typical; there are, of course, many passage-forms intermediate between this species and 7. agglutinans and T. conica. At Stn. 7 a curious variety marked by a depressed median line occurs. The best and most typical examples were at Stns. 2, 3, 4, and 10. 169. Textularia hauerii d’Orbigny. (Pl. XLVII. figs. 21-23.) Textularia hauerti V@Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 250, pl. xv. figs. 13-15. 5 gramen (pars) Brady, 1884, FC. p. 365. 12 Stations. A transition-form, which we figure, is generally distributed, and at the Stns. where it occurs is often one of the most abundant and typical. It seems to come nearer to @Orbigny’s 7. hawerti than to any other Textularian. Brady regarded TZ. hauerti as merely a modification of 7’. gramen (ut supra) characterized by less angular edges, but the Kerimba specimens are sufficiently marked and divergent from 7. gramen, as represented in these dredgings, to render the separation of the specimens desirable. In the somewhat rough texture of the shell their affinities appear to lie rather in the direction of 7. candeiana than of 7. gramen. The Kerimba specimens of 7. hauerw have, as a rule, about eight pairs of chambers regularly increasing in breadth and thickness, and with the sutural lines somewhat depressed owing to the inflation of the chambers. Marginal edge lobulate and varying from rounded in the latter portion of the shell to acute or subcarinate in the initial portion. Surface-texture somewhat coarse, but neatly agglutinate. ‘The species is most abundant at Stns. 1 and 12, reaching its best proportions at the latter. 7. haueriw was recorded by d’Orbiguy from the Tertiaries of Vienna. It is probably widely dis- tributed, but has not been separated from the records of 7. gramen. 170. Textularia foliacea, sp.n. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 17-20.) 9 Stations. Test free, highly compressed, consisting of seven to nine pairs of chambers regularly increasing in width so as to give a leaf-shaped outline to the shell. Sutural lines depressed, often strongly marked, but at times very obscure, and obliquely set, so that the tapering off of the ultimate pair of chambers gives the characteristic diamond or foliaceous outline. Median line of the shell depressed below the marginal edges, aperture small and regularly textularian. ‘Test composed of sand-grains and other adventitious substances firmly and neatly cemented together, but with a rough external surface. This is one of the most characteristic of the Kerimba Textulariide, though not FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. §29 universally distributed. It occurs in the greatest abundance and in its best development at Stn. 1, and very fine examples were also obtained at Stn. 9. At Stns. 3 and 10 the specimens were less characteristic and showed a tendency to pass, by inflation of the chambers, into 7. hauerit. The affinities of our species are between 7’. luculenta Brady and T. hawerii or gramen dOrbigny. It may be compared as regards its highly compressed and parallel-faced test with the Yextularia immensa of Cushman (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xliv. 1915, p. 633, pl. Ixxix. fig. 2), from which it differs only in the character of its aperture, We have specimens from Timor Sea (Java, 50 fms.), where it is frequent, and from Vavau (S. Pacific, 16 fms.). We have also observed specimens in some of Brady’s unsorted material from Fiji at Cambridge, and a single specimen among his specimens of T. agglutinans from ‘ Coral Reef, Australia, 17 fms.” It is probably therefore widely distributed in coral-reef areas. Length 1:0 to 1:5 mm., breadth 6, thickness -°3 mm. 171. Textularia conica d’Orbigny. Textularia conica VOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 143, pl. 1. figs. 19, 20. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 365, pl. xliii. figs. 13, 14; pl. exiii. fig. 1. Haeusler, 1890, FST. p. 72, pl. xi. figs. 40-42, 45, 46. Heger, 18938, FG. p. 273, pl. vi. figs. 34-86. oP) bB) 35 oe Mallettils9S8cete M1899) p. 563. . sy Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 185. 16 Stations. Universally distributed and generally abundant. An excellent series of specimens was obtained at many Stns., notably at Stns. 2 and 6. AtStn.8 specimens intermediate with 7’. gramen and at Stn. 11 specimens passing into 7. trochus d’Orbigny were observed. At Stn. 12 a monstrous individual, in which the normal shell was followed by a cylindrical bigenerine series of three chambers set at an angle of 45° to the principal axis of the shell, was found. 71a. Textularia conica, var. corrugata, nov. (Pl. XLVII. figs. 24-27.) 1 Station. At Stn. 11 a considerable number of specimens referable to this species, but presenting extraordinary limbate or jugose characteristics extending all round the shell, were found. We figure some of them. Like all the Textulariide at this Stn. the shells are largely constructed of minute rounded calcareous particles giving a very striking appearance to the test, their glassy appearance contrasting very strongly with the ochreous aggiutinating cement. 650 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 172. Textularia trochus d’Orbigny. (Pl. XLVII. fig. 28.) Teatuiaria trochus V@Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 45, pl. iv. figs. 25, 26. i a Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. p. 150, pl. iii. figs. 17, 18. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 366, pl. xlii. figs. 15-19 ; pl. xliv. figs. 1-3. : Haeusler, 1890, FST. p. 72, pl. xi. figs. 48, 44. A ie Egger, 1893, FG. p. 273, pl. vi. figs. 37, 38. Egger, 1899, KOA. p. 28, pl. xiv. figs. 27-28. 12 Stations. Generally distributed, but never very abundant, though good and typical specimens occur at many Stns., the best at Stns. 3 and 12. At Stn. 12, at which many double and monstrous shells occurred, an abnormal specimen, which we figure, was found in which in mid-growth the axis of alternation of the chambers has twisted itself round to aright angle, forming a cruciform test. 173. Textularia turris d’Orbigny. eatularia turris @Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 46, pl. iv. figs. 27, 28. Reuss, 1845-6, VBK. pt. 1. p. 39, pl. xii. fig. 76. oP) a2 58 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 366, pl. xliv. figs. 4, 5. * » Egger, 1899, KOA, p. 29, pl. xiv. fig. 29. 3 Stations. Occurs at very few Stns., but large and typical at Stns. 11 and 12. At Stn. 11 a variety occurs in which the entire surface of the shell is covered with minute rolled sand-grains, giving the appearance of an investment of clear beads to the test and entirely masking the sutural lines. 174. Textularia barrettii Jones & Parker. Textularia barrettii Jones & Parker, 1863, FJ. pp. 80 & 105. Jones & Parker, 1876, FJ. p. 99, text-fig. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 367, pl. xliv. figs. 6-8. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 272, pl. vi. figs. 5-7. aStations. Very rare, but good and large examples at Stn. 11. VERNEUILINA d’Orbigny. 175. Verneuilina spinulosa Reuss. Verneuilina spinulosa Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 374, pl. ii. (xlvii.) fig. 12. Reuss, 1861, Model no. 6. Egger, 1857, MSO. p. 292, pl. v. (ix.) figs. 17, 18. Brady, 1870, FTR. p. 301, pl. xii. fig. 6. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 384, pl. xlvii. figs. 1-3. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 631 Verneuilina spinulosa Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 219, pl. xlii. figs. 14, 15. 5 55 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 281, pl. vii. figs. 11, 14-16. x #5 Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 185. xs aD Rhumbler, 1906, FLC. p. 61, pl. v. fig. 53. 17 Stations. Universally distributed and generally very abundant, attaining exceptionally fine proportions at Stns. 1, 3,9,and?B. The specimens with spinous margins predominate. At Stn. 7 some of the specimens are spinous all over the surface. 176. Verneuilina pygmeza (Egger). Bulimina pygmea Egger, 1857, MSO. p. 284, pl. viii. (xii.) figs. 10, 11. Textularia triseriata Terquem, 1882, FEP. p. 145, pl. xv. (xxiii.) fig. 10. Verneuilina pygmea Brady, 1884, FC. p. 385, pl. xlvii. figs. 4-7. 5 5 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 279, pl. vii. figs. 8-10. a Bs Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 33, pl. vii. figs. 262, 263. a 3 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 11, pl. i. fig. 18. 33 3 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 55, pl. iv. fig. 10. 1 Station. A single specimen of the minute hyaline type figured by Millett and by our- selves (ut supra). ‘The Kerimba specimen has an aperture similar to the Clare Island specimen and is therefore unlike the Malay example; but the absence of this aperture is not universal in the Malay seas, as we have specimens from Segaar in New Guinea and the Sahul Bank in the Timor Sea, exactly resembling Millett’s figure, but with a small characteristic aperture. 177. Verneuilina polystropha (Reuss). Bulimina polystropha Reuss, 1845-6, VBK. pl. ii. p. 109, pl. xxiv. fig. 53. Polymorphina silicea Schultze, 1854, OP. p. 61, pl. vi. figs. 10, 11. Verneuilina polystropha Brady, 1878, RRNP. p. 436, pl. xx. fig. 9. an os Brady, 1884, FC. p. 386, pl. xlvii. figs. 15-17. op Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 32, pl. vil. figs. 247-255. oF % Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 55, pl. iv. figs. 1-5. 10 Stations. Generally distributed, but never abundant, and none of the specimens attains a large size. They are, asarule, characterized by the comparative absence of ferruginous cement. TriTAxiA Reuss. 178. Tritaxia lepida Brady. Tritaxia lepida Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 55. a ovata Terquem, 1882, FEP. p. 105, pl. xi. (xix.) fig. 11. os lepida Brady, 1884, FC. p. 389, pl. xlix. fig. 12. 5 » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 12, pl. i. fig. 15. VOL. X¥X.—PArT xvil. No. 12.— November, 1915. 22 632 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 1 Station. One quite typical specimen. This appears to be a very rare form, but at the same time widely distributed, the ‘ Challenger’ locality being the North Atlantic, whilst Millett records it from the Malay Archipelago and from the Torres Straits. CurysaLipina d’Orbigny. 179. Chrysalidina dimorpha Brady. (Pl. XLVII. figs. 29-31.) Chrysalidina dimorpha Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 54. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 388, pl. xlvi. figs. 20, 21. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 274, pl. vi. figs. 47, 51, 52. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1900, p. 12, pl. 1. fig. 14. i Bs Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 60, figs. 96, 97. 4 Stations. This beautiful but rare species is represented by an occasional specimen at a few Stns. It was most frequent at Stn. 3, but the finest specimen was from Stn. 9: this was of quite abnormal size, there being 14 or 15 chambers in the uniserial portion of the test. Our records though few, are scattered practically all round the world in tropical shallow water, including the east coast of Madagascar. BigEenrertna d’Orbigny. 180. Bigenerina nodosaria d’Orbigny. Bigenerina nodosaria VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 261, no. 1, pl. xi. figs. 9-12, Modele no. 57. Terrigi, 1880, SGP. p. 192, pl. ii. fig. 28. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 369, pl. xliv. figs. 14-18: Goés, 1894, ASI. p. 37, pl. vii. figs. 318-323. Millett, 1898, etc., PM. 1899, p. 564, pl. vil. fig. 18. 2 Stations. A single abnormal specimen at Stn. 12, in which the nodosarian chambers start at an angle from the penultimate chamber of the textularian initial portion, leaving the final textularian chamber with its aperture projecting at the side of the test. The textularian portion of the shell is of the Yeatularia conica type. A fine normal specimen at Stn. 7X. Pavonina d’Orbigny. 181. Pavonina flabelliformis d’Orbigny. (Pl. XLVIII. figs. 1-6.) Pavonina flabelliformis d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 260. no. 1, pl. x. figs. 10, 11, Modéle no. 56. Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 282, pl. viii. figs. 29, 30. Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 91, pl. vii. figs. 13-15. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 374, pl. xlv. figs. 17-21. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 7. Chapman, 1902, CKA. p. 281. 6 Stations. This rare and beautiful form may be considered to be one of the most typical FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 633 Kerimba species, though it does not occur at many of the Stns. At those Stns. at which it is found, however, it attains a size and development greatly in excess of any specimens hitherto recorded, and constitutes one of the most beautiful objects imaginable. It reaches its optimum development at Stns. 3 and 9, where every stage of growth is represented, from the young regularly-textularian form to large fan-shaped tests, presenting as many as five or six complete semi-annular chambers, without septal divisions. At Stns. 1, 10, and 11 the species also occurs, but not in such abundance or attaining such fine dimensions ; at Stn. 12 the species is represented by a single young textularian form. Brady’s figures do not do full justice to the method of growth: his fig. UG, es presenting the largest pavonine specimen, has not a single unseptate annular chamber; while fig. 18, which shows the unseptate type of chamber, does not assume the pavonine form at all. In some of our specimens the arched non-septate chambers commence immediately after the textularian series, and proceed at once to surround the earlier portion, which is almost entirely enclosed by the later growth. The figure by Mobius gives perhaps a better idea of the pavonine development of the shell; d’Orbigny’s original figure which shows the pavonine character very well does not demonstrate the textularian growth at all. In the Kerimba specimens the earlier portion of the shell is often very thick and dense compared with the later chambers, and this appears to be due to layers of shell-substance deposited during the later stages of growth; there is a distinctly laminar structure in the apical portion when the test is examined by transmitted light. | The recurrence of this species in such a high state of perfection in these waters is interesting. As Brady (loc. cif. supra) points out, dOrbigny’s original specimens came from Madagascar, and then the species was lost sight of for more than fifty years, when Brady found it again in material from Madagascar *, since when it has been recorded from many localities in the Indian Ocean and tropical Pacific. It is clear that in these waters the type is persistent, and, like many other of our recorded species first found by d’Orbigny in material from Madagascar, is within a few years of its centenary f. The species occurs very rarely in the fossil condition in the Australian Tertiary beds of Muddy Creek, Victoria (Upper Eocene ). * This is Brady’s account in FC. 1884, but in the preliminary papers, ut supra (RRC. 1879, etc.), he stated that he had refound it in sand from the Seychelles dredged by E. P. Wright, and referred to AMNH. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 41 (not p. 105, as cited by Brady). It is probable that he found it at both localities (see H.-A. & E. Proce. Zool. Soc. [Lond.] 1915, p. 296). + Some confusion has been introduced by Costa, who, in PRN. 1853, etc., 1856, states on p. 178 that d’Orbigny found it at Madagascar, but on p. 180 that he found it at Cuba (obviously a slip of the pen), and records a species Pavonina italica from the clays of Reggio (Calabria), of which he gives a figure (pl. xvi. figs. 26-28) which represents clearly Orbitolites tenwissima Carpenter ; this name should therefore lapse and become Orbitolites italica Costa. D’Orbigny in the Cuba Monograph (1839, FC. p. 25) merely refers to his Madagascan specimens in his sketch of the classification of the Foraminifera. 4u2 634 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE Sprroptecta Ehrenberg. 182. Spiroplecta wrightii Silvestri. Spiroplecta sagittula (Defrance), Wright, 1891, SWI. p. 471. 5 Stations. _ - Wright, 1902, FRI. p. 211, pl. iii. wrightit Silvestri, 1903, 8. pp. 1-5, woodcuts. Fe Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 56. sagittula Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1905, p. 9, pl. ii. fig. 4; and text-fig. This spiroplectine isomorph of Textularia sagittula Defrance is extremely rare in the Kerimba dredgings, but the specimens are well marked, although the spiroplectine portion is much less pronounced than is often the case in British dredgings. It follows practically the same distribution as 7. sagittula, which would appear to afford sound evidence that the two forms are extremely closely allied. We have gone into this matter at considerable length in our Clare Island monograph (wé supra). 183. Spiroplecta biformis (Parker & Jones). Textularia agglutinans, var. biformis Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 370, pl. xv. figs. 23, 24. 99 biformis Brady, 1878, RRNP. p. 436, pl. xx. fig. 8. Spiroplecta biformis Brady, 1884, F'C. p. 376, pl. xlv. figs. 25-27. 2. Stations. = Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 333, pl. xu. fig. 21; text-fig. 2. ae Egger, 1893, FG. p. 275, pl. vi. figs. 48-30. 7 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 8, pl. 1. fig. 8. 55 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 56. Two typical specimens only, one at each Stn. Gaupryina d’Orbigny. 184. Gaudryina pupoides d’Orbigny. Gaudryina pupoides d@Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 44, pl. iv. figs. 22-24. 1 Station. BA d’Orbigny, 1846, FIV. p. 197, pl. xxi. figs. 34-86, Bs Brady, 1884, FC. p. 378, pl. xlvi. figs. 14. 3 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 278, pl. vii. figs. 1-8, 49-51. 3 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 8 (References). A single typical specimen at Stn. 2 a. 185. Gaudryina filiformis Berthelin. Gaudryina filiformis Berthelin, 1880, EAM. p. 25, pl. xxiv. fig. 8. Be Wright, 1880-81, SD. p. 180, pl. viii. figs. 3 a, B. a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 380, pl. xlvi. fig. 12. - Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 219, pl. xlii. fig. 6. » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 9. - Sidebottom, 1910, RFBP. p. 11, pl. i. fig. 9. ae Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, Cl. p. 57, pl. iv. figs. 7-9. or FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 63 2 Stations. A single specimen at each Stn., small and poorly developed. 186. Gaudryina scabra Brady. (PI. XLVIII. figs. 7-14.) Gaudryina pupoides Brady, 1870, FTR. p. 300, pl. xii. fig. 5, scabra Brady, 1884, FC. p. 381, pl. xlvi. fig. 7, ”? 14 Stations. This is one of the most characteristic forms in the Kerimba dredgings, occurring at practically every Stn. and often in considerable numbers. ‘The specimens exhibit an enormous range of variation, two types being predominant: (i.) a short broad type in which the gaudryine chambers are numerous, the textularian chambers being limited to one or two pairs; and (ii.) a long narrow type in which the gaudryine chambers are few in number and are followed by from three to six pairs of chambers on the textularian plan. ‘These long specimens are, as a rule, much more neatly constructed than the short broad individuals, but the texture throughout is of a coarse rough type, similar to the specimens originally figured by Brady (ut supra) under the name G. pupoides. None of the neatly constructed tests subsequently figured under the name ‘‘scabra” (B. 1884, FC.) were found ; probably this type of shell is confined to deep water. There is very little doubt but that this species is closely allied to Verneutlina poly- stropha Reuss; indeed, it is often difficult to distinguish the short broad specimens from that species, except by the characteristic textularian aperture. It is, perhaps, merely a dimorphous variation of that species. 187. Gaudryina rugosa dOrbigny. Gaudryina rugosa W@Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 44, pl. iv. figs. 20, 21. Hantken, 1875, CSS. p. 13, pl. i. fig. 4. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 381, pl. xlvi. figs. 14-16. Chapman, 1891, etc., GF. 1892, p. 752, pl. xi. fig. 9. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 10. 2 Stations. Not uncommon at Stn. 11, and rare at Stn. 15, but not otherwise recorded. The specimens are all remarkable, owing to the fact that the terminal textularian chambers are practically square in section, the outer edges being parallel instead of curved. VALVULINA d’Orbigny. 188. Valvulina. conica Parker & Jones. Valvulina triangularis Parker & Jones, 1857, FCN. p. 295, pl. xi. figs. 15, 16. a 3 var. conica Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 406, pl. xv. fig. 27. conica Brady, 1884, FC. p. 392, pl. xlix. figs. 15, 16. Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 220, pl. xli. fig. 21; pl. xlii. figs. 16, 17. Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 39, pl. vii. figs. 842-852. Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 58, fig. 93. 5) ” 22 bp) 2) 2? 636 MESSRS. HE. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 2 Stations. A few small specimens at Stn. 11 characterized by coarsely agglutinate tests, and a few at Stn. 13 in which the test is larger and constructed of very fine material. CLAVULINA d’Orbigny. 189. Clavulina communis d’Orbigny. (Pl. XLVIII. figs. 15-17.) Clavulina communis d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 268. no. 4. 59 3 d@Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 196, pl. xii. figs. 1, 2. Ny . Brady, 1884, FC. p. 394, pl. xviii. figs. 1-13. 99 oF Egger, 1893, FG. p. 275, pl. vi. figs. 42, 43. its FP Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1900, p. 12. 1 Station. A single abnormal specimen from Stn.?X, which we figure. It is characterized by the fact that the early portion of the test consists of five or six pairs of regularly textularian chambers, followed by seven chambers of the normal uniserial type. The aperture is regularly clavuline. The shell is built up of extremely fine clear sand- grains, glistening white in colour. The sutural lines of the later textularian chambers and most of the uniserial chambers are marked by a somewhat thickened deposit of granular texture. The test is curved at the point of transition from the textularian to the uniserial mode of growth. 190. Clavulina obscura Chaster. Verneuilina polystropha (Reuss), “ dimorphous form,” Wright, 1885-6, BLP. p. 320, pl. xxvi. fig. 2. Clavulina obscura Chaster, 1892, CS. p. 58, pl. i. fig. 4. 35 » Heron-Allen & Earland, 1918, CI. p. 59, pl. iv. fig. 6. 10 Stations. Ranges from extremely rare to common, but not universally distributed. The best specimens were at Stns. 2a@ and 7. There is great range in the shape and nature of the test; in some instances it is coarsely built of sand and shell-fragments of dis- proportionally large size, the segmentation being quite obscure; in others the sandy grains are small and the proportion of cement large, resulting in a neatly constructed test with well-marked sutural lines. 191. Clavulina cylindrica Hantken. (Pl. XLVIII. figs. 18, 19.) Clavulina cylindrica Hantken, 1875, CSS. p. 18, pl. i. fig. 8. % es Brady, 1884, FC. p. 396, pl. xlviii. figs. 32-88. By bradyi (nom. nov.) Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, pl. 73. figs. 118, 119. 1 Station. A single specimen in which the final chamber is separated from its predecessors by a somewhat deep suture and occupies one-half of the entire shell. . FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 637 The C. cylindrica of dOrbigny (1826, TMC. p. 268. no. 1) figured by Fornasini from the “ Planches inédites” (Riv. Ital. Paleont. 1897, p. 13) wasa form intermediate between Sagrina and Uvigerina, and being a nomen nudum lapses in favour of Hantken’s species. 192. Clavulina angularis a’Orbigny. Clavulina angularis VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 268. no. 2, pl. xii. fig. 7. 99 tricarinata V’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 111, pl. u. figs. 16-18. 3 triangularis Goés, 1882, RCS. p. 86, pl. xi. figs. 387-389. . anguluris Brady, 1884, FC. p. 396, pl. xlvin. figs. 22-24. Millett, 1898, etc., !M. 1900, p. 138. 3 a Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1910, p. 407, pl. vi. fig. 7. » 3 Sidebottom, 1910, RFBP. p. 11, pl. i. fig. 10. 3 Stations. A few specimens only at the three Stns., presenting no special features. bed bb} 193. Clavulina angularis, var. difformis Brady. (Pl. XLVIII. figs. 20-22.) Clavulina angularis, var. difformis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 396, pl. xlviii. figs. 25-31. 1 Station. At Stn. 11, in conjunction with the type, but more abundantly and in far better development, occurs this curious variety. ‘The specimens from Kerimba are regularly square or pentagonal in section and more uniform in structure than Brady’s figure would suggest. Brady’s only record for this striking variety was from Nares Harbour, Admiralty Islands, New Guinea, 17 fms. Specimens are not uncommon in some 8, Australian shore-sands, Subfamily BULIMININA. Butimina d’Orbigny. 194. Bulimina pupoides d’Orbigny. Bulimina pupoides WOrbigny, 1846, FEV. p. 185, pl. x1. figs. 11, 12. Terrigi, 1880, SGP. p. 193, pl. 1i. figs. 80-34. Goés, 1882, RRCS. p. 63, pl. iv. figs. 82-94. 53 ; Brady, 1884, FC. p. 400, pl. 1. fig. 15. - ns Egger, 1893, FG. p. 285, pl. viii. fig. 63. 3 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 273 (References). 5 Stations. This species, usually so abundant in shallow-water gatherings, is very sparingly. found in the Kerimba dredgings. It is common at Stn. 7, frequent at Stn. 5, and very rare at Stn. lL. 638 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 195. Bulimina affinis d’Orbigny. Bulimina affinis VOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 105, pl. ii. figs. 25, 26. a » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 400, pl. x. fig. 14. 33 » Burrows, Sherborn, & Bailey, 1890, RC. p. 554, pl. viii. fig. 23. 53 » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 285, pl. vill. fig. 71. x » Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1900, p. 274 (References). 2 Stations. One small and very weak specimen at each Stn. 196. Bulimina elegans d’Orbigny. Bulimina elegans d@Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 270. no. 10, Modéle no. 9. 55 » Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1865, p. 20, pl. ii. fig. 64. 3 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 398, pl. x. figs. 1-4. 7s dy Egger, 1893, FG. p. 284, pl. viii. figs. 66, 67. 35 A Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 274, pl. ii. fig. 1. a ie Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 127. es a Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1910, p. 409, pl. vi. fig. 11. 2 Stations. Frequent at Stn. 7, all the specimens being small. A single similar specimen at Stn. 8. 197. Bulimina fusiformis Williamson. Bulimina pupoides, var. fusiformis Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 63, pl. v. figs. 129, 130. Bulimina fusiformis Terquem, 1875, etc., APD. p. 37, pl. v. fig. 10. s x Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 275, pl. ii. fig. 2. 53 af Wright, 1900, FLMB. p. 100, pl. v. fig. 5. 53 © Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 312. ee ms Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 61. 6 Stations. This little species, so abundant in many British and northern dredgings, is extremely rare in the Kerimba Archipelago. Single individuals were observed at a few Stns. At Stn. 6 it was more plentiful, but still very rare, showing a tendency to pass into B. squammigera. It is noteworthy that during forty years after its first diagnosis this really common species does not appear to have been recorded excepting by Terquem (ut supra). 198. Bulimina ovata d’Orbigny. Bulimina ovata d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 185, pl. xi. figs. 13, 14. a pedunculata Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 334, pl. xviii. fig. 13. 55 ovata Brady 1884, FC. p. 400, pl. x. fig. 18. oF » Burrows & Holland, 1897, PB. p. 382, pl. ii. fig. 11. ss » Egger, 1899, KOA. p. 49, pl. xv. fig. 45. i » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 275. 2 Stations. One very poor and minute individual from Stn. 5 and a few at Stn. 13. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 659 199. Bulimina elegantissima, d’Orbigny. Bulimina elegantissima d@’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 51, pl. vil. figs. 18, 14. 43 5 Goés, 1882, RRCS. p. 66, pl. iv. figs. 95-98. ss a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 402, pl. x. figs. 20-22. 35 ie Egger, 1893, FG. p. 289, pl. viii. figs. 101, 102. $44 is Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 276, pl. il. fig. 4. a 55 Sidebottom, 1904, Gre, IDOE NCO, jy, LIU jo, ahi wes, PN Tolle. figs. 1, 33 55 Heron- le & Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1910, p. 409, pl. vi. fig. 12. 7 Stations. Rare, except at Stn. 7. Most of the specimens are small. ‘There are two types, one short and broad, the other long and narrow; the long and narrow form at Stn. 10 shows signs of passing into Terquem’s B. elegantissima, var. seminuda, the chambers being short and the spire considerably drawn out. At Stn. ?X an abnormally lonz specimen was found. 200. Bulimina elegantissima, var. compressa Millett. (Pl. XLVIII. figs. 23-30.) Bulimina elegantissima, var. compressa Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 277, pl. i. fig. 5 13 Stations. Generally distributed, but not many individuals, except at Stns. 2a@ and 11. ‘There are two distinct types, one of which closely resembles Millett’s figure, the other being much broader towards the oral extremity and more distinctly bolivine in outline. The marginal edge of the broad form is often strongly lobulate, the best specimens of this form were obtained at Stn. 2a. At Stn. 3 a specimen was observed in which the terminal chamber consisted of a large expanded ‘‘ balloon” similar to Sidebottom’s figure of bL. elegantissima, var. seminuda (S. 1904 etc., RFD. 1905, pl. iii. fig. 2). At Stn. 11 a specimen of the narrow type was found in association with a minute individual consisting of three chambers only (? budding), and at Stn. 7 several individuals with the terminal chamber broken and the internal septa dissolved which had evidently been in association with others. At Stn. ?B some specimens exhibit curvature of the longitudinal axis as in Bolivina tortuosa Brady. At Stn. 11 specimens with the young “ budding” individual attached were found. 201. Bulimina elegantissima, var. seminuda Terquem. Bulimina seminuda 'Terquem, 1882, FEP. p. 117, pl. xii. (xx.) fig. 21. 3 eleyantissima, var. seminuda Brady, 1884, p. 408, pl. L. figs. 23, 24. os 3 x Herou-Alleu & Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1911, p. 311. 15 Stations. Universally distributed, very common at Stns.] and 2. ‘Three well-marked types are noticeable, a short stout acutely pointed form, a long uarrow acutely pointed torm, and VOL. XX.—PART xvll. No. 13.—WNovember, 1915. 4x 640 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE a rather long obtusely pointed form. ‘The short thick form is by far the commonest, and the obtusely pointed ranks next in point of frequency. “ Plastogamic” or “ budding” individuals (or specimens which have passed through this stage, as shown by the de- struction of the apertural end and septa) were observed at Stns. 2,6,9,1]1,and12. At none of these Stns. was the species present in such numbers as at Stn. 1, where no associated pairs were observed. Representatives of all three forms were observed among the associated individuals. With one or two exceptions there was great disparity in size between the associated shells (see H.-A. 1915, RPF. p. 248, pl. 16. fig. 28, af.) 202. Bulimina pulchella d’Orbigny. Bulimina pulcheila V@Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 50, pl. 1. figs. 6, 7. — Station. A few individuals at Stn. 7. They form, in their elongated form, a connecting-link between B. marginata and the B. marginata, var. biserialis of Millett, observed at the same Stn. ‘The chambers in B. pulchella are very much more elongate in the long axis of the shell than in typical 6. marginata. D'Orbigny’s original record was from the west coast of S. America, and the species does not appear to have been recorded elsewhere. 203. Bulimina marginata d’Orbigny. Bulimina marginata V@Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 269. no. 4, pl. xil. figs. 10-12. ee pupoides, var. marginata Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 62, figs. 126, 127. af marginata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 405, pl. li. figs. 3-5. 5 % Eeger, 1893, FG. p. 287, pl. vii. figs. 69, 70. a 5 Goés, 1894, AST’. p. 46, pl. ix. figs. 439-444. 3 Stations. This species is extremely rare, being found at three Stns. only and but a few specimens at each, At Stn. 7 the specimens were small aud delicate, with rather a long spine, whereas at Stn. 8 they were thick-shelled and obtuse, similar to the type so abundant in British waters. 204. Bulimina marginata, var. biserialis Millett. Bulimina marginata, var. biserialis Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1900, p. 278, pl. ii. fig. 7. — Station. A few individuals only. ‘They differ from Millett’s figure in the relatively small number of pairs of chambers, having four to five pairs as against eight in his figure. 205. Bulimina echinata d’Orbigny. Bulimina echinata VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 269. no. 5. 3 * Fornasini, 1901, BCI. p. 176, fig. 2. < ‘ Fornasini, 1901, CBA. p. 379, pl. O. fig. 38. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 641 1 Station. One typical individual from Stn. 10. The species is very clearly distinguishable from B. aculeata d’Orb. by the thickly-set investment of small and very fine spines covering the surface of the chambers on the aboral half of the shell. 206. Bulimina inflata Seguenza. Bulimina inflata Seguenza, 1862, RFC. p. 109 (p. 25 in the reprint), pl. 1. fig. 10. Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 246, pl. vii. fig. 91. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 406, pl. li. figs. 10-13. Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 220, pl. xlii. fig. 9. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 288, pl. vill. fig. 85. Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 291, pl. xxxvui. fig. 5. 2 Stations. At Stn. ?X a single specimen was found, characterized by a somewhat compressed mode of growth (as in Bulimina elegantissima, var. compressa) and by the presence of coarse perforations between the coste, which are also noticeable as being continuous over the entire surface of the chambers composing the cell. Another not very typical specimen was observed at Stn. 2 0. B. inflata is normally a deep-water species, so that the presence of these individuals in shallow water at Kerimba is striking. 207. Bulimina williamsoniana Brady. Bulimina williamsoniana Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 56. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 408, pl. li. figs. 16, 17. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1900, p. 279, pl. ii. fig. 8. (Buliminoides) Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 90, fig. 144. oP) bb) 29 22 4 Stations. This very beautiful little form is much rarer in the Kerimba area than is usually the case in shallow-water tropical gatherings. The only Stn. where more than an occasional specimen was found was Stn. 11, and even there it is of rare occurrence, though quite typical and well developed. At Stn. ?X one of the two individuals observed had the whole of the face of the terminal chamber eroded away, suggesting that this species may be addicted to the ‘‘ association” habit or to the method of reproduction of which we believe this feature to be significant. 208. Bulimina convoluta Williamson. Bulimina pupoides, var. convoluta Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 63, pl. v. figs. 182, 133. convoluta Brady, 1884, FC. p. 409, pl. exii. fig. 6. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 288, pl. vill. figs. $3, 84. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 279, pl. 11. fig. 9. Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, Cl. p. 63. bb) bb) bb) 642- MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 4 Stations. The typical B. convoluta occurs at only 4 Stns., good specimens at Stns. 1 and 4, and a single test at Stns. 10 and 11. The specimens are quite normal and typical. 209. Bulimina convoluta, var. nitida Millett. Bulimina convoluta, var. nitida Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 280, pl. ii. fig. 10. 3 a », Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1905, p. 12, pl. ini. fig. 3. 15 Stations. This occurs at every Stn., except 7 and 8; the best at Stns. 1 and 12, very rare at Stns. 2, 3, 5, and 11. They all agree with Millett’s description and figure, except in the appearance of the shell-wall. He describes the shell-substance as “ opaque and lustrous, almost iridescent”; the Kerimba specimens, however, are characterized by a peculiar opalescent shell-wall, dappled with patches of absolutely hyaline shell, which appear black by contrast with their surroundings. The variety is widely distributed, but appears to be confined to tropical waters, whereas the type-species is of practically world-wide distribution, though always rare. 210. Bulimina squammigera d’Orbigny. (PI). XLVIIL. figs. 31-35.) Bulimina squammigera VOrbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 137, pl. i. figs. 22-24. Polymorphina appula Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 286 (error for 282), pl. xvii. fig. 17. Bulimina squamigera (sic) Siddall, 1878, FRD. p. 49. Earland, 1905, FBS. p. 207. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, Cl. p. 61. ” ” 29 9 ts) Stations. Sparingly distributed at many Stns., the best individuals at Stns. 7 and 12. Vireutina d’Orbigny. 211. Virgulina schreibersiana Czjzek. (Pl. XLIX. figs. 1-12.) Virgulina schreibersiana Czjzek, 1848, WB. p. 147, pl. xin. figs. 18-21. Polymorphina longissima Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, pl. xin. figs. 22, 23. Bulimina presli, var. (Virgulina) schreibersii Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 375, pl. xv. fig. 18; pl. xvi. figs. 72, 73. Virgulina schreibersiana Brady, 1884, FC. p. 414, pl. li. figs. 1-3. 09 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 290, pl. viii. figs. 93, 95. Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 48, pl. ix. figs. 459, 461-472. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1910, p. 409, pl. vi. fig. 13. ” ” 15 Stations. Almost universally distributed. Although never abundant, this species exhibits an extraordinary diversity in development and construction. ‘The original type of Czjzek, marked by slightly swollen chambers and a somewhat small and inconspicuous aperture, is very rare, and occurs only at Stn. 7. ‘The form generally assumed throughout the vatherings is a broad-mouthed, somewhat compressed, but regular-chambered type, bBo * FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 6435 varying greatly in proportionate length and breadth. The shorter forms are often considerably inflated and not always readily distinguishable from Bulimine of the type of B. fusiformis Will. and B. affinis Orb. Increasing in length and with greater compression of the shell we reach the type figured by Millett from the Malay Archipelago (M. 1898, etce., FM. 1900, p. 280, pl. ii. fig. 13); the aperture in the Kerimba specimens is seldom, if ever, a terminal slit as figured by him, but is lateral and more or less concealed by the incurving edge of the final chamber. We figure a long series of specimens illustrating the extraordinary diversity of form in the Kerimba types. 212. Virgulina schreibersiana, var. carinata, nov. (Pl. XLIX. figs. 13-17.) 1 Station. At Stn. 7 an extraordinary variety occurs, characterized by extreme compression of the shell, the edges of which are furnished with a stout border or carina. ‘The earlier segments in this variety are also noticeable for their regularly biserial development and progression. The aperture is large and characteristic, situated on the inner face of the © terminal chamber. The robust growth of ‘ne | species, the regular Bolivine arrangement of the early chambers, and the characteristic margin appear to us to be sufficient for the separation of this form from the other varieties of V. schreibersiana occurring in the dredgings. Birarina Parker & Jones. 213. Bifarina porrecta (Brady). Bolivina porrecta Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 57. » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 418, pl. lii. fig. 22. 35 Egger, 1893, F'G. p. 300, pl. viii. fee 7-9, 46, 47. IRS Rann prone Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 540, pl. iv. fig. 8 Bolivina (Bifarina) porrecta Crelheren, NONO, Exo MINE, MOTI, jo. 48, fig. 79. 2 Stations. At Stn. 1 the specimens are of fairly frequent occurrence and present great variety of form, ranging from small and regularly bolivine individuals to an advanced type (represented by one specimen) which is very near the B. elongata of Millett, the puncte being inserted in regular parallel rows. At Stn. 9 one specimen was observed the surface of which was minutely hispid. 214. Bifarina mackinnonii Millett. (Pl. XLVIII. figs. 36, 37.) Bifarina mackinnonii Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 281, pl. 11. fig. 15. 2 Stations. At Stn. 1 a single specimen, which we believe represents the initial portion of this test, and a small typical example at Stn. XI. This form, originally described by Millett from the Malay Seas as “‘very rare,” has a wide distribution in shallow 644 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. BARLAND ON THE tropical waters. The best examples we have seen are from the late Capt. Seabrook’s dredgings in the Macassar Straits (45 fms.), but we have also met with occasional specimens in Vavau (Pacific) and other Pacific gatherings, and in shallow water at Negoney, Madagascar. Boutvina @’Orbigny. 215. Bolivina punctata d’Orbigny. Bolivina punctata dOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 63, pl. viii. figs. 10-12. Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 94, pl. ix. figs. 9, 10. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 417, pl. lii. figs. 18, 19. Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 49, pl. ix. figs. 475-478, 480. Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 186. Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 128. Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, ete., SB. 1909, p. 336; and 1910, p. 409, pl. vii. fig. 3. bb) ” 17 Stations. Universally distributed, but less abundant than B. nobilis, into which it passes imperceptibly. ‘The same long and short forms occur as in that species, and, judging by casual examination, the short form represents the megalospheric type. A bifarine form occurs at Stns. 1, 5, and 11. At Stn. 1 a strongly limbate variety also occurs. ‘The bifarine specimens are quite hyaline, and not tinged with orange colouring-matter in the initial chambers as is so frequently the case. At Stns. 2, 6,7, 10, and lla very coarsely perforate broad type occurs, at Stn. 7 these specimens have the perforations arranged in longitudinal lines, at Stn. 6 a specimen occurred which was weakly hispid all over. 216. Bolivina nobilis Hantken. Bolwina nobilis Hantken, 1875, CSS. p. 65, pl. xv. fig. 4. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 424, pl. lini. figs. 14, 15. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 299, pl. viii. figs. 35-37. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1900, p. 541, pl. iv. fig. 4. Chapman, 1907, TF V. p. 32, pl. iv. fig. 81. 17 Stations. Occurs at every Stn., fairly abundant at all except Stn. 8, where it was very rare. As usual, the specimens exhibit considerable variation both in shape and strength of marking. ‘Two distinct types are found in company at most Stns.: a long type regularly increasing in breadth to the final chamber, and a short broad type which is of approximately equal width throughout three-quarters of its length. The two types, except at Stn. 9, where they are equally abundant, vary in proportion, the short type being by far the commoner. The strength and extent of the coste range between specimens in which only a few faint markings occur on the earlier chambers, and others FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 645 in which it extends over the greater portion of the shell. Asa rule, the short type is more strongly marked than the long. Dimorphous individuals similar to the one figured by Millett occur at Stns. 7 and 12 and, as in his figure, this particular variety is characterized by the punctation being arranged in longitudinal rows. The normal specimens, on the other hand, are, as a rule, irregularly punctate, although a few of them show a tendency to a longi- tudinal arrangement of the puncte in the later chambers. 217. Bolivina textilarioides Reuss. Bolivina textilarioides Reuss, 1862, NHG, p. 81, pl. x. fig. 1. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 419, pl. lii. figs. 23-25. Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 221, pl. xlui. fig. 1. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 297, pl. viii. figs. 18-16, 110-112. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 542, pl. iv. fig. 5. ‘Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 128. Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, ete., SB. 1911, p. 316, pl. x. figs. 10-12. 5 Stations. A few specimens, presenting no notable features. This is usually more at home in deep water than in shallow deposits. 218. Bolivina dilatata Reuss. Bolivina dilatata Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 381, pl. iii. (xlviii.) fig. 15. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 418, pl. li. figs. 20, 21. Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 221, pl. xlit. figs. 3, 6. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 294, pl. viii. figs. 17-20. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 542 (References). 9 Stations. A few fairly typical specimens at Stns. 8,4, and 6, and at many other Stns. specimens which link up Reuss’s form with the stout and characteristic species B. robusta Brady. 219. Bolivina difformis (Williamson). Textularia variabilis, var. difformis Williamson, 1858, REGB. p. 77, pl. vi. figs. 166, 167. Bolivina difformis Brady, 1887, SBRF. p. 899. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 65. 2 Stations. One typical specimen at each Stn. 220. Bolivina tortuosa Brady. Bolivina tortuosa Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1§81, p. 57. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 420, pl. lu. figs. 81-34. Kgger, 1893, FG. p. 298, pl. viii. figs. 43, 44. Chapman, 1900, FLE. p. 187. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 317, pl. x. figs. 3, 4. Ee 6 Heron-Allen & Earland, 19138, CI. p. 66, pl. v. fig. 1. 646 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 14 Stations. Occurs at all Stns. except 5, 9, and 12, never abundantly, but generally very fine. The best specimens are from Stns. 1, 26, and 11: at Stn. 11, in addition to the normal type, specimens occur in which the early chambers are costate, and one individual in which the whole surface of the test is covered with raised and contorted lines of shell- substance. 221. Bolivina robusta Brady. Bolivina robusta Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 57. 33 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 421, pl. li. figs. 7-9. 5 » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 294, pl. viii. figs. 831-32. s » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 543. 15 Stations. Universally distributed, often in considerable numbers, and very variable in size and the solidarity of the test. Two forms are noticeable: one a broadly diamond-shaped form, very thick in the median line; the other a smaller and much narrower form, though equally thick in proportion. The two forms occur together, noticeably at Stns. 10 and 12, where they are both equally common, in varying proportions at the other Stns. except at Stn. 11 where only the large form occurs, and in its maximum development. No spinous specimens have been observed, and there is little variation in the appearance of the shell, otherwise than in the extent of limbation of the sutures, but at Stn. 2.@ a few coarsely punctate individuals were observed. One specimen was observed in which the initial chambers projected sideways in a spiroplectine curve. 222. Bolivina limbata Brady. (PI. L. figs. 1-4.) Bolwina limbata Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 188), p. 57. i ys Brady, 1884, FC. p. 419, pl. ln. figs. 26-28. 58 » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 300, pl. viii. figs. 10-12 (11-13 in text). es 5 Chapman, 1900, FLF, p. 187; and 1901, FFA. p. 409 (Bifarina lmébata), pl. xxxvi. fig. 12. j on a Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 67, pl. v. figs. 2, 3. 12 Stations. Very generally distributed, often abundant. The species reaches its maximum development in size and beauty at Stn. 11, the specimens being characterized by a tendency to a bifarine arrangement of the later chambers even more pronounced than in Brady’s types and Chapman’s 1901 figures. At Stn. 11 and also at Stn. 1 some of the individuals exhibit prominent punctation which tends to an arrangement in parallel lines, giving a pseudo-sulcate appearance to the surface of the test. At Stn. 3 truly costate specimens occur. At Stn. ?X a single individual was observed of abnormally compressed form. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 647 223. Bolivina lobata Brady. Bolivina lobata Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 58. Se » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 425, pl. litt. figs. 22, 23. “ » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 300, pl. viii. figs. 55, 56. bn » Mullett, 1898; ete, FM. 1'900, p. 54:3, pl. i. fig. 4 (Bigenerina fimbriata). A » Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 46, figs. 74, 75. 15 Stations. Occurs practically everywhere, very often common. While constant to type, the specimens present a certain amount of variation in minor features. As a rule, the entire surface of the chambers is rough, owing to the presence of innumerable pro- jecting points. But many specimens, notably at ‘Stn. 4, have a smooth and hyaline surface at the basal portion of each chamber, the roughness being confined to the superior half. At other Stns. (notably Stns. 26, 10, and 11) the aculeate growths fuse and form reticulating coste over the surface of the chambers. ‘lhe species reaches its best development as regards size and ornament at Stns. 1 and 11. 224, Bolivina convallaria Millett. Bolivina convallaria Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 544, pl. iv. fig. 6. 1 Station. One specimen from Stn. 12, which is of a type in which the sides of the test are regularly parallel for at least three-quarters of the length of the shell. Millett’s type, as figured, represents the later pairs of chambers as separated by varying spaces, but in the Kerimba specimens the spacing is uniform over the greater portion of the shell. Mullett refers to the variability of the species as regards the form and arrangement of the chambers, and perhaps his figure represents an extreme type. The species occurs at several Stus. in Millett’s Malay gatherings “ by no means common.” We have met with it at Singapore, in the Macassar Straits, and in many Pacific shallow-water gatherings—notably at Tahiti, where it is common. All of the speci- mens which we have seen are of a very regular type, similar to the Kerimba shell, and presenting very little variation except in the development of the marginal spines. 225. Bolivina variabilis (Williamson). Textularia variabilis (typica) Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 76, pl. vi. figs. 162, 163 (incorrectly numbered 161, 162 on the plate). Bolivina variabilis Chaster, 1892, CS. pp. 59, 69. Fe “ Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1909, p. 336. is 3 Heron-Allen & Marland, 1913, CI. p. 68. 11 Stations. Occurs at many Stns., never in any numbers. The specimens exhibit a considerable VOL. XX,—PART xvil. No. 14.—November, 1915. 4y 648 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE amount of variation, especially as regards their punctation, some being very coarsely perforate. Many specimens passing, on the one hand, into B. plicata and, on the other, into B. punctata were observed. 226. Bolivina plicata d’Orbigny. Bolivina plicata @’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 62, pl. viii. figs. 4-7. ; » Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 95, pl. ix. figs. 12, 13. a » Halkyard, 1889, REJ. p. 65, pl. i. fig. 18. 99 » Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 51, pl. ix. figs. 487, 488. rs » Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 68. 1 Station. One specimen only, but quite typical. 227. Bolivina inflata Heron-Allen & Farland. Bolivina inflata Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 68, pl. iv. figs. 16-19. 8 Stations. Occurs in small numbers at the Stns., but only at a few is it quite typical. At Stn. 1X the specimens are somewhat angular at the periphery, and show signs of approaching Tvvtularia rhomboidalis Millett. 228. Bolivina simpsoni, sp.n. (Pl. XLIX. figs. 18-35.) 14 Stations. This handsome and very distinctive form is quite one of the features of the Kerimba dredgings at every Stn., except No. 7. The test commences with a primordial chamber often bearing a terminal spine of considerable length, followed by four to seven or eight pairs of chambers. ‘The earlier pairs are frequently ornamented with stout marginal spines, which are themselves extensions of the limbate sutural walls. The marginal spines are practically parallel and may extend to a length approaching the whole diameter of the test at the point of their emergence. The shell-wall is thick and covered all over with rough aculeate growths, which, in the later chambers, may become fused and develop into raised lines of shell-substance (“ verriculations”’) either straight or curved. ‘The sutural lines are strongly limbate, especially in the early chambers where they stand up as thick walls of clear shell-substance, the surface of the chambers being deeply sunk between them and very inconspicuous. In the later chambers the limbation of the sutures, although present, is much less marked, owing to the fact that the chambers as they become broader become slightly inflated. Down the median line of the shell there is a more or less clear space due to the interruption of the limbate sutures. The aperture is a deep broad bolivine slit, the marginal edges are sometimes thickened and glassy, but the verriculate markings often extend over the curve of the edge, into the aperture. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 649 The shell is coarsely punctate in the spaces between the verriculations of the surface. Bolivina simpsoni exhibits great diversity of size, development, and external decoration: two well-marked forms occur usually in company, one showing the prominent terminal and marginal spines, the other being spineless. This does not appear to be due to excessive shell-growth in the spinous form, as the sutural lines of the spineless form are often even more strongly limbate than in the spinous type. A short and a long type also occur, apparently definite forms, and not stages of growth ; the short type is more commonly spineless, but sometimes the spines on this type are quite abnormally developed. In the long type of both forms there is usually a sudden change in the surface-appearance of the shell at about its mid-growth, the chambers suddenly increasing in breadth and turgidity, with a consequent diminution of the effect produced by the limbate sutures, thus giving an appearance of neatness and finish to the later half of the test. At Stn. 6 a specimen was observed in which, at this change of growth, the test took on a bigenerine habit, two or three chambers having been formed in a continuous series. Young individuals bear some resemblance to Teatularia jugosa Brady (= Teaxtularia inconspicua, var. gugosa Millett), but are readily distinguishable by their aperture and their much greater size. We have found our species in the Brady Collection at Cambridge, where it figures as Teatularia jugosa Brady, from Tamatave (Madagascar) shore-sand. ‘There are two slides of 7. jugosa in the Collection, the other one containing typical 7’. jugosa from Raine Island. The Madagascar specimens are representative of the Kerimba form, but in a somewhat pauperate condition, similar indeed to the specimens which we have ourselves found from Ngoney (Madagascar). None of them attains the robust dimensions of the best Kerimba types, and, although the lmbation and verriculate surface-markings are well shown in some of the stronger individuals, none of them presents marginal spines. ‘The aperture in all cases is typically bolivine, The species reaches its best development as regards size and numbers at Stns. 4, 9, 10, and 12. At Stn. 4 both the spinous and the spineless forms occur equally large. At Stn. 9 there are only a few spineless, mostly of the short type, but the spinous form is very common and yery large. At Stn. 10 only the spinous form was observed and was very common. At Stn. 12 the short spineless and very large spinous specimens were found. At Stn. 11 the spineless form only is recorded, characterized by inordinately thick limbation, and coarse verriculate markings on the later chambers. We take pleasure in associating this very handsome species with the name of Dr. J. J. Simpson, by whom this material was dredged in the Kerimba Archipelago. Length extremely variable—a series measured ranged from *2 to 1:0 mm. in length. Breadth less variable, between -2 and ‘4 mm. 4y2 650 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE Mimosrya Millett. 229. Wimosina rimosa, sp.n. (PI. L. figs. 5-11.) 10 Stations. , Test free, hyaline, consisting of three.to five pairs of chambers arranged in a regular biserial order. ‘The initial portion of the test is sometimes triserial. The chambers somewhat inflated, giving slightly depressed sutural lines. Shell-wall coarsely per- forate, in the usual mimosine manner; surface of the test smooth and glassy, usually very transparent. Aperture mimosiue or double, but abnormal, consisting of a long fissure extending all round the lower half of each chamber midway between the two faces of the test and forming a compressed funnel which opens into the internal cavity of the chamber. In the fissure, and near the point of junction of the last two chambers, is a smail secondary opening into the chamber which is not connected with the funnel. This well-marked form is one of the most distinctive of the Kerimba types, occurring at nearly every Stn.. often moderately plentiful. It may be regarded as closely allied to M. hystrix Millett, from which, however, it differs in many points, notably in the invariable absence of all spinous processes and in its very distinctive aperture. Breadth -18 mm., length -3 mm., thickness -1 mm. 230. Mimosina affinis Millett. Mimosina affinis Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 548, pl. iv. fig. 11. 15 Stations. Universally distributed, often very common, ‘This is one of the typical species of the Kerimba dredgings, and is extremely true to type; hardly any variation has been observed except at Stn. 8, where a few of the specimens had the apicai edge of the chambers ornamented with short spines hke buldimina marginata, and at Stn. 12 where a few specimens had a single short stout apical spine. There do not appear to be any published records of this species except Millett’s original one from the Malay Archipelago, “ occurring in great profusion at nearly all the Stations,” and its discovery in equal abundance at Kerimba on the other side of the Indian Ocean, in common with so many other distinctly Malayan types, is certainly of the greatest zoological interest. We have met with a few minute but typical specimens in a dredging from Vavau in the Friendly Islands (8. Pacific, 16 fms.), and it would therefore appear to be widely distributed across the Indo-Pacific area, 231. Mimosina spinulosa Millett. Mimosina spinulosa Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 548, pl. iv. figs. 12, 18. 16 Stations. Universally distributed, sometimes very common, but, on the whole, less typical of FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 651 the locality than M. affinis. The specimens do not present any particular features of interest, both the spinous and the straight-edged types figured by Millett occurring at most of the Stns. If anything, the spinous variety (Millett, fig. 13) is the most abundant; the surface of the test is, in its best development, much more strongly marked than is indicated in the original figures, the shell-wall being ridged with fine rounded coste in the grooves, between which the typical vesicles are placed. The whole of the surface of the test, especially in its initial portion, is often covered with a dense outgrowth of spiny processes masking the sutural lines. The shell-wall is described by Millett as “cellular or spongy,” but, viewed as a transparent object under a high power, this characteristic shell-wall of the Mimosine appears to be due to small vesicles in the thickness of the shell-substance communicating with the interior and exterior surfaces by the pseudopodial perforations. M. spinulosa appears to be more widely distributed than the other species, as we have records of its occurrence at many localities in the Indo-Pacific area. 232. Mimosina echinata, sp. n. (Pl. L. figs. 12-18.) Mimosina hystrix Millett, var., Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1905, p. 16, pl. in. fig. 9. sy 5 35 », Sidebottom, 1910, RFBP. p. 13. 2 Stations. At Stn. ?X a few specimens were found, and a single individual at Stn. 10, which are, we think, beyond question the same as those figured and described by Sidebottom as a variety of J. hystria Millett, but, as he points out, they present points of difference from that species and it appears desirable to separate them. ‘The Kerimba specimens, like those from Delos, are triserial in the early stages. This triserial portion varies considerably in its development, in some cases extending up to the terminal pair of chambers, which are always biserially arranged; in other specimens the triserial portion is very small and the shell is biserial throughout the great part of its development. These two variations cause a considerable difference in the external appearance of the specimens, the biserial form being much narrower and more compressed than the triserial, which is turgid and practically diamond-shaped in section. ‘The whole surface of the test, except the terminal pair of chambers, is covered with a dense growth of fine spines. ‘The double aperture characteristic of Mimosina is well shown in our specimens. Maximum breadth :10--14 mm., length -14—16 mm. 233. Mimosina hystrix Millett. (PI. L. fig. 19.) Mimosina hystrix Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 549, pl. iv. fig. 14. 2 Stations. This species is represented by a: single specimen at Stn. ! B, and a few less typical at Stn.?X. At Stn.?B it is small and fairly typical, but the marginal spines are, 652 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE if anything, more strongly developed, especially in the earlier chambers, than in Millett’s figure. The surface of the test is also more strongly grooved than in the Malay figure; the perforations are situated in the sulci between the ridges. At St. 7 another specimen was observed which, commencing in the normal triserial growth more prominently developed than usual, terminates with two pairs of chambers of the biserial type; the whole of the surface of the early portion is covered with stout: spines, and the specimen may be regarded as either abnormal Jd. spinulosa or as M. hystrix, but cannet be definitely assigned to either. Subfamily CassIDULININA. CassIDULINA d’Orbigny. 234. Cassidulina levigata d’Orbigny. Cassidulina leviyata VOrbigny., 1826, TMC, p. 282. no. 1, pl. xv. figs. 4, 5. ss » Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 68, pl. vi. figs. 141, 142. i » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 428, pl. liv. figs. 1-3. a » Egger, 18938, FG. p. 302, pl. vir. figs. 47, 48, 54-56. 3 » ‘Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 43, pl. viii. figs. 418-420. 6 Stations. Extremely rare—as a rule, only one or two specimens, all poor and small, except at Stn. 8, where the only specimen seen was quite large and normal. 235. Cassidulina crassa d’Orbigny. Cassidulina crassa VOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 56, pl. vat. figs. 18-20. a >» @Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 213, pl. xxi. figs. 42, 43. . » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 429, pl. liv. figs. 4, 5. 7 5, Egger, 1893, FG. p. 303, pi. vil. figs. 35, 36. Ls 5, Wright, 1900, FLMB. p. 100, pl. v. fig. 11. 16 Stations. Universally distributed, and as a rule moderately frequent, but extremely rare at Stns. 5 and 9. Adil the specimens are of normal type, rather small. 236. Cassidulina subglebosa Brady. Cassidulina subglobosa Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 60. os ie Brady, 1884, FC. p. 4:3G, pl. hv. fig. 17. oS os Egger, 1893, FG. p. 304, pl. vil. figs. 41, 42, 52, 53. *, 5 Chapman, 1907, TI'V. p. 38, pl. iv. fig. 84. Rs e Chapman, 1907, RFV. p. 128. s a Heron-Allen & Earland, 19138, CI. p. 70. 8 Stations. Very sparingly distributed over the whole area—as a rule, only one or two specimens at each Stn., Stns. 1 and 2 being the only localities at which more than a few individuals were found. All the specimens are small and poorly developed. on (3%) FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO, 6: 237. Cassidulina bradyi Norman. Cassidulina bradyi (Norman MS.) Wright, 1880, NET. p. 152. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 431, pl. liv. figs. 6-10. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 304, pl. vil. figs. 38-40. Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 44, pl. viii, figs. 423-426. Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1905, p. 17, pl. iii. fig. 10. ” ” 1 Station. A single small individual at Stn. 1. The range of this species, although wide, is limited, so far as records are available, to the N. Atlantic (where it is frequent off the west and south of Ireland) and to the Pacific. Its occurrence at Kerimba in an entirely new area is noteworthy. 238. Cassidulina bradyi Norman, var. elongata Sidebottom. (PI. L. fig. 20.) Cassidulina bradyi, var. elongata Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1905, p. 17, pl. i. fig. 11. 3 Stations. Single specimens from Stns. 3,9, and 11. The nature of this little form appears to us to be extremely obscure, and we are inclined to doubt whether it is not more closely related to the genus Bulimina, of the group B. convoluta Williamson, than to Cassidulina, but any settlement of this point could only be made by some observer having access to a sufficient supply of material. If a Cassrdulina, it is not unlikely that the variety may be a depauperate form of the Oassidulina described by Goés as “ Forma affinis of C. bradyi,” and to which he gave the varietal name stenostegica (G. 1894, ASF. p. 44, pl. viii. fig. 427). Our specimen from Stn. 3 was found among the fragments of a large specimen of Cymbalopora bulloides, which had been mounted in balsam and was accidentally crushed by pressure on the cover-glass, and it may perhaps have been ingested by the larger animal. We have specimens from Haul 138 of the Scottish Fisheries Cruiser *‘ Goldseeker,’ off Noss Head, Moray Firth, 70 metres, and as Sidebottom’s specimens were from Delos, the little organism, whatever its affinities, is widely distributed. 239. Cassidulina nitidula (Chaster). Pulvinulina nitidula Chaster, 1892, CS. p. 66, pl. 1. fig. 17. », Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1909, p. 9, pl. iv. fig. 2 Cnechintion nitidula Heron- Allen & aerate 1913, Cl. p. 70, pl. v. figs. 6-9. 5 Stations. A few specimens at Stn. 7 and an occasional one at the others. hey are all minute, even for this normally small species, but otherwise distinctive. The occurrence of C. nitidula here in the tropics supports our suggestion (wt supra) as to the wide distribution of the species, the records now ranging from the Arctic Circle to the Equator. 654 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 240. Cassidulina (Orthoplecta) clavata Brady. (PI. L. figs. 21, 22.) Cassidulina (Orthoplecta) clavuta Brady, 1884, FC. p. 432, pl. exiii. fig. 9. ms 0 » Chapman, 1901, FFA. (1902) p. 402 (list). no. 114. 2 Stations. A single specimen at Stn. 2 and four at Stn. 5, all rather short, but quite typical. The published records of this extremely rare species depend entirely upon Brady’s discovery at Nares Harbour (Admiralty Islands, 17 fms.) and Chapman’s list from Funafuti “outside the reef Tutanga, 50-60 fms.” and ‘200 fms.,”’ but we have found it also at the ‘Challenger’ Stn. 185 (Raine Island, 155 fms.), in the Java Sea (45 fms.), and Macassar Straits (50 fms.), never more than a few specimens in any particular dredging. Owing to its small size and obscure characteristics it is very likely to be overlooked, and the species being so widely distributed would probably be found in most suitable tropical dredgings if carefully sought for. Family LAGENID. Subfamily LAGHNIN &. Lagena Walker & Boys. 241. Lagena globosa (Montagu). Serpula (Lagena) levis globosa Walker & Boys, 1784, TMR. p. 3, pl. i. fig. 8. Vermiculum globosum Montagu, 1803, TB. p. 523. Lagena globosa Brown, 1844, RCGB. p. 126, pl. lvi. figs. 37 & 40. B We Brady, 1884, FC. p. 452, pl. lvi. figs. 1-3. ey » Lerrigi, 1889, CP. p. NIN pl vy: fig. 10, pl. vi. figs. 4-6. rs » Egger, 1893, PG. p. 323; plu x. fis. 66. Ns es Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 3 (References). 16 Stations. Universally distributed, often very common, and presenting every variation as regards size and character of aperture. ‘The best and largest specimens were at Sins. 3and 4. At Stn. 6 a double specimen presenting two apertures was observed. 242. Lagena apiculata (Reuss). Oolina apiculata Reuss, 1851, FKL. p. 22, pl. i. fig. 1. Lagena apiculata Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1866, ete., MFC. 1866, p. 44, pl. i. fig. 27. im 5 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 453, pl. lvi. figs. 4, 15-18. 5 a Egger, 1893, FG. p. 324, pl. x. fig. 8. is 3 Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 5 (References). on - Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 381, pl. xiv. figs. 16-20; 1913, p. 165, pl. xv. fig. 4. 1 Station. One specimen only at Stn. 1. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 659 248. Lagena ampulla-distoma Rymer Jones. Lagena vulgaris, var. ampulla-distoma Ry. Jones, 1872, LJS. p. 63, pl. xix. fig. 52. Lagena ampulla-distoma Brady, 1884, FC. p. 458, pl. lvii. fig. 5. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 5, pl. i. fig. 5. Pe 5 » Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1906, p. 2, pl. i. figs. 2, 8. ** a S Sihilavationn, 1912, etc., LSP. 1912, p. 384; 1913, p. 168. a) ” 2 5 Stations. . A few specimens only, all of the original type of Rymer Jones as regards superficial markings, 7. é. with the entire shell-wall covered with ‘‘exogenous shell deposit.” None of the specimens presents that differentiation in markings indicated by Brady and Sidebottom, in which the upper half of the shell is relatively smooth as compared with the basal half. At Stns. 1 and 3 two varieties were found in company—one normal, the other in which the apiculate base was lacking. At Stn. 6 all the specimens lacked the distomous base. Such specimens with only a terminal aperture would be easily confused with LZ. aspera, but for the fact that the aperture is of the flush or depressed nature characteristic of the normal L. ampulla-distoma, instead of being produced as in LZ. aspera. They seem, however, to confirm the relationship of the type with LZ. aspera rather than with ZL. globosa, to which it is usually affiliated. 244, Lagena aspera Reuss. Lagena aspera Reuss, 1861, FKM. p. 305, pl. i. fig. 5. Pr » Reuss, 1862, FFL. p. 335, pl. vi. fig. 81. Entosolenia aspera Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 91, pl. viii. figs. 11, 12. Lagena aspera Brady, 1884, FC. p. 457, pl. lvii. figs. 7-10. 4 » Lgger, 1893, FG. p. 325, pl. x. fig. 11. ¥ » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 6. 2 » Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1913, p. 167, pl. xv. figs. 11-13. 3 Stations. Only a few specimens, varying considerably in their markings. Fairly typical at Stn. 4; small, but otherwise typical at Stn.?X. At Stn. 3 the surface of the shell, instead of being spinous, was, under a higher power, seen to be covered with zigzag processes, giving a characteristic appearance to the shell. 245. Lagena rudis Reuss. Lagena rudis Reuss, 1862, FFL. p. 336, pl. vi. fig. 82. ,» Reuss, 1863, FCA. p. 145, pl. i. fig. 17. iBitocvelonte rudis Mabius, 1880, F'M. p. 90, pl. viii. fig. tea Lagena rudis Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 6, pl. i. fig. 1 Station. A single specimen of this extremely rare species. Nearly globular, the surface being covered with rounded warty protuberances, irregularly disposed, and not presenting any signs of the “reticulate system” observed in the intermediate spaces by Millett in his Malay specimens. VOL. XX.—PArT xvil. No. 15.—WNovember, 1915. 44 656 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 246. Lagena lineata (Williamson). Entosolenia lineata Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 18, pl. ii. fig. 18. Lagena lineata Reuss, 1863, FFL. p. 328, pl. iv. fig. 48. 3 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 461, pl. lvii. fig. 13. 5 » Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 336, pl. xiv. figs. 13-16. Be » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 326, pl. x. figs. 29, 30. Bs » Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 75. 3 Stations. Only a few specimens at each Stn. and those very poorly developed, the strie being hardly distinguishable, except in one specimen at Stn. 11, which has the markings more strongly developed in the form of somewhat wavy broken coste, 247. Lagena costata (Williamson). Entosolenia costata Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 9, pl. i. fig. 18. Lagena costata Reuss, 1862, FFL. p. 329, pl. iv. fig. 54. a » Wright, 1877, RFDA. p. 103, pl. iv. figs. 11-13. A , Lerquem, 1882, FEP. p. 27, pl. i. Gx.) fig. 11. a » Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 338, pl. xiv. figs. 3-5. a » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 328, pl. x. fig. 33 (gracilis, pars). Be >» Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 7, pl. i. fig. 8. 1 Station. A single specimen at Stn. 2a, with typically coarse coste, but the neck more produced than usual. 248. Lagena hexagona (Williamson). Entosolenia squamosa, var. heragona Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 20, pl. ui. fig. 23. Entosolenia squamosa Williamson, 1858, REGB. p. 12, pl. 1. figs. 29-31. Lagena squamosa Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, Il’. App. p. 309. Lagena sulcata, var. (Entosolenia) squamosa Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 354, pl. xiii. figs. 40, 41, pl. xvi. fig. 11. Lagena hexagona Siddall, 1879, CBRE. p. 6. ss 3 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 472, pl. lviil. figs. 32, 33. a ee Wright, 1900, FLMB. p. 100, pl. v. fig. 15. 7 Stations. Occurs very sparingly, and never more than a few specimens at each Stn., for the most part poorly developed; the range of markings is, however, considerable, varying between the large and coarsely marked var. scalariformis of Williamson and a little type occurring at Stn. 9, in which a neatly oval shell is covered with a very fine raised network closely resembling the var. catenulata of Williamson, or the Ovulina ornata of Seguenza (S. 1862, FMMM. p. 42, pl. 1. fig. 12). 249. Lagena reticulata (Macgillivray). Lagenula reticulata Macgillivray, 1843, HMAA. p. 88. Lagena reticulata Reuss, 1862, FFL. p. 333, pl. v. figs. 67, 68. i 54 Terquem, 1882, FEP. p. 28, pl. i. (ax.) fig. 15. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 657 Lagena reticulata Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895, p. 195, pl. iv. fig. 7. » hexagona Egger, 1893, FG. p. 326, pl. x. fig. 60. », reticulata Sidebottom, 1910, REBP. p. 17, pl. ii. fig. 4. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 76. bb) ” 2 Stations. Moderately typical specimens. Very rare. 250. Lagena spumosa Millett. Lagena spumosa Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 9, pl. i. fig. 9. 2 Stations. Two weakly specimens, one at each Stn. They present the double shell-wall characteristic of the species, but the outer layer is thinner and very much more delicate than is usually the case. LL. spwmosa is probably of world-wide distribution ; we have found it in considerable numbers in ‘ Goldseeker’ dredgings from the Hilte Fjord (Norway) in 260 metres, and at several Stns. in the Faroe Channel, ranging down to 1280 metres. 251. Lagena levis (Montagu). Vermiculum leve Montagu, 1803, TB. p. 524. Lagena levis Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 12, pl. 1. figs. 1, 2. » vulgaris Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 4, pl. i. figs. 5, 5 a. Phialina (vars.) Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. pp. 43, 44, pl. i. figs. 13-17. Lagena levis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 455, pl. lvi. figs. 7-14, 30. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 9 (References). Heron-Allen & Earland, 1918, CI. p. 77, pl. vi. fig. 5. a7 39 7 Stations. Sparingly distributed, the specimens few in number and poorly developed. At Stn. 1 all the individuals were of a very inflated type; at the others, of the fusiform type in which the neck passes imperceptibly into the body of the test. Specimens showing faint signs of striation on the base, connecting this species with L. semistriata, were noted at one or two Stns. 252. Lagena levis, var. distoma Silvestri. Lagena distoma (levis Montagu) Silvestri, 1900, FPNT. p. 245, pl. iv. fig. 48; pl. vi. figs. 74, 75. Lagena levis, var. distoma Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 10, pl. i. fig. 10. Silvestri, 1902, MT. p. 158, fig. 58. e 3 be Sidebottom, 1910, RFBP. p. 15, pl. i. fig. 12. 55 5 BS Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 77, pl. vi. fig. 6. 1 Station. A single specimen at Stn. 12. bb) 29 22 658 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 253. Lagena levis, var. setigera Millett. Lagena clavata, var. setigera Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 491, pl. viii. fig. 9. 1 Station. A number of specimens at Stn. 7 which we have no hesitation in associating with Millett’s variety, although the basal processes are extremely short as compared with his figure. In Millett’s specimens the base is described as a “ cup-shaped indentation surrounded by a circle of sete ” (bristles); in the Kerimba specimens the indentation, when present, is very small, the base being usually merely truncate; there is no sign of any perforation in the base, and we therefore think that our specimens are more nearly allied to L. devis than to L. clavata. 254. Lagena crenata Parker & Jones. Lagena crenata Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF, p. 420, pl. xviil. fig. 4. pi ss Brady, 1881, IC. p. 467, pl. lvii. figs. 15, 21. fs 35 Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 339, pl. xiv. figs. 17, 18. ne a Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901], p. 485, pl. vil. fig. 1. 6 Stations. Sparsely distributed, but never abundant. Very variable in contour and presenting many passage-forms linking it with L. semzstriata. Two types are usually present, one in which the body slopes gradually into the long neck forming an acute triangle in section, and another in which the body is turgid and the neck produced from it. At Stn. 3 both these forms occur together, and abnormal specimens also, in which the body is very lengthened and narrow. At Stn. 7 the individuals were all large but weakly crenelated. The spiral neck-ornament, which is usually present in typical specimens, is absent or weakly developed in nearly all cases. The absence of this feature may, as Millett suggests, mark the close affinity of the Kerimba specimens to L. semistriata, although we have specimens of L. semistriata from the Philippine Islands in which the neck is ornamented with a prominent spiral carina more strongly developed than we have ever observed in L. crenata. These Philippine specimens, however, are unquestionably abnormal. 255. Lagena semistriata Williamson. Lagena striata, var. semistriata Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 14, pl. i. figs. 9, 10. Lagena sulcata, var. semistriata Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 350,-pl. xin. fig. 23. Lagena semistriata Joucs, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1865, p. 34, pl. iv. fig. 6. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 465, pl. lvii. figs. 14, 16, 17 (7 18, 20). Egger, 1893, FG. p. 327, pl. x. figs. 34, 39. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 486, pl. vill. figs. (?) 2, 3. ” ” ” ” 4 Stations. Very rare and always weakly developed, the best specimens being from Stn. 9, but only one or two of them were at all typically marked. % FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 659 256. Lagena perlucida Williamson. Lagena vulgaris, var. perlucida Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 5, pl. i. figs. 7, 8. Lagena perlucida Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 320, pl. x. fig. 13. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 78. by) 9 2 Stations. A few poor and weak specimens of this rather unsatisfactory form at Stns. 4 and 12. 257. Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob). Serpula (Layena) striata sulcata rotundata Walker & Boys, 1784, TMR. p. 2, pl. i. fig. 6. Serpula (Lagena) sulcata Walker & Jacob, 1798, AEM. p. 634, pl. xiv. fig. 5 Lagena sulcata Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF, p. 351, pl. xiii. figs. 28, 29; pl. xvi. figs. 6, 7. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 462, pl. lvil. figs. 23, 26, 33, 34; Apiculate forms, pl. lyin. figs. 4, 17, 18, ete. (References). Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 488 (References). 22 29 29 99 6 Stations. Very rare, and only poorly developed specimens with short necks, except at Stns. 7 and 12, where the species was large and frequent, and characterized by numerous short and stout spines radiating from the base. 258. Lagena lyellii (Seguenza). Amphorina lyellii Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. p. 52, pl. i. fig. 40. Lagena lyellit Brady, 1870, FTR. p. 292, pl. xi. fig. 7. ‘ 5 Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 27, pl. 11. fig. 2. Sidebottom, 1910, RE BP. p. 15, pl. i. figs. 18-15, 17, 18. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, Cl. p. 79, pl. vi. fig. 8. » » » 6 Stations. A good many specimens at Stn. 1, less frequent at the others. All the specimens are of a rather marked type, characterized by relatively few stout coste. In the nature of their markings they resemble terminal chambers of Nodosaria bicamerata Rymer Jones, and had that species occurred in the Kerimba gatherings the question of the identity of our specimens would have been open to considerable doubt. 259. Lagena williamsoni (Alcock). Entosolenia williamsoni Alcock, 1865, NHC. p. 195. - Lagena williamsoni Wright, 1877, REDA., App. p. 104, pl. iv. fig. 14. Baikwill & Wright, 1885, DLS. p. 339, pl. xiv. figs. 6-8. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1918, CI. p. 80. ” ” 32 22 1 Station. One typical specimen only of this form, usually very abundant in higher latitudes. 660 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. HARLAND ON THE 260. Lagena striato-punctata Parker & Jones. Lagena sulcata, vay. striato-punctata Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 350, pl. xiii. figs. 25-27 » striato-punctata Brady, 1878, RRNP. p. 434, pl. xx. fig. 3. & 5 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 468, pl. lviii. figs. "87 & 40. 5) 33 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 489, pl. vii. fig. 6 0 s Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 392, pl. xvi. figs. 7-10. op as Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 30, pl. xiv. fig. 10. 5 Stations. Sparingly distributed, the only Stn. where more than a single specimen was observed being Stn. 4, where it was moderately frequent. All the specimens are of the original type characterized by a comparatively small number of coste, the multicostate form figured by Brady not having been observed, 261. Lagena spiralis Brady. Lagena spiralis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 468, pl. exiv. fig. 9 a » Chaster, 1892, S. p. 60, pl. 1. fig. 8 » striatopunctata, var. spiralis Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 489, pl. viii. fig. 7 - a 4 Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1912, p. 394, pl. xvi. fig. 14. 6 Stations. Widely distributed, but as usual only an occasional specimen except at Stn. 11, where the species was larger and more abundant than elsewhere. . Lagena clavata (d’Orbigny). (Pl. L. fig. 23.) Oolina clavata WV Orbigny, 1846, FEV. p. 24, pl. 1. figs. 2, 3. Lagena clavata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 456. he » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 324, pl. x. fig. 68. ss » Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 75, pl. xiii. figs. 725-727. an » Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 490 (References). Ss -,, Hcron-Allen & Karland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 423. s » Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 9, pl. 11. fig. 3 3 Stations. Very rare, and seldom typical. At Stns. 6 and 7 most of the specimens showed a tendency to pass into L. gracillima, a few with obscure basal markings approaching LL. crenata. At Stn. 7 an abnormal specimen constricted in the basal portion was observed, which we figure. 263. Lagena gracillima (Seguenza). Amphorina gracilis Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 121, pl. xi. fig. 11. os gracillima Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. p. 51, pl. 1. fig. 37. Lagena gracillima Brady, 1870, FUR. p. 292, pl. xi. fig. 6. 35 a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 456, pl. lvi. figs. 19-28. pt is Egger, 1893, FG. p. 330, pl. x. fig. 12. Fi a Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 306, pl. li. fig. 3. a sh Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 11, pl. 1. fig. 4 FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 661 12 Stations. Occurs at most Stns., frequent. Common at Stns. 1 and 7, where the best range of individuals were obtained. The most typical specimens were at Stn. 12, where it was less abundant. As usual there is a great deal of variation in the diameter of the central portion of the test. At Stn. 9 some inequilateral specimens were observed in which the shell is curved on one side of the long axis only, the other side being straight from one aperture to the other. 264. Lagena laevigata (Reuss). Fissurina levigata Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 366, pl. 1. (xlvi.) fig. 1. Fissurina (vars.) Seguenza, 1862, FM MM. pp. 56, 57, pl. 1. figs. 44-51. Lagena levigata Robertson, 1888, PTG. p. 24. ap hs Brady, 1884, FC. p. 473, pl. exiv. fig. 8. 53 >» Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 81, pl. u. fig. 6 ; pl. ui. fig. 6. i . Egger, 1898, FG. p. 330, pl. x. figs. 64, 65. 15 Stations. Universally distributed, sometimes common; there is, as usual, a great range of form and size. Perhaps the most noticeable variation is the occurrence at five or six Stns. of a large form with coarse punctations covering the whole surface of the test, except the central portion, running from the aperture downwards. ‘This central portion is quite clear and imperforate; the marginal edge of this form is rather more acute than usual. At Stns. 7 and 9,?X and ?B a variety occurs with a broad and almost caudate base. At Stn. 7 this variety occurs in a trigonal form. 265. Lagena acuta (Reuss). Fissurina acuta Reuss, 1858, FP. p. 434 ; and Reuss, 1862, FIL. p. 340, pl. vii. figs. 90, 91. Lagena acuta Brady, 1884, FC. p. 474, pl. lix. fig. 6. ss » LHgger, 1893, FG. p. 332, pl. x. figs. 74, 75. = 5 Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 401, pl. xvii. figs. 9-11. 5, Cushman, 1910, ete, FNP. 1913, p. 6, pl. xxxviii. fig. 6. 3 Stations. A few specimens only, presenting no abnormal feature, except at Stn. 7, where the specimens had two well-marked spines at the base. 266. Lagena lucida (Williamson). Entosolenia marginata, var. lucida Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 10, pl. 1. figs. 22-23. Entosolenia lucida Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 89, pl. vin. fig. 4. Lagena lucida Baikwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 80, pl. ii. fig. 7 ; pl. iil. figs. 4, 5. is » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 494. a » Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1906, p. 6, pl. i. figs. 9-12. 55 » Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 425; and 1911, p. 318, pl. x. fig. 16. 662 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 15 Stations. Occurs nearly everywhere, often very common, but less so at Stns. 9 and 2B. Trigonal specimens at Stn. 1, where it was most abundant, and presented considerable variation in shape and character of marking. 267. Lagena fasciata (Egzer). Oolina fasciata Egger, 1857, MSO. p. 270, pl. i. (v.) figs. 12-15. Lagena fasciata Reuss, 1862, FFL. p. 328, pl. i. fig. 24. “ Fissurina ” Schlicht, 1870, FSP. p. 12, pl. iv. figs. 25-30. Lagena quadricostulata Reuss, 1870, FSP. p. 15. Lagena quadricostulata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 486, pl. lix. fig. 15. » fasciata Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 495, pl. viii. fig. 19. - = Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 83. 2 Stations. Occurs very rarely at Stns. 3 and 5, the marginal coste being poorly developed and the specimens being very close to the allied L. annectens, which is common in the gatherings. 268. Lagena annectens Burrows & Holland. Lagena annectens Burrows & Holland, in Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895, p. 203, pl. vil. fig. 11. (See Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 495.) 12 Stations. 5 Generally distributed all over the area and often abundant, especially at Stns. 1 and 8. The relationships of this form with Z. faba Balkwill & Millett, L. fasciata Egger, and others, is discussed by Millett sub L. fasciata (ut supra). 269. Lagena quadrata (Williamson). Entosolenia marginata, var. quadrata Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 11, pl. 1. fig. 27. “ Fissurina” (vars.) Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. pp. 58, 68, pl. i. figs. 52, 53; pl. 1. fig. 35. Entosolenia quadrata Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 90, pl. viii. fig. 9. Lagena quadrata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 475, pl. lix. figs. 8, 16 ; pl. Ix. fig. 5. Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 81, pl. u. fig. 8. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 331, pl. x. figs. 78, 79. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 496, pl. viii. fig. 18. eb) 29 29 be) ” ” 4 Stations. One typical specimen at Stn. 11 and a few weaker ones at Stns. 4, 5, and 8. 270. Lagena malcomsonii J. Wright. Lagena levigata, var. malcomsonit Wright, 1910-11, BCNI. p. 4, pl. 1. figs. 1, 2. Lagena malcomsonti Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, Cl. p. 84, pl. vi. fig. 9. Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, FNS. p. 135. ” 2 3 Stations. A single specimen at each Stn. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO, 6635 271. Lagena marginata (Walker & Boys). Serpula (Lagena) marginata Walker & Boys, 1784, TMR. p. 2, pl. 1. fig. 7. Entosolenia marginata (pars) Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 17, pi. 11. figs. 15, 16. “ Fissurina” (vars.) Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. pp. 59-71 (passim), pls. 1., 11. Lagena vulgaris (vars.) Rymer Jones, 1872, LJS. pp. 59-61, pl. xix. figs. 88-47, Entosolenia marginata Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 90, pl. viii. figs. 7, 8. Lagena marginata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 476, pl. lix. figs. 21-23. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 332, pl. x. figs. 20, 66, 67, 96, 97. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 496 (References). 9 bb) 6 Stations. Sparingly distributed and only a few specimens at each Stn. All of them are of types in which the marginal keel is but slightly developed, except at Stn. 1, where the only specimen recorded is of a compressed circular type with a marginal carina extending all round the shell, and in width nearly equalling that of the central chamber. 272. Lagena marginato-perforata Seguenza. (Pl. L. figs. 24-30.) Lagena marginato-perforata Seguenza, 1879-80, FTR. p. 332, pl. xvii. fig. 34. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 621, pl. xiv. fig. 4. Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RED. 1906, p. 10, pl. 1. fig. 5. Heron-Allen & Farland, 1913, CL. p. 86, pl. vii. figs. 5, 6. bh) ” by) ” 9 9 11 Stations. The specimens which we record under this somewhat unsatisfactory specific name are quite the most typical, and the most widely distributed and common Lagene of the Kerimba gatherings. Zoologically, perhaps, they would be more strictly separable under two distinct varietal names, as the specimens divide naturally into two distinctive groups, marked by the presence of two and three peripheral carine respectively. But all agree in the nature of their superficial markings, and, for taxonomical reasons, it seems more convenient to regard this as the distinctive feature, instead of treating the carina and its variations as points of separation in the manner usually adopted by systematists. We have no positive evidence that variation, as regards the carina, is of greater value than variation in any other superficial characteristics. As we pointed out in our Clare Island paper, the specimens usually described under the specific name L. marginato-perforata can be separated by the number of their keels, specimens with one carina being the L. marginato-perforata of Seguenza (7. ¢. varieties of L. marginata), with two keels ZL. punctata Seguenza (i. e. varieties of L. bicarinata Terquem), while specimens with three keels can be ascribed to the L. (Entosolenia) variolata of Schlumberger if, as seems probable from his figure, the markings in that species are erforations and not lacune (var. of L. orbignyana, Gi, Sy WNL, Cie, INI SZ, jONle ile Tae, @})) : The Kerimba specimens are mostly furnished with three keels, usually but slightly developed, and often hardly distinguishable excepting under a high power. ‘They there- VOL. XX.—PART xvit. No. 16.—November, 1915. oA 664 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE fore belong to the group of LZ. variolata (Schlumberger). In themselves they consist of two well-marked and distinctive groups which never merge, and seldom show any variation from the types which we figure. ‘The first or biconvex group resembles Schlumberger’s figure except for the fact that the keels are poorly developed, and the perforations are much more numerous and more irregularly disposed all over the two faces of the test, which are strongly curved, so that in section the test represents a biconvex lens. The second or complanate group resembles Millett’s figures of L. marginato-perforata, except in the fact that the Malay specimens have a margin consisting of a thick rounded edge, while the majority of the Kerimba shells have a triple carina with the median keel considerably more developed than the outer ones, which are really no more than a thickened border round the test, the two faces of which are nearly parallel or but slightly convex. The distribution of the two groups presents curious features, for, while both the biconvex and the complanate groups occur together at most of the Stns., the number of specimens is often disproportionate, and at some Stns. one or other of the groups is entirely absent. Thus at Stns. 1, 26, 3, and 4, both forms occur in abundance and ‘ in practically equal numbers. At Stns. 5 and 6 only the complanate type is found ; at Stn. 11 the biconvex form is very common, the complanate very rare, although it furnished the only trigonal specimen noticed in the gatherings. At Stn. 12 only the biconvex form appears, while at Stn, 1X the biconvex form is frequent and the complanate very rare. On the whole, it may be said that the biconvex or coarsely perforate normal L. orbignyana type is the commoner and more constant variety in these dredgings. 273. Lagena staphyllearia (Schwager). Fissurina staphyllearia Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 209, pl. v. fig. 24. Lagena vulgaris, var. spinicosta-marginata Rymer Jones, 1872, LJS. p. 57, pl. xix. figs. 34-36. » slaphyllearia Brady, 1884, FC. p. 474, pl. lix. figs. 8-11. x 53 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 331, pl. x. figs. 50, 51, 99. S Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 619, pl. xiv. fig. 2. . as Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1906, p. 8, pl. 1. figs. 18-20. 1 Station. One typical specimen at Stn. 3. 274, Lagena radiato-marginata Parker & Jones. Lagena radiate-marginata Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 355, pl. xvi. fig. 3. Fissurina radiato-marginata Seguenza, 1879-80, FTR. p. 186. Lagena radiato-marginata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 481, pl. Ixi. figs. 8, 9. sp D 5 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 622. 2 Stations. A few specimens only at each Stn., presenting no abnormal characteristics. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 665 275. Lagena wrightiana Brady. Lagena wrightiana Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 62. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 482, pl. 1x1. figs. 6, 7. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 334, pl. x. figs. 42, 43. Millett, 1898, etc., FM., 1901, p. 622. 7 Stations. Occurs at a few Stns., often frequent. In its most typical form L. wrightiana presents no difficulties in identification, the surface of the test being ploughed with more or less parallel grooves, often disappearing towards the middle of the test, which presents a clear spot. Large specimens, however, often suggest an aflinity to L. radiato-marginata which is difficult to account for, as the structure of the test is normally quite different in that species, the markings in which are not superficial but tubular processes in the thickness of the shell-wall. Whether the grooves or channels in the surface of Z. wrightiana ever become enclosed by a lamina of shell-substance we are not in a position to say, but the appearance of many specimens suggests some- thing of the kind. Such a slight modification of structure separates two forms which are at present regarded as specifically distinct. JL. wrightiana occurs most abundantly at Stn. 1, less frequently at Stns. 3 and 11. The specimens exhibit great variety in size, contour, and strength of markings, which in some cases bifurcate as in the Malay specimens recorded by Millett. The size of the central smooth space varies enormously—in some cases it occupies nearly half the area of the shell, whilst in others it is almost entirely lacking. 276. Lagena lagenoides (Williamson). Entosolenia marginata, var. lagenoides Williamson, 1858, REGB. p. 11, pl. i. figs. 25, 26. Lagena lagenoides Reuss, 1862, FFL. p. 324, pl. 1. figs. 27, 28. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 479, pl. Ix. figs. 6, 7, 9, 12-14. 32 oy) « es Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 82, pl. u. fig. 11. 3 53 Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 223, pl. xliv. fig. 23. 5 5 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 623, pl. xiv. figs. 8, 9. 1 Station. One small but typical specimen at Stn. 3. 277. Lagena bicarinata (Terquem). Fissurina bicarinata Terquem, 1882, FEP. p. 31, pl. i. (ix.) fig. 24. Lagena bicarinata Balkwili & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 82, pl. ii. fig. 4; pl. 1. fig. 9. 5 % Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 342, pl. xn. fig. 30. a ae Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 624, pl. xiv. fig. 13. Sidebottom, 1904, etce., RFD. 1906, p. 13, pl. 11. figs. 13-15. Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1912, p. 419, pl. xix. figs. 25-27, pl. xx. fig. 1; 1913, p. 197, pl. xvii. fig. 18. ry) oh} by) 22 OA 2 666 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 1 Station. The record of this species depends upon two specimens from Stn. 11 which are far removed from the normal type of Terquem. ‘They may be compared with the specimens figured by Sidebottom (1915), in which the faces of the test are slightly convex and the two keels slope towards their edges. It seems not improbable from the appearance of one of the specimens that in the perfect shell these two converging keels were united by a marginal rim which enclosed a hollow channel - round the body of the test. 278. Lagena rizze (Seguenza). Fissurina rizze Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. p. 72, pl. ii. fig. 50. Lagena rizze Gough, 1906, FLL. p. 4, pl. i. fig. 3. 9 » Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 89, pl. vil. fig. 9. »» quadrata, var. rizze Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 33, pl. xix. fig. 4. 2 Stations. A typical example at each Stn. 279. Lagena orbignyana (Seguenza). Fissurina orbignyana Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. p. 66, pl. ii. figs. 25, 26. Lagena orbignyana Brady, 1884, FC. p. 484, pl. lix. figs. 1, 18, 24-26 ; winged var, fig. 20. Hy a: Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 222, pl. xliv. fig. 20. op es Egger, 1893, FG. p. 338, pl. x, figs. 89-91. es se Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 308, pl. liv. fig. 4. “y 53 Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 42, pl. xix. fig. 1. 14 Stations. Occurs at nearly every Stn., ranging from rare to common. There is no great variation, excepting in that at many Stns., notably 1, 10, 11, 12, and ?X, many of the individuals show minute spots in the substance of the shell-wall which, under a high power, prove to be tiny lacune. ‘These specimens form a connecting-link between L. orbignyana and L, lacunata Burrows & Holland. At Stn. 1, where the species was very common, a number of trigonal specimens were observed. At Stns. 4 and 8 the variety variabilis Wright, in which the basal portion of the test is ornamented with a few coste, occurred, and at Stn. 12 a single specimen which was very near the variety walleriana Wright was observed. 280. Lagena orbignyana, var. walleriana J. Wright. (PI. L. figs. 31-36.) Lagena orbignyana, var. walleriana Wright, 1886, SWI. p. 611; and 1891, SWI. p. 481, pl. xx. fig. 8. Y Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 627, pl. xiv. fig. 19. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 820. 2 ee B - Sidebottom, 1910, RFBP. p. 19, pl. ii. fig. 15. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 667 2 Stations. At Stns. 1 and 3, especially at Stn. 1, a considerable number of specimens were found, of a very distinctive form, which we assign to Wright’s variety. The tests are characterized by the practically parallel surfaces of the shell, the central portion being only slightly convex. The test is strongly built but very hyaline in the centres, with thick milky-white borders, contrasting strongly with the clear central portion. The centre of this clear portion, which, in the typical var. wadleriana is furnished with a solid stud of shell-substance, is, in the Kerimba specimens, thickened and marked by one or more irregularly shaped spots of opalescent shell-matter, which may coalesce so as to form a pair of brackets (), a horseshoe, or an incomplete ring, giving a very striking appearance to the organism. These opalescent markings are somewhat depressed or eroded into the clear shell-wall. The whole test is much more solidly constructed than in the normal examples of L. orbignyana, and the orifice is situated at the extremity of a short thick phialine neck. 281. Lagena orbignyana, var. kerimbatica, nov. (PI. L. figs. 38-40.) 3 Stations. Test very compressed, oval, furnished with three keels, the two outer ones extending to the same width as the median, the space between the outer keels and the median divided into equal spaces by a number of divisional walls which project beyond the edges and give a denticulate appearance to the margin of the test. About fifteen to twenty of these denticulations are visible on each edge of the test, increasing in length towards the aboral end. ‘The marginal wall of the test is separated from the carina by a channel; the aperture is ona short produced neck. Surface of the test somewhat rough. Our Kerimba specimens may be compared with Sidebottom’s L. bicarinata, vay. imbricata (S. 1912, etc., LSP. 1912, p. 419, pl. xx. fig. 2), to which they bear a striking superficial resemblance. ‘They differ, however, in the fact that there are three well-defined carinez instead of two as in L. bicarinata, var. imbricata, and in the fact that the processes between the carine, which in L. dicarinata, var. imbricata, alternate and extend only to a point midway between the two keels, in the Kerimba variety of L. orbignyana form a definite wall running from one side of the test to the other, joining all three keels and separating the intracarinal space into definite oblong spaces as shown in our figure. Length 0°30-0°34 mm., breadth 0:17 mm,, thickness (measured between outer edges of marginal carinz) 0°06 mm. 282. Lagena castrensis Schwager. Lagena castrensis Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 208, pl. v. fig. 22. es 35 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 333, pl. x. figs. 71, 72. orbignyana, var. castrensis Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 626, pl. xiv. fig. 20. eb) 668 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 2 Stations. A single specimen at Stn. 1 and one at Stn. 11, characterized by well-marked raised tubercles on the surface as in Schwager’s original figure. The question of the separation of such tuberculate modifications of L. orbignyana from vesicular varieties of the same species has been dealt with by Burrows and Holland in their descrip- tion of L. lacunata (ut supra). Millett (wt supra) regards the two varieties as inseparable. While there is no doubt that many specimens of ZL. lacunata are also furnished with superficial beads, the few specimens of typical L. castrensis which have come under our notice have been devoid of internal lacune. For reasons of taxonomy it seems desirable to separate the two varieties. The specimens figured by Brady as ZL. castrensis and by Balkwill and Wright are clearly referable to L. dacunata, as pointed out by Burrows and Holland, the surface being ornamented with depressions, and not with raised beads (see No. 284). 283. Lagena clathrata Brady. Lagena clathrata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 485, pl. Ix. fig. 4 Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 82, pl. ii. fig. 14, pl. iv. fig. 3 % “i Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 628, pl. xiv. fig. 23. 5 Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1906, p. 14, pl. ii. fig. 14. a 7 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 90, pl. vii. fig. 10. a a Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1913, p. 196, pl. xvii. fig. 14. 7 Stations. Occasional specimens, the hast at Stns. 2 and 5. A trigonal specimen at Stn. 1. ~ 284. Lagena lacunata Burrows & Holland. Layena castrensis Brady (non Schwager), Brady, 1884, FC. p. 485, pl. Ix. figs. 1, 2, & 238. >» 9p Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 341, pl. x11. figs. 20, 21. , lacunata Burrows & Tslelllevnd in J. P. & B. 1866, etce., MIC. 1895, p. 205, pl. vil. fie. 12. » orbignyana, var, lacunata Sidebottom, 1910, RF BP, p. 19, pl. ii. fig. 14. a $5 3 5 Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1918, p. 43, pl. xx. fig. 1. 99 9 ss » Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1912, p. 416, pl. xix. figs. 16-18. 2 Stations. Common at Stn. 1 and widely distributed, but infrequent at the other Stns. All the specimens are normal except at Stn. 2, where a single individual was observed in which the lacunee were very small and evenly distributed over the face of the test, and at Stn. ?X, where the only specimens found were of a similar type. ‘This minutely marked form may be compared with Entosolenia variolata Schlumberger (S. 1881, ete. NF. 1882, pl. i. fig. 5), although the cavities in the Kerimba specimens are even smaller and more numerous. ‘The Fissurina punctata of Seguenza (S. 1880, PTR. p. 156, pl. xin. fig. 1), which is compared by Burrows and Holland with their type, is FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 669 a somewhat similar shell if the interpretation put upon it by those authors is correct, but Seguenza’s figure is difficult to interpret in the sense of ‘ pittings,” and both his name and his description (“* questa specie si distingue per un doppio margine... e per le grosse punteggiature della superficie”) seem to point merely to a coarsely perforated test, and not to pits or internal lacune. 285. Lagena auriculata Brady. Lagena auriculata Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 61. és © Brady, 1884, FC. p. 487, pl. lx. figs. 29, 33, & ?31. a as Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 625, pl. xiv. figs. 14-16. na Bs Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 420, pl. xx. figs. 4-14. 1 Station. A single specimen from Stn. 6 ef the ornata or lagenoides type of L. auriculata resembling the figs. 13 and 14 of Sidebottom’s plate xx. The same variety is figured by Millett, but the Kerimba specimen agrees with Sidebottom’s figure in the limited extent of the auricular processes, which only extend to about the middle portion of the test, whereas in the Malay specimens they are carried up to the neck. This particular variety of LZ. auriculata appears to be widely distributed; we have similar specimens from shallow water off ‘Tahiti and have observed it in one or two other shallow Pacific gatherings. Sidebottom’s specimens are all from deep water ranging down to nearly 2000 fms. Several varieties of this very variable form are described and figured by Cushman (C. 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 62). Subfamily NoDOSARIIN&. Noposaria Lamarck. 286. Nodosaria proxima 0. Silvestri. Nodosaria proxima O. Silvestri, 1872, NEVI. p. 63, pl. vi. figs. 188-147. ¥s a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 511, pl. Ixiv. fig. 15. Fornasini, 1888, TP. p. 149, pl. ii. figs. 10, 11. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1902, p. 519, pl. xi. fig. 9. Ly) by) 5 Stations. Sparingly distributed excepting at Stn. 1, where a good many individuals were observed. ‘The specimens are, as usual, commonly bilocular, but a perfect trilocular specimen was found at Stn. 1, and one or two showing traces of a broken third chamber at other Stns. At Stn. 7 some of the specimens had the coste on the initial chamber spirally arranged, those on the terminal chamber being normally straight. Fornasini compares WV. provima with Lagena vulgaris, var. bicamerata Rymer Jones (J. 1872, LJS. p. 65, pl. xix. figs. 60-62). 670 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 287. Nodosaria communis d’Orbigny. Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 254. no. ee 4 communis Reuss, 1845-6, VBK. pt. i. p. 28, pl. xii. fig. a (Dentalina) communis Bath, 1884, FC. p. 504, pl. sg a 19-22 (References). 3 cummunis Burrows, Sherborn, & Bailey, 1890, RC. p- 557, pl. ix. fig. 27. i - Egger, 1893, FG. p. 342, pl. xi. figs. 22-24. Ay ke Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1902, p. 522 (References). Pe " Goés, 1882, RRCS. p. 26, pl. i. figs. 11-16. 2 Stations. Small and typical specimens at two Stns. 288. Nodosaria spinulosa (Montagu). (PI. L. fig. 37.) Nautilus spinulosus Montagu, 1808, TB. Suppl. p. 86, pl. xix. fig. 5 Nodosaria spinulosa VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 253. no. 15. 9 Brown, 1844, RCGB. p. 2, pl. i. fig. 26. Dentalina spinulosa Shemborne Charman, MLC. 1886, p. 750, pl. xv. fig. 13. 1 Station. A single specimen consisting of three chambers. ‘The processes from which the species was named are very regular in their distribution over the surface of the test, and are less acute than is suggested by either Montagu’s or Sherborn and Chapman's figures. ‘The Kerimba specimen is a fragment, the. initial portion being absent, but in the first chamber of our fragment the processes or tubercles form a double ring at regular intervals round the chamber; in the next chamber there are three rings, and in the third and last chamber there are four. It is somewhat questionable whether this specimen is recent or a fossil, as it was found at Stn. 13 where numerous fossil foraminifera occur. ‘The appearance of the shell, however, is not distinctively fossil. Lineuiina d’Orbigry. 289. Lingulina carinata d’Orbigny. Lingulina carinata WOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 257. no. 1, Modele no. 26. a a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 517, pl. Ixv. figs. 16, 17. a sa Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD, 1907, p. 3, pl. i. figs. 15-17. 5 x d’Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 124, pl. i. figs. 5, 6. . He Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 93, pl. viii. fig. 9. 9% op Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1918, p. 61, pl. xxix. fig. 3. J Station. A single specimen consisting of three chambers, the sides absolutely parallel. It resembles Sidebottom’s figure, but has no constrictions at the septal lines. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. O71 FRONDICULARIA Defrance. 990. Frondicularia spathulata Brady. Frondicularia spathulata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 270, pl. viii. fig. 5. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 519, pl. Ixv. fig. 18. Egger. 1893, FG. p. 346, pl. x1. fig. 32. Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1907, p. 5, pl. 1. fig. 26. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. pp. 97 & 187, pl. viii. fig. 12. 1 Station. A single specimen at Stn. 11, minute, but exactly similar to the little individuals frequently found in northern gatherings. VAGINULINA d’Orbigny. 291. Vaginulina legumen (Linné). Nautilus legumen Linné, 1788, SN. (Ed. xiii.), p. 8373. no. 22. Vaginulina legumen d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 257. no. 2. levigata Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MCF. p. 64, pl. iv. fig. 9. legumen Brady, 1884, FC. p. 530, pl. Ixvi. figs. 13-15. Haeusler, 1890, FST. p. 107, pl. xiv. fig. 49. Burrows, Sherborn, & Bailey, 1890, RC. p. 559, pl. x. fig. 16. Egger, 1899, KOA. p. 98, pl. ix. figs. 29, 30. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1902, p. 527, pl. xi. fig. 21. be) 5 Stations. Sparingly distributed, most abundant at Stn. 1, where the specimens have a well- marked spiral initial portion. All the specimens are large and markedly megalo- spheric, except at Stn. 12, where the species is represented by a small microspheric individual. CRISTELLARIA Lamarck. (Norse.—The rarity of the genus Cristel/aria in these dredgings is very noticeable. The records of the genus are confined to a few individuals of small size and feeble characteristics found at a very limited number of stations.) 292. Cristellaria rotulata (Lamarck). Lenticulites rotulata Lamarck, 1804, AM. p. 188, no. 3; L. 1816, TEM. pl. 466. fig. 9. Cristellaria rotulata VOrbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 26, pl. ii. figs. 15-18. Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 345, pl. xii. fig. 19. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 547, pl. lxix. fig. 18. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 351, pl. xii. figs. 1, 2, 32, 33. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 257 (References). 3 Stations. The few individuals observed were all small and feebly developed. ‘They were all megalospheric. VOL. XX.—PaRT xvil. No. 17.—November, 1915. OB 672 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 293. Cristellaria cultrata (Montfort). Robulus cultratus Montfort, 1808-10, CS. vol. i. p. 214, 54° genre. Cristellaria cultrata Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 344, pl. xi. figs. 17, 18; pl. xvi. fig. 5. ze . Brady, 1884, FC. p. 550, pl. Ixx. figs. 4-6. a a Eeger, 1893, FG. p. 352, pl. xii. figs. 7-10, 24, 25. i E Chapman, 1895, FAS. p. 33. a ¥ Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 64, pl. xxix. fig. 4. 2 Stations. Only a few individuals, very weakly developed as regards the carina, and small in size, All megalospheric. Subfamily PoLYMORPHININ. PoLYMORPHINA d’Orbigny. 294. Polymorphina lactea (Walker & Jacob). Serpula lactea Walker & Jacob, 1798, AEM. p. 634, pl. xiv. fig. 4. Polymorphina lactea typica (pars) Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 70, pl. vi. fig. 147. a lactea Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1870, GP. p. 213, pl. xxxix. fig. 1 (References). » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 559, pl. Ixxx. typical fig. 11; var. fig. 14. 35 » Hgger, 1893, FG. p. 308, pl. ix. figs. 8, 14, 15. 3 » Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 100, pl. viii. fig. 16 (doubie). 3 Stations. Very scantily represented by a few weak individuals. 295. Polymorphina oblonga Williamson. Polymorphina lactea, var. oblonga Williamson, 1858, REGB. p. 71, pl. vi. fig. 149. 53 oblonga Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1870, GP. p. 222, pl. xxxix. fig. 7. Polymorphina formosa Egger, 1893, FG. p. 440, pl. ix. figs. 17-19. 3 lactea, var. oblonga Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 262, pl. v. fig. 5. si oblonga Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 4:30. + » Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CL. p. 100, pl. viii. fig. 17. 4 Stations. Extremely rare, and with the exception of one specimen at Stn. 5, all small and weak. 296. Polymorphina compressa d’Orbigny. Polymorphina compressa VOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 233, pl. xii. figs. 32-34. 4 - Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1870, GP. p. 227, pl. xl. fig. 12. _ a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 565, pl. Ixxii. figs. 9-11. Bs A Egger, 1893, FG. p. 309, pl. ix. figs, 11-13. Ms 5, Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 262 (References) a Sidebottom, 1904, etc. RFD. 1907, p. 13, pl. ili. figs. 1-6, 12, 18. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 673 3 Stations. One small but typical specimen at Stn. 7, and less typical individuals at the other Stns. 297. Polymorphina communis d’Orbieny. ymorp gny Polymorphina (Guttulina) communis and problema d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 266. nos. 14 & 15, pl. xu. figs. 1-4; Modéles nos. 61, 62. =. communis Egger, 1857, MSO. p. 288, pl. ix. (xiii.) figs. 16-18. Be BA Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1870, GP. p. 224, pl. xxxix. fig. 104, B. i Brady, 1884, FC. p. 568, pl. Ixxii. fig. 19. i e: Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1908, p. 263 (References). Ra 5 Fhnt, 1899, RFA. p. 319, pl. Ixvii. fig. 6. 3 Stations. Many small specimens at Stn. 1, and an occasional poorly developed specimen at the other Stns. 298. Polymorphina sororia Reuss. Polymorphina (Guttulina) sororia Reuss, 1863, FCA. p. 151, pl. 1. figs. 25-29 5 sororia Brady, 1884, FC. p. 562, pl. Ixxi. figs. 15, 16. . » Lgger, 1893, FG. p. 308, pl. ix. fig. 20. Hs » Egger, 1899, KOA. p. 126, pl. xvii. figs. 6, 7. 4s » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 265. s », Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 88, pl. xxx. fig. 3. 8 Stations. Sparingly distributed, but more abundant than any other Polymorphina in the area , the specimens are all small, the best being at Stns. 3 and 9. 299. Polymorphina regina Brady, Parker, & Jones. Polymorphina regina Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1870, GP. p. 241,pl. xl. fig. 32. ue semicostata Marsson, 1878, SIR. p. 150, pl. 11. fig. 19. 5 regina Brady, 1884, FC. p. 571, pl. lxxiui. figs. 11-13. = » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 310, pl. ix. figs. 45, 50, 51. 55 » Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 435. Re » Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 91, pl. xl. figs. 6, 7. 2. Stations. Two small and weak but recognizable specimens, one at each Stn. 300. Polymorphina complexa Sidebottom. (PI. LI. figs. 1-3.) Polymorphina? complexa Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1907, p. 16, text-figs. 3-7, pl. iv. figs. 1-9. ss 5 Sidebottom, 1910, FBP. p. 22. 4 Stations. This species is represented by a single specimen at each Stn., but all well developed OB 2 674 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE and typical, resembling Sidebottom’s figures 3 and 5. The affinities of the species are, as the author says, ‘very puzzling.” One feature which is characteristic of the Kerimba specimens, and which is also evident in some specimens from Delos given us by Sidebottom, and which is suggested in his figure 5@ (but is not referred to in the text), is the presence of a series of secondary apertures on the edge of each chamber close to the septal lines. They appear to be perforations passing through the shell, and closely resemble the similar openings in Candeina nitida d’Orbigny. When the test of P. complera is broken it exhibits a “ postage stamp fracture” along this line of perforations. All the Kerimba specimens have a cribrate aperture as in the Delos examples, but this does not appear to be an area irregularly perforated with many apertures as in the type-figures, but merely a curved line carrying the marginal perforations round the looped edge of the terminal chamber, where the penultimate chamber projects into it. The texture of the Kerimba shells is more hyaline than that of the Delos specimens, which are described as being of a “‘very delicate pale ivory, and.... they are generally semi-transparent.” The Kerimba specimens are finely punctate and suggestive of the thin hyaline shell of Bulimina ovata @Orbigny. The question as to whether this species should remain in the genus Polymorphina or whether it should be transferred to Candeina, or even to a new genus, must stand over until the point can be decided by the study of a larger number of specimens. Uvigerina d’Orbigny. 301. Uvigerina auberiana, var. glabra Millett. Uvigerina auberiana @Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 106, pl. 11. figs. 23, 24. Ff es Goés, 1882, RRCS. p. 60, pl. iv. figs. 71-75. auberiana, var. glabra Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 286, pl. v. figs. 8, 9. Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1908, p. 2, pl. i. figs. 5, 6. % %» oo” 11 Stations. This variety is the only characteristic and widely distributed representative of the genus Uvigerina occurring in the Kerimba dredgings. It occurs in varying numbers at practically all the Stns., and presents but little variation except in the surface- texture of the shell, which is, as a rule, quite smooth, but is faintly hispid at Stns. 5, 6, and 7. At Stn. 7 the hispid decoration is arranged in regular lines, giving a sub- striate appearance to the test. At Stn. !X the uvigerine chambers are almost entirely suppressed, the test being biserial throughout. ‘There is considerable divergence in the length of the specimens, most Stns. furnishing examples of two kinds, (i.) short and broad, and (ii.) long and narrow. ‘This divergence appears to be due to the extent of the uvigerine development. (eon) FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 67: 302. Uvigerina tenuistriata Reuss. Uvigerina (no specific name) Schlicht, 1870, FSP. pp. 65, 66, pl. xxii. figs. 34-36. 5 tenuistriata Reuss, 1870, FSP. p. 485. * a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 574, pl. Ixxiv. figs. 4-7. * i Spandel, 1909, RMB. p. 209, pl. 11. fig. 1. ae ‘5 Bagg, 1912, PFC. p. 77, pl. xxiii. figs. 9, 10. 1 Station. One specimen, differing from the usual type in the somewhat accentuated cost and in the absence of a produced neck ; the aperture is long, and marked only by the presence of an everted lip. 303. Uvigerina pygmza d’Orbigny. Uvigerina pygmea d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 269, pl. xii. figs. 8, 9; Modeéle no. 67. 95 % @Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 190, pl. xi. figs. 25, 26. 5 Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 66, pl. v. figs. 188, 139. 53 Ke Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 3863, pl. xiii. figs. 53-57, pl. xvii. fig. 65. 7 i Brady, 1878, RRNP. p. 435, pl. xx. fig. 7. es » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 575, pl. Ixxiv., Type, figs. 11, 12; Elongate, figs. 13, 14. 3s ss Egger, 1893, FG. p. 314, pl. ix. fig. 42. 4 Stations. Very rare. At Stn. 3 the few specimens found were large and typical. At Stn. 12 ‘was a long narrow specimen approaching U. tenwistriata Reuss. At Stn. 11 a single specimen intermediate between U. pygmea and U. aculeata d'Orbigny (dO. 1846, IDO, joe UES yall, xc, 30s, A, 2ks)b 304. Uvigerina porrecta Brady. Uvigerina porrecta Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 274, pl. viii. figs. 15, 16. 3 e Brady, 1884, FC. p. 577, pl. Ixxiv. figs. 21-23. 5 Ms Egger, 1893, FG. p. 315, pl. ix. figs. 57, 63. a % Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1908, p. 269. 2 Stations. Very rare. All the specimens are of a short broad type, like Brady’s fig. 23. 305. Uvigerina selseyensis Heron-Allen & Farland. Uvigerina selseyensis Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, ete., SB., 1909, p. 437, pl. xviii. figs. 1-3. 6 9 Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 93, pl. xlil. fig. 5. 1 Station. One typical example. Cushman’s figure (ut supra) differs from the type in the markedly costate surface of the chambers. 676 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 306. Uvigerina angulosa Williamson. Uvigerina angulosa Williamson, 1858, REGB. p. 67, pl. v. fig. 140. be pygmea, var. angulosa parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 364, pl. xiii. fig. 58; pl. xvil. fig. 66. 3 angulosa Seguenza, 1879, FTR. pp. 226, 307. 55 5 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 576, pl. Ixxiv. figs. 15-18. 33 » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 314, pl. ix. figs. 40, 46, 47. i ». Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 51, pl. ix. figs. 502-509. “3 » Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 104. 1 Station. A single specimen of the short broad type. ‘The rarity of this widely distributed species in these dredgings is noteworthy, but it is more particularly a cold-water form. Sacrina Parker & Jones. 307. Sagrina columellaris Brady. Sagrina columellaris Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 64. Siphogenerina glabra Schlumberger, 1883, FGG. p. 118, pl. ii. fig. 1, Sayrina columellaris Brady, 1884, FC. p. 581, pl. Ixxv. figs. 15-17. = Egger, 1893, FG. p. 316, pl. ix. figs. 28, 31, 33. i , Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 270, figs. 10, 11. i ss Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1918, p. 104, pl. xlvil. figs. 2, 3 7 Stations. Sparingly distributed, abundant only at Stn. 1, where all the specimens are small and very irregular in form. The best individuals at Stn.?X. Many of the specimens show signs of the development of irregular coste, linking them with the entosolenian form of S. raphanus. 308. Sagrina virgula Brady. (PI. LI. figs. 4, 5.) Sagrina virgula Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 61, pl. viii. figs. 19-21. BY » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 583, pl. Ixxvi. figs. 4-10. A » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 318, pl. ix. fig. 27. x » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 271. 8 Stations. Widely distributed, but very rare, only an occasional specimen being met with at each Stn., most of them being small and poorly developed, similar to Brady’s fig. 6. Good specimens at Stn. 12. At Stn. 1 a single individual with well-marked spinous growths, similar to Brady’s figs. 4, 5. All the specimens are of the typical shallow- water type, exhibiting well-developed uvigerine initial chambers. 309. Sagrina striata (Schwager). (Pl. LI. figs. 6-8.) Dinorphina striata Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 251, pl. vil. fig. 99 & text-fig. 2 Sagraina striata Schwager, 1876, ete., CF. 1877, p. 25, fig. 35. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 677 Sagrina striata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 584, pl. Ixxv. figs. 25, 26. Siphogenerina striata Weger, 1898, FG. p. 316, pl. ix. figs. 32, 34, 35, 64, 65. Sagrina striata Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 19038, p 272. Siphogenerina striata Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 107, pl. xlvii. figs. 4, 5. 3 Stations. At Stn. 10 the specimens are of a regular type, cylindrical in section, similar to Brady’s figures. At Stn. 11 the specimens are large, oval in section, and characterized by a bifarine arrangement of the middle chambers, the septa, which are limbate, running in a zigzag direction. ‘The shells thus appear to present a transition-type between S. striata and S. bifrons Brady (B. 1884, FC. p. 582, pl. Ixxv. figs. 18-20). 310. Sagrina raphanus Parker & Jones. Uvigerina (Sagrina) raphanus Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 364, pl. xviii. figs. 16-17. Siphogenerina costata Schlumberger, 1883, FGG. p. 118, fig. B. Sagrina raphanus Brady, 1884, FC. p. 585, pl. Ixxv. figs. 21-24. Siphogenerina (Sagrina) raphanus Egger, 1893, FG. p. 317, pl. ix. fig. 36. Sagrina raphanus Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 272. Nodosaria cylindracea Dakin, 1906, FC. p. 235, pl. fig. 8. 5 Stations. Occurs sparingly, but sometimes in considerable numbers. ‘The best at Stns. 5 and 11, where it was large and well developed. Only small individuals at Stns. 1 and 3. Ai] the specimens are of the entosolenian type, similar to Dakin’s figure (wt supra). His figure, however, represents a shell with exceptionally fine and numerous coste. 311. Sagrina tessellata Brady. (PI. LI. fig. 9.) Sagrina tessellata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 585, pl. Ixxvi. figs. 17-19. ey Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 273, pl. v. fig. 16. 2 Stations. ‘Two typical specimens (both broken) at Stn. 1, and a somewhat obscure individual at Stn. 10. ‘This extremely interesting form is of much more frequent occurrence in shallow water of the eastern area of the Indian Ocean; we have records of it from many shallow gatherings in the Malay and Eastern seas. Millett’s figures and description of the chambers ‘“‘ subdivided into chamberlets by transverse septa” would, if confirmed, raise some doubts as to the proper status of this form, which would then require removal to a separate subgenus. ‘The scarcity of material, and its small size and obscurity of structure must, however, postpone any discussion upon this point ; but it appears to us from an examination of many balsam-mounted specimens under high magnifications that this ‘tesselated” appearance is not due to the presence of chamberlets but to two series of ridges at right angles to each other, which project from the inner surface of the shell-wall into the cavities of the chambers, but do not subdivide the cavity into chamberlets. 678 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE Family GLOBIGERINID &. GLOBIGERINA d@’Orbigny. 312. Globigerina bulloides d’Orbigny. Globigerina bulloides dV’ Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 277, no. 1; Modéles nos. 17 and 76. 3 es Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 92. es 53 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 593, pls. Ixxvii. & Ixxix. figs. 3-7 (References). xi >. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1908, p. 685 (References). z ee Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 104. 16 Stations. Universally distributed, and at most Stns. in moderate numbers. The specimens represent practically all the known variations, but are all of the small type commonly found in inshore waters, and are generally marked by relatively coarse areolation of the surface-walls. At Stns. 7 and ?B the specimens were particularly small in size. 4 313. Globigerina triloba Reuss. Globigerina triloba Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 374, pl. 1. (xlvil.) fig. 11. Pylodexia atlantica Ehrenberg, 1873, LM'. p. 388, pl. iv. fig. 2. Globigerina bulloides, var. triloba Brady, 1884, FC. p. 595, pl. Ixxix. figs. 1, 2, pl. Ixxxi. figs. 2, 3. % triloba Egger, 1893, FG. p. 370, pl. xii. figs. 71-76. A » Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 188. » » Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 1383. 4 Stations. Only a few records of this well-marked variety. ‘The best individuals were at Stn. 3. 314. Globigerina dubia Egger. Globigerina dubia Egger, 1857, MSO. p. 281, pl. v. (ix.) figs. 7-9. i » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 595, pl. Ixxix. fig. 17. es » Egger, 1898, FG. p. 366, pl. xiii. figs. 36-38, 77. y » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 686. 4 » Flint, 1899, REA. p. 322, pl. Ixix. fig. 4. x » Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1914, p. 6, pl. iv. figs. 1-3. 7 Stations. Only a few specimens observed, and mostly small except at Stns. 10, 11, 12, where they are of good dimensions and quite typical. 315. Globigerina cretacea d’Orbigny. (Pl. LI. figs. 10-13.) Globigerina cretacea d’Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 34, pl. ili. figs. 12-14. 5a » Goés, 1882, RRCS. p. 92, pl. vi. figs. 203-207. i » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 596, pl. Ixxxii. figs. 10, 11. By » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 365, pl. xiii. figs. 26-28. ee » Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 86. * » Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 104. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 679 7 Stations. Occurs rather infrequently, in any numbers only at Stns. 1 and 12. All the Kerimba specimens differ considerably both from d’Qrbigny’s original type and from the species G. swbh-cretacea, instituted by Chapman (C. 1901, FFA. p. 410, pl. xxxvi. fig. 16) for the reception of recent specimens on what appears to us to be insufficient grounds, having regard to the very variable nature of the Globigerine shell, The principal point of distinction in Chapman’s species is the depression of the spire, which in d’Orbigny’s figure is a flattened cone, whereas in Chapman’s Funafuti specimens the central portion is inverted and below the level of the last whorl of chambers. He describes his species as having “few chambers,” but as figured by him they are more numerous than in d’Orbigny’s original figure. In the Kerimba specimens the spire is flattened, but hardly depressed below the level of the circumambient chambers; the number of chambers is limited, the entire shell consisting, as a rule, of two to two and a half whorls, the chambers rapidly increasing in size, the later ones being almost globular in shape, and the external surface is irregularly studded with a few beads which were probably, in life, furnished with com- paratively stout spines. All the chambers are visible on the superior side of the shell— on the inferior side, as a rule, only the final whorl is visible, the depressed umbilical portion being usually obscured by secondary shell-matter. The aperture is a restricted arch on the face of the terminal chamber. ‘The Kerimba specimens thus appear to occupy an intermediate position between d’Orbigny’s original fossil type and Chapman’s recent species, but we see no necessity for separating our specimens from d’Orbigny’s species or any objection to including Chapman’s specimens under the same specific name, the differences appearing to be too slight to justify separation. 316. Globigerina inflata d’Orbigny. Globigerina inflata d’Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 134, pl. i. figs. 7-9. a » Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 367, pl. xvi. figs. 16, 17. 5 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 601, pl. Ixxix. figs. 8-10. be » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 369, pl. xiii. figs. 45-47. - » Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 85, pl. xiv. figs. 763-765. Be » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 687 (References). 4 Stations. Only a few individuals, but fairly typical. ‘This species appears to reach its best development in the temperate zone in the Atlantic, where it is one of the dominant LOEMIS 317. Globigerina rubra d’Orbigny. Globigerma rubra d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 82, pl. iv. figs. 12-14. 5 » Wan den Broeck, 1876, FB. p. 77, pl. ili. figs. 7, 9, 10. - », Brady, 1884, FC. p. 602, pl. Ixxix. figs. 11-16. VOL. XX.—PART Xvil. No. 18.— November, 1915. 5¢ 680 _ MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE Globigerina rubra Egger, 1893, FG. p. 366, pl. xin. figs. 42-44. A » Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 687. of » Heron-Allen & Harland, 1918, FNS. p. 181, pl. x. figs. 13-15. 14 Stations. This species is a very variable one—indeed, it is questionable whether it should not be broken up into at least three different specific types. ‘The specific character is, of course, indicated by its name—a typical pink colour. Secondary to this comes an elevated trochoid spire and the presence of arched secondary apertures on the superior surface of the shell. Both or either of these features may be suppressed or absent in any series of specimens, the secondary apertures béing the least constant and apparently confined to large tropical specimens. At Kerimba the species occurs nearly everywhere, and is in nearly all cases represented by a type in which the dominant pink colour is well marked and constant, but the secondary apertures are absent, and the trochoid spire is comparatively inconspicuous. ‘The specimens are thus mainly separable from G. bulloides by their pink coloration only. The only typical specimens presenting the elevated spire and the secondary apertures were noted at Stn. 11, and, curiously enough, the majority were almost devoid of coloration, but a few typically red individuals were found. At Stn. 2 a few individuals were found of the minute type so abundant in Northern Seas in which a comparatively high spire is present, but no coloration. Such individuals are to be found in muddy littoral deposits all over the world. 318. Globigerina conglobata Brady. Globigerina conglobata Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 286. Ss = Brady, 1884, FC. p. 608, pl. Ixxx. figs. 1-5; pl. Ixxsii. fig. 5. Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 225, pl. xlv. fig. 13. a a Egger, 1893, FG. p. 368, pl. xi. figs. 55, 56. 2 = Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 688 (References). 8 Stations. Fairly generally distributed, but only a few specimens at each Stn., and these poorly developed, except at Stns. 10, 11, and 12, where the specimens are larger and quite typical. 319. Globigerina sequilateralis Brady. Globigerina equilateralis Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 285. Re SS Brady, 1884, FC. p. 605, pl. Ixxx. figs. 18-21. a sa Egger, 1893, FG. p. 364, pl. xiii. figs. 5-8. ms Bs Fornasini, 1899, GA. p. 580, pl. iv. figs. 3, 4. Fs \e Rhumbler, 1900, NPF. p. 20, figs. 21-28. in si Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 689. Be e Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, ete, SB. 1910, p. 424, pl. viii. fizs, 11, 12. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 681 4 Stations. One comparatively large and typical specimen at each Stn., except at Stns. 3 and 13, where several individuals were found. OrBULINA d’Orbigny. 320. Orbulina universa d’Orbigny. Orbulina universa d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 3, pl. i. fig. 1. 5 @Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 123, pl. i. fig. 1. a 3 Schacko, 1883, UF. p. 431, pl. xiii. fig. 1. nS a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 608, pl. Ixxviii., pl. Ixxxi. figs. 8-26, pl. Ixxxii. figs. 1-3. es > Egger, 18938, FG. p. 374, pl. xiv. figs. 7-9, 11, 12, 38-40. F - Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 690 (References). 6 Stations. This species is extremely rare ; only one really typical large specimen was observed at Stn. 3. At Stns. 26, 4,12, and PX one or two minute individuals were found, and at Stn. 1, where these minute forms were more numerous, one or two were found exhibiting Globigerina partially enclosed. The extreme rarity of this species is noticeable, as one would expect to find a considerable number of pelagic specimens brought into the shallow coastal waters from the Indian Ocean by the Equatorial current, which impinges on the Kerimba coast-line. Puuienta Parker & Jones. 321. Pullenia obliquiloculata Parker & Jones. Pullenia obliquiloculata Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. pp. 368, 421, pl. xix. fig. 4. a % Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 294. a = Brady, 1884, FC. p. 618, pl. Ixxxiv. figs. 16-20. B % Egger, 1893, FG. p. 372, pl. xiii. figs. 62-64. 6) 5 Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 324, pl. lxx. fig. 6. 4 Stations. The records of this species rest on one or two individuals at these Stns. They have no doubt come in on the drift of the Equatorial current. SPHZROIDINA d’Orbigny. 322. Spheroidina corticata, sp.n. (Pl. LI. figs. 14-18.) 2 Stations. Test free, hyaline, inequilateral, consisting of four chambers gradually increasing in size and all visible externally. Shell-wall very thick, coarsely punctate and produced between the foramina into granular cortications which give an extremely dc 2 682 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE rough or bark-like appearance to the test, especially on the more convex or superior side. Smoother on the less convex side, especially near the aperture, which is a small fissure at the point of intersection of the final and penultimate chambers. ‘The depressions between the earlier and the ultimate chambers in the immediate neighbourhood of the aperture are more or less filled in with secondary shell- matter. It occurs rarely at Stns. 11] and? B. We have specimens of the same form from ‘Challenger’ Station 192 (off the Ki Islands, 129 fms.) and the Java Sea (45 fms.). It is a somewhat anomalous form, approaching Globigerina helicina dOrbigny (C. P. & J. 1862, IF. p. 181, pl. xii. fig. 11) in the arrangement of its chambers, but differing entirely in the texture of the external surface of the shell and in the aperture, which is much nearer Spheroidina dehiscens Parker & Jones (P. & J. 1865, NAAF. pl. xix. fig. 5). There is, however, no trace of any internal early chambers in the specimens which we have examined in balsam. Length ‘4 to °5 mm., breadth (about) °25, thickness (about) °25, thickness of the shell-wall from -02 to ‘03 mm. Canbrina d’Orbigny. 323. Candeina nitida d’Orbigny. Candeina nitida d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 108, pl. ii. figs. 27, 28. us » @Orbigny, 1846, FEV. p. 193, pl. xxi. fig. 28. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 622, pl. Ixxxii. figs. 13-20. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 378, pl. xiii. fig. 57. Rhumbler, 1900, NPF. p. 31, fig. 33. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 692, pl. vii. fig. 2. — Station. At Stn. 11 two large specimens were found, comparable in all respects with the figure given by Millett. This compressed and abnormal type is so entirely distinct from d’Orbigny’s original figure and from the general appearance of the species, that we should have hesitated before attributing it to d’Orbigny’s species but for Millett’s previous determination. The test, apart from its regular construction, has, in the Kerimba specimens, an abnormally thick shell for Candetna, but the rows of secondary apertures in the sutural depressions are so well displayed that its generic position is clear. In view of the occurrence of similar specimens in such widely separated areas, and the entire absence of typical individuals in the Kerimba dredgings, it seems probable that this depressed form may be specifically distinct from d’Orbigny’s thin-shelled type. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 683 Family ROTALIID. Subfamily SPIRILLININA. SPIRILLINA Ehrenberg. 324. Spirillina vivipara Ehrenberg. (PI. LI. figs. 19-23.) Spirillina vivipara Ehrenberg, 1841, SNA. p. 442, pl. in. fig. 41. Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 397, pl. xv. fig. 28. Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 88, pl. viii. figs. 1, 2. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 680, pl. Ixxxv. figs. 1-5. Egger, 18938, FG. p. 394, pl. xvii. figs. 56-58. ; 5 (Arspirillinum vu-viviparum m.!!) Rhumbler, 1908, ete., FPH. 1913, p. 428, text-fig. 142, pl. v. fig. 9; pl. vi. figs. 4-9. me a Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, Ci. p. 107, pl. ix. fig. 1. 15 Stations. Universally distributed, and abundant at some Stns. The specimens comprise practically all the variations of this simple but very mutable species, ranging from extremely complanate forms of the var. complanata Parker & Jones (J. P. & B. 1866, etc., MFC. 1896, p. 290, pl. i. (1866) figs. 20-22) to comparatively high-domed forms with concave inferior surface. Typical individuals of S. vivipara of a very large size were obtained at Stn. 2a. Both typical flat forms and the high-domed forms occur in company at most Stns., but at Stns. 3 and 7 only the flat type occurs, and at Stns. 9 and?X only the domed. At Stn. 11 a single specimen (which we figure) was found of a very curious and marked variety with an acute peripheral edge produced into short flat spines. This has some superficial resemblance to the S. spinigera of Chapman (C. 1899, FFA. p. 10, pl. i. fig. 7, and C. 1900, FLF. p. 188, pl. xix. figs. 9 & 10), but differs from his figure and description in some minor points, especially in the nature of the primordial portion, the height of the dome, and the development of the spines. At Stns. 1 and 3 individuals were found intermediate between S. vivipara and S. equalis Brady (which we also figure), characterized by massive and coarsely perforate shell-wall, the upper surface being slightly concave and the lower practically plane. 325. Spirillina obconica Brady. Spirillina obconica Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 279, pl. vii. fig. 27. 5 » Brady, 1884, KC. p. 630, pl. Ixxxv. figs. 6, 7. 53 » Hgger, 1893, FG. p. 395, pl. xviii. figs. 59-61. . » Chapman, 1909, SNZ. p. 352. Fe » Heron-Allen & Harland, 19138, CI. p. 108, pl. ix. figs. 8, 9. 1 Station. One typical specimen. 684 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 326. Spirillina lucida Sidebottom. Spirillina lucida Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1908, p. 9, pl. ii. fig. 9. 4 » Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 327. re » Heron-Allen & Harland, 19138, CI. p. 108, pl. ix. figs. 4, 5. 1 Station. A single typical specimen. 327. Spirillina ornata Sidebottom. (Pl. LI. figs. 24, 25.) Spirillina ornata Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1908, p. 9, pl. ii. figs. 7, 8. 1 Station. One typical specimen. It differs from Sidebottom’s description only in the texture, which is normally hyaline. ‘The Delos specimens were “ semi-opaque and of a pale milky yellow colour”; this would seem to point to the fact that Side- bottom’s specimens were dead shells, especially as the peripheral edge in the Kerimba specimen is entire, whereas Sidebottom remarks that ‘the peripheral edge is more or less sinuous unless this is due to a fracture.’ The markings, which in the description of the Delos specimens are described as due to the shells being “decorated with minute raised ridges except in the final convolutions,” appear under a high power to be due to the presence of paired foramina set in parallel rows across the width of the tube. These pairs of foramina often coalesce into a slit-like opening across the tube, and are possibly the ‘raised ridges” referred to by Sidebottom. 328. Spirillina inzequalis Brady. Spirillina inequalis Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 278, pl. vin. fig. 25. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 631, pl. Ixxxv. figs. 8-11. a - Egger, 1893, FG. p. 394, pl. xviii. figs. 40-42. is , Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 693. 6 Stations. Excellent typical specimens at many Stns., but the species is always rare. ‘The best individuals were at Stns. 5 and 11. 39 ” 329. Spirillina limbata Brady. Spirillina limbata Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 278, pl. viii. fig. 26. 5 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 632, pl. Ixxxv. figs. 18-21. 35 » Hyger, 1898, FG. p. 395, pl. xviii. figs. 43, 44. be » Hint, 1899, RFA. p. 326, pl. Ixxi. fig. 5. 5 Stations. Very sparingly distributed and always rare. The best specimens at Stn. 11, where it attains a very large size. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 685 330. Spirillina limbata, var. denticulata Brady. Spirillina limbata, var. denticulata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 632, pl. Ixxxv. fig. 17. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 396, pl. xviii. fig. 66. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 694. Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 109, pl. ix. fig. 10. 37 22 3) 2) bh) ped oy) 3) » 7 Stations. Scantily distributed over the area, but good and typical specimens at many Stns., W/ ? to) especially Stns. 1 and 2a. 331. Spirillina margaritifera Williamson. Spirilina margaritifera Williamson, 1858, REGB. p. 93, pl. vii. fig. 204. J. Wright, 1885-6, BLP. p. 321, pl. xxvi. fig. 12. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 440. a? bh) > ” 3 Stations. Occurs at very few Stns., but it is not uncommon where it occurs. ‘The best and largest specimens were at Stn. 11. At Stn. 1, where it was more frequent, the individuals were small. 332. Spirillina decorata Brady. Spirillina decorata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 633, pl. Ixxxv. figs. 22-2 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 394, pl. xviii. figs. 64, 65. 9 bed = Se Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 695. a a Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1908, p. 8, pl. il. fig. 6. Chapman, 1909, SNZ. p. 353. 1 Station. One specimen at Stn. 11. Eggers specimens were from West Africa, Mauritius, and Australia. 333. Spirillina semidecorata, sp. n. (PI. LI. figs. 26-31.) 2 Stations. Test free, plano-convex, consisting of a tube acutely angular in section convoluted at an angle towards the centre of the shell. Convolutions numerous, probably not less than five or six, each convolution embracing its predecessors to a greater or less extent, so that, as a rule, little or nothing except the last whorl is visible on the superior surface. ‘The central portion of the shell on the superior face is excavate in a greater or less degree according to the angle at which the tube is inclined in its convolution ; thus in some specimens the final convolution entirely encloses the superior face of the shell except for a minute central crater, in others the superior edge of the tube, in each of the early convolutions, is visible in the central depression. ‘The tube is apparently plicate, giving a very characteristic appearance to the upper surface, but this appearance may possibly be due to constrictions inside the tube. Peripheral 686 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE edge thick and subcarinate. Aperture obscure, if existent at all. Inferior surface plane, studded with tubercular growth either in the form of round or oval beads, rendering the number of convolutions uncertain. The last convolution on the inferior surface is usually free from secondary growth. The marginal view in specimens where the superior surface is not embracing is very characteristic and resembles an upstanding frill. A single specimen of this highly specialized form was found at Stn. 1 and many at Stn. 11. We have met with the species at the ‘ Challenger’ Stn. 185 (Raine Island, Torres Straits, 155 fms.), and at other localities, and we have Eocene specimens from Moorabool River, Victoria, N.$.W. Within certain limits it is subject to con- siderable variation. In some specimens the last convolution entirely encloses all its predecessors on the superior surface, leaving merely a central pin-hole, as it were, to mark the axis of convolution. In other instances, where the tube is convoluted at a less acute angle, the embracing character of the whorls is less marked, and the sharp superior edge of the tube can be seen in a diminishing spiral lining the sides of the central depression. The nature of the tubercular growth on the inferior surface appears to change from spherical to oval beads with the increasing diameter of the tube as the shell grows in size. The curiously plicate appearance of the external surface of the tube is probably due to internal constrictions rather than to merely external decoration, and may mark a transition-stage between Spirillina and Patellina. If such be the case, the species would usefully support RKhumbler’s view, in which he is entirely supported by Schaudinn (S. 1895, PF. p. 181), that the genus Patellina should properly be merged with the genus Spirillina (R. 1896, NST. p. 85). Breadth of base 0°30 to 0°35 mm.; height variable, ranging up to 0:1 mm. Subfamily RoTALIIN A. PatELLiInA Williamson. 334. Patellina corrugata Williamson. Patellina corrugata Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 46, pl. ii. figs. 86-89. 90 5p Brady, 1884, FC. p. 634, pl. Ixxxvi. figs. 1-7. $6 bs Egger, 1893, FG. p. 393, pl. xiv. figs. 70-72. s Schaudinn, 1895, PF. p. 181 (fig.). 5 ae Chapman, 1907, RFV. p. 134, pl. x. fig. 7. 9 os Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 109, pl. ix. fig. 11. es ah (Arpatellum diinst-corrugatum m.!!) Rhumbler, 1909, ete., FPE. 1913, pp- 409-412, figs. ; p. 437, pl. v. figs. 5-7; pl. vii. figs. 11-15. 11 Stations. Very generally distributed, but the number of specimens always very limited, and most of the individuals were of the normal depressed type. At Stns. 1 and 4 the FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO, 687 9 final chambers were furnished with a spreading carina. At Stn. 3 one individual only was found of the high conical type; this conical type occurs of a comparatively large size at Stn. 11, where the depressed form was also found to be large and well developed. Specimens exhibiting the markedly non-septate initial portion which led Rhumbler to transfer the species to Spirillina (R. 1905, NST. p. 85) were found, but none with the rotaline commencement noted by Chapman (wé supra). CymBaLopora Hagenow. 335. Cymbalopora poeyi (d’Orbigny). Rotalia squammosa @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 272. no. 8. Rosalina poeyi d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 92, pl. ili. figs. 18-20. R. squammosa, p. 91, pl. i. figs. 12-14. Cymbalopora poeyi Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, IF. p. 215, pl. xi. figs. 10-12. » Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 97, pl. x. figs. 1-5. Diecsainn poo Goés, 1882, RRCS. p. 107, pl. vii. figs. 264, 265. Cymbalopora poeyi Brady, 1884, FC. p. 636, pl. cil. fig. 13. 7 » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 381, pl. xvi. figs. 51, 52. +5 , Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 189. 5 , Rhumbler, 1906, FLC. p. 71, pl. v. fig. 59. 16 Stations. C. poeyi in one or other of its numerous forms is one of the most abundant species throughout the area, as, indeed, in all shallow-water tropical gatherings. The specimens may be roughly divided into high-domed and low-domed types, which usually occur together, though in varying proportions. As regards the high-domed type, very few specimens were obtained of the large and typical form described and figured by d’Orbigny as Rotalia sguammosa, but the less convex C. poeyi is abundant at most of the Stns. The specimens are, however, as a rule, smaller than the individuals of the depressed type figured by Brady as C. poeyi var. (FC. pl. cil. fig. 14), some of which attain very large proportions. A smaller form, characterized by a high-domed test with rounded apex and having a well-marked rotaline initial portion, of the type of Discorbina concinna, followed by numerous acervuline chambers of a small and regular form, occurs at many of the Stns. ‘This is indistinguishable from the initial portion of C. mélletti, and is probably but a stage in the life-history of that form. The colour of the specimens of C. poeyi is very variable, normally of a deep brown tint, especially as regards the initial chambers, it is at some Stns. (notably Stn. 4) quite colourless. The number of lobes on the inferior surface does not appear to have any specific significance ; they vary in specimens otherwise indistinguishable, from four (the usual number in the Kerimba types) to as many as seven or eight. Perhaps the majority of specimens, especially of the high-domed variety, have the four lobulations. Attached specimens are of rare occurrence, but even the small high-domed form (akin to C. milletti) has been seen (Stn, 12) in this condition. VOL. XX.—PART xvul. No. 19.—Wovember, 1915. 5D , 688 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE In the Brady collections at Cambridge there is a slide labelled C. humilis Brady, containing specimens of the very depressed type which oceurs in this material, both sessile and detached. ‘The Cambridge specimens were all detached. Brady did not apparently publish any description or figure of this form, which is certamly not worth separating as a species, 336. Cymbalopora tabelleformis Brady. Cymbalopora tabelleformis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 637, pl. cu. figs. 15-18. 3) a Egger, 1893, FG. p. 382, pl. xviii. figs. 54, 55. i " Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 697. be = Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 189. 11 Stations. Very generally distributed, but nowhere in such profusion as its closely allied form C. poeyt. The points of distinction between C. tabellwformis and C. poeyi are some- what unsatisfactory. Brady’s chief distinctive feature is the difference of the aperture, which, in C. poeyi, is described as an orifice opening into the umbilical vestibule, and in C. tabelieformis as rows of sutural pores only. But many unquestionable speci- mens of C. poeyi have marginal or sutural pores in addition to the umbilical arched aperture. A more constant specific feature les in the fact that in C. tabelle- jformis each chamber forms a perfect curve running from the flat superior face, on which all the chambers are exposed (though often obscured by shell-thickening), to the umbilical recess, in the manner, as we have elsewhere pointed out, of the tuber of the common garden Ranunculus (H.-A. 1915, RPF. p. 258, pl. 18. fig. 53). All the specimens observed were free-growing, except at Stn. 1, where numerous individuals were found encrypted in fragments of molluscan shells. This phenomenon, which is hitherto unknown in the habits of any Foraminifer, has been made the subject of a special study in the paper above referred to, which has been published elsewhere. It is probable that a large number of the free specimens found at other Stns. have originally been encrypted in this manner, as they agree in all essential features with the specimens which we have removed from such crypts. They are nearly all of regular circular outline, very few approaching to the oval outline of Brady’s type. 337. Cymbalopora bulloides (d'Ortigny). Rosalina bulloides VOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 98, pl. iil. figs. 2-5. Cymbalopora bulloides Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, IF’. p. 216. Tretomphalus bulloides Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 98, pl. x. figs. 6-9. Cymbalopora bulloides Brady, 1884, FC. p. 638, pl. ci. figs. 7-12. bs » Murray, 1897, PF. p. 20, fig. 3. ay Bs Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 189. 5 ys Earland, 1902, “On Cymbalopora bulloides (’O.) and its Internal Structures,” Journ, Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. viii. pp. 309- 322, pl. 16. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 689 15 Stations. Almost universally distributed. It occurs as usual in two very distinct types— a small form in which the early chambers are arranged on a discorbine plan, and a larger form in which a few discorbine chambers are succeeded by numerous acervuline chambers before the formation of the balloon. ‘The two forms nearly always occur together, but in varying proportions. At some Stns., especially at Stns. 26 and ? X, the discorbine type is the more abundant, at others the proportions are either equal or with a predominance of the acervuline type. In the discorbine type the balloon-chamber is often more or less elongated, so that the shell represents a cylinder with convex extremities. In the acervuline type, on the other hand, the whole test is usually more or less globular in form, the balloon representing one hemisphere or, perhaps, rather more. ‘There is at certain stations a tendency to vertical compression of the test, the balloon being pronouncedly flattened—this is notably the case at Stn. 8. Lateral compression, on the other hand, is extremely rare, although instances were observed at several Stns. | The dual nature of the terminal chamber as an outer or balloon-chamber and an inner or float-chamber was first recorded by Harland in 1902, and forms the subject of a principal section of the paper above referred to. 338. Cymbalopora milletti, sp. n. (PI. LI. figs. 32-35.) Cymbalopora bulloides Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 697, pl. vu. fig. 4. 15 Stations. The curious type figured by Millett in his Malay Monograph as a variety of C. bulloides occurs at practically all the Stns., and often in considerable numbers, even where the typical C. bulloides is wanting. We propose to raise it to specific rank and to associate it with the name of its author, being convinced, after a protracted examination, that the type possesses essential and constant idiosyncrasies. This decision has been arrived at after a careful examination, not only of our own specimens from all over the area of its distribution, but also of a large number of slides, prepared on board H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ by the late Sir John Murray and placed by him at our disposal. The main points of distinction between the two forms may be summarized as follows :—(i.) The rotaline portion is invariably high-domed and mainly acervuline, consisting of a small but well-marked rotaline commencement followed by a number of small but regularly formed acervuline chambers. (ii.) The balloon-chamber presents a curiously wrinkled surface, and in its most typical condition the balloon is superficially divided into four segments by arborescent markings originating from four equidistant points on the peripheral margin of the balloon. Viewed as a transparent object in balsam, it appears that these arborescent markings, which give the balloon-chamber its peculiar wrinkled appearance, are occasioned by constrictions 5Dz 690 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE or pleats in the inner or float-chamber, and that the float-chamber is adherent to the balloon excepting at the lobulations and along the ramifications of the arborescent markings. (iil.) The absence in the vast majority of cases of the umbilical ento- solenian tube by which in the normal C. bulloides the inner or float-chamber commu- nicates with the balloon and thence with the surrounding medium. (iv.) The absence of the coarse basal perforations on the balloon which are characteristic of the typical C. bulloides. It would thus appear that in the typical C. bulloides the lower half of the shell consists of two distinct hemispherical chambers, one suspended within the other, without actual contact anywhere, the entosolenian tube of the balloon-chamber merely fitting into the depression formed by the corresponding tube of the float-chamber without actual fusion. In C. milletti, on the other hand, the internal float-chamber is adherent to and is fused with the balloon-chamber, except at a number of places where the four deep lobulations of the float-chamber pass from its upper peripheral margin to the base of the test, ramifying as they go. ‘These ramifying passages give to the shell its typical wrinkled appearance. Again, whereas in the typical C. bulloides there are always two well-marked forms, as already pointed out, C. milletti is, so far as we have observed, always acervuline and within very narrow limits of variation constant both as to size, general appearance, and colour. ‘The test is always high-domed, and the acervuline chambers numerous and regularly formed as compared with acervuline specimens of the typical C. bulloides. Specimens are also in nearly all instances of a characteristic brown colour, and the initial discorbine chambers are of the type of Discorbina concinna Brady. The distribution of C. milletti certainly extends all over the tropical Indo-Pacific area, but we have not met with it as yet in the tropical Atlantic. In the Brady collection at Cambridge there is a slide of C. budloides from Levuka, Fiji, which contains several specimens of this form. Brady’s fig. 9, pl. cil. in FC. 1884, suggests this wrinkled form in its general appearance, though the essential markings are not reproduced. Size varlable—average specimens vary between -3 and °4 mm. in total height, of which about -2 mm. represents the acervuline portion of the shell; breadth of 9 balloon-chamber averages ‘3 mm. Discorsina Parker & Jones. 339. Discorbina cora (d’Orbigny). Rosalina cora dOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 45, pl. vi. figs. 19-21, (See also B. 1884, FC. p- 627; and H.-A. & E. 1918, CI. p. 111, & Table p. 113.) 7 Stations. ‘This very depressed and scale-like species eccurs rarely. The only really typical specimen was at Stn. ?X attached to a shell-fragment. This individual was of FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 691 extreme tenuity. At Stn. 10 some good and fairly typical examples were found ; at the remaining Stns. the individuals presented characteristics linking them with D. globularis, but in their outspreading growth and thinness they were certainly nearer to J. cora than to the other species. 340. Discorbina nitida (Williamson). Rotalina nitida Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 54, pl. iv. figs. 106-108. Rotalia nitida Brady, 1884, FC. pp. 627, 705. Discorbina nitida Wright, 1891, SWI. p. 490. 55 » Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RED. 1908, p. 13, pl. iv. fig. 6. 36 » Heron-Allen & Karland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 328. x », Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 121. 11 Stations. Generally distributed over the area, and, as a rule, extremely true to type and presenting but little variation, Most abundant at Stns. 1 and 7, where it is small but normal, and at Stn. 11, where the individuals are much larger than elsewhere in the gatherings. At this Stn. also two pronounced variations were observed, both of which have their origin in an excessive development of the carinated edge. In one form the carina separates the successive whorls, but is flush with the surface of the chambers; in the other the surface of each chamber is slightly inflated, so that the carina shows as a broad depressed sutural line. 341. Discorbina concinna Brady. Discorbina concinna Brady, 1884, FC. p. 646, pl. xe. figs. 7, 8. a » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 388, pl. xv. figs. 22-24. 34 33 Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 699. ae 35 Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 191. 16 Stations. Very frequent and often abundant, the principal variation observed being in the colour, which ranges from colourless hyaline to deep red-brown. Brady suggests that his species may be only the immature or arrested stage of some better-known species. In view of the extreme abundance of specimens at some of the Stns., and the comparative rarity of such more advanced types as D. rosacea and D. turbo, to which D. concinna evidently is most nearly allied in structure, there does not seem to be much evidence in support of Brady’s suggestion.. As we propose to point out elsewhere, however, the small rotaline specimens of Cymbalopora bulloides, so frequent at some of the Kerimba Stations, are all of a D. concinna type, the individuals, indeed, when detached from the balloon-chamber, being indistinguishable from D. concinna. The same observation applies to the pelagic Cymbalopore gathered by Mr. Matthews at Corney Point, S. Australia (Harland, 1902; see sud C. bulloides rets.), and to some pelagic gatherings of Cymbalopora made by Sir J. Murray on the ‘ Challenger,’ which 692 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE we have had the privilege of examining. The question therefore inevitably arises whether D. concinna is not merely a stage in the life-history of Cymbalopora bulloides. Another slight variation noticeable in the Kerinba specimens is in the peripheral margin. According to Brady this should be acutely angular, but at many of the Kerimba Stns. specimens are to be found with a rounded peripheral edge, due to the fact that the inferior side is less markedly concave than usual. At Stn. ?X a few individuals were observed growing attached to shell-fragments. 342. Discorbina praegeri Heron-Allen & Farland. Discorbina praegeri Heron-Allen & Harland, 1918, Cl. p. 122, pl. x. figs. 8-10. Stations. A few weak, but fairly typical, specimens only. bo 343. Discorbina isabelleana (d’Orbigny). Rosalina isabelleana d’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 45, pl. vi. figs. 10-12. Discorbina isabelleana Jones & Parker, 1872, FFR. p. 115. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 646, pl. Ixxxviii. fig. 1. i )) 2) 54 55 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 386, pl. xv. figs. 36-38. A a Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 442. 7 Stations. Commen at the Stns., those at Stn. 11 being much the finer and better developed, and tinged with colour. 344, Discorbina vilardeboana (d’Orbigny). Rosalina vilardebcana @Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 44, pl. vi. figs. 13-15. Discorbina vilardeboana Jones & Parker, 1872, FFR. p. 115. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 645, pl. Ixxxvi. fig. 12; pl. Ixxxvin. fig. 2. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 112. we ” tbh 3) ” 1 Station. A few typical high-domed specimens at Stn. 11. ‘The species was observed elsewhere, but was not separated from D. mediterranensis. 345. Discorbina rosacea (d’Orbigny). Rotalina rosacea d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 273. no. 15, Modéle no. 39. Asterigerina rosacea dW’ Orbigny, 1850, etc., PP. 1852, vol. 1. p. 158. no, 2952. Rotalia rosacea Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1865, p. 25, pl. i. fig. 71. Discorbina rosacea Brady, 1884, FC. p. 644, pl. Ixxxvii. figs. 1, 4. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 385, pl. xv. figs. 89-41. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, Cl. p. 124, pl. xi. figs. 7-9. 3) 2 »» ” 14 Stations. Occurs at most Stns., never abundant, and, as a rule, small and poorly developed. Large and typical specimens were found in some number at Stns. 3 and 9, and less frequently at Stns. 8, 7X, and 2B. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 693 346. Discorbina planorbis (d’Orbigny). Asterigerina planorlis @’Orbigny, 1846, FEV. p. 205, pl. xi. figs. 1-8. Discorbina (Asterigerina) planorbis Zittel, 1876, HP. p. 98, fig. 31. 3 planorlis Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 124, pl. xi. figs. 10-12. 8 Stations. Fairly generally distributed, but the specimens are poorly developed and few in number, the best and most numerous examples being found at Stns. 10, 11, and 12. 347. Discorbina turbo (d’Orbigny). Rotalia (Trochulina) turbo d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 274, no. 39, Modéle no. 73. Discorbina turbo Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, IF. p. 204, App. p. 311. i » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 642, pl. Ixxxvii. fig. 8. +S » Hegger, 1893, FG. p. 389, pl. xv. figs. 42-44. _ » Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1908, p. 11, pl. iii. figs. 1, 2. 3 », Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 134. 4 Stations. Rarely distributed, the only good and typical specimens being found at Stns. 9 and 11. At Stn. 11 the sutures on the superior face are strongly limbate. 348. Discorbina orbicularis (Terquem). Rosalina orbicularis Terquem, 1875, ete., APD. 1876, p. 75, pl. is. fig. 4. Discorbina orbicularis Balkwill & Millett, 1884, FG. p. 23, pl. iv. fig. 13. * ES Brady, 1884, FC. p. 647, pl. Ixxxviu. figs. 4-8. “i ie Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 349, pl. xiii. figs. 31-33. =a a, Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 191. be “s Egger, 1893, FG. p. 389, pl. xv. figs. 16-18, 76-78. Bi Pe Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1908, p. 13, pl. iv. fig. 7. 2 Bs Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 126. 12 Stations. Fairly generally distributed and moderately abundant. The specimens aye, as a rule, quite typical, presenting hardly any variation except in size. 349. Discorbina mamilla (Williamson). Rotalina mamilla Williamson, 1858, RFEGB. p. 54, pl. iv. figs. 109-111. Discorbina rosacea Siilchoiar, 1904, etc., RFD. 1908, pl. iv. fig. 5. mamilla Heron- Mien 5 Waeeead), 1918, Cl. p. 123, pl. x1. figs. 4-6. 4 Stations. A few typical specimens, the best being at Stn. 11. 350. Discorbina mediterranensis (d’Orbigny). Rosalina mediterranensis ’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271. no. 2. Discorbina vilardeboana Brady, 1884, FC. p. 645, pl. Ixxxvi. fig. 9. rf rosacea Goés, 1882, RRCS. p. 105, pl. vii. figs. 251-257, is mediterranensis Fornasini, 1898, REI. p. 264, text-fig. ms 5 Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 118, pl. ix. figs. 12-14; pl. x. fig. 1. 694 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 12 Stations. Occurs at most of the Stns., but only at a few in any abundance or marked development. Very rare and small at Stns. 4 and 5—rare, but large, at Stn. 6. The best specimens were found at Stns. 11, 12, and ?.X, at all of which it occurred in maximum numbers. At Stn. 11 the individuals were very large and some of them showed signs of passing into D. globularis. At Stn. 12 specimens were well developed and plentiful, at Stn. ?_X it was common both free and attached. 351. Discorbina globularis (d’Orbigny). (PI. LI. figs. 36-39.) Rosalina globularis WOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271, pl. xiii. figs. 1-4, Modéle no. 69. Discorbina globularis Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1865, p. 30, pl. 1. fig. 69. is es Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 96, pl. ix. fig. 18. Be - Brady, 1884, FC. p. 643, pl. Ixxxvi. figs. 8, 18. 3 » Egger, 1893, FG. pl. xv. figs.7-9 ; (Rosalina) p. 365, pl. xiii. figs. 65-68. " ns Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 698. 5 i Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1908, p. 11, pl. iii. figs. 38-8; pl. iv. figs. 1, 2. = hs Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 190. 16 Stations. Occurs in greater or less abundance at every Stn., sometimes very common. The species presents an extraordinary range of variation, primarily in the degree of inflation of the chambers and consequent height of the spire, and secondarily in the degree of limbation of the sutures. Some of the specimens, notably at Stns. 1 and 2X, are of an extremely thin and scale-like form suggesting a passage into D. cora. At Stns. 1, 2, 6, 10, 11, a variety occurs characterized by a coarsely perforate superior face and an extremely thick but hyaline base without visible perforations, but in which each chamber is furnished at its umbilical edge with a single stout blunted tooth projecting into the umbilical cavity; from three to six teeth are visible in different specimens giving a very striking appearance to the under side of the shell. At Stns. 1 and 6 a depressed variety with extremely limbate sutures raised above the flat surface of the chambers was found. At Stn.?B a single specimen which had apparently been in association with another individual, the whole of the base and the internal septa being absorbed. 352. Discorbina binkhorsti (Reuss). Rosalina binkhorsti Reuss, 1861, FKM. p. 317, pl. ii. fig. 3. Discorbina binkhorsti Jones & Parker, 1872, FFR. p- 114. (See Brady, 1884, FC. p. 644, sub D. valvulata.) 1 Station. A few specimens at Stn. 6 showing the typical depressed shell with strongly limbate sutures on the superior face. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 695 353. Discorbina tuberculata Balkwill & Wright. Discorbina tuberculata Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 350, pl. xiii. figs. 28-30. 3 op Sidebottom, 1904, ete. , RFD. 1908, p. 15, pl. v. fig. 5. = e Heron-Allen & Herlacd: JUSS, (lls Jos M27 1 Station. One typical specimen from Stn. 11. 354. Discorbina araucana (dOrbigny). Rosalina araucana VOrbiguy, 1839, FAM. p. 44, pi. vi. figs. 16-18. Discorbina araucana Brady, 1884, FC. p. 645, pl. Ixxxvi. figs. 10, 11. 55 - Egger, 1893, FG. p. 386, pl. xiv. figs. 4, 6. 55 . Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 190. Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1908, p. 12. Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, ete., $B. 1911, p. 327 J] Station. A few specimens only, which appear to be referable to this somewhat weak representative of the D. rosacea group. 355. Discorbina valvulata (d’Orbigny). Rosalina valvulata d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271. no. 4. 3 da’ Osborn, 1839, FIC. p. 186, pl. 11. figs. 19-21 DRewaribinae valvulata Jones & Parker, 1872, FER. p. 114. 6 » Brady, 1884, FC. p- 644, pl. Ixxxvii. figs. 5-7. 5 As Egger, 1893, FG. p. 392, pl. xv. figs. 64-66. Sy ms Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 137. 2 Stations. A few poor specimens at Stn. 1, the sutures being very feebly limbate compared with the type; stronger and better specimens at Stn. 11. 356. Discorbina valvulata, var. granulosa, n. (PI. LIT. figs. 1-6.) 2 Stations. Test nearly circular in outline, closely resembling D. valvulata, but with the superior surface thickly encrusted with secondary shell-matter rendering the septation and sutural lines very obscure. Under surface showing five to six inflated chambers separated by strongly limbate sutures and with a mass of secondary shell-matter in the umbilical depression. Coarsely perforated on the superior side, but no per- forations visible on the inferior side. Colour a rich pale brown, lightening towards the final chambers and colourless on the inferior side. ‘This curious but very distinctive variety occurs very rarely at Stn. 11, and a single specimen at Stn. ?X. The granulation renders the variety easily distinguishable from d’Orbigny’s type, Rosalina valvulata (d’O. 1839, FIC. p. 136, pl. 11. figs. 19-21). Size very variable—specimens range between *25 and -4d mm. in greatest diameter ; height of largest specimen ‘32 mm. VOL. XX.—Parr xvi. No. 20.—November, 1915. 5 696 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 357. Discorbina allomorphinoides (Reuss). Valvulina allomorphinoides Reuss, 1860, WK. p. 228, pl. xi. fig. 6. Discorbina allomorphinoides Brady, 1884, FC. p. 654, pl. xci. figs. 5, 8. Valvulina allomorphinoides Egger, 1899, KOA. p. 43, pl. ii. figs. 4, 5. Pulvinulina allomorphinoides Pornasini, 1900, FA. p. 394, fig. 44. Discorbina allomorphinoides Millett, 1898, ete., FM., 1903, p. 703. 2 Stations. Very rare. ‘The specimens are small, but otherwise quite typical. 358. Discorbina sauleii (d’Orbigny). Rosalina saule VOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 42, pl. ii. figs. 9-11. Discorbina saulcii Jones & Parker, 1872, FFR. p. 115. Me » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 653, pl. xci. fig. 6. ih me Chapman, 1900, FLE. p. 190. . » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 392, pl. xv. figs. 51-53. é » Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, ete., SB. 1909, p. 444. i », Sidebottom, 1910, RFBP. p. 26, pl. iii. fig. 11. 2 Stations. Very rare, only a few specimens at the two stations. 359. Discorbina reniformis, sp.n. (PI. LII. figs. 7-14.) 5 Stations. Test smooth and ranging from reniform (or kidney-shaped) to nearly circular. Sutural lines flush with the surface, and hardly distinguishable, excepting in a few specimens, where, owing to the local absence of perforations, they are indicated by faint lines in the shell-substance. Aperture, when visible, a curved slit in the middle or slightly to one side of the edge of the test, where the final chamber abuts upon the initial whorl. Surface somewhat coarsely punctate; colour varying from light brown to glassy white. Viewed asa transparent object in balsam the test is seen to consist of about nine inflated chambers buried in, or enveloped with, an abnormally thick shell-wall full of coarse perforations. It seems probable that the wall of the test continues to thicken with the growth of the shell, thus obliterating the sutural lines, which are hardly visible in large specimens unless viewed as trans- parent objects in balsam. ‘The chambers are arranged more or less symmetrically in a spiral; the rotaline twist is in a few cases normally developed, but, as a rule, is so slight that the spiral appears to be almost involute when examined on edge. The whole aspect of the shell in such specimens distinctly suggests a Nonionina, but we think the character of the orifice and the small degree of bilateral asymmetry sufficient to indicate their relationship with Discorbina, especially when a whole series of specimens is considered, including individuals presenting a marked rotaline difference between the superior and inferior faces. At the same time the species is of a very FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. | 697 abnormal type and does not bear any very close relationship to other discorbine species, its nearest ally perhaps being D. allomorphinoides Reuss, from which, however, it differs in the greater coarseness of its perforations, the continuity of its outline, and the comparative bilateral symmetry of the test. It seems also to be unique in its investing wall of shell-substance, which appears to be deposited subsequently to the formation of the chambers as an entirely investing layer of shell, obliterating all sutures and surface-markings. | This very obscure little form occurs at six Stns. only, one or two specimens at each, except at Stn. 11, where a good many finely developed specimens were found. We have also met with it in a dredging made in Apia Harbour (Samoa), 7 fms., where it is more abundant. Length (max.) -25 to 30 mm., breadth (max.) ‘25 mm., thickness -2 mm. 360. Discorbina chasteri Heron-Allen & Earland. Discorbina minutissima Chaster, 1892, CS. p. 65, pl. i. fig. 15. an és Wright, 1908, BCD. pp. 174, 175. chastert Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 128, pl. xiii. figs. 1-3. 6 Stations. The specimens are few in number, but quite typical, and in some cases better developed than is usually the case in the British type-specimens. The round form is the more generally distributed, but at Stns. 5 and? X the round and oval varieties occur in company. At Stn. 12 only the oval type was seen. ‘The best individuals of the round type were observed at Stns. 6 and? X, and the best oval at Stn. 12. 361. Discorbina rugosa (d’Orbigny). Rosalina rugosa VOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 4:2, pl. ii. figs. 12-14. Discorbina rugosa Brady, 1884, FC. p. 652, pl. Ixxxvii. fig. 3; pl. xei. fig. 4. Egger, 1893, KG. p. 383, pl. xv. figs. 1-3. Chapman, 1891, etc., GF. 1896, p. 590, pl. xiii. fig. 10. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 703. ’ Chapman, 1900, PLE. p. 190. 1 » Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 136. 11 Stations. Occurs at most of the Stns., moderately frequent at some of them, good and quite typical specimens were seen at Stns. 4, 10, and 11. At Stn.?X a very depressed form, with angular edge (but otherwise typical), was observed. 362. Discorbina vesicularis (Lamarck). (Pl. LII. figs. 15-18.) Discorbites vesicularis Lamarck, 1804, AM. vol. v. p. 183 ; 1806, vol. viii. pl. Ixui. fig. 7. Discorbina vesicularis Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, IF. p. 204, pl. xiil. figs. 2, 3. x . Brady, 1884, FC. p. 651, pl. Ixxxvil. fig. 2. dE 2 698 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE Discorbina vesicularis Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 702. aN y Harland, 1905, FBS. p. 224, pl. xii. figs. 9, 10; pl. xiv. fig. 6. a Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 135. is Heron-Allen & Farland, 1918, CI. p. 181. 5 Stations. ‘This species occurs at only a few Stns., but at these, and notably at Stn. ?X, it is fairly frequent and attains a size and luxuriance of growth almost equal to the splendid specimens to be found in South Australian shore-sands. With the exception of a record of Brady “Common in the shore-sands of Tamatave, Madagascar,” and a few records of pauperate specimens round the British coast, the previously recorded distribution of this species appears to be confined to the Pacific-Australian seas. 363. Discorbina dimidiata Jones & Parker. Discorbina dimidiata Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, IF. p. 201, fig. 32 8. a Ps Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. pp. 385 & 422, pl. xix. fig. 9. ss es Chapman, 1907, RIV. p. 136, pl. x. fig. 8. A =: Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 444. 4 Stations. Occurs very rarely, but a few large and quite typical individuals were found at Stns. 8 and 9, almost equal in size to the specimens so abundant in South Australian shore-sands. ‘The presence of this typically Australian species on the African coast is very noteworthy. 364. Discorbina polystomelloides Parker & Jones. (PI. LII. figs. 19-23.) Discorbina polystomelloides Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 421, pl. xix. fig. 8. a 39 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 652, pl. xci. fig. 1. ass PP Heron-Allen & Karland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 330. 2 Stations. The original description of this species is not very full or satisfactory. Parker and Jones (wt supra) merely state that it “may be said to be a granulose form of D. rimosa, but it is larger, more symmetrical, and extremely rough, and the chinks between the chambers are partly bridged over, so as to form a rough canal system, as in some of the Polystomelle.” The description of Discorbina rimosa Parker & Jones, published at the same time, is as follows (P. & J. 1865, NAAF. p. 421, pl. xix. fig. 6):—‘*This is smaller than D. vesicularis and close to it and D. elegans in alliance, somewhat oval in shape; shell- substance thick, pores large; septal plane notched for aperture; chambers very much larger in the newer than in the older part of the shell, and discrete ; and on the upper side several of the newer chambers are separated by chinks. On the under side there are secondary chambers over the umbilicus, perfect, large, and astral, with chinks at their periphery.” FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 699 The figure of D. r7mosa is not in strict agreement with the verbal description. It represents a very finely perforated shell with apparently smooth and hyaline surface, The secondary chambers on the under side are well shown, but the aperture is very obscure. ‘The chinks between the later chambers on the superior surface are very marked. The figure of D. polystomelloides represents an extremely coarse and granulose- surfaced shell. The secondary chambers are barely suggested. ‘There is a single distinctive aperture on the umbilical margin of the last chamber on the inferior side, but the figure does not demonstrate whether this aperture belongs to the primary or to the secondary series of chambers. ‘The chinks are bridged by two or three retral processes which join the successive chambers. Brady, while adding nothing to the verbal analysis of the species, published excellent figures of a type practically intermediate between Parker and Jones’s figures of D. rimosa and D. polystomelloides. ‘The early chambers are coarsely granulose, the later ones being comparatively smooth but coarsely perforate. The retral processes ave prominent and numerous, and more or less obscure the chinks between the chambers. The secondary chambers are well shown, and there is a single large comma-shaped aperture placed on the inferior side of the shell at the umbilical edge of the last chamber of the secondary series. No opening into the large chambers of the primary or superior series is shown. D. polystomelloides occurs at nearly every Stn., but, as a rule, very sparingly. At Stns. 6, 9, 10, and 12, however, the species is fairly plentiful in the coarse material and the specimens are especially large and finely developed. As a whole, the Kerimba specimens are of the Brady type of shell, the granulose surface being practically confined to the earlier chambers. At Stns. 9 and 12 this absence of granulation is especially marked. The specimens, although large and coarsely perforate, are smooth and comparatively thin-shelled, with the result that the internal structure can be clearly followed when specimens are examined in balsam. This structure appears to be much more complicated than in the other asterigerine species of Discorbina, each series of chambers having a special and definite aperture. Whereas, however, in other asterigerine Discorbinz the secondary chambers are situated on the inferior surface of the test, in 2. polystomelloides they appear to be almost entirely enclosed in the test, owing to the production of the superior or primary chambers into processes which extend to the umbilical region on the inferior side of the test. Here is situated the general aperture, which is of the usual discorbine or “comma”-shape. ‘This aperture is well shown in Brady's figure ¢, but is there attributed to the inferior or asterigerine series of chambers. The asterigerine or secondary chambers are narrow and long. Radiating from the umbilicus nearly to the peripheral margin, they lie immediately under the ‘‘ chinks ” which separate the large superior chambers. ‘These ‘‘chinks” open directly down 700 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE into the asterigerine chambers, each of which has also a special secondary opening in the shape of a tubular extension, which passes through the adjacent chamber of the superior series and so communicates with the next asterigerine chamber, finally opening into a broad funnel-shaped depression on the oral face of the final chamber. ‘This highly complex structure will be more apparent from the two diagrammatic figures which we publish. They show balsam-mounted specimens in optical section (as viewed from the upper and lower sides) in which the asterigerine chambers of the last whorl only are shaded, while the principal chambers remain clear. The purport of this unique structure is not obvious, but it is evident that the double series of apertures and the immediate opening of the chinks into the asterigerine chambers must greatly facilitate the access of the protoplasm to the surrounding medium and so facilitate nutrition. This is borne out by the fact that many specimens exhibit food-contents of relatively immense size in the protoplasm remaining in the chambers. The so-called retral processes, which are really struts of solid shell-substance, are poorly developed in most of the Kerimba specimens, and are often confined to the peripheral margin of the test, the chinks on the superior surface being uninterrupted. 365. Discorbina rimosa Parker & Jones. Discorbina rimosa Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, IF. p. 205. ie » Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. pp. 385, 421, pl. xix. fig. 6. ay » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 642. i » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 702, pl. vii. fig. 7. 1 Station. One specimen only, resembling Millett’s figure of this species, which, it may be remarked, differs considerably from the original figure published by Parker and Jones. This represents a shell with a smooth surface, although their description states that ‘the pores are large and the shell-substance thick.” These features are more highly brought out in Millett’s figure. Parker and Jones, in describing D. polystomelloides (P. & J., NAAF. p. 421, pl. xix. fig. 8), state that it may be regarded “as a granular form of D. rimosa, but larger, more symmetrical, and extremely rough.” It appears to us somewhat doubtful whether it is expedient to separate the two forms—D. rimosa is probably only a depauperate form of D. polystomelloides. 366. Discorbina rarescens Brady. Discorbina rarescens Brady, 1884, FC. p. 651, pl. xe. figs. 2, 3, & ? 4. a 4 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 388, pl. xv. figs. 45-47. s x Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 192. on * Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 443. 2 Stations. ‘Two small but fairly typical specimens at Stn. 7, and many at Stn. 11. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 701. 367. Discorbina, pustulata Heron-Allen & Earland. (Pl. LII. figs. 24-26.) Discorbina pustulata Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 129, pl. xii. figs. 5-7. 2 Stations. It was with no little satisfaction that we found again in these dredgings our recently described and figured species, especially as the few specimens found at Kerimba were more distinctively developed than the Clare Island specimens. It occurs, one individual only at Stn. 5, and several at Stn. 11. We have little to add to the diagnosis and description originally given, except that the number of chambers visible in the final convolution appears to be normally five. In the Kerimba specimens the carina is much more strikingly developed than in the Irish form. There can no longer be any doubt as to the affinity of our species with D. bertheloti and D. rarescens. Since the original description of the species (supra), Earland has, in looking through some old correspondence with the late Dr. Chaster, come across specimens of this species forwarded to him in 1892 by Chaster for examination. They consist of specimens from Southport, and similar specimens from anchor-mud, Colombo. The same slide contained specimens of JD. tuberculata Balkwill & Wright, from Southport, correctly named, whereas the specimens of D. pustwlata were separated as Discorbina sp. It is thus evident that the late Dr. Chaster was acquainted with the separate identity of the species as far back as 1892, but after this lapse of time, and owing to the death of the writer, it is impossible to ascertain why he did not describe and figure the form in his admirable paper on the Foraminifera of Southport. It is possible that the Southport specimens were discovered after the completion of his paper, as this was published in 1892 and was apparently communicated to the Southport Society of Natural Science at some time in 1890-1891. The occurrence of the species at Southport, Lancashire, and at Colombo is, however, definitely fixed by this corre- spondence, which had been forgotten and was only by chance referred to. 368. Discorbina parisiensis (d’Orbigny). Rosalina parisiensis V@Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271, Modéle no. 38. Discorbina parisiensis Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1865, p. 25, pl. u. fig, 70. > 4 Wright, 1877, RFDA. p. 105, pl. iv. fig. 1. > 0 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 648, pl. xe. figs. 5, 6, 9-12. 9 Heger, 1893, FG. p. 391, pl. xv. figs. 25-30. Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1909, p. 18, pl. v. fig. 10. Farland, 1905, FBS. p. 221, woodcut, pl. xii. figs. 4-7, pl. xiv. fig. 5. 8 Stations. Widely distributed, but seldom more than a few specimens at each Stn. All very small compared with the maximum development of the species, and varying consider- ably in the height of the spire and degree of inflation of the chambers. The best 702 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE individuals were at Stn. ?X, where it was frequent and very flat, the next best at Stn. 1, where it was large with inflated lobulate chambers. At Stn. ?B afew normal small individuals were found, also a single abnormally large specimen in which the whole of the umbilical cavity was filled up with loosely areolated secondary shell- substance. We have observed a similar variation, accompanied by equal development in size, in Arctic specimens from Davis Straits. 369. Discorbina wrightii Brady. Discorbina parisiensis Wright, 1877, REDA. p. 105, pl. iv. fig. 2. wrightii Brady, 1881, HNPE. p. 104, pl. ii. fig. 6. .s Be Earland, 1905, FBS. p. 223. a ¥ Heron-Allen & Karland, 1908, etc., SB. 1904, p. 443. KH BS Heron-Allen & Harland, 1918, CI. p. 131, pl. xii. fig. 4. 12 Stations. This rather unsatisfactory little form occurs at most of the Stns. rarely in any numbers, and as usual nearly always showed signs of “association” (or budding). ‘The specimens do not call for much remark beyond the fact that in many instances the basal surface is more deeply depressed than is usually the case, and sometimes less prominently striate than usual. We found specimens which we are figuring elsewhere, containing broods of perfectly formed polythalamous young, seen through a large aperture formed by resorption of the basal shell-wall (H.-A. 1915, RPF. p. 238, pl. 14. figs. 18, 14). 370. Discorbina globosa (Sidebottom). (PI. LIT. figs. 27-31.) Pulvinulina globosa Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1909, p. 9, pl. iv. fig. 3. 2 Stations. At Stn. ?B a considerable number of specimens were obtained, which answer in most particulars to the species figured and described by Sidebottom from Delos as Pulvinulina globosa. If the identification is granted, we are unable to agree with Sidebottom in the allocation of his specimens to the genus Pulvinulina. They appear, so far as the Kerimba specimens can afford any clue, to be referable to Discorbina, both from the construction of their shells, the nature of the aperture, and the fact that many of the individuals show signs of having been in “association ” (? budding), a feature common in that genus, but, we believe, unrecorded in Pulvinulina. ‘The nearest ally of this form is in our opinion D. wrightii, from which it differs in the greater height of the spire and in the inflation of the chambers with consequent depression of the sutural lines. The Kerimba specimens, as will be seen by our figure, agree very well with Sidebottom’s figure and description except in the perforation. In the Delos specimens the test is described as very smooth and finely perforated, but the Kerimba tests have relatively coarse perforations, giving a some- FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 703 what rough appearance to the superior surface of the shell. In many of the individuals all but the final chambers are of a delicate pink colour—in this point, again, the specimens seem to show their affinity to Discorbina. The aperture is very obscure owing to the presence of secondary shell-matter in the umbilical depression, the base is often but not invariably decorated with fine striw leading from the peripheral edge into the umbilicus. Double (or budding) and triple (or associated) specimens were found at Stn. 7. The specific name glolosa was used by Marsson for a shell which he named Discorbina globosa (M. 1878, SIR. p. 163, pl. iv. fig. 32), but, as his specimens are referable either to Pudlenia obliquiloculata or some nonionine isomorph of that species, the name globosa lapsed and is available for this species. 371. Discorbina pulvinata Brady. Discorbina pulvinata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 650, pl. Ixxxviii. fig. 10. Egger, 1898, FG. p. 391, pl. xv. figs. 83-35. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1903, p. 701. Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1908, p. 14, pl. v. fig, 4. 39 9? +”) ” 6 Stations. Occurs rarely at the Stns., most abundantly at Stn. 38, where a variety was also observed in which the basal portion is smooth instead of striate as in the type. At Stn. 11 the species presented a variation approaching J. cristata Heron-Allen & Harland, the superior face of each chamber being decorated with vertical crests, At this Stn. also several specimens were observed which had been in association with others, the base and internal septa having been absorbed. 372. Discorbina patelliformis Brady. (Pl. LII. fig. 32.) Discorbina pateliformis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 647, pl. Ixxxviii. fig. 3, pl. Ixxxix. fig. 1. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 390, pl. xv. figs. 48-50. 3? ” s i Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 700. - r Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1908, p. 14, pl. v. fig. 3. 16 Stations. Occurs at nearly every Stn. and often in considerable numbers, but, as a rule, the specimens present characteristics more or less tending in the direction of D. taberna- cularis, from which species it is often difficult to separate them. ‘Typical individuals were observed at Stns. 1, 2,5, and 9. At Stn. 6 the species was fairly common and the individuals large, presenting two distinct types—a normally low and a very highly domed form. At Stns. 2, 5, 8, and 11 all the specimens were poor and hardly separable from D. tabernacularis, the external surface being covered with a thick shell- substance disposed in ridges radiating from the apex of the cone as in that species, Double (or budding) specimens of this form, which we figure, were found at Stn. 9. VOL. XX.—PaArT xvil. No. 21.—November, 1915. aK 704 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 373. Discorbina corrugata Millett. Discorbina corrugata Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 709, pl. vil. fig. 5. 1 Station. At Stn. ?-X a few specimens were found which, in their deeply indented contour and angular faces, appear to be referable to Millett’s species, but they differ from his figure in the fact that the sutural lines are visible all over the shell. ‘They thus form a connecting-link between Millett’s type and either D. patelliformis or D. taberna- cularis, to which he admits that D. corrugata is closely allied. In the Kerimba specimens the ridges mark the centres of the chambers, the juncture of the sutural lines lying in the depressions between them as observed by Millett. We have typical specimens from shore-sands at Rottnest Island, West Australia, and Sandoway, Arakan Coast, Burmah. 374. Discorbina tabernacularis Brady. Discorbina tabernacularis Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 65. 4 a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 648, pl. Ixxxix. figs. 5-7. 5 4 Egger, 1893, IG. p. 390, pl. xv. figs. 58-60, 79. is ‘5 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 700. # 3 Sidebottom, 1910, RF BP, p. 25, pl. iu. fig. 12. 15 Stations. The species is less widely distributed than the allied form D. patelliformis, but at the Stns. where it occurs is often extremely abundant and presenting great variation. Most of the individuals have the surface of the cone much more corrugated than Brady figures it, and the apex is generally more acute, often terminating in a sharp point. The best individuals were at Stns. land 11. At Stn. 2@ it was common and strongly costate, some individuals less conical than usual and hardly distinguishable from D. patelliformis. At Stns. 4, 5, 8, and 10 the specimens were rare and poorly developed. At Stn. 11 the species is abundant and splendidly developed, the individuals being separable into two groups, the larger very closely approaching D. patelliformis but strongly corrugated, the smaller being normal D. ¢abernacularis, but with the sutural lines strongly limbate in most of the individuals, as in Brady’s fig. 7. Double (or budding) specimens were found at Stns. 3 and I1. 375. Discorbina erecta Sidebottom. Discorbina erecta Sidebottom, 1904, ete. RED. 1908, p. 16, pl. v. figs. 6, 7. 6 Stations. Occasional specimens only of this rather distinctive type, the best and most typical being from Stns. 12 and ?X, at the latter Stn. relatively most abundant. At Stn. 2 the specimens passed into D, tabernacularis by suppression of the sutural lines and FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 705 thickening of the shell-substance. At Stn. 3 the individuals were much lower in the spire than in Sidebottom’s figure, but were otherwise typical. The species is probably closely allied to D. tabernacularis. 376. Discorbina acuminata Chapman. Discorbina acuminata Chapman, 1901, FFA. p. 385, pl. xxxvi. fig. 3. 9 Stations. The propriety of separating this little form from D. tabernacularis is in our opinion very questionable. It does not present any characteristic (except the apical spine) which is not to be found in D. tabernacularis; and in any considerable range of specimens in that species, specimens with a more or less acuminate apex and a sunken base are not uncommon. ‘The striz radiating from the apex of the cone, which Chapman gives as a specific feature, are merely a weak form of the coste typical of D. tabernacularis. Specimens agreeing with Chapman’s figure and description were found at most of the Stations, but only in small numbers. PLANORBULINA d’Orbigny. 377. Planorbulina mediterranensis d’Orbigny. Planorbulina mediterranensis @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 280, pl. xiv. figs. 4-6, Modéle no. 79. > farcta, var. mediterranensis Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 383, pl. xvi. fig. 21. 93 mediterranensis Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1871, p. 178, pl. XU. fig. 133. 99 A Brady, 1884, FC: p. 656, pl. xeu. figs. 1-3. 9 9 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 380, pl. xiv. figs. 24-26. 5 oy Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 192. 9 Stations. Generally, but not universally, distributed. We have referred under Gypsina to the difficulty of separating the two genera when existing under exceptionally favourable circumstances. The specimens of P. mediterranensis are, as a rule, large and wild- erowing, but perfectly typical and well-grown examples were found at Stn. 10. At Stn. 9 the specimens were all exceptionally large, but fairly typical; at Stn. 11 good specimens were found, both free and attached. At Stns. 2a@ and 4 the species is chiefly represented by a number of specimens just emerging from the early rotaline stage. 378. Planorbulina acervalis Brady. Planorbuiina acervalis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 657, p!. xcil. fig. 4. 5) % Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 227, pl. xlvi. fig. 11 3 5 Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 328, pl. Ixxii. fig. 7. 99 S Sidehottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1909, p. 2, pl. 1. fig. 4. 5 PD 706 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 4 Stations. One at each Stn., excepting at Stn. ?X; all present the characteristic wild growth and projecting peripheral chambers in a marked degree. In the specimens from Stns. 11 and ?X, which had evidently grown attached, the marginal edges were produced into a ragged keel. The specimen at Stn. 11 was also highly domed in the central portion. Y 379. Planorbulina larvata Parker & Jones. Planorbulina vulgaris, var. larvata Parker & Jones, 1859, etc., NF. 1860, p. 294. “5 larvata Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 379, pl. xix. fig. 3. us » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 658, pl. xcii. figs. 5, 6. . » Egger, 1893, PG. p. 381, pl. xiv. fig: 31. By » Chapman, 1990, FLE. p. 193. 2 »» Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 679. 6 Stations. The species is poorly represented, the only well-grown and quite typical examples being found at Stn. 11. At Stn. 12, where it was very common, it was found attached. ‘The rarity of a species usually so common in shallow tropical waters is noteworthy. TRUNCATULINA d’Orbieny. guy 380. Truncatulina lobatula (Walker & Jacob). Nautilus lobatulus Walker & Jacob, 1798, AEM. p. 642, pl. xiv. fig. 36. Truncatulina lobatula Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 59, pl. v. figs. 121-3. “5 * Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1866, pl. 11. figs. 4-10, pl. iv, fig. 19; Text and References, 1896, p. 304. is ss Brady, 1884, FC. p. 660, pl. xcii. fig. 10, pl. xcin. figs. 1, 4, 5, pl. exy. figs. 4, 5 (References). : a Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 491 (References). 17 Stations. Universally distributed, but never common. ‘The specimens are all of the regular and somewhat inflated type, except at Stn. 10, where they are of a depressed sub- carinate type approaching 7’. tenuimargo Brady. 381. Truncatulina variabilis d’Orbigny. Truncatulina variabilis V’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 279. no. 8. 3 3 Terquem, 1878, FIR. p. 20, pl. i. (vi.) figs. 18-25. fe 66 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 661, pl. xciil. figs. 6, 7. 55 BS Egger, 1893, FG. p. 404, pl. xvi. figs. 57-59, 63, 64. es bs Fornasini, 1896, ‘ Rivista Italiana di Paleontologia,’ p. 95, April 1896. x by Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1909, p. 2, pl. i. figs. 5, 6, pl. ii. figs. 1-3. as 7 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 182. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 107 8 Stations. Generally distributed, but like the typical 7. dobatula never abundant. ‘The specimens may be divided into two very distinctive groups: (i.) wild-growing Gypsina- like variations of the common T. lobatula—these are all small and somewhat finely perforated; (ii.) the large and coarsely perforate Soldanian type with thickened everted lip to the aperture as figured by Sidebottom (wt supra). Very fine specimens of this type occur at Stn. 11, and more sparingly at Stns. 9 and 12. At Stn. 11 a single specimen was found of a plano-convex type, in which the later chambers are arranged in a straight lituoline series (cf. B. 1912, FPC. pl. xxv. fig. 4 and B. P. & J. 1888, AB. pl. xlv. fig. 17). It must be borne in mind that Soldani in his ‘ Testaceographia ’ (1789) devoted twenty-two whole plates (and part of two others) to drawings of these variations, on some of which d’Orbigny founded his species. Fornasini (wt supra) has also made a special study of its variations, to which we referred in our Clare Island Monograph. 382. Truncatulina tenuimargo Brady. Truncatulina tenuimargo Brady, 1884, FC. p. 662, pl. xciil. figs. 2, 3. a A Egger, 1893, 'G. p. 399, pl. xvi. figs. 7-9. i A Heron-Allen & Earland, 1898, etc., SB. 1909, p. 680, pl. xx. fig. 2. 7 Stations. Generally distributed, but rare. At Stn. 3 a specimen was found with the inferior or rounded surface covered with pustular excrescences in the form of tubules originating from the perforation. This would appear to be isomorphous with our recently described Discorbina pustulata (see No. 367). 383. Truncatulina refulgens (Montfort). Cibicides refulgens Montfort, 1808-10, CS. vol. 1. p. 122, 3lme genre. Truncatulina refulgens @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 279. no. 5, pl. xiii. figs. 8-11, Modele no. 77. ” > Brady, 1865, REND. p. 105, pl. xii. fig. 9. » » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 659, pl. xcil. figs. 7-9. 5% % Egger, 1898, FG. p. 401, pl. xvi. figs. 31-33. 8 Stations. Very sparingly distributed, and except at Stns. 10 and 12 very small, but the individuals are typical. 384. Truncatulina mundula Brady, Parker, & Jones. Truncatulina mundula Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 228, pl. xlv. fig. 25. 3 Stations. Very rare. Only a few typical specimens were observed of this characteristic type, which appears:to occupy a position between 7’, dobatula and TL. haidingerit. 708 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 385. Truncatulina haidingerii (d’Orbigny). Rotalina haidingerit dOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 154, pl. viii. figs. on Truncatulina haidingerii Brady, 1884, FC. p. 663, pl. xcv. fig. Ms 5 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 401, pl. xvi. figs. oe 20. = ae Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 493 (References). e i Heron-Allen & Pela 1908, ete., SB. 1909, p. 680; and 1910, p. 425, pl. ix. figs. 6, 7. 12 Stations. Generally distributed, but, as a rule, infrequent and poorly developed. The best specimens at Stns. 10 and 11, large and typical at the latter. 386. Truncatulina robertsoniana Brady. Truncatulina robertsoniana Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 65. 35 = Brady, 1884, FC. p. 664, pl. xev. fig. 4. $6 3 Egger, 1898, FG. p. 402, pl. xvi. figs. 34-86. ob e Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, ete., SB. 1909, p. 681. 1 Station. Very rare, small, but quite typical specimens. ‘The records, apart from Egger’s ‘Gazelle’ examples, so far as we are aware, are exclusively Atlantic and from comparatively deep water, but Egger records it from seas adjacent to Kerimba, viz. Mauritius Stn. 66-411 metres. 387. Truncatulina ungeriana (d’Orbigny). Rotalina ungeriana d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 157, pl. viii. figs. 16-18. Truncatulina ungeriana Reuss, 1865, FABS. p. 161. no. 10. op 3 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 664, pl. xciv. fig. 9 6 D Egger, 1898, FG. pl. xvi. figs. 19-21. 2 p Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 493 (References). 26 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 681, pl. xx. fig. 1 and 1910, p. 426, pl. ix. figs. 8, 9. > 3 Bagg, 1912, PEC. p. 83, pl. xxv. figs. 1-8. 9 Stations. Very sparingly distributed, only occasional specimens occurring, and with the exceptions of those from Stns. 2 and 5 not very typical. 388. Truncatulina rosea (d’Orbigny). Rotalia rosea d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 272. no. 7, Modéle no. 35. Rotalina rosea dO ier 1839, FC. p. 72, pl. in. figs. 9-11. Rotalia rosea Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1865, p. 24, pl. iii. fie, ao: Truncatulina rosea Baik, 1884, FC. p. 667, pl. xevi. fig. 1. ne » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 397, pl. xvi. figs. 4-6. 1 Station. A few typical specimens of this species, one of the few Foraminifera characterized FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 709 by pink coloration, and hitherto, with the exception of the ‘Gazelle’ record from West Australia, known exclusively from West Indian seas. The Kerimba specimens resemble Egger’s figure more closely than d’Orbigny’s Model, having a somewhat more depressed shell. 889. Truncatulina akneriana (d’Orbigny). Rosalina akneriana d Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 156, pl. vill. figs. 18-15. Truncatulina akneriana Reuss, 1866, FABS. ». 160. no. 6. Brady, 1884, F'C. p. 663, pl. xciv. fig. 8 a st Egger, 1898, FG. p. 400, pl. xvi. figs. 60-62. “5 as Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 333, pl. Ixxxvii. fig. 5. 1 Station. A few well-marked specimens at Stn. 11, characterized by a pink coloration of the shell and somewhat coarse perforations. 390. Truncatulina precincta (Karrer). Rotalia precincta Karrer, 1868, MKB. p. 189, pl. v. fig. 7. % Seqnem, 1879, FTR. pp. 56, 64, ete. (lists). Teonooctnabne precincta Brady, 1884, HC. p. 667, pl. xev. figs. 1-3. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 408, pl. xvi. figs. 51-58. Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 384, pl. Ixxviii. fig. 1. ” 29 ” rh) 3 Stations. Very rare and not very typical. 391. Truncatulina culter (Parker & Jones). Planorbulina culter Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 421, pl. xix. fig. 1. Anomalina bengalensis Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 259, pl. vii. fig. 111. Truncatulina culter Brady, 1884, FC. p. 668, pl. xevi. fig. 3. Egger, 1893, I'G. p. 401, pl. xvi. tigs. 16-18. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 682. be) by) 29 br) 3 Stations. One small but typical specimen at Stn. 1, very rare at Stn. 7B, and several at Stn. 11. All the previous records of this species in the recent form are from deep water, distributed over the great oceans, but Schwager says that his species Anoma- lina bengalensis (ut supra), which he recorded from the pliocene of Kar-Nicobar, is still living on the shore of the Nicobar Islands. 392. Truncatulina rostrata Brady. (PI. LII. figs. 33-36.) Truncatulina rostrata Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 65. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 668, pl. xciv. fig. 6. Chapman, 1900, F'LF. p. 194. 3?) ba ny) oe) 710 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 1 Station. A good many fine and well-developed specimens at Stn. 11. The records of this very striking species appear to be confined to the seas round New Guinea and the tropical Pacific, and its occurrence on the farther side of the Indian Ocean is very noteworthy. 393. Truncatulina tubulifera, sp.n. (PI. LIL. figs. 37-40.) 4 Stations. At Stns. 1, 6, and 7 a few somewhat poorly developed specimens were found, of a type with which we have been acquainted for many years as occurring somewhat rarely in shallow-water tropical gatherings. At Stn. 11 many very fine specimens were found. It is undoubtedly closely allied to 7. reticulata Czjzek, but differs in the character of its aperture, which is normally truncatuline instead of being situated on a produced neck. Test free, biconvex, consisting of two to three convolutions, all visible on the superior face, the last convolution only on the inferior. Six to seven chambers in the last convolution. Sutures flush, but thickened. ‘The walls of the chambers between the sutural lines are coarsely perforate, each perforation often produced into a raised tube. These tubes may coalesce so as to form a cristate growth following the curve of the chamber and opening at the top into a crater. ‘The tubular outgrowths are especially marked on the superior face, often wanting on the inferior. Aperture a curved slit on the inner edge of the terminal chamber. Umbilical portion sometimes marked by a solid mass of shell-substance, but this is flush with the surface, and does not project as a stud. The best examples of this form have been found in the late Capt. Seabrook’s dredgings from the Macassar Straits—45 fms. Other good examples occur at ‘Challenger’ Stn. 185 (Raine Island, Torres Straits—155 fms.) ; smaller but typical specimens at Vavau, in the Friendly Islands (Pacific)—16 fms. ‘The species is probably widely distributed all over the tropical Pacific and Indian Oceans. The specimens illustrated were selected from the Macassar gatherings as being the most typical in our possession, the drawings having been made before the equally good specimens from Stn. 11 had been found. Average width -4 mm., height -25 mm. 394. Truncatulina reticulata (Czjzck). Rotalina reticulata C2zjzek, 1848, FWB. p. 145, pl. xiii. figs. 7-9. Siphonina fimbriata Terrigi, 1880, SGP. p. 212, pl. iv. fig. 69. Truncatulina reticulata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 669, pl. xevi. figs. 5-8. Chaster, 1892, S. p. 66, pl. 1. fig. 16. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 402, pl. xvi. figs. 42-44. Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 334, pl. Ixxvii. fig. 3. 39 ” 99 9 bb) FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. a 3 Stations. One broken specimen at Stn. ? B, and several perfect specimens at Stns. il and? A. 395. Truncatulina glabra, sp.n. (PI. LII. figs. 41-47.) 14 Stations. Test nearly spherical, consisting of about two to three convolutions of chambers ; three to four chambers in the last convolution, which is inclined at an angle to the axis of the preceding ones, so that the early convolutions are almost, or entirely, enclosed. Shell-wall somewhat thick, but much thinner than in 7. echinata Brady, and coarsely perforate. Sutural lines depressed. Aperture situated in a depression at the junction of the terminal chamber with the preceding convolution, usually a simple crescentic slit, sometimes furnished with a rim or a short neck as in T. echinata. The general aspect of this shell, both as an opaque object, and still more when viewed as a transparent object in balsam, suggests a relationship with Sphwroi- dina bulloides V@Orbigny, but the rotaline formation of the chambers in very young shells, such as we figure, and the tendency in very large mature specimens to develop an everted rim to the aperture, tend to confirm its close affinity to 7. echinata, of which it may be regarded as a smooth and depauperate variety. It occurs in company with 7. echinata and usually in equal proportions at most Stns., but at some Stns. it exhibits a preponderance and development which are very striking. We have already found this form in shallow-water dredgings off Tahiti, so that it probably extends across the tropical Indo-Pacific area in suitable depths. Brady was unquestionably well acquainted with this smooth type, but apparently regarded it as merely a stage in the life-history of the allied form 7. echinata. His description of that form refers to it as “‘ usually more or less beset with short blunt spines or tubercles.” His slide of 7. echinata in the Brady Collection at Cambridge, curiously enough, contains hardly any typically spinous individuals, but large numbers ot typical 7. glabra in all stages ; his fig. 12 (pl. xevi., FC.) represents an almost typical 7. glabra, there being only a faint tendency to spinous development. Diameter in all directions averages about 0-2 mm. 396. Truncatulina echinata Brady. (PI. LILI. fig. 1.) Ptanorbulina echinata Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 283, pl. vill. fig. 31. Truncatulina echinata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 670, pl. xevi. figs. 9-14. % 5 Hegger, 1893, FG. p. 403, pl. xvi. figs. 40, 41. - , Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1904, p. 490. 15 Stations. Universally distributed except at Stn. 7, and usually moderately abundant. VOL, XX.—PART xvil. No. 22.— November, 1915. 5) G 712 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE T. echinata is an extremely anomalous form, and its allocation to the genus Trunca- tulina rather than to Sphwroidina (to which in our opinion it has considerable affinities) must be based chiefly on the occurrence of anomalous specimens, in which the truncatuline features predominate. We would direct attention to Egger’s figures and description, which represent compressed individuals much more closely allied to 7. reticulata than to the type. The Kerimba specimens illustrate practically all variations of the globular type, from tests covered with a few large blunt tubercles, through roughly spinous to prac- tically smooth individuals with thick and coarsely perforated shells. At most Stns. a distinct type occurs, which we have separated under the specific name 7. glabra (g. v. ante). At Stn. 3 a double specimen, which we figure, was found; it appears to be due to the fusion of two individuals either at the primordial stage or, perhaps, at a slightly later stage of growth. The individuals have preserved their separate apertures. It seems probable that the figures given by Carpenter in 1860 (C. 1856 etc., RF. 1860, p. 551, pl. xix. figs. 5 and 76) and described as “young Calearine showing their ordinary aspect” represent this species. They suggest it far more than they do Calearina. ANoMALINA d’Orbigny. 397. Anomalina ammonoides (Reuss). Rosalina ammonoides Reuss, 1845-6, VBK. pt. 1. p. 36, pl. xiii. fig. 66, pl. vill. fig. 58. Planorbulina (Anomalina) ammonoides Jones & Parker, 1872, FFR. p. 106 & Table. Anomalina ammonoides Brady, 1884, FC. p. 672, pl. xciv. figs. 2, 3. A a Egger, 1893, FG. p. 378, pl. xiv. figs. 35-37. = Rs Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 494 (References). i Rs Chapman, 1900, FUF. p. 195. BA 5 Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 138. 1 Station. Two large and extremely typical specimens at Stn. 11. The occurrence of these individuals in this dredging, made in very shallow water, and the entire absence of the species at the other Stns., some of which present a more favourable depth, is noticeable. 398. Anomalina polymorpha Costa. (Pl. LIII. figs. 2-5.) Anomalina polymorpha Costa, 1853, ete., PRN. 1856, p. 252, pl. xxi. figs. 7-9. Discorbina perforata Seguenza, 1879-80, FTR. p. 148, pl. xiv. fig. 3. Anomalina polymorpha Brady, 1884, FC. p. 676, pl. xcvil. figs. 3-7. as 3 Chapman, 1895, FAS. p. 41. 1 “a Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 138. 1 Station. At Stn. 11 a good many individuals, which we believe to be referable to this form, FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. fal (3%) although they are devoid of the marginal spines usually associated with the species. Brady refers to the occurrence of similar non-spinous specimens. The shell-wall in the Kerimba individuals is very coarsely perforate, the aperture furnished with a produced thickened lip, and the whole shell is coloured, the initial chambers being very dark brown, passing through lighter shades to a final chamber almost devoid of tint. The sutural lines are limbate in the early chambers, depressed in the later ones. Brady’s records of the species are all from greater depths than the Kerimba dredging, ranging from 50 to 450 fms. in the Atlantic aud Southern Oceans and the South Pacific. CARPENTERIA Gray. 399. Carpenteria utricularis (Carter). Polytrema utriculare Carter, 1876, P. p. 210, pl. xiii. figs. 11-16. Carpenteria utricularis Carter, 1877, CB. p. 176. a uy Brady, 1884, FC. p. 678, pl. xcix. figs. 6, 7, pl. c. figs. 1-4. _ 33 Hgger, 1893, FG. p. 438, pl. xxi. fig. 18. - Chapman, 1899, FFA. p. 12, pl. ii. fig. 4, pl. iv. figs. 3, 4. ms Al Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 195. 1 Station. At Stn. 11 a large fragment of the chamber-wall of a specimen of this species was found, identifiable owing to its characteristic reticulated surface. The absence of suitable material for examination is possibly responsible for the poverty of the records of this genus. 399 a. Carpenteria monticularis Carter. Carpenteria monticularis Carter, 1877, CB. p. 211, pl. xi. figs. 9-17. = a! Carter, 1877, AMNH. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 68, woodcut, r eh Brady, 1884, FC. p. 677, pl. xcix. figs. 1-3. a Fe Chapman, 1901, FIA. p. 393. no. 6. 1 Station. Two young individuals from Stn, 11. Poutvinuuina Parker & Jones 400. Pulvinulina repanda (Fichtel & Moll). Nautilus repandus Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 35, pl. iii. figs. ad. Pulvinulina repanda Brady, 1884, FC. p. 684, pl. civ. fig. 18. La ay Egger, 1893, FG. p. 405, pl. xvii. figs. 34-36. 3 ee Goés, 1894, ASIF. p. 95, pl. xvi. fig. 801. 5 eS Jones & Chapman, 1900, MCI. p. 228, pl. xx. fig. 1. = 3 Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 196. 6 Stations. Rather scantily distributed, but occurring in some abundance at certain Stns., the best at Stn. 11. Some of the individuals pass almost imperceptibly into P. lateralis. De 2 714 MESSRS. EH. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 401. Pulvinulina lateralis (Terquem). (Pl. LIII. figs. 6-11.) Rosalina lateralis Terquem, 1878, FIR. p. 25, pl. ii. (vii.) fig. 11. Pulvinulina lateralis Brady, 1884, FC. p. 689, pl. evi. figs. 2, 3. oy “8 Egger, 1898, FG. p. 413, pl. xviii. figs. 48-50. Mallett, 1898, ete., FM. 1904, p. 497. Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RED. 1909, p. 5, pl. i. fig. 6, pl. iii. figs. 1, 2. 29 > » 8 Stations. Generally distributed, sometimes frequent, and attaining a very large size, especially at Stn. 3, where the typical cribrate aperture covered practically the whole inferior surface of the shell, which was very irregular in growth. Cushman’s record (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1908, vol. xxxiv. No. 2, p. 31, pl. v. figs. 11, 12) is interesting, as showing the occurrence of this species in a northerly habitat. 402. Pulvinulina concentrica Parker & Jones. Pulvinulina concentrica Parker & Jones (MS.), Brady, 1864, RFS. p. 470, pl. xlviii. fig. 14. ie a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 686, pl. ev. fig. 1. it Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1909, p. 7, pl. iii. fig. 5. Mt a Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 683, pl. xx. fig. 4 a-e. sh ct Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 135. 1 Séation. A single typical specimen. 403. Pulvinulina oblonga (Williamson). Nautilus auricula, var. 8, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 108, pl. xx. figs. d, e, f. Rotalina oblonga Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 51, pl. iv. figs. 98-100. Pulvinulina oblonga Brady, 1884, FC. p. 688, pl. evi. fig. 4. Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1888, AB. p. 229, pl. xlvi. fig. 5. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 415, pl. xvii. figs. 23-25. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 1386. ” 7 92 bh) by 79 11 Stations. Generally distributed, but never abundant. The best specimens, which were large and very typical, at Stn. 11. 404. Pulvinulina oblonga, var. scabra Brady. Pulvinulina oblonga, var. scabra Brady, 1884, FC. p. 689, pl. evi. fig. 8. 1 Station. One quite typical specimen at Stn. 3. 405. Pulvinulina auricula (Vichtel & Moll). Nautilus auricula, var. a, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 108, pl. xx. figs. a, 4, c. Pulvinulina auricula Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 393. Valvulina ovalis Terquem, 1882, FEP. p. 103, pl. xi. (xix.) fig. 10. Or FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 71 Pulvinulina auricula Goés, 1882, RRCS. p. 109, pl. viii. figs. 273-275. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 688, pl. evi. fig. 5. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 415, pl. xvii. figs. 26-28. ” 29 bk) eb} 2 Stations. Some good specimens at Stn. 11, and one poor specimen at Stn. 1. 406. Pulvinulina hauerii (dOrbigny). Rotalina haueriit VOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 151, pl. vil. figs. 22-24. Pulvinulina hauerit Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 393. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 690, pl. evi. figs. 6, 7. ‘ » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 414, pl. xvii. figs. 29-31. x » Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 684, pl. xx. fig. 5. 3 Stations. A few individuals, well-grown and typical. 407. Pulvinulina brongniartii (d’Orbieny). Rotalia brongniartii VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 273. no. 27. Rotalina brongniartii d Orbigny, 1846, FEV. p. 158, pl. vil. figs. 22-24. Pulvinulina brongniartii Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 4.98, pl. x. fig. 4. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1911, p. 337. Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 186, pl. xii. figs. 8, 9. 29 ” 3 Stations. A few specimens only at each Stn., but good and typical. 408. Pulvinulina menardii (d’Orbigny). Rotalia menardii @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 273. no. 26, Modeéle no. 10. Pulvinulina repanda, var. menardit Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 304, pl. xvi. figs. 35-37. menarditi Owen, 1867, SEMO. p. 148, pl. v. fig. 16. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 690, pl. ci. figs. 1, 2. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 411, pl. xvii. figs. 1-3, 7-12. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1904, p. 499 (References). 99 22 99 ” bb) 3 Stations. Occurs sparingly, the best specimens at Stn. 10. All the examples are small and probably derived from the Equatorial Drift. 409. Pulvinulina tumida Brady. Pulvinulina menardii var. tumida Brady, 1877, FNB. p. 535. tumida Brady, 1884, FC. p. 692, pl. cili. figs. 4-6 Heger, 1893, FG. p. 414, pl. xvil. figs. 4 ” —6, 45 , Chapman, 1895, FAS. p. 42. - » Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 329, pl. Ixxii. fig. 5. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 499. 716 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 3 Stations. Large and typical examples at Stn. 11 and many smaller ones at Stns. land 3. Unless these specimens are derived from the Equatorial Drift, their presence in such shallow water is difficult to account for. P. tumida is a pelagic species, and, apart from this, its records are almost exclusively confined to tropical deep waters. 410. Pulvinulina patagonica (dOrbigny). Rotalina patagonica d’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 36, pl. ii. figs. 6-8. Pulvinulina patagonica Brady, 1884, FC. p. 698, pl. ciil. fig. 7. Ee "5 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 413, pl. xvii. figs. 16-18. ms HA Rhumbler, 1900, NPF. p. 13, figs. 4, 5. - x Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 137, pl. xiii. figs. 5-6. 1 Station. A few fairly typical examples. Their presence in such shallow water is noteworthy. We are dealing with the identity of the Clare Island specimens, for which we propose to revive Brady’s name P. scitula as a varietal name, in a paper which is now in preparation, on the Foraminifera of South Cornwall. 411. Pulvinulina truncatulinoides (d’Orbigny). Rotalina truncatulinoides WOrbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 132, pl. ii. figs. 2 53 micheliniana d’Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 31, pl. iii. figs. 1-3. Pulvinulina micheliniana Owen, 1867, SFMO. p. 148, pl. v. fig. 17 BS truncatulinoides Rhumbler, 1900, NPE. p. 17, figs. 16-18. 53 micheliniana Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 500. truncatulinoides Heron-Allen & Karland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 685. (On the discrepancies between these specific names, see the last three references.) 2 Stations. One large and absolutely typical specimen at Stn. 3 and a small and weak example at Stn. 1. 5-27. 412. Pulvinulina schreibersii (d’Orbigny). Rotalina schreibersii W’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 154, pl. viii. figs. 4-6, » badensis Czjzek, 1847, KFWB. p. 144, pl. xiii. figs. 1-3. Pulvinulina schreiberstti Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 393. 5 os Brady, 1884, FC. p. 697, pl. exv. fig. 1. 56 % Egger, 1893, FG. p. 409, pl. xviii. figs. 31-33, 67-69. 33 a Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RED. 1909, p. 8, pl. iii. fig. 8. 10 Stations. Generally distributed, but never very strongly developed or typical. Most of the specimens are of a depressed type. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 17 413. Pulvinulina procera Brady. Pulvinulina procera Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 66. $5 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 698, pl. ev. fig. 7. 7 Stations. Scantily distributed, and, as a rule, only a few specimens at each Stn., the best being at Stns. 1, 6, and 12. All the individuals are small in size, but quite typical; in many of them the sutures are limbate all over the shell. 414. Pulvinulina elegans (d’Orbigny). Rotalia (Turbinulina) elegans d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 276. no. 54. Pulvinulina elegans Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1859, etc., NF. 1871, p. 174, pl. xii. fig. 142. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 699, pl. ev. figs. 4-6. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 410, pl. xvii. figs. 837-39. Millett, 1898, etc., KM. 1904, p. 501 (References). ” ei) 29 29 29 29 _ 1 Station. One weak specimen. 414a, Pulvinulina partschiana (d’Orbigny). (Pl. LIII. figs. 12-14.) Rotalina partschiana d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 153, pl. vii. figs. 28-80, pl. viii. figs. 1-3. 5 Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p. 340, pl. xvi. fig. 6. Pe euina partschiana Brady, 1884, FC. p. 699, pl. ev. fig. 3.a—c, & p. 700, fig. 21. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 410, pl. xvii. fig. 43, pl. xviii. figs. 25, 27. Flint, 1899, REA. p. 331, pl. Ixxy. A 3 ” ” 29 29 1 Station. At Stn. 11 a single fully developed individual, which we figure and which we have little hesitation in ascribing to this species, although the shallowness of the deposit renders its occurrence very noteworthy, P. partschiana being normally a deep-water type. It is characterized by a translucent hyaline brown shell with thick and opaque marginal edges. At the same Stn. a number of specimens occur which apparently represent the megalospheric type, perhaps in an arrested stage of development. In these latter individuals the later chambers tend to grow over the inferior or convex face of the shell in broad overlapping flaps, so that not more than two or at the most three chambers are visible. The shell-wall is much thicker in the megalospheric than in the microspheric specimens. ‘The colour is, as a rule, the same ochreous-brown tint, but one or two white specimens, perhaps representing dead shells, also occur. Rorauta Lamarck. 415. Rotalia beccarii (Linné). Nautilus beccarti Linné, 1767, SN. (ed. xii.) p. 1162. no. 276. # Linné, 1788, SN. (ed. xi.) p. 3370. no. 4. Rotulia (Turbinulina) beccarii V@ Orbigny, 1826, TMC, p. 275. no. 42, Modeéle no. 74 (Rasalina). 718 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE Rotalia beecarit Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 48, pl. iv. figs. 90-92. Bs Brady, 1884, FC. p. 704, pl. evil. figs. 2, 3. x Bs Egger, 1893, FG. p. 420, pl. xix. figs. 25-27. ¥ a Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 502 (References). 17 Stations. Universally distributed and generally fairly abundant. The specimens vary con- siderably in size, the general average being rather small, but well-grown and typical individuals occur at Stns. 3, 7, 8, and 10. Nearly all the specimens are of a smooth and hyaline type with little excess of shell-growth ; none of the highly limbate and tuberculate varieties occurs. 416. Rotalia perlucida Heron-Allen & Earland. Rotalia beccarii (pars) Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 351. » perlucida Heron-Allen & Warland, 1913, Cl. p. 139, pl. xiii. figs. 7-9. 10 Stations. Good and typical examples at Stns. 1, 4, 7, and 12, and weaker individuals at many ~ others. At Stns. 7 and 8 abnormal individuals, in which the earlier rotaline chambers were followed by irregular growths of no definite formation, were found. The #. nitida of Reuss (Kreidegebilde des Westlichen Bohmens., Prague, 1844, p. 214) is perhaps a similar or identical form, judging from the published diagnosis, but the first published figures (R. 1845-6, VBK. pt. i. p. 39, pl. vi. fig. 52 & pl. xn. figs. 8, 20) are too small and obscure to be identifiable with certainty. In any case, Reuss’s name does not stand, as it had been used by d’Orbigny for a form indistinguishable from Pulvinulina menardii, the types of which we have examined in Paris (d’O, 1826, TMC. p. 274. no. 3i). 417. Rotalia orbicularis (d’Orbigny). Gyroidina orbicularis V’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 278. no. 1, Modéle no. 18. Rotalia orbicularis Brady, 1864, RES. p. 470, pl. xvii. fig. 16. » beccarii, var. orbicularis Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF’. p. 389, pl. xvi. fig. 34. » orbicularis Terquem, 1882, PEP. p. 60, pl. iv. (xi) figs. 1-3. e 35 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 706, pl. cvii. fig. 5, pl. exv. fig. 6. 51 0 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 421, pl. xix. figs. 22-24. 15 Stations. Universally distributed in company with &. beccarii, all the specimens being of a somewhat weakly developed type. Brady, in 1864, in describing d’Orbigny’s species as new to the British fauna, identified his specimens with d’Orbigny’s Model, and figured a test which closely follows the Model in its biconvex form and acuminate superior face. ‘These features, however, are more marked in Brady’s figure than in the Model or in any specimens which we have observed. Subsequent authors, includ- ing Brady himself (B. 1884, FC.), have departed considerably from the Model, and the FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. t19 specific name is now generally associated with a weak form of F. beccarii in which the strongly marked umbilical stud is replaced by either an umbilical depression or a depression filled with secondary outgrowths from the chambers. 418. Rotalia soldanii d’Orbigny. Rotalia (Gyroidina) soldanii d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 278. no. 5, Modele no. 36. 5, beccarii, var. soldanii Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 389, pl. xvi. figs. 31-33. ,, soldanii Hantken, 1875, CSS. p. 80, pl. ix. fig. 7. » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 706, pl. evil. figs. 6, 7. Ronald soldanit Egger, 1893, FG. p. 420, pl. xix. figs. 16-18, 51. Rotalia soldunii Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 503 (eter) 1 Station. Several small but typical examples, somewhat ‘unexpected in such shallow water, the species being normally a deep-water type. 419. Rotalia schroeteriana Parker & Jones. Faujasina sp. Williamson, 1853, MSF. p. 87, pl. x. figs. 1-6. Rotalia schroeteriana Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, IF. p. 213, pl. xin. figs. 7-9. 55 Brady, 1884, KC. p. 707, pl. cxv. fig. 7 Rolain schroeteriana Keger, 1893, FG. p. 422, pl. xix. figs. 10-12. Rotalia schroeteriana Flint, 1899, RPA. p. 332, pl. Ixxvi. fig. 1. 1 Station. A single typical specimen. 420. Rotalia schroeteriana, var. inflata Millett. Rotalia schroeteriana, var. inflata Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1994, p. 504, pl. x. fig. 5. 1 Station. One very small specimen, but showing tie typical fimbriated margin. 421. Rotalia papillosa Brady. Rotalia papillosa Brady, 1884, FC. p. 708, pl. evi. fig. 9. ‘ 3 Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 332, pl. Ixxvi. fig 2 a 5 Millett, 1898, ete. FM. 1904, p. 505. 2 Stations. One typical specimen at Stn. 3 and a few at Stn. 11. he rarity of this form, which is widely distributed and frequently common in shallow-water gatherings from the Indo-Pacific area, is noteworthy. 422. Rotalia papillosa, var. compressiuscula Brady. Rotalia papillosa, var. compressiuscula Brady, 1884, FC. p. 708, pl. evil. fig. 1, pl. eviil. fig. 1. 2 Stations. ) A single typical specimen at Stn. 7 and a few at Stn. 3. VOL. XX.—PART xvil. No. 23.—November, 1915. i or 720 MESSRS. E. HERON-ATLLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 423, Rotalia calcar (d’Orbigny). Calcarina calear VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 276. no. 1, Modéle no. 34. Rotalia armata @’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 273. no. 22, Modéle no. 70. Calcarina calcar VOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 81, pl. v. figs. 22-24. Rotalia calcar Brady, 1884, FC. p. 709, pl. eviii. figs. 3 & ? 4. Rotalina calcar Egger, 1893, FG. p. 428, pl. xix. figs. 1-3. Rotalia calcar Earland, 1905, FBS. p. 228. % 5 Heron-Allen & Karland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 691, pl. xxi. fig. 1. 11 Stations. Generally distributed, but varying greatly at different Stns. both in abundance and development. ‘The best and largest specimens were at Stns.26 and 11. At these Stns. the individuals attained a very large size, and were of a highly decorated type, both surfaces being studded with tubercular growth. All the intermediate stages were also observed. At Stns. 1, 9, 10, and 12 and ? X, many of the specimens were very small and flat on the superior face, differing from &. venusta Brady only in the development of the marginal spines, which were weakly developed. 424. Rotalia venusta Brady. (Pl. LIII. figs. 15-22.) Rotalia venusta Brady, 1884, KC. p. 708, pl. eviii. fig. 2. Rotalina venusta Egger, 1893, FG. p. 422, pl. xix. figs. 18-15. Rotalia venusta Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 506. 15 Stations. This is one of the most abundant and typical species in the Kerimba dredgings, occurring abundantly at most Stns., although, curiously enough, it is sometimes rare or absent. The species is subject to great variations, being normally inequilaterally biconvex, the superior face being the flatter of the two. Many of the Kerimba specimens, however, have the superior face highly convex, in others the inferior face, which usually has the central portion filled with secondary shell-matter, is excavate, yet others have a prominent umbilical stud. ‘The peripheral edge is usually lobulate, but at some Stns. continuous, and there is a constant tendency to the formation of marginal spines, especially in young examples. This reaches its maximum development at Stn. 1X, where specimens with a continuous denticulate margin were observed. There can be little doubt that 2. venusta is closely allied to R. calcar (d’Orbigny). 425. Rotalia erinacea, sp.n. (Pl. LIII. figs. 23-26.) Discorbina imperatoria (V’Orbigny), var. globosa Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1908, p. 701, pl. vii. fig. 6. 9 Stations. Test free, inequilaterally biconvex, consisting of about three convolutions, each of five chambers. Superior face but slightly convex, chambers inflated, sutural lines depressed. Each chamber terminating on its superior face in a cusp or point, which is usually more or less extended in the form of a solid spine, Inferior face with a FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 721 lightly depressed umbilical recess often filled with granular matter. Surface of the test rough, coarsely perforate. Aperture obscure, a slit on the inner margin of the terminal chamber. This rather striking little form is one of the constant features of the Kerimba dredgings, occurring at a great many Stns. and often in abundance. At most of the Stns. specimens are not consistently spinous, but present only a few spines, at irregular intervals, on the cuspid margins of the chambers. At Stn. ?X, however, where it reaches its optimum development, all the specimens are extremely aculeate and in many cases the cusp of each chamber is furnished with a pair of spines. In other instances, in addition to these stout marginal spines, the superior surface is hispid all over. A few are spinous as regards the early chambers only, those of the last whorl being cuspless and smooth. Millett’s variety Discorbina imperatoria, var. globosa, which he describes as one of the characteristic forms of the Malay Archipelago, of which we possess the type-specimens, is identical with the Kerimba form. It appears to have but little resemblance to d’Orbigny’s type Rosalina imperatoria (d’O., 1846, FFV. p. 176, pl. x. figs. 16-18), being distinctly rotaline in the arrangement of its chambers, but there is a marked divergence in the extent of the development of the spines, which even in the most advanced Kerimba specimens rarely attain the proportions of Millett’s figure. Our species may be regarded as an isomorph of Rosalina imperatoria d’Orbigny, to which Millett assigned his form. ‘This, however, is a markedly discorbine type with a depressed umbilical recess and striate markings on the inferior side. It does not appear to have been met with in the recent condition except by Side- bottom, whose figures of D. imperatoria represent a discorbine type of shell quite distinct from both the Malay and Kerimba individuals (S. 1904, ete., RFD. 1908, 195 JB}, Folk, A7o HES. I 2). In the Brady Collection at Cambridge there is a slide of specimens from Fiji (Levuka, Shore-sand) labelled Rotalia dentata P. & J. All the specimens are referable to our species R. erinacea. It is not easy to understand how Brady arrived at his determination, as both the figure and description of FR. dentata (P. & J., 1865, - NAAF, p. 387, pl. xix. fig. 13 a—c) differ in every essential feature from this type. Millett’s varietal name globosa cannot be adopted as the specific name for the type, as it has already been used for a distinct form (Nonionina globosa v. Hagenow, Neues Jahrb. f. Min. 1842, p. 574), which is Rotalia globosa Reuss (SAWW. 1861, vol. xliv. p. 330, pl. 1. figs. 4-6). Breadth 0°15 to 0°22 mm., height about 0:15 mm. 426. Rotalia murrayi, sp.n. (PI. LILI. figs. 27-34.) 6 Stations. : Test free, subglobular, consisting of three to four convolutions each of about six inflated chambers. Sutural lines depressed. ‘The whole surface of the shell covered oH 2 -~] bo MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE with secondary growth in the form of short blunt spines which mark the outlines of the chambers. ‘These processes are more numerous on the superior than on the inferior surface. The umbilical recess of the shell is filled with a dense growth of separate spines. Aperture obscure, but apparently a slit on the inner margin of the final chamber, hidden by secondary growths. This strongly marked little species is sparingly distributed, but fairly abundant at the Stns. where it occurs, especially at Stns. 26 and 8. It has some resemblance to Rt. erinacea, but differs therefrom in the greater number of chambers, the highly convex superior surface, and in the entire absence of prolonged spines, which are replaced by a dense growth of acute papillee which give the appearance of a rasp to the surface of the shell when viewed under a high power. ‘The species occurs in shore-sand from Sandoway, Arakan Coast, Burma, and also in shallow water at Segaar, New Guinea. From this latter locality we have also double (or budded) specimens. Breadth *25 to °32 mm., height °2 to -23 mm. 426 a. Rotalia dubia d’Orbigny. Rotalia dubia d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 274, no. 34. i » Fornasini, 1908, SON. p. 46, pl. i. fig. 14. (See our observations upon this form on p. 546.) Catcarina d’Orbigny. 427. Calcarina spengleri (Linné). Nautilus spengleri Linné, 1767, ete., SN. 1788, p. 3371. no. 10. Calcarina spengleri @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 276, no. 4. Brady, 1884, FC. p. 712, pl. eviii. figs. 5, 7. Egger, 1893, FG. p. 428, pl. xix. figs. 4-6. Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1904, p. 597. Dakin, 1906, FC. p. 239. 22 22 1 Station. One good and typical specimen from Stn. 11. The extreme rarity of this species is very noteworthy, as it is generally frequent, or even abundant, im tropical shallow waters—in the eastern seas, at least. Millett records it as not uncommon in some of the Malay gatherings, and we have found it abundant in shore-sands from Burma and in many dredgings in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. 428. Calcarina defrancii d’Orbigny. Calcarina defrancii d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 276. no. 3, pl. xii. figs. 5-7. Rotalia defrancii Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 104, pl. xiv. Calcarina defrancii Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 598. Chapman, 1900, FLF, p. 197. a) 2 4 bo es) FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 5 Stations. Very much more sparingly distributed than the closely allied form Rotalia calcar, but attaining its optimum development, both as regards size and numbers, at the same Stns. (2b and 11) as that species. At the remaining Stns. the specimens are few in number and poorly developed. At Stn. 26 the form has a tendency to lose the | marginal processes. At Stn. 11 two very well-marked varieties occur, (i.) practically biconvex, (ii.) very compressed and with an evolute rotaline spire. 499. Calcarina hispida Brady. Calcarina hispida Brady, 1876, LC. p. 406. calcar, var. hispida Carter, 1880, etc., SGM. 1880, p. 453. hispida Brady, 1884, FC. p. 718, pl. evin. figs. 8, 9. Yu, » Lister, 1895, LHF. p. 437, pl. viii. figs. 34-37. oh » Chapman, 1899, FFA. p. 15, pl. 1. fig. 10. ‘1 » Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 196. 1 Station. One rather coarsely hispid specimen from Stn. 11. The same remarks apply to the occurrence of this species as to C. spengleri, the two species in our experience being” usually associated. Subfamily TINOPORIN &. GYPSINA Carter. Preliminary Note.—In dealing with material such as this, the difficulty of correlating a large and divergent series of specimens of what is one of the commonest and most widely distributed genera occurring in the dredgings with the data afforded by the diagnoses of previous authors is almost insuperable. ‘The genus Gypsina has hitherto included those forms in which the rotaline commencement is inconspicuous, if not absent, and the later chambers are acervuline and without definite plan; but in the Kerimba material, while such specimens form perhaps the bulk of the material, there are countless individuals which present a regularity of growth and structure not compatible with such a simple type of structure. On the other hand, they cannot be referred to Planorbulina because, although resembling the generic type in the earlier portions of the shell, they pass, on full development, into a truly acervuline or Gypsina-mode of growth. ‘The numerous species and varieties which have been separated by various authors, notably by Chapman, are of great value from the taxonomic point of view, but in our opinion have little significance beyond indicating the habitat and methods of life of the individual specimens. Whether it be free or attached in its plan of growth must largely decide the mode of development of the chambers in the adult shell: if attached, the nature of its host and its surroundings will influence the shape and form of the resultant organism. Thus a specimen 724 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE attached to a large smooth surface such as a rock or a molluscan shell, where it has free scope for development and full access to the surrounding medium, will preserve a depressed and scale-like form which may attain the enormous dimensions of those described by Miss Lindsey under the specific name of G. plana (Carter), 3-4 inches in diameter (Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zoology, ser. 2, vol. xvi. pp. 45 et seg.), whereas an individual of the same stock confined to a cranny or confined space of any kind tends to form a solid mass of superimposed chambers. The resulting organisms are quite different in external appearance. We have no doubt whatever that the whole series of specimens which we have for purposes of identification listed under the following varietal names are no more than normal G. inherens subjected to differing environmental conditions. 430, Gypsina inherens (Schultze). Acervulina inherens Schultze, 1854, OP. p. 68, pl. vi. fig. 12. Tinoporus lucidus Verrigi, 1880, SGP. p. 213, pl. iv. fig. 70. es inherens Brady, 1884, FC. p. 718, pl. ci. figs. 1-6. 33 Goés, 1894, ASH. p. 91, pl. xv. fig. 787. Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 599. Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 198. Rhumbler, 1906, FLC. p. 72, pl. v. fig. 60. Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 140. 16 Stations. Occurs almost universally and is often one of the most abundant species in the coarse siftings. The specimens exhibit the widest possible variety, ranging from fragments of what must have been enormous specimens of the large-chambered and coarsely areolated type G. plana (Carter) to thin encrusting layers often only a single cell thick, and nearly circular ‘in outline, separable with difficulty from Planorbulina mediterranensis dOrbigny, the rotaliform early chambers being distinctly visible on the inferior surface of the shell. Other specimens were found, especially at Stns. 2, 3, 4, 6, 10, and 12, in which the test was flat and roughly circular in outline, but with a secondary series of chambers piled over the central portion in acervuline fashion, rendering them hardly distinguishable from Planorbulina larvata Parker & Jones. At Stns. 3 and 5, the species was found encrusting calcareous alge so as to form cylindrical masses. The presence of definite arched apertures at the side of each chamber, which has been regarded as a distinguishing feature of Planorbulina as contrasted with Gypsina, is not in all cases reliable. We have unquestionable examples of G. inhwrens possessing normal planorbuline apertures to some of the marginal chambers and not to others. Chapman, in recording this species from the Cocos Keeling Atoll (C. 1902, CKA. p. 232), calls attention to the deep rose- colour of his specimens, a feature which we have discussed elsewhere (post, no. 432). FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. oal| bo Or 431. Gypsina inherens, var. plana (Carter). Polytrema planum Carter, 1876, P. p. 211, pl. xiii. figs. 18, 19. Gypsina melobesioides Carter, 1880, etc., SGM. 1880, p. 445. Polytrema planum Chapman, 1900, FLE. p. 201, pl. xx. figs. 6, » Chapman, 1901, FFA. p. 396, pl. xxxyv. figs. 2, 4 Gusona plana M. Lindsey, 1913, “On Gupsing plana, Carter, and the Relations of the Genus,” Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zoology), ser. 2, vol. xvi. pp. 45-51. 5 Stations. This wild-growing and exuberant variety, which is characterized by the abnormally large size of the individual chamberlets and by the coarse perforation of the thick shell-wall, often masked by a deposit of granular shell-substance, occurs at several Stns., notably Stns. 3, 10, 11, 12, and ?X. None of the specimens is perfect, all representing fragments of a much larger organism which has in nearly all cases been attached to some foreign body. In a few instances specimens in the attached state were found. ‘The character of our material, which represented only the finer siftings of Dr. Simpson’s dredgings, is doubtless responsible for the absence of perfect individuals, but judging from the fragments, many of which are 4 inch and upward in diameter, the perfect colonies must have attained very large dimensions. As previously noted, we see no reason for separating these specimens from the normal G. inhwrens except for facility of reference; the mere difference in the size of the chambers can have no biological significance, beyond marking exuberance of growth under optimum conditions of development. 432. Gypsina rubra (d’Orbigny). (Pl. LIII. figs. 35-37.) Planorbulina rubra @’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 280. no. 4. E » Fornasini, 1908, SON. p. 44, pl. i. fig. 3 3 Stations. D Orbigny recorded this as a nomen nudum from specimens from the South Seas and Sarawak. We have examined his type-specimens in Paris, and they accord in ail respects with the Kerimba specimens. Fornasini, working only on Berthelin’s outline, thought that d’Orbigny’s form was probably identical with Planorbulina mediterranensis d’Orb., but, of course, was not aware of the distinctive coloration and the strong secondary growth exhibited by the actual specimens. At Stns. 9, 10, and 11 a few specimens exhibiting a very marked characteristic red coloration. At the latter Stn., where the best specimens were observed, young individuals were found resembling a coarsely perforate and somewhat irregular Truncatulina lobatula. ‘This early stage is followed by a growth of chambers which may be either flattened and spreading, or solid and seif-investing. In all cases the colour is throughout of a pale rose-pink, lightest in the last-formed chambers. The surface of the chambers is coarsely perforate and often obscured by a deposit of 726 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND. A. EARLAND ON THE secondary shell-substance in the form of beads, as in var. plana, but the pink colour, which is permanent, is a definite and discriminating feature. Chapman (C. 1900, FLF. p. 201), in dealing with Polytrema plana from Funafuti, records that the specimens are often discoloured or yellowish, but never pink or rose-coloured. On the other hand, in recording Gypsina inherens from the Cocos Keeling Atoll, he points out that “‘ the specimens are remarkable for their deep rose colour” (vide ante, no. 430). M. Schultze (S. 1854, OP. p. 68, pl. vi. fig. 12) refers to Gypsina (Acervulina) ‘nherens as being brownish, owing to the colour of the living protoplasm. He also figures and describes a species, Acervulina acinosa, from the Philippine Islands, which may be related to our variety, but differs from it in the shape of the chambers, which are described as being globular and arranged like a bunch of grapes, red-brown in colour. Schultze’s species also differs from our var. rubra in the surface of the chambers, which are represented as being smooth. We have found specimens resembling our Kerimba types in shore-sands from Fremantle (W. Australia). It is probably widely distributed in shallow water across the Indo-Pacific region, as we have other fine specimens from Lord Howe Island (S. Pacific) in material recently sent us by Mr. R. D. Laurie. But by far the finest specimens of this form which we have hitherto seen are on two slides in the Brady Collection at Cambridge labelled Planorbulina rubicunda Brady. These are from Samoa (1885), Apia Beach and the Lufi-lufi reef respectively, the first being the finest. It consists of fragments of coral rock encrusted with a dense growth of the organism in all stages of development, from the small regular truncatuline shell to large masses 3 inch in diameter. The surface of some of the chambers in the larger growths is covered with secondary shell-matter in the form of strong projecting spines ; ‘the colour is in various shades of pink, approaching to red in some of the specimens. Brady, although he recognized this distinctive form and gave it a name, never published a description of it. We have not adopted his suggested specific name, as d’Orbigny’s has priority. Brady, no doubt, adopted his somewhat cumbrous specific name because he was aware that d’Orbigny had already utilized the name rudra for a Planorbulina which, in the absence of an examination of the type, was a nomen nudum to him. Reference to the type in Paris has proved that Brady’s specimens were identical with d’Orbigny’s. 433. Gypsina vesicularis (Parker & Jones). Orbitolina vesicularis Parker & Jones, 1859, etc., NF. 1860, p. 31. no. 5. Tinoporus levis Brady, 1864, RFS. p. 470, pl. xlviii. fig. 17. Gypsina vesicularis Carter, 1877, CB. p. 178. A 3 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 718, pl. ci. figs. 9-12. D iY Egger, 1893, FG. p. 382, pl. xiv. figs. 20-23. A is Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 198, pl. xix. fig. 12. op e Chapman, 1907, REV. p. 140. 50 Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 140, pl. xin. fig. 11. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO, ~] Lo J 9 Stations. Never very abundant, though occurring at most of the Stns. One exceptionally arge specimen at Stn. 12 and many good normal individuals at Stns: 9, 10, and 11. The comparative rarity of this form, generally so abundant in tropical waters, is noteworthy. 434. Gypsina vesicularis, var. squamiformis Chapman. Gypsina vesicularis, var. squamiformis Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 200, pl. xix. fig. 15. 4 Stations. A few individuals, none of them quite in agreement with Chapman’s diagnosis, which says that the shell consists of a single layer of chambers. In the Kerimba specimens the central portion of the test always shows a few additional chambers of an equally depressed and scale-like character superimposed on the initial chambers. Such specimens form a connecting-link between Chapman’s variety and the planorbuline form of G@. inhewrens so abundant in the material. The variety is in our opinion much nearer to @. inherens than to G. vesicularis. 435. Gypsina vesicularis, var. monticulus Chapman. Gypsina vesicularis, var. monticulus Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 200, pl. xix. fig. 14. 2 Stations. One typical specimen at Stn. 9 and a weaker individual at Stn. 11. We have nothing to add to Chapman’s note on this variety. 436. Gypsina vesicularis, var. discus Goés. Tinoporus vesicularis (Parker & Jones), Goés, 1882, RRCS. p. 104, pl. vii. figs. 245-247. Gypsina vesicularis, var. discus Goés, 1896, DOA. p. 74, pl. vil. figs. 4-6. Chapman, 1900, LF, p. 199, pl. xix. fig. 13. ” ” » 2 Stations. A few specimens at Stns. 3 and 11. The external surface in this species is very obscure, the chambers being small and the sutural lines thin, flush with the surface of the shell, and hardly visible. The sections shown by Goés represent a shell in which the median layer of chambers is markedly differentiated from the mass of later acervuline chambers, which are superimposed on both faces of the test, thus indicating, as the author points out, an affinity with the orbitoidal type of structure. 437. Gypsina globulus (Reuss). Ceriopora globulus Reuss, 1847, Haidinger’s Naturw. Abh. vol. ii. p. 33, pl. v. fig. 7. Tinoporus baculatus, var. spheroidalis Carter, 1877, CB. p. 215, pl. xiii. figs. 18, 20. Gypsina globulus Brady, 1884, FC. p. 717, pl. ci. fig. 8. m} » Chapman, 1895, FAS. p. 44. 5 » Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 198. a », Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 140, pl. xiii. fig. 10. VOL. XX,—PART xvul. No. 24.— November, 1915. 51 728 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 8 Stations. Rather sparingly distributed and never abundant, but large and excellent specimens were found at Stns. 9 and 11, good ones at Stns. 3 and 6, and a few small but quite typical individuals at Stn. 1. The species must not be confounded with Schultze’s Acervulina globosa (S. 1854, OP. p. 68, pl. vi. figs. 18, 14). POLYTREMA Risso. 438. Polytrema miniaceum (Linné). Millepora miniacea Linné, 1788, SN. p. 3784. no. 6. Defrance, 1824, Dict. Sci. Nat. vol. xxxi. p. 82. ‘ B83 Blainville, 1834, Manuel d’Actinologie, p. 410. Polytrema miniacea Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, IF. p. 235, pl. xii, figs. 18-20. miniaceum Carter, 1876, P. p. 185, pl. xi. figs. 1-6. Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 85, pl. vii. ” 3) ” a) 9. ” Me Brady, 1884, FC. p. 721, pl. c. figs. 5-9, pl. ci. fig. 1. is 3 Chapman, 1899, FFA. p. 16, pl. iv. fig. 7 (References). : * Dakin, 1906, FC. p. 240, fig. 12. 9 Stations. Fairly generally distributed, and probably abundant upon coarse material in the area, but, as very little such was available for examination, the records are few. Among the finer material, however, several specimens were found in the early free stage described by Schlumberger (S. 1892, FAM. p. 210, fig. 5) and by Lister (L. 1903, F. p. 121). No specimens were found of the white or colourless variety described by Carter (C. 1877, CB. p. 218, pl. xiii. fig. 14) and found at the Cocos Keeling Atoll by Chapman (C. 1902, CIA. p. 232), exceptingat Stn. 11. P. miniacewm is also recorded from the Gulf of Manaar by Carter (C. 1880, etc., SGM. 1880, p. 440). See also M. Schultze’s “ Ueber Polytrema miniacewm” (in Wiegmann’s Archiv fir Naturg. 1863, vol. i. pp. 81-102), in which, following de Blainville (wé supra), he identifies P. corallina of J. A. Risso (Hist. nat. des principales productions de l'Europe méridionale, Paris, 1826, vol. v. p. 840) with the species. 438a. Polytrema miniaceum, var. alba Carter. Polytrema miniaceum, var. album Carter, 1877, CB. p. 213, pl. xiii. figs. 14, 15. alba Brady, 1884, FC. p. 721, pl. ci. figs. 2, 3. 29 ” be) a a yp) Chapmans a 900\LE. sp. 201° ss on >», Chapman, 1901, FIA. p. 398. no, 11. 1 Station. A few broken specimens at Stn. 11, and a young free rotaline individual. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 29 Homotrema Hickson. 439. Homotrema rubrum (Lamarck). Millepora rubra Lamarck, 1816, etc., ASV. vol. ii. p. 202. Polytrema rubra Dujardin, 1841, HNZ. p. 259. 3 », Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, IF. p, 235, pl. xiii. figs. 18-20. Homotrema rubrum Hickson, 1911, P. pp. 445, 454, pl. xxx. fig. 2, pl. xxxi. fig. 9, pl. xxxii. figs. 19, 22, 28. 5 Stations. Recognizable specimens were obtained, the best at Stn. 11. At Stn. ?X fragments of the terminal portion were observed with an investing crown of spicules. The species is probably universally distributed over the area, but, owing to the lack of suitable coarse material, the records are few. At Stn. 11 a single large colourless specimen was seen. Hickson in his paper (swpra) remarks on the fact that the red colour in Polytrema and Homotrema is remarkably constant, but that he had met with many white specimens from various localities which he thought were in all cases dead, the whiteness being due to post-mortem discoloration. In the Kerimba specimens the shell is ina remarkably good state of superficial preservation, and it is difficult to understand that the colour can have disappeared after death in view of the fact that other specimens evidently long dead, and partially decomposed, have preserved their vivid red tint. At Stn. 11 a few young individuals were found in a free condition, varying in colour from deep ruby-red to very pale pink. We have submitted these to Prof. Hickson, who has no hesitation in accepting the reference of the deep-coloured individuals to Homotrema, and is inclined to the opinion that the pale ones are similarly attributable. His diagnosis is confirmed by the measurements of the foramina. SPORADOTREMA Hickson. 440, Sporadotrema cylindricum (Carter). Polytrema cylindricum Carter, 1880, etc., SGM. 1880, p. 441, pl. xviii. fig. 1. Be Bradley, 1884, FC. p. 720. Sporadotrema cylindricum Hickson, 1911, P. p. 447, pl. xxx. figs. 8-7, pl. xxxi. figs. 10- 17, pl. xaxu. figs. 20, 21, 24, 29, 32, 33. 2 Stations. A few large but undoubted fragments, orange-red in colour, at Stns. 9 and 11. The paucity of suitable material probably accounts for the isolated occurrence of these forms. a1 2 730 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE Family NUMMULINID. Subfamily PoLYSTOMELLIN &, Nonronina d’Orbigny. 441. Nonionina depressula (Walker & Jacob). Nautilus depressulus Walker & Jacob. 1798, AEM. p. 641, pl. xiv. fig. 35. Nonionina granosa d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 110, pl. v. figs. 19, 20. ' depressula Brady, 1884, FC. p. 725, pl. cix. figs. 6, 7 (References). a 3 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 427, pl. xix. figs. 38, 39. 90 2 Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1904, p. 599 (References). of ip Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1914, p. 23, pl. xvii. fig. 5. 14 Stations. Generally distributed and usuaily fairly abundant. Two distinct types occur, one a typical WN. depressula characterized by fine perforations, the other a variety which may be referred to the WN. granosa of d’Orbigny, which is characterized by its turgid chambers, coarse perforations, and secondary deposit of shell-substance in the form of beads round the umbilical depression. ‘The two forms occur in company at nearly all Stns. and usually in about equal proportions, but at Stn. 11 typical N. depressula only was observed. At Stu. ?A only var. granosa. At Stn. ?B typical W. depressula - was commor, and var. granosa was rare. The best specimens of both forms were observed at Stn. 4. 442. Nonionina asterizans (Fichtel & Moll). Nautilus asterizans Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 37, pl. in. figs. e-A. Nonionina asterizans Parker & Jones, 1859, ete., NF. 1860, p. 101. no. 1. Polystomelia crispa, var. (Nonionina) asterizans Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p, 403, pl. xiv. fig. 35, pl. xvii. fig. 54. Nonionina asterizans Brady, 1884, FC. p. 728, pl. cix. figs. 1, 2. ip 35 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 143, pl. xiii. figs. 12, 13. 11 Stations. . Generally distributed, but never abundant, the specimens usually small and weakly developed, the best and largest being at Stn. ?X. We have discussed this somewhat unsatisfactory type at some length in our Clare Island Monograph (wt supra), and quite agree with Brady’s remarks on the species in the Synopsis (B. 1887, SBRF. p. 924). 443. Nonionina umbilicatula (Montagu). Nautilus umbilicatulus Montagu, 1803, TB. p. 191 ; Suppl. p. 78, pl. xviil. fig. 1. Nonionina umbilicata Terquem, 1882, FEP. p. 42, pl. 1. (x.) fig. 7. si umbilicatula Brady, 1884, FC. p. 726, pl. cix. figs. 8, 9. x a Egger, 1893, FG. p. 426, pl. xix. figs. 36, 37. Re aa Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 600 (References). Ss vs Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 202. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 731 2 Stations. ‘wo typical specimens at Station 11, and one weak but recognizable individual at Station 3. The rarity of this form is noticeable as the records of its distribution are cosmopolitan ; it is, however, in our experience, much more abundant in high latitudes than in tropical gatherings. 444, Nonionina turgida (Williamson). Rotalina turgida Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 50, pl. iv. figs. 95-97. Nonionina turgida Brady, 1884, FC. p. 731, pl. cix. figs. 17-19. es a Egger, 1898, FG. p. 425, pl. xix. figs. 45, 46. i » Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1904, p. 602. ee “ Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 145. 1 Station. Occurs at Stn. 1 only, moderately frequent and well developed. 445. Nonionina scapha (Fichtel & Moll). Nautilus scapha Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 105, pl. xix. figs. df. Nonionina scapha Parker & Jones, 1859, ete., NI’. 1860, p. 102. no. 4. Hh » Brady, 1865, RFND. p. 106, pl. xii. fig. 10. Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonionina) seapha, Parker & Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 404, pl. xiv. figs. 37, 38, pl. xvii. figs. 55, 56. Nonionina scapha Brady, 1884, FC. p. 730, pl. cix. figs. 14, 15, & 2 16. 3 » Egger, 1893, FG. p. 424, pl. xix. figs. 42, 43. 3 » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 601 (References). 17 Stations. Generally distributed and usually fairly abundant. There is as usual a consider- able range of variation, but all the forms are of the compressed type, ranging from the highly compressed and complanate NV. grateloupi d’Orbigny (d’O. 1859, FC. p. 46, pl. vi. figs. 6, 7, V. gradeloupi) through the more turgid WV. sloani (ibid. p. 46, pl. vi. fig. 18). None of the turgid WV. labradorica Dawson, type (Canad. Nat. vol. v. 1860, p- 191, fig. 4) were observed. ‘This last variety appears to be confined to cold-water records. At Stns. 1, 4, and 6 specimens were observed closely approaching J. boweana; at Stn. 2 many of the specimens were near the inequilateral V. turgida. 446. Nonionina boueana d’Orbigny. Nonionina boueana @Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 108, pl. v. figs. 11, 12. 3 56 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 729, pl. cix. figs. 12, 13. % 6 Terrigi, 1889, CP. p. 119, pl. x. fig. 5. Ff 3 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 426, pl. xix. figs. 34, 35. ss 3 Fornasini, 1900, FA. p. 400, fig. 49. a i Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1914, p. 28, pl. xvi. fig. 1. ~I Se) bo MESSRS. HE, HERON-ALLEN AND A. HARLAND ON THE 11 Stations. Generally distributed, but never in any great abundance, excepting at Stn. 5, where the specimens were numerous and characterized by a somewhat depressed shell in which the umbilical beads usually found in the larger individuals are almost entirely lacking. At most of the Stns. the specimens were of small to medium size and thin- walled, but at Stns. 1, 2a, 7, 10, and 12 some very large individuals were obtained. In most of the large specimens the umbilical portion is more or less obscured by a deposit of secondary shell-matter in beads, the small tests giving no evidence of such growth, which is presumably a characteristic of advanced age. 447, Nonionina boueana, var. armata Brady. Nonionina boueana, var. armata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 730, pl. exv. fig. 9. 2 Stations. Single specimens at Stns. 2@ and 3. The occurrence of this variety at Kerimba is interesting, inasmuch as the only published record so far as we are aware is that of Brady, ‘‘abundant amongst the littoral sand of Madagascar.” 448, Nonionina pauperata Balkwill & Wright. Nonionina pauperata Balkwill & Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 353, pl. xiil. figs. 25, 26. 2 a Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, ete., SB. 1911, p. 342, pl. xi. figs. 16, 17. s Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, Cl. p. 144. 2 Stations. One at each Stn. (26 and 11), both small but quite typical. PoLysToMELLA Lamarck. 449. Polystomella decipiens Costa. Po'ystomella decipiens Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 220, pl. xix. fig. 13. 3 Hi Fornasini, 1897-8, FIC. p. 17, pl. 1i. figs. 11, 12. is D Fornasini, 1899, PEI. p. 616. 3 ce Fornasini, 1900, FA. p. 400, text-fig. 50. 2 Stations. Among the specimens of P. striato-punctata were many which in their unlobulate periphery and inconspicuous retral processes, faintly indicating the septal lines, are conveniently referable to this somewhat obscure species. Costa's species conveys the impression of a depauperate form of P. arctica Parker & Jones, to which it bears a strong superficial resemblance. The most distinctive specimens were found at Stns. 6 and 7. 450. Polystomella striato-punctata (Fichtel & Moll). Nautilus striato-punctatus Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 61, pl. ix. figs. a, b,c. Polystomella striato-punctata Parker & Jones, 1859, ete., NF. 1860, p. 103. no. 6. ~1 (Sls) Se) FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. Polystomella striato-punctata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 733, pl. cix. figs. 22, 23 (References). 2 a % A Heger, 1893, PG. p. 433, pl. xix. figs. 49, 50. _ ms ie Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 602 (References). is Ss a Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, ete., SB. 1909, p. 695. 16 Stations. Universally distributed and often common, and attaining a considerable size. ‘The shell-wall is always thin and delicate. Most of the usual varieties are present, but the majority of the specimens belong to the bilaterally compressed type with few, but distinctly marked, retral processes as illustrated by Schultze under the synonym P. gibba (S. 1854, OP. p. 66, pl. vi. figs. 1-4). 451. Polystomella striato-punctata, var. selseyensis Heron-Allen & Harland. Polystomella striato-punctata Heron-Allen & Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 695, pl. xxi. fig. 2. Ditto, var. selseyensis, ibid. 1911, p. 448 (Catalogue). de es Heron-Allen & Harland, 1913, CI. p. 146. 3 Stations. Two weak specimens at Stn. 5 and others at Stns. 13 and ?A undoubtedly referable to our variety, which bears the same relation to P. striato-punctata as Nonionina granosa QOrbigny bears to the typical WV. depressula (W. & J.) in the coarser perforations and the presence of secondary beaded deposit in the umbilical recess. 452. Polystomella crispa (Linné). Nautilus crispus Linné, 1767, p. 1162. no. 275; 1788, p. 3370. no. 8. Polystomella crispa Lamarck, 1816, ete., ASV. 1822, vol. vii. p. 625. no. 1 (2nd Edn. 1845, etc. vol. xi. p. 302). = » W@Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 125, pl. vi. figs. 9-14. . » Willamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 40, pl. iii. figs. 78-80. % » Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 101, pl. xi. figs. 4-7, & pl. xii. 3 » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 736, pl. ex. figs. 6, 7 (References). 5 » Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 603, pl. xi. fig. 2 (References). * » Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 146, pl. xi. fig. 14. 10 Stations. Fairly generally distributed, but never abundant. ‘The specimens are, however, as a rule, good and well developed, notably at Stns. 5, 7, and 11. At Stn. 6 an adult individual with calcarate periphery was observed, near P. aculeata d’Orbigny (dO. 1846, FFV. p. 131, pl. vi. figs. 27, 28) and similar to our Clare Island specimens. 453. Polystomella subnodosa (Minster). Robulina subnodosa Miinster, fide Roemer, 1838, CNTM. p. 391, pl. ii. fig. 61. Polystomella subnodosa Reuss, 1855, TNMD. p. 240, pl. iv. fig. 51. a rf Brady, 1884, FC. p. 734, pl. cx. fig. 1. 55 - Wright, 1886, SWI. p. 614. =~] ws oS MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE Polystomella subnodosa Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 102, pl. xvii. figs. 817-819. si : Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 203. x AS Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1909, p. 16, pl. v. fig. 6. x x Bagg, 1912, FPC. p. 92, pl. xxviii. fig. 12. 14 Stations. Generally distributed, often fairly abundant. The only marked variation observed is in the extent of development of the secondary umbilical shell-substance, which is much more prominently developed in some individuals than in others. 454. Polystomella macella (Fichtel & Moll). Nautilus macellus Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 66, pl. x. figs. e-g. Polystomella macella Parker & Jones, 1859, etc., NF. 1860, p. 104. no. 8. mi 4, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 737, pl. ex. figs. 8, 9, 11, & ? 10. us 3 Feger, 1893, FG. p. 482, pl. xx. figs. 22, 23. 3 53 Chapman, 1907, RFV. p. 142, pl. x. fig. 9 (var. limbata). ul ° Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 696, pl. xxi. fig. 3. 17 Stations. Universally distributed and usually abundant, often well developed, but never attaining the large size of the specimens found in many Australian shore-sands. Fichtel and Moll’s original figure and description represent a shell in which the sutural lines are depressed or excavate. Chapman has created a variety “ limbata” in which the sutural lines are limbate, and the shell-surface near the sutural areas and in the umbilical region is covered with an exogenous shell-growth in the form of small papille or granulations. It is questionable whether this variation does not exist wherever P. macella occurs. No effort was made by us to discriminate when selecting the Kerimba specimens, but an examination of the type-slides reveals the presence of both forms wherever the species occurs, except at two Stns., where only a single specimen was picked out. This would seem to point to the fact that the two forms are normally concomitant. 455. Polystomella craticulata (Fichtel & Moll). Nautilus craticulatus Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 5], pl. v. figs. A, a, &. Polystomella craticulata VOrbigny, 1826, TMC, p. 284. no. 3. 53 a Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, Il’. p. 279, pl. xvi. figs. 1, 2. Helicozoa craticulata Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 108. Polystomella craticulata Brady, 1884, FC. p. 739, pl. ex. figs. 16, 17. * S Egger, 1893, FG. p. 433, pl. xx. figs. 24, 25. 14 Stations. Generally distributed and often common, but does not attain any very large size except at Stns. 8, 5, 6, and 9. At Stns. 8 and 10 the specimens were all very small. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 730 456. Polystomella verriculata Brady. Polystomella verriculata Bracy, 1879, etce., RRC. 1881, p. 66. 59 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 738, pl. ex. fig. 12. +s a Chapman, 1907, RFV. p. 142, pl. x. fig. 10. < Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1909, p. 15, pl. v. fig. 3. 2 Stations. Brady’s species is represented in these dredgings by two typical specimens only, one each at Stns. § and 10, characterized by the thin compressed shell with practically parallel faces, the surfaces af which are covered by a network of ridges interlacing between the limbate sutures. The peripheral edge is acute and entire. At Stn. 9 some specimens were found presenting characters intermediate between Brady’s type and the type figured by Millett under Brady’s specific name. Millett’s figure is, in our opinion, sufficiently distinct to be separated as a new species, for which we propose the name P. milletti. None of the clearly allied varieties described by E. J. Goddard from sand dredged 22 miles east of Sydney (80 fms.) (Rec. Austral. Mus. vol. vi. 1906-7, p. 306) and by H. I. Jensen under the name P. hedleyi (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. xxix. 1905, p. 828, pl. xxiii. fig. 4; and vol. xxxii. 1907, p. 291), which would appear to connect P. verriculata and P. milletti, being decorated with “septal bridges very irregularly developed,” were found at Kerimba. 457. Polystomella milletti, sp. n. (PI. LIII. figs. 38-42.) ? Polystomella verriculata Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 604, pl. xi. fig. 3. 15 Stations. Test free, consisting of two to three convolutions, the last consisting of ten to twelve chambers, somewhat inflated, sutural lines depressed, no retral processes visible. Periphery more or less lobate. Excavated in the umbilical region, which is filled up -with a deposit of secondary shell-matter in the form of fine beads. This deposit obscures the segmentation of the early convolutions and renders them difficult. to follow even in a balsam mount. ‘Ihe beaded structure extends from the umbilical region into the sutural depressions, but over the surfaces of the chambers the beads coalesce and form short ridges usually arranged in chevrons, with the angle pointing towards the periphery of the shell. On the septal face of the shell the beads are often produced into short sharp spines covering the entire surface of the face and its immediate neighbourhood. This particularly handsome species is one of the most characteristic of the Kerimba types, occurring at practically every Stn. and often in considerable numbers. It appears to be very closely allied to, if not identical’ with, the form figured by Millett as P. verriculata Brady, although his specimens are described as ‘‘reticulate on the VOL. XX.—ParT xvil. No. 25.— November, 1915. aK 736 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE surface,” a statement which is borne out by the figure. The general contour of his shell with its inflated chambers and lobate periphery is, however, identical with the Kerimba form, and although the delicate coste in the Kerimba specimens seldom coalesce so as to form a definite network, instances occur in which such is actually the case. Breadth 0°3 to 0°5 mm.; thickness, variable, 0:1 to 0:2 mm. Subfamily NUMMULITIN &. AMPHISTEGINA d’Orbigny. 458. Amphistegina lessonii d’Orbigny. Amphistegina lessonii d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 804. no. 3, pl. xvii. figs. 1-4, Modéle no. 98. vulgaris VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 305. no. 8, Modéle no. 40. lessonit. Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 99, pl. x. figs. 10-14, pl. x1. figs. 1-3. » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 740, pl. exi. figs. 1-7. Fornasini, 1903, AO. p. 1429, pl. ii. fig. 1. os ie Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 204. 3 » Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1904, p. 605 (References). x » Dakin, 1906, FC. p. 210, pl. —. fig. 18. 15 Stations. Occurs at nearly all Stns., very common at some, but nowhere in any of the thin evolute varieties. ‘The most widely distributed variety is the large equally biconvex form (= Amphistegina lessonii d’Orb.), reaching its best development at Stns. 9 and 11. The plano-convex type (= Amphistegina trilobata d’Orb.) occurs in company with this in most of the dredgings (see I. 1903, AO. p. 143, pl. il. fig. 5). At a few Stns. biconvex specimens without the distinctive beaded markings round the aperture occur. ‘These, which are otheriwse inseparable from the typical A. lessonii, are probably the A. madagascariensis of d’Orbigny, recorded by him from the adjacent island of Madagascar (loc. cit. p. 144, pl. 11. fig. 4). 459. Amphistegina lessonii, var. radiata (Fichtel & Moll). Nautilus radiatus Fichtel & Moll, 1798, TM. p. 58, pl. viii. figs. a—d. (Nummuiina) Parker & Jones, 1859, etc., NF. 1860, pp. 105, 106. Vinpcerecinapdiata Chapman, 1895, FAS. pp. 45-47 alk 1. figs. 8-10, 12. 3 Stations. Some specimens of the large and many-chambered biconvex form, separated by Chapman as referable to Fichtel and Moll’s species, accompanied the type at three Stns. ‘They are specially noticeable owing to their smooth surface and the transparent lines in the shell-substance, marking the sutural divisions. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. ~I ae) ~I 459a. Amphistegina lessonii, var. gibba d’Orbigny. Amphistegina gibba W’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 304. no. 6. 5 mamillata d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 208, pl. xii. figs. 6-8. » gibba Fornasini, 1903, AO. p. 144, pl. 11. fig. 4. 1 Station. Several specimens of this plano-convex, or even concayo-convex (or “ meniscoid”), form were found at Stn. 11, which is the best Stn. for Amphistegina in all its forms. This and A. madagascariensis (q. v. sub A. lessonii) are the only ones of the ‘eight so-called species” of Fornasini’s note which it seems desirable for taxonomical reasons to admit. It comes under the forms described by Brady as “still more inequilateral, sometimes dome-shaped” (B. 1884, FC. p. 741, pl. exi. fig. 7). Our specimens are as pronounced as those figured (wt supra) by @Orbigny in 1846 as A. mamillata, and are identical with the type-specimens of dA. gibba which we have examined in Paris. OpERcULINA d’Orbigny. 460. Operculina ammonoides (Gronovius). Nautilus ammonoides Gronovius, 1781, ZG. p. 282. no. 1220, pl. xix. (Fase. ii. Tab. 2) figs. 5, 6. Operculina ammonoides Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, I}. App. p. 310. és os Brady, 1884, FC. p. 745, pl. ex. figs. 1, 2. es ss Egger, 1893, FG. p. 434, pl. xx. figs. 38, 39. es i Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913, CI. p. 147. 5 io Cushman, 1910, etc., NP. 1914, p. 37, pl. xiv. fig. 7. 2 Stations. Extremely rare; one large and typical specimen at Stn. 11 and two smaller ones at Stn. 2B. This species, so abundant in northern waters, appears to become very rare in the tropics. Egger’s records from tropical localities depend in all cases on a single specimen or so. Brady gives several localities in or near the tropics, but does not mention the frequency of its occurrence. It is not uncommon in some dredgings we have from off Cebu (Philippine Islands), but the specimens are all very small compared with our British records. 461. Operculina complanata (Defrance). Lenticulites complanata Defrance, 1822, Dict. Sci. Nat. vol. xxv. p. 453. Operculina complanata d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 281. no. 1, pl. iv. figs. 7-10, Modeéle no. 80. yy 0 Mobius, 1880, FM. p. 104. % 3 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 743, pl. exii. figs. 3-5, 8. 5 5 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 435, pl. xx. figs. 40-42. ‘3 % Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1904, p. 605 (References). 5 Heron-Allen & Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 696, pl. xxi. fig. 4.- Hix 2 738 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 11 Stations. Generally distributed, but never abundant except at Stn. 1, and entirely absent at some Stns. The specimens at each Stn., though often limited in number, generally present the two typical varieties, viz. the compressed and the lenticular forms, and both smooth and granulose. Perhaps the commoner and most widely distri- buted form is a small megalospheric and compressed variety usually with a sub- granulose exterior. At Stn. 1 the species was found in varieties ranging from small thin complanate smooth tests to large lenticular forms, both smooth and highly granulose. At Stn. 2 all the specimens were of small to medium size, and all com- planate. At Stn. 3 the large forms were all of the lenticular type and smooth, the thin type smaller and granulose. At Stn. 4 all the specimens were small and compressed, At Stn. 6 both compressed and lenticular, but only the compressed were granulose. At Stn. 9 the specimens were large, and both compressed and lenticular, granulose and smooth. ‘The same variations are to be found throughout the gatherings. 462. Operculina granulosa Leymerie. Operculina granulosa Leymerie, 1846, NC. p. 359, pl. xiii. fig. 12. complanata, var. granulosa Brady, 1884, FC. p. 748, pl. exii. figs. 6, 7, 9, 10. granulosa Kgzer, 1893, FG. p. 435, pl. xx. figs. 36, 37, 43. ss Chapman, 1895, FAS. p. 48. complanata, var. granulosa Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 606. 99 ” 99 3 Stations. We have dealt with the specimens referable to this species under 0. complanata. HerERostecina d’Orbigny. 463. Heterostegina depressa d’Orbigny. Heterostegina depressa d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 805, pl. xvii. figs. 5-7, Modéle no. 99. antillarum d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 122, pl. vii. figs. 24, 25. depressa Brady, 1884, FC. p. 746, pl. exii. figs. 14-20. Egger, 1893, p. 433, pl. xx. figs. 34, 35. Chapman, 1899, FFA. p. 18, pl. ili. figs. 6, 7 Chapman, 1900, FLF. p. 205. Lister, 1908, F. p. 128, fig. 56. Dakin, 1906, FC. p. 241, pl. —. fig. 14. 4 Stations. Occurs only at Stns. 2a, 4, 6, and 11. At Stn. 4 only minute specimens were seen ; at Stn. 11 it was moderately frequent and well developed in the coarse siftings, many of the larger specimens being coloured green owing to the presence of symbiotic alex in the protoplasmic body. ‘The comparative rarity of this typical tropical shallow- water form in the Kerimba material is noteworthy. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. I eo VS) Nummurires Lamarck. 464. Nummulites cumingii Carpenter. Amphistegina cumingit Carpenter, 1856, etc., RF. 1859, p. 32, pl. v. figs. 13-17. Nummulina radiata Carpenter, Parker, & Jones, 1862, IF. p. 275. Nummulites cumingii Brady, 1884, FC. p. 749, fig. 22, pl. exn. figs. 11-13. Amphisleyina cumingit Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1904, p. 605. Nummulites cumingii Bagg, 1908, FHI. p. 166. a Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1914, p. 39, pl. xiv. fig. 6. 3 Stations. Extremely rare, one large typical specimen at Stn. I and a smaller at Stn. 6—a few doubtful (worn) specimens at Stn. 2 A. (Total, 477 species and varieties.) INDEX AND TABLE oF DISTRIBUTION. [over] MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 740 re) aA LS ee teil hestrkcad toe actraek irae COP) >#22oLP ne ati 9 9 Sha re) soa || aso || 000. levocooanano cannon onaede (-s8qy) sumpnayna 008 x O oe a oa 900 "AOU ‘DUWOISOLGILI “IBA of 300 one a 9 X a OA Bi a a a a "Ie pynaurjgns "IVA ee a x fa) a OA fa) y fe) fe) a fe) a OA e) ‘e) A) srl seecnes See (auvUemIOg) swimpnou9 DUApoLUTT UOSMHBTIM VNITOITIPL x WA A Ti a WA WA a TA - LelIey pppUa49 @ 500 on T ae Soe vee ve 7 8 “Ig obupunjnop “f TA x I 360 os TA AT Atel toa | Ameren Weenie Daca c (yozlzo) svnuaz cs aide 600 a0 WA I OA a a oe a OA AL eee al ea | eee sa (‘meT) punssvun)d s ce OY fy ce wee a 9 a fe) a OA ane TA a See eee eee eee (‘ure'T) pypynunyd “ tee Ny eee a fe) wae non eee oa wee WA E Cf . one on) ssneqy v2Vswop “ 300 so a ve 1 7 I dae e0c q ‘bia y, pssaudur § ue x a aA 10) ui rc 0) T A rl A OA | GA | AA 0 OLD Depo wa, oF oy x 5 a a cl cl 2) es a cl a ie | OA | aT foveal Sc cas cer e ‘OP PIDQuiny I tee tee see a vee Y aoe ane oe | nee tee I ie I “less D}D]OaVof 6 a x 1 OA a a WA a a e) i fe) A eee a fe) det wennee Petersen wonbia J, pynwb 6 O50 x TA | os oon te a on W a 9 300 Boo a Gp [Ponsesereeocasvasen0a0c ‘O.P ppyU vuUynoopoudg ‘AUSIQIO,P VNITADOTONIdg I I I seeee Geena e ene e eee eens ‘O.?P pypbuoya “ 080 3an WA ano | MA |" AUSIQIO,P 92p107]Nq S TA 060 | TA buns | sadpadoNsoNe IG. DID10U4S “IVA a w a aA a | a WA a | WA Tipe aaa cae ‘ag DIDNOYUSp “eA si I sa 350 500 300 aA ve | WA oe oo Te eee seat (qorvureyq) suahurwe puynoopg | | “AUZIGIO.p VNITAOOTIC | "EH NINITOITIW Aprurejqng a x a a Gi | Gun || 6) d | GA] 0 I oA | O a fe) sd er tee ee taney a POUL po.g ss 5o0 0 500 WA O06 650 ond Sob Gop hiate O60 ADS 500 GOO O50 AW use aa Aprag DIDIDALP “6 a aA aA oe ‘Aou‘DypLovap IBA“ fc 9 WA oT a q WA | A | WA I — 1 5S cee | poppe RES pagpaacon eourrjoq, Vinson, a Te a tee WA are nee woe oer were ove eee wae see dere eeeresaneces serene ‘a ‘ds ‘psojnqny “ ono op ae A TA TA “ ueuideyg vssadap a me ne I A NT Age eae aaee sae see: OY F Soup y1Qy Dwypnsqnyy ‘gouvrjeq: VINVTOOGG ON ‘HNIIEUVIOOTaON Apuesqug ‘HAVIOITIN Apey tld ALG. |= ce I t816 “OL TL ‘OL 6 8 Lh 9 g Ay € “9% DG ig ‘SATOMdS ENS) | MRSS URES |] ASSES) ff USES) |) SESES |) PUSHS): fp SUEMNSS 1] SRYSS |i tS] 1) SUIS) |] ERAS) 4) UMTSY ] ASAS) |) URES) |) SUSI] UTS) Es] = a) Is Spl) 1S > v a va a pee oe Paeleeee | ool | be) a Weer a | se | & AR & ¢ > eo | ge + wo 5 g o ao | ae E zg. ‘s ee pee] She Pos ete pe tS | ey ee Se ce) oe se i aetines D = rE WE n 5 5 bo Ee ie) S wo bg poz | w | = | ge] ee] » »/ S| E ) ee ea; S| 8 | Fs Bg 8 a Go || Beeb tS & iS Sd | 5 : : peae "s ; eo |e ne | ‘ led 2 E38 “ at | OSS Hs | 68S 8SS 8g¢ 4g¢ 4S¢ SS WV 9gS 9g¢ sg¢ PSs PGs PGS ggg 8gs BSG GSS egg TSg TSs TS¢ 0gs oss 69S 67S 8FS 87S 8hS ast DES ‘0G Hagtp or FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCIIIPELAGO. mR Om 1x 1X xX =x :XX SEK SORE BOS SER : AR OH AS [AAR TR SOR Om Om ae) i) = a i im 2 ae Be tome [oe 9 B==lisa pg aA UA OA ROR ee Fi a Gale) OA 2 FS 3) sO Beam OC BB Dm me cm OB er ry 2p Be PS ty Fy Fa o Oe FR PA AG: 08 [DUROR :OD 4 me my Re ee 70 pa Po ce ce Bo = FA AS Oe On A ae) aS HS YA mB me ee o& OD 2D (HBS aao oe HOO mm om Stes ‘Ig: suuofiurjoaayD se ‘Ig Dujanbrty Been eee Ose ‘Ig DPDINIVQO.LIs tee re ee enee eeeeee CO.) pupanog e. * (O.P) wpemrubu0.g pacay (qoove FY TeyTBAA) $22410029 pete ee eee cere eeeee CO.P) DIDUYS (‘O.P) 2704800 i i (O.P) DUDBUUY SESS On NOC Cincy CO.P) pyyayoynd (O.p) Movssnwaf “" (O.P) VPquerr (O.P) sumodsyp * (aie) 9927018708 “= ¢O.p) vy40zUWoo beer eee eee mcs f nosng 699000000 000000000000 ((O.p) suowiyn bho “SIAL TOUSOT AA sunwyn bby ‘rea “(baay,) vunbuo i it ed ‘ds “pIVYDQuuilay Bano RED Ig waywod * (CO.P) pynynoyae * (CO.P) PyDynpun “ (LIBy) Dsopun (O.P) 77780919 ae (‘O.P) vssp.19 SSIES aes COP) vunwamna ““CaIeyy) VUuojsouazs “IVA ot eI) CO.) DUDWAQND Se eit ete aee CO.) DUDA pPUDd “ULOJZOGOPTS YINULO9 “TVA = ERapLe cay cerEoe can bas (guUury) wnynunuas Pdpanaanenpadasannodogs ses (O.P) suepbyna GaGuOLOS (qeq1eyy) Dypaund “ (ezgTnYoR) syswauoowy gouptngs000 CO.) DpPwnzot » suds ‘vydynosava “ (Cssq) varwbid COP) sypon16 “ (nSvqyu0_) vbwW07Go ‘duyp sisuaynfount "IG, DIDULISASLaASUDL] “= CQ p) pupwsog “Ig puprytadirt TAN GOOLE oO Ig, Dyp.4yyn9 ‘IG, DUDIUL]AYI4AQ BPE OREO Ig vunymuanh1aq “ "AOU ‘N7DMLAS “IVA ss (‘baay,) vppoyd +A of Bee were ee eee ene CO.P) DIDUALDIUW “Ig svubisw Cure) vpynwobru. CO.P) stepynoigwogns CO.P) vunvaryoy CO.P) pumrgqqam pennegor Cssqy) ppnuviueas #9 “(nsvqyuoyy) ppunjougns puooBYaDH In paMo0R00 500 ('O.P) vso1qn7 18¢ 18¢ 18¢ 18¢ 08¢ 089 64S 64g 62S 84g 84g LLg LLG LLg 94S 94S GLS GLG PLS PLS &L4g E49 GLG 6Lg GLE T4¢ T4g TLS 04g 04g 69S 69S 69S 89S 89S 49¢ L9& L9G 99¢ 99S 99S 99¢ Gog Gog HOS 694 699 €9¢ GOS G9g 69S 19g 09g 09S 09S 09¢ 699 6gs MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE al I~ Po pS AS AG ix X » AS YA aA ey Fy 64 94 BY Ma. a 3 mn dai g am do FE mM Fel mM 6 ae nM Bes ep) 16S 16S 16S 169 06S 06S 069 689 88S L8¢ 489 Z48S 98¢ SBS S8¢ F8s pss P8¢ €8¢ 68S 68S 689 68S ese “LOT “901 “SOT “L6 “96 “G6 “¥6 “66 66 ‘T6 ‘on sug vquoed = 33 | “hug sedequoyy ‘seg sodoyuoyy *(UlpeUILOF PUL jPod I LONE 04 quIOg OLtwy ‘SyULOg OLIN] 0} TYSOLOSUVTE YL | -JooT[Oo WOT SoNpIsery '4quids xe) sael Sut ° “Aug o[npurpoyy “hug eyed “Avg rand y[-o1e yy wen ee eee ewe eee cee tre eee ea ‘ds ‘yay WA it ee) San inte e rice ‘TH ppranyjad ce WA SEE i mene 3g Ooo) G3) pote Se ypc omen se bae ‘haa, sisuarpoys Durwayasyug ‘tionbiay, VNINTHOSIT ‘EH NINIMDAHOSIA Aptmesqug oes" BZTIONLGAG svUunwuod se WA a Dente ee tenes wee cet aee tes ‘al ninbrxa oe 1 TA £0 Yael hee Cee eee ace aco ‘Sq DIDNoLWIND DUS UY] T “*BZUNNSEG VNIMIdSINVIg Oty ie Pee eee eee tet (‘are yy) DULSS1ZDULO te TA OOOH] OOO set fonn SOG OOOIGUeISIC OOo nia OooInOOInOCIgcr “aAgh DIDWILVD “ OA a a See ence ‘OP? pssat@uoo “ os ag ee ep Sade (OE a aoe on ae (ag) ouussypbouf puwanvyT “AUSIQIO.P VNIATAVA FO rg | limessesmae- 0G) nsec Go ae Peer BoE lice ae lige en St a ‘O.P DIDS DUI] DLGG7}L9 A “AUSIQIO,P VNITVYAIILAT A Sennen nnn OO tecnica iri) Ig suppunt “ a a tae (qosqegq) 090)N91}.0-092009 ss ae OT ee ete eet eee eee ee eee ‘O.P plhps “ TA Oe ey oes We he ci Fee eee eg ee ood a ne “BSY 0}DIINS DUINNIVYAP ‘AUSIQIO.P VNITAOILAY ‘WNINIZGAVY Aptmejyqng T oe | eee = ail) as Beal ee ev osmNnS TOsIEqMIN[yIY wp.parvpa be WA a bee cere w este en sncetevetoten "qepig DIDLO purjroubruy ‘IoSIOQWNTYOY VNITIONHIG snuasqng TTEAL svuofvwejoaaqp Se EPP oaHOO (ag) vjuapanw g OA ‘seal ase eee ‘sou ‘vsoins BA“ g a 0) ‘AOU ‘DIDI NIIAL "IVA ss Hs “los puppley Dppwysyiuaz “IVA * nf pee Beir gor ane up OCH ES (‘O,P) sunoas nuapissv yt ‘IeSIOGMINTPIS VNITISSV snuesquyg BS) Ty € 9% OS a Q HS mS | GS | Ws | WS | TS suloads Zz = 8 2 5 2 ey = 5 5 5 Bes | ee | |, | ee |) te io eS Sel Seale ot Si ieee E 5 = a © ae to el te9] Su] Be = ) w & ea erie) PS a & : ee eS 5 5 2 B.S “ | oe FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. | | | | fq FS FS Fe Fe ae Fa FS FS 1D Fy XX x XX >XXX xX :xX xX dA Sloalies! UA dA aA aA 6S alas & fe FH A fa AS aA aA aA aA tau UA aA UA UA a A UA UA [RR WA Fy Fs 03 ay RO mmm SS my os eam OR 7 Py aA aA OA Beaaa ah ROOD N oofog Basia! WA TA Ot SIS) LOO MIG vplop pyapove ‘Apug VITaTAove ‘WH NINIWWVYGaV HY AprmRyqng j aznyog Bosif pvarydsouruvsg | ‘eZ[UyOS VUwHAISOWM VS | ‘HNININWVOOVY Apmryqng —"" SGUIUEs UBYSNBA DIVW0D auavsopryduyyy “‘SSULULO UBYSNeA ANTOSOGIHAVAY ‘HNINITATIG Aprurgqug ‘ads ‘punydprup pipriy | “AOU ‘Od “VIGTUT | SER BAGS (9x07 008) [YVpUBg vjoorw) vz O0)S pr WNIZIHUMOULS Y Apmequg ‘WCIZIHYOULSV Atrumg Hoos soars <(agr op “q)) OfOUL “ [fa FS aaa ae ee (souvazaq) wosog nuijoaayy “AUSIQIO,P VNITODATY | “mey pypUD)duoo sf | ee ee ie raquedarg weydinp ef SEP oe PRR EEE SGP Ons “WRT srppurb.mw sa}110)2.GL0 ‘YOIVUVT SALITOLIAYO gS peated st ‘deyo vpjpod warrpishijnuoyy ‘uvumdvyy) WAIGISATVNO]T Snuesqug , Wes (ure) siaop.epuiy ho G - a “> (qospug) snugariip # psa pa ‘O.P snywinsnd n *(UrpeuIoF pus ‘keg sadequoyy *ULOd WIAON. OU UTOdGOrL ag] STO ce OLTO aT: 02 TYsOLO.SuUeURT ‘Avg sedoyuojy “Avg ogy “Avg opnpurpoyy “Avg TMvyod Seg onsoue yy keg enquiizeyy “Avg opungyy qimds xo) savf sur “keg roms \y-010 37 ‘Avg yosuy puv -goo][09 WOIF SONPTSOY z-| n ‘Aug inquiry, pue 744 | | Jee eal eee | eon aay eae SEO OUD UA DUROLY TEL OO “6ST | | "8905 VNINOIHGIUD eel TA | WA | pessbanerepngdoassose ‘O.P vummouas vupsdoonig | et9 “BET | “AUSIQIO P VNITISCOOVTG | (‘aou ‘w0d ‘VIMOON) | @T9 (G9F) | | |. 886. |fpseeconesescanoeonose ‘ig, sdaown * GT9 |? LST | | oT | te 9 cg auntofranwabrqops = P19 | “287 re Alle 3 ae | heer ltr uviltoN obwwassD.ta s P19 ‘98T MA | ~b | WA fo (Op) esuarimuns e at) “cel zs Cee eee “" soon) uunssaiduos oe el9 "PST | [ese |e eee CO,p) sunuyp bin unrrUubo.ydoydvy | 29 *eeT | ‘ssnoy WaAMNVaHAOTAVA | deo acer. ie sohackonepaudsahaehn® “Ig sumopinyfip anydoay | gt9 ‘eT “qAOFUO, XVHAOAY, | ‘HE NITOO GIT Aprarezqug | ‘WATIOMLIT Arey | ‘dseeaiod yurqriomog wzonounun) vwuasiydryy | 119 ‘Tel | ‘yluqioMog VIMTSAHAITV AL 209 | BED CREDA AaGu eau EHS S Ig, suassapuowf puuabog | TT9 “OST f ‘uvuldvyg YNINGDVS | | | | feteteeseneveeeeney ‘Ig suulofabyo vunuuvzyy | 119 | “6ST ‘Apeig, VNINNVZIHY [agseaosubscenba IG, sUULOfYNUDL DIJaUOUWAYISH | YT9 ‘BET | ‘Apeig VITENOWGHOSY | ae TA ig sunina vunuunwadizT | oT9 "UBT ‘Apwig VNIWNMVUddx H : of c cel eel ‘SaIOWds eseq | ‘ON = | |e 5 a lee | ch | a S| 3 E a ca) jee] Be is 2 Sl 745 FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. uA UA samo Baa 20 ae aA aA aA UA as oe oe UA oe On Oe [OHO Sy ‘OP? sunuyn) bho “ POCO Tiina ied (‘ssqy) psobne ce ee ete "IG. psobnl "IBA “ Pete eee e cyan pynqpibos “ (are xT) DAvIW0d fe nee "Ih pyndsra “ Eas “THA SxPproquuoyse es pePeilen ‘Ig, vsobinl 1a sf sf pag ustoasngsspohonoseda “ag, pnordsuooun « saapgqadongqoonounce Ieysuyy suuofisnf~ ee Boo OOO USDE Obs COS aD “ER _ Unyof vr.wwyynjway, ‘oOUBIFOT VIAVTOLXAY, ‘HNITYVTOLX ag, Apmequg WCAUYVIOLXaL Ape (2031e%Q) vzsajojnads nursapiny ‘Aptig, VNIUALAVO PYSITAA svUn1ofryn7o.t tf dpWonunsescdsaace “ag; Dpagua « obabgoneenaccaenas (useqnopy) vynjfur « Bt eee eee (‘baay,) pynouyd “ce (MOSUARIT[T AA) Daan.LYI0 Ss ‘Ad PL DJoUWYNbs NUL waAUDYI0“T, ‘souor FY IoyIwg VNINWVHOOUY, “Cd ¥ “£) saproumyo . Ca ® “f) supup.wob is Sits enact acres “Ig SV way SOS YpOUlU ‘ssney SQOSIGOnNMYy “Ig, puafyngo)h nursowu.tory ‘Aptig VNISONWOP ‘u ‘ds ‘srutofiao nuadawoddy yy “lOyIVG VNIATUOOAd IFT Ig vypypdod vunuuimny T, “ApVigE VNIWWVUOH, ‘YH NINIWWVHOOUY, ApIweyqug ponaaa ne eo onde ada ‘duyM siswarsa.op puoppyyT ‘uvmdeyy VINOdAV}{ pee meererereroess Taqreg vpphawhhy nurpropapg ‘OVIVY VNIGIOTIAGg 969 S69 G69 S69 Feo Veo Veo Veo 669 669 669 069 069 069 069 619 619 619 819 819 819 119 419 L419 919 919 "POT “SOL COT ‘TOT ‘O9T “6ST “SST “LST ISIE AGS “PST “SST “OST pee eset ‘TST ‘OST “6VL “SPT “LVL “OPT “ar das “ebL THT ‘OPT o Li ants) (S) a] SEK BK [OD fy ORRLOOO :d 4 S Do mr *O.P vsobnw e | geg | ‘281 “Ig vuqpos | $69 | “981 lenasenaa geceee UTpON FAO syurofr pif 4 igs) “S81 Brea o bos Gears ae 6 a9e co? ‘O.P saprodnd vusiipnny | Peg ‘PSL “AUSIQIO.P VNIAUCOAVY) SOC Ie) Op x cat SIULLOLLA “ peo "EST Se Can ee ana L4SoaTig wgyhioar vzoajdoudy | peg ‘S81 “sLOQUEAy A VLOATAOUIdG Eee a ca ae ‘OP susofuyyjaqnyf vunoang | Ze9 ‘ISL *AUSIQIO P VNINOAV a a a aes cece doe ‘O.P YiLDsopow Nurwauahrg | Ze9g ‘OST ‘AUSIQIO Pp VNIUINADIG, [usiieigabsneirruileuties aig pydiounrp mupynshwyy | Ze9 6LI ‘AUSIQIO.P VNIGIIVSAMHD sou ndourE dOpaxUNoo Oo GoboRNNONADO “Ig pprday Demy, | Te9 | ‘SAT ‘ssney VIXVLIA], Ie See Cssqy) vydowshyod f¢ Igo SPT: | tee e tetera ere eseee cit f newubhid ce Te9 “OLT | pesearadaccedenonnoouneds SSY vsoynwuids vUIyNeULag | YEO "CLT ‘AUSIGCIO.P VNITIOGNUE A. | sie b bie cle bie pleeis bic tec ciee reli a) ofp VUAIALLDY ce 0g9 ‘PLT Reser eR eoepisiams aw ogo | “eat Sas ea ae Quoin fe eo | “ZZT BY - saou ‘opnbnwtoa ava ef 669 |“eILL Pe ewe tee eee eee tet tet ewe eee ‘OP 910d ce 629 THAT ‘u'ds “waopyof 829 | ‘OLT “ "O.P uwanny ie 829 | “69T ‘O.p vawnub aS LZ9 "SOT Ig pywaynony LZ9 "LOT “ag, 1790t.tod s 169 “99T portes ses esesessssss9""" “Op DUMIapUDI DLIDINILAT, | LEO “COT MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE inn) Br wn 4 3 rae Bei mM fd (Ra BY Ma. MD a Bc} nm Ba op) S £15 io) fe] 25 6 aH n » op) ‘SuTodds ast | ‘ON “Avg Ody “Aug IMVyog “Aug opungy yl “SSUq IZIUIV AA “keg edvdreyy “keg uypsun y, “hug sedoqyuoyy YUL WAON OF FULOd! Ory, “Avg sedoyuoyy Avg onsoure jy Avg CMGUIZe IAL “squlog Oly, 04 TYSOLOSUVUR AL *(UIpBUALOF puUV “Avg opnpweloy, £ ee) “Aug tans yf-0.10 3] quds xe) sael Sut “Aug yesuy puv -qooT]OO OTF SONpIsEr “Aug inquiry, pue 746 FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. BB A fa 4 UA 1X iXXX xX xX x a* DA 4 6S HA GA UA a | tA UA aA me Re) ARS MA UA dA uA oe dA dA ee A UA ae oe a aX Be) Se - — o alls dA Fa 9a Pa aA a ‘UMA “HO ru dA 64 64 tA A I eeONeE Oo atnnccneaanc ee se SSI Dynypyp enignonbanodunbcconddDonode° ‘ids ‘vuosduas ee LP VW H py enaacan 'O.D Dyno (TILM) SUUQDILDA sf “TEA 22.00] paUW09 Oe ee ee re aa ag. 40907 “ ty ire eae “tq DIMQUIY} ns vate “Ig DISNQot BY e Gopabuo "Ig, psongzwop ~ CTIEAA) suuwofixp ‘OP VyppUNnd wurarjog *AUSIQIO.P VNIALIOG “TMAL Mvouuayonw wy Ee tala toe a ack (ag,) vpoavt0d nuwofige ‘souOt yy tayIvg VNINVAIG (DO “LBA Oa is ZY) DuMisiagrasyos DULYNE LA “AUSTIQIO Pp VNITADALA ter eeresseress “@.p Duabyununnbds ee ces UNINC Uae i S Series "TIE. DINIO.VWO0d oe "IG DUDIWOSUDUDVIL of vee ee ag Dypywr ee doobacbsonsoDasa0pe ‘O.p DMUNYVa “ “TTTTAL $2702.04829 “av A a & ste eee eee eee ‘O Pp DIDUP.LDUL “ See eee ‘O.P pyjayoynd “ ‘biog, v7 Was "IBA ce G TTLAL wssawducoo "VA & es eee eee eee eee ee ‘OP? nunssyyunbaya “ ocosanonneseqoonddossssaseDoe ‘O,p DyD20 “ Ps “* TTEAA svutofrsns x ee ca) OP sunbaja oe wee te eee twee weet ene ee ‘O.P i) “ POR GUA tes Csi Tak ‘O.P saprodnd nunuyng ‘AUSIQIO. P VNINITAG “W NINIWITaAQ Ajruregqng Uloffip "UA es is as ‘O.P suepynbun se WoyyuUep, Vowwpurpfio nf stage aE EN Ae Losey v.uiasqo se CUD eB R OE Roan ops iG: “O.P suMmuwos DUYINADIO “AUSIGQIO.P VNITAAVID PRL GUPUTe satis laele terres "LY ‘Aq vor09 yurynaywA ‘AUSTIGIO,P VNITOATV A 8h9 879 8P9 LV9 LY9 Lv9 979° Didse 2) GPO Sv9 GPO V9 vPro 609 &P9 &V9 6V9 bho alae) Tro [Po Th9 opo Or9 0v9 Oro 689 689 689 869 8é9 869 8&9 469 469 489 969 969 969 G69 661 “G6L “T6L “061 “681 ‘881 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 748 eee MA ci TA a wee tee oo iE SA CC Cea CeCe a ee (Grae. *M) Dyna) ns it3 629 “LGS =“ = a aA ee = oc A 3 ie Beg egies TEM Ppronjiad = 699 “996 aA Pes a aA aA = a "TEA DIDEysyuas 899 “G&G a T aA a oe aA | GA liga ie cercrer sues a ae is 899 “VSG nae tee a Rod te Ce CC Ce I ae ‘TOA puabyas "IVA oe ce 8g9 GeG?: FUN bere eet amt} [ pur gail Mea ess. byl teen ante le ser || eater es tl aere aoe, me een “ATIC. Duojsyp ava « 169 “26Z i aA te a a 0 I aA COUAMM | seers Sgr me (usequopT) sraay 4&9 “TSG 06 TA I = ae see go i B0D> - |boooov0 ose mmr psownds — « 169 0c% Gu jo WA Lees eect (Aviayysovyy) vypynoyon — 969 | “6PZ I A i uA aA I RS ES eee emirate CIILAA) Pucbomey = © 999 | ‘8h ae a0 ago BAG ea I ga 1 ||soodccbsacasadu00dontea006d nso TEAK) Dynjs00— 9@9 td A I TA SC (CIC ID (OCC EUCICICIICICICI ICICI ICE ICI 1 IC rir ir iry (TEEAA) DYDIUY) 73 999 ‘OFS awe oes 568 I a0 vo) “gear supe ceg Road UA aA qT ee “ssy vuadsp sg9 axe eRe A TA oe SLA T | seuor temAy nwojsip-pyndun ggg CES | as ra Sa 360 [Sse | eee sceeatcee ra (sy) vynynady « peg ‘OPS if x f | & a T w a a a 9) a a T | aA | [ceca RE (nsezuoq) s0qoys vuahog | FS9 | “Ths | ‘sAOG 9 ONC VNADWT | ‘HE NINGAD VT ATrurvyqug | ‘WOINADV'T ATE | | a | | WA I 288. lesbooeaee ‘Ig Dypavpo (vzoajdoyjuQ) vuynprssvp | FS9 “OFS | | “Aprlg VLO@TAOHLIG snuesqnug aA T GA | | if Il | (taysvyD) DInpyve ss | §&9 “6&6 | | | | Sia [Sea I it soil NW fe | “qepIg vyphuoja awa“ st 6s9 "BEa oe r= | ae To pees carro N tfipp.eg i 699 “LEG UA GUL | 3g | BUN UA | WA a Ts eee eee “Tg Psoqopbqns s Bs9 | “98% ul x aA a aA ue dA A 0 ru ui aA | dA ru ul (Oct alee enn ene’ OH? GBD = 699 “G&S | ois ae eel BUN I a i a I dA ai a ra ie I T ae O.P Ypbraa)] DUynprssMD | G9 “VES | “$USIGIO.P VNITAGISSVO ‘HNINITACISSVO Ajrmvjqng I WA | Jeet e et eee eer err tener tree nee THN a wyshy ce T¢9 eeu poe ‘) I ‘u ‘ds ‘pynuiyoa ss 1S9 “Ze GUN | ex BUN | GE | 19) UN || © a 9) 9) OA 9) 9) mE @) TEAL vsopnwds es os9 | “1eZ ae x LASS acl ui aA i L 8) OA a 0) aA ie) ope eet ML Hi) cea ie hepa =O aR THIL seaffo = 0g9 “0&6 eS see ue T I wait ce ee WA TA | I STA | A pac ris (aap smear oy eins peeota eT ye ‘ads “DSOWLL pUisowlyy | OS9 ‘6772 | | | “FIOTIUAL VNISOWIJA | sai grey | did || Wid | Xed WE || iE IL LOU a6 8 4k 49 G 47 € BUG | SDS al rt assez | -o ASS | eS |p SES) | ESS) | as | 4S | HS | Ws | 4S | Ss | Ws | Ws | Ws | WS | TIS | mS | WS adds a x bg tg a 2| 2 ty 5 A s 5 ees 5 8 | ak | ee | ¢ g 5 e a 2 E 58 5 5 |e Ae o + ep OS I | ee) fee s S 9, Bo | B Ey B. ‘ss eh a cf ay | ets | & Be [cee ey | aha bes ee i Be Bs Bf 2 8 3 eg. el S) a s iad iso} d =ie) eS 4 ies} WW & les] Bee P| Gl | Se eS | i ees | Be ee e ee _~ f iss 5 5 72 ot 5 p Sq ° Saw eee SSE ECE ge ee | | (2B | | | oe a He # | | 749 FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. | | | | | | | | ae | : I I I | 2 “s ; THEA, 25u0790 es G49 | °S6 2 oe : we || SEAN, |) “ELAN mae ie | TS cca as aad (LRM) D9j9n) DUrYdLowhpog | B19 V66 | | | | | AUSIGQIO, Pp VNIHAUOWA TOG | | | | | ‘WNINIHAUOWATOY Sprmeyqng | nese | | | | | ag seal | CU AGS eee T | Siete aoy (Qz0FQUOM) D4n44]n9 i B49 | “66S : z leony dA | GUN kaarea alta [asst eer tens (ee) DyDINjJow mLMTIAISILO | TL9 ‘C66 | | | | | | | | | | | | ‘YoavMey] VINVITHLSIAO | | | | | | | 1 500 I O98 So Ee pode. {fe soda the oon WA | I | ons o08 TE |i gaps 2oe0rnavensnncn neces: (guury) uawnba, vuryrunbn, | 129 ‘16S | | | | | | | “LuSiqiO,p VNITONIDV A | { | | i | | | | H | | | } | | | j | 4 | | ie || | | eg a ues eka ake Ieee ee ae nas ag Dypynywods Diinynoapuo%K4yz | TL9 | ‘062 | | | | ‘sounljog VIUVINOIGNON | | | | | | | | | | | | I | nae al | 9 | ae mc GA | Ee SSR ack ee oe ee Soe ae ‘O.P VyDULIDD puynbuvy 019 | "682 | | | | | : | | | | “AUSIGIO.P VNITAONIT | | T exe | | Raegeae | poss (ge UOT) vsopnuds se | 029 882 WA I|- 2288 | leteaiee| : | 4a gspuopon eres 8G 1p srUmUutoo cf 0L9 ‘183 a GUN) | it | | WA aA | I cle i a J CATS Dunwowd matosopoxr | 699 “983 | | | | | | | | | | ‘oIvMVT VINVSOGON | | | | | | | | | H | ‘WH NILTAVSOGON Aprumrgqug | | | | | | z | | | | | | | | on | wae ate arA | | | oon Sod ood | SION IOUIDIOIUUIOIUIO OOO OOO minor OOS Oca aig “gL DIDMNIWN D ce 699 'G8Z if a wee GUN, e) GUN || GE ON, i ieee res HEN NCD 7 UU 0) en 899 “P8E wae | | eae oy | sae nee wee | ooo WA OTA wee I | TA . "ag DYD.LY 99 ce 899 "E8Z : om | oe Ce et ae oe | oo | “MI[OG SLSUal}spo = | | | DS's! z 499 | “88% | | | | Te | Toll, 222 232 Saale “AOU “DIYINQUAAY “AVA as ce 199 "T8Sz a09 tis | fiers | ese: B wre dot |b se36 | pou > “90 eon TA ; QUSLI AA DUDWAYYDA “IVA “ec « 999 “08% GUN) 2S He ere et ee ee itt BE SON Hp IE fy | es Chae lanl| [reel jee (Bag) vunfiubiquo — < 999 | “623 ayer | poo en | N00 | I wile gan ve | Were ee | ele | oud on | 1 | boo. || “oder Ilobacounagbondendoonocodnobdddaucd (‘Sog) BuLUb “ 999 813 Ihe | se a eeiAea| | | | (bao) vyourimang ~ | egg | “223 | | [Sone g Uae Vee ea ea a BS es ee aa ae aa (TIEAA) sappouabng G99 | “92% Oot TA | WA | ovo | 960 | TA | 500 | I te I | a | See si | i Grand bbbaa scesboti DOO iS ete nunyybrear “c 699 rod | Roh REA SAN ff eB PSN Sotuace pees amie one Bee aoercee Nia wc I ienvece che tobiee el “ppg nyoubenw-oyorpps — 99 “PLe : | oa Ke | | je | J) ORR |] «22 | peponodusnensaeneones (rN ats)) MiEyeomm P99 "ELS y ohed | TA OA | QT WA | ee il SE | ay esa | Seti Ae |e ess ‘sag nyptofuad-opnurpuom €99 ‘CLS | | | GA ay i ON Re EY a Ce RM) DpUnBamin © 699 | “12 | cor Pap 920 eee |i os 066 S00 I ep ae owe | es a aie qUBLTA, Muoswoojpu « z99 One | “0 It go jj 289 con 4 I aoc tae I ete ten | TA I } a0 dec ners Sa0.— ||ooo90095GG00 Grn ndG Hb D0oGR0 (TEM) myoupond “ 299 695 x aA | YA | |) UN |) GUN (0) |) teL RUARS ier) » Lt ease Che lee eee PUETOH 7 SMoume, suazootUD) — — 699 "893 i ae 1% || = ae pee i EAN WA a (Sq) vypyosmf * Z99 | “49% Gua jp o a Gh | BEN Ge |) GN] ee ) ti ul 0) a a i 0 (THEA) >pronz 199 | “99% hae ae one | oe | ay tee wee nae wee A Soc I oc vee DN EEL BUD “ce 199 "COG IT al a a aA it a 9) (9) 10) OA | GA | GA =a I OLAS [Nieaharsot cies 2k “(ssq) pyphraay © 199 “F9G I me | SON at T eee w o L a 9) a ti i MOSCA SMES ey eee eee en (80g) Dunjpopih 099 | “92 GOD | one oF a AEA Gao aos oou é COP) Dynanya “c 099 ‘29% . | I | TA | T . wee tee ; I . TA T Pete eee ee See ee eee “I supp.uids “ 099 "19% : UA WA I : nee UA. Brey le enn RSC oi Pee onkeoa “LP ig Ppjound-opmrys © 099 | 093 : tee p one ve B00 . os I ‘ | app face agoe |! ons (Poop) woswnypar “ 6¢9 tera wee ee Onn wee WA ee I WA tee I Y bpd ond i, Hoo | ee tere gy . ,noseenada ae feiesanedate riieleleslelx(aieie (Bog) aqyahiq ‘ 669 "cz, | ’ i i t { ‘ AND A. EARLAND ON THE MESSRS. H. HERON-ALLEN } | | | | H } wt a WA * +e oN a UA ae | | a eo LY d Vp noopnbygo viuwayng 189 “18S ‘souor » LoyIvg VINATINg | | | | i I aA i | Ge |) ee | SUN ae ga eos "O.P Psdaayun DUYNAO | 189 | “Oz | | “AUSIQIO.P VNITOLIO x oF | T | aA ce enrnes sret sypiaypynba 089 | “618 mie TA a Y WA | | WA TA a6 a GEG \| Poeped sobsoseconaa maces: “ag, »y0qQ0)6u09 “ce 089 | “818 x YA a uo a a aT a UA GA UA UA WA ee | 5 OPED LOT ss 6L9 “LTS ee rere ile a tA oe |e ne ae aa a aA ae a [pce eee ‘Op Dypyur i 629 ‘OTe cum | een aE a MA TA WA Mp ce ‘Op va0nJa19 “« 819 “oTe ee SU Gt ee | AN is UN dP ye Mt ea ie rails enn coe as ‘Bq miqnp 829 | “PIs | aa beta ae I | aE oe a | ar ay [te “ssqy pgp “ | 829 erg GA | xX aL (Oe || ek A Ge -— || E | a L GUN | ch) by) tell ell sit) pe i tes hee ke Pear ‘OP sapraning wunwahiqory | 8L9 “GLE | | | | | | | “AUSIGAO,P VNIUANIAOTY | | | | | | | | | | ‘OINTEADIAOTS Spueg | | | | a | | | | FEB Revecne==ad3uq bbe csnpas03e02: “Ag D9D]]0889} “ | 2L9 | ‘Tle i | | | | fe) | 600 | WA | | a | TA Nise el Pecos ogee aooorrdact zac c Rd snupydnu 6c | LL9O | ‘OTS | | ee | | UN |; et) | eas ime ee ak Caos) mym.ys “ | gi9 | “G08 | [ose || eA S| TAR | etAL 3) QUA Feeeeoln en aA | Te: pgs nee ig pnbina “ | 19 | “808 Te aA eas ace a | ete ae BP A | | A | a IG SLIDYJaUINJo9 DUDLHDY gp | "L08 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | ‘soup 3p Loyleg VNIMPVS | | | | j | | | | | ee IS ea 2 eee et ee ae ee easanaes Ge ee ee eee | ra | | | Bae | | | | op tW-"HL sisualiasyas 619 | “Sog 060. || I | | | | | NatyeAem [access GE EC “Igh pyoadod “ GLO | “POe AE RS || | | | | aA | ‘OR veubid — « G49 | “S0s | | cs || bes | bxel| | | it _| | posse vadosaaDodno “SS DIMLUISINUA? w G49 | °B0S | Se GTPN | WA | TA ‘| ef) 1) St | SA a Yt | | UA 0 TAL 2qn76 ava ‘puniwaqny viwehiag | FL9 | “LOS | | | | | | | | | | | | | “kuSIqIO,P VNINTOIAL, | | | | eee | | | | roe | ot |e | HA | | | sqapis) axejdruioo y | 629 | ‘008 | ace ar le exe | ea | | | | : : e | $L9 663 | eae ae GUN =| “Gis | BON I Ww | aA | Ueda see neigh ae SEL O05 a | 49 | g6c [eee | lel eee cee rele I a Be IL) ae "O.P syumuuoa 2 | S49 | *263 | | | | L O90 I AT a eee ‘O.p vssatdruos vurydiowhjog | ZL9 | “96% | | | | | 0 0 ime 6 : os on Q 0 ; Q : : Q me Il Ss | | Ted | Vie | Ono || ae |) || ad | a | 8 ! 9 ¢ P S| tie |p me | ae heroes leas mg | wg | mg |g | ws | mS | MS | WS | WSs | MS | wg | MS | HS | WS | mS | TS | HS | SeuiOeielS era = | | | | | | | Ss = | | | | | | | | z rg et 2 et i 2| 2 8 | eye, Be aee! Ze we| & | 8 | ae | |e Z Bo | | S! [os | Ee | | ae ee |e LeeLee | 8 | ea le i ol ee a ele |e tee | eB ell ee) Gare || eg |e Go| 2 41a | eae] o Dale alee sek Qe) |e | ae 9 Boe fe Ae ales 4 #o | = 3 ee al | | Bap | & PE | os 2 oI 5 iB Bae S 2 cc] S| Sd ty ah epee | eae [Ss | eee | ee) Sh ee ee oe eel a) eo | | = epee eyes alge epee a Sila! e | | Ss “ & = | | | | oe | | 5 > | | BS | | | | Rio | | | | ar U i | FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. l aaa eSsaie | it : | TEA gl ae ee ena (-O.P) PynInazoa cs S69 | “s¢e | | Boe TA | Gos jloocagags : aeaccdopedud ( ‘O.P) pUuDInNvLD “ | 689 “pee | I [eas | | jf 1" SUS ETAA op TMT E, Dynynowaqny s69 | “Sse | | ase aA | ree Css) yswoyyurg > 769 | “3SE ‘) SK a) || | ci a a d | GA] & a a a fo) a oy = |pee CO.) seenyngqoys is ¥69 | “Iss a o | | ff a | A a aT aA | MA | WA : LSet SPE Gen] Se oe ER eae (O.P) siswawn.tuogrparu % 869 | ‘0sE ey SE SAE GUND ES aA oF I ae if CTEM) P2eeunee ss | 669 | ‘6Ps ar} 2X a a a UA | cl GA | ff cl a (‘bxay,) s.enynarq.o . | 69 | “89 ae jo = | CaN aTA aa Fit |poneceapoonscoscaacaoans Ses Coycaina « lesa | “Le a | eeeraee ee aA a ae aA | MA | AA be GA CO.P) siquounjd | $69 ‘OPS RUNS SS i GUN | pees a o 9) T a @) a GA | @ I la) “ (O,P) vasnso4 re 669 | “SE | 500 xo5 a aoe | noo doa 560 Gan | rule we eh Mirra ra sheelaysreeca ieee ¢O.p) DuUDogapanjra q | 269 pre | | aA | a I aA a eee fo) a a el a ee ee C@19) CemamaneE — | 569 | ‘8Pé aA | ae a es ASS | a a pe ‘HP WH Mabon | G69 | “OPS aq | | Oa) et AN 0) a) fe) a a GA | iT Z fe) a Fag ae eee ae a “Ig pwwpouos i | 169 | “LPS WA | | GEN |) = OE GA | a a4 nl GUN] SUA 8° 23 I TEAMS TS eg e aag CTEM) pene 2 169 | “OVE | | ora cee |e ft aA | a a oa ar eT Ae 2 &7 __|becacascosasecesazascemdonee Co,p) vuoo murquoosie | 969 | eee | | | | ‘sOUOf WY LOyIYG VNIGWOOSICL | | | | | | 0) 2S | Rt I eeTAT (ac aA cl ce a OA fe) WA ‘e) OES tae coeu ‘ude “jayyiw a | 689 | ‘see a) xs || (9) a a UA | a a a a T aA | 0 oe One Re See ies CO.P) sapro7ing is | 889 | “288 RUE Lee ; of rE TL = tee T aA a a ce Se wah 2 1O)-anit: “IgE sito far]19qn} SS | 889 ‘98S |) 2S 5|) Os et o | OA i 9) O° | OA | OA DAA || OA | DA. | -- |]_ W — [forereceazncesroncescene Cop) izodmp todo maul yeoman ae cee | =| | | ‘MOWOSeTT VAOLOTVANAD | | | Tega iat oS Soe SEEN |= Genser lhe Oy ese y | ae CO | EU |) ON ON |) ON | UN ee |) ON, | Bee Se ane TEA Dapbnt.109 DurnenMd | 989 || “FEE | | | | | | “MOSUIBIT[TAA VNITTALY | | | | | | ‘WNITTV LOY Apruaeyqng | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | ) | | TA j= 200 eel lege Ss Soe ate Ate ll maaan aac eas ‘u ‘ds ‘ppp.ovapruas a | egg "ESE | aon ee ere te even achoncemertremen ests reno ielcoen « | ceo | -zee y i ieee sins RS Feary aeegoorencosogaons “TILAA, D.tafuqrinbinw y | Gg9 Shee a | a WA I I | MA | BA fo te wyoinoyuap sea ee g89 | ‘08s | i WA TA A nee A Peet ee eee eee ee eee eee eee ee IgD DINQUAY oe #89 *6ZE nee A TA a wae TA TA nee TA See teen eee eee eens “Ig supnbaw oe P89 "eae | ee a iS esas I Be a ee “ *qapig nyu Ss 789 | “42g I sae eee sae tee toe nee tee wee nee bee nee see nee DO CCC ay *qopIg Dpwny “ $89 '9ze wee ae we wae aoe vee wee wee So ee woe vee Tt eee Cs CC ni Re rr ey “1g; DIVUOIGO oe @s9 "ege a S| GU aN +] GUN |] BUN GUN | RN | ea oe) UN || ei Ee cele fan ee “qayg vivdnara nuypady | esq | peg | | “sIOQUEIYA VNITIIAIdG | ‘WNINITIIAIaAG ATravqng ‘WANTVLON peey ; UTA sols ads baa ini a? nite OBO risky cc se au cogs || 000 Sebo oS oE oon ogoaabod ‘O.P Dpryiw DUIapUDs/) G89 "SSS E “SUSIqIQ Pp VNITGNVD GA eRe Pe OA ne DA ST eee Ser cae TCLS “194014.109 nurpro.ta ds 189 WaAS AUSIQIO,P VNIGIONHHAS = 2) ) part xvi. No. 27.—November, 1 VOL. XX. MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 762 ! ! 1 ! i i | 1 - ¢ | 2 Tear: ang v0 188 pao 20 cones (Paes faci pil sadauduaesepnoddneScb boo “Ig, DID.Yso4 “ 3 T “CLR ‘d) tana ef ce es Carey) vpouvawd og oe CO.p) DuniwauyD ce Saas (‘O.p) vaso4 ss GA | GA T nis ce aA ee aA ra aA | GA (O.p) Bumpabun 2 = ee ws ee eae ao ei: cig TA ae poate “Ig DUDLOS}.AQO.t Gs RUN | | EUAN oe || BON reo |) BUN a UA I SIOAWES [iat “"(O.p) wtaburprny 2 en nn ocr vob ame ane Pr WA aaa S60 sao" | ooo “pop Sg Sag pynpunus “ a ae aA E TA (407, WOT) suabynfos o aA | GA ee ah i - pt TA cle T Tees | ince kas ag ofununuaz ce A | A I 800 60 360 WA c ae Nae MA [oc ‘Op syrqnrua ‘ TONS cle Ata eee te aA u aA 0 GA a AIAG 4 | (i ota a CL PAA) YIN4DgG0) HUANZNIUNHT, ‘AUSIQIO. P VNITOLVONOA, A ce dA i a as a oe ae an T ‘CRT vynawny B WL T 900 es oa5 ee Onn poo ee I ele see tele) |neelesicjesitieieeistievesies > vei "Ig. sypasaoD “ a 0 ru OAA | GA 7 pes OA a bas Bee OA (yen oo uaeeenne ‘O,P siswaun.uagipam DUYNQLoUn)g | ‘AUSTIOIO P VNITAAMONVIG a A a i) A oT Aa ea ‘deyg vynurunon « | ce oe: TA a SRennC nee eno noe nrc iri) *qopig 049800 “ ie) a a a a a ul 10) a aA fo Ba eR ‘Ig, slunynavULaqn} G WS, His ae 900 d00 B50 9 a50 ipo Oba oon bad boo cHcHUDOBNNOGOD ° TEAL 070610009 “ ie) re) 0) ul aA 9 re) f OA ie) OA UO ae eo eee “Tq suumtofryjaqod 3 a ae rc ae so So 00 T I ee WA “ag, pypuraynd “ ah aA Be ae ee (-qepis) vsoqoyb iL >< 1 I WT a a a y s/oiah0leleielsls elelajsieleleje.s elalelejereisiels cer vagy brown i “ Gt 2s uA ie RU Gy) GUE bee cee CO.) swuasind go . I =e Saag |e Bs ‘A PVH vwynjsnd UA sot oe a seins aoe oe Dei eal pe OU Oe tg Da "Ig, Swa0saLDw if 00G I CnC iin a "CR vsowms ce a a aA ao a ee T a a@ T fone le "7" "Pp 9 "a sapropjamojsijod & TA T Bu i I a I a arn cud goa] KesweropeadunasosvERD EPL pmIpwup “ ae ie aA pe oe ee T ae opp 7 (‘MeT) swwyynarIsaa a W wee TA TA oh ay a poo G1 Nees Pace oones pts bem paneer oR (0.2) psobnst “ if A aA IT Seraee| et eeepc one “A PVH Wwajspya G 00 I I GMEAY ||Pesmeee2 islileleis oitle lvieiete ‘ads ‘sro fied “ STA DOG WA Pee eee eee eee CO”) noynns “ ag OA (‘ssqy) saprouryduowojyp #6 ae "AOU ‘NSOINUDLH “IVA “DIVINE PA DULQLOISLT We ‘EL OL 6 8 4 9) S 4 & ‘28 | ‘REZ : 7a Becks ‘ag | -mg | mg | omg | mg | -mg | -mg | mg | mg | mg | me | mg | mg CUMS B 5 Ee Epp sl Z| eve | 8 eee 6) 8 | Bei S| 8 baatas | 24] se |g Busses = SOS ee I eS tae | eae Bt ae yh Se || a Ses | 3 Seles | 4 4) ee | a legiae| e | a is | Ba : ep ite oe Pe | Se | SO ee oy oor tee | es Bee es g2/] 282) q BE ee) |] Be oh e y BS Bea | & Bs |se| & Ee ee ee | eee) Se || ad eet ge : ES ep | SI eo Bee esac : : eect cant 5 & E S d 1 FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. Bhelle= (1° xX XK eX > 1 © ORM UA aA OA a aA es fo a Teta tool pa UA aA aA tae a aA DAA UA iW a OA uA TA WA MA UA aa 2 OAA A= aA HA UA A) Bos a 4A UA te po Se ie OA dA [RO ue ORS) aA WA fA BINS) "IG D]NOSNISsSALMULOD "TBA te ve THN Pyvpfur sea a 2 Oo iD 3 Ti } ‘ads ‘paopuwa “ onogononnenes%0d000009 “Ig wysnuaa SOOO ono ninnn iconic (‘O.P) 9]D9 UG ‘Ig vsojpdnd =“ ee "Ee Pg vuvwazaouyos “ ob0.000026 005000080 ‘Op uunpps “ Soon O09 COP) suupynorguo acre HV VO H Ppnpied © ‘yorvwuey VITVLOY “ (O.p) punryosqund sf pete e eee CO.) supbaya “ poronoeee “Ig, p.1a000d as COP) Mswaqnadyos ie “* (O,p) saprounnznoun«g Ss INES ('O.p) vavuohnynd 3 ono verses Ter pp vung He (O.p) wpinuaw s CO.P) wienvbuo01g ss sets CO.p) wwanny © CF wf) vpnarunp = “Ig piqvossawA ss Sr ae (TEM) 2510790 : "CY _ vawiywaouos an fiolavingaiie (‘baay,) suyowvaqn7 oe CIN ¥ ‘) vpundar nuryjnwajng ‘souor FY layIVg VNITONIATNG TOUIVD SLUD]NIIWOUW rf phones (LoyAVH) sLIDpNaWIN Disajuadun/ | ‘£BI4) VIUALNTIAVO eqsop nyduowhijod os “* (CSssy) saprouowun vurjnwouy ‘AUSIQIO,P VNITVMONY NE DypULYoa Se “om ds ‘pugqnh s (729) vypynorjae ee popnuaGs tu cds ‘pvafip~ngny ft | 404 | 21d 41k 914 914 9TZ STL STL STZ STA VIL PIA VIL PIL PIL STZ re STd GIL GIL TT4 TT4 OTL OTL “637 “BGP “LOP “‘D OGP ‘9CR| “1 ‘GCP “PSY s ‘ESV “GSP “TGP ‘OGP “6OLP ‘SIP “LIV ‘OLP “STP | DPF TIP ‘SIF ‘CIF “TDP ‘OF 60 ‘80 ‘LOF ‘90 “COP ‘TOP "S0F ‘BOF ‘LOF “00F P 668 “668 "866 “LOE vy 7 ore) Fy pS AS OOOORERO fy Be Fs 03 DAA OA an 0 pe io) d BS) io) Ed Ma. As Bu FSI ae n Beles mM pis M As mM fz R Bod mM ds aa a- pro oa) a seen pets (TEA) prBing Te, 5 “ (neuyUOPT) DyNgDoUpquen rs Ney Siete» CTA 8 A) swoz.wagsp 0eZ ; ‘O.P vsownwb “rea i & 02 por trereress (9 gp *A) DINSSALdap DULUOUON | OSL “AUSICIO.P VNINOINON ‘HNITIAWOLSATOY Apiuvyjqug HOINTIONWAN 4pmey eee (zope) wnoawpurfia viuawjopn.odg | EZ ‘uOsyoly] VMAULOGVAOdg FEE Eee tresses: COUTBIT) UNLQNL DUALOULOH | GEL ‘UOSHOI, VUAULOMOY PEReCsIEe WILD 0Q]D "IVA ce £ 824 pees pon OREO (guury) wnaonnnw nwahiog | 8st ‘OSSIY VIWAULATOT Belem sale tess slosh eave (‘ssyz) snynqo76 ie 13h SE eae SQ0K) snosip ‘IVA oe fe LBL “dey snjnorwow "eA be & LBL “dey svuofewunnds rer ss i LoL Pe eee ee eee eee (Cre we) 03%) suimynarsar oe 98h, ; CO.b) Piqne es GGL s + (q0yaVQ) punid IVA fs io CSL, aati iw dee sees (ezqMYyoR) suarayus nusdhy | PBL, ‘1o4IV VNISTAY) ‘ENIMOAIONIY, Apumyyqug “SHIOMdS ore PPP “EPP ‘OPP ‘2 TPP “TPP ‘OPP “OEP “D 889 “S&P “LEP ‘OSP “Sé7 “PEP “S&P ‘CED “TSP “OSP ‘ON MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE sa Ate) C2, ‘eq equiog ‘hug sedequoyy keg oqy “Aug sodequoyy 04 yuIog orm’ *(UI[VULLOF pus “FUlOd WON “‘ByUIOg OLIN] 04 IGSOLOSURUVL ‘Leg ojapuvpopy qiuds xe) savl Sut -qooT[00 UWLOLE SONPISEY, 754 “Avg Mvyog “keg rund yy-0103f fs] 0 poo N | 2 svg onseme Aug eaquizeyy “Avg opuny yl “SSUq TZ1Ule A, “Avg edecreyy “Avg rysuny, ‘Avg yoswy pure “Avg inquiry, pure ¥en) bt FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. ZVI | SIL | S6T 16 GOG | 446 | GAL | 88L | SEL | POT | 80% | SST aA dA x aA x a a ul a 10) aA ; Ee A a 4 dA x a ie) (@) 10) OA fe) WA 0 a x 0) a aA rol a a a UA a x a a aT a aA a a a Ci a x 9) a ul 0 a ul a aL a aT ul x A A ie ul a ul ine 0) Af rue an va WA a 19) T A = ie) a aT xX cup ot a00 MA WL x A 9) a ey aA 0 rue OA a 0 I | A WA A a ul aA a aA x a ul 19) oo a OA a a UA 0 aA WKS |) IAL |) BYAIL |] tee JP eenetontossons STVLOT, ng ne es ‘ads ‘nssardiuoo oe Us LUDY ce WA Op GE NGS |S Dia | SRB DRE ORS OU ean ap ‘tu ‘ds ‘saprowmydiouhjzod nyimoxr “AOU ‘U85 ‘VIDON boo PEGA) oenss6epnonI0G roquadiey buns sayynununyy | ‘OIVUB] STLITANWON | | es Tis | hs pera edt ree ’O.P vssaidap vurhajso.vaqayy | ‘AUSIQIO.P VNINDGLSOUALAP | | WA RS Be Ilias FN ie aboDaRogp ono erteutkery vsoynwn.0b s | TA fe) a ash (souvajaq) nyown{duwoo S | 000 a0 ria (sutAotody)) saprouomum vuryno1edeE ‘AUSIQIO,P VNITAOUTAG, eee Oe ny ‘O.P vqqb "IVA “ee ity | aA “CIP a) pyppow ava ®) A 9 oes eee a ee Pues ‘OP Nuossay vuvbajsrydiuy | “AUSIQIO,P VNIDTLSIHAWY ‘THNILGITAWWOAN ATrueqng | | a e) Pi ch Pee erent e ee preee "UL ‘ds fayjayqyuu Lt} see wee wee ane see “Ig. DIDINIWLAV “ a fo) fe) ‘@) CIN a) PyDInNI4n.0 sf ) a XT | A CHL PX) Pron ss fe) a0 WA a (qeysUNTT) Vsopougns ss a WT COCR COC ci iit *"(guurry) odsito “ (ol 9 “V-"H) “| susuafasyas “aA Y ff a ) aT tie | poe CI 8 A) v7DJound-onrW014s st GAD se gto oie REP SUR P ADEE eR Za Gaga -v4S0N suardroap vyamopshpog ‘OIVUv'T VITAWOLSATOG | Aa) |e Oe =| 20s oortiocogdos can CA 8 ‘G) vposadnod os | I oa TA ‘IG VD}DUWLD “VBA ef sf iE a aA le ees Gee meen Pampenon a 0 a 10) @y _ |\nede000 wena Doonon Gi » “wD pydnos “ S19 ST9 884 BEL LEL 48h LL 982 984 | gee GEL PEL liter €&4 €e2 ee4 GEL GEL GEL GEL 1&4 Ted “FOP “SOP | “OOP “LOP ‘09F 'P 69h 6SP “BSP ‘LSD ‘OSP SSW. “PSP “ESP “SSP “TSP ‘OSP “OPP “SPP “LDP ‘OPP “GPP -1 Ot oo MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE BIBLIOGRAPHY. The number of authorities referred to in the synonymies of the four hundred and seventy odd species described in this Monograph is so great (exceeding two hundred) that it has been necessary to make every effort to economise space. The principle, therefore, first adopted by us in the Clare Island Monograph has been followed here. Names of authors, titles of articles, and full bibliographical references to the Transactions and Proceedings in which they are to be found are given once and for all in this Bibliography, some lengthy titles being shortened, as follows :— AMNH.= Annals and Magazine of Natural History. JRMS.=Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, London. JQMC.=Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club, London. MASIB.=Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze dell’ Istituto di Bologna. QJGS.=Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, London. SAWW.=Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften Wien. (D=Denkschrift.) The titles of all papers and books are indicated by initials only, after the date of publication, and the first letter of the author’s name :—thus, C.1892, PTC.=F. Chapman, ‘ Microzoa from the Phosphatic Chalk of Taplow,’ the page, etc., only being given, and all further details being found under that initial and date in the Bibliography. In the case of long or short series of papers, the date of the first is given and the initials are followed by the year in which the paper referred to appeared: thus, M. 1898, &c. FM. 1900=the papers of Millett’s series beginning in 1898, which were published in JRMS. in 1900. The confusion which results from some authors giving the year in which a part of a volume was published, or a paper was read, as opposed to the year in which the complete volume was published, has been arbitrarily settled in this Monograph by giving, wherever practicable, the date given by Sherborn in his ‘ Bibliography of the Foraminifera, 1565-1888,’ a second volume of which (1888-1913) we hope shortly to issue. In some cases we have been compelled to fix our own dates arbitrarily—as, for instance, in some of J. Wright's papers, e.g., W. 1885-6, BLP., in which the plate is lettered 1884-5. Brady, when quoting d’Orbigny’s Cuba Monograph of 1839, nearly always gave the page in the Spanish edition of 1840. We have invariably given the pagination of the original French edition of 1839. When plates have two numbers, as in some of the Memoirs of the Société Geologique de France, both numbers are given e.g., T. 1878, FIR. pl. ix. (xiv.). Again, much confusion has crept into synonymies by reason of the fortunately obsolete practice of re-paginating reprints, a practice which reaches its worst development and results in Parker & Jones’ ‘ Nomenclature of the Foraminifera’ (P. & J., ete., 1859, etc., NF.); we have endeavoured in every case to give the original page of the journal in which the papers were published. A, 1865, NHC. TT. Ancock.—Notes on Natural History Specimens lately recorded from Connemara, Proc. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. iv. 1865, pp. 192-208. 3.1791, CS. A.J. G. K. Barscu.—Sechs Kupfertafeln mit Conchylien des Seesandes. Jena, 1791. B. 1844, RCGB. ‘TT. Brown.—TIllustrations of the Recent Conchology of Great Britain and Ireland, &c., ed. 2. London, 1844. 8.1855, FSH. J. G. Bornemann.—Die mikroskopische Fauna des Septavienthones von Hermsdorf bei Berlin. Zeitschrift der Deutschen geologische Gesellschaft, vol. vii. pp. 307-371, pis. XU.-XN1. 18, Be =I FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 75 . 1864, RES. H. B. Brapy.—Contributions to our Knowledge of the Foraminifera. On the Rhizopodal Fauna of the Shetlands. Transactions of the Linnean Society (London), vol. xxiv. pp. 463-475, pl. xlviii. . 1865, REND. H. B. Brapy.—A Catalogue of the Recent Foraminifera of Northumberland and Durham. Natural History Transactions of Northumberland and Durham (Neweastle), vol. i. 1865 (1867), pp. 83-107, pl. xii. . 1870, FTR. G.S. Brapy, D. Roprrrson, & H. B. Brapy.—The Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. AMNHL ser. 4, vol. vi. pp. 273-306, pls. xi., xii. .P. & J. 1870, GP. H. B. Brapy, W. K. Parknr, & T. R. Jonzs.—A Monograph of the Genus Poly- morphing. Trans. Linn. Soc. (London), vol. xxvii. pp. 197-253, pls. xxxix.—xlii. . 1876, FB. EH. van pen Broncx.—Etude sur les Foraminiféres de la Barbade. Ann. Soc. Belge Mierose. vol. i. 1876, pp. 55-152, pls. ii., iii. . 1876, LC. H. B. Brapy.—On some Foraminifera from the Loo Choo Islands. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xvi. p. 405; and Proc. R. [vish Acad. ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 589. . 1877, FNB. HH. B. Brapy.—Supplementary Note on the Foraminifera of the Chalk (?) of the New Britain Group. Geol. Mag. dec. ii. vol. iv. no. 12, pp. 534-536. 1878, RRNP. H. B. Brapy.—On the Reticularian and Radiolarian Rhizopoda (Noraminifera and Polyeystina) of the North-Polar Expedition of 1875-76. AMNH. ser. 5, vol. i. pp. 425-440, pls. xx.. xxi. . 1878, FBP. G. Berrurir.—Liste des Foraminiféres recueillis dans la Baie de Bourgneuf et 4 Pornichet, ete. Annales de la Société Académique de Nantes, ser. v. vol. vil. pp. 203-255. (Reprinted, 8vo, Nantes, 1884.) . 1879, etc., RRC. H. B. Brapy.—Notes on some of the Reticularian Rhizopoda of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. (London), n.s., vol. xix. pp. 20-63, pls. 1.-v, ; pp- 261-299, pl. viii. Continued in vol. xxi. 1881, pp. 37-71. . 1880, EAM. G. Burrnetty.—Mémoire sur les Foraminiféres Fossiles de ’Etage Albien de Montcley, 9 (Doubs). Mémoires de la Société Géologique de France, ser. 3, vol. i. no. 5. . 1881, HNPE. H. B. Brapy.—Ueber einige arktische Tiefsee-Foraminiferen, gesammelt waihrend der dsterreichisch-ungarischen Novdpol-Expedition in den Jahren 1872-74. DAWW. vol. xliii (1881), pp. 91-110, pls. 1., ui. .& M. 1884, FG. F. P. Barewmn & F. W. Mritterr.—The Foraminifera of Galway. Journal of Microscopy and Natural Science (London), vol. iii. pp. 19-28 & 78-90, pls. imiv. Revision—The Recent Foraminifera of Galway, &c., by F. W. Millett (Notes and Corrections, plates re-engraved). Plymouth, 1908. . 1884, FC. H. B. Brapy.—Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ (Zoology), vol. ix. Report on the Foraminifera, 2 vols, 4to, text & plates. London, 1884. .& W. 1885, DIS. F. P. Barxwitt & J. Wricur.—Report on some Recent Foraminifera found off the , Coast of Dublin and in the Irish Sea. Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, vol. xxviii. (Science), pp. 317-368, pls. xil.—xiv. . 1887, SBRF. H. B. Bravy.—Synopsis of the British Recent Foraminifera. JRMS. (London), 1887, pp. 872-927. .P.& J. 1888, AB. H. B. Brapy, W. K. PARKER, & T. R. Jonzs.—On some Foraminifera from the Abrolhos Bank. Trans. Zool. Soe. (London), vol. xii. pp. 211-239, pls. xI.—xlvi. S. & B. 1890, RC. H.W. Burrows, C. D. Surreory, & G. Bammey.—The Foraminifera of the Red Chalk of Yorkshire, Norfolk, and Lincolnshire. JRMS. 1890, pp. 549-566, pls. vill.—xi. .& H. 1897, PB. H.W. Burrows & R. Houtanp.—The Foraminifera of the Thanet Beds of Pegweil Bay. Proc. Geol. Assoc. vol. xv. 1897, pp. 19-52, pls. i.-v. . 1908, FHT. R. M. Bace.—Foraminifera collected near the Hawaiian Islands by the Steamer ‘ Albatross’ in 1902. Proc. U.S. Mus. vol. xxxiv. 1908, pp. 113-172. . 1912, PFC. R. M. Bace.—Pliocene and Pleistocene Foraminifera from Southern California. Wasb- ington, U.S., Geol. Survey, Bull. 513. C. » 1907, REV. FF. Caapman.—Recent Foraminifera of Victoria; some Littoral Gatherin 58 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 1848, FWB. J. Czszmx.—Beitrag zur Kenntniss der fossilen Foraminiferen des Wiener Beckens. Haidinger’s Naturwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen (Vienna), vol. 1i. pp. 137-150, pls. xil., xii. . 1853, etc., PRN. O. G. Costa.—Paleontologia del Regno di Napoli, pt. u. Atti del Accademia Ponta- niana (Naples), vol. vii. pt. i. 1853, p. 105-112 ; pt. 1. 1856, pp. 113-378, pls. ix.-xxvil. I } »P } PI } 1. 1856, ete., RF. W. B. Canprnrer.—Researches on the Foraminifera. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soe. pt. i. 1856, vol. clvi. pp. 181-236; pt. 1. ibid. pp. 547-569; pt. ii. 1859, vol. exlix. pp. 1-41; pt. iv. 1860, pp. 535-594. P. & J. 1862, 1F. W.B. Carrenrer, W. K. Parser, & T. R. Jones.—Introduction to the Study of the Foraminifera. London, 1862. (Ray Society.) . 1876, P. H. J. Carrer.—On the Polytremata (Foraminifera), especially with reference to their Mythical Hybrid Nature. AMNH. ser. 4, vol. xvii. pp. 185-214, pl. xiii. . 1877, CB. H. J. Carrer.—On the Locality of Carpenteria balaniformis, with Description of a new Species, etc. AMNH. ser. 4, vol. xix. pp. 209-219, pl. xin. . 1880, ete., SGM. H. J. Carrer.—Report on Specimens dredged up from the Gulf of Manaar. AMNH. ser. 5, vol. v. pp. 487-457; vol. vi. pp. 35-61, 129-156. Supplementary Report. Ibid. vol. vii. pp. 361-385. _ 1881, etc., M. W. B. Carrenrer.—The Microscope and its Revelations. (6th edn., 1881), 8th edn., 1901, pp. 795-846. Foraminifera. . 1883, RGO. W. B. Carpenrer.—Report on the Genus Orbitolites. ‘Challenger’ Report, pt. xxi. pls. i.-vil. . 1891, ete., GF. F. Caapman.—The Foraminifera of the Gault of Folkestone. JRMS. 1891, pp- 565— 575; 1892, pp. 319-330, 749-758; 1893, pp. 579-595; 1894, pp. 153-163, 421-427, 645-654; 1896, pp. 1-14, 581-591; 1898, pp. 1-49. _ 1892, PCT. F.Cuapman.—Microzoa from the Phosphatic Chalk of Taplow. QJGS. vol. xlviii. pp. 514-518. _ 1892, 8. G. W. Cuasrer.—Report upon the Foraminifera of the Southport Society of Natural Science District. The First Report of the Southport Society of Natural Science, 1890-91 (Southport, 1892), pp. 54-72, pl. 1. . 1895, FAS. F. Caoarpman.—On some Foraminifera obtained by the 8.8. ‘Investigator’ from the Arabian Sea, near the Laceadive Islands. Proc. Zool. Soc. (London), 1895, pp. 4-55. 0.1895, FWS. F. Caarman.—On Rhetie Foraminifera from Wedmore in Somerset. AMNH. ser. 6, vol. xvi. pp. 305-329. 0.1899, FFA. F. Cuarman.—On some New and Interesting Foraminifera from the Funafuti Atoll, Ellice Islands. Journ. Linn. Soc. London (Zoology), vol. xxviii. (1902), pp. 1-27. . 1900, FLF. F. Caarman.—Foraminifera from the Lagoon at Funafuti. Journ. Linn. Soc. London (Zoology), vol. xxviii. (1902), pp. 161-210. 1901, FFA. F. Cuapman..—On the Foraminifera collected round the Funafuti Atoll from shallow and moderately deep Water. Proc. Linn. Soc. London (Zoology), vol. xxviii. (1902) pp. 879-433. : 1902, F. ¥F. Cmapman.—The Foraminifera: an Introduction to the Study of the Protozoa. London, 1902. 1902, OKA. F. Cuarman.—On some Foraminifera and Ostracoda from Cocos Keeling Atoll. Proc. Zool. Soc. (London), vol. 1. pp. 228-233. vol. x. (1909), pp. 117-146. .1907, LFV. F. Cwarman.—Tertiary Foraminifera of Victoria. The Balecombian Deposits of Port Philip, pt.i. Journ. Linn. Soc. London (Zoology), vol. xxx. (1907-1910), pp. 10-35, pls. i.-iv. %. 1909, SNZ. F. Cuapman.—Report on the Foraminifera from the Sub-Antarctic Islands of New Zealand. In ‘Sub-Antarctic Islands of New Zealand,’ Wellington, N.Z., 1909, pp- 312-371. ©. 1910, ete., FNP. J. A. Cusuman. A Monograph of the Foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean. Smithsonian Inst. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 71, pt. 1, 1910; pt. 2, 1911; pt. 3, 1913; pt. 4, 1914; pt. 5, 1915. D. IDX 1D), K. . 1854, M. C. G. EHRENBERG. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 799 1841, HNZ. F. Dusarpin.—Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes. Infusoires. Paris, 1841. 1894, MIR. J. E. Durrpey.—Notes on the Marine Invertebrates of Rush, County Dublin. Irish Naturalist, vol. ii. no. 11, pp. 230-233. 1906, FC. W. J. Daxiy.—Report on the Foraminifera collected by Prof. Herdman at Ceylon in 1902. Ceylon Pearl-Oyster Fisheries. Supplementary Reports, pt. v. no. xxxvi. pp. 225-242. . 1841, SNA. C. G. Enrenperc.—Verbreitung und Einfluss des mikroscopischen Lebens in Siid- und Nord-Amerika. Abhandlung der kel. Akademie der Wissenschaften (Berlin), 1843 (for 1841), pp. 291-446, pls. 1-4, and Bericht, pp. 139-142, with Appendix, pp- 202-209. Mikrogeologie. Das Wirken des unsichtbaren kleinen Lebens auf der Erde. Leipzig, 1854. . 1857, MSO. J. G. Eccpr.—Die Foraminiferen der Miocin-Schichten bei Ortenburg in Nieder-Bayern. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie ete. (Stuttgart), 1857, pp. 266-311, pls. v.-xv. . 1873, LMT. C. G. Eurexsperc.—Mikrogeologische Studien iiber das kleinste Leben der Meeres- Tiefgriinde aller Zonen und dessen geologischen Einfluss. Abhandlungen der kel. Akadeinie der Wissenschaften etc. (Berlin), 1872 (1873), pp. 131-397, pls. i—xii. and map. 1893, FG. J.G. Eccrr.—Foraminiferen aus Meeresgrundproben, gelothet von 1874 bis 1876, von S.M.Sch. ‘Gazelle’ Abhandiungen der kgl. bayerisch Akademie der Wissenschaften (Munich), 11. Cl. vol. xviii. pt. 2, pp. 195-458, pls. i.—xxi. . 1899, KOA. J. G. Eacer —Foraminiferen und Ostrakoden aus den Kreidemergeln der Oberbayer- ischen Alpen. Abhandlungen der kgl. bayerisch Akademie der Wissenschaften (Munich), ii. Cl. vol. xxi. pt. 1. . 1905, FBS. A. Earntanp.—The Foraminifera of the Shore Sand at Bognor, Sussex. JQMC. ser. 2, vol. ix. no. 57, pp. 187-232. .& M.1798, TM. L. von Ficnren & J. P. C. von Morn.—Testacea Microscopica aliaque minuta ex generibus Argonauta et Nautilus ad naturam picta et descripta....cum 24 tabulis aeri incisis coloratis. Vienna, 1798. (Second issue, 1803.) . 1822, OSGY. J. Fremine.—Observations on some Species of the Genus Vermiculum of Montagu. Mem. Wernerian Nat. Hist. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. iv. pp. 564-567. . 1887, ITI. C. Fornasin1.—Indice delle Textularie Italiane. Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital. vol. vi. p. 387 etc., pl. x. fig. 1. . 1887, TA. C. Fornasrnt.—Sulle Textularie “abbreviate.” Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital. vol. vi. pp. 399-401. . 1888, TP. C. Fornasinr.—Tavola Paleo-protistografia. Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital. vol. vii. fase. i. pp. 145-149, pl. iii. . 1895, BR. C. Fornasint.—Di alcune forme Plioceniche della Bigenerina robusta. MASIB. ser. 5, vol. v. pp. 657-661. . 1896, TC. C. Fornasin1.—Di alcune forme Plioceniche della Textilaria candeiana e della 7. concava. MASIB. ser. 5, vol. vi. pp. 3-8. . 1897-8, FIC. C. Fornasinr.—Intorno ad alcuni Foraminiferi illustrati da O. G. Costa. Rend. - ASIB. vol. 11. pp. 15-19, pl. 1. . 1898, RFI. C. Fornasrnt.—Indice Ragionato de le Rotaline Fossili d’Italia. MASTB. ser. 5, vol. vii: pp. 239-290. . 1899, PFI. CC. Fornasint.—Le Polistomelline Fossili d'Italia. MASIB. ser. 5, vol. vii. pp- 639-660. . 1899, RFA. J. M. Frinr.—Recent Foraminifera. A Descriptive Catalogue of Specimens dredged by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer ‘ Albatross.’ Washington, U.S.A., 1899. (Smith- sonian Institution.) . 1899, GA. C. Fornasin1t.—Globigerine Adriatiche. MASIB. ser. 5, vol. vii. pp. 575-586, pls. 1-3. . 1900, FA. C. Fornastnt.—Foraminiferi Adriatici. MASIB. ser. 5, vol. viii. pp. 357-402. . 1901, BCI. C. Fornasin1.— Le Bulimine e le Cassiduline Fossili d’Italia. Boll. Soc. Geol. Ttal. vol. xx. pp. 159-214. . 1901, CBA. C. Fornastyr.—Contributo a la conoscenza de le Bulimine Adriatiche. MASIB. ser. 5, vol. ix. pp. 371-380. VOL. XX.—PART Xvll. No, 28.—November, 1915. 5N Rr. th ¥. 760 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. EARLAND ON THE 1902, FLR. ©. Fornasixit.—Sinossi metodica dei Foraminiferi sin qui rinvenuti nella sabbia del Lido di Rimini. MASIB. ser. 5, vol. x. pp. 1-70. 1903, TA. ©. Fornastyi.—Contributo a la conoscenza de le Testilarie Adriatiche. MASIB. ser. 5, vol. x. pp. 299-316. 1903, AO. C. Fornasini.-—Le otto pretese specie di ‘‘ Amphistegina” istituite da d’Orbigny nel 1826. Rend. delle Sess. della R. Acad. Sci., dell’ Istituto di Bologna, n. s., vol. vii. 26 April, 1902. "1904, SOF. C. Fornasin1.—Illustrazione di Specie Orbignyane di Foraminiferi istituite nel 1826. MASIB. ser. 6, vol. 1. pp. 8-17. . 1905, SOM. C. Fornasini.—Illustrazione di Specie Orbignyane di Miliolidi istituite nel 1826. MASIB. ser. 6, vol. ii. pp. 59-70. ¥.1908, SON. CO. Fornasry1.—Illustrazione di Specie Orbignyane di Nodosaridi, etc., istituite nel 1826. MASIB. ser. 6, vol. v. pp. 41-54. . 1781, ZG. L..T. Gronovius.—Zoophylacium Gronovianum exhibens Animalia, Quadrupeda, etc. Leyden, 1781. x. 1869, FStC. C. W. Gimput.—Ueber Foraminiferen, etc., in den St. Cassianer und Raibler Schichten. Jahrb. k.-k. Geol. Reichsanst. Vienna, vol. xix. pp. 175-186. r, 1882, RRCS. A. Gors.—On the Reticularian Rhizopoda of the Caribbean Sea. Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, vol. xix. no. 4 (Stockholm, 1882), pp. 1-151, pls. 1—xil. G. 1894, ASF. A. Géus.—A Synopsis of the Aretie and Scandinavian recent Marine Foraminifera hitherto discovered. Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar. Stock- holm, vol. xxv. no. 9. G. 1896, DOA. A. Gors.—Reports on the Dredging Operations off the West Coast of Central America, etc., carried on by the U.S. Fish-Commission Steamer * Albatross,’ ete. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xxix. no. 1. Cambridge, Mass., 1896. G. 1906, FLL. G.C.Govau.—The Foraminifera of Larne Lough and District. Department of Agri- culture, etc. Fisheries, Ireland, Scientific Investigations, 1905, no. 3 (1906). H. 1875, CSS. M. von Hankren.—Die Fauna der Clavulina Szaboi Schichten.—I. Foraminiferen. Mittheilung a. d. Jahrbuch der kgl. ungarisch geolog. Anstalt (Buda Pesth), vol. iv. 1875 (1881), pp. 1-93, pls. i.—xvi. H. 1883, ALB. R. Hasuster.—Die Astrorhiziden und Lituoliden der Bimammatus-zone. Neues Jahrb. f. Min., etc. vol. i. pp. 55-61. (See also “Notes on some Upper Jurassic Astro- rhizide and Lituolide.” QJGS. 1883, vol. xxxix. pp. 25-29, pls. ii., iii.) H. 1883, JVT. R. Hanuster.—On the Jurassic Varieties of Zhurammina papillata Brady. AMNH. ser. 5, vol. xi. pp. 262-266, pl. viii. H. 1885, LAT. BR. Haruster.—Die Lituolidenfauna der aargauischen Impressaschichten. Neues Jahr- buch fiir Mineralogie, Beiligeband iv. pp. 1-30, pls. i.-iii. H. 1889, RFJ. Hi. Hankyarp.—Recent Foraminifera of Jersey. Transactions and Annual Report of the Manchester Microscopical Society, pp. 57-72, pls. i., ii. H. 1890, FST. RK. Hazvstrr.—M onographie der Foraminiferenfauna der Schweizerischen Transversarius zone. Abh. Schweiz. Paliiont. Ges. vol. xvii. H.-A. & EH. 1908, ete., SB. EH. Hreron-Atien & A. Hartanp.—The Recent and Fossil Foraminifera of the Shore Sands at Selsey Bill, Sussex. JRMS. 1908, pp. 529-543 ; 1909, pp. 306— 336, 422-446, 677-698; 1910, pp. 401-426, 693-695; 1911, pp. 298-343, 436-448. H.-A. & BE. 1909, TNS. HE. Heron-Arren & A. Hartanp.—On a New Species of Technitella from the ae North Sea, with some Observations on Selective Power as exercised by certain Species of Arenaceous Foraminifera. JQMC. ser. 2, vol. x. pp. 403-412, pls. xxxi.-xxxv. -A. & H. 1910, NBF. KE. Hrron-Anuen & A. Hartanp.—Notes on British Foraminifera. ‘ Know- ledge,’ vol. xxxili. pp. 285-286, 304-306, 376-379, 421-425. H,1911, P. S.J. Hroxson.—On Polytrema and some allied Genera, ete. Trans. Linn. Soe. London (Zoology), ser. 2, vol. xiv. pp. 443-462. H.- H.- H. H.- H.- J. L. Ti . & P. 1860, FCD. T. Ruprrr Jones & W. K. Parxor. Ii. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 761 A. & EB. 1912, ete., NSG. EH. Heroy-Atian & Hartanp.—On some Foraminifera from the North Sea, dredged by the Fisheries Cruiser ‘Goldseeker.’ (International North Sea Investi- gations—Scotland.) JRMS. no. 1. 1912, pp. 382-389, pls. v.-vii.; no. 2. 1913, pp. 1-26, pls. i-iv.; no. 3. 1913, pp. 272-276, pl. xii. A. & E. 1913, CI. E. Heron-Atten & Hartayp.— Clare Island Survey, pt. 64. Foraminifera. Proc. R. Ivish Academy, vol. xxxi. pt. 64. -A. & E. 1913, FNS. H. Heron-Auten & Hartanp.— On some Foraminifera from the North Sea dredged by the Fisheries Cruiser ‘Huxley.’ JQMC. ser. 2, vol. xii. pp. 121-138. A. & EB. 1914, ete., FKA. EH. Heron-Atnen & Earnanp.—On the Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago, etc. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, pt. i. vol. xx. pp. 363-590, pls. xxxv.— XXXVil.; pt. ii. vol. xx. pp. 543-794, pls. xl.—liii. A. 1915, RPF. E. Huron-Auien.—Contributions to the Study of the Bionomics and Reproductive Processes of the Foraminifera. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. (London) B, vol. 206, 1915, pp. 227-279, pls. 13-18. On some Fossil Foraminifera trom Chellaston, near Derby. QJGS. vol. xvi. pp. 452-458. . & P. 1860, RFM. TT. Rupert Jonus & W. K. Parker.— On the Rhizopodal Fauna of the Medi- terranean compared with that of the Italian and some other Tertiary Deposits. QJGS. vol. xvi. pp. 292-307, and table. & P. 1863, FJ. T. R. Jones & W. K. Parker.— Notes on some Fossil and Recent Foraminifera collected in Jamaica by the late Lucas Barrett. Rep. Brit. Ass. Newcastle, 1863 (London, 1864), p. 80. . Pp. & B. 1866, etc., MFC. TD. R. Jonzs, W. K. Parker, H. B. Brapy (and others). A Monograph of the Foraminifera of the Crag. London, 1866-1897 (Paleolontographical Soc.), pt. 1. 1866, pp. 1-72; pt. ii. 1895, pp. 73-210; pt. ii. 1896, pp. 211-314; pt. iv. 1897, pp. 315-402. 1872, LJS. F. W.0O. Rymer Jonzs.—On some Recent Forms of Lagene from Deep-sea Soundings in the Java Sea. Trans. Linn. Soc. London (Zoology), vol. xxx. pp. 45-69. . & P. 1872, FFR. TT. Rueerr Jones & W. K. Parxer.—On the Foraminifera of the Family Rotaline (Carpenter) found in the Cretaceous Formations, etc. QJGS. vol. xxviii. pp. 1038 131. J. & P. 1876, FJ. T. Ruerrr Jones & W. K. Parker.—Notice sur les Foraminiféres vivants et fossiles de Jamaique, &e. Am. Soc. Malacol. Belg. vol. xi., Mem. pp. 91-103. .& C. 1900. MCI. T. Ruperr Jones & F. Coarman.—In ‘A Monograph of Christmas Island,’ pp. 296 - 264. London (Brit. Mus.), 1900. . 1861, FWB. F. Karrer.—Ueber das Auftreten: der Foraminiferen in dem marinen Tegel aes Wiener Beckens. SAWW. vol. xliv. pp. 427-458, pls. 1., 1 . 1867, FO. F. Karrer.—Zur Foraminiferenfauna in Osterreich. SAWW. sa lv. Abth. 1. pp. 331- 368, pls. 1. . 1868, MFKB. IF. Karrer—Die Miocene Foraminiferenfauna von Koste] im Banat. SAWW. vol. lviii. Abth. i. pp. 111-193, pls. i—v. . 1767, ete., SN. C. von Linnt.—Systema Nature sive Regna tria ates, ete. Hdn. xii., Leipzig, 1767; edn. xiii. by J. F. Gmelin, Leipzig, 1788-93. 1804, ete., AM. J. B. P. A. pe M. pe Lamarcn.—Suite des Mémoires sur les Fossiles des Environs de Paris. (Explication des Planches rélatives aux Coquilles Fossiles des Environs de Paris.) Annales du Muséum (Paris), vol. v. 1804, pp. 179-180, 257-245, 349-357. Continued in vol. viii. 1806, pp. 383-387, pl. 62, and vol. ix. 1807, pp. 236-240, pl. 17. 1816, etc. ASV. J.B. P. A. pz M. pz Lawarcx.—Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertébres, vol. ii. (Paris, 1816), pp. 193-197; vol. vii. (Paris, 1822), pp. 580-632; 2nd. edn., Paris, 1835-45 (11 vols.). 1846, NC. A. F. G. Lermertr.—Mémoire sur le Terrain & Nummulites des Corbiéres et do la Montagne Noire. Mém. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 2, amyl: i. (1844) pp. 237-373, pl. xii. 5 Nn 2 762 MESSRS. E. HERON-ALLEN AND A. HARLAND ON THE UL. 1895, LHF. J. J. Lisrer.—Contributions to the Life History of the Foraminifera. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soe. Lond. vol. 186 B, pp. 401-453. L. 1903, F. J.J. Lisrer.—In E. Ray Lankester, ‘A Treatise on Zoology,’ pt. i. fase. ii. pp. 47-149. The Foraminifera. London, 1903. M. 1803, TB. G. Monracu.—Testacea Britannica, or Natural History of British Shells. In 3 vols. 4to. London, 1803. Supplement (Plates), 1808. M. 1808-10, CS. D. ps Monvrrorr.— Conchyliclogie Systématique eb Classification Meéthodique des Coquilles, etce., 2 vols. Paris, 1808-1810. M. 1843, HMAA. W. Macoiniivray.—A History of the Molluscous Animals of the Counties of Aber- deen, ete. London, 1843. i M. 1878, SIR. 'T. Marsson.—Die Foraminiferen der weissen Schreibkreide der Inseln Riigen. Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpommern und Riigen, Jahrg. x. pp. 115-196, pls. i-v. M. 1880, FM. J. Mésrus.—In Mobius, Richter, & yon Martens’s ‘ Beitrige zur Meeresfauna der Insel Mauritius und der Seychellen. Foraminifera von Mauritius.’ Pp. 63-110, pls.i—xiv- Berlin, 1880. M. 1897, PF. J. Murray.—On the Distribution of the Pelagic Foraminifera at the Surface and on the Floor of the Ocean. Natural Science, vol. xi. pp. 17-27. M. 1898, etc., FM. EF. W. Mituerr.—Report on the Recent Foraminifera of the Malay Archipelago contained in Anchor-Mud, collected by Mr. A. Durrand, F.R.M.S. JRMS. 1898, pp- 258-269, 499-513, 607-614; 1899, pp. 249-255, 357-365, 557-564; 1900, pp. 6-13, 273-281, 539-549 ; 1901, pp. 1-11, 485-497, 619-628 ; 1902, pp. 509-528 ; 1903, pp. 258-275, 685-704; 1904, pp. 489-506, 597-609. dO. 1826, TMC. A. D. D’Orpicny.—Tableau Méthodique de la Classe des Céphalopodes. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Paris), vol. vii. pp. 245-314, pls. x.—xvil. WO. 1826 (Modéles). A.D. D’'Orziegny.—Modéles de Céphalopodes Microscopiques vivants et fossiles, représentant un individu de chacun des geures et des sous-genres de ces Coquilles. Paris, 1826 (2nd issue, with new Catalogue, 1843). WO. 1839, FAM. 62. : SS) = x S Huth, coll. FORAMINIFERA FROM THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PI AI, Cb VLDL 774 Figs. 1-4 5-8. 9, 10. iy 1 13-28. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE XLIII. Miliolina undosa (Karrer). Figs. 1-3. Side views. Fig. 4. Oral view. x 40. Miliolina undulata (VOrbigny). Figs. 5-7. Side views. Fig. 8. Oral view. X 40. : Miliolina reticulata (d’Orbigny) (cf. Quinqueloculina sagra d’Orb.). Fig. 9. Side view. Fig. 10. Oral view. x 45. Miliolina parkert Brady. Side views. X 62. Miliolina kerimbatica, sp. n. Figs. 13-16, 19, 20. Side views of various forms. Figs. 17, 18, 22, 28. Edge views. Fig.21. Oral view. x 40. Trad. Zoot. oc Wot AX. PEAT. Huth,coll. FORAMINIFERA FROM THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. —— a i —— Led ee SMa SLM) Cy 2 et feat gh) ‘ - : he aii - . 4 Pa ¢ November, 1915. a 7) FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE XLIV. Miliolina sclerotica (Karrer). Figs. 1,2. Side views. Fig. 3. Edge . view. Fig. 4. Oral view. X 27. Miliolina limbata (d’Orbigny). Fig. 5. Front view. Fig. 6. Back view. Fig. 7. Dorsal view. Fig. 8. Oral view. X 46. Miliolina costata (dOrbigny). Fig. 9. Front view. Fig. 10. Back view. Fig. 11. Edge view. Fig. 12. Oral view. X 40. Miliolina striata (d’Orbigny). Figs. 13 & 15. Front views. Fig. 14. Back view. Fig. 16. Edge view. Fig. 17. Oral view. » 46. Mitiolina scrobiculata Brady. Figs. 18-20. Side views. Fig. 21. Oral view. X 62. Miliolina triquetra Brady. Fig. 22. Side view. Fig. 23. Oral view. x 45. Massilina secans (dOrbigny). Rough variety. Figs. 24, 25. Side views. Fig. 26. Edge view. Fig. 27. Oral view. x 46. Massilina secans, var. tenwistriata Harland. Fig. 28. Front view. Fig. 29. Back view. Fig. 30. Edge view. Fig. 31. Oral. view. x 40. Huth,coll. FORAMINIFERA FROM THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. CA Py is an ( 1 ” : om iy 7 . . my : ) ' i : ‘oa . - alee \ ¥ e x i 1 eae 3 rl n “ ‘ { ’ . \ y we r 7 . fice ‘ i 7 x ‘ i A x ‘ at * ‘ i FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. ~ =I oo PLATE XLV. Figs. 1-4. Dassilina secans, var. reticulata nov. Figs. 1, 2. Side views. Fig. 3. Side view of abnormal specimen. Fig. 4. Oral view. X 40. 5-12. Massilina secans, var. rugosa nov. Figs. 5—7. Side views: Fig. 8.- Side view of distorted specimen. Fig. 9. Side view of large compressed type. Fig. 10. Edge view. Fig. 11. Oral view. ie, I NECHOM, AT. 13-14. Massilina macilenta (Brady). Fig. 13. Side view. Fig. 14. Oral view. « 45. 15. Massilina alveoliniformis Millett. Young form. x 45. 16-18. Sigmotlina ovata Sidebottom. Fig. 16. Side view. Fig. 17. Edge view. Fig. 18. Oral view. X, 40. 19-21. Sigmoitlina edwardsi Schlumberger. Figs. 19, 20. Side views. Fig. 21. Oral view. 40. —25. I ie) =) FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE XLVI. Hawerina fragilissima (Brady). Fig. 1. Side view. Fig. 2. Oral view. x 40. Planispirina auriculata Egger. Figs. 3, 4. Broad type, front view. Fig. 5. Ditto, back view. Fig. 6. Narrow type, front view. Fig. 7. Ditto, back view. x 62. Planispirina communis Seguenza. Fig. 8. Side view. Fig. 9. Edge view. X 40. Fischerina helix, sp. u. Fig. 10. Superior view. Fig. 11. Inferior view. Fig. 12. Side view. Fig. 13. Superior view of a specimen mounted in balsam. Fig. 14. Inferior view of the same. (‘The septal lines on the upper plane in figs. 13 & 14 are exaggerated in the drawing for clearness.) x 98. Cornuspira charoides, sp.n. X 98. Lhaphidoscene conica Vaughan Jennings. Fig. 16. The test attached to an algal fragment, superior view. Fig. 17. Side view. x 46. Aschemonella ramuliformis Brady. Fig. 18. Fragment of a straight tube. Fig. 19. A fureating fragment. x 15. Haplophragmium compressum Goés. Fig. 20. Side view. Fig. 21. Edge view. xX 62. Haddonia torresiensis Chapman. x 49. Hippocrepina oviformis, sp. n. Fig. 23., Side view. Fig. 24. Oral view. xX 96. Hormosina globulifera Brady. X 45. Ammodiscus gordialis (Jones & Parker). Attached specimen. X 62. Trochammina ochracea (Williamson). With marginal outgrowths. Fig. 27. Superior view. Fig. 28. Inferior view. x 62. Frans Lool, FocWt XK. Ge XLVI Hath, coll. FORAMINIFERA FROM THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. wa) ee See I [e2) bo 10-16. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE XLVII. Textularia inconspicua Brady. Spinulose variety. Figs. 1, 2. Side views. Fig. 3. Edge view. Fig. 4. Apical view. x 130. Teatularia crispata Brady. Fig. 5. Side view. Fig.6. Edge view. x 45. Teatularia rugosa (Reuss). Gaudryine variety. Fig. 7. Edge view. Fig. 8. Side view, showing aperture and textularian arrangement of later chambers. Fig. 9. Apical view, showing triserial arrangement of early chambers. x 46. Teatularia candeiana @Orbigny. Fig. 10. Large form, side view. Fig. 11. Edge, or oral view. Fig. 12. Abbreviated form. Figs, 13, 14. Small form, side views. Fig. 15. Edge or oral view. Fig.16. Apical view. xX 30. Textularia foliacea, sp. n. Figs. 17-19. Side views. Fig. 20. Edge view. x 40. Textularia hauerti d’Orbigny. Figs. 21, 22. Side views. Fig. 23. Edge or oral view. x 45. Textularia conica, var. corrugata nov. Fig. 24. Side view. Fig. 25. Edge or oral view. Fig. 26. Apical view. Fig. 27. Basal view. < 45. Teatularia trochus V’Orbigny. Abnormal specimen showing lateral twist of long axis at mid-growth. x 45. Chrysalidina dimorpha Brady. Fig. 29. Side view. Fig. 30. Edge view. Fig. 31. Oral view. x 50. RhanLoot. SocWAt KL, FEXIVIL A Wom) Hauth,coll. FORAMINIFERA FROM THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. ‘ae [PGMTE Sol ve . =I OG nS Figs. 1-6. 31-35. 36, 37. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO, PLATE XLVIII. Pavonina flabelliformis VOrbigny. Figs. 1-5. Side views in various stages of growth. x 90. Fig. 6. Side view of a specimen in balsam showing early textularian arrangement of chambers followed by the pavonine series. x 70. Gaudryina scabra Brady. Figs. 7-10. Side views. Fig. 11. Edge or oral view. Figs. 12, 13. Side views. Fig. 14. Edge or oral view. Figs. 12-14. Specimens in balsam showing the gaudryine early chambers. x 110. Clavulina communis VOrbigny. Fig. 15. Side view. Fig. 16. Oblique view. Fig. 17. Oral view. x 59d. Clavulina cylindrica Hantken. Fig. 18. Sideview. Fig. 19. Oral view. x 3d. é Clavulina angularis, var. difformis Brady. Fig. 20. Edge view. Fig. 21. Side view. Fig. 22. Oral view. x 30. Bulimina elegantissima, var. compressa Millett. Fig. 23. Side view, front; showing aperture. Figs. 24, 25. Side views, back. Fig. 25. Showing inflation of the final chamber. Figs. 26, 27. Side views, front ; showing aperture resorbed. Figs. 28, 29. Side views of specimens, with final inflated chamber broken away, and internal septa resorbed. Fig. 30. Side view of specimen with large inflated terminal chamber. x 145. Bulimina squammigera V@Orbigny. Figs. 31, 32. Side views. Figs. 33, 34. Oblique views. Fig. 35. Kdge view, showing aperture. x 145. Bifarina mackinnonii Millett. Fig. 56. Side view. Fig. 37. Edge view. x 50. FORAMINIFERA FROM THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. NEL AT! | nae Figs. 1-12. 18-35. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE XLIX. Virgulina schreibersiana Czjzek. Figs. 1, 2, 11, 12. Edge views showing the aperture. Figs. 3-5. Side views, dorsal. Figs. 6-10. Side views, front; showing the aperture. Figs. 1-4, & 6, x 150. Figs. 5, & 7-12, x 100. Virgulina schreibersiana, var. carinata nov. Fig. 13. Side view, back. Figs. 14,15. Side view, front. Figs. 16,17. Edge views. < 100. Bolivina simpsoni, sp. n. of growth and development. bifarine specimen. Fig. 32. Edge view. in balsam. Fig. 35. Edge view, ditto. x 80. Figs. 18-30. Side views in various stages Fig. 31. Side view of an abnormal Figs. 33, 34. Side views, Trams. Loot Soca XX. LEXTLX, FORAMINIFERA FROM THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. ert ‘ Ane ie i FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PEATE Bolivina limbata Brady. Costate variety. Figs. 1, 2. Side views. Fig. 3. Ditto, tortuose specimen. Fig. 4. Edge view. 4d: Mimosina rimosa, sp.n. Figs. 5, 6. Side views. Fig. 7. Ditto, with front half of last chamber removed. Fig. 8. Edge view. Fig. 9. End view, basal. Fig. 10. Side view, in balsam, showing the aperture and granular protoplasmic contents. Fig. 11. Edge view, in balsam. x 180. Mimosina echinata, sp.n. Figs. 12-14. Side views. Fig. 15. Apical view. Figs. 16-18. Edge or oral views. X 150. Mimosina hystrix Millett. Side view. x 200. Cassidulina bradyi, var. elongata Sidebottom. Balsam-mounted speci- men. X 390. Cassidulina (Orthoplecta) clavata Brady. Fig. 21. Oral view. Fig. 22. Dorsal view. X 200. : Lagena clavata (VOrbigny). Abnormal specimen. X 130. Lagena marginato-perforata Seguenza. Figs. 24-27. Complanate type. Figs. 24, 25. Side views. Fig. 26. Oral view. Fig. 27. Edge view. Figs. 28-30. Biconvex type. Fig. 28. Sideview. Fig. 29. Oral view, Fig. 30. Edge view. Figs. 24-27, x 130. Figs. 28-30, x 100. Lagena orbignyana, var. walleriana Wright. Figs. 31-34. Side views, showing different types of marking. Fig. 36. Edge view. Fig. 36. Oral view. x 130. Nodosaria spinulosa (Montagu). 86. Lagena orbignyana, var. kerimbatica nov. Fig.38. Side view. Fig. 39. Edge view. Fig. 40. Oral view. X 130. Tram Loot. Soe VA KX. GEL. CEC ER SEELEY SOSECEanEY fer) Huth, coll. FORAMINIFERA FROM THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 790 FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE LI. Polymorphina complexa Sidebottom. Figs. 1, 2. Side view. Fig. 3. Edge (oral) view. X 86. Sagrina virgula Brady. X 86. Sagrina striata (Schwager). Figs. 6, 7. Side views. Fig. 8. Edge VIEWING: Sagrina tessellata Brady. X 110. Globigerina cretacea @Orbigny. Figs. 10,11. Superior views. Fig. 12. Inferior view. Fig. 13. Edge view. X 83. Spheroidina corticata, sp.n. Fig. 14. Oral view. Fig. 10. Side view. Fig. 16. Detail of young form, showing the hexagonal surface orna- ment. Figs. 17, 18. Specimens in balsam, side and edge views. x 80. Spirillina vivipara Ehrenberg. Thick variety. Fig. 19. Superior view. Fig. 20. Inferior view. Fig. 21. Edge view. X 130. Spirillina vivipara Ehrenberg. Denticulate variety. Fig. 22. Superior view. Fig. 23. Inferior view. X 130. Spirillina ornata Sidebottom. Fig. 24. Superior view. Fig. 26. Inferior view. X 130. Spirillina semidecorata, sp.n. Fig. 26. Superior view of a specimen of the depressed evolute type. Fig. 27. Ditto, inferior view. Fig. 28. Superior view of the high crenelated type, the earlier whorl obscured with secondary shell-matter. Fig. 29. Ditto, edge view. Fig. 30. Superior view of the involute type, the early whorls entirely concealed by the later. Fig. 31. Ditto, inferior view. X 130. Cymbalopora milletti, sp. n. Figs. 32, 33. Side views. Fig. 34. Apical view. Fig. 35. Basal view. X 62. Discorbina globularis (@Orbigny). ‘Toothed variety. Fig. 36. Superior view. Figs. 57, 38. Inferior views, showing the toothed processes projecting into the umbilicus. Fig. 39. Edge view. 99. Loo Wot. XX, GOLL I Huth, coll. FORAMINIFERA FROM THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE LIL Fios. 1-6. 37-40. 41-47. FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE LII. Discorbina valvulata, var. granulosa noy. Figs. 1-3. Young individuals. Fig. 1. Superior view. Fig. 2. Inferior view. Fig. 3. Edge (oral) view. Figs. 4-6. Adult individuals. Fig. 4. Superior view. Fig. 5, Inferior view. Fig. 6. Edge (dorsal) view. x 46. Liscorbina reniformis, sp.n. Fig. 7. Oblique view. Fig. 8. Superior view. Fig. 9. Edge view of a very thick specimen with obscured convolutions. Fig. 10. Side view. Figs. 11-14. Balsam mounts. Fig. 11. Inferior view. Fig. 12. Superior view. Fig. 13. Edge view of a thick-walled specimen with obscured convolutions. Fig. 14. Side view of specimen showing dense outer shell-wall. x 100. Discorbina vesicularis (Lamarck), Fig. 15. Superior view. Fig. 16. Inferior view. Fig. 17. Edge or oral view. Fig. 18. Dorsal (edge) view. xX 40. Discorbina polystomelloides Parker & Jones. Fig. 19. Superior view. Fig. 20. Inferior view. Fig. 21. Edge view, showing the double system of aperture. Figs. 22, 23. Diagrammatic optical sections. Fig. 22 from the superior and 23 from the inferior side. (The principal series of chambers is shown in outline, and the secondary series in shading.) X45. Discorbina pustulata Heron-Allen & Earland. Figs. 24, 25. Superior views. Fig. 26. Inferior view. X 120. Discorbina globosa (Sidebottom). Fig. 27. Side view. Figs. 28, 29. Apical view. Figs. 30, 31. Basal view. X 98. Discorbina patelliformis Brady. Paired or “* budded” shells, viewed as a transparent object in balsam. X 130. Truncatulina rostrata Brady. Fig. 35. Young specimen, oblique view. Figs. 34, 35. Adult specimens, side view. Fig. 36. Edge or oral view. x 38. Truncatulina tubulifera, sp. n. Fig. 87. Superior view, specimen mounted in balsam. Fig. 38. Superior view, opaque. Fig. 39. Inferior view. Fig. 40. Edge view. x 80. Truncatulina glabra, sp.n. Figs, 41-43. Young specimens showing the involute character of the test. Fig. 43. Oral view. Figs. 44-47. Adult forms. Fig. 47. Oral view. x 83. Tham. Lot. Soe. Vol XX. FELL. cy 2 ORo ou Huth,coll. FORAMINIFERA FROM THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE LIL 794 FORAMINIFERA OF THE KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE ULIII. Fig. 1. Zruncatulina echinata Brady. Double specimen. 80. 2-5. war. 5 var. —— portschinskwi, 193. —— saxicola, 190. armeniaca, 187. bithynica, 187. chalybdea, 193. , var. defilippu, 191, 195. gracilis, 198. , var. portschinskn, 193, rudis, 196. —— serpa, 178, 201. , var. adriatica, 180. , var. galvagni, 174. 806 INDEX. Lacerta serpa, var. melisellensis, 174. , var. pelagose, 180. —— taurica, 190, £93. Lelaps rothschildi, sp. n. (Fig. 14), 325. Lagena acuta, 661. ampulla-listoma, 65. annectens, 662. —— apiculata, 654. ——— aspert, 655. auriculata, 669. bicarinata, 665. —— castrensis, 667, 668. —— clathrata, 668. clavata (Pl. L. fig. 23), 660. , var. setigera, 653. —— costate, 656. —— crenata, 658. —— distoma, 657. —— fasciata, 662. —— globosa, 383, 654. —— gracillima, 660. heaagona, 656, 657. ——- lacunata, 668. — levigaia, 661. , var. maleomsonit, 662. —— levis, 657. —— ——-, var. distoma, 657. , var. setigera, 658. ——— lagenordes, 665, lineata, 656. —— lucida, 661. ——— lyellin, 659. —— malcomsonit, 662. —— marginata, 663. —— marginato-perforatia (PI. L. figs. 24-30), 663. —— orbignyana, 666. , var. castrensis, 667. , var. kerimbatica, n. (PI. L. figs. 38-40), , var. lacunata, 668. , var. walleriana (Pl. L, figs. 31-36), 666. perlucida, 659. quadrata, 662. , var. rizze, 666. quadricostulata, 662. radiato-marginata, 664. reticulata, 656. Lagena rizze, 666. —— rudis, 655. —— semistriata, 658. —— spiralis, 660. spumosa, 657. squamosa, 656, staphyllearia, 664. striata, var. semestriata, 658. striato-punctata, 660. , var. spiralis, 660. sulcata, 659. , var. semistriata, 658. , var. striato-punctata, 660. , var. (Hntosolenia) squamosa, 656. vulgaris, 657, 663. , var. ampulla-distoma, 655, , var. perlucida, 659. , Yar. spinicosta-marginata, 664. williamsoni, 659. wrightiana, 665. Lagenula reticulata, 658, Lamprogaster quadrilinea, 416. Languria capitalis, 501, Laphria wenea, 400. gloriosa, 402. socia, 400. Lauvania sp., 422. (Sapromyza) nigripennis, 422, Lebia sp., 499. Leiochrinus fulvicollis, 535, medianus, 535. Leiochrodes medianus, 535. Lembeja crassa, 346. Lenticulites complanata, 737. rotulata, 671. Lepidoderma sp., 506. Leptataspis discolor, 359. elegantula, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 16), 359. —— watwikwensis, 359. Leptaulacides pulchellus, 501. Leptis ferruginosa, 397. Leptorrhynchus angustatus, 508. Lesticus politus, 499. Leucauge caudata, sp. n. (Fig. 27), 455. coccinea, 455. Leucitus argyreus, 500. Lingulina carinata, 670. INDEX S07 Liophryne kampeni, sp. n. (21. XXVIL. figs. 4, 4a), 252. Liparochrus dux, 503. Lituola globigeriniformis, 614. nautiloidea, var. qlobigeriniformis, O14. (Placopsilina) cenomana, 615. Lituolina irregularis, var. compressa, 613. Lixus mimicanus, sp. n., 511. Lomaptera sp., 503. adelpha, 503. moseri, 503. pulchripes, 503. Lonchea sp., 422. metatarsata, 422. Lophocheirus wollastoni, gen. et sp. n.(P]. XXNIX. fig. 3), 524, 525. - Lorentzimys nouhuysit, 322. Lucanus bison, 502. Lybas fascipes, 340. Lygosoma annectens, 258. baudinii, 259. cyanogaster, 259. cyanurum, 258. fuscum, 208. —— granulatum, 258. —— iridescens, 259. —— jeudii, nom. n., 261. jobiense, 257. —— klossi, sp. n. (Pl. XXIX. figs. 3, 3a), 259. lonyiceps, 258. —— melanopogon, 257. —— mimikanum, sp. n. (Pl. XXIX. figs. 2, 2), 257. —— muelleri, 260. —— nototenia, sp. n. (Pl. XXIX. figs. 1, 1a), 256. —— oligolepis, sp. n. (Pl. XXX. figs. 2, 2a), 261. rufescens, 260. semont, 258. smaragdinum, 258. tropidolepis, sp. n. (Pl. XXIX. figs. 4, 4 a), 260. undulatum, 257. variegatum, 257. wollastoni, sp. n. (PI. XXX. fig. 1), 261. Lyprops atronitens, 536. Lyramorpha diluta, 338. Lyriothemis meyert, £91. Macrocentra quadrispinosa, 499. Muacroglossus lagochilus nanus, 317. Macromia terpsichore, 483. Maira sp., 400. —— enea, 400. -—— gloriosa, 402. —— nitida, sp. n., 400. —— socia, 400. 398. Mallomys rothschildi, 319. MaAmMMALta : From Dutch New Guinea: systematic, 315. Marcius generosus, 341. Masicera morio, 411. notabilis, 411. Massilina alveoliniformis (Pl. XLV. fig. 15), 584. macilenta (P]. XLV. figs. 13, 14), 583. secans (Pl. XLIV. figs. 24-27), 582. —— — —, var. macilenta, 583. , var. reticulata, n. (Pl. XLV. figs. 1-4), 582. 583. , var. rugosa, n. (Pl. XLY. figs. 5-12), , var. tenwistriata (Pl. XLIV. figs. 28-31), 582. Mecocerus pantherinus, 507. Mecopus trilineatus, 531. Mecotropis pantherinus, 507. Megustethodon divisus, 359. modestus, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 15), 358. Megymenum dentatum, 339. Melumphaus circumdatus, 342. Melania plumbea, 289. Melanotenia, 277, 279. dumasi, 281. maculata, 280. nigrans, 279. ogilbyt, 280. Meroleptus laterosignatus, sp, n., 518. squalidus, sp. n., 520. Mesomorphus villiger, 5384, Meta coccinea, 453. S08 INDEX. Meltopodontus bison, 502. limbatus, 502. Meztra membranaceus, 344. Miagrammopes birot, 433. Micropechis ikaheka, var. fasciatus (Pl, XXX. fig. 5), 265. Mietis militaris, 340, Miliola anconensis, 568. —— (Biloculina) elongata, 552. —— (Quingueloculine) agglutinans, 575. — —( (Spiroloculina) limbata, 554. Meholina agglutinans, 575, 576. alveoliniformis, 581. ) ferussacti, 578. ) subrotunda, 559. anconensis, 568. anguina, var. agglutinans, 575. auberiana, 571. » var. stenostoma (Pl. XLII. fig. 32), O71. —— bertheliniana (Pl. XLI. figs. 32-35), 563. bicornis, 580. , var. angulata, 578. —— bicostata (Pl. XLII. figs. 42-45), 572. —— bosciana, 566. —— boueana, 581. —— brongniartii, 580. canderana, 570. circularis, 557. , var. cribrostoma, n. (PI. XLI. figs. 12- 16), 558. , var. sublineata (Pl. XLI. figs. 9-11), 558. contorta, 576, 578. —— costata (P]. XLIV. figs. 9-12), 579 —— crassa (Pl XLII. figs. 37-41), 57 —— cultrata (Pl. XLII. figs. 1-10), 564. —— cuneata, 569. curteriana (Pl. XLII. figs. 33-36), 571. —— dilatata, 559. disparilis, 577. durrandvi (Pl. XLII. figs. 11-16), 546, 565. —— elegans, 580. —— exsculpta, sp. n. (Pl. XLII. figs. 23-26), 567. —— ferussacii, 578. Jichteliana, 560. C 2 Miliolina funafutiensis (Pl, XLII. figs. 21) (22); 566. —— fusca, 576. —— gracilis, 567. —— insignis, 562. —— kerimbatica, sp. n. (Pl. XLIII. figs. 13-23), 574. labiosa (Pl. XL. figs. 8-10), 550, 559. —— lmbata (Pl. XLIV. figs. 5-8), 577. linneana, 579. - macilenta, 583. milletti, 564. , Var. carinata, 564. oblonga, 566, parker (Pl. XLT. figs. 11, 12), 574. pulchella, 578. pugmea, 567. -—— reticulate (Pl. XLII. figs. 9, 10), 573. — rotunda (Pl. XLII. figs. 27-30), 568. rupertiana, 546, 565, —— s¢lerotica (Pl. XLIV. figs. 1-4), 577. —— serobiculata (Pl, XLIV. figs. 18-21), 5381. — secans, 582. —— seminuda, 560. —— seminulum (Pl. XLII. fig. 31), 569. , var. cornuta, 570. , var. dasciformis, 582. , var. oblonga, 567. —— striata (Pl. XLIV. figs. 13-17), 579. —— suhorbicularis, 560. —— subrotunda, 559, 560. -—— tenuis, 556. terquemrana (Pl. XLI. figs. 26-31), 563. —— transversestriata (P]. XLII. figs. 17-20), 566. tricarinata, 562. , var. bertheliniana, 593. , var. plicata (Pl. XLI. figs. 17-22), 562. , var. Serrata, n. (Pl. XLI. figs, 23-25) 563. —— ——., var. terquemiana, 563. —— trigonula, 561. traquetra (Pl. XLIV. figs. 22, 23), 581. —— undosa (Pl. XLIITI. figs. 1-4), 572. —— undulata (Pl. XLIII. figs. 5-8), 573. — valvularis, 559. -— vulgaris, 569. —— webbiana, 560. INDEX. Miliolites planulata, 555. Nautilus macellus, 734. melo, 607. pertusus, 601. , yar. planissima, 556. . ringens, 59\). trigonula, 561. —— planatus, 601. Millepora miniacea, 728. —— radiatus, 736. rubra, 729. . —— rectus (Fig. 44), 599. Mimikana wollaston’, 336. —— repandus, 713. Mimosina affinis, 650. | — scapha, 731. —— echinata, sp. n. (Pl. L. figs. 12-18), 651. _ — semilituus (Fig. 44), 599. —— hystrix (Pl. L. fig. 19), 651. | aes spenglert, 722. —— rimosa, sp. n. (PI. L. figs. 5-11), 650. | —— spinulosus, 670. —— spinulosa, 650. — striato-punctatus, 732. Motuusca : — umbilicatulus, 730. From Dutch New Guinea: systematic: struc- (Lituus) arietinus, 601. ture: variation, 287. Nematocentris nove-quinee, 283. Monalysidium polita (Fig. 43), 603. rubrostriatus, 281. Mononya laticollis, 345, | —— splendida, 279. mixtus, 345. | ee tatei, 280. Mordella mixta, 538. winneckii, 280. sericeobrunnea, sp. n., 539. | Nematopus flaviceps, 340. Mormopterus beccarvt, 319. | Neoatherina australis, 280. Mucronianus rufipes, 508. | Neocromna bistriguttata, 354. Mugil cunnesius, 276. | Neoduksha quadriguttata, 354. —— troscheli, 276. | Neortamus longistylus, 405. Musca domestica, 414. | WNeopollenia papua, +14. Mydea curvinervis, 414, Nephesa bistriguttata, 354. decolor, 355. intacta, 355. papuana, 347. | Nephila sp., 442, Mynrtoropa: Myotis (Leuconoe) adversus, 318. Myrilla obscura, var., 347. maculata, 439. From Dutch New Guinea, systematic, 325. —— , var. hasseltiz, 440. , var. walekenaerit, 441. rivulata, 442. Nautilus acicularis (Fig. 43), 602. Nephilengys malabarensis, var. papuana, 442. —— ammonoides, 737. , Nerna impendens, 394. | —— arietinus (Fig. 42), 594, | Neurothemis decora, 491. —— asterizans, 730. | WNodosaria communis, 670. —— auricula var., 714. cylindracea, 677. —— beccurti, 717. proxima, 669. — conico-articulatus, 586, spinulosa (Pl. L. fig. 37), 670. — craticulatus, 734. —— (Dentalina) consobrina, 383. — crispus, 733. ( ) lorneiana, 383. —— depressulus, 730. Nontonina asterizans, 730. —— inflatus, 620. —— legumen, 671. == bouewna, 546, 731. , var. armata, 732. —— lituus, 600. | — canariensis, 614. lobatulus, 706. —— communis, d+, 810 INDEX. 5 sarees re Nonionina depressula, 730. elyptica, 545. granosa, 730. ——- pauperaia, 732. scapha, 545, 731. — turgida, 731. — wnobilicata, 730. —— ymbilicatula, 730. Nouria, gen. n., 379. compressa, sp. n. (PI. XX XVII. figs. 21-26), 378. —— harrisii, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVII. figs. 16-20), 376. —— polymorphinoides, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. figs. 1— 15), 376, 615. Nubecularia bradyi (Pl. XL. figs. 8-10), 550. depressa, 548. divaricata, 550. inflata, 550. —-— lucifuga, 548, 549. , var. decorata, n. (P]. XL. figs. 6, 7), 549. tibia, 548. tubulesa, sp. n. (Pl. XL. figs. 1-5), 548. Nummulina radiata, 739. Nummulites cumingti, 739. Nyctimantis granti, sp. n. (P1. XXVILI. figs. 2-2 b), 249, Nyetimene geminus, 317. Oda risi, sp. n. (Fig. 40), 489. Odosyllis gemmuta, 525, Okenana lycena, 353. Olios acteon, 467. —— artemis, sp. n. (Fig. 31), 407. —— princeps, sp. n. (Fig. 30), 464. Ommatius sp., 405. excurrens, 405. invehens, 406. Oncocephalus annulipes, 344. Oncomeris flavicornis, 338. Oolina apiculata, 654. — clavata, 660. fasciata, 662. Opatrum villiger, 534. Operculina anmonitiformis, 592. Operculina ammonoides, 737. complanata, 544, 737. , var. granulosa, 544, 738. —— granulosa, 738. involvens, 598. madagascarvensis, 545, Orbis foliaceus, 592. Orbitolina vesicularis, 726. Orbitolites complanata, 606. duplex, 605. — ittalica, 633. marginalis, 604. tenuissima, 633. Orbulina universa, 681. Orbulites marginalis, 604. Oronotus quadiituber, S04. Ortalis astrolabei, 415. Ortaloptera cleitamina, gen.etsp.n.(Pl. XXXVIIL. figs. 9, 9a), 419, 420. Orthorrhinus albosparsus, 514. patruelis, 515, —— postoculatus, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 4), 513. Oryba kadeni, 113. Oryctoderus latitarsts, 504. Oryzaria boscit, 606. Otinotus pallipes, 356. Otostigmus sp., 330. Oayopes papuanus, 453. striatus, 483. Oxyrhynchus collaris, 533. Pachylia ficus : ethology: development (Pls. X. figs. a-g; XY. fig. g), 97. resumens: ethology, 113. syces syces: ethology: development (Pls. X. figs. h-k; XY. fig. h), 99. Paloptus sp., 345, Palystes dasyurinus, sp. n. (Fig. 33), 471. Pandercetes isopus, 471. Pantorhytes gravis, 511. Pantoxystus rubricollis, 518. Papuana angusta (Pl. XNXIX. fig. 13), 504. semistriata, 504, woodlarkiana, 504. Papuanella mirabilis, gen. et sp. n. (Pl. XXXIY. fig. 6), 352, 353. INDEX. Papuina htwus (Pls. XXXII., XXXIII.; Fig. 10), 296. taumantius, 300. — wollastoni, sp. n.: structure (Pl. XXXIII.; Fig. 11), 297. Parahydromys asper, 319. Paratella decolor, 355. errudita, 355. —— intacta, 355. —— vodipennis, 355. — roseoalba, 355. —— spectra, sp. n., 355. Parathelphusa (Liotelphusa ?) aruana, 308. (——) plana, sp. n. (Fig. 13), 311. —— (——) wollastoni, sp. n. (Fig. 12), 310. Paricana curvifera, 348. Parotosaurus sect. n., 257. Passalus compergus, 502. Patellina corrugata, 686. —— plicata, 619. Pavonina flabelliformis (Pl. XLYIII. figs. 1-6), 544, 546, 632. italica, 633. Pelecotomoides murina, 539. Pelochelys cantoris, 255. Pendulinus lutescens, 340. Peneroplis, 594. arvetinus, 383, 600, 602. — aspergilla, 588. —— carinatus, 602. —— cylindraceus, 600, 602. —— dubius, 602. —— lituus (Fig. 43), 596, 600, 603. pertusus, 601. planatus, 601, 602. proteus, 601. (Monalysidium) polita, 603. Periophthalmus schlossert, 276. Perissops pavonia, 523. Pheochrous emarginatus, 503. Phalanger gymnotis, 323. maculatus, 323. orientalis, 322. Phascogale lorentzii, 323. melanura modesta, 324. melas, 323. —— murex aspera, 324. (oe) — Phascogale naso, 324, noulwysii, B24, Pheretima maxima, sp. n. (Fig. 41 4), 493. ——. (Parapheretima) beaufortii, var. apotrema, 496. —— ( ) utakwana, sp. n. (Fig. 41 8), 494. Pheropsophus agnatus, 499. Phialina var., 657. Philonthus superbus, sp. n., 499. Phleobius gigas, 508. Pholusa nchemolus : ethology: development (Pl. XII. figs. gm), 100. cisst, 113. fasciatus: ethology: development (Pis. XI. figs. a-l; XY. fig. 7), 102. —-— labrusce : ethology : development. figs. a-e; XV. fig. k), 104. satellitia licaon; ethology, 113. (Pls. XIIT. vitis vitis: ethology: development (Pls. XII. figs. af; XV. fig. m), 101. Phorocera convertens, 411. Phymoides rubromaculatus, 354. Physopelta famelica, 341. Phytalmia cervicornis, 417. wollastoni, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVIII. figs. 8, 8 «), 418. Pipistrellus papuanus, 318. Pisces : Freshwater Fishes from Dutch New Guinew: systematic, 275. Placopsilina cenomana, 615, varians, 608. Plesius ellipticus, 500. Plagiopisthen australis, 500. politus, sp. n., 500. Planispirina auriculata (Pl. XLVI. figs. 3-7), 590. communis (Pl. XLVI. figs. 8, 9), 591. exigua, 590. (Stgmoilina) edwardsi, 584. Planorbuline acervalis, 705. culter, 709. —— echinata, 711. farcta, var. mediterranensis, 705. — larvata, 706. —— mediterranensis, 70d. — rubicunda, 726. — rubra, 725. —— vulgaris, var. larvata, 76. VOL. XX.—PART xvil. No. 35.— November, 1915. DU 812 INDEX. Planorbulina (Anomalina) ammonoides, 712. Platycantha dirupta, 486. Platystoma impingens, 416. Plecanium concavum, 624. rugosum, 625. Plecia fulvicollis, 392. Plesiocyptera divisa (Pl. XXX VIII. fig. 7), 412. Plisthenes dilatatus, 338. Podareis defilippii, 195, depressa, 190, 193, 195. Podomyia setosa, 412. Pogonomys leucogaster, 322. multiplicatus, 320. Pollenia sp., 413. Polymorphina appula, 642. communis, 673. complewa (Pl. LI. figs. 1-3), 673. compressa, 672. formosa, 672. lactea, 672. , var. oblonga, 672. —— longissima, 642. —— oblonga, 672. —— regina, 673. semicostata, 673. —- silicea, 630. — sororia, 673. —— (Guttulina) communis, 673. —— ( ) problema, 673. ( ) sororia, 673. Polystomella angularis, 545. craticulata, 734. crispa, 733. Lng?) , var. (Wonionina) asterizans, 730. ,»— ( ) seapha, 731. decipiens, 732. gibba, 733. macella, 734. —— wmilletti, sp. n. (Pl. LIII. figs. 38-42), 546, yor foo. ‘ striato-punctata, 732. , var. selseyensis, 733. subnodosa, 733. —— verriculata, 735. Polytrema cylindricum, 729. miniaceum, 728, , var. alba, 728. Polytrema planum, 725. rubra, 729. utriculare, 713. Poropterus archaicus, 518. vicarius, 518. Potamon (Geotelphusa) aruanus, 308. Priocnemicoris flaviceps, 340. Pristhesancus inconspicuus, 345. Promachus noscibilis, sp. n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 5), 403. raptor, sp. n., 402. Protambulyx euryalus, 112. Proteonina diflugiformis, 612. Protoparce albiplaga, 111. difissa tropicalis: ethology (Pl. VIII. fig. d), 89. hannibal: ethology, 111. leucospila, 111. lichenia, 112. —— mossi, sp.n.: ethology: development (Pls. VII. figs. e-g ; XV. fig. c), 87. rustica rustica: ethology : development (Pls. VIII. figs. a-c; XY. fig. 6), 90. scutata (Pl. VILLI. fig. e), 90. sexta paphus: ethology: development (Pls. VII. figs. h-k ; XV. fig. d), 86. Protozoa : Foraminifera: Kerimba Archipelago: syste- matic, 363, 543. Psammosphera fusca, 609. Psechrus castaneus, sp. n. (Fig. 22), 434. Pseudelaps muelleri, 265. Pseudepisphenus perplexus, 502. Pseudochirus albertisi, 323. schlegeli, 323. Pseudoporopterus archaicus, 518. vicarius, 518. Pseudopyrellia sp., 414. Pseudosphinx tetrio: ethology: development (Pls. VIII. fig. 0; XV. fig. 7), 92. Psilopus benedictus, 407. egens, 408. maculipennis, 407. persuadens, 407. signatipennis, 407. splendidus, var., 407. Ptecticus atritarsis, sp. n., 396. INDEX. 813 Pternistria femoralis, 340. Pteropus papuanus, 317. Ptilocera violacea, sp.n.(Pl. XX XVIII. figs.2a,b), 394. Ptinus gigas, 508. Ptolycus nodosus, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 6), 521, Pullenia obliquiloculata, 681. Pulvinula repanda, 544, Pulvinulina allomorphinoides, 696. auricula, 714. — brongniartii, 715. concentrica, 714. elegans, 717. —— globosa, 702. hauerti, 715. lateralis (Pl. LIII. figs. 6-11), 714. menardi, 715. , var. tumida, 715. —— micheliniana, 383, 716. —— nitidula, 653. —— oblonga, 714. , var. scabra, 714. parischiana (Pl. LILI. figs. 12-14), 717. patagonica, 716. —— procera, 717. repanda, 713. , var. menardu, 715. schreibersui, 716. truncatulinoides, 383, 716. tumida, 715. Pylodexia atlantica, 678. Python amethystinus, 262. Quinqueloculina agglutinans, 575. anguina, 575. auberiana, 571. bicostata, 572. bosciana, 566. boueana, 581. —— brongniartii, 580. candeiana, 570. contorta, 576. costata, 579. crassa, 572. cuvieriana, 571, dilatata, 559. Quinqueloculina disparilis, 577. ferussacti, 578. Jlavescens, 545. Jlewuosa, 580. Susca, 576. josephina, 579. laevigata, 569. lamarckiana, 571. limbata, 577. —— lucida, 567. ornatissima, 590. parisiensis, 580. planciana, 582. poeyana, 579. polygona, 578. —— pulchella, 578. —— pygmea, 567. — reticulata, 573. —— sclerotica, 577. —— secans, 582. —— seminuda, 560. —— seminulum, 569. —— striata, 579. —— suborbicularis, 560. — subrotunda, 559. — undosa, 572. — undulata, 573. —— ungeriana, 571. , Var. stenostoma, 571. — variabilis, 584. —— vulgaris, 569. Rana demeli, 250. grisea, 250. —— grunniens, 249, macroscelis, 249. novee-guinee, 250, papua, 250. Reduwius melanocephalus, 344. verecundus, 344, Regillus divergens, sp. n. (Fig. 29), 461. Reophax ampullacea, 615. diflugiformis, 612. Reprrria : From Dutch New Guinea: development: systematic: 257. Lacerta muralis: variation: systematic, 135. du 2 814 Tthabdocnemis nudicollis, 531. Rhabdogonium tricarinatum, 383. Rhadinocentrus ornatus, gen. et sp. n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 1), 278, 280. Khaphidohelix elegans, 613. Tthaphidoscene conica (Pl. XLVI. figs. 16, 17), 608. Rhinocricus granti, sp. n. (Fig. 18), 331. Rhinoscapha azureipes, 509. —— demissa, sp. n., 509. dori, 509. Lthizanmina algeformis, 611, Lthombatractus affinis, 283. catherine, 283. —— crassispinosus, 283. fasciatus, 282. kochit, 283. lorentzti, 284. patoti, 280. senckenbergianus, 2838. —— sentaniensis, 282. webert, 283. Rhombosoma, gen. n., 278, 283. lorentzti, 284, —— nove-guinee (Pl. XXXI. figs. 5, 6), 276, 283. Rhotaia albopunctata, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 1), 349. nebulosa, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 2), 349. Lthynchenus gazella, 521. Rhunchophorus kaupi, 531. hieania binotata, 350. caliginosa, 350. —— iodipennis, 355. —— nigra, 351. —— hoctua, sp. n. (PI. XXXIY. fig. 3), 350. personata, 350. —— splendida, 352. subglauca, sp. n. (P]. XXXIY. fig. +), 351, Riowa sp., 421. flava, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVIII. figs. 10, 10a), 421. formosipennis, 421. Robulina subnodosa, 733. Robulus cultratus, 672. Rosalina akeneriana, 709. ammonoides, 712. INDEX. Rosatina araucana, 693, binkhorsti, 694. bulloides, 688. cora, 690. globularis, 694. isabelleana, 692. — lateralis, 714. mediterranensis, 693. orbicularis, 693. parisiensis, 701. —— poeyi, 687. rugosa, 697. sauleri, 696. valvulata, 695. vilardeboana, 692. Rotalia armata, 720. beccarit, 717, 718. , var. orbicularis, 718. —— —-, var. soldanii, 719. brongniarti, 715. calcar, 545, 720. —— communis, 544, —— defrancti, 722. dubia, 546, 722. —— erinacea, sp. n. (Pl. LIII. figs. 23-26), 546, 720, —— easculpta, 383. —— menardii, 715. —— murrayi, sp.n. (Pl. LIII. figs. 27-34), 546, 721. —— nitida, 691. orbicularis, 718. —— pupillosa, 719. » Var. compressiuscula, 719. perlucida, 718. —— precineta, 709. —— rosacea, 692. —— rosea, 708. ~—- schroeteriana, 719. » var, inflata, 719. — soldanii, 383, 719. —— spiculotesta, 620. —— squammosa, 687. —— venusta (Pl. LITT. figs. 15-22), 546, 720. —— (Gyroidina) soldanii, 719. —— (Lrochulina) turbo, 693. —— (Turbinularia) beccarii, 717. Rotalia (Turbinulavia) elegans, 717. Rotalina badensis, 716. brongniartii, 715. calear, 720. —— hudingerit, 708. —— hauerti, 715. inflata, 620. mamilla, 693. micheliniana, 716. mitida, 691. oblonga, 714. ochracea, 619. —— purtschiana, 717. patagonica, 716. reticulata, 710. rosacea, 692. rosea, 708. schreibersii, 716. schroeteriana, 719. soldanii, 719. turgida, 731. ungeriana, 708. venusta, 720. Sagenella frondescens, 611. Sagenina frondescens, 611. Sagrina columellaris, 676. divaricata, 550. raphanus, 677. rugosa, 383. Sarantus wallacei, 357. Sarcophaga invaria, 413. Sciena belangeri, 276. Scara ponderosa, 391. Scolopendra subspinipes, 330. Scutellera cyanipes, 336. Selenocosmia lanceolata, sp. n. (Fig. 21), 430, Sephena rujilinea, 355. Seramba sagittata, sp. n. (Fig. 35), 476. Serpula bicornis, 580. lactea, 672. semmmulum, 569. truncatulinoides, 716. striata (Pl. LI. figs. 6-8), 546, 676. tessellata (Pl. LI. fig. 9), 546, 677. virgula (21. LI. figs. 4, 5), 676. INDEX. 815 Serpula (Lagena) levis globosa, 654. === cael ——=(( Sessinia stotherti, sp. n., 540. Setenis costipennis, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 15), 935. Sigmoilina, 582. edwardsi (Pl. XLY. figs. 19-21), 584. ovata (Pl. XLY. figs. 16-18), 584. Sipalis granulatus, 533. ) marginata, 663. ) striata suleata rotundata, 659. ) sulcata, 659. Stphogenerinu costata, 677. glabra, 676. striata, 677. —— (Sagrina) raphanus, 677. Siphonina fimbriata, 710. Stteutes glabratus, 511. Solaster endeca: development (Pls. I.-V.), 1. Sparganobasis subcruciatus, gen. eb sp. n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 11), 531, 532. Spheeroidina bulloides, 545, -—— corticata, sp. n. (Pl. LI. figs. 14-18), 681.” Sphedanolestes melanocephalus, 344. verecundus, 344. Sphenophorus nudicollis, 531. Sphenophryne cornuta, 251. —— klossi, sp. n. (Pl. XXVIT. figs. 3-36), 251. Spilogaster curvinervis, 414. Spirillina decorata, 685. foliacea, 592. tnequalis, 684, — limbata, 684. , var. denticulata, 685. lucida, 6384. margaritifera, 685. obconica, 683. ornata (Pl. LI. figs. 24, 25), 684. —— semidecorata, sp. n. (Pl. LI. figs. 26-31), 685. —— vivipara (Pl. LI. figs. 19-23), 683. Spirolina agglutinans, 612. —— austriaca (Fig. 44), 599. clavata, 599. —— cylindracea (Fig. 44), 602. —— longissima, 602. pedum, 602. Spirolinites cylindracea (Fig. 43), 597, 603. 816 Spiroloculina acutimargo, 557. angulosa, 554. badenensis, 555, complanata, 552. +) compressiuscula, 556. crenata (Pl. XLI. figs. 6-8), 546, 557. —— depressa, 554, 555. , var. cymbium, 5o4. , var. rotundata, 554. — dorsata, 554. —— excavata, 553, 504. foveolata, 553. —— fragilissima, 587. grata, 552. impressa, 504. : lumbata (Pl. XL. figs. 14-17), 553, 554. nitida, 552, 558. , var. foveolata, 553. planissima (Pl. XLI. figs. 1-5), 556. planulata, 555, 556. rotunda, 552. tenuirostra, 556. tenuis, 536. Spiroplecta biformis, 634. sagittula, 634. wright, 634. Sporadotrema cylindricum, 729, Squamulina scopula, 611. varians, 608, Stegonotus cucullatus, 264. mocestus, 264. plumbeus, 264. Stenomys klossi, 320, Stenopterina didyma, 415, Storena zebra, 439. Strabo nigrofasciatus, 279. Strachia semiviridis, 337. Strongylium wollastoni, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 14), 538. STRUCTURE: Mottvsca: Papuina, ete., 287. Sulcobasis sp., 300. Sus papuensis, 322. Symbranchus bengalensis: distribution, 275. Synaptura villosa, 276, Syuthemis wollastoni, sp. n. (Figs. 38, 39), 486. Syrphus ericetorum, 408, INDEX. Tabanus albithorax, 396. illustris, 397. metallicus, 396. wollastoni, 396. Teniaptera albimana, 417. Taphozous granti, 319. Tectocoris lineola, var. cyanipes, 336. Teinobasis metallica, 485. Tessaratoma dilatatum, 338. Jlavicorne, 338. Petragnatha leptognatha, 454. rubriventris, 454. Tetrarthria flagrans, 336. Letrathemis irregularis leptoptera, 489. Tettigonia obtecta, 346. Tetyra billardierti, 336. Teatularia agglutinans, 626. , var. biformis, 634. , var. porrecta, 627. barrettit, 630. biformis, 634. candeiana (Pl. XLVII. figs. 10-16), 627. communis, 544. concava, 624. conice, 629, , var. corrugata, n. (Pl. XLVILI. figs. 24- 27), 629. crispata (Pl. XLVII, figs. 5, 6), 624. cuneiformis, 625. —— foliacea, sp. n. (Pl. XLVII. figs. 17-20), 546, 628. - folium, 623. —— fungiformis, 627. fustfornis, 623. globulosa, 383. —— gramen, 627, 628. hauerit (Pl. XLVII. figs. 21-23), 628. —— inconspicua (Pl. XLVII. figs. 1-4), 623. » var. gugosa, 624, —— jugosa, 624, 625, — luculenta, 627. marginata, 545, porrecta, 627. rhomboidalis, 624. rugosa (Pl. XLVII. figs. 7-9), 625. sagittula, 625. , var. candeina, 627. INDEX. Textularia sagittula, var. jugosa, 625. triseriata, 631. trochus (Pl. XLVII. fig. 28), 630. turris, 630. variabilis (typica), 647. , var. difformis, 645. Thambema amicorum, gen. et sp. n. (Pl. XXVI.), 237. Thambematide, fam. n., 237. Thelaira sp., 413. Therapon habbemai, 276. Therates basalis, 498. Thurammina papillata, 371, 617. Tinoporus baculatus, var. spheroidalis, 727. levis, 726, lucidus, 724. vesicularis, 727. Tipula de-meijerei, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVIILI. fig. 1), 393. Tmesisternus cinctus (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 17), 542. modestus (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 20), 542. multiplicatus (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 19), 542. —— teniatus (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 16), 542. —— (Polyxo) bialbatus (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 22), 542. (——-) laticollis (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 24), 542. Tolypammina vagans, 610. Toxotes chatareus, 276. Tretomphalus bulloides, 688. Tribolonotus novee-quinee, 262. Trichoprosopa divisa, 412. Tricondyla aptera, 498. Triecphora rufa, 358. Trigoniulus klossi, sp. n. (Fig. 19), 332. Trigonoptera albonotata (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 23), 542. Triloculina brongniartit, 580. circularis, 557. cuneata, 569. fichteliana, 560. —— gracilis, 587. labiosa, 559. levigata, 569. linneiana, 579. oblonga, 566. —— plicata, 562. reticulata, 573. rotunda, 568. co pa =I Triloculina suborbicularis, 560. tricarinata, 562. —— trigonula, 561. valvularis, 559. webbiana, 560. Tritaxia lepida, 631. ovata, 631. Trochammina charoides, 618. gordialis, 618, inflata, 620. ——- nitida, 620. ochracea (Pl. XLVI. figs. 27, 28), 619. plicata, 619. rotaliformis, 620. squamata, 619. charoides, 618. gordialis, 618. Tropidonotus doriw, 264. mairii, 263. picturatus, 263. Truncatulina akneriana, 709. culter, 702. echinata (Pl. LIII. fig. 1), 711. — glabra, sp. n. (Pl. LII. figs. 41-47), 546, 711. haidingerii, 708. lobatula, 706. mundula, 707. precincta, 709. refulgens, 545, 707. —— reticulata, 710. robertsoniana, 708. —— rosea, 708. —— rostrata (Pl. LII. figs. 33-36), 546, 709. —— tenuimargo, 707. —— tubulifera, sp. n. (Pl. LIL. figs. 37-40), 716. ungeriana, 708. variabilis, 706. Tubinella funalis, 587. Ulasia reversa, 347. saundersi, 347. Uloborus undulatus, var. pallidior, 433. Uloma bituberosa, 535. Uromys leucogaster, 322. —— lorentzvi, 321. mollis, 322. 818 INDEX. Uromys naso, 321. —— nero, 320. —— platyops, 322. —— scaphax, 321. stalkert calidior, 321. Utakwana rubromaculata, gen. et sp. n. (PI. XXXIV. fig. 8), 353. Uvigerina angulosa, 676. auberiana, 674. » var. glabra, 674. porrecta, 675. pygmea, 675. , var. angulosa, 676. selseyensis, 675, tenuistriata, 675. —— (Sagrina) raphanus, 677. Vaginulina levigata, 671. lequmen, 671. Valvulina allomorphinoides, 696. conica, 635. ovalis, 714. triangularis, 635. » var. conica, 635. Vanhoefenella gaussi, 608. Varanus indicus, 256. prasinus, 256. salvadorit, 256. Vareia sordida, 352. VARIATION: Repritra: Lacerta muralis, 135. Moritusca: Papuina, 297. Vermiculum globosum, 654. leve, 657. oblongun, 566, subrotundum, 559. VERMIDEA: Oligocheta from Dutch New Guinea: sys- tematic, 493. Verneuilina polystropha, 631, 636. pygmea, 631. spinulosa, 630. Vertebralina mucronata, 585. —— striata, 587. (Articulina) elongata, 586. Virgulina schreibersiana (Pl. XLIX. tigs. 1-12), 642, » Var. carinata, n. (Pl. XLIX. figs. 13- 17), 643. Webbina hemispherica, 371. Xenocerus core, 507. equestris, 508. lachrymans, 507. Xesta citrina, 290. Xylophanes anubus, 114. ceratomoides, 114. docilis, 114. —— lhbya, 114. —— media, 114. ockendeni, 114. —— pluto: ethology, 114. rothschildi, 114. tersa: ethology: development (Pls. XTY. figs. n-q; XV. figs. 2, 0), 106. development (Pl. XIII. —— titana: ethology: fig. f), 106. Xylotrupes woodlarkianus, 504. Zaglossus sp., 324, Zantecla pusilla, 279, Zelus dorycus, 344, Zootoca chalybdea, 187. ~ END OF VOLUME XX. PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (continued). To Fellows. To the Public. Seen Batn Ob esa de VOLUME XIX. (1909-1910, containing 24 Plates and 16 Text-figures). . . . . . . PricelO 4&4 O Lodlen30 Part 1. (1909, containmg: 3 Pls. & 12 Text-figs.). 4, 117 6 210 0 2. (1909, containing 4 Plates). . . . . » 2 5 0 3 00 Sao (CbOO9: combaumine ce: Plates) 504.2 Sees og One gO 012 0 » 4 (1910, containing 10 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) . pt olonO 5 00 5. (1910, containing 5 Pls.,TitleandIndex) ,, 117 6 210 0 oP) VOLUME XX. (1902-1915, containing 53 Plates and: 44) Pext-fieures).. 9). 27). 8s ePrice I 10-23, 2. Tbs 0: Pann dy, (19125 containing’ 5 Plates) 0: 22 335, 0 18720 1740 eee 2a (1942 contaimme LO; Plates)’. <2) .9 2) fal een a O oon0 » 98. (4918, containing 8 Pls. & 4 Text-figs.) . , 1 2 6 1 10 dee LOLs contamina —duilates). . 2 yo a ON Oy, O 0): 12.0 op LOlt contamina, Aelelates) no 6) oe Oe 0 012 0 porGe (Ol4 contaming yb Plate)si ton.) 3: Moe Cy be Ol eo 07.5 , 7. (1914, containing 2 Pls. & 7 Text-figs.) . 4-0 7 6 OG (8) 4 8. (1914, containing 2-Text-figs.) =. . . 5 0 2°38 0 3 pO OIA aie waa BA cca prensa bial Mee eh ese tapers Ona 0) ,» 10. (1914, containing 6 Text-figs.). . . .- Bo OM enero 0 3 ole (OIA contami ed Plate) oo. 2. ie ee OE Te 010 O » 12. (1914, contamme 3 Plates). .-. .. eee Ons ee G) OF12: <0 ,, 18. (1915, containing 1 Plate) . OF 9530 0-12 6 ,, 14. (1915, containing 18 Text-figs.). . . . 4 O12 0 016 0 #15: (1915, containing A Text-figs.). . . ,.9 3. "O28 0 0 » 16. (1915, containing 1 Plate) OF S20 012 0 . 17. (1915, containing 14 Plates & 3 Text-figs., 0 4 0 0 Mitletandelndex) ewe att -2 vette Sapo meO CONTENTS. XVII. The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese East Africa).— Part Il. By Epwarp Heroy-Auian, F.LS., F.Z.S., F.GS., PRIS, and Artaur Eartann, RMS. (Plates XL.—LIII., and Text-figures 42-44.) page 043 Alphabetical bist-of the Contmibutoms megane ance (Soke aut ee tate 795 A Bava tes: anirreyen To) Ds Orn rant pm gett Olek SiS 22S LSA Ree Ra Saar pages ars hes ne eee 35 AO) Titlepage and Contents to Vol. XX. THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds— Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Among such illustrations, figures of the uew or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, in the months of March, June, September, and December. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately. The pagination is now consecutive throughout the issue for the year, so that the year and page give the complete reference. An “ Abstract of the Proceedings” is published by the Society on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. Itis issued along with the “ Proceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. The ‘Transactions’ contain such of the communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the ‘ Zoological Record ” for asum of £1 10s. (which includes delivery), payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the 1st December in each year. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (Regent’s Park, London, N.W.), at Messrs. Longmans’ (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL, November, 1915. Secret ary. LPTs mh hi an My rep ¥ att Mate be z Bea Shy ica ¥ —.*= = > ee —_ — = : >. 3S Dp») Die Tee et ») wow OA ‘ ICSAC yyy. Wye ey, A aie wy, 7 AUS | ey, Us "Veg Ne ES Y \ a Youve rie MFRS S CR g = 2 4 Ady WE Vis “Uy Vere See Ley S\/ IWS ee Bin / 3 Adee Ae \ Yive wy eae oY y gov ey y gee L ASIN Ah Leh Vs wryy7y xe w vue w/ — | ~ VOY ae ICS ID DIDDY WI W > H>- Dp D292 ID DID INV) DYDD ID XD y 2. : PIII >?) ) | 5 PPV LP MWY ype Bes ee 3 DPI” DI IVI9 22 PDP) P DPD) 2 > . yd a 7 oe WS Nw) 4 | ve Ws. Y v \e/ NS Ne Na | iscY Y y: oy ‘ 1; Ss Wy We “eS ly > ) 52D WY-w Dw VP) D>) 29°23 3 Dy. >y 3D? > Lh we Ss y y y wy J y 1) Wy YY ) Yes YIP > > d — PN ees wy vi a) ne Sa hed VEU ON oy ie d we he a Ae re = Wy, wi BvGe) MOY Ne A'S A” A Y y Sec Y y —W NS DY ey Ae wet vg ™ woe te ave fu yD i> 33 » Dp»)? 9392 9D ») 2D» DoD Dy >>) DY ID DD) D Dy. Dy WI? DD” DD + = ae iS A A iy IY SS iw Avie ye D>») » 23 222. 2») Pw) p »») 5) Ds 3 D> DD)» ID” D SD Pd IPM 3353 Sy PIP be . 22> 33 33> a 23 ye DY Dy a >» 323 PIP I »o- >») S)) IY) DD» DM Sas )) > ay) $3 IY FID DZ PLYDD DDD) > DIDI y + > 338 33 IMD WY 2D HIADyY DVIBY®D DI» JI2IODP D>» 2») DW D> 2. 2)» D 2 BI) DP” DDD >» DIW>d)) SD. PY IDV _LDD? DIY DY yy Dy” D> DEWPT 9 >>> 2)» PP 2) >> ig mat DP yD») aes 2: » D PP Re. MP2 ID z DP) ) = » ) ; 22 be i J. \ » 5 > j = SN ay _ é J Ri) s NS wh vl ve WW Uy J AS Z : DD yD») > ) 2D) ID)» D5» S57, i p> ia > O57 > yy fe > DW) DD DD», iy) ap >) By» DID) ID? >> D> 2») > ». » 2 “4 oye é. >») DDI”: IY >») 22> y ’ SI FEAG DPI» DID 5 Dy DoD DOWD )D 2ra “$e poe Sy =) ee ms » P32 2B. 2 PDD D IDI BIW DP) D355 DY Pd DWMD YI 7 DOD 22 PIP UP Swe Poy 2- 2D» yy * 9) DDD Dw 2” ») D> 222 > w»)» > SP BE PP 2 PIP 232 E22 FLD LIDDY D_ DD) Dy: > D333 yi ae >> ee DW 32D > ioe PD wY eS » 2 >a DID VDD» > a> yy DY 2p yD >— o SSD. Se eae < > > iP» 2) DDD DIY DYI22 YI DPW ID IDIADD $5 eR sD? », F322 SI D>») PII) ID DY LPI ILO ID) IPD I> PPD P)) PHS PW ow. 333 P37 B rye wPAP IND! 3WILG >: 22) D YD HY DDI» PMINID 4 22D 1D PPD) > we D2 > ds PDP md iS 3 ID »D DID DID D_ J322D)> PD® Wye d Bd”, DID DID 3 SE 2 ‘2D? <2. DY IYI DYDD >» yy» DDD) > >> See a> D>» = PIII DAPI RIE > DID DPF DY) DIP DM . y i Se < ee oe RES. > D> Wy DD 2 Spt 1) DPD? D> 1) DDD ODD DPD) i >) D®IOMD DY» > yo DAY +p >> D> yD Dy > > P yD) »». ¥ ~ \ \ b wd } = Y LA he 7 i) y) ee Y J &| ~ w \ vy a A Je a v S C J & Ne | \= boy {ty bw \~ ~4 Si eA A NS Nes ey. “yi 'Y wy )Y,; wi Ae ; Le ig J ne ad w Lf we Ms vy S, NS, ) ) XR Z \ y i 22) LP ys») D> iw S ) 7 \ iS we “ y) y } ay) , u i ~) y) 3 ky J ee y was ee ( iy 1 Yes! We lw i v/ ) vl e 3 IN / J yi é LS y \& 9 | LBW ids! ty ee y uy IJ J | J ed! tay! eg e Je J J ww ie we Ww) >) ~ = ih LD S = ae eT y] = == = pO DYI LW ™ ID TIDY IV IIVY DYDD) VII PD 3 pL DD $222 TPP PIIn DD LI") OY YES Day» VEP Bop) BP PLP DW ELE A, 98 RL VED D2 Dy » > yo > >>> oP >. y) » Dy) 2» yy Zo _ Iw PP i> SoD > yi) DQY DDD PDL DD 7 DINIY) FW ID ID) VII ID DV DI IO VDI D 79-9 DI I? DIG WD LID VDD 2 VT DVI PVF DY DI DI 9D 9D? WE SLD WD E>» >) I WD ypP> wD WD 2D» SOID Wp i Dy FRPP > >>, 2D) DD DY III,» DP. ‘> 1 peVO 62D DD Dw pO WS PS. ral << aw 2. Pd WDD PBI D>. DDI o rs a) Di. SY) dD) DIY YI Pw Pex yo we ys JED Poy wD) DY DY) DD DID dry wD) > i) Poy WY PWD TIVID yw FIT) 25 2 2 Ba We DD 92S 2 yD DD » PD) D) > 2 DWN DIDINY > D> PVM DTI dd 1D) LEE DY 2 Pw VY BID DDD D> WV DDT aD dd PNW Te > PDD DDH 2D DIDBWY DTITID DY) rdIID YY DWI D> 2d DY WD WW VW? D DIDDY DITITD I) 5 > ee Pd 2 WIN DD DDI PD DY) BW DIDI AID > DPV ID »D PIWOWY DAD MY) Dd) ) HOYVADV DY dy) > DD DV 0D yD WY VX DID YP DD FY DY DW) DIP Dd F ) PY em) DDD IY YD Dy YLT Ds oy DYDD DW IDG .2 2») DY) YT ID 2TD IDY WIAD VI DY) VIP BD2 YD) Yy_ 2 DPI DDD D> dW VIDD) WV 72 ID YDB) DID wD Y 2D) yy) DFID) DDI DD DY ” DDD 2 D2»)? > 3D DD 299) WY WY 2-9 D2 DD DD IY ID PD) WS ; DIDI DIMI)! 2D WY YY? DV YW WY WJ ODID” » ) > DLE < D> DAD PID) DVD) VW Dw DV DD) DDI DW? D LEY D1 DP DIDI DW ID 2D VW DDI I? 2 bp) 7 2S YP 2 DVI PD) 2 DPA PITS YW) ID VDD P 2 > >> a2 TD2 DID DP) NSD? WTS YD? Dad DL DI od 2 VI) ae WD DP DID D) PID)? FDI W WD IVW VID» 2 > nav I 3 SDI DY DVD 8 a DY) MIA D y PUR 2? 4 IPOD DTTP DD) DIDI? DDD DY wD D> 3 DIL PND VID FIT DD) NID 9 227 eB wD? BD 2» * 52 J DFID IIDD)YOIDIVYIIYI DY BWD VI WD). Dh 2 2M ADDO D 55FDBVID DPD WD? DDD DIT Da BY PVD Sys BOP 2 PLB 9 2 B9 VI INTITW) YD) DIV Da PID SA POD PDD IWTIV DY D> DDD PD No De a FRO Y RS DAA» XD VOI PM dy P > De Ree ee. DB (72D L2PES TD) DW a VID) 9 DY 99955 DD >» LD) D2 2D DIP IVITID 2Y DDD. > op EDDIE FD PPD DIVILD) FI Y 1 V II YY US a> i ‘DID DDD? >) VID DP ») 22> wv FD YO IINDD 35239 HD LISS VD WDD >») SD WD ID BED IDV vo DIY WDD) DF Dy ) >>> Py by IRD ya» Day Ly» DP 2D: ee 12 WD DDI? ID 2D LDF 52 HDI 9 =a D> BIDDY 2VW wWWIID YP VW DD W ZAIN LD Ly iy BY DW 2 YD 929) DY DDD yD Ps > oe EY) 2 2) ws ID 22 yo ow DD DVT 2 YI DY YD DID D)) 22 DBE DD 2 SD YD” »» ) LN DIDDY? D> YUM DIID dd, 2» 2 wy DID PDI? D> BOD Daya yy | 2? Do DoP DD2y 2D _D IBVUY DIP IID D> 2) 2) WD) WAI WD DIDDY BF IID I) » >) DP DDIM DD Dy 2 PDD WW) DD DID Ip » Ce rt Ty ENS Name pe TE eng SSR Sg ee WAIN il hh y . ‘{ Sie ALY aN, t yy oh , . Nee ROSAS SRG ai a | 9088 00850 v4 aN aR Jf